Home apps

apps

Alex Bonnetti
By Alex Bonnetti
470 articles

Apps: Epycbyte One Click App: Easy Installation of Applications

Epycbyte One Click App: Easy Installation of Applications Welcome to the Epycbyte One Click App section! We’re excited to introduce a convenient solution for installing applications with just one click. However, please note that this article is currently a work in progress, and we are actively refining and expanding the content to give you a comprehensive guide on how to use the Epycbyte One Click App feature effectively. What Is Epycbyte One Click App? The Epycbyte One Click App is designed to simplify the process of installing applications on your server or hosting environment. With just a single click, you can easily install a variety of popular applications without the need for complicated setup steps or technical expertise. Whether you're setting up a content management system (CMS), a web app, or an e-commerce platform, Epycbyte One Click App makes installation fast and hassle-free. Key Features: - Easy Setup: No need for complex configurations—simply select the app you want to install, click once, and you're good to go. - Wide Range of Apps: Epycbyte One Click App supports various types of applications, including CMSs (like WordPress), e-commerce platforms (like WooCommerce), and more. - Time-Saving: Eliminates the need for manually downloading, uploading, and configuring applications. This feature significantly reduces setup time. How Does It Work? The process of using the Epycbyte One Click App is designed to be straightforward and user-friendly. Here’s a high-level overview of how it works: 1. Log In to Your Epycbyte Account: Access your Epycbyte hosting dashboard. 2. Navigate to One Click Apps Section: Find the One Click App section from your dashboard. 3. Select Your Desired App: Browse through the list of available apps and choose the one you want to install. 4. Click to Install: Once selected, simply click the "Install" button, and the system will handle the rest—automatically installing and configuring the app for you. Currently Supported Applications: - WordPress - WooCommerce - Joomla - Drupal - PrestaShop - And many more... Why This Article Is a Work in Progress While the Epycbyte One Click App feature is available and functional, we are actively working to enhance this guide and provide more detailed information, tutorials, and troubleshooting tips. As we continue to refine this feature, we’ll be adding: - More Supported Applications: We're continuously expanding the list of applications that can be installed with one click. - Advanced Features: We’ll cover advanced usage scenarios, such as installing custom apps, managing app settings, and troubleshooting common issues. - Step-by-Step Tutorials: We’re adding more detailed, step-by-step guides to help you maximize the potential of Epycbyte One Click App. What You Can Expect As this article is still in progress, here’s what you can expect in future updates: - More Detailed Instructions: In-depth guides for each supported application, including best practices for installation and configuration. - Expanded App List: New applications will be added to the One Click App system, and we will update this guide accordingly. - Troubleshooting Help: A section dedicated to troubleshooting installation issues and common errors users may encounter. - Tips and Tricks: We will share tips to get the most out of your installed applications, covering everything from security settings to performance optimization. Your Role We value your feedback as we continue to enhance the Epycbyte One Click App feature. If you have any suggestions, encounter issues, or need help with a specific application, please don’t hesitate to reach out. Your input is essential in helping us improve this service and create better documentation for everyone. Final Thoughts Thank you for your patience as we continue to build out this section of the documentation. The Epycbyte One Click App feature is designed to make app installation easy and efficient, and we’re excited to provide you with more information as the content evolves. Stay tuned for updates and new tutorials! We appreciate your understanding as we work toward delivering a complete, detailed guide to help you get the most out of Epycbyte One Click App. Thank you for being a part of the journey!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: adguard

Adguard AdGuard AdGuard is a popular ad-blocking and privacy protection tool that offers a range of features for enhancing your browsing experience. It provides robust solutions for blocking ads, tracking, and malware while ensuring secure and private browsing across various devices and platforms. What is AdGuard? AdGuard is an open-source software designed to protect users from unwanted content and enhance online privacy. It functions by filtering out intrusive advertisements, tracking cookies, and malicious websites, allowing users to surf the web without interruptions or compromising their data security. Key Features of AdGuard 1. Ad Blocking: AdGuard effectively blocks all types of ads, including pop-ups, banners, video ads, and native ads. It ensures that your browsing experience remains uninterrupted and free from distractions. 2. Privacy Protection: The tool is equipped with advanced tracking blockers that prevent websites from monitoring your online activity. This helps in avoiding data collection by third parties, ensuring your privacy is maintained. 3. Security Features: AdGuard includes malware protection and safe browsing features. It scans websites for potential threats and blocks access to malicious content, safeguarding your device from security risks. 4. Compatibility: AdGuard supports a wide range of platforms, including Windows, macOS, Android, and iOS. Additionally, it offers browser extensions for Chrome, Firefox, Safari, and other major browsers, allowing users to customize their ad-blocking experience. 5. Customization Options: Users can adjust settings to tailor the tool's behavior, such as selecting specific ad filters or enabling advanced features like adult content blocking. This level of customization makes AdGuard versatile for various user needs. 6. Performance Considerations: Despite its comprehensive protection, AdGuard is designed to operate efficiently without significantly impacting device performance. It balances resource usage with functionality, ensuring smooth browsing experiences. 7. Community Support and Updates: AdGuard is actively maintained by a dedicated community and development team, ensuring regular updates and improvements. This commitment to ongoing development keeps the tool up-to-date with evolving online threats and technologies. Why Use AdGuard? AdGuard stands out among other ad-blocking tools due to its comprehensive feature set and user-friendly interface. Its ability to protect privacy while blocking ads makes it an excellent choice for users who value both security and efficiency. By using AdGuard, you can enjoy a browsing experience that is free from interruptions and data breaches. Whether you are a casual user or someone who requires enhanced online protection, AdGuard offers robust solutions tailored to your needs. Conclusion AdGuard is more than just an ad-blocking tool; it is a comprehensive solution for enhancing online privacy and security. Its versatility, advanced features, and commitment to ongoing development make it a valuable asset for users seeking to protect their digital well-being.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: adminer

adminer Overview In the dynamic landscape of cloud computing, managing databases efficiently is crucial for maintaining application performance and scalability. Kubernetes, as a container orchestration platform, offers robust solutions for deploying and managing applications at scale. Among the various tools available for database management in Kubernetes, Adminer stands out as a powerful option. What is Adminer? Adminer is an open-source database administration tool designed to manage databases such as MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite, and others. It provides a web-based interface for database management, making it accessible and user-friendly. In the context of Kubernetes, Adminer can be deployed as a Helm chart, allowing users to leverage its capabilities within the containerized environment of Kubernetes. Installing Adminer with Helm To install Adminer in Kubernetes using Helm, follow these steps: 1. Install Helm: Ensure Helm is installed on your system. If not already installed, you can download it from the official Helm documentation. 2. Add the Adminer Chart Repository: Access the Helm repository containing the Adminer chart by running: helm repo add adminer https://adminer.github.io/helm-charts 3. Install the Chart: Use the following command to install the Adminer chart: helm install adminer --create-namespace adminer \ --set namespace=adminer \ adminer/adminer This command creates a namespace named adminer and installs the Adminer chart within it. Configuring Adminer Adminer offers flexible configuration options to suit different use cases. You can customize these configurations using Helm values or YAML files. 1. Helm Configuration: Modify the default configuration by editing the values.yaml file located in the adminer directory: cd adminer/charts/adminer/ nano values.yaml 2. YAML Configuration: You can also create a separate YAML file to define custom configurations, such as database connections or authentication settings. Using Adminer Once installed, you can access Adminer through your browser at http://<your-adminer-instance>/adminer. Use your credentials to log in and manage your databases. Scaling and High Availability Adminer supports scaling by leveraging Kubernetes' built-in features. You can scale the deployment using: kubectl scale deployment adminer --replicas=2 For high availability, consider setting up a multi-node cluster or using Kubernetes operators to manage multiple instances. Security Considerations When using Adminer in production environments, ensure you implement robust security practices: 1. Authentication: Use secure credentials and role-based access control. 2. Encryption: Encrypt sensitive data stored within Adminer. 3. Monitoring: Regularly monitor for suspicious activities and potential vulnerabilities. Monitoring and Maintenance To maintain optimal performance, monitor the health of your Adminer instance using tools like Prometheus and Grafana. You can set up alerts for critical metrics such as CPU usage or database connection errors. Comparing with Other Tools While Adminer is a powerful tool, it may not be suitable for all use cases. Compare it with other database management tools like mysql-operator or postgres-operator to determine which best fits your needs. Conclusion Adminer provides a robust solution for managing databases in Kubernetes environments. Its ease of installation and configuration, coupled with its web-based interface, makes it an excellent choice for developers and administrators alike. By leveraging the power of Helm and Kubernetes, you can deploy Adminer efficiently and manage your database operations effectively.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: alltube

alltube A web application that allows users to watch YouTube videos without ads. Alltube Alltube is a web-based YouTube video downloader. It enables users to download YouTube videos and playlists for offline viewing, providing a simple and efficient way to access content without an internet connection. Features - Download Options: Users can choose between different video formats and resolutions, including HD and 4K. - Ad-Free Experience: Alltube removes all ads from YouTube videos, offering an uninterrupted viewing experience. - Video Quality: The app supports a wide range of video qualities, catering to different internet speeds and user preferences. - Offline Viewing: Once downloaded, videos can be watched offline without needing an active internet connection. - Playlist Support: Alltube allows users to download entire playlists for continuous viewing. How It Works 1. Access the App: Open Alltube on any web browser or compatible device. 2. Search or Paste URL: Users can either search for videos using keywords or paste a direct YouTube video URL. 3. Select Settings: The app provides options to choose video quality, format, and whether to download playlists. 4. Start Playback: After downloading, users can watch the video offline at any time. Benefits - No Ads: Unlike YouTube, Alltube eliminates all interruptions caused by ads. - Offline Access: Perfect for users with limited or no internet access. - High-Quality Videos: Offers a wide range of quality options to suit different needs. - Playlist Support: Enables the download and offline viewing of entire playlists. Alltube is designed for users who value convenience and control over their video content consumption. Its user-friendly interface and robust features make it an excellent tool for anyone looking to watch YouTube videos without the hassle of ads or internet dependency. By using Alltube, users can enhance their viewing experience while maintaining access to their favorite content. The app's versatility and efficiency make it a valuable resource for both casual viewers and serious content consumers.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: apisix

Apache APISIX Apache APISIX is a high-performance, real-time API Gateway that offers a wide range of powerful features. Designed to manage APIs efficiently, it supports load balancing, dynamic upstream configurations, canary releases, circuit breaking, authentication mechanisms, and robust observability tools. This article delves into the key aspects of Apache APISIX, exploring its capabilities, use cases, and benefits for developers and organizations. Overview of Apache APISix Apache APISIX is an open-source API Gateway that serves as a crucial component in modern application architectures. It acts as a single point of entry for all APIs, handling tasks such as traffic management, request routing, rate limiting, and authentication. With its high performance and flexibility, APISIX is ideal for organizations looking to build scalable and resilient applications. Key Features of Apache APISix 1. Load Balancing: APISIX distributes incoming requests across multiple backend services, ensuring efficient resource utilization and fault tolerance. 2. Dynamic Upstream Configuration: Developers can easily update backend services or modify routing rules without downtime, making APISIX highly adaptable to changing requirements. 3. Canary Release: This feature allows for gradual rollouts of new APIs, reducing the risk of widespread issues during initial deployments. 4. Circuit Breaking: APISIX automatically detects and handles failures in upstream services, preventing cascading outages and ensuring service stability. 5. Authentication and Authorization: The gateway supports multiple authentication methods, including OAuth2, JWT, and basic auth, ensuring secure API access. 6. Observability and Monitoring: Built-in tools for tracking API usage, request metrics, and error rates enable better insights into application performance. 7. Rate Limiting: APISIX provides granular control over API call rates, protecting APIs from overload and ensuring fair usage. 8. Traffic Management: The gateway can enforce constraints such as allowed HTTP methods, domains, or IP restrictions, enhancing security and control. Use Cases for Apache APISix - Microservices Architecture: APISIX excels in managing complex microservices environments by efficiently routing requests and balancing traffic across multiple services. - API Gateway for Cloud-Native Applications: In cloud-native setups, APISIX acts as a universal gateway, supporting hybrid multi-cloud deployments. - API Security: By enforcing authentication and rate limiting, APISIX ensures that APIs are secure and accessible only to authorized users or applications. - Scalability and Performance: With its distributed architecture, APISIX can handle high traffic volumes while maintaining low latency and fast response times. Benefits of Using Apache APISix 1. Improved Efficiency: By offloading API management tasks to APISIX, developers can focus on building core functionalities rather than infrastructure. 2. Enhanced Security: The gateway's robust authentication and authorization features protect APIs from unauthorized access and misuse. 3. Better Insights: Observability tools provide valuable data for monitoring application performance and troubleshooting issues. 4. Cost-Effective: APISIX is open-source, eliminating the need for expensive licensing fees while offering enterprise-grade functionality. 5. Flexibility: Its dynamic configuration capabilities allow for quick adjustments to API endpoints and routing rules. Comparison with Other Solutions While Apache APISIX stands out in many areas, it does have competitors like AWS API Gateway, Azure API Management, and Kong. However, APISIX edges ahead in terms of flexibility and performance, making it a preferred choice for organizations looking for full control over their API infrastructure. Conclusion Apache APISIX is a powerful and versatile API Gateway solution that offers a comprehensive set of features to manage APIs efficiently. Its ability to handle high traffic, support dynamic configurations, and provide robust security and observability tools makes it an excellent choice for developers and organizations aiming to build scalable and reliable applications. By leveraging Apache APISIX, teams can streamline their API management processes and focus on delivering innovative solutions without compromising performance or security.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: appsmith

Appsmith Appsmith is an open-source platform designed to help organizations build and maintain internal tools. These tools can include custom dashboards, admin panels, and CRUD (Create, Read, Update, Delete) applications. The platform provides a flexible environment for developers and non-developers alike to create functional solutions tailored to specific business needs. Overview of Appsmith Appsmith is built on the premise that every organization has unique requirements that cannot be met by off-the-shelf software. By leveraging Appsmith, companies can develop internal tools without the need for extensive coding expertise. This democratization of tool development empowers teams to focus on solving problems rather than writing code. Custom Dashboards One of the most popular uses of Appsmith is for creating custom dashboards. These dashboards allow users to visualize data from various sources, such as databases, APIs, or spreadsheets. With Appsmith, you can design dashboards that display key metrics, trends, and analytics in real-time. This capability makes it easy for decision-makers to access the information they need without waiting for reports or presentations. Admin Panels Admin panels are another essential tool built using Appsmith. These panels provide a centralized interface for managing users, permissions, and other administrative tasks. With an admin panel, organizations can streamline operations by consolidating user management, logging, and monitoring into a single platform. This reduces the risk of errors and ensures that all administrative functions are performed consistently. CRUD Applications Appsmith also excels at building CRUD (Create, Read, Update, Delete) applications. These applications allow users to interact with data in a structured way, making it easy to manage records and perform necessary operations. Whether it's a simple list of items or a complex database of customer information, Appsmith can handle the requirements. Collaboration Features Collaboration is a key feature of Appsmith, as it allows teams to work together on building and managing internal tools. The platform supports workflows where multiple users can contribute to the development process, ensuring that everyone has a stake in the final product. This collaborative approach fosters a sense of ownership and accountability among team members. Customization Appsmith is highly customizable, allowing users to modify its interface and functionality to meet their specific needs. From changing the layout of dashboards to adding custom fields or workflows, Appsmith can be adapted to suit any organization's requirements. This level of customization ensures that the platform remains useful regardless of the complexity of the tools being developed. Community Support The Appsmith community is a vibrant and supportive group of individuals who are committed to advancing the platform. Through forums, documentation, and shared knowledge, users can learn from each other's experiences and find solutions to common problems. This sense of community makes Appsmith a reliable choice for organizations looking to build internal tools. Conclusion Appsmith is a powerful tool for anyone looking to develop internal applications or dashboards without the need for extensive programming knowledge. Its flexibility, collaboration features, and robust customization options make it an excellent choice for organizations of all sizes. By leveraging Appsmith, teams can focus on solving problems and delivering value rather than getting bogged down by technical details.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: apt cacher ng

APT-Cacher-NG A caching proxy for software packages that speeds up the package retrieval process. What is APT-Cacher-NG? APT-Cacher-NG is a powerful tool designed to optimize the package retrieval process for Debian-based systems. By caching software packages locally, it significantly reduces bandwidth usage and accelerates the download of necessary dependencies during installations or updates. Key Features 1. Local Caching: APT-Cacher-NG stores downloaded packages in a local cache directory, allowing for faster access when packages are needed again. 2. Compression Support: Packages can be compressed to save space and reduce bandwidth usage. 3. Parallel Downloads: The tool supports parallel downloads of multiple packages, further speeding up the process. 4. Integration with APT Sources: It works seamlessly with existing APT sources, ensuring compatibility with standard package management workflows. How Does APT-Cacher-NG Work? APT-Cacher-NG operates by intercepting package requests made by APT (Advanced Package Tool) and serving them from its local cache instead of the remote repository. This caching mechanism ensures that frequently accessed packages are readily available, reducing the need for repeated downloads and minimizing network traffic. Benefits 1. Reduced Bandwidth Usage: By caching packages locally, APT-Cacher-NG minimizes the amount of data transferred over the internet. 2. Faster Package Downloads: Users experience quicker access to required software packages, especially in environments with slow or unreliable internet connections. 3. Improved Dependency Resolution: The tool caches all dependencies for a given package, ensuring that installations are completed more efficiently. Installation Getting started with APT-Cacher-NG is straightforward: 1. Install the tool using your distribution's package manager: sudo apt install apt-cacher-ng 2. Ensure you have the necessary dependencies installed, such as curl or wget. Configuration APT-Cacher-NG offers several configuration options to tailor its behavior to your needs: 1. Cache Size: Adjust the cache size by modifying the cache_dir setting in the configuration file. 2. Compression: Enable compression to save space and reduce bandwidth usage. 3. Parallel Downloads: Configure the number of parallel downloads to optimize performance. Use Cases - Local Development Environments: Speed up package installations during development workflows. - CI/CD Pipelines: Reduce build times by caching frequently accessed packages. - Enterprise Networks: Minimize bandwidth consumption in large-scale environments. Community Support APT-Cacher-NG is actively maintained and supported by a dedicated community. You can find additional resources, documentation, and updates on the official APT-Cacher-NG website. Conclusion APT-Cacher-NG is an essential tool for anyone working with Debian-based systems who wants to optimize their package management experience. Its caching capabilities make it a valuable addition to both personal and professional environments, ensuring faster and more efficient software installations.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: argo cd

Argo CD Argo CD is a powerful continuous delivery tool designed for Kubernetes, leveraging the GitOps paradigm. This innovative approach transforms how applications are deployed and managed in modern DevOps environments. Understanding Argo CD GitOps refers to managing infrastructure using Git as the source of truth. Argo CD operationalizes this concept by automating application deployments to Kubernetes clusters based on Git repositories. Unlike traditional CI/CD tools, Argo CD ensures that all changes are tracked, versioned, and rolled back if issues arise. How Argo CD Works Argo CD operates through a series of steps: 1. Define Applications: Applications are described using YAML files in a Git repository. 2. Connect to Kubernetes: The tool connects to your Kubernetes cluster, ready to deploy the defined applications. 3. Apply Configurations: Using Git operations, Argo CD applies the latest configurations to the cluster. 4. Automate Workflows: The system triggers workflows based on changes detected in the Git repository, ensuring continuous and consistent deployments. Key Features - Application Definitions: Clearly define applications with YAML files, enabling declarative infrastructure management. - Declarative Rollouts: Define rollouts using YAML, specifying dependencies, hooks, and strategies to handle deployments smoothly. - Rollback Capabilities: Roll back to any previous version of the application in case of issues or failures. - CI/CD Integration: Integrate with existing CI/CD pipelines to automate builds and tests before deployment. - Observability: Track deployments through logs and metrics, ensuring transparency and reliability. Use Cases Argo CD excels in various scenarios: - Application Deployment: Automatically deploy applications from Git repositories to Kubernetes clusters. - Infrastructure Management: Manage infrastructure components using GitOps principles. - CI/CD Orchestration: Integrate with CI/CD tools for end-to-end automation. - Blue-Green Deployments: Implement zero-downtime deployments by maintaining two identical environments. - Canary Releases: Gradually roll out changes to a subset of users before full deployment. - Rolling Updates: Update application versions incrementally while keeping the system operational. Benefits Using Argo CD offers several advantages: - Increased Reliability: Rollback capabilities ensure that issues are quickly addressed without impacting end-users. - Consistency: All deployments are tracked and versioned, ensuring consistency across environments. - Team Collaboration: Declarative files facilitate collaboration between development, operations, and other teams. - Observability: Detailed logs and metrics provide insights into the deployment process, aiding in troubleshooting and optimization. - Scalability: The tool handles large-scale deployments efficiently, accommodating growing application needs. Conclusion Argo CD is a cornerstone of modern DevOps practices, enabling GitOps for Kubernetes. By automating deployments and providing robust features, it empowers teams to deliver applications reliably and confidently. As the DevOps landscape evolves, tools like Argo CD will play a crucial role in ensuring that infrastructure management aligns with software development practices. The future of cloud-native application management looks bright, with Argo CD leading the charge in making GitOps a standard practice for Kubernetes deployments.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: artifact hub

Artifact Hub Artifact Hub is a web-based application designed to streamline the process of discovering, installing, and publishing Cloud Native packages. In an era where Cloud Native technologies are becoming increasingly essential for modern software development, having efficient tools to manage these artifacts is crucial. Artifact Hub offers a centralized platform that simplifies the management of Cloud Native packages, making it easier for developers and teams to collaborate effectively. What is Artifact Hub? Artifact Hub functions as a repository for Cloud Native artifacts, such as Helm charts, Kubernetes operators, and other package types. It allows users to search through a growing catalog of available packages, install them with a simple command, and publish their own packages for others to use. This service is particularly useful in CI/CD pipelines, where automated dependency management is critical. Key Features 1. Search Functionality: Users can quickly find the exact package they need using search filters, making it easier to locate the right artifact for their project. 2. Installation: Once a package is found, Artifact Hub simplifies installation with straightforward commands, reducing the risk of version mismatches and errors. 3. Versioning: Packages are organized by version, allowing users to select the exact version they need, ensuring consistency across different environments. 4. Publication: Developers can publish their own packages to Artifact Hub, sharing them with their team or making them publicly available for others to use. 5. Integration with CI/CD: Artifact Hub integrates seamlessly with Continuous Integration and Continuous Deployment (CI/CD) pipelines, enabling automated dependency management during builds and deployments. 6. Security and Compliance: The platform supports secure access control and compliance with industry standards like SPDX, ensuring that artifacts are properly managed and audited. How It Works Using Artifact Hub is a straightforward process: 1. Login: Access the Artifact Hub portal using your credentials. 2. Search Packages: Use keywords or filters to find the packages you need. 3. View Details: Examine package details, versions, and dependencies before installation. 4. Install Packages: Run commands to install specific versions of packages directly from Artifact Hub. 5. Publish Packages: Upload new packages for sharing with your team or publicly. Use Cases - CI/CD Pipelines: Automate dependency management by integrating Artifact Hub into your CI/CD workflows, ensuring consistent artifact versions across environments. - Application Deployment: Deploy applications using pre-defined Helm charts or Kubernetes operators available on Artifact Hub. - Dependency Management: Centralize and manage dependencies for Cloud Native applications, reducing version conflicts and errors. - Internal Sharing: Share private packages within your organization for efficient collaboration without exposing them to the public internet. Benefits 1. Efficiency in Dependency Management: By centralizing artifact management, teams can reduce time spent on locating and managing dependencies, allowing them to focus on development and innovation. 2. Consistency Across Environments: Artifact Hub ensures that the exact version of a package is used across different environments, minimizing errors and ensuring reliable application behavior. 3. Enhanced Collaboration: Teams can share packages internally or publish them for external use, fostering better collaboration and knowledge sharing within the organization. 4. Compliance and Security: The platform supports secure access control and compliance with standards like SPDX, making it easier to manage and audit artifacts. Comparisons to Other Tools While Artifact Hub is similar in function to tools like npm, PyPI, and Maven, it is specialized for Cloud Native artifacts. Unlike general-purpose package managers, Artifact Hub focuses specifically on the unique needs of Cloud Native development, such as Kubernetes operators and Helm charts. Best Practices - Start Small: Begin by using Artifact Hub with a small team or project to get familiar with its features and workflows. - Leverage CI/CD: Integrate Artifact Hub into your existing CI/CD pipelines to automate dependency management. - Versioning Strategy: Develop a clear versioning strategy for your packages to ensure consistency and avoid conflicts. - Monitor Usage: Keep track of which packages are being used the most and optimize your workflow accordingly. By adopting Artifact Hub, teams can streamline their Cloud Native development processes, reduce errors, and improve collaboration. Its centralized approach to artifact management makes it an invaluable tool for modern software development workflows.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: artifactory oss

slug: "artifactory-oss" name: "artifactory-oss" logo: "marketplace/artifactory-oss/artifactory-oss.png" JFrog Artifactory OSS Overview of JFrog Artifactory OSS JFrog Artifactory OSS is a powerful, open-source tool designed to manage and distribute software artifacts across development teams. As part of the JFrog suite, it has established itself as a reliable solution for build and dependency management in modern software development environments. What is JFrog Artifactory OSS? JFrog Artifactory OSS serves as a centralized repository manager that integrates seamlessly with CI/CD pipelines, enabling developers to store, manage, and retrieve artifacts efficiently. It supports various build tools such as Maven, Gradle, and npm, making it versatile for different development workflows. Key Features of JFrog Artifactory OSS 1. Repository Management - Centralized storage for all project dependencies - Support for multiple artifact types including binaries, source code, and documentation - Versioning and organization of artifacts with custom properties 2. Build Integration - Automatic triggering of builds upon code changes - Integration with build tools to produce consistent artifacts - Configuration of build profiles for different environments 3. Security and Compliance - Fine-grained access control to ensure only authorized users can view or download artifacts - Audit logs for tracking artifact operations - Compliance with industry standards such as GDPR and DevOps best practices 4. Scalability - Distributed repository layout support for high availability - Load balancing and failover capabilities for large-scale deployments - Efficient caching mechanisms to reduce download times Use Cases for JFrog Artifactory OSS 1. CI/CD Pipelines - Automate the build, test, and deployment of software components - Store build artifacts for later use or sharing between teams 2. DevOps Practices - Manage dependencies across development environments - Facilitate continuous integration and delivery processes - Minimize errors by ensuring consistent artifact versions 3. Dependency Management - Track third-party libraries and internal modules - Avoid version conflicts and incompatible dependencies - Maintain a history of all artifacts for future reference Getting Started with JFrog Artifactory OSS 1. Installation - Download the latest stable release from the official JFrog website - Install using standard installation procedures for your operating system 2. Configuration - Set up repositories and configure build tools (e.g., Maven, Gradle) - Define artifact filters and rules for automatic sorting and categorization - Configure security settings to enforce access controls 3. Usage - Upload artifacts using the web interface or command-line tools - Retrieve artifacts via REST API or CLI tools - Integrate with CI/CD systems to automate builds and deployments Conclusion JFrog Artifactory OSS is a critical tool for managing software dependencies and artifacts in modern development workflows. Its robust features, scalability, and security capabilities make it an excellent choice for teams looking to streamline their build and deployment processes. By adopting JFrog Artifactory OSS, organizations can enhance collaboration between teams, reduce errors, and ensure compliance with DevOps standards. Explore the official documentation and community resources to unlock the full potential of this powerful tool.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: artifactory

Artifactory A repository manager that supports various package formats, enabling efficient artifact management. What is Artifactory? Artifactory is a universal artifact repository manager designed to streamline the process of managing software artifacts across development pipelines. It serves as a central hub for build artifacts, enabling efficient distribution and retrieval of components, modules, and dependencies. By consolidating artifact management into a single platform, Artifactory helps teams maintain clarity and consistency throughout their development workflows. Key Features 1. Support for Multiple Package Formats Artifactory supports a wide range of package formats, including JARs, WARs, EARs, RPMs, DEBs, and more. This flexibility ensures that Artifactory can integrate seamlessly with various build tools and ecosystems. 2. Build Integration Artifactory provides out-of-the-box integration with popular build tools such as Maven, Gradle, and Ant. It automatically publishes artifacts to the repository after a successful build, streamlining the development process. 3. Dependency Management With its advanced dependency management capabilities, Artifactory helps teams track and manage dependencies across multiple modules or projects. This reduces the risk of version conflicts and ensures consistent artifact versions are used throughout the organization. 4. Security and Compliance Artifactory offers robust security features, including secure authentication, fine-grained permissions, and audit logging. It also supports compliance with industry standards such as GDPR and SOC 2. 5. Universal Artifact Management Unlike tool-specific repositories like Maven Central or npm registry, Artifactory is language-agnostic. This allows it to serve as a unified repository for all types of artifacts, regardless of the programming language or build tool being used. Benefits 1. Efficient Artifact Management By centralizing artifact storage and retrieval, Artifactory reduces the complexity of managing dependencies and ensures that teams always have access to the correct versions of components. 2. Improved Collaboration With a centralized repository, developers can easily share artifacts across teams, fostering better collaboration and reducing duplication of effort. 3. Enhanced Artifact Reliability Artifactory's strict versioning policies ensure that each artifact is uniquely identified by its name and version, making it easier to track changes and manage dependencies effectively. 4. Faster Troubleshooting The ability to quickly locate and retrieve specific versions of artifacts enables developers to diagnose issues more efficiently, reducing the time spent on debugging. Use Cases 1. Managing Dependencies in Monorepos In large monorepos, managing dependencies across multiple modules can become complex. Artifactory provides a centralized solution for sharing and versioning components, ensuring consistency across the entire repository. 2. Supporting Legacy Systems Many organizations still rely on legacy systems that may not natively support modern package managers. Artifactory acts as a bridge, enabling the management of artifacts from these systems alongside modern tools. 3. DevOps Integration Artifactory is a cornerstone of many DevOps pipelines, providing a reliable way to store and retrieve artifacts during continuous integration and delivery processes. Comparing Artifactory to Other Tools While tools like Maven, npm, and pip are specialized for specific package formats and build systems, Artifactory serves as a more versatile solution. It is particularly useful in environments where teams need to manage multiple types of artifacts or integrate with various build tools. For example: - Maven is primarily used for Java projects and relies on Maven Central for artifact distribution. - npm is focused on JavaScript and Node.js, with its own registry for package management. - PyPI is specific to Python packages. Artifactory stands out because it supports these tools natively while also managing artifacts from other ecosystems. This universal capability makes it an ideal choice for organizations looking to standardize their artifact management across multiple projects and teams. Considerations 1. Team Size and Project Complexity The choice of Artifactory may depend on the size of your team and the complexity of your project. For smaller teams, the setup might seem overwhelming, but its benefits often justify the effort. 2. Integration Needs Ensure that Artifactory can integrate with your existing build tools and workflows. If your team is already using a specific build system, check if Artifactory supports it natively or through plugins. 3. Customization Options While Artifactory offers extensive out-of-the-box features, you may need to customize its configuration to meet the unique needs of your organization. This might involve setting up webhooks, custom repositories, or integrating with external tools. Conclusion Artifactory is a powerful tool for managing software artifacts, offering flexibility, security, and integration capabilities that make it suitable for a wide range of use cases. By centralizing artifact management, it simplifies collaboration, enhances reliability, and accelerates troubleshooting. Whether you're working on monorepos, legacy systems, or DevOps pipelines, Artifactory provides the functionality needed to streamline your workflow. If you're looking for a universal solution that can adapt to your organization's needs, Artifactory is an excellent choice. Its robust features and extensive support for various package formats make it a valuable addition to any development environment.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: audiobookshelf

Audiobookshelf An app for organizing and managing audiobooks. What is Audiobookshelf? Audiobookshelf is a self-hosted audiobook server designed to help users manage their audio collections efficiently. It allows individuals or organizations to upload, organize, and stream audiobooks, creating a customizable platform that meets the needs of both casual listeners and serious collectors. Key Features 1. Customizable Organization: Audiobookshelf provides a flexible way to categorize and arrange your audiobooks. Users can create playlists, genres, and custom tags to better navigate their collections. 2. Integration with Existing Libraries: The app supports integration with major library systems, enabling seamless access to borrowed audiobooks without the need for manual uploads. 3. Streaming Capabilities: Audiobookshelf allows users to stream their collection directly from the server, eliminating the need for physical storage or external devices. 4. Offline Access: With the ability to download audiobooks for offline listening, users can enjoy their favorite content on the go without relying on internet connectivity. 5. Metadata Management: The platform includes tools for managing metadata, ensuring that each audiobook has accurate information such as titles, authors, and publication details. 6. User Roles and Access Control: Audiobookshelf supports role-based access control, allowing administrators to manage user permissions and ensure that only authorized individuals can view or download specific files. 7. Customization Options: The app offers a wide range of customization options, from themes and layouts to advanced scripting possibilities for those with technical expertise. Benefits - Personalized Experience: Audiobookshelf allows users to tailor their experience by creating custom playlists and organizing their collections in a way that suits their preferences. - Seamless Integration: By connecting with existing library systems, the app simplifies the process of accessing audiobooks without the hassle of manual uploads. - Accessibility: With offline access and streaming capabilities, Audiobookshelf ensures that users can enjoy their content wherever they are. - Data Control: The self-hosted nature of the platform gives users full control over their data, ensuring that their audiobooks remain private and secure. - Role-Based Access: This feature is particularly useful for institutions or shared collections, allowing administrators to manage access and ensure that only authorized individuals can interact with certain parts of the system. - Cost-Effective Solution: By managing audiobooks locally, users can save on storage costs associated with cloud-based solutions. How It Works 1. Installation: Audiobookshelf can be installed on a local server or hosted environment, depending on the user's technical capabilities and needs. 2. Uploading and Organizing: Users can upload their audiobooks to the server and organize them using the platform's intuitive interface. 3. Streaming and Access: Once organized, users can stream their collection directly from the server or download files for offline use. 4. Metadata Management: The platform includes tools for managing metadata, ensuring that each audiobook is accurately represented in the user's library. Use Cases - Personal Audiobook Collections: For individuals who want to manage and access their personal libraries efficiently. - Educational Institutions: Libraries or educational organizations can use Audiobookshelf to provide students and staff with access to a wide range of audiobooks. - Small Libraries: Local libraries can leverage the platform to offer digital access to their collections, expanding their reach and engagement. Community and Support Audiobookshelf has a strong community support system, with forums and documentation available to help users troubleshoot common issues. The development team is also actively involved in the community, regularly updating and improving the platform based on user feedback. Security and Privacy The self-hosted nature of Audiobookshelf gives users full control over their data, ensuring that their audiobooks remain private and secure. The platform includes robust security features to protect user information and prevent unauthorized access. Conclusion Audiobookshelf is a versatile and powerful tool for managing and organizing audiobooks. Its customizable interface, integration with existing library systems, and focus on security and privacy make it an excellent choice for both individual users and larger organizations. Whether you're looking to streamline your personal audio collection or provide access to a shared library, Audiobookshelf offers the flexibility and functionality needed to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: audiocraft plus

audiocraft-plus An advanced audio generation tool with music creation, multiband diffusion, and custom model support. In today's digital age, audio creation has become a cornerstone of modern creativity. From podcasts to music production, sound design to voiceovers, the demand for high-quality audio content continues to grow. Among the many tools available, audiocraft-plus stands out as an innovative solution for anyone looking to elevate their audio projects. The Power of Audio Creation Audio creation is not just about pressing play and recording; it's a craft that requires precision, creativity, and a deep understanding of sound. Whether you're a seasoned professional or a hobbyist, having the right tools can make all the difference. audiocraft-plus offers a comprehensive suite of features designed to empower creators at every level. User-Friendly Interface One of the standout features of audiocraft-plus is its intuitive interface. Designed with both simplicity and sophistication in mind, the tool ensures that even those new to audio editing can navigate with ease. The modern design aesthetic makes it a pleasure to use, with a clean layout that prioritizes functionality without overwhelming users. Music Creation For musicians and producers, audiocraft-plus is a dream come true. The platform allows users to craft unique sounds by combining samples, loops, and effects in ways that were once only possible with expensive software. Whether you're working on a pop track or an experimental noise collage, the tool offers the flexibility to bring your vision to life. Multiband Diffusion One of the most exciting features of audiocraft-plus is its multiband diffusion technology. This advanced audio processing technique allows users to manipulate different frequency bands independently, enabling precise control over the sound. From enhancing vocal tracks to refining instrumentals, multiband diffusion offers a level of detail that other tools simply can't match. Custom Model Support For those looking to push the boundaries of audio generation, audiocraft-plus introduces custom model support. This feature allows users to train their own models using existing audio data, giving them the ability to create unique sounds that are tailored to their specific needs. The process is straightforward, and once trained, models can be saved for future use, offering a personalized creative experience. Why Choose audiocraft-plus? When compared to other audio tools on the market, audiocraft-plus excels in several key areas: 1. Real-Time Processing: The tool is designed to handle complex tasks in real time, making it ideal for live performances or projects with tight deadlines. 2. High-Quality Output: Users can export their work in high-quality formats without worrying about watermarks or compression artifacts. 3. Customizable Export Settings: The platform offers a range of customizable export settings, allowing users to tailor their final product to meet specific requirements. Use Cases The applications for audiocraft-plus are virtually limitless. Whether you're working on a podcast, creating sound effects for a game, or producing jingles for a marketing campaign, the tool has the flexibility to adapt to your needs. - Podcasting: Enhance your audio content with high-quality recordings and background music. - Sound Design: Create immersive environments for games, films, and other media. - Educational Content: Develop tutorials and guides that feature clear, engaging audio explanations. Conclusion In a world where audio is more important than ever, having the right tools is essential. audiocraft-plus offers a powerful solution for anyone looking to create high-quality audio content. With its advanced features, user-friendly interface, and customizable options, it's a tool that will quickly become an indispensable part of your creative process. Whether you're just starting out or you're a seasoned professional, audiocraft-plus provides the flexibility and power to bring your audio ideas to life. Try it today and see how it can transform your creative workflow.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: authelia

Authelia An authentication and authorization server designed to enhance security. What is Authelia? Authelia is an open-source authentication and authorization server that provides a robust solution for securing applications. It combines multi-factor authentication (MFA) with single sign-on (SSO) capabilities, offering a comprehensive approach to user verification and access control. Key Features Authelia offers a range of features to ensure secure access: - Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA): Adds an extra layer of security by requiring users to provide multiple forms of identification. - Single Sign-On (SSO): Allows users to log in once and access multiple applications seamlessly. - Token-Based Access: Provides temporary credentials, reducing the risk of password exposure. - Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Assigns permissions based on user roles, ensuring data is accessed appropriately. - Support for OAuth and OpenID Connect: Integrates with popular authentication protocols to enhance flexibility. - Audit Logs: Tracks user actions for compliance and security monitoring. - Customizable Policies: Allows organizations to define their own rules for access and authentication. How Does Authelia Work? Authelia operates by: 1. User Authentication: Verifying user identity through MFA methods like SMS, email codes, or biometric scans. 2. Token Generation: Issuing tokens upon successful authentication, which are then used to access protected resources. 3. Resource Access: Enabling users to access applications and systems based on their permissions and the tokens they possess. 4. Audit Logging: Recording all access attempts for review and analysis. Use Cases Authelia is ideal for: - Enterprise Applications: Centralizing authentication across multiple departments or teams. - Cloud Platforms: Securing cloud-based resources with consistent access control. - Web Applications: Implementing SSO to streamline user experiences. - Mobile Apps: Providing secure access to mobile applications through MFA. - APIs: Protecting backend services with token-based authentication. Benefits Using Authelia can lead to: - Enhanced Security: Reducing the risk of unauthorized access with multi-layered verification. - Simplified Login Processes: Reducing the number of passwords users need to remember. - Centralized Control: Managing user access from a single platform. - Improved Compliance: Meeting regulatory requirements through detailed audit logs. - Developer Flexibility: Offering developers tools to integrate authentication and authorization seamlessly. Challenges While Authelia offers significant benefits, it also presents challenges: - Complex Setup: Requires careful configuration to ensure security without hindering user experience. - Cost: Can be resource-intensive for organizations with large-scale needs. - Learning Curve: New users may need time to understand the platform's capabilities and configurations. Conclusion Authelia is a powerful tool for modern authentication and authorization needs. Its ability to combine MFA, SSO, and RBAC makes it a versatile solution for organizations looking to enhance security without compromising user experience. By leveraging Authelia, businesses can build a more secure foundation for their applications and services. If you're ready to take your application's security to the next level, explore Authelia and see how it can transform your authentication strategy.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: automatic1111

Automatic1111 A powerful and flexible tool for AI image generation with an extensive plugin ecosystem. What is Automatic1111? Automatic1111 is a cutting-edge AI image generation platform that combines the power of advanced algorithms with a user-friendly interface. Designed to cater to both casual users and professionals, it offers a wide range of features that make image creation accessible yet highly customizable. The tool stands out for its extensive plugin ecosystem, which allows users to extend its functionality with custom models and tools from various platforms like Civitai and HuggingFace. Key Features - Customizable Models: Users can utilize models from Civitai, HuggingFace, and other sources to create unique images. - Advanced Techniques: Supports Dreambooth, ControlNet, and SDXL for creating detailed and imaginative visuals. - Plugin System: Extensive plugin support allows for additional functionalities and customizations. - Prompt-Based Generation: Easy-to-use interface for generating images based on text prompts. - Batch Processing: Efficiently handle multiple tasks with batch processing capabilities. Interface The Automatic1111 interface is designed to be intuitive, making it accessible even to those new to AI image generation. The platform offers a streamlined workflow where users can input prompts, select models, and adjust settings to achieve their desired output. The interface is clean and user-friendly, with tools like drag-and-drop functionality for quick tasks. Plugins Plugins are the heart of Automatic1111's flexibility. These small scripts or extensions allow users to add new features, such as custom filters, animation, or specialized models. With a growing community contributing plugins, the tool continues to expand its capabilities, offering something new for every user. Customization Automatic1111 allows for extensive customization through its settings and plugin system. Users can adjust parameters like resolution, style, and quality to fine-tune their images. The platform also supports advanced techniques such as varying aspect ratios or adding overlays, making it a versatile tool for various projects. Use Cases - Creative Projects: Ideal for artists, designers, and writers who need visual inspiration. - Educational Tools: Teachers can use the tool to create visuals for lessons or presentations. - Marketing Materials: Businesses can generate images for promotional content quickly and efficiently. - Personal Projects: Perfect for personal use, such as creating family photos or collages. Getting Started 1. Installation: Download and install the platform from its official website. 2. Setup: Sign up for an account and explore the interface. 3. Experimentation: Start with simple prompts to see how the tool works. 4. Advanced Use: Dive into plugins and customization options as you become more comfortable. Pro Tips - Optimize Prompts: Use clear, specific prompts to get better results. - Manage Resources: Adjust settings to optimize performance without sacrificing quality. - Explore Plugins: Check out community plugins for unique features. Community Support The Automatic1111 community is active and supportive, with forums and documentation available for users. Contributions from the community have enriched the platform, making it a favorite among enthusiasts. Conclusion Automatic1111 is more than just an image generator; it's a powerful creative tool that opens up new possibilities for users. Its flexibility and extensive plugin system make it a valuable asset for both casual users and professionals. Whether you're creating art, educational content, or marketing materials, Automatic1111 provides the tools needed to bring your vision to life.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: babybuddy

BabyBuddy An Open-Source Baby Monitor for Tracking Infant Activities Parenting is a journey filled with countless moments, both big and small. One of the most critical aspects of this journey is monitoring your baby's health and development. Enter BabyBuddy, an open-source baby monitor designed to help parents track and log their infant's daily activities with ease and precision. What is BabyBuddy? BabyBuddy is a digital tool that connects to various baby care devices, such as video monitors, feeding scales, and sleep trackers. It allows parents to monitor their baby's activities in real-time, providing insights into sleep patterns, feeding schedules, and other essential metrics. The system is built on open-source principles, meaning its source code is freely available for anyone to view, modify, or enhance. Key Features 1. Real-Time Monitoring: BabyBuddy provides live updates on your baby's activities, ensuring you're always informed about their well-being. 2. Customizable Alerts: Set up custom notifications for specific events, such as when your baby has fallen asleep or when it's time to feed them. 3. Data Tracking: The system records and stores data on various aspects of your baby's daily life, including diaper changes, feeding times, and sleep duration. 4. Open-Source Flexibility: As an open-source project, BabyBuddy allows for customization and integration with other smart home devices, making it a versatile tool for tech-savvy parents. How It Helps Parents BabyBuddy serves as a valuable assistant for new parents who may find it challenging to keep track of their baby's routine. By providing detailed logs and analytics, the system helps identify patterns in your baby's behavior, such as when they tend to wake up for feedings or how long they typically sleep. This information can be particularly useful during the newborn period, when establishing a consistent routine is crucial. As your baby grows older, BabyBuddy can also assist with monitoring developmental milestones, such as when they start crawling or learning to walk. The system's ability to track daily activities ensures that you never miss an important moment in your child's growth. Benefits of Open-Source One of the most significant advantages of BabyBuddy is its open-source nature. This means that parents can access the underlying code and modify it according to their specific needs. For example, you could create custom scripts to analyze data or integrate BabyBuddy with other smart home devices, such as your智能音箱或家用安防系统。这种灵活性使得BabyBuddy不仅是一个监控工具,更是一个可以与家庭环境深度结合的解决方案。 此外,开源社区也为BabyBuddy提供了丰富的支持和资源。如果你遇到问题,可以通过GitHub或其他开源平台找到帮助,并且有机会参与项目的开发,贡献自己的想法和改进方案。这种合作式发展模式使得BabyBuddy不仅是一个工具,更是一种社区参与的体验。 How to Use BabyBuddy Using BabyBuddy involves setting up a network of sensors and devices that collect data on your baby's activities. These sensors can be placed in strategic locations around your home, such as your婴儿房、换尿布台或卧室。通过这些传感器,BabyBuddy可以实时捕捉到各种数据点,并将其存储在一个中央系统中,以便父母查看和分析。 Once set up, you can access BabyBuddy through a mobile app or web interface. The system provides detailed logs and analytics, allowing you to review your baby's daily activities with ease. You can also use the data to track trends over time, such as how long your baby typically sleeps or when they tend to wake up for feedings. Conclusion BabyBuddy is more than just a baby monitor—it's a comprehensive tool designed to help parents take a proactive approach to their child's care. By providing real-time monitoring, customizable alerts, and detailed data tracking, BabyBuddy empowers you to make informed decisions about your baby's health and development. If you're looking for a reliable and flexible solution to track your baby's daily activities, BabyBuddy is an excellent choice. Its open-source nature ensures that you have access to the tools and resources needed to customize and enhance the system according to your specific needs. Whether you're a tech-savvy parent or someone who values simplicity and functionality, BabyBuddy offers a unique blend of features that can transform how you monitor your baby's well-being. For more information about BabyBuddy, visit its GitHub repository or explore its official website. You can also join the open-source community to share your experiences and contribute to the ongoing development of this valuable tool. With BabyBuddy, you're not just monitoring your baby—you're taking an active role in their growth and development.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: bazarr

Bazarr Bazarr is a subtitle management tool designed to complement Sonarr and Radarr. It helps users maintain an organized media library by providing accurate subtitles for their movies and TV shows. What is Bazarr? Bazarr is an open-source application that integrates seamlessly with Sonarr and Radarr, enhancing your media server setup. Its primary function is to manage and download subtitles automatically, ensuring your collection is always up-to-date and properly organized. Key Features 1. Integration with Sonarr and Radarr: Bazarr works hand-in-hand with these popular tools, allowing you to fetch subtitles directly from various sources. 2. Automatic Download: The tool automates the process of downloading subtitles, saving you time and effort. 3. Organizational Capabilities: It organizes your subtitle files, making it easy to find and manage them. 4. Support for Multiple Formats: Bazarr supports a variety of subtitle formats, catering to different preferences. 5. Customization Options: Users can customize how subtitles are downloaded, including language selection and formatting. How Does Bazarr Work? Bazarr operates by connecting to Sonarr and Radarr via API keys. Once integrated, it fetches subtitle information from external databases and downloads them in the desired format. The tool then organizes these files into your media library, ensuring everything is neatly stored. Installation and Setup 1. Installation: Bazarr can be installed via Docker, allowing for quick setup without complex configuration. 2. Configuration: After installation, users need to set up API keys for Sonarr and Radarr, as well as configure download settings like language and format. Benefits of Using Bazarr - Time-Saving: Automates subtitle management, reducing manual tasks. - Organization: Keeps your media library structured and easy to navigate. - Enhanced Experience: Provides accurate subtitles, improving your viewing experience. Real-World Use Cases Bazarr is ideal for anyone who manages a large media collection. It's particularly useful for: - Home Theater Enthusiasts: Ensuring subtitles are always available for movies and TV shows. - Content Creators: Organizing subtitles for streaming or distribution purposes. - Tech-Savvy Users: Those who prefer automation and organization in their media setup. Tips and Tricks - Custom Subtitle Formats: Experiment with different formats to find what works best for your needs. - Language Support: Use Bazarr's language filters to download subtitles in your preferred language. - Regular Updates: Keep your installation updated to take advantage of new features and bug fixes. Conclusion Bazarr is a powerful tool that simplifies subtitle management, making it easier to enhance your media viewing experience. Its integration with Sonarr and Radarr ensures seamless operation, while its customization options cater to various user preferences. Whether you're a casual user or a tech enthusiast, Bazarr offers a robust solution for organizing and managing subtitles efficiently.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: bitwarden

Bitwarden An open-source password manager for storing sensitive information securely. Bitwarden Bitwarden is an open-source password manager that provides a secure and convenient way to store and manage passwords across devices, promoting good password practices and enhancing digital security. With the increasing reliance on digital services, managing passwords has become a critical aspect of maintaining online security. Password managers like Bitwarden offer a practical solution to the challenges of keeping track of numerous complex passwords. The Importance of Password Management In today's digital age, the average person manages multiple online accounts, each requiring a unique password. Reusing passwords or using weak ones can leave users vulnerable to security breaches and identity theft. A password manager is an essential tool for anyone who values online security. Bitwarden helps users create, store, and manage strong, unique passwords for every account, ensuring that each login credential is protected. Features of Bitwarden Bitwarden is designed with user security in mind, offering a range of features that enhance password management: 1. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Bitwarden is available on Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, and Android, making it accessible to users regardless of their operating system preference. 2. Syncing Across Devices: Passwords stored in Bitwarden automatically sync across all linked devices, ensuring that users always have access to the most up-to-date credentials. 3. End-to-End Encryption: Bitwarden encrypts passwords using strong encryption algorithms, ensuring that only the user can access their data. This means that even Bitwarden's servers cannot decrypt your passwords without your master password. 4. Two-Factor Authentication (2FA): For an additional layer of security, Bitwarden supports two-factor authentication, requiring users to provide a second verification step before accessing their account. 5. Password Breach Handling: Bitwarden monitors for known compromised accounts and can automatically update related passwords if a breach occurs, providing an added layer of protection. 6. User Interface: The Bitwarden interface is clean and intuitive, making it easy for users to manage their passwords efficiently. Users can organize passwords using tags and categories, enhancing customization options. 7. Open-Source Nature: As an open-source project, Bitwarden's code is transparent and accessible to the community. This transparency encourages collaboration and ensures that the software remains secure and flexible. 8. Password Change Automation: If a service experiences a breach, Bitwarden can automatically update the associated password to a new, strong one, reducing the risk of compromised accounts. Use Cases Bitwarden is not just limited to passwords; it can also store other sensitive information such as: - Credit card details - Bank account numbers - Personal identification information (PII) - Secure notes - Login credentials for various services By centralizing all your sensitive data in one secure location, Bitwarden simplifies the process of managing multiple accounts and ensures that users can access their information securely. Getting Started with Bitwarden To start using Bitwarden, download the app from its official website or use one of its browser extensions. Create an account by setting a master password, which will be your key to accessing all your stored credentials. Once logged in, you can import existing passwords from most popular password managers or manually add them. Security Tips - Enable two-factor authentication for added protection. - Use unique and complex passwords for each account. - Regularly update passwords, especially after learning of a data breach. - Store master passwords securely and avoid reusing them across multiple accounts. Conclusion Bitwarden is a powerful tool for anyone who values online security. Its open-source nature, robust encryption, and cross-platform compatibility make it an excellent choice for managing sensitive information. By using Bitwarden, users can ensure that their passwords and personal data remain secure, promoting better password practices and enhancing digital security.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: blocky

Blocky A Visual Programming Editor for Building Blockly Games and Applications. Blocky Blocky is a DNS proxy with ad-blocking capabilities. It helps enhance online privacy by blocking ads, tracking scripts, and malicious domains, providing a streamlined and efficient browsing experience. DNS proxies are essential components in network configurations that resolve domain names to IP addresses. By integrating ad-blocking capabilities, Blocky adds an extra layer of security and privacy to your internet usage. This tool is particularly useful for users who want to minimize data collection by third parties while browsing the web. How Blocky Works Blocky operates by intercepting DNS queries made by your device or application. It then checks a predefined list of domains known for serving ads, tracking users, or engaging in malicious activities. If a domain is identified as unwanted, Blocky can block it entirely or modify the response to prevent tracking scripts from being executed. This approach ensures that your browser does not send queries to these domains, effectively reducing the amount of data collected about you while browsing. The result is a more private and secure browsing experience. Benefits of Using Blocky 1. Enhanced Privacy: By blocking trackers and ad servers, Blocky helps protect your personal information from being collected without consent. 2. Reduced Ad Exposure: Blocky minimizes the number of ads displayed on websites, which can improve both user experience and page load times. 3. Security: Blocking malicious domains can prevent unauthorized access to your network or device. 4. Performance Improvement: Faster browsing speeds due to reduced data transfer from blocked domains. 5. Customization: Many DNS proxies, including Blocky, allow users to customize block lists based on their specific needs and preferences. Who Should Use Blocky? - Tech Enthusiasts: Users who value privacy and security in their online activities. - Families: Parents or guardians who want to protect children from unwanted content and tracking. - Businesses: Organizations that need to maintain secure and private internal networks. Blocky is particularly useful for users who are already using a VPN but still experience slow connection speeds or intrusive ads. By combining the two, you can enhance your online privacy while maintaining fast browsing speeds. Real-World Applications Imagine browsing through a news website only to be bombarded with pop-up ads. With Blocky enabled, these ads would be blocked before they even load, providing a cleaner and more enjoyable user experience. Additionally, Blocky can prevent trackers from following you across multiple websites, ensuring that your online activity remains as private as possible. Potential Concerns While Blocky offers significant benefits, it’s important to consider potential downsides: - Configuration: Properly configuring Blocky may require technical knowledge or guidance. - Compatibility Issues: Some websites or applications might not function correctly if certain domains are blocked. - Network Restrictions: Over-blocking could lead to issues with legitimate services that rely on the same domains. Conclusion Blocky is a powerful tool for anyone serious about their online privacy and security. By acting as both a DNS proxy and an ad-blocker, it provides comprehensive protection against unwanted data collection and malicious activities. Whether you're a casual user or someone who takes digital privacy seriously, Blocky offers features that are hard to ignore. In an era where data collection seems ubiquitous, having control over what your device accesses is more important than ever. Blocky empowers users to take charge of their online experience, ensuring that their browsing habits remain secure and private. If you're ready to take the next step in enhancing your digital well-being, consider implementing Blocky as part of your cybersecurity strategy. Your device and data will thank you.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: bookstack

BookStack A platform for organizing and storing information in the form of documentation/wiki. BookStack BookStack is an open-source platform designed to create, organize, and share documentation and knowledge bases. It provides a collaborative environment that enhances knowledge sharing and documentation processes within teams. This tool is particularly useful for organizations looking to streamline their documentation workflows and ensure that critical information is easily accessible to all team members. What is BookStack? BookStack functions as both a documentation platform and a wiki, allowing users to create and manage content in an organized manner. It supports the creation of multiple pages, each with rich text formatting, images, and other media types. The platform also includes features for version control, making it easy to track changes and revert to previous versions if needed. Features of BookStack 1. Content Organization: Users can create a hierarchy of pages and folders to organize their documentation. This makes it easier to navigate and find specific information. 2. Search Functionality: BookStack includes a robust search feature that allows users to quickly locate specific content within the documentation. 3. Version Control: The platform provides version control capabilities, enabling users to track changes and revert to previous versions of pages. 4. Collaboration Tools: BookStack supports collaboration by allowing multiple users to work on the same document simultaneously. This makes it ideal for teams needing to share and update documentation in real-time. 5. Customization: The platform is highly customizable, with options to modify the appearance through themes and plugins. Users can also extend the functionality of BookStack by using third-party plugins. 6. Access Control: BookStack allows users to set permissions for different pages and documents, ensuring that sensitive information remains accessible only to authorized individuals. Benefits of Using BookStack 1. Improved Documentation Quality: By organizing documentation in a structured manner, BookStack helps ensure that the content is clear, concise, and easy to understand. 2. Enhanced Knowledge Sharing: The collaborative nature of BookStack makes it easier for teams to share knowledge and stay aligned on key information. 3. Increased Productivity: With quick access to relevant information, users can save time and reduce frustration when working with documentation. 4. Scalability: BookStack is designed to handle large amounts of content, making it suitable for organizations of all sizes. Use Cases for BookStack 1. Project Documentation: Teams working on complex projects can use BookStack to organize project-related documentation, such as technical specifications, meeting notes, and resource guides. 2. Knowledge Bases: Organizations can create internal knowledge bases where employees can contribute and find information related to company processes, products, or services. 3. Team Collaboration: BookStack supports real-time collaboration, making it an excellent tool for teams needing to work together on documentation and knowledge sharing. 4. Personal Use: Individuals can use BookStack to organize their personal notes, ideas, and other forms of documentation. How Does BookStack Work? BookStack is an open-source platform, which means that users have access to its source code and can modify it according to their needs. The platform is built using web technologies and provides a user-friendly interface for creating and managing content. 1. Installation: Users can install BookStack on their own servers or use hosted solutions provided by third-party providers. 2. Content Creation: Once installed, users can create new pages and organize them into folders. Content can be written using rich text formatting, and additional features like images and tables can be added to enhance the documentation. 3. Collaboration: Multiple users can access and edit the same document simultaneously, making it easy to collaborate on complex projects. 4. Version Control: BookStack includes built-in version control features that allow users to track changes over time and revert to previous versions if needed. 5. Customization: Users can customize the appearance of their documentation by selecting from a range of available themes and plugins. This allows for a personalized experience tailored to the organization's needs. Conclusion BookStack is a powerful tool for anyone needing to organize and share documentation and knowledge bases. Its open-source nature, robust features, and collaborative capabilities make it an excellent choice for teams looking to improve their documentation processes. Whether for project documentation, internal knowledge bases, or personal use, BookStack provides the flexibility and functionality needed to meet a wide range of requirements. By leveraging BookStack's features, users can enhance their productivity, ensure that their documentation is always up-to-date, and foster better communication within their teams. It is a valuable resource for anyone looking to streamline their documentation workflow and improve knowledge sharing in an organization.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: budgetzero

BudgetZero A Simple and Privacy-Friendly Budgeting Tool In today's fast-paced world, managing finances effectively can be a daunting task. Many individuals struggle with keeping track of their income, expenses, and budget goals, often leading to financial stress and poor decision-making. Enter BudgetZero, a simple yet powerful personal budgeting tool designed to help users take control of their finances while maintaining privacy. What is BudgetZero? BudgetZero is an open-source personal budgeting tool that provides a straightforward platform for users to track income, expenses, and set budget goals. Its primary goal is to promote financial awareness and effective budget management without compromising on privacy. The tool is designed to be user-friendly, making it accessible to individuals of all ages and financial backgrounds. Key Features 1. Income Tracking: Users can easily input their income sources and categorize them based on type (e.g., salary, freelance work, investments). This helps in understanding where the money is coming from and planning accordingly. 2. Expense Tracking: BudgetZero allows users to monitor their spending habits by tracking expenses across various categories such as groceries, utilities, entertainment, and more. This feature helps in identifying areas where savings can be maximized. 3. Budget Goals: One of the most useful features of BudgetZero is its budget goal setting. Users can define financial goals (e.g., saving for a vacation, paying off debt) and track their progress over time. The tool provides insights and recommendations to help users stay on target. 4. Open-Source Nature: As an open-source project, BudgetZero offers transparency and flexibility. Users can view the source code, contribute to its development, and customize it according to their needs. This fosters a sense of community and trust among users. 5. Privacy-Friendly: BudgetZero prioritizes user privacy by ensuring that all financial data is handled securely. The tool does not share user information with third parties, making it an ideal choice for those who value data security. 6. User Experience: The interface of BudgetZero is designed to be intuitive and accessible. Whether you're using it on your desktop or mobile device, the tool offers a seamless experience that caters to both tech-savvy users and newcomers. Why Choose BudgetZero? There are numerous budgeting tools available in the market, but BudgetZero stands out for several reasons: - Simplicity: Unlike complex financial software, BudgetZero focuses on delivering essential features without overwhelming users with unnecessary options. - Transparency: As an open-source tool, BudgetZero provides full visibility into its operations and development process. - Community Support: The tool has gained a strong following due to its collaborative nature, with users actively contributing to its improvement. How Does It Work? Using BudgetZero is straightforward. Here's a step-by-step guide: 1. Sign Up: Create an account on the BudgetZero platform or use your existing social media accounts for quick sign-up. 2. Set Up Income and Expenses: Input your income sources and categorize them. Similarly, track your daily expenses to get a clearer picture of your spending habits. 3. Create Budget Goals: Define your financial goals (e.g., saving $5,000 for a down payment on a house) and set milestones. 4. Monitor Progress: Use the tool's dashboard to monitor your progress toward achieving your budget goals and adjust your spending as needed. Future of BudgetZero As a rapidly growing project, BudgetZero has ambitious plans for the future. The team is working on adding more features such as advanced budget analytics, integration with popular financial apps, and enhanced security measures. Users can stay updated on the latest developments by following the official announcements and updates. Conclusion In an era where financial management is more complex than ever, BudgetZero offers a refreshing alternative. Its focus on simplicity, privacy, and openness makes it an excellent choice for anyone looking to take control of their finances. Whether you're aiming to save money, pay off debt, or achieve other financial goals, BudgetZero provides the tools and resources needed to succeed. By using BudgetZero, users not only gain a powerful budgeting tool but also join a community committed to financial transparency and collaboration. It's time to take charge of your finances and experience the benefits of a privacy-friendly, open-source solution.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: budibase

Budibase A Low-Code Platform for Building Internal Tools and Business Applications In today's fast-paced digital landscape, organizations are constantly seeking ways to streamline their operations, enhance productivity, and deliver better value to their customers. One of the most effective tools in this quest is Budibase, a low-code platform designed to empower both developers and businesses to build web applications with unprecedented ease. What is Budibase? Budibase is more than just another development platform; it's a game-changer for anyone looking to create internal tools or business applications without the need for extensive coding knowledge. By leveraging a visual interface, users can drag-and-drop components, set parameters, and watch as their applications take shape in real-time. This approach not only accelerates the development process but also democratizes app creation, allowing non-developers to contribute effectively. Why Budibase? The appeal of Budibase lies in its ability to bridge the gap between business needs and technical execution. Here are some key reasons why it stands out: 1. Accelerated Development: Traditional coding can be time-consuming and resource-intensive. Budibase cuts down on development cycles by enabling rapid prototyping and deployment. 2. Reduced Manual Coding: With a visual interface, users can design applications using pre-built components and templates, minimizing the need for manual coding and reducing errors. 3. Empower Non-Developers: Budibase allows business analysts, project managers, and other non-developer stakeholders to contribute to application development, fostering collaboration and innovation. 4. Enhanced Collaboration: The platform supports teamwork with features like version control, making it easier for multiple users to work on the same project simultaneously. 5. Scalability and Customization: Budibase offers flexibility, allowing users to customize applications to meet specific needs while maintaining scalability for future updates. Key Features of Budibase - Visual Editor: A drag-and-drop interface that simplifies app creation. - Database Integration: Connects with various databases, enabling data-driven applications. - Collaboration Tools: Supports teamwork with version control and feedback features. - Pre-Built Templates: Provides a library of templates for common use cases like dashboards and CRMs. - Deployment Capabilities: Allows users to publish apps directly or integrate them with existing infrastructure. Benefits of Using Budibase 1. Time Savings: Develops applications faster, reducing the time required for manual coding. 2. Cost Efficiency: Reduces reliance on expensive developers, making app creation more accessible. 3. Improved Productivity: Streamlines the development process, allowing teams to focus on strategic initiatives. 4. Faster Iteration: Enables quick updates and improvements without a lengthy development cycle. Use Cases for Budibase - Internal Tools: Building dashboards, project management tools, and knowledge bases. - Business Applications: Creating customer portals, lead management systems, and sales tracking apps. - Custom Solutions: Tailoring applications to meet specific industry needs, such as healthcare or finance. Budibase is particularly valuable in industries where internal efficiency is crucial, such as healthcare, finance, education, and logistics. By providing a user-friendly platform for app creation, Budibase supports organizations in delivering tailored solutions that enhance operations and customer experiences. Conclusion In an era where innovation and adaptability are key to business success, Budibase offers a powerful solution for building internal tools and applications. Its low-code approach not only accelerates development but also empowers teams to collaborate more effectively, leading to better outcomes and greater satisfaction. Whether you're a developer looking for a simpler way to create apps or a business leader seeking to streamline operations, Budibase is a valuable tool that deserves a place in your digital arsenal. Start building today and see how Budibase can transform your approach to application development.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: calibre

Calibre An e-book management tool for organizing and converting e-books. What is Calibre? Calibre is an open-source e-book management tool that offers a comprehensive solution for organizing, converting, and managing your digital reading materials. It serves as a centralized library for your e-books, allowing you to easily access and manage your collection from one place. Key Features of Calibre 1. Open-Source: Calibre is open-source, meaning it is free to use, modify, and enhance. This makes it an excellent choice for tech-savvy users who enjoy contributing to the development of software. 2. Organizing E-books: One of the primary functions of Calibre is its ability to organize e-books in a structured manner. You can categorize your books by genre, author, publication year, or any custom tags you create. 3. Converting Formats: Calibre supports converting e-books between different formats, such as ePub, PDF, MOBI, and more. This feature is particularly useful for users who want to read their books on multiple devices or platforms. 4. Metadata Editing: With Calibre, you can edit metadata associated with each book, including comments, ratings, and annotations. This allows you to personalize your reading experience. 5. User-Friendly Interface: The tool features a user-friendly interface that makes it easy for users of all skill levels to navigate and manage their e-book collections. 6. Customization Options: Calibre offers extensive customization options, allowing users to create templates for book entries, sort libraries in various ways, and even export data in different formats. 7. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Calibre is compatible with multiple operating systems, including Windows, macOS, Linux, and more, ensuring that you can use it regardless of your primary device. 8. Integration with Devices: The tool supports integration with e-ink devices like Amazon Kindle, enabling users to sync their libraries and read books directly from their devices. 9. Community Support: Calibre has a strong community behind it, which contributes to its development and provides support through forums, documentation, and repositories on platforms like GitHub. How to Get Started with Calibre Getting started with Calibre is straightforward. You can download the tool from its official website or install it via package managers for your specific operating system. Once installed, you can import your existing e-books into the library, organize them, and start managing your collection. Conclusion Calibre is a versatile and powerful tool for anyone who enjoys reading and managing e-books. Its open-source nature, extensive features, and user-friendly interface make it an excellent choice for both casual readers and tech enthusiasts. Whether you're looking to organize your existing library or convert files to read on multiple devices, Calibre provides the tools you need to manage your digital reading materials efficiently.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: caprover

Caprover CapRover is an open-source Platform as a Service (PaaS) that simplifies the deployment and management of your web applications. With its user-friendly web interface, CapRover abstracts away the complexities of container orchestration, allowing developers to focus on building and deploying their applications. Key Features CapRover offers a wide range of features designed to make the deployment process seamless and efficient: - Cross-Platform Compatibility: Supports various programming languages and frameworks, making it versatile for different projects. - Automatic SSL: Provides secure connections with automatic certificate management. - Custom Domain Support: Allows users to deploy their applications using custom domains. - Version Control Integration: Easy integration with popular version control systems like GitHub and GitLab. - Scalability: Automatically adjusts resources based on application needs. - Monitoring and Logging: Built-in tools to monitor application performance and track logs. Benefits CapRover is a valuable tool for both individual developers and teams. Its user-friendly interface simplifies the deployment process, while its robust features ensure that applications are secure, scalable, and easy to manage. Whether you're working on a personal project or part of a large team, CapRover provides the tools needed to bring your ideas to life. How It Works Deploying an application with CapRover is straightforward: 1. Create an Account: Sign up on the CapRover website. 2. Connect Your Repository: Integrate your version control system with CapRover. 3. Select Environment: Choose the server environment (e.g., cloud, on-premise) where you want to deploy your application. 4. Deploy Application: Use CapRover's interface to push your code live. Community and Ecosystem CapRover is an open-source project supported by a community of developers and contributors. Its ecosystem includes plugins, tutorials, and documentation to help users make the most of the platform. The active community ensures that CapRover remains up-to-date with the latest technological advancements. Conclusion If you're looking for a reliable and flexible way to deploy your web applications, CapRover is an excellent choice. Its combination of ease-of-use, robust features, and open-source nature makes it a favorite among developers. Start your journey with CapRover today and experience the simplicity of managing your applications like never before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: cassandra

Cassandra Apache Cassandra is an open source distributed database management system designed to handle large amounts of data across many servers, providing high availability with no single point of failure. It is widely used for its ability to manage big data workloads efficiently, making it a popular choice for organizations dealing with massive datasets. Overview Cassandra is known for its fault-tolerant architecture and scalability, which makes it ideal for applications requiring continuous availability. Unlike traditional relational databases, Cassandra's distributed nature allows it to handle large volumes of data while maintaining fast response times. Its key features include support for wide-columnar storage, strong consistency, and the ability to operate across multiple nodes without a centralized point of failure. Key Features 1. Distributed Architecture: Cassandra is designed to run on a cluster of servers, allowing it to scale horizontally. This means you can add more servers to handle increased workloads. 2. Scalability: The system automatically balances data across the cluster, ensuring that each node shares the load equally. 3. Strong Consistency: Unlike some NoSQL databases, Cassandra guarantees strong consistency for read and write operations, making it suitable for applications requiring accurate data replication. 4. Fault Tolerance: With no single point of failure, Cassandra can continue operating even if some nodes go offline or are unavailable. How It Works Cassandra operates on a trade-off between read and write performance. It uses a peer-to-peer protocol called Apache gossip to propagate data across the cluster. The system also employs a hash function to determine where data should be stored based on its key. This allows for efficient distribution of data across the network. Use Cases 1. Real-Time Analytics: Cassandra is often used for real-time data analysis, enabling organizations to process and respond to data as it arrives. 2. IoT Applications: With its ability to handle large volumes of data, Cassandra is well-suited for Internet of Things (IoT) applications, where devices generate continuous streams of data. 3. Large-Scale Web Applications: Many web applications rely on Cassandra for storing user data, session information, and other large datasets. Benefits 1. High Availability: Cassandra ensures that your application can continue running even if individual nodes fail. 2. Scalability: The system can easily be expanded by adding more servers, making it ideal for growing businesses. 3. Fault Tolerance: With no single point of failure, Cassandra provides robust data redundancy. Comparison with Other Databases When comparing Cassandra to other databases like MySQL or MongoDB, its distributed architecture and ability to handle large datasets make it a strong contender. While MySQL is better suited for complex queries and relational data, Cassandra excels in scenarios where scalability and fault tolerance are critical. Conclusion Apache Cassandra is a powerful tool for organizations dealing with big data challenges. Its distributed architecture, high availability, and scalability make it a reliable choice for a wide range of applications. Whether you're working on real-time analytics, IoT devices, or large-scale web applications, Cassandra provides the flexibility and performance needed to meet your organization's needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: changedetection

Changedetection: Monitoring Web Pages for Changes In today's fast-paced digital world, websites are constantly evolving. Whether it's a business updating its product information, a blog owner publishing new content, or an e-commerce platform adjusting prices, web pages are dynamic and often change frequently. For those who want to stay informed about these changes without manually checking each time, Changedetection offers a powerful solution. What is Changedetection? Changedetection is a tool or application that monitors specific web pages and alerts users whenever a change is detected. This technology can be used for various purposes, from tracking product prices on e-commerce sites to monitoring the content of a competitor's website. Essentially, it automates the process of keeping an eye on web content, saving users time and effort. Why is Changedetection Important? In a world where information is constantly updating, Changedetection provides a crucial service. For businesses, it can help maintain accurate product data, track pricing changes, or monitor competitor activities. For individuals, it can be used to stay updated on personal information, such as account details or social media content. How Does Changedetection Work? The process of using Changedetection involves several steps: 1. Crawling the Web: The tool regularly visits the web pages you specify. 2. Comparing Data: It compares the current content of these pages to a baseline version. 3. Detecting Changes: If any differences are found, the system notifies the user. 4. Sending Notifications: Users receive alerts via email or another method. This process is often automated, allowing for constant monitoring without manual intervention. Benefits of Changedetection - Efficiency: It eliminates the need to manually check web pages, saving time and effort. - Real-Time Alerts: Users can receive immediate notifications of changes. - Cost-Effectiveness: For businesses, it reduces the need for constant human oversight. - Reliability: The system operates 24/7, ensuring that no changes are missed. Challenges of Changedetection While Changedetection is a valuable tool, it also presents some challenges: - Technical Complexity: Implementing and maintaining such a system requires technical expertise. - Data Handling: Large amounts of data can be generated, requiring robust storage solutions. - Accuracy: Ensuring that changes are detected accurately without false positives can be challenging. Use Cases for Changedetection Changedetection has a wide range of applications: - Business Monitoring: Track product prices, availability, and descriptions on e-commerce platforms. - Competitor Analysis: Monitor competitor websites to stay ahead in the market. - Content Updates: Notify content creators when their work is updated or changed. - Personal Use: Set up alerts for personal information, such as account balances or social media posts. Future of Changedetection As technology advances, Changedetection is likely to become more sophisticated. AI-powered tools may enhance detection accuracy, while integration with other platforms could expand its capabilities. The future may also see Changedetection applied to new areas, such as mobile apps or IoT devices. Conclusion Changedetection is a powerful tool that simplifies the process of monitoring web pages. By automating the detection of changes, it offers numerous benefits for businesses and individuals alike. While there are challenges to consider, the potential advantages make it a valuable asset in today's digital landscape.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: chatwoot

Chatwoot Open-source customer engagement suite, an alternative to Intercom, Zendesk, Salesforce Service Cloud etc. 🔥💬 What is Chatwoot? Chatwoot is a powerful open-source customer engagement platform designed to help businesses connect with their audience more effectively. It offers a range of tools and features that enable seamless communication across various channels, including live chat, chatbots, social media integration, and analytics. Key Features 1. Live Chat: Engage customers in real-time with an intuitive interface that allows for instant messaging. 2. Automated Chatbots: Implement intelligent chatbots to provide 24/7 support, reducing the load on your team while improving customer satisfaction. 3. Social Media Integration: Connect with your audience on popular platforms like Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram to extend your engagement efforts beyond your website. 4. Multi-Channel Support: Manage interactions across email, SMS, and other communication channels from a single platform. 5. AI-Driven Analytics: Gain insights into customer behavior and preferences using advanced analytics tools powered by AI. 6. Customizable Dashboard: Tailor the interface to match your brand with customizable themes and layouts. 7. Third-Party Integrations: Extend the functionality of Chatwoot by integrating it with other tools like CRM systems, email marketing software, and more. Why Choose Chatwoot? 1. Open Source: Unlike proprietary solutions, Chatwoot is open-source, giving you full control over your data and allowing for customization. 2. Flexibility: The platform supports a wide range of use cases, making it suitable for businesses of all sizes and industries. 3. Cost-Effective: Reduce costs associated with expensive licensing models by using an open-source solution. 4. Customization: Customize the platform to meet your specific needs, whether you're running a small business or a large organization. Use Cases 1. E-commerce: Enhance customer experience on your website with live chat and chatbots that provide assistance and recommendations. 2. SaaS Platforms: Provide support and guidance to users of your software through chat and automated bot interactions. 3. Healthcare: Offer patient support and information via chat, ensuring easy access to resources and assistance. 4. Education: Assist students and parents by providing answers to common questions and guiding them through enrollment processes. Benefits 1. Ease of Use: Intuitive interface that requires minimal training to master. 2. Cost Savings: Reduce expenses related to customer support while improving service quality. 3. Improved Customer Satisfaction: Proactive engagement tools that address customer needs quickly and effectively. 4. Scalability: Easily handle increased traffic and interactions without compromising performance. 5. Competitive Edge: Differentiate your brand by offering a superior customer experience. Conclusion Chatwoot is more than just a customer engagement tool—it's a game-changer for businesses looking to enhance their operations and improve customer satisfaction. By leveraging its powerful features and flexibility, you can create meaningful connections with your audience while streamlining your support processes. Whether you're running a startup or a established organization, Chatwoot offers the tools you need to succeed in today's competitive landscape.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: chevereto

Chevereto A powerful and customizable image hosting script. In the realm of web development, managing images efficiently is crucial for delivering a seamless user experience. Whether you're building a personal portfolio, an e-commerce site, or a blog, high-quality images are essential. However, managing these images can be a cumbersome task, often requiring complex setups and configurations. This is where Chevereto comes into play—a robust image hosting script designed to streamline your image management needs. Key Features Chevereto offers a comprehensive set of features that make it an indispensable tool for any developer or website owner: 1. Customizable URLs Assign custom URLs to your images, making your content more accessible and user-friendly. This feature is particularly useful for SEO optimization, as search engines favor readable and descriptive URLs. 2. Multiple Image Sizes Upload images in various dimensions to accommodate different needs. Whether you need thumbnails, medium-sized images, or high-resolution versions, Chevereto allows you to manage them all from a single platform. 3. File Management Organize your images with ease using tags and folders. This feature ensures that your media library remains clutter-free and easy to navigate. 4. Security and Compliance Chevereto prioritizes security by enforcing strict guidelines for image uploads, ensuring that all content adheres to legal and ethical standards. This includes automatically detecting and removing inappropriate or illegal material. 5. SEO Optimization By generating SEO-friendly URLs and allowing you to set alt text descriptions, Chevereto enhances your images' visibility in search engine results. 6. Integration with CMS Chevereto seamlessly integrates with popular content management systems (CMS), such as WordPress, Joomla, and Drupal, making it easy to display images on your website without additional setup. 7. Community Support The Chevereto community is active and supportive, providing valuable resources and assistance when you encounter any issues or have questions about the platform. 8. Customization Options Chevereto offers extensive customization options, allowing you to tailor the appearance of your image gallery to match your website's design perfectly. Why Choose Chevereto? Choosing the right image hosting solution is crucial for the success of your website. While there are numerous options available, Chevereto stands out for several reasons: - Ease of Use: Its intuitive interface makes it accessible even to those with limited technical expertise. - Reliability: The platform is known for its stability and uptime, ensuring that your images are always accessible to your visitors. - Cost-Effective: Chevereto offers flexible pricing plans that cater to both individual users and large-scale operations, eliminating the need for expensive hosting solutions. How It Works Chevereto operates by uploading your images through its web interface. Once uploaded, the script automatically generates optimized versions of your images in various sizes, ensuring fast loading times and consistent quality across all platforms. Conclusion In today's digital landscape, having a reliable and efficient image hosting solution is essential for creating and managing high-quality content. Chevereto offers a powerful and customizable solution that meets the needs of both novice and experienced users. Its robust features, ease of use, and commitment to security make it an excellent choice for anyone looking to streamline their image management process. Whether you're building a personal portfolio or a large-scale website, Chevereto provides the tools necessary to deliver a superior user experience. Explore Chevereto today and see how it can transform your image hosting experience!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: clearml

ClearML ClearML Overview ClearML is an end-to-end Machine Learning Operations (MLOps) platform designed to streamline and manage machine learning workflows. It provides a comprehensive solution for automating experiments, managing data, deploying models, and monitoring performance across various projects. What is ClearML? ClearML acts as a central hub for ML operations, enabling data scientists and engineers to collaborate effectively. It simplifies the process of running experiments, validating models, and deploying them into production environments. The platform supports seamless integration with popular machine learning frameworks and tools, making it accessible to users with diverse skill levels. Key Features 1. Data Management - Centralized data storage and management. - Support for multiple data formats and sources. 2. Model Development - Easy-to-use interfaces for training models. - Integration with popular ML frameworks like TensorFlow, PyTorch, and scikit-learn. 3. Workflow Automation - Automated execution of workflows. - Customizable pipelines for complex operations. 4. Model Monitoring - Real-time monitoring of model performance. - Alerts for degradation or drift in model performance. 5. Collaboration Tools - Version control and sharing capabilities. - Commenting and tracking changes in experiments. How ClearML Works ClearML operates by providing a user-friendly interface where users can define their workflows, manage data, and execute experiments. The platform handles the underlying complexities of distributed computing and resource management, allowing users to focus on innovation and results. 1. Data Preparation - Upload datasets or connect to existing data sources. - Preprocess data using built-in tools or custom scripts. 2. Model Training - Select frameworks and configure training parameters. - Run experiments with different hyperparameters and configurations. 3. Evaluation - Automate evaluation metrics and reporting. - Compare results across multiple runs and models. 4. Deployment - Push models to production environments. - Monitor performance in real-time. 5. Monitoring - Track metrics over time. - Identify trends and areas for improvement. Use Cases ClearML is applicable in a wide range of domains, including: 1. Healthcare - Predictive analytics for patient outcomes. - Fraud detection in healthcare claims. 2. Finance - Risk assessment and fraud detection systems. - Algorithmic trading strategies. 3. Retail - Customer segmentation and recommendation systems. - Inventory optimization using predictive analytics. 4. Manufacturing - Predictive maintenance for machinery. - Quality control using computer vision. Benefits of Using ClearML 1. Increased Efficiency - Streamlines ML workflows, reducing manual effort. - Reduces time spent on infrastructure management. 2. Scalability - Handles large-scale data and models. - Supports distributed computing environments. 3. Enhanced Collaboration - Provides a unified platform for teams. - Ensures transparency in model development and deployment. 4. Cost-Effective - Reduces operational costs through efficient resource utilization. - Minimizes waste by automating workflows. Conclusion ClearML is a powerful tool for organizations looking to adopt machine learning technologies. By providing a robust platform for managing ML workflows, ClearML empowers data scientists and engineers to focus on innovation while ensuring the reliability and scalability of their models. Its comprehensive feature set and user-friendly interface make it an excellent choice for teams at all stages of ML development.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: cloudcommander

A Web-Based File Manager for Modern File Management Needs In an era where digital data has become the cornerstone of our professional and personal lives, effective file management has never been more crucial. CloudCommander emerges as a versatile solution for managing files on remote servers through a web-based interface, offering a dual-pane view that simplifies navigation and operations. Understanding CloudCommander CloudCommander is designed to provide users with a seamless experience for handling files over the internet. Unlike traditional command-line tools or graphical file managers, it operates entirely within a browser, eliminating the need for local installation. This accessibility makes it an ideal choice for individuals who may not have the luxury of installing software on their machines. Key Features 1. Dual-Pane Interface: The interface is divided into two panels, allowing users to easily compare and manage files between different locations or directories. 2. File Uploads and Downloads: CloudCommander facilitates quick uploads and downloads of files, making it efficient for transferring data across servers. 3. File Organization: Features like creating folders and subfolders help in organizing files, enhancing overall management efficiency. 4. Collaboration: The platform supports sharing files with others, fostering teamwork and collaboration on projects or tasks. 5. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Accessible from various browsers, CloudCommander works seamlessly across different operating systems, ensuring flexibility for users. Benefits CloudCommander offers several advantages that make it a preferred choice for many: - User-Friendly: The interface is intuitive, making it accessible even to those unfamiliar with command-line tools. - Efficiency: By centralizing file management in the cloud, users can access their files from any device with an internet connection. - Security: Built-in security features ensure that data remains protected during transfers and storage. - Cost-Effectiveness: No need for additional software installations, reducing costs associated with purchasing licenses or training. Use Cases CloudCommander is applicable in a variety of scenarios: 1. DevOps: Developers can streamline file management for deployment processes, enhancing workflow efficiency. 2. Education: Instructors can use it to teach file management concepts without relying on local systems. 3. Remote Work: Professionals who work remotely can manage files from any location, ensuring continuity in their tasks. 4. Data Backup and Recovery: The tool aids in organizing backups and recovering lost or deleted files, crucial for maintaining data integrity. How It Differs CloudCommander distinguishes itself from other tools through its web-based approach and dual-pane design: - Unlike command-line interfaces, it doesn't require users to remember complex syntax. - Unlike traditional graphical file managers, it offers a more streamlined interface tailored for remote operations. Conclusion In an increasingly connected world, CloudCommander stands out as a robust solution for managing files remotely. Its user-friendly design and versatile features make it an invaluable tool for professionals, educators, and anyone needing to manage files across servers. By leveraging its capabilities, users can enhance productivity while ensuring their data remains secure and accessible.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: cockroachdb

CockroachDB: A Distributed SQL Database for Modern Applications In the ever-evolving landscape of data storage and processing, databases play a pivotal role in shaping how applications handle information. Among the many options available, CockroachDB stands out as a powerful distributed SQL database designed to meet the demands of modern applications. With its unique architecture and robust features, CockroachDB is poised to become an essential tool for developers and organizations seeking high performance, scalability, and reliability. Understanding CockroachDB CockroachDB, often abbreviated as "CrDB," is an open-source distributed SQL database that provides a foundation for building scalable and resilient applications. It is built on the principles of cloud-native architecture, enabling businesses to leverage the full potential of their data while ensuring seamless performance across distributed systems. Key Features 1. Distributed Architecture: CockroachDB is designed to operate in a distributed environment, allowing it to scale horizontally. This means that you can add more nodes to your cluster as needed, each contributing to the overall capacity and fault tolerance. 2. Consistency: Unlike traditional databases that might struggle with data consistency across multiple nodes, CockroachDB ensures strong consistency using Raft consensus algorithm. This guarantees that all nodes have access to the latest version of the data, making it ideal for applications requiring precise data integrity. 3. High Availability: With its ability to handle node failures and automatic recovery mechanisms, CockroachDB minimizes downtime, ensuring continuous availability for your applications. 4. Scalability: The database can easily scale to handle petabytes of data and thousands of transactions per second, making it suitable for high-throughput applications. 5. Fault Tolerance: CockroachDB's distributed architecture allows it to survive partial failures, as each node operates independently with the ability to replicate data across multiple instances. 6. Multi-Version Concurrency Control (MVCC): This feature enables efficient handling of concurrent transactions by allowing multiple versions of data to coexist, thus reducing contention and improving performance. 7. SQL Compatibility: Despite its modern architecture, CockroachDB maintains full SQL compatibility, making it easy for developers familiar with traditional databases to adopt it in their projects. Use Cases CockroachDB is versatile and can be applied across a wide range of applications. Here are some common use cases: 1. E-commerce: Retailers rely on CockroachDB for real-time inventory tracking, order processing, and payment systems, ensuring fast responses even during peak traffic. 2. IoT (Internet of Things): The database is well-suited for handling large streams of data generated by IoT devices, enabling real-time analytics and decision-making. 3. Real-Time Analytics: CockroachDB's speed and scalability make it an excellent choice for applications requiring instant data insights, such as fraud detection in financial systems. 4. Search Engines: It can be used to power search engines and recommendation systems, providing fast and accurate results based on large datasets. 5. Big Data Processing: By integrating with tools like Apache Kafka or Apache Spark, CockroachDB enables efficient processing of big data, supporting complex analytics and machine learning applications. Benefits The adoption of CockroachDB offers numerous benefits for organizations and developers: 1. High Availability: The database ensures that your application is always available, minimizing downtime and its impact on business operations. 2. Strong Consistency: With guaranteed consistency across all nodes, CockroachDB eliminates the risk of inconsistent data, which can lead to serious issues in mission-critical applications. 3. Horizontal Scaling: The ability to add more nodes to the cluster allows businesses to scale their infrastructure as needed, accommodating growth and changing demands. 4. Fault Tolerance: CockroachDB's distributed architecture enables it to survive hardware failures, ensuring uninterrupted service delivery. 5. Community Support: As an open-source project, CockroachDB benefits from a vibrant community of contributors who continuously enhance its capabilities and provide valuable support and resources. Comparison with Other Databases While CockroachDB shares many similarities with traditional databases like PostgreSQL and MySQL, it has distinct advantages: - PostgreSQL: Known for its strong consistency and advanced SQL features, PostgreSQL is excellent for complex queries. However, it lacks the horizontal scaling and fault tolerance capabilities of CockroachDB. - MySQL: A widely-used relational database that offers good performance but does not scale as effectively as CockroachDB. MySQL also lacks built-in support for distributed architectures. CockroachDB's ability to combine the power of SQL with the flexibility of a distributed system makes it a superior choice for modern applications, particularly those requiring global scale and high availability. Conclusion In an era where data is more abundant and complex than ever before, having a robust and scalable database solution is crucial. CockroachDB stands out as a leading option for developers and organizations seeking to build resilient and performant applications. Its distributed architecture, strong consistency, and fault tolerance make it a reliable foundation for a wide range of use cases, from e-commerce to IoT and real-time analytics. By leveraging the power of CockroachDB, businesses can unlock the full potential of their data, driving innovation and delivering exceptional user experiences. As the demand for scalable solutions continues to grow, CockroachDB is poised to play an increasingly important role in shaping the future of data storage and processing.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: codeserver

CodeServer A VS Code instance running on a remote server accessible through the browser. What is CodeServer? CodeServer is a web-based code editor that enables remote development. It allows you to access and edit your code from a web browser, providing a flexible and collaborative coding environment for developers. With CodeServer, you can create, edit, and debug your code directly in the browser without needing to install any software locally. This makes it an ideal solution for remote work, collaboration, and accessing your projects from multiple devices. Benefits of Using CodeServer 1. No Installation Required: Access your code environment through a web browser. 2. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Use CodeServer on Windows, macOS, Linux, or any device with a modern browser. 3. Secure Remote Work: Work on remote servers without exposing your local machine to potential security risks. 4. Easy Sharing: Share your development environment with team members or clients in real-time. 5. Integration with Existing Tools: Use your favorite IDE or editor by connecting it to CodeServer. How Does CodeServer Work? 1. Access via Browser: Open CodeServer through a web browser and connect to a remote server. 2. Server Setup: Install and configure CodeServer on a remote server (e.g., AWS, DigitalOcean, or your own server). 3. Code Editing: Use the web-based interface to edit code files in real-time. 4. Real-Time Updates: See changes as they happen on the server. Key Features of CodeServer - Support for Multiple Languages: CodeServer supports a wide range of programming languages and frameworks. - Customizable Environments: Configure your development environment to match your workflow preferences. - Collaboration Tools: Use built-in collaboration features like file sharing and real-time editing. - Version Control Integration: Integrate with popular version control systems (VCS) like Git, GitHub, and Bitbucket. - Extensibility: Customize CodeServer with plugins and extensions to enhance functionality. Use Cases for CodeServer 1. Remote Development: Access and edit code on remote servers without local installation. 2. Team Collaboration: Share development environments with team members for seamless collaboration. 3. Education and Training: Train developers or students by providing access to a web-based coding environment. 4. Continuous Development: Use CodeServer for ongoing project development and testing. Conclusion CodeServer is a powerful tool that bridges the gap between local development environments and remote servers. By providing web-based access to code, it offers unparalleled flexibility and collaboration opportunities for developers. Whether you're working solo or as part of a team, CodeServer can enhance your productivity and streamline your workflow. Start using CodeServer today to experience the benefits of remote development in a web-based environment.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: codimd

CodiMD: An Open-Source Collaborative Markdown Editor In an era where collaboration is key, finding the right tool to work with others can make or break your productivity. CodiMD emerges as a powerful solution for teams and communities looking to collaborate on documentation, notes, and more. This open-source markdown editor offers real-time collaboration, making it ideal for seamless teamwork. What is CodiMD? CodiMD is an open-source collaborative markdown editor designed for teams and communities. It allows multiple users to work on documents simultaneously, ensuring that everyone can contribute to the same document at any time. This feature makes it perfect for real-time editing, where feedback and changes can be seen instantly. Why Use CodiMD? The need for collaboration has never been more pronounced, especially in modern workplaces. Traditional methods of sharing files often lead to version conflicts and miscommunication. CodiMD eliminates these issues by providing a platform where users can work together without the hassle of email chains or file downloads. Key Features CodiMD offers a range of features that make it stand out from other markdown editors: 1. Real-Time Collaboration Multiple users can edit documents simultaneously, with changes appearing instantly for everyone. 2. Markdown Compatibility CodiMD supports standard markdown syntax, allowing users to create rich text formats like headers, lists, and emphasis. 3. User Interface The editor features a clean and intuitive interface that is easy to navigate, even for those new to markdown. 4. Live Preview Users can see how their document will look with the current markdown formatting applied. 5. Version Control CodiMD tracks changes made by each user, making it easy to revert to previous versions if needed. Collaboration Tools CodiMD goes beyond simple text editing by offering robust collaboration tools: 1. Comments and Annotations Users can leave comments or highlight specific sections of the document for clarification. 2. Track Changes CodiMD keeps a record of all edits, allowing users to review changes over time. 3. Multiple Workspaces Create multiple documents or workspaces to organize different projects or topics. Benefits Using CodiMD offers several benefits: 1. Enhanced Productivity Teams can work together more efficiently, reducing the time spent on coordinating changes. 2. Reduced Dependency CodiMD eliminates the need for third-party tools, making it a self-contained solution for collaboration. 3. Consistent Formatting With its support for markdown, CodiMD ensures that documents maintain consistent formatting across different users. Use Cases CodiMD is perfect for: 1. Team Projects Collaborate on project documentation, meeting notes, and more. 2. Documentation Collaboration Work together on user guides, technical manuals, or other reference materials. 3. Remote Work Ideal for remote teams who need to maintain a shared document base. Open Source Advantage As an open-source tool, CodiMD offers several advantages: 1. Free to Use There are no costs associated with using CodiMD, making it accessible to everyone. 2. Customizable Users can modify the editor to suit their specific needs by accessing the source code. 3. Community Support The open-source nature of CodiMD encourages community involvement, with users contributing ideas and fixes. Conclusion In a world where collaboration is essential, CodiMD stands out as a reliable and flexible solution for teams and communities. Its real-time editing capabilities, robust features, and open-source nature make it a valuable tool for anyone needing to work together on documents. Whether you're working on a project, creating documentation, or managing remote teams, CodiMD provides the perfect platform for seamless collaboration.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: comfyui

slug: "comfyui" name: "ComfyUI" logo: "marketplace/comfyui/comfyui.png" ComfyUI A flowchart-based UI for Stable Diffusion, designed for building custom AI art pipelines. ComfyUI Overview ComfyUI is a node-based interface tailored for users seeking to create and customize advanced AI art workflows. This drag-and-drop interface simplifies the process of designing complex pipelines, offering flexibility across various models including SD3, SDXL, LoRA, and upscaling tools. It stands out as an ideal solution for those involved in video content creation with AnimateDiff and Stable Video Diffusion. Key Features ComfyUI excels through its intuitive design and robust functionality: 1. Drag-and-Drop Workflow Creation: Users can easily assemble workflows by connecting nodes, representing different operations or models. 2. Model Support: The interface supports multiple models like SD3, SDXL, LoRA, and upscaling methods, allowing for extensive customization. 3. Customizable Nodes: Each node can be tailored to specific tasks, enabling users to create unique AI art processes. 4. Integration with Tools: ComfyUI seamlessly integrates with tools such as AnimateDiff and Stable Video Diffusion, enhancing the creation of video content. Use Cases ComfyUI is versatile, catering to a wide range of creative projects: 1. Video Content Creation: Ideal for creating animated videos using AnimateDiff and Stable Video Diffusion. 2. Art Pipeline Development: Allows artists to design custom workflows for generating AI art with precision. 3. Educational Tools: Useful for teaching AI concepts through visual workflows. Getting Started To utilize ComfyUI effectively: 1. Installation: Install the tool from your preferred repository or marketplace. 2. Workflow Design: Use the drag-and-drop interface to design custom pipelines by connecting nodes. 3. Model Configuration: Configure models and parameters within each node for tailored outputs. 4. Execution: Run the workflow and observe the generated AI art. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: conreq

Conreq Conreq is a versatile tool designed to streamline various aspects of HTTP communication in Node.js. It offers a lightweight and efficient framework for handling requests and responses, making it ideal for developers working on web applications or RESTful APIs. Features of Conreq as an HTTP Library - Simplicity: Conreq simplifies the process of making common HTTP methods such as GET, POST, PUT, and DELETE. Developers can focus on their core logic without worrying about managing complex request/response cycles. - Efficiency: The library is optimized for performance, ensuring that your applications run smoothly even under heavy workloads. - Flexibility: Conreq allows for easy customization of headers, query parameters, and body content, giving developers the freedom to tailor requests to specific needs. - Error Handling: Built-in mechanisms for handling errors and managing HTTP status codes make debugging and maintaining applications easier. - Support for JSON Data: The library seamlessly integrates with JSON data formats, facilitating the parsing and serialization of responses. Conreq as a Conference Management System Conreq also serves as an open-source conference management system designed to streamline the organization and management of academic or professional conferences. It offers features that make event planning more efficient and user-friendly. - Abstract Submission: The system provides a robust interface for participants to submit their abstracts, which can be reviewed and evaluated by a panel of experts. - Registration Management: Conreq simplifies the process of participant registration, allowing organizers to track attendance and manage event access efficiently. - Scheduling Tools: The platform offers tools for creating and managing conference schedules, ensuring that sessions are organized logically and attendees can easily navigate the program. - Communication Tools: Built-in features facilitate communication between participants, speakers, and organizers, fostering a more connected and collaborative environment. - Reporting and Analytics: Conreq provides detailed reports on various aspects of the conference, such as attendance rates, session performance, and participant feedback. Benefits of Using Conreq Whether you're using it for managing HTTP interactions or organizing conferences, Conreq offers a range of benefits that make your tasks more efficient and your projects more successful. Its user-friendly interface and powerful features ensure that you can achieve your goals with minimal effort and maximum results. By leveraging the capabilities of Conreq, you can focus on what truly matters—delivering high-quality work and fostering meaningful connections within your professional community. This article provides a comprehensive overview of Conreq's dual roles as both an HTTP library and a conference management system, highlighting its features and benefits in each capacity.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: convos

Convos Convos is a real-time chat application designed for simplicity and ease of use. It offers a user-friendly interface that prioritizes seamless communication, making it ideal for both casual and professional conversations. About Convos Convos is an open-source chat application built to enhance collaboration and communication. It supports essential features like message history, file sharing, and customizable chat rooms, providing flexibility for various use cases. The platform emphasizes simplicity, ensuring that users can engage in real-time discussions without unnecessary complexity. Key Features of Convos 1. Real-Time Communication: Convos allows users to send messages instantly, fostering immediate interaction. 2. Message History: Users can track and revisit previous conversations, facilitating efficient communication. 3. File Sharing: The ability to share files adds a layer of collaboration, making it ideal for teamwork. 4. Customizable Chat Rooms: Convos lets users create and customize chat rooms to suit their specific needs. Benefits of Using Convos - User-Friendly Design: The intuitive interface makes it easy for anyone to use, regardless of technical expertise. - Open Source Flexibility: As an open-source application, Convos offers customization options, allowing users to tailor the platform to their requirements. - Versatility: Whether for personal use or professional settings, Convos adapts to various communication needs. Use Cases for Convos Convos can be used in a wide range of scenarios: 1. Professional Communication: Ideal for team collaboration, project discussions, and client interactions. 2. Personal Chatting: Perfect for staying connected with friends and family. 3. Educational Purposes: Facilitates communication between students and educators. Why Choose Convos? Convos stands out among other chat applications due to its focus on simplicity and functionality. Its customizable nature makes it a versatile tool that can be adapted to almost any communication requirement. Comparison with Other Chat Applications While there are many real-time chat applications available, Convos distinguishes itself through its emphasis on user-friendliness and open-source flexibility. Unlike some platforms that may overwhelm users with features, Convos provides just enough functionality to enhance communication without unnecessary complexity. Conclusion Convos is a powerful yet simple chat application designed for real-time communication. Its features, including message history, file sharing, and customizable rooms, make it an excellent choice for both personal and professional use. By prioritizing user-friendly design and open-source flexibility, Convos offers a seamless experience that caters to a wide range of needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: crowdsec

Crowdsec Crowdsec is an open-source, lightweight agent designed to detect and respond to malicious activities on your network or systems. It is built to identify and block suspicious behavior, helping organizations maintain better control over their digital assets. What is Crowdsec? Crowdsec functions as a monitoring and response tool that integrates with existing security frameworks and platforms. Its primary purpose is to act as an additional layer of defense against cyber threats by analyzing network traffic and system activities for anomalies or malicious patterns. How Does Crowdsec Work? The agent operates by collecting data from your systems, including logs, network traffic, and process information. It then analyzes this data using predefined rules or algorithms to identify potential threats. Once a threat is detected, Crowdsec can take immediate action, such as blocking the malicious activity, isolating the affected system, or notifying security teams. Key Features of Crowdsec - Real-Time Monitoring: Continuously scans and monitors network traffic for suspicious activities. - Customizable Rules: Allows users to define specific rules based on their unique security needs. - Integration Capabilities: Can be integrated with existing SIEM (Security Information and Event Management) systems, such as ELK, Splunk, or QRadar. - Lightweight Design: Designed to consume minimal resources, making it suitable for large-scale deployments. - User-Friendly Interface: Provides a simple yet powerful interface for monitoring and managing threats. Use Cases for Crowdsec Crowdsec is particularly useful in the following scenarios: - Enterprise Environments: Helps protect against internal and external threats by monitoring user behavior and network traffic. - DevOps: Identifies and mitigates security issues during software development and deployment processes. - Education and Research: Provides a robust security solution for academic and research environments. Benefits of Using Crowdsec Using Crowdsec can offer several advantages: - Reduced Incident Response Time: By detecting threats early, organizations can minimize the impact of an incident. - Improved Security Posture: Enhances overall network security by identifying gaps and vulnerabilities. - Cost-Effective Solution: Offers a cost-efficient way to enhance security without the need for expensive tools. Installing and Configuring Crowdsec To install Crowdsec, follow these steps: 1. Download the Agent: Obtain the agent from the official Crowdsec website or GitHub repository. 2. Install on Target Systems: Run the installer on your desired systems (Windows, Linux, macOS). 3. Configure Rules: Use the provided configuration files to set up rules that match your organization's security policies. 4. Start Monitoring: Activate the agent and start monitoring network traffic for malicious activities. Community and Support Crowdsec has a strong community of contributors who actively develop and improve the tool. The project is supported by regular updates, documentation, and community forums where users can share experiences and seek help. Conclusion Crowdsec is an essential tool for organizations looking to enhance their security posture. Its ability to detect and respond to malicious activities makes it a valuable addition to any network security strategy. By integrating into existing systems and providing real-time monitoring, Crowdsec helps organizations stay ahead of potential threats and maintain a secure environment.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: cryptgeon

Cryptgeon An encrypted file sharing and storage solution. Cryptgeon Cryptgeon is a privacy-focused encrypted storage solution. It provides a secure environment for storing and managing your sensitive files, ensuring that your data remains confidential and protected. With an emphasis on security and user control, Cryptgeon stands out as a reliable choice for individuals and organizations seeking to safeguard their information. Key Features - End-to-End Encryption: Your files are encrypted from the moment you upload them, ensuring that only you have access to your data. - User-Controlled Access: You determine who can view or download your files, providing an additional layer of security. - File Versioning: Track changes and revert to previous versions of your files with ease. - Scalability: Handle large file sizes and numerous files efficiently. - Cross-Platform Compatibility: Access your files from any device, regardless of operating system. How It Works Cryptgeon operates by encrypting each file using a unique key generated during the upload process. This key is then stored securely within the Cryptgeon system, allowing you to retrieve your files in their original form when needed. The encryption process ensures that only you can decrypt your files, maintaining complete control over your data. Use Cases - Personal Use: Protect personal documents, photos, and other sensitive information. - Business Applications: Securely share and manage confidential company data, such as contracts or client information. - Collaboration: Enable safe file sharing with partners, clients, or colleagues without compromising security. Security & Compliance Cryptgeon adheres to strict data protection regulations, ensuring that your files are stored securely and in compliance with relevant laws and standards. The platform is designed to meet GDPR, HIPAA, and other regulatory requirements, providing an added layer of trust for users. Why Choose Cryptgeon? Choosing Cryptgeon means choosing a solution that prioritizes your security and privacy. Unlike less secure alternatives, Cryptgeon offers end-to-end encryption and complete user control over file access. Its intuitive interface makes it easy to manage files and share them securely with others. By using Cryptgeon, you can rest assured that your data is protected from unauthorized access, ensuring peace of mind for you and your users.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: custom site

Custom Site A customizable website or web application. Custom Site Custom Site is a customizable website solution. It allows users to create and manage their websites with flexibility and customization, catering to diverse requirements for personal, business, or project-specific web presence. The rise of the internet has made it essential for individuals and businesses alike to establish a strong online presence. However, not all websites are created equal. While there are many templates and off-the-shelf solutions available, they often lack the personal touch and specific features that can set your site apart from the competition. This is where Custom Site comes into play. A custom site is a website built specifically for your needs, with unique design elements, functionality, and features tailored to your brand, industry, or goals. Unlike generic templates, a custom site allows you to create a unique online presence that truly reflects who you are and what you do. In today's digital age, having a professional and visually appealing website is no longer optional—it's essential for establishing credibility, reaching your target audience, and driving engagement. But with so many options available, how do you decide which one is right for you? The answer lies in understanding the benefits of a custom site and why it might be the best choice for your needs. What is a Custom Site? A custom site is a website that has been designed and developed to meet the specific requirements of its owner. Unlike pre-made templates or turnkey solutions, a custom site is built from scratch, allowing for complete control over the design, functionality, and content. Custom sites are often used by businesses, entrepreneurs, and individuals who want their online presence to stand out. They provide a unique combination of aesthetics, usability, and functionality that generic templates simply cannot offer. Why Choose a Custom Site? There are many reasons why someone might opt for a custom site over a pre-made template or off-the-shelf solution. Here are some of the key benefits: 1. Flexibility: A custom site allows you to implement any features or functionalities you need. Whether it's a simple website with basic pages or a complex application with advanced features, a custom site can be tailored to your exact requirements. 2. Scalability: As your business grows and your needs evolve, a custom site can easily be updated and expanded. This ensures that your website remains relevant and functional in the long term. 3. Uniqueness: A custom site allows you to create a truly unique online presence. With a template, your site will likely look similar to many others, but with a custom site, you can differentiate yourself from the competition. 4. User-Friendly: Custom sites are often designed with user experience (UX) and user interface (UI) in mind, ensuring that your website is easy to navigate and enjoyable to use. 5. SEO Optimization: A custom site gives you full control over SEO settings, allowing you to optimize your site for search engines and improve your visibility online. 6. Mobile Responsiveness: With the increasing use of mobile devices, a custom site ensures that your website looks good and functions well on all screen sizes. Real-World Examples of Custom Sites Custom sites can be used for a wide range of purposes, from personal portfolios to full-fledged e-commerce platforms. Here are some examples: 1. E-Commerce Sites: For businesses looking to sell products online, a custom site allows you to create a unique shopping experience with features like product categorization, a customizable cart, and payment integration. 2. Portfolio Websites: Freelancers and creative professionals often use custom sites to showcase their work in a visually appealing and organized manner. 3. Blogs with Advanced Features: Bloggers who want more control over their content and site functionality often opt for custom sites, allowing them to add features like comment moderation, SEO optimization, and analytics integration. 4. Landing Pages: For marketing purposes, custom sites can be used to create impactful landing pages that are tailored to specific campaigns or offers. 5. Membership Sites: Custom sites can also be used to create membership-based platforms, where users can log in to access exclusive content or services. The Future of Custom Sites As technology continues to advance, the potential for custom sites is only growing. With advancements in web development tools and frameworks, it's becoming increasingly easier for individuals and businesses to build and maintain their own websites. One trend to watch is the integration of AI-driven customization tools, which allow users to quickly create a custom site based on their preferences. Additionally, the rise of voice search optimization and interactive content is likely to play a significant role in shaping the future of custom sites. Conclusion In conclusion, a custom site offers unparalleled flexibility, functionality, and uniqueness for those looking to establish a strong online presence. Whether you're running a business, showcasing your work, or simply creating a personal portfolio, a custom site can be a powerful tool for achieving your goals.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: custom site business

Custom Site Business A customizable business website or web application. Custom Site Business Custom Site Business is a business-focused customizable website solution. It provides the tools and features needed to create and manage professional websites for businesses, ensuring a tailored and effective online presence. Features - Website Customization: Build a unique website tailored to your brand with easy-to-use tools. - E-commerce Integration: Sell products or services directly from your website. - SEO Tools: Optimize your website for search engines to attract more visitors. - User Management: Manage multiple users with different roles and permissions. - Analytics: Track website performance with detailed insights. - Content Management: Easily update content, products, and other information. Benefits Using Custom Site Business can save your business time and money by: - Reducing Development Time: No need for expensive custom development. - Lower Costs: Access powerful features at an affordable price. - Improved Customer Experience: Provide a professional online presence that enhances customer interactions. - Increased Visibility: Boost your search engine rankings with built-in SEO tools. How It Works 1. Choose a template or start from scratch. 2. Customize the design and content to match your brand. 3. Integrate essential features like e-commerce, SEO, and analytics. 4. Launch your website and monitor its performance. Conclusion Custom Site Business offers a flexible and cost-effective solution for businesses looking to create and manage their online presence. With powerful tools and features, it empowers you to build a professional website that meets your specific needs. Whether you're a small business or a large organization, Custom Site Business provides the resources to succeed online.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: dailynotes

DailyNotes An App for Creating and Managing Daily Notes In today's fast-paced world, staying organized is more crucial than ever. Whether you're juggling work, personal projects, or daily tasks, having a reliable system to track your thoughts and plans is essential. This is where DailyNotes comes into play—a user-friendly application designed to help users efficiently create, organize, and manage their daily notes. The Importance of Note-Taking Note-taking has long been recognized as a valuable tool for capturing ideas, remembering important details, and improving productivity. It serves as a mental scratch pad, allowing individuals to jot down thoughts, tasks, and insights as they come. For many, notes are the backbone of their daily operations, helping them stay on track and make informed decisions. However, not all note-taking apps are created equal. Some are too complex, requiring users to learn intricate features before they can benefit from them. Others lack essential organizational tools, making it difficult to keep track of notes over time. DailyNotes aims to address these issues by providing a straightforward yet powerful platform for note creation and management. What is DailyNotes? DailyNotes is an app designed to help users create, organize, and manage their daily notes with ease. It offers a clean, intuitive interface that allows users to quickly jot down notes, categorize them, and access them whenever needed. The app is ideal for individuals who want to maintain a structured approach to note-taking without the hassle of complex features. Whether you're a professional looking to organize your work-related tasks or a student trying to keep track of assignments and study plans, DailyNotes provides the tools you need to stay on top of your notes. The app supports text formatting, categorization, and search functionality, making it a versatile tool for various users. Key Features DailyNotes is packed with features that make note-taking efficient and enjoyable: - Note Creation: Users can quickly create new notes with just a few taps. - Text Formatting: Customize your notes with bold, italic, and underline to make important points stand out. - Categorization: Organize notes into categories (e.g., Work, Personal, Tasks) for easier navigation. - Search Functionality: Use the search bar to quickly locate specific notes or categories. - Templates: Choose from a variety of templates to streamline note creation. - Collaboration: Share notes with friends or colleagues if needed. - Security: Your notes are securely stored and accessed only by you. Benefits of Using DailyNotes Using DailyNotes can significantly improve your productivity and overall organization. Here are some of the benefits: - Customization: Tailor your note-taking experience to suit your preferences. - Productivity Boost: Stay focused on tasks with easy access to your notes. - Peace of Mind: Know that your important thoughts and plans are safe and secure. How It Works Getting started with DailyNotes is simple. Here's a step-by-step guide: 1. Download the app from your preferred app store (iOS or Android). 2. Create an account or sign in using your existing credentials. 3. Start creating notes by tapping the "+" icon. 4. Use text formatting options to make your notes more readable. 5. Organize notes into categories for better management. 6. Search and access notes whenever you need them. Conclusion In a world where staying organized is essential, DailyNotes offers a reliable solution for note-taking and task management. Its intuitive interface, robust features, and focus on user experience make it an excellent choice for individuals of all walks of life. Whether you're a busy professional or a dedicated student, DailyNotes can help you keep your thoughts and plans in order. Start using DailyNotes today and take control of your notes! Visit the app store to download and begin your journey toward better organization and productivity.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: darktable

Darktable An open-source photography workflow application and raw developer. What is Darktable? Darktable is an open-source software designed for photographers who want to manage and edit their digital negatives in a non-destructive manner. It offers a powerful and flexible solution for photo post-processing, making it a popular choice among both amateur and professional photographers. The software is cross-platform, meaning it works on Windows, macOS, Linux, and other operating systems. Its primary function is to process raw files, which are unprocessed images captured by cameras. Darktable allows users to import, organize, and edit these raw files without altering the original data, ensuring that all edits can be undone if needed. Key Features of Darktable 1. Non-Destructive Editing: One of the standout features of Darktable is its non-destructive editing approach. This means that you can apply adjustments like brightness, contrast, and color balance to your images without permanently changing the original file. Edits are stored as layers, allowing for easy undoing or modification. 2. Raw File Support: Darktable is specifically designed for working with raw files, which are unique because they haven't been processed by the camera's sensor settings. This gives photographers more control over the final output. 3. Batch Processing: The software supports batch processing, enabling users to apply the same adjustments to multiple images at once. This feature is particularly useful for managing large numbers of photos. 4. Advanced Editing Tools: Darktable provides a range of advanced editing tools, including curves and gradients, which allow for precise control over image tones and colors. Users can also apply lens corrections, such as distortion adjustment and chromatic aberration removal. 5. HDR Photography: The software includes built-in support for high-dynamic-range (HDR) photography. This allows photographers to create images with a wider range of light and color than what is possible with standard sensors. 6. Panorama Stitching: Darktable also supports panorama stitching, enabling users to combine multiple images into a single wide-angle shot. 7. Customizable Workflows: The software allows for the creation of customizable workflows, which can streamline repetitive tasks like batch resizing or converting raw files to JPEG. 8. Open-Source Nature: As an open-source project, Darktable is free to use and modify. This has led to a strong community support base, with users contributing to its development and sharing plugins and scripts. Comparing Darktable to Other Software Darktable often contrasts favorably with proprietary software like Adobe Lightroom and GIMP. While Lightroom offers a premium model with advanced features, Darktable provides many of these features for free. However, Lightroom's library management and RAW processing capabilities are more polished, which some users may prefer. GIMP, on the other hand, is a raster graphic editor that focuses on image manipulation rather than raw file processing. While it can be used for post-processing images, it doesn't have built-in support for raw files, making Darktable a better choice for photographers who want to work directly with their unprocessed images. User Experience Darktable's user interface is clean and intuitive, making it accessible to users of all skill levels. The software provides a lot of control over image parameters without overwhelming the user with unnecessary complexity. However, some users have noted that the interface can feel cluttered compared to Lightroom. The software also lacks some of the advanced features found in Lightroom, such as the ability to create custom presets or integrate with third-party plugins. Despite this, Darktable is continuously updated by its community, ensuring that it remains a powerful and up-to-date tool for photographers. Community Support Darktable benefits from a strong community of users who contribute to its development and share resources like tutorials and plugins. The software also has active forums where users can ask questions, share tips, and discuss best practices. Use Cases - Amateur Photographers: Darktable is an excellent choice for amateur photographers who want to learn more about raw file processing without spending money on expensive software. - Professional Workflow: For professionals, Darktable can serve as a secondary tool for retouching and post-processing images that have already been processed in Lightroom or other software. - Raw File Processing: The software is ideal for photographers who want to work with raw files and explore the full potential of their images. - HDR Photography: Darktable's HDR support makes it a great tool for creating detailed and dynamic images. Limitations While Darktable has many strengths, it also has some limitations. The software can be slow to process large batches of images, and its interface may not be as polished as that of Lightroom. Additionally, while the raw file processing is excellent, the software doesn't support importing and exporting XMP metadata, which can be important for certain workflows. Conclusion Darktable is a powerful and flexible tool for photographers who want to work with raw files in a non-destructive manner. Its open-source nature and active community support make it an excellent choice for users who value transparency and freedom. While it may not match the feature set of Lightroom or GIMP, its unique strengths in raw file processing and customization make it a valuable addition to any photographer's toolkit. Whether you're an amateur looking to explore raw file processing or a professional seeking a free alternative to expensive software, Darktable offers a lot of value. Its continuous updates and strong community support ensure that it remains a reliable and evolving tool for years to come.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: dashy

Dashy A customizable dashboard for monitoring various services and metrics. Dashy Dashy is a customizable dashboard application that allows users to create personalized dashboards with widgets for various information. It provides a visually appealing and organized way to view and interact with data, tailored to individual preferences. The platform supports multiple services and metrics, making it versatile for different use cases. Whether you're monitoring system performance, tracking project progress, or analyzing business metrics, Dashy offers a flexible solution. Features Dashy comes equipped with a range of features designed to enhance user experience and functionality: UI/UX Features - Customizable Layout: Users can arrange widgets in any layout they prefer, ensuring the dashboard meets their specific needs. - Real-Time Updates: The dashboard automatically updates data, providing up-to-the-minute insights without manual refreshes. - Multiple Widgets: A variety of widgets are available, including graphs, gauges, progress bars, and more, to display different types of information. - Intuitive Navigation: The interface is designed for easy navigation, making it simple for users to find the information they need. Customization Options - Theme Selection: Users can choose from a range of themes to customize the appearance of their dashboard. - Color Customization: Customize colors, fonts, and other visual elements to match the brand or preferences. - Widget Configuration: Each widget can be configured to display specific metrics and data points. Benefits Using Dashy can significantly enhance productivity and decision-making capabilities. By having all relevant information in one place, users can quickly identify trends, monitor performance, and make informed decisions. The ability to customize the dashboard ensures that it remains user-friendly and aligned with individual needs. How It Works Getting started with Dashy is straightforward: 1. Installation: Install the application from the available platforms (e.g., App Store or Google Play). 2. Configuration: Set up the application by connecting to the services you want to monitor and configuring the widgets. 3. Usage: Access the dashboard and view real-time data, customize layouts, and adjust settings as needed. Use Cases Dashy is suitable for a wide range of use cases: - System Monitoring: Track server performance, uptime, and resource usage. - Project Management: Monitor project progress, team productivity, and deadlines. - Business Analytics: Analyze sales data, customer metrics, and financial reports. - Personal Use: Customize the dashboard to display personal information like calendar events, to-do lists, and weather updates. Conclusion Dashy is a powerful tool for anyone who needs to monitor multiple services and metrics in a customizable and visually appealing manner. Its flexibility and ease of use make it an excellent choice for individuals and teams alike. By leveraging Dashy, users can stay informed and make better decisions with real-time data at their fingertips.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: dependency track

Dependency-Track Dependency-Track is an intelligent Software Supply Chain Component Analysis platform designed to help organizations identify and mitigate risks associated with the use of third-party and open-source components. By automating the analysis of dependencies, it enables teams to make informed decisions about which components to include in their projects, thereby reducing potential vulnerabilities, compliance issues, and licensing conflicts. Why Dependency-Track Matters In today's software development landscape, the majority of applications rely on a vast network of third-party libraries, frameworks, and open-source components. While these components can significantly accelerate development, they also introduce risks. For instance, dependencies may contain vulnerabilities that could expose an application to cyberattacks or violate licensing terms that could lead to legal disputes. Dependency-Track addresses these challenges by providing deep insights into the components used in a project. It helps organizations understand which dependencies are critical, which ones can be safely updated or removed, and which ones pose potential risks. This capability is particularly important in industries with strict compliance requirements, such as finance, healthcare, and government. How Dependency-Track Works Dependency-Track operates by analyzing the dependencies declared in a project's manifest (e.g., package.json for npm projects) and cross-referencing them against known vulnerability databases, license information, and other relevant data sources. The platform uses advanced algorithms to identify problematic dependencies, such as those with known vulnerabilities or licenses that do not align with an organization's policies. Once analyzed, Dependency-Track generates detailed reports that highlight risks and provide actionable recommendations. For example, it might suggest updating a dependency due to a critical vulnerability or removing a component that violates licensing terms. The platform also supports integration with existing CI/CD pipelines, enabling automated scans during the build process. Benefits of Using Dependency-Track 1. Risk Reduction: By identifying vulnerabilities and compliance issues early in the development process, Dependency-Track helps organizations minimize risks associated with third-party components. 2. Improved Compliance: The platform ensures that all dependencies comply with an organization's policies, reducing the likelihood of legal disputes or audits. 3. Enhanced Security: By flagging dependencies with known vulnerabilities, Dependency-Track supports a more secure software development process. 4. Streamlined Processes: The platform automates dependency analysis, saving time and effort for development teams while ensuring consistency across projects. Use Cases Dependency-Track is particularly useful in the following scenarios: 1. Open Source Software Development: Organizations using open-source components often face licensing and compliance challenges. Dependency-Track helps them navigate these issues while maintaining transparency. 2. Enterprise Application Development: Large organizations with complex supply chains rely on Dependency-Track to manage dependencies across multiple teams and projects. 3. Software Supply Chain Management: By analyzing dependencies at scale, the platform supports organizations in managing their software supply chain risks effectively. Challenges While Dependency-Track offers significant benefits, there are challenges associated with its use: 1. Keeping Up with Dependencies: As third-party components evolve rapidly, maintaining up-to-date analyses can be challenging. 2. Complexity of Cross-Platform Analysis: Dependencies may interact with multiple platforms and frameworks, making it difficult to analyze them uniformly. 3. Integration Challenges: Integrating Dependency-Track with existing tools and workflows requires careful planning and customization. Best Practices To maximize the effectiveness of Dependency-Track, organizations should: 1. Integrate Early: Use the platform early in the development process to identify and address dependency issues before they become a problem. 2. Automate Scans: Set up automated scans to monitor dependencies continuously as projects evolve. 3. Combine with Other Tools: Leverage Dependency-Track alongside other tools, such as static code analysis or vulnerability scanners, for a comprehensive security posture. 4. Train Teams: Ensure that development teams understand how to interpret the platform's reports and recommendations. Conclusion Dependency-Track is an essential tool for organizations looking to manage their software supply chain risks effectively. By providing detailed insights into third-party and open-source dependencies, it supports more informed decision-making and enhances overall project security. While implementing Dependency-Track may require time and effort, the benefits it offers far outweigh the challenges, making it a valuable addition to any organization's development toolkit.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: discourse

Discourse Discourse is an open-source platform designed to empower online communities with robust discussion features. It serves as a modern alternative to traditional forums, offering a dynamic and interactive environment for community engagement. The Essence of Discourse At its core, Discourse provides a flexible platform where communities can engage in meaningful conversations. Its open-source nature allows for extensive customization, making it adaptable to various community needs. Whether for technical discussions, collaborative projects, or social groups, Discourse offers a versatile space for interaction. Key Features Real-Time Updates Discourse ensures that discussions remain fresh and engaging with real-time updates. This feature keeps the community informed about new topics and contributions, fostering an active participation culture. Rich Media Embedding Users can enhance their posts with images, videos, and code snippets, enriching the discussion with multimedia elements. This capability makes learning and collaboration more immersive. Customization Options Discourse allows for deep customization through themes and plugins. Communities can tailor the platform to match their branding and specific requirements, creating a cohesive online presence. Moderation Tools A strong moderation system is integral to Discourse. It includes spam filtering, user bans, and topic locking, ensuring a positive and constructive environment. Notifications Users receive email or push notifications for new replies, keeping them informed about ongoing discussions without constant monitoring. User-Friendly Interface Discourse's interface is designed with simplicity in mind. Its clean layout and intuitive navigation make it accessible to all community members, regardless of technical expertise. Building Communities Discourse excels in fostering community growth through category creation and topic management. Administrators can organize content hierarchically, making it easier for users to navigate and participate. Creating Categories Administrators can define categories and set permissions, ensuring content remains organized and accessible. This structure helps communities grow cohesively. Topic Management Each topic can be assigned to specific categories, allowing for better organization and discovery. This feature is particularly useful for larger communities with diverse interests. Moderation and Engagement Discourse's moderation tools support community growth by maintaining a positive environment. With features like user reputation systems and approval queues, it helps in maintaining high-quality discussions. Reputation System A reputation system can track user contributions, encouraging constructive behavior and discouraging spam or trolling. Approval Queues New posts can be held for moderator approval, ensuring content quality before it goes live. Integration Possibilities Discourse can integrate with third-party services like analytics tools, email systems, and more. This integration enhances functionality, allowing communities to leverage external tools effectively. Conclusion Discourse is a powerful tool for community building, offering features that enhance engagement and organization. Its open-source nature, customization options, and robust moderation tools make it an excellent choice for various community needs. Whether for technical discussions or social groups, Discourse provides the necessary framework for meaningful interactions.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: docker registry

Docker Registry A Helm Chart for Managing Container Images with Kubernetes What is Docker Registry? Docker Registry is a powerful tool for managing container images. It allows you to store, distribute, and retrieve container images securely. With the rise of Kubernetes, managing these images has become more complex, which is where tools like Docker Registry come into play. The Importance of Docker Registry In a Kubernetes environment, managing container images is crucial for maintaining your application's integrity and security. Docker Registry provides a centralized way to manage these images, ensuring that they are always available and accessible to your team. Benefits of Using Docker Registry with Helm Helm is the leading package manager for Kubernetes, making it easy to install and manage applications like Docker Registry. Here are some benefits: - Easy Installation: Use Helm to quickly deploy Docker Registry in your Kubernetes cluster. - Advanced Management: Manage container images with a user-friendly interface. - Integration: Seamlessly integrate with other tools in your Kubernetes ecosystem. Key Features of Docker Registry 1. Image Storage: Store container images securely and efficiently. 2. Versioning: Keep track of different versions of your images. 3. Access Control: Restrict access to certain users or groups. 4. Scalability: Easily scale your image storage as needed. How to Install Docker Registry with Helm 1. Add the Helm Repository: Use the following command to add the Docker Registry Helm repository: helm repo add docker-registry https://charts.helm.io/stable/docker-registry 2. Install the Chart: Run the installation command: helm install docker-registry docker-registry --create-namespace 3. Configure Settings: You can customize your Docker Registry installation by modifying the values.yaml file. Example Configuration kind: ClusterRoleBinding apiVersion: rbac.kubernetes.io/v1 metadata: name: docker-registry-reader spec: selectors: - name: reader subjects: - kind: User name: user:read Security Considerations - Authentication: Use tokens or OAuth to secure your Docker Registry. - Access Control: Define roles and permissions to restrict access. Troubleshooting If you encounter issues, check the logs for any errors. Common problems include: - Permission errors - Connection issues - Authentication failures Best Practices - Use a separate namespace for your Docker Registry to keep it isolated. - Regularly back up your images to avoid data loss. Future of Docker Registry with Helm As Kubernetes continues to evolve, so will tools like Docker Registry. Future updates may include new features and improvements to enhance usability and security. Conclusion Docker Registry is an essential tool for managing container images in a Kubernetes environment. With the help of Helm, you can easily deploy and manage it. Whether you're new to Kubernetes or an experienced user, Docker Registry with Helm offers powerful capabilities that are hard to match. Start your journey today and see the benefits firsthand.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: dolibarr

Dolibarr An open-source ERP and CRM web software for businesses. Overview of Dolibarr Dolibarr is an open-source Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and Customer Relationship Management (CRM) web application designed to help businesses manage various aspects of their operations efficiently. It provides a comprehensive platform that integrates multiple business functions, allowing organizations to streamline their processes and improve productivity. What is ERP and CRM? ERP stands for Enterprise Resource Planning, which refers to a system used by companies to integrate and manage key business processes, such as accounting, inventory, purchasing, and project management. CRM, on the other hand, stands for Customer Relationship Management, which focuses on managing interactions with customers and tracking customer-related data. Key Features of Dolibarr Dolibarr offers a wide range of features that make it a powerful tool for businesses: 1. Accounting and Finance - Track income and expenses - Generate financial reports - Manage budgets and forecasts - Handle bank accounts and transactions 2. Inventory Management - Monitor stock levels - Track product movements - Set up purchase orders and supplier management - Use barcodes or QR codes for efficient tracking 3. Human Resources (HR) - Manage employee information - Handle payroll calculations - Track performance and training - Facilitate recruitment and onboarding processes 4. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) - Maintain customer records - Track interactions with customers - Generate leads and manage opportunities - Provide personalized customer service 5. Project Management - Create and track projects - Assign tasks and monitor progress - Set deadlines and reminders - Generate project reports 6. Point of Sale (POS) - Manage sales transactions - Track inventory in real-time - Generate sales reports - Provide detailed customer purchase history 7. E-commerce Integration - Set up online stores - Manage product catalogs - Process orders and track shipments - Integrate with popular e-commerce platforms Benefits of Using Dolibarr 1. Cost-Effective Solution: Since Dolibarr is open-source, businesses can save on licensing fees while still having access to advanced features. 2. Highly Customizable: The software allows users to customize workflows and interfaces according to their specific needs. 3. Strong Community Support: A vibrant community of developers and users contributes to constant updates and improvements. 4. Scalability: Dolibarr can grow with your business, accommodating increased workloads and more complex operations. 5. Compliance: The software is designed to meet various industry standards and regulations. User Interface Dolibarr features a user-friendly interface that is accessible to both technical and non-technical users. Its modular design allows for easy navigation and customization, ensuring that businesses can adapt the system to their unique requirements. Mobile Applications In addition to the web version, Dolibarr offers mobile applications for iOS and Android devices. These apps provide access to key features on-the-go, making it easier for users to manage their business operations from anywhere. Integrations Dolibarr supports integrations with third-party applications and services, such as email systems, cloud storage solutions, and payment gateways. This flexibility allows businesses to extend the functionality of Dolibarr to meet their specific needs. Conclusion Dolibarr is a powerful and versatile tool that can help businesses streamline their operations and improve efficiency. Its open-source nature, customizable interface, and comprehensive feature set make it an excellent choice for organizations looking to manage their resources effectively. Whether you're running a small business or a large enterprise, Dolibarr can provide the tools you need to succeed. Explore Dolibarr today and see how it can transform your business operations!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: dopplertask

DopplerTask What is DopplerTask? DopplerTask is a cutting-edge task management application designed to help individuals and teams stay organized, focused, and productive. With its intuitive interface and powerful features, DopplerTask stands out as a reliable solution for managing tasks effectively. Features of DopplerTask - Task Creation: Users can easily create and add new tasks to their dashboard. - Priority Setting: Assign priorities to tasks to ensure important tasks are always at the top. - Deadlines and Reminders: Set specific deadlines and receive reminders to stay on track. - Categories and Tags: Organize tasks by category or tag for easier navigation. - Collaboration: Share tasks with team members and assign responsibilities. - Progress Tracking: Track task completion and progress to monitor achievements. Benefits of Using DopplerTask Using DopplerTask can significantly improve your productivity and overall efficiency. Here are some key benefits: - Enhanced Productivity: By organizing tasks effectively, you can focus on what matters most. - Improved Organization: Keep track of all your tasks in one place without missing important deadlines. - Effective Task Management: Set clear priorities and deadlines to stay ahead of your commitments. - Collaboration Made Easy: Work together with your team seamlessly by sharing and assigning tasks. - Reduced Stress: With reminders and progress tracking, you can manage your time more effectively. How It Works Getting started with DopplerTask is simple. Here’s a step-by-step guide: 1. Create an Account: Sign up for a free account on the DopplerTask platform. 2. Add Tasks: Start adding your tasks to your dashboard. 3. Set Priorities and Deadlines: Assign priorities and set deadlines to keep track of your commitments. 4. Organize with Categories: Use categories or tags to group similar tasks together. 5. Receive Reminders: Enable reminders so you never miss an important task. Use Case: Personal Task Management DopplerTask is not just for teams. Individuals can also benefit from its features: - Personal Projects: Manage personal projects, such as planning a trip or organizing your schedule. - Daily To-Dos: Create and track daily to-do lists to stay on top of your tasks. - Long-Term Goals: Set long-term goals and break them down into smaller, manageable tasks. Conclusion DopplerTask is more than just a task management application; it’s a powerful tool that helps you stay organized, focused, and productive. Whether you’re managing personal or professional tasks, DopplerTask offers a streamlined experience for everyone. If you haven’t tried it yet, download DopplerTask today and see how it can transform your productivity. Available on both iOS and Android platforms, it’s never been easier to stay on top of your commitments.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: doublecommander

DoubleCommander A cross-platform open-source file manager with two panels side by side. Introduction to DoubleCommander DoubleCommander is a powerful and versatile file management tool designed for users who need efficient control over their files. Available for both Windows and macOS, this open-source application stands out for its dual-panel layout, which allows users to explore and manage files in two different directories simultaneously. This feature alone makes it an excellent choice for anyone who frequently navigates between multiple folders or projects. Key Features of DoubleCommander 1. Dual-Panel Layout: The primary interface consists of two panels side by side. Users can easily compare and transfer files between different directories, making it straightforward to organize and manage files efficiently. 2. File Management Functions: DoubleCommander supports a wide range of file management operations, including copying, moving, renaming, and deleting files. Additionally, users can create shortcuts to frequently accessed folders, streamlining their workflow. 3. Tab System: The application also includes a tab system, allowing users to open multiple directories within the same window. This feature is particularly useful for multitasking, enabling quick access to various projects or sets of files. 4. Customization Options: DoubleCommander offers extensive customization options through its settings menu. Users can adjust the interface layout, choose from different themes, and set preferences for file display, such as sorting options and view modes. 5. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Despite being primarily designed for Windows, DoubleCommander has a macOS version that maintains similar functionality. This cross-platform compatibility makes it an ideal choice for users who work with both operating systems. Interface and User Experience The interface of DoubleCommander is clean and intuitive, making it accessible to both novice and advanced users. The dual-panel design allows for easy navigation, while the tab system enhances multitasking capabilities. Keyboard shortcuts further enhance efficiency, enabling users to perform actions quickly without relying solely on mouse clicks. One of the standout features of DoubleCommander is its ability to handle large volumes of files efficiently. Whether you're managing a personal collection of documents, photos, and music or organizing a complex project with numerous subdirectories, the application can keep pace with your needs. Use Cases for DoubleCommander DoubleCommander is particularly useful in the following scenarios: 1. Web Development: Web developers can use the tool to manage server files, scripts, and project assets simultaneously. 2. Data Organization: Professionals who work with large datasets or need to organize information into structured directories will appreciate its flexibility. 3. Software Development: Developers working on multiple projects can benefit from the dual-panel layout, allowing them to switch between source code directories and other necessary files. Community Support and Third-Party Plugins DoubleCommander has a strong community behind it, with regular updates and patches provided by developers. The tool also supports third-party plugins, enabling users to extend its functionality with additional features or scripts tailored to their specific needs. Conclusion DoubleCommander is more than just a file manager—it's a versatile and efficient tool that streamlines the process of organizing and accessing files across different platforms. Its dual-panel design, customization options, and cross-platform compatibility make it an excellent choice for users who demand a high level of control over their digital assets. Whether you're a professional developer, a data analyst, or simply someone who needs to manage large amounts of files efficiently, DoubleCommander offers the features and flexibility needed to enhance your workflow. Download it today and experience the power of a truly dual-commander file manager.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: dragonfly

Dragonfly: The Future of Intelligent File and Image Distribution In an era where digital content is more abundant than ever, the need for efficient, secure, and scalable distribution systems has never been greater. Dragonfly emerges as a groundbreaking solution, leveraging intelligent peer-to-peer (P2P) technology to revolutionize how images and files are shared and managed across networks. Understanding Dragonfly Dragonfly is an innovative P2P-based system designed to optimize the distribution of images and files. By harnessing the power of decentralized networks, it eliminates traditional centralized bottlenecks, offering a more resilient and flexible alternative. The system intelligently routes content through the most efficient paths, reducing latency and enhancing overall performance. The Intelligence Behind Dragonfly At its core, Dragonfly incorporates intelligent algorithms that analyze network behavior and user preferences to optimize distribution. This intelligence allows the system to adapt to changing conditions, such as fluctuating bandwidth or high demand for specific files. By learning from usage patterns, Dragonfly ensures that content is delivered in the most optimal manner possible. Benefits of Dragonfly The advantages of using Dragonfly are manifold, making it a valuable tool for a wide range of applications. Efficiency and Performance Dragonfly significantly enhances efficiency by eliminating redundant data transmissions and leveraging parallel processing capabilities. This means users can access files and images faster, reducing wait times and improving user experience. Security and Privacy Security is a top priority in Dragonfly's design. The system incorporates robust encryption protocols to safeguard sensitive data, ensuring that only authorized users can access specific content. This level of security is particularly important for industries like healthcare and finance where data breaches can have severe consequences. Scalability and Flexibility Dragonfly's decentralized architecture allows it to scale effortlessly with increasing demands. Whether handling a surge in traffic during a major event or managing large volumes of data, Dragonfly adapts seamlessly, making it ideal for both small-scale operations and global distributions. Cost-Effectiveness By reducing the reliance on centralized servers, Dragonfly lowers operational costs. This is especially beneficial for organizations with limited budgets or those looking to avoid the high expenses associated with traditional infrastructure. Use Cases for Dragonfly Dragonfly's versatility makes it applicable across a wide range of industries and use cases. Content Distribution In the realm of content distribution, Dragonfly enables efficient delivery of images, videos, and other media files. This is particularly useful for streaming services, e-commerce platforms, and news outlets that rely on quick and reliable content dissemination. Collaborative Platforms For teams and organizations that require real-time collaboration, Dragonfly provides a secure and efficient way to share documents, spreadsheets, and other file types. This is especially valuable in remote work environments where traditional file-sharing methods may fall short. Media Sharing Social media platforms and image-sharing communities can benefit from Dragonfly's ability to distribute high-quality images and videos across large networks. The system's intelligent routing ensures that content reaches the right audience at the right time, maximizing engagement potential. Data Synchronization Dragonfly also excels in data synchronization, allowing users to keep their files and images in sync across multiple devices. This feature is particularly useful for professionals who need access to their work from any location. The Future of Dragonfly As technology continues to evolve, so too will Dragonfly. Future developments may include the integration of AI-driven optimization tools, blockchain-based security enhancements, and support for emerging technologies like edge computing. These advancements could further solidify Dragonfly's position as a leader in intelligent file distribution. In conclusion, Dragonfly represents a significant leap forward in how we manage and distribute images and files. By combining the power of P2P technology with intelligent algorithms, it offers a more efficient, secure, and scalable solution than traditional methods. As digital demands continue to grow, Dragonfly is poised to play an increasingly important role in shaping the future of content distribution.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: drawio

Drawio An online diagramming tool for creating flowcharts, diagrams, and more. Drawio is an innovative online diagramming solution that empowers users to create a wide range of visual representations. Whether you're designing a complex workflow, mapping out a project plan, or brainstorming ideas, Drawio offers the tools needed to bring your concepts to life. Features - Flowcharts: Create detailed flowcharts with shapes, connectors, and text labels. - Wireframes: Design wireframes to visualize the structure of a website or application. - UML Diagrams: Generate Unified Modeling Language diagrams for software design. - Mind Maps: Build mind maps to explore ideas and organize thoughts. - Collaboration: Share diagrams with teams in real-time, allowing for simultaneous editing. - Export Options: Download diagrams in various formats or export them as images. Benefits Drawio stands out among other diagramming tools due to its user-friendly interface and robust features. Its cloud-based access means you can work on diagrams from any device, making it ideal for remote teams. The tool also supports real-time collaboration, enabling multiple users to contribute simultaneously, which is particularly useful for project planning and team communication. How It Works 1. Sign Up: Create an account to access all the features of Drawio. 2. Choose a Template: Select from a variety of pre-designed templates or start from scratch. 3. Customize: Use the toolbar to add shapes, connectors, text, and other elements. 4. Share: Click to share your diagram with others via a link or embed it in a website. Why Choose Drawio? - Ease of Use: Intuitive interface that requires no prior experience. - Versatility: Supports multiple types of diagrams, making it suitable for various projects. - Collaboration Features: Ideal for teams needing to work together on visual projects. - Cloud-Based Access: Access your diagrams from any computer or mobile device. Drawio is a powerful tool that can be used by individuals and organizations alike. Its flexibility and collaborative capabilities make it an excellent choice for anyone looking to create and manage diagrams online.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: drone

Drone A CI/CD platform built on container technology. What is Drone? Drone is an open-source continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) platform that automates the building, testing, and deployment of applications. It streamlines the software development lifecycle, ensuring efficient and reliable release processes for teams of all sizes. Key Features - Containerization: Leverages container technology to create lightweight, portable environments for your applications. - Pipeline Configuration: Allows users to define custom pipelines that automate various stages of the development process. - Cross-platform Compatibility: Supports a wide range of platforms and tools, making it versatile for different project requirements. - Security: Provides secure access control and secret management to protect sensitive information. Benefits 1. Scalability: Easily scales with your team's needs, accommodating large-scale projects without performance degradation. 2. Cost-effectiveness: Reduces the need for expensive hardware by utilizing containerization. 3. Integration: Seamlessly integrates with popular tools like GitHub, Jenkins, and AWS, enhancing collaboration and efficiency. Use Cases - Software Development: Automates building, testing, and deployment of software applications. - Testing: Conducts automated tests across multiple environments to ensure robustness and reliability. - Deployment: Deploys applications to production environments with minimal intervention. How Does Drone Compare to Other CI/CD Platforms? While Drone shares similarities with platforms like Jenkins and CircleCI, it distinguishes itself through its container-first approach. This allows for more efficient resource utilization and faster build times compared to traditional virtual machines. Getting Started 1. Installation: Install Drone on your preferred platform (e.g., Docker, Kubernetes). 2. Configuration: Set up pipelines in the Drone UI or CLI. 3. Integration: Connect your favorite tools and workflows to streamline your CI/CD process. Conclusion Drone is a powerful tool for modernizing your CI/CD pipeline. Its containerization approach, flexibility, and integration capabilities make it an excellent choice for teams looking to enhance efficiency and reliability in their software development processes.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: droppy

Droppy A self-hosted file storage server with a web interface. Droppy Droppy is a self-hosted file storage and sharing platform that offers users a secure and efficient solution for managing their files. Whether you're working individually or collaborating with a team, Droppy provides the tools needed to upload, share, and organize files seamlessly. With its user-friendly web interface, Droppy simplifies file management while ensuring your data remains under your control. Key Features Droppy is designed with a focus on functionality and usability. Here are some of the standout features that make it an excellent choice for file storage and sharing: 1. Self-Hosted Solution: Unlike traditional cloud-based platforms, Droppy allows you to host your files on your own server. This provides greater control over your data and can be more cost-effective in the long term. 2. Secure File Sharing: Droppy prioritizes security, offering features like file encryption, access controls, and secure sharing links. You can set permissions for different users and ensure that only authorized individuals can access your files. 3. File Versioning: Track changes to your files over time with version history. This is particularly useful for collaboration and ensures that previous versions of files are always available if needed. 4. Web Interface: Droppy comes with a web-based interface that makes it easy to navigate and use. Users can upload files, create folders, and share files with others in just a few clicks. 5. Drag-and-Drop Functionality: The web interface supports drag-and-drop functionality, making it simple to organize files and folders. 6. File Previews: Before downloading or editing a file, users can preview its contents using built-in preview functions for popular file types like PDFs, images, and videos. 7. Customizable Sharing Options: Droppy allows you to share files with specific users or groups, and you can set expiration dates for shared links. This adds an extra layer of control over how your files are accessed. 8. File Organization: Use tags and folders to organize your files and make them easily accessible. Droppy also supports file archiving, allowing you to compress files before uploading them. 9. Collaboration Tools: Droppy supports real-time collaboration on documents, images, and other file types, making it ideal for teams working on shared projects. 10. Integration with Other Systems: Droppy can be integrated with third-party applications and tools, such as LDAP or SAML for authentication, and CI/CD pipelines for automated workflows. Use Cases Droppy is versatile and can be used in a wide range of scenarios: 1. Personal Use: Store and organize your personal files, photos, and documents securely on your own server. 2. Small Businesses: Droppy provides an affordable and reliable solution for small businesses to store and share files internally or with clients. 3. Education: Teachers and students can use Droppy to share course materials, assignments, and other files securely. 4. Enterprise Applications: Larger organizations can use Droppy to manage internal file storage and sharing needs while maintaining control over their data. Pricing Droppy is a self-hosted solution, so there are no traditional pricing models. However, the cost of implementation and maintenance depends on your server infrastructure. While there may be initial costs associated with setting up and hosting Droppy, it often proves to be more cost-effective than using cloud-based storage solutions in the long term. Community Support Droppy has a strong community behind it, which provides support through forums, documentation, and community-driven projects. Users can also access a wealth of resources to help them get started with Droppy and troubleshoot any issues they encounter. Future Developments As technology continues to evolve, so too will the tools we use to manage our files. Droppy is continuously updated with new features and improvements based on user feedback. Some exciting developments in the pipeline include enhanced AI-driven file organization, advanced security measures, and improved collaboration tools. Conclusion Droppy is more than just a file storage server; it's a comprehensive platform designed to meet the needs of individuals and organizations alike. With its focus on security, usability, and flexibility, Droppy stands out as an excellent choice for anyone looking for a self-hosted solution for their file management needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: drupal

Drupal Drupal is one of the most versatile open source content management systems (CMS) in the world. It offers a robust platform for building and managing websites, enabling users to create dynamic, interactive, and visually appealing online presences. With its extensive set of features, flexibility, and strong community support, Drupal has become a favorite among developers, marketers, and businesses alike. Overview of Drupal Drupal is an open-source CMS that powers millions of websites globally. It is known for its modular architecture, which allows users to customize and extend its functionality through modules, themes, and plugins. The system is designed to be user-friendly while also providing advanced features suitable for large-scale projects. Key Features of Drupal 1. Content Management: Drupal excels in managing and displaying content effectively. Users can create, edit, and organize content with ease, making it ideal for blogs, news sites, and portfolio pages. 2. Customizable Themes: The platform offers a wide range of themes and templates, allowing users to customize the appearance of their website to match their brand identity. 3. Module System: Drupal's module system is one of its most standout features. Modules are small applications that add specific functionalities, such as e-commerce, forums, or contact forms. With thousands of modules available, users can build a website tailored to their needs. 4. User Experience: Drupal provides a user-friendly interface that makes it easy for even non-technical users to manage their content and customize their site. 5. Search Engine Optimization (SEO): Built-in SEO tools help users optimize their content for search engines, making it easier for their website to rank higher in search results. 6. Multilingual Support: Drupal supports multiple languages, allowing websites to cater to a global audience with ease. 7. Security: The platform is known for its strong security practices and regular updates, ensuring that user data remains protected. Drupal Architecture Drupal's architecture is modular and flexible, allowing for seamless integration of various components. It uses a unique system called "blocks" to organize content on pages, enabling users to create complex layouts with ease. The platform also employs a reverse engineering approach, where users can modify existing themes and modules without needing to write code from scratch. This democratization of web development has made it accessible to a broader range of users. Modules and Plugins Drupal's module system is highly extensible, with thousands of modules available for download from the Drupal.org repository. These modules cover a wide range of functionalities, including: - CTools: A collection of tools that enhance user experience by adding features like breadcrumbs, tabs, and more. - Views: A powerful tool for creating custom content displays, allowing users to present data in multiple formats. - Drush: A command-line interface that simplifies many administrative tasks, such as installing modules and themes. Drush Commands Drush is a command-line tool that provides a flexible way to interact with Drupal. It allows users to perform tasks like: - Installing modules and themes - Updating the site's database schema - Running cron jobs - Managing user accounts and permissions Drush has become an essential part of the Drupal ecosystem, enabling developers to work more efficiently. Security and Compliance Drupal takes security seriously, regularly updating its core system to address vulnerabilities. The platform also provides tools for enforcing data privacy regulations like GDPR and CCPA, making it a secure choice for businesses handling sensitive information. Community and Support Drupal has a vibrant community of users, developers, and contributors who actively support the platform. The Drupal.org website serves as a hub for resources, documentation, and forums where users can seek help and share knowledge. The community also hosts regular events, such as the DrupalCon conference, which brings together users to learn about new features and share best practices. Use Cases Drupal is suitable for a wide range of use cases, including: - Content Creation: For blogs, news sites, and portfolio pages. - E-commerce: With modules like Commerce and Ubercart, users can create online stores. - Social Networking: Platforms like Drupal can be customized to support community building and interaction. - Intranets: Organizations often use Drupal to build internal websites for their employees. Comparison with Other CMS When comparing Drupal to other popular CMS like WordPress or Joomla, Drupal stands out for its flexibility and scalability. While WordPress is more user-friendly, Drupal offers greater control and customization for developers and large organizations. Joomla is another strong contender, but Drupal's module system and extensive feature set make it a top choice for complex projects. Conclusion Drupal is a powerful and versatile open-source CMS that provides users with the tools they need to build and manage websites effectively. Its modular architecture, user-friendly interface, and strong community support make it an excellent choice for a wide range of applications. Whether you're building a personal blog or a large-scale enterprise website, Drupal has the features and flexibility to meet your needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: duplicati

Duplicati A free, open-source backup client that securely stores encrypted, incremental, compressed backups on cloud storage services. In today's digital age, data security and recovery have become paramount. Businesses and individuals alike are increasingly aware of the importance of safeguarding their information from loss or corruption. While traditional methods of data storage and backup have served us well, they often fall short in terms of efficiency, security, and scalability. Enter Duplicati, a powerful open-source backup solution designed to meet these modern demands. What is Duplicati? Duplicati is a free, open-source software application that enables users to create encrypted, incremental, and compressed backups of their data. These backups are then stored on cloud storage services such as Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, and others. The tool is designed to be both user-friendly and flexible, catering to a wide range of use cases from personal to enterprise-level environments. Key Features 1. Encryption: Duplicati ensures that all backups are encrypted before being stored in the cloud. This means your data remains secure even if it is intercepted during transmission or storage. 2. Incremental Backups: Instead of creating full backups, Duplicati only copies changes made since the last backup. This significantly reduces storage costs and speeds up the backup process. 3. Compression: The tool supports compression algorithms, further reducing the amount of data stored in the cloud. 4. Cloud Storage Integration: Duplicati works seamlessly with major cloud storage providers, allowing users to choose the most suitable option for their needs. 5. Scheduling: Users can set up automated backup schedules, ensuring that their data is consistently protected without manual intervention. 6. File Retention Policies: Duplicati allows you to define how long backups should be retained before being deleted. This feature is particularly useful for managing storage costs and maintaining only the most recent versions of your data. How Does Duplicati Work? Using Duplicati involves a few straightforward steps: 1. Select a Backup Job: You can create multiple backup jobs, each targeting different sets of files or directories. 2. Choose a Storage Location: Decide where you want your backups stored, whether it's on-premises or in the cloud. 3. Configure Encryption Settings: Duplicati provides options for encrypting backups using strong encryption algorithms. 4. Set Up Scheduling: Define when your backups should occur, ensuring that your data is always up-to-date. 5. Monitor and Manage Backups: Use the built-in interface to monitor backup progress, review history, and manage retention policies. For example, you can run a command like: ./duplicati-backup.sh -src:/path/to/source/ -dest:s3://your-bucket/ This command instructs Duplicati to create an incremental backup from the source directory /path/to/source/ and store it in the S3 bucket your-bucket. Use Cases - Personal Backup: Duplicati is ideal for individuals who want to securely store personal files, photos, and documents online. - Small Business Backup: For small businesses without dedicated IT resources, Duplicati provides a cost-effective solution for data backup and recovery. - System Administrators: It’s a favorite among system administrators who need to manage backups for multiple servers or applications. - Developers: Developers can use Duplicati to safely store code repositories and project files, ensuring that their work is never lost. Benefits 1. Cost-Effective: By using incremental backups and compression, Duplicati minimizes storage costs while maximizing efficiency. 2. Secure: The built-in encryption ensures that your data remains protected from unauthorized access. 3. Flexible: Duplicati supports a wide range of cloud storage options, giving users the freedom to choose the best solution for their needs. 4. Open Source: As an open-source tool, Duplicati allows users to inspect its code, identify potential issues, and contribute to its development. Limitations 1. Learning Curve: For users unfamiliar with command-line tools or backup systems, Duplicati may have a steep learning curve. 2. No GUI for Some Environments: While Duplicati has a web-based interface for some platforms, it primarily relies on command-line operations, which may not be ideal for all users. 3. Cloud Storage Costs: Storing large amounts of data in the cloud can incur significant costs, depending on your chosen provider and retention policies. Conclusion In an era where data is more valuable than ever, having a reliable backup solution is essential. Duplicati offers a robust, flexible, and cost-effective way to protect your data while ensuring its security and accessibility. Whether you're a casual user or a system administrator, Duplicati provides the tools needed to create a comprehensive backup strategy tailored to your needs. By leveraging Duplicati's features, you can rest assured that your data is safe, accessible, and always available when you need it most. So why wait? Try Duplicati today and experience the power of modern backup solutions firsthand.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: easy diffusion

Easy Diffusion An AI image generation tool designed for beginners, with automatic model detection and live previews. Easy Diffusion is a revolutionary AI-powered image generation platform that simplifies the process of creating stunning visuals for anyone. Whether you're an artist, designer, or just someone looking to bring their ideas to life, this tool offers a seamless experience that's both intuitive and powerful. Introduction In the ever-evolving landscape of digital creation, tools like Easy Diffusion are transforming how we approach image generation. By leveraging advanced AI algorithms, the platform automatically detects the best model for your project, ensuring you get the most accurate and visually appealing results with minimal effort. The platform's live preview feature allows users to see immediate changes as they adjust settings, providing a level of feedback that's both instant and informative. This real-time interaction makes it easy to iterate and refine your work without waiting for multiple iterations or complex workflows. Key Features 1. Automatic Model Detection: Easy Diffusion intelligently selects the optimal model for your project based on factors like style, resolution, and content complexity. This feature is particularly beneficial for users who may not have a deep understanding of AI models but still want professional-grade results. 2. Live Previews: The platform's live preview function allows you to see exactly how your image will look as you adjust parameters such as style, resolution, and variations. This feature is a game-changer for creative professionals who value immediate feedback and the ability to make precise adjustments. 3. User-Friendly Interface: Easy Diffusion's interface is designed with simplicity in mind. Even users with no prior experience can navigate the platform with ease, thanks to its intuitive design and straightforward controls. 4. Customization Options: Once you've generated an image, you can further customize it by tweaking settings like aspect ratio, color balance, and more. This level of control allows for endless creative possibilities. 5. Support for Multiple Formats: The platform supports a wide range of image formats, ensuring that your work is compatible with various applications and platforms. 6. Efficiency: Easy Diffusion is optimized for performance, allowing you to generate high-quality images quickly without the need for expensive hardware or complex setups. How It Works Getting started with Easy Diffusion is straightforward. Simply upload an image or provide a description of the image you want to create, and the platform takes care of the rest. The AI will analyze your input and select the most suitable model, then generate the image based on that selection. For those who prefer more control, there are advanced settings available where you can fine-tune aspects like style, resolution, and variations. This level of customization is perfect for users with some experience in digital art or design. Benefits - Saves Time: By automatically detecting the best model and providing live previews, Easy Diffusion significantly reduces the time required to create high-quality images. - Enhances Creativity: The platform's intuitive interface and customization options encourage experimentation and innovation, helping users push their creative boundaries. - Accessories for All Skill Levels: From beginners to advanced users, Easy Diffusion offers features that cater to a wide range of skill levels, making it an accessible tool for everyone. Technical Requirements To use Easy Diffusion, you'll need: - An internet connection (for AI model processing) - Basic computer skills (to navigate the interface and adjust settings) No special software or hardware is required beyond a standard web browser and an active internet connection. Comparison with Other Tools While there are other AI image generation tools on the market, such as DALL-E and Midjourney, Easy Diffusion stands out for its focus on accessibility and simplicity. Unlike more complex platforms that require users to have a deep understanding of AI models, Easy Diffusion's automatic detection and live preview features make it ideal for beginners. Conclusion Easy Diffusion is a powerful and user-friendly tool that democratizes access to high-quality image generation. Its combination of advanced AI technology and intuitive interface makes it an excellent choice for anyone looking to bring their creative ideas to life without the need for extensive technical knowledge. Whether you're creating artwork, designing products, or just experimenting with new styles, Easy Diffusion provides the tools you need to achieve stunning results quickly and efficiently. Start your journey with Easy Diffusion today and see what amazing images you can create!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: erpnext

ERPNext ERPNext is an open-source enterprise resource planning (ERP) solution designed to streamline business operations. It provides a comprehensive platform for managing various aspects of a business, including accounting, inventory management, human resources, and project management. Key Features of ERPNext ERPNext offers a wide range of modules that cater to different needs of businesses: 1. Accounting & Finance: This module helps in managing financial records, tracking expenses, generating reports, and ensuring compliance with accounting standards. 2. Inventory Management: Businesses can track stock levels, manage supplier relationships, and optimize inventory turnover using this feature. 3. Human Resources: ERPNext provides tools for recruiting, employee performance management, payroll processing, and talent development. 4. Project Management: This module allows teams to plan, execute, and monitor projects efficiently, ensuring timely delivery of products or services. Benefits of Using ERPNext One of the standout features of ERPNext is its modular design, which means businesses can implement only the modules they need. This flexibility helps in optimizing costs while still having access to essential tools for operations. Additionally, ERPNext is known for its user-friendly interface and robust reporting capabilities. It allows businesses to make data-driven decisions by providing real-time insights into their operations. Why Choose ERPNext? ERP systems are critical for businesses of all sizes, and ERPNext stands out as a cost-effective solution that is easy to customize. Its open-source nature also means that businesses have full control over their data and can modify the system according to their specific requirements. The community behind ERPNext is active and continuously works on improving the platform, ensuring that users receive regular updates and support. Conclusion ERPNext is a powerful tool for businesses looking to streamline their operations and improve efficiency. Its modular design, user-friendly interface, and robust features make it an excellent choice for companies of all sizes. Whether you're running a small business or managing a large organization, ERPNext can help you achieve your goals and drive success. Explore ERPNext today and see how it can transform your business operations!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: euterpe

Euterpe Euterpe is a self-hosted music streaming server designed to provide users with a personalized and convenient music streaming experience. It allows individuals to organize, upload, and stream their music collections from their own servers, offering flexibility and control over their audio library. What is Euterpe? Euterpe is more than just a music player; it's a comprehensive platform that combines the functionalities of a music library organizer with a robust streaming server. Users can upload their music files, organize them into playlists, and stream their favorite tracks directly from their devices. The server operates independently, eliminating the need for third-party platforms and ensuring that your music remains private and secure. Key Features Music Library Organization Euterpe excels in organizing and managing your music collection. Users can upload their songs, albums, and playlists, creating a centralized repository for all their audio files. The platform supports multiple file formats, including MP3, FLAC, and AAC, ensuring compatibility with various devices and players. Streaming Functionality Once your music is organized, Euterpe allows you to stream it across different devices. Whether you're at home or on the go, you can access your music library via a web browser or dedicated apps. The server supports high-quality audio streaming, allowing you to enjoy your music in its full potential. Customization Euterpe offers extensive customization options, enabling users to tailor their music experience to their preferences. You can set up themes and customize playlists, making the platform as visually appealing as it is functional. Advanced features like shuffle play, repeat mode, and crossfading ensure that your listening sessions are always engaging. How-to: Install Euterpe Installing Euterpe involves a few straightforward steps. First, you'll need to download the server software from the official website. Once downloaded, install it on your preferred hosting platform, such as Docker or a cloud server. After installation, configure the settings to match your preferences, including port settings and access controls. How-to: Configure Euterpe After installing the server, you'll need to configure it according to your needs. This involves setting up user accounts, defining access rights, and choosing the quality settings for streaming. Advanced users can customize the server's behavior through command-line options or administrative interfaces, depending on the hosting solution you've chosen. Troubleshooting If you encounter any issues while using Euterpe, refer to the comprehensive documentation provided by the developers. Common problems include port conflicts, server restarts, and connection issues, which can be resolved by checking your network settings and ensuring that the server is running smoothly. Conclusion Euterpe offers a flexible and efficient solution for managing and streaming music collections. Its combination of robust organizational tools and high-quality streaming capabilities makes it an excellent choice for both casual listeners and serious music enthusiasts. By setting up Euterpe on your own server, you can enjoy a personalized music experience without compromising on privacy or convenience. Whether you're looking to organize your existing library or build a new one from scratch, Euterpe provides the tools necessary to take your music streaming experience to the next level. Start exploring the possibilities of self-hosted music streaming with Euterpe today!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: facefusion

FaceFusion An intuitive tool for face fusion, offering seamless image and video enhancement. FaceFusion FaceFusion WebUI is an innovative solution designed for intuitive face fusion. This tool simplifies the process of enhancing, swapping, and refining faces in images and videos. Its advanced optimization for execution threads ensures fast previews and quick results, while its versatile media support allows for smooth processing of both static images and dynamic video content. FaceFusion is engineered to streamline the technical aspects of face enhancement, enabling users to focus on the creative process. By providing a user-friendly interface and powerful functionality, FaceFusion empowers creators to bring their visions to life with unprecedented ease and efficiency. Features - Intuitive Interface: FaceFusion WebUI features an intuitive interface that makes it easy for users of all skill levels to perform complex tasks. - Face Swapping: Utilize advanced algorithms to swap faces in images or videos seamlessly. - Face Enhancement: Improve the quality, clarity, and aesthetics of faces in your projects. - Video Support: Process dynamic video content with the same level of precision as static images. - Execution Speed: Optimized for execution threads to ensure fast previews and results. - Media Support: Compatible with a wide range of media formats, ensuring smooth processing. Use Cases FaceFusion is versatile and can be applied in various domains: - Filmmaking: Enhance or swap faces in scenes where specific actors or characters are needed. - Gaming: Create unique character designs or modify existing ones without the need for complex software. - Marketing: Use FaceFusion to create compelling visual content for campaigns. - Education: Facilitate learning by demonstrating processes with clear examples. How It Works FaceFusion leverages AI-powered algorithms to analyze and manipulate faces in images and videos. The tool uses machine learning models to identify facial features, allowing for precise adjustments or swaps. Users can upload media files, select the face they wish to modify, and apply enhancements or replacements using a simple interface. The platform also includes a suite of tools for refining and perfecting the results. FaceFusion ensures that the modified faces look natural and consistent with the original context, maintaining the integrity of the scene while enhancing the visual appeal. Benefits - Time Efficiency: FaceFusion significantly reduces the time required to complete face-related tasks. - Creative Freedom: Empowers users to experiment freely without the constraints of traditional methods. - Precision: Advanced algorithms ensure accurate and reliable results. - Versatility: Compatible with a wide range of media formats and applications. Real-World Example Imagine you're working on a film project where the original actor is unavailable. FaceFusion allows you to swap the character's face with another actor's, ensuring continuity in the scene while maintaining the desired visual style. The tool's ability to handle both images and videos makes it an invaluable asset for filmmakers, photographers, and digital content creators. Conclusion FaceFusion is a groundbreaking tool that revolutionizes the way faces are handled in media creation. By combining powerful technology with an intuitive interface, FaceFusion democratizes complex tasks, making them accessible to a broad range of users. Whether you're working on a film, game, or marketing campaign, FaceFusion provides the tools needed to bring your creative vision to life. Explore FaceFusion today and see how it can transform your projects with seamless face fusion and enhancement capabilities.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: facturascripts

FacturaScripts An open-source invoicing and accounting application. FacturaScripts is a powerful, flexible, and cost-effective solution for businesses that need to manage their invoicing and accounting processes efficiently. Designed with both small business owners and accountants in mind, this web-based application offers a comprehensive suite of tools to streamline financial operations. Overview FacturaScripts is an open-source invoicing and accounting application that allows users to create and manage invoices, track payments, generate reports, and maintain financial records. Its open-source nature makes it highly customizable, allowing businesses to adapt the software to their specific needs. The application is hosted on the web, enabling access from any device with an internet connection. Key Features 1. Invoicing: Create professional invoices with custom templates, track payment status, and generate detailed reports. 2. Accounting: Manage expenses, reconcile accounts, and track financial transactions in real-time. 3. Reporting: Access a variety of financial reports, including income statements, expense breakdowns, and cash flow analysis. 4. Integration: Connect FacturaScripts with other business tools such as CRM systems or payment gateways to streamline operations. 5. Customization: Modify the application's interface and functionality through plugins and custom scripts. 6. Collaboration: Share financial data with stakeholders, clients, or accounting teams securely. 7. Mobile Access: Use the mobile-optimized interface to manage finances on the go. 8. Security: Implement role-based access control to ensure sensitive financial data remains protected. User Experience FacturaScripts is designed to be user-friendly, even for those without a technical background. The intuitive interface and robust features make it accessible to businesses of all sizes. Users can leverage drag-and-drop functionality and predefined templates to save time and reduce errors. Community and Support As an open-source project, FacturaScripts benefits from an active community of contributors who work to enhance the application's capabilities. Users can access forums, documentation, and guides for support, as well as participate in development by contributing their own ideas or code. Use Cases FacturaScripts is ideal for businesses that need to manage their financial operations without a dedicated accounting team. It is particularly useful for: - Small business owners - Freelancers and independent contractors - Creative agencies and studios - Non-profits and educational institutions By automating invoicing, tracking expenses, and generating accurate reports, FacturaScripts helps businesses maintain financial health and focus on growth. Conclusion FacturaScripts is a valuable tool for any organization that needs to manage its financial operations efficiently. Its open-source nature, comprehensive features, and user-friendly interface make it an excellent choice for businesses looking to streamline their accounting processes without compromising on functionality or flexibility. Whether you're a small business owner or a financial professional, FacturaScripts can help you take control of your finances.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: filebrowser

FileBrowser FileBrowser is a web-based file management application designed to simplify the organization and accessibility of files. It provides users with an intuitive interface for browsing, uploading, downloading, and managing files and directories on a server. This self-hosted solution offers a convenient and secure way to interact with files remotely, making it ideal for individuals and teams who need to collaborate on documents and resources. Filebrowser FileBrowser is a robust file manager that allows users to browse their server's file system through a web interface. It supports various file operations, including uploading, downloading, copying, moving, renaming, and deleting files or folders. The application also enables the creation of new directories, providing users with the flexibility to organize their files in a structured manner. Benefits of Using FileBrowser Using FileBrowser can significantly enhance your file management experience by offering several key benefits: 1. Efficient Organization: With its intuitive interface, FileBrowser makes it easy to navigate and organize files, ensuring that your data is always accessible when needed. 2. Remote Access: The ability to access files via a web browser means you can manage your server's files from any device, regardless of location. 3. Collaboration Made Easy: FileBrowser supports features like file sharing through links, making it straightforward for teams to collaborate on projects and access shared resources. 4. Security Features: Built-in security measures ensure that your data remains protected, with options for setting permissions and controlling access to sensitive files. 5. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Accessing your files via a web interface means you can use FileBrowser from any operating system, whether you're using Windows, macOS, Linux, or mobile devices. How FileBrowser Works To get started with FileBrowser, follow these steps: 1. Installation: Install the application on your server, typically through a web-based setup wizard or command-line interface. 2. Access via Web Interface: Once installed, access FileBrowser through a web browser by navigating to the appropriate URL or IP address. 3. Upload and Download Files: Use the interface to upload files from your local device to the server or download files for local access. 4. File Sharing: Share files with others by generating shareable links, which can be sent via email or messaging platforms. 5. Manage Permissions: Set permissions for different users or groups to control who can view, edit, or delete specific files or folders. 6. Use the Dashboard: Customize your dashboard with favorite folders and shortcuts to streamline your workflow. Use Cases for FileBrowser FileBrowser is versatile and can be used in various scenarios: 1. Personal Use: Organize personal files on a home server or cloud storage solution, making them accessible from any device. 2. Team Collaboration: Share project files, documentation, and other resources with team members, ensuring everyone has access to the latest versions. 3. Business Applications: Implement FileBrowser as part of a company's file management strategy, providing employees with secure access to shared files and folders. 4. Education: Use FileBrowser in educational settings to allow students and teachers to access course materials and collaborate on assignments. 5. Development Environments: Streamline the management of project files, dependencies, and other development assets, making it easier to work across different environments. Conclusion FileBrowser is a powerful tool for anyone who needs to manage files remotely or collaborate with others. Its intuitive interface, robust features, and cross-platform compatibility make it an excellent choice for individuals and teams alike. Whether you're organizing personal files, facilitating teamwork, or managing business resources, FileBrowser provides the tools needed to efficiently and securely access and manage your files. Start exploring the capabilities of FileBrowser today and experience the convenience of web-based file management like never before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: filerun

Filerun: A Comprehensive Overview FileRun is a self-hosted file sharing and collaboration platform designed with a strong emphasis on security. It offers a private and customizable solution for data storage and sharing within organizations, making it an ideal choice for both personal and professional use. What is Filerun? FileRun is a self-hosted file sharing and collaboration platform that enables users to securely share, manage, and collaborate on files and documents. Unlike many cloud-based solutions, FileRun allows you to host your own files on your own server, giving you full control over your data. This level of control is particularly appealing for organizations that prioritize data security and privacy. Key Features of Filerun FileRun comes packed with a range of features that make it a versatile and powerful tool for file sharing and collaboration: 1. Secure File Sharing: FileRun prioritizes security, offering end-to-end encryption and role-based access control (RBAC). This ensures that only authorized users can view or edit files, reducing the risk of data breaches. 2. File Versioning: Users can track changes over time with version history, allowing for easy retrieval of previous iterations of documents and files. 3. Collaboration Tools: The platform supports real-time collaboration, making it easy for teams to work together on projects, regardless of their physical location. 4. Customizable Workflows: FileRun allows for the creation of custom workflows, automating tasks such as notifications or approvals, which can streamline your workflow processes. 5. Access Control: With granular access controls, you can define who can view, edit, or comment on specific files, ensuring that sensitive information remains protected. 6. Integration Capabilities: FileRun integrates with third-party applications and tools, allowing for seamless data transfer and collaboration across different platforms. 7. User-Friendly Interface: The platform features a user-friendly interface that is intuitive enough for both novice users and experienced professionals. Use Cases for Filerun FileRun is suitable for a wide range of use cases, including: - Internal Collaboration: For teams within an organization, FileRun provides a secure and efficient way to share and collaborate on documents, spreadsheets, and other files. - Client-Facing Sharing: For businesses that need to share files with clients or partners, FileRun offers a professional and secure method of transferring data. - Data Backup and Archiving: Organizations can use FileRun as an additional layer of backup and archiving for critical data, ensuring that files are always accessible even in the event of data loss. Security and Compliance FileRun places a strong emphasis on security, with features like end-to-end encryption and role-based access control (RBAC) to protect sensitive information. The platform also adheres to compliance standards, making it suitable for use in industries with strict regulatory requirements. User Experience The FileRun interface is designed to be user-friendly, with a clean and intuitive layout that makes it easy for users to navigate and perform tasks. The platform supports multiple platforms, including web access, mobile apps, and desktop applications, ensuring that users can access their files wherever they are. Customization Options FileRun allows for extensive customization, enabling users to tailor the platform to meet their specific needs. From custom workflows to branding, FileRun provides tools that allow organizations to create a solution that reflects their unique requirements. Integration with Other Tools FileRun integrates seamlessly with third-party applications and tools, making it easy to extend its functionality. Whether you need to connect with your existing CRM system or integrate with project management software, FileRun has the tools necessary for seamless integration. Mobile Access FileRun offers mobile access, allowing users to view, edit, and manage files on the go. This feature is particularly useful for professionals who need to work outside of the office or for teams that are spread across different locations. Pricing Model FileRun offers flexible pricing options, with plans available to suit both small businesses and large organizations. The platform typically provides a free trial period, allowing users to evaluate its features before committing to a paid plan. Community Support FileRun has an active community of users and developers who contribute to the platform's development and provide support when needed. This strong community support ensures that users have access to resources, documentation, and assistance when they encounter issues or have questions. Conclusion FileRun is more than just a file sharing platform; it is a comprehensive solution for secure, efficient, and collaborative data management. With its robust set of features, customizable interface, and emphasis on security, FileRun stands out as a reliable choice for organizations looking to manage their files and collaborate effectively. Whether you are working alone or as part of a team, FileRun provides the tools necessary to streamline your workflow and protect your data.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: firefly iii

Firefly-III Firefly III is a personal finance manager and budgeting application designed to help users effectively manage their financial planning. In an era where financial uncertainty and economic challenges are prevalent, tools like Firefly III provide a streamlined solution for individuals to take control of their finances. What is Firefly-III? Firefly III is more than just a budgeting app; it is a comprehensive personal finance manager that offers a wide range of features to help users track, manage, and plan their financial resources. Whether you're trying to save money, control spending, or achieve long-term financial goals, Firefly III provides the tools necessary for effective financial management. Features of Firefly-III 1. Budgeting: One of the most essential features of Firefly III is its robust budgeting tool. Users can set up budgets for various categories such as groceries, entertainment, and housing. The app allows for detailed tracking of income and expenses, enabling users to stay within their financial limits. 2. Income Tracking: Firefly III also includes a feature for tracking income sources. This is particularly useful for individuals with multiple income streams or those who are self-employed. By accurately recording income, users can better plan their expenses and savings. 3. Spending Analysis: Another valuable feature of Firefly III is its spending analysis tool. This allows users to review their past spending patterns and identify areas where they can cut back or allocate more efficiently. Understanding where your money goes is a key component of effective financial management. 4. Financial Goals: Firefly III also includes a feature for setting and tracking financial goals. Whether it's saving for an emergency fund, paying off debt, or planning for a major purchase, the app provides users with the tools to stay focused and motivated. 5. Syncing Across Devices: Firefly III is designed to be accessible from multiple devices, including desktops, laptops, tablets, and smartphones. This ensures that users can manage their finances on-the-go without missing important updates or tracking their progress. 6. Customizable Reports: The app also offers customizable reports that allow users to view their financial data in a way that is most useful for them. This feature can be especially helpful for individuals who need to present their financial status to others, such as accountants or financial advisors. 7. Security and Privacy: Firefly III places a strong emphasis on security and privacy. The app uses advanced encryption to protect users' financial data, ensuring that all information is safe from unauthorized access. Benefits of Using Firefly-III Using Firefly III can lead to significant improvements in your overall financial health. By providing a clear picture of your income and expenses, the app helps users make informed decisions about their money. This can result in better budgeting, more effective savings, and improved financial stability. One of the key benefits of Firefly III is its ability to help users identify areas where they can save money. By tracking spending patterns, the app can highlight opportunities for cost-cutting or reallocating resources to achieve specific financial goals. Additionally, the tool's income tracking feature ensures that users are aware of their financial inflows, which can be particularly useful for those with irregular income. Another advantage of Firefly III is its user-friendly interface. The app is designed to be intuitive, making it easy for users to navigate and understand its features. This ease of use means that even individuals who are not tech-savvy can benefit from the app's capabilities. User Experience The user experience (UX) of Firefly III is a major factor in its appeal. The app is designed with a focus on simplicity and usability, ensuring that users can quickly and easily access the information they need. The intuitive design allows for seamless navigation, making it straightforward to manage finances without unnecessary complexity. One aspect of the UX that sets Firefly III apart from other financial management tools is its ability to provide actionable insights. The app not only tracks your income and expenses but also offers recommendations based on your financial data. This can help users make better decisions about their money and achieve their financial goals more efficiently. Customization Firefly III also offers a high degree of customization, allowing users to tailor the app to their specific needs. From setting up custom budgets to creating unique reports, the app provides numerous options for personalizing your financial management experience. This level of customization ensures that the tool remains useful and relevant for a wide range of users. Conclusion In conclusion, Firefly III is an excellent choice for anyone looking to improve their financial management skills. With its comprehensive set of features, user-friendly interface, and focus on security and privacy, the app provides everything you need to take control of your finances. Whether you're budgeting, tracking income, or setting financial goals, Firefly III can help you achieve your objectives and work towards a more secure financial future. By using Firefly III, you can gain valuable insights into your financial habits and make informed decisions that lead to better outcomes. The app's ability to provide actionable data and customizable tools makes it an invaluable resource for anyone looking to improve their financial health. So why wait? Download Firefly III today and start your journey towards effective financial management.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: flagsmith

Flagsmith What is Flagsmith? Flagsmith is a powerful tool designed to streamline and enhance your workflow by providing a centralized platform for managing flags. These flags can be used to indicate various statuses, priorities, or other important attributes within your projects or tasks. Why Use Flagsmith? Using Flagsmith can significantly improve your productivity and collaboration. It allows you to quickly identify key points in your workflow, making it easier to communicate and stay organized. With customizable options, Flagsmith adapts to your specific needs, ensuring that you always have the information you need at your fingertips. How Flagsmith Works Flagsmith operates by allowing users to create and assign flags to different aspects of their work. These flags can be used to mark bugs, feature requests, or any other important tasks. Once a flag is assigned, it can be easily tracked and monitored within the platform. This system ensures that no detail is overlooked and that everyone on your team is on the same page. Use Cases for Flagsmith Flagsmith is incredibly versatile and can be applied to a wide range of scenarios. For example: - Bug Tracking: Assign flags to bugs to quickly identify and address issues. - Feature Requests: Use flags to track and prioritize new features. - Onboarding: Implement flags to guide new users through the system. - User Feedback: Collect feedback by assigning flags to specific areas for improvement. Getting Started with Flagsmith Getting started with Flagsmith is straightforward. First, you'll need to sign up for an account on their platform. Once logged in, you can start creating your own flags and assign them to tasks or projects. You can also integrate Flagsmith with other tools and platforms that you use, such as Jira, GitHub, or Slack, to ensure seamless communication across your team. Customizing Your Workflow One of the most valuable features of Flagsmith is its customization options. You can create different types of flags, each with its own color, icon, and description. This allows you to tailor the system to fit your specific workflow needs. Whether you're working on a software development project or managing a marketing campaign, Flagsmith can be adapted to suit your requirements. Conclusion Flagsmith is an essential tool for anyone looking to improve their productivity and collaboration. By providing a clear and organized way to manage flags, it helps teams stay on track and deliver better results. If you haven't explored Flagsmith yet, we highly recommend giving it a try. Your workflow will never be the same once you experience the power of Flagsmith.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: fleet

Fleet Fleet is an open-source web-based system designed for managing and maintaining a fleet of vehicles. It provides organizations with tools to track vehicle information, schedule maintenance, monitor fuel usage, and streamline overall operations. This platform is particularly useful for corporate fleets, delivery services, and transportation companies looking to optimize vehicle performance and ensure compliance with maintenance standards. Features of Fleet Fleet offers a comprehensive suite of features that make fleet management more efficient and effective. One of the key aspects of Fleet is its ability to manage device inventory, ensuring that all vehicles are accounted for and tracked. This feature is crucial for organizations with large fleets, as it allows for easy identification of each vehicle and its location. Another important feature of Fleet is its robust security monitoring capabilities. In today's digital age, securing fleet data is paramount. Fleet provides tools to monitor and manage security threats, ensuring that all vehicles are protected from potential vulnerabilities. This includes everything from password protection to encryption methods, making it easier for organizations to maintain control over their fleet operations. Remote management is another area where Fleet excels. With this feature, fleet managers can access and control vehicles remotely, regardless of their physical location. This capability is particularly useful in scenarios where quick decision-making is necessary, such as responding to emergencies or addressing maintenance issues on the go. Fleet also simplifies the process of creating and managing maintenance schedules. The platform offers a calendar feature that allows users to set reminders for routine maintenance tasks, such as oil changes, tire rotations, and brake inspections. This helps ensure that vehicles are always in optimal condition, reducing the risk of breakdowns and accidents. Fuel usage tracking is another benefit provided by Fleet. By monitoring fuel consumption patterns, organizations can identify areas where inefficiencies occur and take corrective actions to reduce costs. This feature also supports better budget planning, as fleet managers can estimate future expenses based on historical data. Benefits of Using Fleet The benefits of using Fleet extend beyond just managing vehicles. Organizations that implement this system often experience improved productivity, reduced operational costs, and enhanced decision-making capabilities. Fleet's ability to streamline operations allows for more efficient allocation of resources, leading to better overall performance. One of the primary benefits of Fleet is its cost-effectiveness. By reducing the time spent on manual tasks and minimizing the risk of accidents due to poor vehicle maintenance, organizations can save money in the long run. Additionally, the platform's remote management capabilities reduce the need for on-site inspections, further lowering operational costs. Another advantage of Fleet is its scalability. Whether an organization has a small fleet of vehicles or a large one, Fleet can be adapted to meet their specific needs. This makes it an ideal solution for businesses of all sizes, from startups to established enterprises. Fleet's user-friendly interface also contributes to its popularity. The platform is designed with the user in mind, making it easy for even those without technical expertise to navigate and utilize its features effectively. This user-friendliness ensures that fleet managers can focus on more important tasks rather than struggling with complicated systems. Conclusion In summary, Fleet is a powerful tool for organizations looking to manage their fleets more efficiently. Its comprehensive feature set, robust security measures, and user-friendly interface make it an excellent choice for businesses of all sizes. By implementing Fleet, organizations can optimize their vehicle operations, reduce costs, and improve overall performance. Whether you're responsible for a corporate fleet or a transportation company, Fleet offers a solution that is both versatile and reliable. Start your journey with Fleet today and take your fleet management to the next level.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: flood

Flood A web-based interface for managing rTorrent, a popular BitTorrent client. What is Flood? Flood is an innovative solution for users who prefer managing their torrents through a web interface rather than relying on the console-based rTorrent client. This web UI provides a user-friendly and accessible way to monitor, manage, and control torrent downloads from any device with a web browser. Why Use Flood? The rise of digital content sharing has made BitTorrent one of the most widely used peer-to-peer file distribution systems. However, managing torrents can often feel cumbersome, especially for those who are not tech-savvy or prefer remote access. Flood addresses these challenges by offering a streamlined and intuitive web interface that simplifies torrent management. Key Features 1. Web Access: Flood allows users to manage their torrents from any device with an internet connection, eliminating the need to be tied to a specific computer. 2. rTorrent Compatibility: Flood is designed to work seamlessly with rTorrent, one of the most powerful and feature-rich BitTorrent clients available. 3. Customizable Interface: The web UI can be customized to suit individual preferences, including theme changes and layout adjustments. 4. Real-Time Monitoring: Users can monitor download progress, seeders, leechers, and more in real-time. 5. Advanced Features: Flood supports features like scheduling downloads, setting bandwidth limits, and prioritizing specific torrents. 6. Cross-Platform Compatibility: The web interface ensures that users can access their torrent collection from Windows, macOS, Linux, or any other device with a modern browser. How Does Flood Work? Flood operates by acting as an intermediary between the user and rTorrent. When you upload or download a torrent using rTorrent, Flood displays relevant information in its web interface. This allows users to track progress, manage priorities, and control their downloads without needing to open the rTorrent console. Getting Started with Flood 1. Installation: Flood can be installed on most popular operating systems, including Windows, macOS, and Linux. The installation process is typically straightforward, involving a few commands or scripts depending on your setup. 2. Configuration: After installation, you'll need to configure Flood to connect to your rTorrent instance. This usually involves setting up an API key or enabling remote access in rTorrent's settings. 3. Web Interface Access: Once configured, you can access Flood through a web browser by navigating to the specified URL. The interface will display a list of available torrents, download progress, and other relevant information. Use Cases - Remote Management: Ideal for users who manage multiple devices or prefer accessing their torrent collection from different locations. - Automated Downloads: Flood supports scheduling downloads, making it easy to automate the process of grabbing new content as soon as it becomes available. - Monitoring and Control: With real-time updates and detailed statistics, Flood makes it simple to monitor the health and status of your torrents. Tips for Using Flood - Backup Your Data: Always ensure that you have backups of your rTorrent data, as losing data can be a significant inconvenience. - Security Considerations: When using Flood, make sure that your server or device is secure. This includes using strong passwords and enabling HTTPS if possible. - Stay Updated: Regularly check for updates to Flood and rTorrent to ensure that you're using the latest features and security patches. By leveraging the power of web-based management, Flood transforms the experience of using rTorrent into a more accessible and user-friendly process. Whether you're a casual user or someone with more advanced needs, Flood offers a flexible and efficient solution for managing your BitTorrent downloads.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: flowise

flowise Drag & drop UI to build your customized LLM flow flowise Drag & drop UI to build your customized LLM flow Make sure it's a long article. Add as much as you can about the topic. Do not use any programming language! No python or others, only md text! What is Flowise? Flowise is an innovative tool designed to simplify the process of building and customizing Large Language Model (LLM) workflows. By providing a user-friendly drag-and-drop interface, Flowise empowers users to create sophisticated LLM flows without the need for extensive technical expertise or coding knowledge. The primary goal of Flowise is to democratize access to advanced LLM capabilities. It allows anyone, regardless of their technical background, to design and deploy custom LLM workflows efficiently. This tool is particularly valuable in scenarios where rapid prototyping and iterative testing are essential. Features of Flowise Flowise offers a comprehensive set of features that make it an indispensable tool for LLM development: 1. Visual Interface: The drag-and-drop interface allows users to easily design and modify their workflows visually. 2. Pre-Built Components: A library of pre-built components, such as text processors, embeddings, and transformers, simplifies the creation of complex models. 3. Customization Options: Users can tweak existing components or create entirely new ones using a simple yet powerful syntax. 4. Integration Capabilities: Flowise supports seamless integration with popular LLM providers and custom services. 5. Collaboration Features: The tool allows multiple users to work on the same project, facilitating teamwork and knowledge sharing. 6. User-Friendly Design: The interface is designed to be intuitive, making it accessible to both novices and experienced developers. How It Works Using Flowise is straightforward: 1. Select Components: Choose from a wide range of pre-built components or create custom ones. 2. Connect Components: Drag and drop components into the workflow and connect them with appropriate connectors. 3. Customize Settings: Adjust settings for each component to fine-tune the behavior of your model. 4. Test and Iterate: Run the workflow, test it, and make adjustments as needed. 5. Deploy: Once satisfied with the workflow, deploy it to your preferred environment. Why Choose Flowise? There are numerous reasons why Flowise stands out in the LLM development landscape: 1. No Coding Required: Users can build workflows without writing a single line of code. 2. Rapid Development: The drag-and-drop interface significantly speeds up the development process. 3. Flexibility: Flowise offers unparalleled flexibility, allowing users to adapt their workflows to meet specific requirements. 4. Cost-Effective: By reducing the need for expensive custom coding, Flowise lowers overall costs. 5. Improved Efficiency: The tool enhances productivity and efficiency, enabling faster delivery of projects. Conclusion Flowise is more than just a tool; it's a game-changer for anyone working with LLMs. Its intuitive interface, powerful features, and cost-effectiveness make it an excellent choice for developers, researchers, and businesses alike. Whether you're building your first LLM workflow or refining an existing one, Flowise provides the tools you need to succeed. By leveraging Flowise, you can focus on innovation and creativity without being bogged down by technical complexities. It's time to take control of your LLM workflows and bring your ideas to life with Flowise.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: focalboard

Focalboard An Open-Source Alternative to Trello: A Comprehensive Guide What is Focalboard? Focalboard is an open-source project management and collaboration tool designed to help teams organize tasks, projects, and ideas efficiently. It serves as a visual platform, offering an intuitive interface that enhances productivity and fosters better teamwork. Unlike proprietary tools like Trello, Focalboard provides full control over the platform, allowing users to customize it according to their specific needs. Why Choose Focalboard? The popularity of Focalboard stems from its flexibility and cost-effectiveness. As an open-source solution, it eliminates the dependency on third-party vendors, giving users the freedom to host the tool on-premises or use it in the cloud. This accessibility makes it an ideal choice for businesses of all sizes. One of the key advantages of Focalboard is its customization. Users can modify the interface, workflows, and features to align with their unique processes. Whether you're managing software development projects, organizing marketing campaigns, or planning academic research, Focalboard can be tailored to fit your requirements. Features of Focalboard Focalboard offers a robust set of features that make project management seamless: 1. Task Organization: Create and manage tasks with ease, assigning them to team members and setting deadlines. 2. Collaboration Tools: Real-time collaboration allows teams to work together on projects, share updates, and track progress. 3. Customization Options: Modify the interface, workflows, and access levels to suit your team's needs. 4. Integration Capabilities: Connect Focalboard with other tools like Jira, Slack, or Google Drive for seamless workflow integration. 5. Scalability: Easily scale the platform to accommodate growing teams and increasing project complexity. Use Cases Focalboard is versatile and can be used in a wide range of scenarios: - Software Development: Track bugs, assign tasks, and monitor progress in real-time. - Marketing Campaigns: Organize timelines, assign responsibilities, and collaborate with team members. - Academic Research: Manage milestones, distribute tasks, and share updates with collaborators. - Small Businesses: Streamline operations, track deadlines, and maintain transparency across teams. Getting Started with Focalboard Getting started with Focalboard is straightforward: 1. Installation: Download the software from the official website or use Docker for easy deployment. 2. Configuration: Set up your workspace, create boards, and customize the interface to match your workflow. 3. Integration: Connect Focalboard with other tools using API keys or third-party apps. 4. Training: Utilize guides, tutorials, and community support to ensure a smooth transition. Community and Support The Focalboard community is active and supportive, offering valuable insights and assistance through forums, social media, and official documentation. Regular updates and feature enhancements are provided by the development team, ensuring users always have access to the latest tools and resources. Conclusion Focalboard stands out as a powerful, flexible, and cost-effective alternative to Trello and other proprietary project management tools. Its open-source nature, customization options, and robust features make it an excellent choice for teams looking to maintain control over their project management processes. Whether you're managing a small team or a large organization, Focalboard provides the tools needed to organize tasks, foster collaboration, and achieve project success. Explore Focalboard today and see how it can transform your workflow!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: fooocus

Fooocus Fooocus is a cutting-edge AI image generation tool designed to make creating stunning visuals accessible to everyone. By combining the power of Stable Diffusion with an intuitive interface, Fooocus empowers users to craft unique and high-quality images with ease. How It Works At its core, Fooocus leverages advanced AI algorithms to generate images based on your input prompts. The tool utilizes the latest Stable Diffusion models, enabling it to produce detailed and realistic results. For those new to AI image generation, Fooocus provides a user-friendly interface that simplifies the process while still allowing for complex customizations. Key Features - Real-Time Preview: See immediate results as you adjust your prompts. - Style Mixing: Experiment with different artistic styles and effects. - Advanced Controls: Fine-tune aspects like resolution, quality, and more. - SDXL Support: Utilize the powerful SDXL format for even greater detail. User Experience Fooocus is designed to be as user-friendly as possible. The interface is clean and intuitive, with tools and features arranged in a logical manner. Whether you're creating concept art, promotional materials, or just exploring creative ideas, Fooocus provides a seamless experience. Use Cases - Creative Projects: Generate visuals for branding, posters, and more. - Educational Resources: Create images for presentations, infographics, and tutorials. - Marketing Materials: Quickly produce eye-catching content for campaigns. - Prototyping: Use Fooocus to visualize designs before finalizing them. Limitations While Fooocus is a powerful tool, it does have some limitations. Complex or detailed images may require more computational power, and very high-resolution outputs might slow down the generation process. However, for most use cases, it remains a versatile and efficient option. Conclusion Fooocus stands out as a versatile and user-friendly AI image generation platform. Its combination of advanced technology and accessible interface makes it an excellent choice for both novices and experienced users. Whether you're looking to create stunning visuals for a project or simply explore the possibilities of AI, Fooocus offers a seamless and creative experience.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: forgejo

Forgejo Forgejo Helm Chart for Kubernetes What is Forgejo? Forgejo is a powerful Helm chart designed to streamline the deployment and management of applications on Kubernetes. It provides a user-friendly interface for users to create, customize, and deploy containerized applications with ease. The Importance of Kubernetes Kubernetes is the leading orchestration platform for containerized applications. It automates the deployment, scaling, and management of containerized workloads across clusters of servers. Kubernetes' core components include cluster management, node management, pod scheduling, and service discovery. Helm: The Package Manager for Kubernetes Helm is a package manager for Kubernetes that simplifies the installation and management of charts. Each chart contains a collection of YAML files that define the deployment configuration, including dependencies, hooks, and templates. What Makes Forgejo Unique? Forgejo builds on top of Helm by providing additional features and customization options. It allows users to create custom charts tailored to their specific needs. With Forgejo, you can easily design and deploy complex applications with minimal effort. Key Features of Forgejo - Customizable Charts: Forgejo enables users to modify existing charts or create new ones from scratch. - Integration Capabilities: It supports seamless integration with other tools and platforms, making it versatile for various use cases. - User-Friendly Interface: The interface is designed to be intuitive, allowing even those new to Kubernetes to quickly deploy applications. Use Cases - Application Deployment: Forgejo can be used to deploy any application that runs in a container. Whether it's a simple web app or a complex backend system, Forgejo has you covered. - Custom Dashboards: With Forgejo, you can create custom dashboards to monitor the health and performance of your applications. - Automated Workflows: It supports automated workflows, enabling users to trigger actions based on specific conditions. Getting Started with Forgejo 1. Installation: Install Helm on your system to get started with Forgejo. 2. Downloading Charts: Use Helm to download and install charts from the Kubernetes ecosystem. 3. Customizing Charts: Modify existing charts or create new ones using the provided templates and configurations. 4. Deploying Applications: Deploy your applications by running the appropriate Helm command. Benefits of Using Forgejo - Time Efficiency: Reduce the time spent on deployment and management by leveraging pre-built charts. - Cost-Effectiveness: Lower operational costs with efficient resource utilization. - Scalability: Easily scale your applications as needed without disrupting existing workflows. The Future of Kubernetes As Kubernetes continues to evolve, tools like Forgejo are essential for maximizing its potential. With ongoing updates and new features, the future of Kubernetes looks bright, and tools like Forgejo will play a crucial role in shaping its landscape. Start exploring the world of Kubernetes with Forgejo today and take your application deployment to the next level.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: freescout

freescout An open-source helpdesk and shared inbox. FreeScout FreeScout is a self-hosted helpdesk and ticketing system designed to streamline customer support operations. It provides a robust platform for managing customer inquiries, facilitating communication between support teams and end-users, and enhancing overall customer service efficiency. In today's fast-paced business environment, effective customer support is crucial for maintaining brand reputation and customer satisfaction. FreeScout offers a flexible and customizable solution for businesses of all sizes to manage their support operations more effectively. Whether you're running a small team or a large organization, FreeScout can help you deliver faster responses, organize incoming inquiries, and track customer issues with ease. Key Features FreeScout is packed with features that make it a powerful tool for customer support teams: Shared Inbox Management One of the most notable features of FreeScout is its shared inbox functionality. This allows multiple team members to access and respond to customer emails directly within the platform, eliminating the need for back-and-forth email chains. The shared inbox also provides a centralized location for tracking all customer communications, making it easier to manage and prioritize responses. Ticket Tracking FreeScout enables teams to create and track tickets, which are essentially customer support cases. Each ticket can be assigned to a team member, given a priority level, and updated with progress notes. This systematic approach ensures that no customer inquiry is overlooked or left unresolved. Team Collaboration Tools Collaboration is key in effective customer support. FreeScout includes features like comments, @mentions, and shared notes, allowing team members to work together seamlessly on customer issues. This fosters a more coordinated and efficient support process. Automation with Webhooks To save time and reduce the risk of human error, FreeScout supports automation using webhooks. For example, you can automatically notify your team when a new ticket is created or updated, or trigger custom actions based on specific conditions. This level of automation enhances productivity and ensures consistent response times. Integrations FreeScout integrates with a wide range of third-party applications, including Slack, Zendesk, and email clients like Gmail and Outlook. These integrations allow you to sync data between FreeScout and your existing tools, ensuring a smooth transition and seamless workflow. Custom Branding Custom branding options are available for businesses that want to maintain their brand identity across all platforms. You can customize colors, logos, and other visual elements to match your company's website and marketing materials. Security and Compliance Security is a top priority for any business handling customer data. FreeScout includes robust security features such as data encryption, role-based access control, and audit logs to ensure that all activities are tracked and secure. Scalability FreeScout is designed to scale with your business needs. Whether you're managing a small number of tickets or thousands of customer inquiries, the platform can handle the load without compromising performance. Open Source Flexibility As an open-source solution, FreeScout offers unparalleled flexibility for developers and tech-savvy teams. You can customize the platform to meet specific requirements, modify existing features, or even create new ones from scratch. Conclusion FreeScout is more than just a helpdesk; it's a comprehensive customer support solution that empowers your team to deliver high-quality service. By organizing incoming inquiries, streamlining communication, and providing tools for collaboration and automation, FreeScout helps you resolve customer issues faster and improve overall satisfaction. If you're looking for a flexible, scalable, and cost-effective way to manage your customer support operations, FreeScout is an excellent choice. Start your free trial today and see how it can transform your support team's productivity and efficiency.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: freshrss

FreshRSS A Self-Hosted RSS Feed Aggregator for Personal or Team Use In today’s digital age, staying informed is more important than ever. However, the sheer volume of content available online can be overwhelming. FreshRSS offers a solution to this problem by providing a self-hosted RSS feed aggregator that allows users to collect, organize, and manage their favorite news sources, blogs, and podcasts in one centralized location. What is FreshRSS? FreshRSS is an open-source tool designed for self-hosting. It enables users to aggregate content from various websites and platforms that provide RSS feeds. By using FreshRSS, you can subscribe to your favorite news sites, blogs, and podcasts, and have all of their content available in one place. Features of FreshRSS 1. Feed Aggregation: FreshRSS aggregates content from multiple RSS feeds into a single interface. 2. Content Organization: Users can categorize feeds and organize them according to their preferences. 3. Notifications: The tool sends notifications when new content is published, ensuring users stay updated. 4. Customization: FreshRSS allows for extensive customization, including the ability to set up rules and filters. 5. Compatibility: It supports various RSS standards, making it compatible with most feed providers. How Does FreshRSS Work? FreshRSS can be installed on a web server, typically using Linux, but it can also be hosted on other platforms that support PHP and MySQL/MariaDB. Once installed, users can configure the tool through an admin interface to set up their feeds and preferences. Benefits of Using FreshRSS 1. Self-Hosted Control: By hosting FreshRSS yourself, you maintain control over your data and content. 2. Customization: The tool allows for a wide range of customizations, from theming to creating rules for content filtering. 3. Cost-Effective: FreshRSS is free to use, making it an excellent option for individuals or teams looking to save on subscription costs. 4. Privacy: Since FreshRSS is self-hosted, you can ensure that your data remains private and secure. 5. Integration: It can be integrated with other tools and platforms, such as dashboards or analytics systems. Limitations of FreshRSS 1. Technical Skills Required: Setting up and configuring FreshRSS requires some technical knowledge. 2. Complexity: Managing a large number of feeds can become complex as the number of sources increases. 3. Learning Curve: New users may need to spend time learning how to use the tool effectively. Use Cases for FreshRSS - Individual Users: Perfect for someone who wants to stay updated on their favorite news sites, blogs, and podcasts without relying on external services. - Teams: Organizations can use FreshRSS to aggregate content for their team, ensuring everyone is informed about relevant updates. - Businesses: Companies can use it to create a centralized hub for their employees to access industry-related content. How to Install FreshRSS 1. Download FreshRSS: Visit the official website or GitHub repository to download the latest version of FreshRSS. 2. Install on Web Server: Use FTP, SFTP, or SSH to upload the files to your web server. 3. Set Up Database: Create a database and import the necessary SQL schema to store user data and feed information. 4. Configure Settings: Access the admin interface to set up domain pointing, SSL certificates, and other configurations. 5. Create User Accounts: Define roles and permissions for different users to ensure secure access. Configuring FreshRSS 1. Domain Pointing: Ensure your web server is accessible via a domain name or IP address. 2. SSL Certificate: Secure your connection by obtaining an SSL certificate, optionally through Let’s Encrypt. 3. Theming: Customize the appearance of your FreshRSS installation using CSS or available plugins. 4. Feed Rules: Set up rules to filter and prioritize content based on specific criteria. Security Considerations - Server Security: Ensure your web server is secure by keeping software updated, using strong passwords, and enabling two-factor authentication. - Data Backup: Regularly back up your database and files to prevent data loss. - Access Control: Use role-based access control to restrict user access to sensitive information. Community Support FreshRSS has an active community of developers and users who contribute to its development and provide support through forums, documentation, and third-party plugins. The tool is continuously updated with new features and bug fixes based on user feedback. Conclusion FreshRSS is a powerful self-hosted RSS feed aggregator that offers flexibility, customization, and control over your content consumption. Whether you’re an individual looking to stay informed or a team needing a centralized news hub, FreshRSS provides a robust solution for managing your RSS feeds. By taking the time to set it up and configure it properly, you can create a personalized news experience that meets your specific needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: geonode

Geonode Geonode - A CMS for Geospatial Data In the modern era, geospatial data has become a cornerstone of decision-making across various industries. From environmental monitoring to urban planning, organizations are increasingly relying on spatial data to inform their actions. However, managing and sharing this data effectively can be a daunting task. Enter Geonode, a powerful Content Management System (CMS) designed specifically for geospatial data. What is Geonode? Geonode is more than just another CMS; it is a specialized platform tailored for the management, analysis, and dissemination of geospatial data. It provides users with a user-friendly interface to upload, manage, and share spatial data layers, such as maps, satellite imagery, and other georeferenced datasets. Geonode supports a wide range of data formats, including GeoJSON, KML, and Shapefile, making it versatile for various use cases. Key Features - Spatial Data Management: Geonode allows users to store and organize spatial data in a centralized repository. - Data Visualization: The platform offers robust tools for visualizing geospatial data, enabling users to create maps and overlays. - Collaboration: Geonode supports team collaboration, allowing multiple users to work on the same dataset simultaneously. - API Integration: Developers can integrate Geonode with external systems, enhancing its utility in enterprise environments. - Customization: The platform is highly customizable, allowing organizations to tailor it to their specific needs. How It Works Using Geonode is straightforward. First, users install the platform on their server or deploy it using a cloud service provider. Once installed, they can upload geospatial data layers and configure them according to their requirements. The platform also supports automated data processing, such as spatial indexing and layer management. Use Cases Geonode has a wide range of applications: - Environmental Monitoring: Organizations monitoring air quality, water levels, or wildlife populations can use Geonode to store and analyze their data. - Urban Planning: Urban planners can leverage geospatial data to create detailed maps of city layouts, zoning regulations, and infrastructure projects. - Academic Research: Researchers can share datasets with colleagues and collaborate on projects using Geonode's collaborative tools. Conclusion In an era where geospatial data is increasingly important, having a reliable CMS like Geonode is essential for organizations that want to manage and share their spatial data effectively. By providing a robust set of tools and features, Geonode empowers users to make better decisions based on accurate and accessible geospatial information.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ghost

Ghost Ghost is an open-source professional publishing platform designed for building and managing modern publications, blogs, and online content. It offers simplicity and flexibility for content creators and publishers, making it a powerful tool for anyone looking to create and distribute high-quality content effectively. What is Ghost? Ghost is more than just a blogging platform; it’s a full-fledged content management system (CMS) that allows users to create, publish, and manage digital content with ease. Whether you’re running a blog, a news site, or an online publication, Ghost provides the tools needed to bring your vision to life. Features of Ghost One of the standout features of Ghost is its emphasis on simplicity. The platform is designed to be user-friendly, allowing even those without technical expertise to create stunning web content. Here are some of the key features that make Ghost a top choice for content creators: 1. Content Management Ghost’s intuitive interface makes it easy to manage and publish content. Users can create articles, pages, and other types of content, organize them in a way that suits their needs, and publish them with just a few clicks. 2. Customization Ghost offers extensive customization options, allowing users to tailor their publications to match their brand identity. From choosing a theme to modifying templates, the platform provides the flexibility needed to create a unique online presence. 3. Third-Party Integrations Ghost is compatible with a wide range of third-party tools and services, enabling users to enhance their content management experience. Whether you want to integrate analytics, e-commerce, or social media sharing, Ghost has you covered. 4. Collaboration Ghost also supports collaboration, making it easy for teams to work together on content creation and publication. This is particularly useful for larger publications or organizations that require input from multiple contributors. 5. SEO Tools Ghost provides built-in SEO tools that help users optimize their content for search engines. By analyzing metadata, generating sitemaps, and offering suggestions for optimizing content, Ghost ensures your work gets noticed. 6. Monetization For publishers looking to monetize their content, Ghost offers robust options such as subscriptions, memberships, and paywalls. These features allow you to generate revenue while maintaining control over your content. 7. Performance Optimization Ghost is optimized for performance, ensuring that your publications load quickly and run smoothly on all devices. This is crucial for maintaining a good user experience and keeping your audience engaged. Why Choose Ghost? There are many content management systems available, but Ghost stands out for its focus on simplicity and flexibility. Unlike traditional CMS like WordPress, which can be overwhelming for beginners, Ghost provides a streamlined experience that’s easy to learn and master. One of the best things about Ghost is its open-source nature. This means you have full access to the platform’s code, allowing you to customize it to meet your specific needs. Whether you’re building a personal blog or a large-scale publication, Ghost can be adapted to suit your requirements. Real-World Use Cases Ghost is used by content creators, publishers, and organizations of all sizes. For example: - Blogs: Content creators use Ghost to publish articles, share thoughts, and engage with their audience. - News Websites: Publishers leverage Ghost to create and manage news content efficiently. - Magazines and Publications: Online magazines use Ghost to curate and publish high-quality content. - Educational Platforms: Educators and institutions can use Ghost to share knowledge and resources. Conclusion Ghost is a powerful tool for anyone looking to create, manage, and distribute digital content. Its simplicity, flexibility, and robust set of features make it an excellent choice for content creators and publishers alike. Whether you’re just starting out or running a established publication, Ghost can help you achieve your goals and reach your audience effectively.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ghostfolio

Ghostfolio A Portfolio Tracking and Management Tool for Cryptocurrency Enthusiasts In the rapidly evolving world of cryptocurrency, keeping track of your investments can be both exciting and challenging. Ghostfolio is a self-hosted portfolio tracking tool designed to help users monitor their crypto assets, analyze market trends, and make informed investment decisions. Whether you're a casual investor or a serious trader, Ghostfolio offers a comprehensive platform to manage your portfolio with ease. What is Ghostfolio? Ghostfolio is more than just a portfolio tracker—it's a complete management solution that allows users to: - Track multiple cryptocurrencies across exchanges. - Monitor real-time market prices and trends. - Analyze portfolio performance with detailed reports. - Set up customizable watchlists and alerts. - Import data from popular exchanges. Key Features 1. Real-Time Tracking: Stay updated on the current value of your crypto assets with live price updates. 2. Customizable Watchlists: Create lists of cryptocurrencies you want to monitor, such as Bitcoin, Ethereum, or smaller altcoins. 3. Portfolio Analysis: Gain insights into your investment performance with detailed analytics and charts. 4. Alerts and Notifications: Set up alerts for price changes, portfolio balance updates, or specific investment triggers. 5. Import Functionality: Easily import data from exchanges like Binance, Coinbase, or Kraken to keep your portfolio synced in real-time. Benefits of Using Ghostfolio - Free and Open Source: Ghostfolio is free to use and open source, meaning you can modify it to suit your needs. - Self-Hosted Solution: By hosting the tool yourself, you maintain control over your data and privacy. - No Programming Required: Even if you're not tech-savvy, Ghostfolio's user-friendly interface makes it accessible for everyone. Who Should Use Ghostfolio? Ghostfolio is ideal for: - Casual investors looking to track their crypto assets without diving deep into technical details. - Serious traders who want detailed analytics and real-time updates. - Enthusiasts who value privacy and control over their investment data. How to Get Started 1. Installation: Download and install Ghostfolio from its official website or GitHub repository. 2. Setup: Configure the tool with your preferred exchange connections and portfolio settings. 3. Import Data: Use the import feature to sync your crypto balances and transaction history. 4. Monitor: Access your dashboard to view real-time updates, analyze performance, and set up alerts. Conclusion Ghostfolio is a powerful tool for anyone looking to manage their cryptocurrency investments effectively. Its self-hosted nature, customizable features, and user-friendly interface make it an excellent choice for both casual and serious crypto enthusiasts. Whether you're tracking your portfolio or making investment decisions, Ghostfolio provides the insights and control you need to succeed in the dynamic world of cryptocurrency.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: gitea

Gitea A painless self-hosted Git service. Gitea Gitea is an open-source Git service platform that offers a self-hosted solution for hosting Git repositories. It provides a lightweight yet powerful alternative for collaborative software development and version control. With Gitea, you can host your own Git repositories on your own server, giving you full control over your code and data. Benefits of Using Gitea 1. Self-Hosted Control: Unlike third-party platforms like GitHub or GitLab, Gitea allows you to self-host your repositories. This means you have complete control over your code and data, ensuring better security and privacy. 2. Customization: Gitea is highly customizable, allowing you to tailor the platform to fit your specific needs. You can modify the UI, integrate custom authentication methods, and set up workflows that suit your team's requirements. 3. Lightweight and Scalable: Gitea is designed to be lightweight, making it easy to run on even modest hardware. It is also scalable, allowing you to handle a growing number of repositories and users with ease. 4. Open Source: Gitea is open-source software, which means you can audit the code, modify it, and contribute to its development. This transparency ensures that there are no hidden costs or restrictions. 5. Cost-Effective: By self-hosting Gitea, you eliminate the need for costly third-party services. You only need to invest in the hardware and infrastructure required to run it, which can often be more cost-effective than subscribing to a paid Git service. Features of Gitea - Repository Hosting: Gitea allows you to host unlimited public and private repositories with support for Git and Mercurial. - Issue Tracking: You can create and track issues within your repositories, making it easier to manage bugs and development tasks. - Pull Requests: Gitea supports pull requests, allowing you to collaborate on code changes and review them before merging them into the main branch. - CI/CD Integration: Gitea integrates with popular CI/CD tools like Jenkins, GitLab CI, and CircleCI, enabling automated testing and deployment of your code. - Authentication: Gitea supports multiple authentication methods, including OAuth 2.0, LDAP, and simple HTTP authentication, giving you flexibility in how users access your repositories. - Security: Gitea provides built-in security features such as HTTPS support, SSH access for secure cloning, and the ability to enforce password policies for user accounts. How to Install Gitea 1. Choose an Operating System: Gitea can be installed on Linux, macOS, or Windows. 2. Download Gitea: Visit the official Gitea website to download the latest version of the software. 3. Install Dependencies: Ensure that you have all the required dependencies installed on your system. For example, if you're running it on Linux, you may need to install Node.js and PostgreSQL. 4. Configure Gitea: Follow the installation guide provided by Gitea to set up the database, configure the web server, and initialize the Git repositories. 5. Start Gitea: Once everything is configured, start the Gitea service and access it through your web browser to create your first repository. Use Cases for Gitea - Personal Projects: If you're working on a personal project, Gitea allows you to host your code privately without relying on third-party platforms. - Small Teams: For small teams or open-source projects, Gitea provides a flexible and cost-effective way to collaborate on code. - Education: Gitea can be used in educational settings to teach Git version control concepts and practices. - Enterprise Environments: Large organizations can use Gitea to maintain control over their internal repositories while providing developers with access to the necessary tools. Comparing Gitea to Other Platforms While Gitea is a great self-hosted solution, it may not be suitable for everyone. If you're considering alternatives like GitHub, GitLab, or Gitorious, here are some key differences: - Self-Hosted Control: Gitea gives you full control over your repositories, whereas GitHub and GitLab require you to use their hosted service. - Customization: Gitea offers more customization options compared to many third-party platforms. - Cost: Gitea is free and open-source, while GitHub and GitLab offer paid plans for advanced features. Security Considerations When self-hosting Gitea, it's important to consider security. You should: - Enable HTTPS to protect data in transit. - Regularly update the Gitea software to patch vulnerabilities. - Use strong passwords and enforce password policies for user accounts. - Implement multi-factor authentication (MFA) if possible. Community Support Gitea has a vibrant community of users and developers who contribute to its development and provide support through forums, documentation, and guides. If you encounter any issues or have questions about using Gitea, you can find help by: - Checking the official documentation. - Browsing the Gitea forum or community discussions. - Joining the Gitea chat on Discord or Slack. Conclusion Gitea is a powerful and flexible self-hosted Git service that offers many advantages over third-party platforms. Its open-source nature, customization options, and cost-effectiveness make it an excellent choice for individuals, teams, and organizations looking to maintain control over their code and data. Whether you're working on personal projects or managing large-scale development efforts, Gitea provides the tools you need to collaborate effectively and version control your work with ease.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: gitlab runner

GitLab Runner What is GitLab Runner? GitLab Runner is a powerful tool designed to automate your CI/CD workflows directly from GitLab. It allows you to streamline the process of building, testing, and deploying your applications with minimal effort. By integrating with GitLab's built-in CI/CD capabilities, GitLab Runner enables developers to focus on writing code rather than managing complex build pipelines. Why Use GitLab Runner? GitLab Runner offers several advantages over traditional CI tools: 1. Integration: It seamlessly integrates with GitLab, leveraging its native CI/CD features. 2. Flexibility: You can use it alongside other tools like Jenkins, CircleCI, or even Docker. 3. Customization: The tool allows for extensive customization through YAML configuration files. Getting Started Installation To install GitLab Runner, follow these steps: 1. Download the Installer: - For Linux: Use the official GitLab Runner CLI installer. - For Windows: Download the executable from the GitLab Runner repository. - For macOS: Use Homebrew to install. 2. Set Up Authentication: - Log in to your GitLab account using gitlab-runner login. Configuration The configuration is done through YAML files placed in your project's .gitlab/runner.yml directory. This file specifies which jobs to run, their dependencies, and other settings. jobs: build: script: echo "Building application..." test: script: echo "Running tests..." Running Jobs To execute the jobs defined in your YAML configuration, use the following command: gitlab-runner run Advanced Features 1. Parallel Execution: - GitLab Runner can run multiple jobs in parallel to speed up the CI/CD process. 2. Caching: - You can cache dependencies and artifacts to reduce build times and improve efficiency. 3. Custom Actions: - Extend GitLab Runner's functionality by creating custom actions for specific tasks. Common Use Cases - Automated Testing: Run tests as soon as code is pushed to the repository. - Build Artifacts: Generate and store build artifacts for future reference or deployment. - Cloud Deployment: Automate the deployment of applications to cloud platforms like AWS, Azure, or Google Cloud. Conclusion GitLab Runner is a versatile tool that enhances your CI/CD workflow by automating builds, tests, and deployments. Its integration with GitLab and flexibility in configuration make it an excellent choice for developers looking to streamline their processes. Start using GitLab Runner today to take your DevOps workflow to the next level.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: gitlab

GitLab Overview GitLab is an open-source web-based platform designed for managing Git repositories, implementing continuous integration (CI), and enabling continuous delivery (CD). It serves as a comprehensive DevOps lifecycle platform, facilitating collaboration and automation in software development. Repository Management GitLab provides a robust environment for managing Git repositories. Users can create and manage multiple repositories, each with its own settings and access controls. The platform supports private repositories, making it ideal for teams that need to keep their code secure and accessible only to authorized individuals. Features of GitLab Repositories - Access Control: Define granular access rights to protect your repository and its contents. - Webhooks: Set up webhooks to receive notifications when specific events occur in your repository, such as pushes or merges. - Private Packages: Utilize private package registries for dependency management with tools like npm or yarn. CI/CD Pipelines GitLab's CI/CD capabilities are a cornerstone of its functionality. By defining YAML files (e.g., gitlab-ci.yml), users can automate the build, test, and deployment processes for their codebase. Example CI/CD Pipeline jobs: build: script: echo "Building application..." test: script: echo "Running tests..." deploy: script: echo "Deploying to production..." Pipeline Statuses - Pending: The pipeline is waiting for the next available runner. - Running: The jobs are executing on runners. - Success: All jobs have completed successfully. - Failed: One or more jobs failed, and the pipeline stops. Collaboration Features GitLab offers a suite of tools to enhance team collaboration: Issues Create and track bugs, features, and tasks in an organized manner. Assign issues to team members and set due dates for resolution. Merge Requests Review code changes before merging them into the main branch. This ensures that all changes are discussed and approved by the team. Discussions Hold structured conversations around specific topics or pull requests, making it easier to gather feedback and make informed decisions. Security GitLab prioritizes security with features like: - Security Policies: Define policies for access control, encryption, and compliance. - Dependabot: Automatically update dependencies to the latest secure versions. - Secrets Management: Store sensitive information such as API keys and passwords securely. Integrations GitLab integrates seamlessly with various tools and platforms, enhancing its utility in a DevOps environment: Supported Integrations - AWS: Automate cloud-based workflows using AWS services. - Google Cloud Platform (GCP): Manage and deploy applications on Google's infrastructure. - Azure: Integrate with Microsoft Azure for hybrid cloud solutions. - Jenkins: Combine GitLab CI/CD with Jenkins for advanced pipeline customization. Popular Use Cases - CI/CD for Open Source Projects: GitLab is widely used by open source projects to automate their build and deployment processes. - Enterprise Environments: Many large organizations rely on GitLab for managing their software development workflows. Conclusion GitLab is a powerful tool that simplifies the management of Git repositories, automates CI/CD pipelines, and fosters collaboration among development teams. Its flexibility and extensive feature set make it an excellent choice for both small-scale projects and large-scale DevOps environments. By leveraging GitLab's capabilities, teams can streamline their workflows, enhance productivity, and ensure the delivery of high-quality software.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: gitpod

Gitpod The Core Chart for Gitpod The Gitpod Journey Gitpod is a powerful development environment that simplifies the process of creating and managing applications. It provides a seamless experience for developers, allowing them to focus on coding rather than infrastructure. With Gitpod, teams can collaborate more effectively, and projects can be scaled effortlessly. The core of Gitpod lies in its ability to streamline workflows. By integrating seamlessly with popular tools like GitHub, Gitpod enables continuous integration and delivery. This means that as soon as a developer pushes changes to a repository, those changes are automatically tested and deployed. One of the most unique aspects of Gitpod is its collaborative nature. Developers can work on the same project from different locations, accessing shared environments with just a few clicks. This level of accessibility makes it easier for teams to work together, regardless of their physical location. Features of Gitpod - Seamless Integration: Gitpod works seamlessly with existing development workflows and tools. - Collaborative Environment: Teams can collaborate in real-time, making it easier to manage large-scale projects. - Performance Monitoring: Gitpod provides detailed insights into the performance of applications, helping teams optimize their development process. Why Choose Gitpod? Choosing Gitpod as your development environment offers numerous benefits: 1. Increased Efficiency: By automating testing and deployment, Gitpod reduces manual errors and speeds up the development cycle. 2. Scalability: Gitpod can handle large-scale projects with ease, making it ideal for teams of all sizes. 3. Cost-Effective: Unlike traditional on-premise solutions, Gitpod is often more affordable, reducing costs without compromising performance. Use Cases Gitpod is perfect for: - Application Development: Build and deploy applications with ease. - Testing and Quality Assurance: Automate testing processes to ensure high-quality outcomes. - Data Analysis: Process large datasets efficiently using Gitpod's powerful environment. - Deployment: Streamline the deployment process, reducing downtime and errors. Conclusion Gitpod is more than just a development tool; it’s a game-changer for teams looking to enhance their productivity and collaboration. By providing a robust, scalable, and cost-effective solution, Gitpod empowers developers to focus on what matters most: creating exceptional applications. Whether you're working on a small project or managing a large-scale enterprise application, Gitpod offers the flexibility and performance needed to succeed. Explore Gitpod today and see how it can transform your development workflow!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: glances

Glances Glances is a cross-platform system monitoring tool designed for real-time performance tracking. It provides comprehensive insights into various aspects of your system's health, making it an essential tool for system administrators and casual users alike. What is Glances? Glances is a versatile monitoring solution that offers detailed information about your system's resources. It tracks metrics such as CPU usage, memory consumption, disk activity, network traffic, and process status in real-time. This tool is not just limited to servers; it can also be used on personal computers or laptops to monitor performance. History of Glances Originally developed by Alexis V. Parmentier, Glances has evolved over the years to become a robust monitoring tool. Its design emphasizes simplicity and efficiency, making it accessible to users with varying levels of technical expertise. While it is often compared to tools like top and htop, Glances offers additional features that set it apart. Features of Glances One of the standout features of Glances is its ability to display a wide range of system metrics on an intuitive interface. Here are some of the key features: - Real-time Monitoring: Glances provides up-to-the-minute data about your system's performance. - Cross-platform Compatibility: It works seamlessly across Linux, macOS, and Windows, ensuring universal accessibility. - Customizable Views: Users can tailor the information displayed, focusing on specific metrics or processes. - Process Monitoring: Glances offers detailed insights into process usage, including CPU, memory, and thread consumption. - Network Monitoring: It tracks network traffic, providing valuable information for troubleshooting connectivity issues. How Does Glances Work? Glances operates by gathering data from your system using built-in APIs and libraries. It processes this information to display it in an easy-to-read format. The tool relies on lightweight computations to ensure fast performance without consuming excessive resources. Use Cases for Glances - Server Monitoring: System administrators can use Glances to monitor the health of their servers, ensuring optimal performance and identifying potential bottlenecks. - Network Analysis: Network engineers can track traffic patterns and identify suspicious activities. - Personal System Optimization: Users can optimize their personal computers by monitoring resource usage and adjusting settings as needed. Benefits of Using Glances Glances offers several advantages that make it a preferred choice among users: - Ease of Use: The tool features an intuitive interface that requires minimal setup. - Real-time Data: It provides immediate feedback on system performance, allowing for quick decision-making. - Affordability: Glances is free and open-source, making it accessible to everyone. Limitations of Glances While Glances is a powerful tool, it does have some limitations: - Lack of Advanced Features: Some users may find that Glances lacks certain features available in more specialized monitoring tools. - Limited Customization: While the tool offers some customization options, advanced users might desire more flexibility. Comparing Glances to Other Tools When comparing Glances to other monitoring tools like top or htop, it's important to consider their unique strengths. While top and htop are excellent for process and CPU monitoring, Glances provides a broader range of metrics, making it a more comprehensive solution. Future Directions for Glances The future of Glances looks promising, with ongoing development aimed at enhancing its capabilities. Potential improvements include better support for additional platforms, expanded metric tracking, and improved customization options. In conclusion, Glances is a valuable tool for anyone who needs to monitor their system's performance in real-time. Its ease of use, cross-platform compatibility, and comprehensive feature set make it an excellent choice for both casual users and experienced system administrators.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: golinks

Golinks A Simple URL Shortener with Custom Short Links What is Golinks? Golinks is a self-hosted URL shortening and redirection service designed to help organizations manage and simplify the access of URLs. By creating custom short links, users can easily share and navigate to their desired web resources, making it an efficient tool for various applications. Why Use Golinks? In today's digital age, managing multiple URLs can be cumbersome. Golinks offers a practical solution by providing a centralized platform for URL management. This service is particularly useful in organizations where multiple teams or users need access to the same resources but through different URLs. One of the key advantages of Golinks is its self-hosted nature. Unlike third-party URL shorteners, Golinks allows you to maintain full control over your data and branding. This level of customization ensures that your URLs align with your organization's identity, enhancing user trust and brand consistency. Features of Golinks Golinks is packed with features that make URL management straightforward: 1. Custom Short Links: Create short, memorable links that are easy to share. 2. Custom Domains: Use your own domain for short links, ensuring a professional appearance. 3. URL Analytics: Track the performance of your short links with detailed analytics. 4. Integration: Seamlessly integrate Golinks with existing systems and workflows. 5. Security: Enjoy robust security features to protect your data. How Does Golinks Work? Golinks operates by converting long, cumbersome URLs into shorter, more manageable versions. When a user accesses the original URL, they are redirected to the custom short link. This process is seamless and instantaneous, providing users with an enhanced browsing experience. Benefits of Using Golinks The benefits of using Golinks extend beyond its basic functionality: 1. Improved User Experience: Users benefit from shorter, easier-to-remember links. 2. Increased Click-through Rates: Custom links can be more engaging due to their memorability. 3. Cost Efficiency: Reduce the need for expensive domain purchases by creating your own custom links. 4. Enhanced Branding: Strengthen your brand presence with custom domains and URLs. Use Cases for Golinks Golinks is versatile and can be applied in various scenarios: 1. Marketing Campaigns: Create memorable links for promotional campaigns, making it easier for customers to engage with your content. 2. Internal Communication: Streamline internal processes by providing a single point of access for shared resources. 3. Education: Facilitate easy access to learning materials and resources for students and staff. Future Enhancements Golinks is continuously evolving to meet the needs of its users. Upcoming features may include: 1. AI-driven Suggestions: Utilize AI to provide smart suggestions for short link creation based on URL content. 2. Multi-tenant Support: Allow multiple tenants to use Golinks with their own branding and configurations. Security Considerations Security is a top priority when using any self-hosted service. Golinks employs robust security measures to ensure that your data remains protected, including encryption and regular updates. Conclusion Golinks is an invaluable tool for organizations looking to streamline URL management and enhance user experience. Its customizable nature, combined with powerful features, makes it a practical solution for various use cases. As technology continues to advance, Golinks will likely offer even more functionalities, solidifying its place as a essential resource for businesses. The scalability and adaptability of Golinks make it a flexible solution that can grow alongside your organization's needs. Whether you're managing internal resources or running marketing campaigns, Golinks provides the tools necessary to achieve your goals effectively.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: gotenberg

Gotenberg: A Docker-Powered Solution for PDF Conversion In today's digital age, converting various content formats into a standardized output like Portable Document Format (PDF) has become essential. Whether it's for sharing documents, creating reports, or archiving information, having a reliable tool to convert HTML, Markdown, and Office documents into PDFs is invaluable. Overview of Gotenberg Gotenberg is an open-source, Docker-powered stateless API designed to convert HTML, Markdown, DOCX, PPTX, and XLSX files into PDFs. This tool stands out for its simplicity, scalability, and ease of integration into existing workflows. By leveraging Docker containerization, Gotenberg ensures that users can quickly deploy the service without worrying about server-side state or complex infrastructure setups. Understanding the Technology Behind Gotenberg At its core, Gotenberg utilizes Docker to containerize the conversion process. This allows for seamless deployment across various environments, from local development to enterprise-level production systems. The stateless architecture of Gotenberg means that each request is independent and doesn't rely on any server-side storage, making it highly scalable and fault-tolerant. The tool supports multiple input formats: - HTML: Converts HTML content into PDFs, preserving structure and styling. - Markdown: Converts Markdown-formatted text into well-structured PDF documents. - DOCX/XLSX/PPTX: Converts Microsoft Office files into PDFs, maintaining formatting and data integrity. Benefits of Using Gotenberg 1. Efficiency: Convert various file formats into PDFs quickly and efficiently with a single API call. 2. Scalability: The stateless architecture allows for horizontal scaling, ensuring that the service can handle high volumes of requests without performance degradation. 3. Integration: Gotenberg provides easy-to-use API endpoints, making it simple to integrate into existing systems and workflows. 4. Customization: Users can extend the functionality by modifying or adding new conversion rules as needed. Use Cases for Gotenberg - Web Applications: Convert HTML content generated from web pages into PDFs for offline reading. - Educational Materials: Create PDF versions of textbooks, lecture notes, and other educational resources. - Business Reports: Automate the creation of reports from various data sources, such as Excel spreadsheets or PowerPoint presentations. - Archiving: Preserve digital content in a standardized format that is accessible across different platforms. How to Get Started with Gotenberg 1. Installation: Use Docker to pull the Gotenberg image from the marketplace and start the container. 2. Configuration: Set up the necessary environment variables to customize the conversion process. 3. API Integration: Use the provided API endpoints to submit files for conversion and receive the PDF output. By following these steps, users can quickly implement Gotenberg in their workflows, enhancing productivity and streamlining document management processes. Conclusion Gotenberg offers a robust solution for converting diverse content formats into PDFs with minimal effort. Its Docker-based architecture and stateless design make it both powerful and flexible, catering to a wide range of use cases. Whether you're working on personal projects or managing large-scale document conversions, Gotenberg provides the tools needed to achieve your goals efficiently. Start your journey with Gotenberg today and unlock the full potential of PDF conversion in your workflow.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: grav

Grav A Modern Open-Source Flat-File CMS What is Grav? Grav is an open-source flat-file content management system (CMS) that offers a fast and flexible platform for building websites, blogs, and web applications. Unlike traditional CMS like WordPress or Joomla, Grav does not require a database to store content. Instead, it uses markdown files for content storage, making it lightweight and easy to use. Benefits of Using Grav 1. No Database Required: Grav stores all content in plain text files, which means there is no need for complex database setups. This simplifies deployment and reduces potential points of failure. 2. Open-Source Flexibility: As an open-source project, Grav allows users to customize and extend its functionality through plugins and themes. The community-driven nature of open-source software ensures that Grav remains up-to-date with the latest web development trends. 3. Fast Performance: Since Grav does not rely on server-side processing, it can deliver content quickly, making it ideal for hosting on shared or cloud-based servers. 4. Markdown Support: Grav leverages markdown syntax, which is widely used by content creators and developers. This allows users to write content in a familiar format without needing to learn complex syntax. 5. User-Friendly Interface: The Grav dashboard provides an intuitive user interface for managing content, making it accessible to both experienced developers and content creators. Who Should Use Grav? - Content Creators: Writers, bloggers, and content strategists can focus on creating content without worrying about technical details. - Developers: Coders can customize the site using HTML, CSS, and JavaScript while still benefiting from the simplicity of a flat-file system. - Small to Medium Businesses: Grav’s lightweight nature makes it an excellent choice for small websites or blogs that don’t require the complexity of larger CMS. Getting Started with Grav 1. Installation: Grav can be installed on most web servers, including Nginx, Apache, and IIS. The installation process is straightforward and does not require advanced technical knowledge. 2. Configuration: After installation, users can configure Grav through its web interface or by editing configuration files. The setup process is designed to be user-friendly, with clear instructions for customizing themes and plugins. 3. Content Management: Users can create, edit, and delete content using markdown files stored in the Grav directory. This makes it easy to organize content and maintain a clean file structure. 4. Customization: Grav allows for extensive customization through themes, plugins, and custom templates. Developers can modify the default theme or create entirely new ones to match their brand’s visual identity. The Future of Grav Grav is continuously evolving, with regular updates and new features being added based on user feedback. The focus of future development will likely be on improving performance, adding more customization options, and expanding the range of available plugins. Conclusion Grav stands out as a powerful and flexible CMS for users who value simplicity and ease of use. Its flat-file system, open-source nature, and markdown support make it an excellent choice for a wide range of projects, from personal blogs to professional websites. Whether you’re a content creator or a developer, Grav provides the tools you need to build and manage a successful online presence.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: grocy

Grocy A Self-Hosted Solution for Managing Your Grocery List and Household Chores In today's fast-paced world, managing groceries and household tasks can feel overwhelming. Grocy is a self-hosted solution designed to streamline your daily chores, helping you keep track of your shopping list, monitor expiration dates, and manage household budgets—all from the comfort of your home. What Is Grocy? Grocy is an open-source application that you can install on your own server or use through a cloud service. It offers a user-friendly interface where you can create grocery lists, set reminders for household tasks, and track your spending. The app integrates with various smart devices, allowing you to scan barcodes, weigh ingredients, and sync data across multiple devices. Features of Grocy 1. Grocery List Management: Create and organize your shopping list with categories like fruits, vegetables, meats, and dairy. Add items by searching or scanning barcodes. 2. Household Task Tracking: Set reminders for tasks such as laundry, recycling, or vacuuming. Assign these tasks to family members and track their completion status. 3. Budgeting and Expenses: Track your grocery expenses by linking your bank account or manually adding purchases. Grocy can help you set budgets and monitor spending. 4. Integration with Smart Devices: Use barcode scanners, kitchen scales, and smart home devices like the Amazon Echo to streamline your workflow. 5. Customization: Since Grocy is self-hosted, you can customize it to fit your family's needs, adding features or adjusting existing ones through plugins and scripts. Why Choose Grocy? - Data Control: Unlike third-party apps, Grocy gives you full control over your data, ensuring privacy and security. - Customization: The flexibility of Grocy allows you to tailor the app to suit your unique household needs. - Cost-Effective: Using Grocy can save you money by helping you avoid unnecessary purchases and track expenses effectively. - Integration: Grocy works seamlessly with other tools and devices in your home, making it a versatile addition to your daily routine. Getting Started with Grocy 1. Installation: Install Grocy on your server or use a cloud-based solution like Fly.io. 2. Setup: Configure your settings, integrate with smart devices, and link your bank account for budgeting. 3. Configuration: Customize the app by adding plugins, creating custom categories, and setting up reminders. Use Cases - Meal Planning: Use Grocy to plan meals based on your inventory and track ingredients. - Expiration Dates: Set reminders for expiration dates of food items to reduce waste. - Recurring Tasks: Assign and track recurring household tasks like weekly cleaning schedules. - Budgeting: Monitor spending and set budgets for different categories. Benefits Grocy not only simplifies your daily chores but also enhances productivity and financial management. By keeping track of your grocery list, household tasks, and expenses, Grocy helps you make informed decisions and save time. Whether you're managing a single-person household or running a busy family, Grocy offers the tools you need to stay organized and efficient. Explore Grocy today and see how it can transform your daily routine for the better!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: guacamole

Guacamole A clientless remote desktop gateway. Guacamole Apache Guacamole is an open-source remote desktop gateway that enables users to access their computers or servers remotely through a web browser. This innovative solution provides a secure and convenient way to remotely control your devices, making it ideal for various use cases such as business productivity, tech support, and education. What is Guacamole? Guacamole is designed to be clientless, meaning you don't need to install any software on the client machine. Instead, it relies on a browser-based approach that works across different platforms, including Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, and Android. This unique feature sets it apart from traditional remote desktop solutions like VNC or TeamViewer, which often require pre-installed clients. As an open-source project, Guacamole is free to use, modify, and distribute, making it an attractive option for organizations looking to implement remote access without relying on proprietary software. Its browser-based interface ensures that users can access their computers from any device with a web connection, providing unparalleled flexibility. Features of Guacamole 1. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Guacamole works seamlessly across multiple operating systems, ensuring that you can remotely access your computer regardless of whether you're using Windows, macOS, or Linux. 2. Secure Access: The platform employs secure encryption techniques to protect data during transmission, making it a safe alternative for remote access. 3. Integration with Existing Systems: Guacamole can be integrated with various authentication systems, including multi-factor authentication (MFA) and single sign-on (SSO), enhancing security and user experience. 4. Scalability: Whether you're accessing a single machine or managing multiple devices, Guacamole adapts to your needs, offering flexibility for individual users and large organizations alike. 5. Ease of Use: The browser-based interface is intuitive, requiring minimal setup and training for users. This simplicity makes it an excellent choice for both technical and non-technical users. Benefits of Using Guacamole 1. Flexibility: Access your computer from any device with a web connection, allowing you to work on the go without being tied to a specific machine or software. 2. Cost-Effective: As an open-source solution, Guacamole eliminates the need for expensive licensing fees, making it a budget-friendly option for businesses and individuals alike. 3. Enhanced Security: The encryption and authentication features provide an additional layer of protection, reducing the risk of data breaches associated with remote access. 4. Accessibility: Guacamole accommodates users with disabilities by supporting screen readers and other assistive technologies, ensuring that everyone can benefit from its capabilities. How Does Guacamole Work? Guacamole operates through a clientless architecture, which means there's no need to install any software on the remote machine. Instead, it uses a lightweight JavaScript-based client within the web browser to connect to the Guacamole gateway. This gateway acts as an intermediary, translating the browser-based interface into commands that are executed on the remote computer. The platform leverages HTML5 technology to provide a rich user experience, including features like drag-and-drop file transfers and screen sharing. This approach ensures that users can perform a wide range of tasks remotely, from editing documents to managing files and applications. Use Cases for Guacamole 1. Remote Access for Employees: Businesses can provide employees with secure access to their workstations from any location, enabling remote work and collaboration. 2. Public Kiosks: Libraries, cafes, and other public spaces can offer free access to computers using Guacamole, promoting digital inclusion. 3. Tech Support: IT professionals can remotely assist users with troubleshooting and resolving technical issues without needing physical access to the machine. 4. Education: Educators can remotely demonstrate applications and tools to students, enhancing the learning experience. Conclusion Guacamole represents a significant advancement in remote desktop technology by offering a clientless, open-source solution that is both secure and versatile. Its ability to adapt to various use cases and platforms makes it an excellent choice for individuals and organizations looking to enhance productivity, reduce costs, and improve security. Whether you're a tech enthusiast exploring new tools or a business seeking reliable remote access solutions, Guacamole provides a flexible and cost-effective alternative to traditional remote desktop software. By leveraging its features and benefits, you can unlock the full potential of your devices and empower yourself with remote access capabilities that are second to none.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: hammond

Hammond: A Music Discovery Tool Introduction to Hammond In an era where music consumption is increasingly dominated by digital platforms, finding new and exciting artists can feel like searching for a needle in a vast haystack. Hammond, a cutting-edge music discovery tool, aims to simplify this process by providing users with a powerful yet intuitive platform to explore and share music. The Origins of Hammond Hammond was born out of the desire to create a more accessible way to discover new music. Inspired by the success of URL shorteners but tailored for the unique needs of the music industry, Hammond emerged as a versatile tool that combines simplicity with robust functionality. Its origins can be traced back to a group of passionate musicians and developers who wanted to democratize access to music. How Hammond Works Hammond operates by allowing users to create short URLs for their favorite tracks, albums, or artists. These URLs are easy to share across social media platforms, email, or even in person. When someone clicks on the shortened link, they are taken to a detailed page with information about the artist or track, including related recommendations based on user behavior and preferences. Customization Options One of the standout features of Hammond is its extensive customization options. Users can choose from a variety of themes, colors, and branding options to create a unique experience that aligns with their personal or professional identity. This level of customization makes Hammond versatile enough for individual musicians, record labels, or even large-scale music festivals. The Role of Community Hammond places a strong emphasis on community building. Users can follow other music enthusiasts, share their favorite tracks, and engage in discussions about music. This sense of community fosters collaboration and helps artists grow their audiences organically. Analytics and Engagement Tracking For those who want to understand how their content is being received, Hammond provides detailed analytics. Users can track metrics such as click-through rates, time spent on pages, and social shares to gauge the effectiveness of their music recommendations. Future Developments Hammond is continuously evolving, with plans for new features that include AI-driven recommendations, expanded social media integration, and user-generated content tools. These updates aim to enhance the user experience while maintaining the platform's core mission of fostering music discovery. Conclusion In a world where music is more accessible than ever but also more overwhelming, Hammond stands out as a tool that bridges the gap between artists and their audiences. By providing a seamless way to discover new music and share it with others, Hammond not only simplifies the process but also fosters a deeper connection between creators and their fans. The future of music discovery is bright, and tools like Hammond are paving the way for a more connected and engaged music community. Whether you're an aspiring artist or a curious listener, Hammond offers a unique perspective on how music can be shared and discovered in the digital age.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: haproxy

HAProxy HAProxy is a widely-used open-source software that acts as both a TCP proxy and an HTTP reverse proxy. It is designed to provide high performance, reliability, and flexibility for managing network traffic in various environments. This article delves into the key features, benefits, and use cases of HAProxy, making it an essential tool for anyone looking to optimize their networking infrastructure. Overview of HAProxy HAProxy is a versatile solution that supports multiple protocols, including HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, and UDP. Its primary function is to sit between clients and servers, ensuring that traffic flows efficiently while providing robust security features such as SSL/TLS termination. This capability makes it particularly useful in modern web applications where secure communication is a must. Key Features of HAProxy 1. SSL/TLS Termination: HAProxy can terminate SSL/TLS connections, offloading this responsibility from backend servers. This not only enhances security but also reduces the load on the backend servers by ensuring that encryption is handled at the proxy level. 2. Load Balancing: HAProxy distributes traffic across multiple backend servers, improving performance and ensuring that no single server is overwhelmed. It supports various load balancing algorithms, such as round-robin, least-connections, and weighted balancing, allowing for tailored distribution of requests based on specific needs. 3. Traffic Regulation: The proxy provides granular control over incoming traffic, including request limits, timeouts, and rate limiting. These settings are crucial for maintaining the health and scalability of backend services while preventing abuse or overuse. 4. Caching: HAProxy can cache responses from backend servers, reducing latency and improving performance for frequently accessed content. This feature is particularly beneficial in environments where static content or frequently requested data is served. 5. DDoS Protection: HAProxy includes built-in mechanisms to mitigate DDoS attacks by monitoring and limiting traffic thresholds. This added layer of security ensures that the proxy itself remains operational even under heavy attack. 6. Protocol Normalization: The proxy normalizes incoming requests, ensuring consistency in data formats and protocols. This is especially important for applications that interact with multiple clients using different standards or versions. How HAProxy Works HAProxy operates by listening on a specific port and accepting incoming connections from clients. Once a connection is established, the proxy decrypts the traffic if necessary (depending on the protocol) and forwards it to the appropriate backend server. The proxy also manages connections to multiple backend servers, distributing traffic as defined by the load balancing algorithm. Installation and Configuration Installing HAProxy is typically straightforward, with packages available for most major operating systems, including Debian, CentOS, and FreeBSD. Once installed, the configuration is done via a simple text file or command-line interface, making it accessible even to those without extensive programming knowledge. Load Balancing Algorithms HAProxy supports several load balancing algorithms, each suited for different scenarios: - Round-Robin: Distributes traffic in a sequential manner across backend servers. - Least-Connections: Routes traffic to the backend server with the least number of active connections. - Weighted Round-Robin: Allows assigning weights to servers, prioritizing those that can handle more traffic. Traffic Regulation Settings HAProxy provides extensive control over traffic parameters, including: - Request limits: Define the maximum number of requests per minute or hour. - Timeout settings: Specify connection and request timeouts to prevent resource exhaustion. - Rate limiting: Implement dynamic rate limits based on client IP or source port. Caching Mechanisms Caching in HAProxy can be configured by specifying cache policies for specific URLs or paths. This reduces the load on backend servers by serving cached responses directly from the proxy when possible. Security and Compliance HAProxy is designed with security in mind, supporting authentication methods such as basic auth, digest auth, and client certificates. Additionally, it includes features to comply with regulatory requirements, such as data encryption standards and audit logging. Use Cases - Web Applications: HAProxy is ideal for scaling web applications by distributing traffic across multiple backend servers. - API Services: It can be used to handle high volumes of API requests, ensuring efficient routing and load balancing. - Legacy Systems: Its ability to normalize protocols makes it a useful intermediary for legacy systems interacting with modern applications. Conclusion HAProxy is a powerful tool that enhances the performance and reliability of network traffic management. Its robust features, including SSL termination, load balancing, and DDoS protection, make it a cornerstone of modern networking infrastructure. Whether you're running a small-scale application or managing a large enterprise network, HAProxy provides the flexibility and scalability needed to meet your demands. By leveraging HAProxy's capabilities, organizations can ensure that their applications are secure, efficient, and resilient to various challenges, including traffic spikes and cyber threats. Its ease of use and comprehensive feature set make it an excellent choice for both experienced system administrators and those new to network management.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: harbor

Harbor Harbor is an open-source trusted cloud-native registry designed to store, sign, and scan container content. It provides essential functionalities such as security, identity management, and content management, building upon the popular Docker distribution. This article delves into the key aspects of Harbor, its features, use cases, and benefits, offering a comprehensive understanding of this powerful tool. What is Harbor? Harbor is a robust platform that enables organizations to manage container images securely and efficiently. It serves as a centralized repository where users can push, pull, and manage Docker images with added security and trust capabilities. Unlike traditional container registries, Harbor incorporates advanced features that ensure the integrity and compliance of stored content. Key Features of Harbor 1. Content Signing: Harbor allows users to sign container images, ensuring authenticity and preventing tampering. This feature is crucial for maintaining supply chain integrity in cloud-native environments. 2. Identity Management: Harbor supports identity management protocols, enabling organizations to control access rights and ensure that only authorized users can interact with specific content. 3. Vulnerability Scanning and Compliance: The platform integrates scanning tools to identify vulnerabilities and ensure compliance with industry standards, such as Docker Content Security Policy (CSP). 4. CI/CD Integration: Harbor simplifies the integration with continuous integration and deployment pipelines, allowing for seamless orchestration of containerized applications. 5. Cross-Platform Support: Harbor supports multiple platforms, including Docker, containerd, and Kubernetes, making it versatile for various cloud and on-premises environments. Use Cases Harbor is ideal for a variety of use cases: 1. Application Development: Developers can securely store and share intermediate container images during the development process. 2. DevOps Automation: DevOps engineers can streamline CI/CD workflows by integrating Harbor into their build pipelines, ensuring consistent image tagging and signing. 3. System Administration: IT teams can manage containerized applications securely, adhering to organizational security policies. 4. Organizational Compliance: Organizations can maintain compliance with regulatory requirements by enforcing content policies and scanning for vulnerabilities. Benefits of Using Harbor 1. Enhanced Security: By signing and scanning container images, Harbor ensures that only trusted content is distributed and deployed. 2. Improved Traceability: The platform provides detailed logs and audit trails, enabling organizations to track the lifecycle of their container images. 3. Scalability: Harbor is designed to handle large volumes of container images, making it suitable for enterprises with extensive cloud environments. 4. Compliance and Trust: Harbor's robust security features help organizations meet compliance requirements while building trust in their internal and external ecosystems. How Harbor Works Harbor operates by providing a secure repository where users can push container images, apply signatures, and enforce scanning policies. The platform leverages existing tools like Notary and Clair for content signing and vulnerability detection, respectively. 1. Pushing Images to Harbor: Users can upload container images to Harbor, which stores them in a centralized location. 2. Signing Content: Harbor allows users to sign container images using their private keys, ensuring that the content is tamper-proof. 3. Scanning with Policies: Organizations can define scanning policies to automatically check images for vulnerabilities and compliance with specified standards. 4. Integration with CI/CD: Harbor integrates seamlessly with popular CI/CD tools like Jenkins, GitHub Actions, and GitLab CI/CD, enabling automated container image tagging and signing during the build process. Installation and Configuration Harbor can be installed on-premises or in cloud environments such as AWS, Azure, or Google Cloud. The installation process involves: 1. Docker: Install Docker to manage container images locally. 2. Kubernetes (Optional): For running Harbor in a cloud-native environment, Kubernetes can be used for orchestration. 3. Harbor CLI: Use the command-line interface to push and sign container images. Configuration After installation, users can configure Harbor by setting up: 1. Content Policies: Define policies that dictate which content must be scanned or signed. 2. Authentication Methods: Configure authentication mechanisms such as OAuth, LDAP, or OpenID Connect. 3. Integration with Identity Providers: Link Harbor with existing identity providers to manage user access and permissions. Best Practices To maximize the benefits of Harbor, organizations should: 1. Secure Configuration: Ensure that Harbor is configured securely, including the use of HTTPS and proper secret management. 2. Regular Scans: Implement regular scanning to identify and remediate vulnerabilities in container images. 3. Monitoring and Logging: Continuously monitor Harbor for security events and maintain detailed logs for auditing purposes. Conclusion Harbor is a powerful tool that enhances the management of containerized applications by providing secure, efficient, and compliant storage and signing capabilities. Its integration with DevOps pipelines and robust security features makes it an essential component of modern cloud-native environments. Whether you're working on a small project or managing large-scale deployments, Harbor offers the flexibility and reliability needed to meet your organization's needs. By leveraging Harbor, organizations can ensure that their container images are secure, traceable, and compliant with industry standards, fostering trust within their ecosystems while maintaining control over their content.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: hastebin

Hastebin A Simple and Open-Source Pastebin Service In the ever-evolving landscape of digital collaboration, tools that simplify information sharing play a crucial role. Among these, pastebin services have emerged as a popular method for quickly sharing code snippets, text, or other content. One such service that stands out in this category is Hastebin, a simple, lightweight, and fast pastebin service designed to enhance the way users share data. What is Hastebin? Hastebin is an open-source pastebin platform that offers a user-friendly interface for sharing various types of content. It allows users to paste text, code, or any information and provides them with a unique link to share their content. This feature makes it an excellent tool for collaborative coding, debugging, and content sharing among teams or individuals. Features of Hastebin 1. Simplicity: The service is designed to be user-friendly, making it accessible even to those who are not tech-savvy. 2. Open-Source: Hastebin's open-source nature allows developers to customize and extend its functionality, ensuring flexibility for users. 3. Speed: Users can quickly upload and share content without waiting for lengthy processing times. 4. Zero-Cost Usage: The service is free to use, eliminating any financial barriers to sharing information. 5. Customization: Hastebin offers options for customizing the appearance of your shared content, making it more personalizable. How Does Hastebin Work? Hastebin operates by allowing users to paste their content into a text area on its website. Once submitted, the content is stored temporarily and assigned a unique URL that can be shared with others. Users can also choose options like adding a title, setting an expiration date, or selecting a theme for their content. Benefits of Using Hastebin - Ease of Use: The platform's intuitive interface makes it easy for anyone to share information quickly. - Instant Sharing: After submitting your content, you receive a link that can be shared immediately. - No Cost: Unlike some pastebin services, Hastebin does not charge users for its features. - Community Support: With an active community of contributors and users, Hastebin benefits from constant updates and improvements. The Community Behind Hastebin Hastebin's success is largely due to its open-source nature, which has encouraged contributions from developers and users alike. The platform's GitHub repository serves as a hub for ongoing development, with features like syntax highlighting and content expiration being regularly updated. The service also benefits from a strong community presence, with forums and social media groups providing support and discussion. This sense of community adds value to the experience, as users can rely on others' insights and feedback when using Hastebin. Use Cases for Hastebin - Code Sharing: Developers can easily share code snippets with colleagues or post them online. - Collaboration: Teams can use Hastebin to collaborate on projects, sharing progress and discussing issues in real-time. - Data Dumps: Users can upload large datasets or logs without worrying about storage limits. - Personal Use: Individuals can quickly share personal notes, ideas, or other content with friends and family. Conclusion In a world where efficient communication is key, tools like Hastebin provide a straightforward solution for sharing information. Its simplicity, combined with the flexibility of open-source contributions, makes it a valuable resource for both individual users and teams. Whether you're a developer looking to share code or someone who wants to quickly post updates, Hastebin offers a reliable and user-friendly platform. By embracing this service, users can enhance their ability to collaborate, share knowledge, and work together more effectively. In an era where technology is constantly evolving, tools like Hastebin serve as a testament to the power of open-source development and the importance of seamless communication.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: headscale

Headscale A self-hosted WireGuard VPN server and management platform. What is Headscale? Headscale is an open-source implementation of the Tailscale control plane. It provides a flexible and secure way to create, manage, and connect devices in a distributed network. By leveraging WireGuard, Headscale simplifies the process of setting up encrypted connections between users and servers, enabling seamless communication while maintaining privacy. Why Use Headscale? - Self-Hosted: Headscale allows you to host your own VPN server, giving you full control over your network. - Cost-Effective: Avoid monthly subscription fees by running your own server on-premises or in the cloud. - Flexibility: Customize your network to meet specific needs, whether for personal use or large-scale deployments. - Security: Built on WireGuard, Headscale ensures secure and encrypted connections with modern cryptographic protocols. - Scalability: Easily add new users, devices, or servers to expand your network. - Ease of Use: With a user-friendly interface and robust CLI tools, Headscale makes managing your network straightforward. Getting Started Setting up Headscale involves a few simple steps: 1. Install Headscale: Use Docker to install the Headscale server on your preferred machine. 2. Configure Your Network: Define your network structure using a YAML configuration file. 3. Run the Server: Start the Headscale server and connect your devices or servers to the network. Use Cases - Personal VPN: Securely access your home network from anywhere in the world. - Business Networking: Create a private, encrypted network for your team or organization. - Remote Access: Connect to your computer or server remotely without relying on centralized services. - Mesh Network: Build a decentralized network with peers connected through WireGuard. Troubleshooting If you encounter issues, check: - Port Forwarding: Ensure that your server is correctly forwarding ports for WireGuard traffic. - Firewall Settings: Verify that your firewall allows necessary connections. - Network Configuration: Make sure all devices are properly configured to connect to the Headscale network. Conclusion Headscale offers a powerful and flexible solution for managing secure networks. Whether you're an individual looking for a personal VPN or an organization needing a scalable communication system, Headscale provides the tools to create and manage your own encrypted network. By leveraging the simplicity of WireGuard and the robustness of Tailscale, Headscale empowers users to take control of their connectivity while maintaining security and privacy. Get started today by installing Headscale and exploring its capabilities for yourself!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: hedgedoc

Hedgedoc: Revolutionizing Real-Time Collaboration in Markdown Notes In an era where collaboration is key, tools that enhance teamwork and efficiency are indispensable. Hedgedoc emerges as a powerful solution for creating, editing, and collaborating on markdown notes in real-time. This article dives into the features, functionality, and benefits of Hedgedoc, highlighting why it stands out in the realm of collaborative note-taking. What is Hedgedoc? Hedgedoc is a versatile platform designed to transform the way teams and individuals work with documentation. By enabling real-time collaboration, it allows multiple users to edit and update markdown notes simultaneously, ensuring that everyone is always on the same page. Key Features 1. Real-Time Collaboration: - Multiple users can access and modify documents at the same time, fostering instant communication and reducing delays. 2. Markdown Support: - The platform leverages markdown syntax, offering a familiar and intuitive format for creating structured and visually appealing content. 3. Ease of Use: - Hedgedoc's user-friendly interface makes it accessible to users of all skill levels, regardless of their familiarity with markdown or collaboration tools. 4. Version Control: - Track changes with ease using the built-in version control feature, ensuring that every edit is recorded and can be reverted if needed. 5. Accessibility: - Hedgedoc supports a wide range of devices and screen sizes, making it accessible to users on-the-go or in different work environments. 6. Customization Options: - Users can customize the appearance of their notes with themes and formatting options, tailoring the experience to their preferences. How Does Hedgedoc Work? Hedgedoc operates by hosting documents on its server, allowing users to access them from any device through a web interface or dedicated applications. The platform uses advanced technologies like WebSocket for real-time updates, ensuring that changes are reflected instantly across all connected devices. Server Setup 1. Installation: - Install Hedgedoc on your preferred server, whether it's a private cloud server, on-premises machine, or a third-party provider like AWS or Google Cloud. 2. Configuration: - Configure the server to support markdown rendering and real-time updates, ensuring seamless integration with your workflow. 3. User Access: - Provide users with access credentials, enabling them to log in and start collaborating on documents. Client Applications Hedgedoc offers both web-based and native applications for major platforms like iOS and Android, allowing users to view and edit documents on the go. The web interface is responsive, adapting to different screen sizes and devices. Benefits of Using Hedgedoc 1. Increased Productivity: - Real-time collaboration reduces the time spent waiting for updates, allowing teams to work more efficiently. 2. Cost-Effective Solution: - Hedgedoc often offers flexible pricing models, making it accessible to both small teams and large organizations without a hefty upfront cost. 3. Enhanced Flexibility: - The ability to access documents from any device and location fosters flexibility in how and where work is conducted. 4. Scalability: - Hedgedoc can scale to accommodate the needs of growing teams or expanding documentation projects, ensuring it remains a reliable solution as your requirements evolve. Use Cases for Hedgedoc 1. Project Management: - Use Hedgedoc to document project milestones, tasks, and progress, keeping everyone aligned and informed. 2. Education: - Instructors can create and share lecture notes, assignments, and other materials with students in real-time. 3. Personal Note-Taking: - Individuals can organize their thoughts, ideas, and plans, benefiting from the real-time updates that keep their documentation current. 4. Collaborative Writing: - Teams working on shared documents, such as research papers or proposals, can collaborate seamlessly using Hedgedoc. Comparing Hedgedoc to Other Tools While tools like Google Docs and Notion also offer collaboration features, Hedgedoc distinguishes itself through its focus on markdown support and real-time updates. Its simplicity compared to more complex platforms makes it an appealing choice for users who prefer a straightforward yet powerful solution. Advantages Over Competitors - Markdown Flexibility: Hedgedoc's commitment to markdown allows users to leverage the format's strengths, such as clear structuring and easy formatting. - Real-Time Updates: The instant nature of updates ensures that collaboration is seamless and synchronized across all participants. - Cost-Effectiveness: Hedgedoc often offers more affordable pricing models compared to established platforms like Google Docs. Future Outlook The future of Hedgedoc looks promising, with potential advancements in AI integration for smart suggestions, voice-to-text features, and enhanced security measures. As collaboration tools continue to evolve, Hedgedoc is well-positioned to remain a leader in real-time markdown note-taking. Conclusion Hedgedoc represents a significant leap forward in collaborative documentation, offering a blend of simplicity, power, and flexibility that appeals to users across various industries. Whether for personal use or team projects, Hedgedoc provides an efficient and accessible solution for creating, editing, and sharing notes in real-time. If you're looking for a tool that enhances collaboration without compromising on functionality, Hedgedoc is definitely worth exploring.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: heimdall

Heimdall: A Comprehensive Dashboard and Launcher for Managing Web Applications and Services Introduction to Heimdall In today's digital age, managing multiple web applications and services can become overwhelming. Heimdall is an innovative dashboard and launcher designed to streamline your workflow, providing a centralized platform for accessing and organizing your favorite apps and links. This tool is perfect for anyone looking to enhance productivity while maintaining clarity and control over their online resources. What is Heimdall? Heimdall is more than just a simple launcher; it's a powerful dashboard that offers a unified interface for managing various web applications and services. Whether you're juggling between multiple projects, organizing your daily tasks, or simply accessing your favorite websites, Heimdall ensures that everything is within easy reach. Key Features of Heimdall Dashboard Features - Customizable Layout: Tailor the dashboard to fit your specific needs by arranging widgets and shortcuts in a way that best suits your workflow. - Quick Access: Instantly access frequently used applications and services with just a few clicks. - Real-Time Updates: Stay informed about the status of your applications and services with real-time updates. Application Organization - Categorization: Organize your apps into categories to make navigation more efficient. - Shortcuts: Create shortcuts for quick access to frequently used websites or tools. - Drag-and-Drop Functionality: Rearrange your apps and widgets effortlessly with drag-and-drop functionality. Customization Options - Themes: Choose from a variety of themes to customize the look and feel of your dashboard. - Widgets: Enhance your dashboard with additional widgets such as weather, calendar, and system resources. - Shortcuts and Snippets: Save frequently used URLs or code snippets for quick access. Integration Capabilities - Third-Party Integrations: Heimdall supports integration with popular third-party services and applications, allowing you to extend its functionality. - API Support: Utilize the API support to customize and automate certain aspects of your workflow. Benefits of Using Heimdall Using Heimdall can significantly improve your productivity by providing a centralized platform for managing your web applications and services. Here are some of the key benefits: Enhanced Productivity - Time-Saving: By having all your favorite apps and links readily accessible, you can save valuable time during your workday. - Reduced Distractions: With everything organized in one place, you can minimize distractions and focus on what's important. Better Organization - Clutter-Free Interface: Heimdall offers a clutter-free interface that makes it easy to navigate through your apps and services. - Customizable Layout: The ability to customize the layout ensures that your workspace remains efficient and tailored to your needs. Personalization - Custom Themes and Widgets: With a variety of themes and widgets available, you can personalize your dashboard to reflect your unique style and preferences. How to Get Started with Heimdall Getting started with Heimdall is straightforward. Here are some steps to help you begin: 1. Installation: Download and install Heimdall from the official website or app store. 2. Setup: Follow the setup instructions provided in the user manual to configure your dashboard. 3. Customization: Customize your dashboard by adding widgets, shortcuts, and themes that best suit your workflow. 4. Access Management: Organize your apps and services into categories for easier access. Conclusion Heimdall is a versatile and powerful tool designed to streamline your workflow and enhance your productivity. By providing a centralized platform for managing your web applications and services, Heimdall ensures that you can access everything you need with just a few clicks. Whether you're a professional or a casual user, Heimdall offers features that can benefit everyone. Start exploring the full potential of Heimdall today and take your workflow to the next level!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: helpdeskz

Helpdeskz An Open-Source Support Ticket System What is Helpdeskz? Helpdeskz is an open-source help desk software designed to streamline customer support processes. It offers a range of features that make managing customer inquiries and resolving issues more efficient. Whether you're running a small business or a large organization, Helpdeskz provides the tools needed to enhance your support system. Key Features 1. Ticket Management Helpdeskz excels in organizing and tracking customer support tickets. Users can create, assign, and prioritize tickets with ease. The system allows for customization of ticket categories, statuses, and priorities, enabling businesses to tailor their support process to their specific needs. This feature ensures that no customer inquiry goes unnoticed or unaddressed. 2. Knowledge Base A robust knowledge base is included in Helpdeskz, allowing customers to self-service solutions. By providing access to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting guides, and articles, businesses can reduce the workload on their support team while empowering customers to resolve issues independently. This feature also aids in reducing repetitive inquiries. 3. Customer Communication Helpdeskz offers comprehensive tools for customer communication. Features such as email integration, live chat, and feedback collection enable businesses to maintain consistent and effective interactions with their customers. This ensures that support teams can address queries efficiently while fostering positive customer relationships. 4. Customizable Workflow The system allows for customization of workflows, enabling businesses to automate repetitive tasks. For example, tickets can be automatically assigned to the appropriate team member or set to follow-up reminders. Custom automation rules help in maintaining a smooth and organized support process. 5. Scalability Helpdeskz is designed to scale with the needs of your business. Whether you have a small support team or a large organization, the software can adapt to handle increased volumes of inquiries. This makes it an ideal solution for growing businesses. 6. Modularity The software is modular, meaning businesses can choose which features they want to use. This flexibility allows organizations to implement only the tools they need, avoiding unnecessary complexities. For example, businesses can opt for basic ticket management or enhance their system with additional features like a knowledge base and customer communication tools. 7. Community Support Helpdeskz has a strong community behind it, providing extensive documentation, tutorials, and support resources. Businesses can benefit from the collective expertise of the community, which often leads to continuous improvements and updates in the software. 8. Third-Party Integrations The software supports integrations with various third-party tools, such as CRM systems, project management platforms, and analytics software. This allows businesses to extend the functionality of Helpdeskz to fit their overall operations. Benefits of Using Helpdeskz 1. Improved Efficiency: By automating routine tasks and organizing support tickets, Helpdeskz reduces manual work and increases efficiency. 2. Enhanced Customer Satisfaction: Features like a knowledge base and live chat improve customer satisfaction by providing quick access to solutions and direct support channels. 3. Cost-Effective: Open-source nature of the software means businesses can save on licensing fees while still receiving robust functionality. How Helpdeskz Empowers Organizations Helpdeskz empowers organizations to provide high-quality support while maintaining control over their support processes. Its flexibility, scalability, and extensive feature set make it a valuable tool for businesses of all sizes. Whether you're looking to streamline your current support system or implement a new one, Helpdeskz offers the tools needed to succeed. By leveraging the power of open-source software, organizations can customize and enhance their support systems to meet specific needs while benefiting from continuous community-driven improvements.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: hemmelingapp

Hemmelingapp: A Smart Home Automation Solution In today's fast-paced world, technology has become an integral part of our daily lives. From smart lighting to automated thermostats, the concept of home automation has revolutionized how we live. Among the many solutions available, Hemmelingapp stands out as a versatile and user-friendly application designed to streamline your smart home experience. What is Hemmelingapp? Hemmelingapp is a self-hosted task and project management application that also doubles as a powerful home automation control center. It offers features that allow users to manage their smart home devices, automate routines, and track various aspects of their daily life. The app is open-source, which means it can be customized to fit the specific needs of its users. Key Features 1. Voice Control: Hemmelingapp supports voice commands, enabling you to control your smart home devices hands-free. This feature is particularly useful for individuals who prefer a more interactive and convenient experience. 2. Automation Rules: The app allows you to set up complex automation rules that can trigger actions based on specific conditions. For example, you can have your lights turn off when it gets dark outside or adjust the temperature when you're not at home. 3. Device Integration: Hemmelingapp is compatible with a wide range of smart devices, including smart bulbs, thermostats, security cameras, and more. This ensures that your smart home setup is cohesive and fully integrated. 4. User Interface: The app features an intuitive user interface that makes it easy for users to monitor their devices, create automation rules, and adjust settings. The interface is designed to be user-friendly, so even those who are not tech-savvy can navigate it with ease. 5. Security: Security is a top priority for Hemmelingapp. The app includes robust security features that protect your smart home from unauthorized access. You can set up two-factor authentication and manage access rights for family members or guests. Use Cases Hemmelingapp has a wide range of use cases, making it suitable for various scenarios: - Lighting: Automatically turn on or off your lights based on your schedule or ambient light levels. - Temperature: Adjust the temperature in your home to match your preferences or energy-saving goals. - Security: Monitor your property with smart cameras and alarms, ensuring peace of mind. - Entertainment: Control your smart speakers and entertainment systems from a single platform. Benefits 1. Customization: Hemmelingapp allows you to customize your smart home experience to meet your specific needs. Whether you want everything automated or prefer to control certain devices manually, the app gives you the flexibility to do so. 2. Cost-Effective: By using Hemmelingapp, you can save on energy costs by optimizing your smart home's energy usage. For example, you can set your lights to turn off when no one is home, reducing unnecessary energy consumption. 3. Data Privacy: Since Hemmelingapp is self-hosted, you have full control over your data. This means you can choose what information to share and ensure that your smart home doesn't become a privacy vulnerability. 4. Open Source: The open-source nature of Hemmelingapp gives users the freedom to modify and improve the app as needed. This collaborative approach has led to a vibrant community of developers and users who actively contribute to its development. Conclusion Hemmelingapp is more than just a smart home automation tool; it's a comprehensive solution that empowers users to take control of their living environments. Whether you're looking to enhance convenience, reduce energy consumption, or improve security, Hemmelingapp offers a flexible and customizable platform to achieve your goals. If you're ready to take the next step in your smart home journey, Hemmelingapp is an excellent choice. With its robust features, user-friendly interface, and commitment to security, it's sure to become a valuable addition to your household. Start exploring the possibilities of Hemmelingapp today and see how it can transform your daily life for the better.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: hesk

Hesk Hesk is a PHP-based help desk and ticketing system designed to streamline customer support and ticket management processes. It provides a robust platform for organizations to efficiently handle customer inquiries, track issues, and maintain communication with users. Introduction to Hesk Hesk is built using PHP, making it lightweight and highly customizable. Its primary purpose is to offer a user-friendly interface for both customers and support teams, enabling efficient ticket resolution and tracking. The system is known for its flexibility, allowing organizations to tailor it to their specific needs. Key Features 1. Ticket Management: Hesk allows users to create, view, and manage tickets with ease. Each ticket can be assigned to a support team member, tracked for updates, and resolved when the issue is addressed. 2. User Interface: The interface is designed to be intuitive, ensuring that both customers and support staff can navigate it without extensive training. 3. Customization: Hesk offers a high degree of customization, allowing organizations to brand the system with their own colors, logos, and domain names. 4. Integration: The platform supports integration with third-party systems such as email services, CRM tools, and other help desk solutions. 5. Reporting: Detailed reports can be generated to track metrics like ticket volume, resolution times, and customer satisfaction. 6. Mobile Access: Hesk provides mobile access, enabling support teams to handle tickets on the go. Benefits of Using Hesk - Efficiency: Hesk streamlines the support process, reducing the time spent on managing tickets. - Customer Satisfaction: By providing a clear and accessible interface for customers, Hesk enhances satisfaction levels. - Scalability: The system is designed to handle varying levels of traffic, making it suitable for both small businesses and large organizations. - Cost-Effective: Hesk often has a lower cost compared to expensive help desk solutions, while still offering robust features. - Flexibility: Organizations can choose between a free version and paid plans with additional features. How It Works Hesk operates by creating an account for users, allowing them to submit tickets through a web interface. Support teams can then access these tickets, assign them to team members, and update the customer with progress. The system ensures that no ticket is left unresolved, providing a structured approach to support management. Use Cases - Small Businesses: Hesk is ideal for small businesses without dedicated support teams, offering an affordable way to manage customer inquiries. - Educational Institutions: Universities and colleges can use Hesk to handle student support requests efficiently. - Non-Profit Organizations: Non-profits can benefit from the cost-effective solution while maintaining high levels of customer service. Comparisons with Other Help Desk Systems While Hesk is a PHP-based system, it often stands out against generic help desk solutions due to its tailored approach. Unlike some all-in-one platforms, Hesk focuses on specific features like ticket management and user interface, making it a strong contender for organizations with unique needs. Conclusion Hesk is a versatile and customizable help desk solution that can be adapted to meet the requirements of various organizations. Its PHP-based architecture ensures it remains lightweight and efficient, while its focus on user experience makes it both customer-friendly and support team-friendly. Whether you're running a small business or managing a larger organization, Hesk provides the tools needed for effective ticket management and customer support.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: home assistant

Home Assistant Automatically Updated Helm Chart for Home Assistant Home Assistant Automatically Updated Helm Chart for Home Assistant Home Assistant is a leading home automation platform that allows users to control and monitor various smart devices, including lights, thermostats, security systems, and more. It provides a user-friendly interface and integrates with a wide range of popular smart home ecosystems. Key Features - Automation: Create custom routines for lighting, locks, and other devices. - Voice Control: Use voice commands to control your smart home. - Integration: Connect with popular platforms like Google Assistant, Amazon Alexa, Zigbee, Z-Wave, and more. - User Interface: Access via a web interface or mobile apps. - Security: Built-in security features to protect your system. Installation 1. Docker: Install Docker on your device and pull the Home Assistant image. 2. Python: Use Python to install dependencies and set up the system. 3. Configuration: Follow step-by-step guides to configure your devices and settings. Integrations Home Assistant supports a wide range of smart home integrations, including: - Smart Speakers: Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa. - Smart Lights: Philips Hue, LIFX, and others. - Smart Thermostats: Nest, Ecobee, and more. - Security Systems: Ring, Arlo, and other security cameras. - IoT Platforms: MQTT, CoAP, and HTTP. Security - Use strong passwords and enable two-factor authentication. - Regularly update your Home Assistant installation to protect against vulnerabilities. - Enable encryption for sensitive communications. - Consider using a VPN when connecting to your smart home network. Community Support The Home Assistant community is active and supportive, with forums, documentation, and third-party integrations available. Users can also contribute to the open-source project by creating custom components and sharing them with the community. Use Cases - Lighting Automation: Automatically turn on lights when you arrive home or adjust brightness based on your preferences. - Smart Home Security: Monitor your property with cameras and alarms, and receive notifications for unusual activity. - Energy Monitoring: Track energy usage and optimize your consumption patterns. - Home Entertainment: Control your TV, sound system, and other entertainment devices via voice commands. Conclusion Home Assistant is a powerful tool for anyone looking to automate and enhance their home. Its flexibility, extensive integration options, and user-friendly interface make it an excellent choice for homeowners seeking smart home solutions. Whether you're just starting with home automation or looking to expand your current setup, Home Assistant offers the features and functionality to meet your needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: hoppscotch

hoppscotch Hoppscotch is an open-source API request builder designed for fast and easy testing and debugging. It simplifies the process of making HTTP requests, allowing developers to interact with APIs effortlessly. With Hoppscotch, you can create and organize requests, inspect responses, and troubleshoot API-related issues. Whether you're a developer, tester, or API enthusiast, Hoppscotch streamlines the process of working with APIs, making it a valuable tool in your development toolkit. Features of Hoppscotch Hoppscotch offers a comprehensive set of features that make API testing and debugging more efficient. Here are some of the key functionalities: 1. Visual Request Building: Construct HTTP requests visually using a user-friendly interface. Choose headers, parameters, and body content to build complex requests with ease. 2. Response Inspection: After sending a request, inspect the response in detail. View raw responses, parse JSON or XML data, and analyze status codes to understand API behavior. 3. Mock Servers: Create mock APIs to simulate server responses without relying on external services. This is particularly useful for testing client-side applications. 4. Collaboration Tools: Share requests and responses with team members, leaving comments and notes for clarification or debugging purposes. 5. API Documentation Integration: Hoppscotch can import API documentation from platforms like Swagger or Postman, providing a centralized location for all API information. 6. Debugging Aids: Identify issues in API calls by comparing expected and actual responses. Use this information to debug and optimize your code. How Hoppscotch Helps Developers Hoppscotch is designed with developers in mind, offering tools that streamline the API testing process. By automating repetitive tasks such as request building and response analysis, Hoppscotch saves time and reduces errors. This allows developers to focus on more critical aspects of their work. Use Cases for Hoppscotch Hoppscotch is versatile and can be used in various scenarios: 1. API Testing During Development: Use Hoppscotch to test APIs as you build your application, ensuring that each integration works as expected. 2. Troubleshooting API Issues: When an API call fails or returns unexpected data, use Hoppscotch to isolate the problem and identify its root cause. 3. Creating Mock APIs for Demos: Simulate server responses during presentations or demos without needing a live server. 4. Collaboration Between Teams: Share API requests and responses with other team members, facilitating better understanding of how APIs should behave. The Power of Open Source Hoppscotch is open-source, which means it is free to use, modify, and enhance. This fosters a strong community around the tool, where developers can contribute ideas and improvements. The platform's flexibility allows for customization, making it suitable for a wide range of use cases. Conclusion In today's fast-paced development environment, tools like Hoppscotch are indispensable. They provide developers with the necessary resources to build, test, and debug APIs efficiently. By automating tasks that were once time-consuming, Hoppscotch empowers teams to deliver high-quality applications faster. Whether you're working on a small project or managing a large team, Hoppscotch offers the functionality needed to streamline your workflow. Hoppscotch is more than just an API request builder—it's a powerful development tool that enhances productivity and collaboration. Start using Hoppscotch today and see how it can transform your approach to API testing and debugging.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ilias

# ilias An open-source learning management system. ## ILIAS ILIAS is an open-source learning management system (LMS). It offers features for creating and managing online courses, assessments, and collaborative learning environments, making it a versatile platform for educational purposes. ### Features of ILIAS - **Course Creation**: ILIAS allows users to create and organize courses with ease. Each course can be tailored to specific learning objectives and student needs. - **Assessment Tools**: The system provides various assessment tools, including quizzes, tests, and assignments. These can be automatically graded or reviewed manually by instructors. - **Collaborative Learning**: ILIAS supports collaborative learning through features like forums, discussion boards, and group projects. Students can work together on assignments and share their progress. - **User Management**: ILIAS includes robust user management capabilities, allowing institutions to manage multiple users with different roles and permissions. - **Analytics and Reporting**: The platform offers detailed analytics and reporting tools, enabling educators to track student performance and course outcomes. - **Customization**: Since ILIAS is open-source, it can be customized to meet the specific needs of an institution. Users can modify themes, add new features, and integrate third-party applications. ### Benefits of Using ILIAS 1. **Cost-Effective**: Unlike many proprietary LMS solutions, ILIAS is free to use and modify. This makes it an excellent choice for educational institutions with limited budgets. 2. **Customization**: The open-source nature of ILIAS allows users to customize the platform to suit their unique requirements. This level of flexibility is particularly useful for organizations that have specific needs or want to brand their learning environment. 3. **Community Support**: ILIAS has a strong community of developers and users who contribute to its development and support. This ensures that the platform remains up-to-date with new features and bug fixes. 4. **Open Educational Resources (OER)**: ILIAS is an OER, meaning it is freely available for anyone to use, modify, and distribute. This promotes open education and gives educators more control over their teaching materials. 5. **Scalability**: ILIAS can be scaled to meet the needs of institutions of all sizes, from small schools to large universities. It supports a wide range of courses, including those in higher education, corporate training, and continuing professional development. ### Why Choose ILIAS? - **Flexibility**: ILIAS offers unparalleled flexibility for users who want to tailor their learning management system to their specific needs. - **Cost Savings**: By using ILIAS, institutions can save on expensive licensing fees associated with proprietary LMS solutions. - **Control Over Data**: With ILIAS, educators have full control over their course content and data, allowing them to maintain ownership of their materials. - **Community-Driven**: The active community behind ILIAS ensures that the platform is continuously improved and supported by a large base of users. ### Use Cases ILIAS can be used in a wide range of educational settings: 1. **Higher Education**: Universities and colleges can use ILIAS to manage courses, track student progress, and deliver online content. 2. **Corporate Training**: Organizations can utilize ILIAS for employee training programs, allowing employees to access courses and assessments from anywhere. 3. **Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs)**: MOOC platforms can leverage ILIAS to deliver high-quality online courses to a global audience. 4. **K-12 Education**: Schools can use ILIAS to manage student learning, assign homework, and communicate with parents. ### Conclusion ILIAS is a powerful open-source learning management system that offers a wide range of features and flexibility for users. Its cost-effectiveness, customization options, and strong community support make it an excellent choice for educational institutions and organizations looking to implement a robust LMS. Whether you're teaching at the higher education level or managing corporate training programs, ILIAS provides the tools you need to create engaging and effective learning experiences.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: imgproxy

imgproxy: A Fast and Secure Image Processing Server In today's digital age, managing images efficiently is crucial for any application or website. imgproxy emerges as a robust solution designed to handle resizing and conversion of remote images with remarkable speed and security. This article dives deep into the features, benefits, and practical applications of imgproxy. What is imgproxy? imgproxy is a standalone server that simplifies the processing of remote images. It allows users to resize, convert, and manipulate images without needing to store or download them locally. This feature is particularly useful for web applications where image optimization is essential for performance and user experience. Key Features - Resizing: imgproxy supports various resizing methods, including scaling, cropping, and formatting adjustments. - Conversion: It can convert images between different formats, such as PNG to JPEG or vice versa. - Security: Built-in mechanisms ensure that only valid image URLs are processed, safeguarding against malicious inputs. - Speed: The server is optimized for fast processing, leveraging efficient algorithms to handle multiple tasks simultaneously. Benefits 1. Simplicity: imgproxy offers an intuitive interface and straightforward API, making it accessible even to those with limited technical expertise. 2. Efficiency: By processing images on the fly, imgproxy reduces storage requirements and minimizes bandwidth usage. 3. Scalability: The server can handle high volumes of requests efficiently, making it suitable for large-scale applications. Use Cases imgproxy is versatile and can be applied in numerous scenarios: - Web Optimization: Resize images dynamically to fit specific dimensions without affecting quality. - Social Media Management: Convert images to formats optimized for platforms like Instagram or Facebook. - Application Integration: Embed images securely within web or mobile applications, ensuring quick load times. Installation and Configuration Getting started with imgproxy is straightforward. The server can be installed via npm or pip, depending on your preferred programming language (JavaScript or Python). Once installed, configuration is as simple as setting up an API key and specifying the required transformations. Example Commands For JavaScript: npm install imgproxy For Python: pip install imgproxy After installation, you can start the server and begin processing images with minimal setup. Security Considerations Security is a top priority for imgproxy. The server includes features like image validation to ensure that only valid URLs are processed, reducing the risk of DDoS attacks and unauthorized access. Additionally, all operations are performed securely on the server side, eliminating the need to store sensitive data locally. Error Handling imgproxy provides robust error handling, making it easy to manage issues such as invalid URLs or unsupported image formats. This ensures that your application can handle errors gracefully without crashing. Best Practices To maximize the benefits of imgproxy, consider the following tips: - Optimize Image Sizes: Always resize images to the required dimensions to minimize data usage. - Handle Errors Proactively: Implement error checking in your application to prevent crashes and provide meaningful feedback to users. - Monitor Performance: Use monitoring tools to track server performance and adjust configurations as needed. Conclusion imgproxy is a powerful tool for anyone needing to process images efficiently and securely. Its combination of speed, simplicity, and security makes it an excellent choice for web developers and application owners alike. Whether you're optimizing images for a website, managing media content, or integrating image processing into your workflow, imgproxy provides the flexibility and performance needed to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: influxdb

InfluxDB InfluxDB(TM) is an open-source time-series database that serves as a core component of the TICK (Telegraf, InfluxDB(TM), Chronograf, Kapacitor) stack. Time-series databases are designed to store data points that vary over time, making them ideal for applications like system monitoring, IoT sensors, and infrastructure metrics. What is InfluxDB? InfluxDB is a robust database solution optimized for handling large volumes of time-stamped data. It is particularly useful for applications requiring real-time data analysis and efficient query capabilities. The database supports various data types, including integers, strings, booleans, floats, and timestamps, making it versatile for different use cases. Key Features 1. Time-Series Data Modeling: InfluxDB excels at modeling time-series data, allowing users to store and query data points with precision. 2. Rich Query Language: The database provides a flexible query language that supports complex aggregations, filters, and joins, enabling powerful analytics. 3. Efficient Storage: InfluxDB leverages its own storage engine for fast read and write operations, ensuring optimal performance even with large datasets. 4. Retention Policies: Users can define retention policies to manage data lifespan, balancing storage requirements and analysis needs. 5. Replication and Clustering: The database supports replication across multiple instances for high availability and clustering for load balancing. Use Cases InfluxDB is widely used in various domains: - System Monitoring: Track server performance metrics, application health, and resource usage. - IoT Sensors: Collect and store sensor data from connected devices, enabling real-time insights into environmental conditions or equipment status. - Infrastructure Metrics: Monitor network traffic, disk usage, and other infrastructure-related data points. - Log Analysis: Store and analyze log data for troubleshooting and operational insights. Getting Started Installation InfluxDB is available for multiple platforms: - Linux: Install via package managers like apt, yum, or dnf. - Windows: Use installers provided by the InfluxData website. - macOS: Install using Homebrew or directly download. Configuration After installation, configure InfluxDB settings such as: - Retention Policy: Define how long data should be retained based on your needs. - Storage Engine: Choose between Influx (for small datasets) and `InfluxSD** (for larger ones). - Data Precision: Set the precision of time-series data to match your requirements. Querying Use InfluxDB's query language to interact with data: SELECT measure FROM database WHERE time >= '2023-01-01' AND measure = 'cpu_usage' Best Practices 1. Data Modeling: Design schemas that reflect the natural hierarchy of your data. 2. Performance Monitoring: Use InfluxDB's built-in tools to monitor and optimize performance. 3. Backups: Regularly back up data to prevent loss and ensure recovery capabilities. 4. Query Optimization: Structure queries efficiently to leverage the database's capabilities. Community and Resources InfluxData provides extensive documentation, forums, and community support for InfluxDB users. Engage with developers and experts to share experiences and troubleshoot issues. InfluxDB is a powerful tool for handling time-series data, offering flexibility, performance, and scalability. Its integration with the TICK stack makes it a versatile solution for various applications, from system monitoring to IoT and log analysis. Whether you're managing infrastructure or analyzing sensor data, InfluxDB provides the tools needed to extract meaningful insights from your data.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: invoice ninja

Invoice Ninja An Open-Source Platform for Invoicing and Billing In today's fast-paced business environment, managing finances effectively is crucial. For small businesses and freelancers alike, maintaining accurate records and streamlined billing processes can make or break their operations. Enter Invoice Ninja, an open-source platform designed to simplify invoicing and billing while offering flexibility and control. What is Invoice Ninja? Invoice Ninja is a robust, web-based application that allows users to create and manage invoices, track payments, and maintain client relationships efficiently. Unlike traditional invoicing software, Invoice Ninja is open-source, meaning it can be customized to meet specific business needs without relying on third-party dependencies. Key Features 1. Invoicing: Create professional-looking invoices with customizable templates, including company details, client information, and payment terms. 2. Payment Tracking: Monitor incoming payments, set up reminders for overdue invoices, and track payment status in real-time. 3. Client Management: Organize and manage client data, including contact information, payment history, and project details. 4. Customization: Modify the platform's appearance and functionality to align with your brand identity or specific workflows. 5. Accounting Integration: Connect Invoice Ninja with popular accounting software like QuickBooks or Xero for seamless financial management. 6. Reporting: Generate detailed reports on invoice status, payment trends, and client performance. 7. Mobile Access: Access your invoices and manage payments on the go using mobile devices. How It Works Using Invoice Ninja is straightforward: 1. Create an Account: Sign up for a free or paid account (depending on your needs) to access the platform's features. 2. Set Up Preferences: Customize your invoicing templates, payment methods, and client database to reflect your business operations. 3. Generate Invoices: Create invoices manually or integrate with your project management tools to automate invoice creation based on project completion. 4. Track Payments: Use built-in payment tracking tools to monitor when payments are received and manage late payments effectively. 5. Manage Clients: Maintain detailed client records, including payment histories and communication logs, to streamline client interactions. 6. Use Integrations: Leverage third-party integrations with accounting software or e-commerce platforms to ensure financial data is always up-to-date. Benefits of Using Invoice Ninja 1. Cost-Effective: As an open-source solution, Invoice Ninja eliminates the need for expensive licensing fees, making it accessible to small businesses and freelancers. 2. Transparency: With clear and customizable invoicing templates, clients can easily understand their payment obligations. 3. Control: Invoice Ninja provides tools to manage payments, track invoice status, and maintain client relationships, giving you full control over your financial operations. 4. Scalability: Whether you're running a small business or a growing company, Invoice Ninja adapts to your needs with customizable workflows and advanced features. 5. Open-Source Flexibility: Since Invoice Ninja is open-source, you have the freedom to modify its code to add unique features or integrate it with other tools tailored to your specific requirements. Why Choose Invoice Ninja? Invoice Ninja stands out among traditional invoicing solutions because of its flexibility and cost-effectiveness. Its open-source nature allows businesses to customize the platform to meet their unique needs without relying on third-party developers for modifications. Additionally, the platform's user-friendly interface ensures that both business owners and clients can navigate it effortlessly. For small businesses and freelancers looking for a reliable yet flexible invoicing solution, Invoice Ninja is an excellent choice. Its robust set of features, customizable templates, and seamless integrations with accounting software make it a valuable tool for managing finances efficiently. Explore Invoice Ninja today and see how it can streamline your billing processes while offering the flexibility you need to grow your business.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ispyagentdvr

iSpyAgentDVR An open-source video surveillance application. What is iSpyAgentDVR? iSpyAgentDVR is an open-source video surveillance solution designed to provide users with a robust and flexible security system. It allows individuals or organizations to monitor their environments, such as homes, offices, or public spaces, using cameras and other devices. The software offers features like live monitoring, motion detection, recording, and more. Key Features iSpyAgentDVR is packed with advanced features that make it a powerful tool for video surveillance: - Live Monitoring: Users can view real-time video feeds from their cameras. - Motion Detection: The system can detect movement in the monitored area and alert users when activity is detected. - Recording: It allows for continuous or scheduled recording of video footage, which can be stored locally or on remote servers. - Alerts and Notifications: Customizable alerts notify users of suspicious activities or specific events. - Integration: iSpyAgentDVR supports integration with various cameras and devices, including IP cameras, USB cameras, and webcams. - Customization: The software provides options for setting up rules, schedules, and access controls to suit individual needs. How Does iSpyAgentDVR Work? iSpyAgentDVR operates by connecting to camera devices via their respective APIs or protocols. Once connected, the software can display live video feeds in a user-friendly interface. Motion detection algorithms analyze video frames to detect changes in the monitored area, triggering alerts when predefined thresholds are met. Installation and Configuration Installing iSpyAgentDVR is typically straightforward, though the exact process may vary depending on the operating system being used (Windows, Linux, macOS). Users generally need to: 1. Download the software from official repositories or trusted sources. 2. Install the application following the provided instructions. 3. Configure settings such as camera IP addresses, video quality, and recording schedules. Community Support As an open-source project, iSpyAgentDVR benefits from a vibrant community of developers and users who contribute to its improvement and support. Users can find assistance through forums, documentation, or by joining development discussions on platforms like GitHub or Gitea. Why Choose iSpyAgentDVR? iSpyAgentDVR stands out among other surveillance tools for several reasons: - Open Source: The software is freely available, allowing users to modify and customize it to meet their specific needs. - Flexibility: It supports a wide range of camera types and devices, making it versatile for various use cases. - Cost-Effective: Unlike proprietary solutions, iSpyAgentDVR eliminates licensing fees, saving users money. Use Cases iSpyAgentDVR is suitable for a variety of applications, including: - Home Security: Monitoring homes or apartments to detect intrusions or unusual activity. - Small Business Surveillance: Securing offices or retail spaces to ensure employee safety and prevent theft. - Public Space Monitoring: Deploying cameras in public areas to enhance security and reduce crime. Comparison with Other Solutions When comparing iSpyAgentDVR to other surveillance software, consider factors such as: - Ease of Use: iSpyAgentDVR is known for its user-friendly interface, making it accessible to both technical and non-technical users. - Customization Options: The software offers extensive customization, allowing users to tailor settings to their specific requirements. - Performance: While performance can vary based on hardware and network conditions, iSpyAgentDVR generally provides smooth video playback and responsive functionality. Conclusion iSpyAgentDVR is a powerful and flexible open-source solution for video surveillance. Its combination of advanced features, customization options, and community support makes it an excellent choice for users looking to set up or enhance their security systems. Whether for personal use or professional applications, iSpyAgentDVR provides the tools needed to monitor and protect various environments effectively.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: jackett

Jackett A Torznab Proxy Indexer Torznab is a popular peer-to-peer (P2P) network that allows users to share and access various types of content, including movies, TV shows, books, and other digital files. While the network itself operates in a decentralized manner, Jackett serves as an indexer and proxy for Torznab, making it easier for users to locate and access content on the network. What is Jackett? Jackett is an open-source tool that acts as both a Torznab indexer and a proxy. It allows users to search for content available on the Torznab network and provides a way to seed or download that content. The tool is cross-platform, meaning it can be used on Windows, macOS, Linux, and other operating systems. Why Use Jackett? 1. Open Source: Jackett is open-source software, which means it is free to use, modify, and distribute. This makes it an excellent choice for users who value transparency and control over their tools. 2. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Jackett supports a wide range of platforms, ensuring that users can utilize the tool regardless of their operating system. 3. Free for Public Use: While some premium versions of Jackett may require payment, the public version is entirely free, making it accessible to a broad audience. Key Features of Jackett - Indexing: Jackett scans and indexes content available on Torznab, allowing users to search for specific files or categories. - Seeding: Users can upload their own content to the network using Jackett, contributing to the overall availability of data. - Proxy Support: The tool also acts as a proxy server, enabling users to access Torznab content through a web interface. - Efficiency: Jackett is designed to be efficient, even when handling large amounts of data or a high number of simultaneous connections. - Security and Privacy: By leveraging the Tor network, Jackett ensures that user activities remain anonymous and secure. How to Get Started with Jackett 1. Installation: While the exact installation process may vary depending on your operating system, Jackett is typically easy to install via standard package managers or download links provided by the development team. 2. Configuration: Once installed, users can configure Jackett through its web interface, setting up preferences for indexing and proxying. 3. Usage: After configuration, users can begin searching for content on Torznab or accessing it via the proxy interface. Use Cases for Jackett - Content Sharing: Users can share large files or access content that may not be easily available elsewhere. - Privacy Protection: By routing traffic through the Tor network, Jackett provides an additional layer of privacy and anonymity for users. - Respecting Copyrights: While Jackett facilitates access to content, it is important to use it responsibly and respect copyright laws. Always ensure that you have the right to share or access the content you are interacting with. Community Support Jackett has a strong community behind it, with active development, frequent updates, and extensive documentation available for users. The community also maintains forums and other resources where users can ask questions, share tips, and discuss best practices. Common Questions About Jackett - Is Jackett Legal?: While the tool itself is legal, its use may be subject to local laws regarding copyright, intellectual property, and internet usage. Always ensure that your activities comply with applicable regulations. - Can I Use Jackett for Commercial Purposes?: The free version of Jackett is intended for personal use. For commercial purposes, you may need to explore premium options or obtain the necessary licenses. - Is Jackett Safe?: Yes, Jackett is designed with security in mind, leveraging the Tor network to protect user privacy and anonymity. Conclusion Jackett is a powerful tool for anyone looking to interact with the Torznab network. Its open-source nature, cross-platform compatibility, and robust features make it an excellent choice for users who value freedom, efficiency, and privacy. Whether you're sharing files, accessing content, or simply exploring the capabilities of Torznab, Jackett provides a flexible and reliable solution.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: jenkins

Jenkins Jenkins is an open-source tool designed to automate the software development process. It is widely used for Continuous Integration and Continuous Delivery (CI/CD), enabling teams to build, test, and deploy applications efficiently. What is Jenkins? Jenkins is a CI/CD server that automates the building, testing, and deployment of software projects. It allows developers to create pipelines that streamline the development process, ensuring consistency and reducing errors. History of Jenkins Jenkins was first released in 2011 and has since evolved into a robust platform used by thousands of organizations worldwide. Over time, it has become a standard tool for implementing CI/CD workflows, thanks to its flexibility and extensive plugin support. Key Features of Jenkins - Pipeline as Code: Jenkins allows users to define CI/CD pipelines using a text file called Jenkinsfile, making the pipeline configuration versionable and reproducible. - Integration with Tools: Jenkins supports various tools such as Git, Apache Maven, and Python, enabling seamless integration into existing development environments. - Security Features: Jenkins provides built-in security features like role-based access control (RBAC) and authentication mechanisms to protect sensitive data. - Scalability: Jenkins can handle large-scale projects and teams, making it suitable for both small and enterprise-level organizations. - Cross-Platform Support: Jenkins is available on multiple platforms, including Windows, Linux, and macOS, ensuring flexibility for users. Use Cases Jenkins is used in a wide range of scenarios: 1. Software Development Teams: Automate builds, tests, and deployments to accelerate the development process. 2. Large Enterprises: Streamline CI/CD workflows for complex projects with high demands on scalability and security. 3. DevOps Practices: Enable collaboration between development and operations teams by automating deployment processes. 4. Cross-Platform Projects: Handle projects built with different programming languages and tools. Benefits of Jenkins Using Jenkins can bring numerous benefits to your team: - Efficiency: Automate repetitive tasks, reducing manual intervention and errors. - Reliability: Ensure consistent builds and deployments by automating processes. - Collaboration: Foster better communication between teams through centralized CI/CD pipelines. - Adaptability: Customize workflows to meet specific project requirements. - Cost-Effectiveness: Reduce costs associated with manual testing and deployment. How to Install Jenkins 1. Download Jenkins: Visit the official Jenkins website to download the latest version of Jenkins. 2. Install on a Server: Jenkins can be installed on a dedicated server or within a cloud environment. 3. Configure Jenkins: Set up your Jenkins instance by configuring plugins, defining pipelines, and setting security settings. Jenkins Plugins Jenkins plugins extend its functionality, allowing users to integrate third-party tools and customize their workflows. Popular plugins include: - GitHub Integration: Connect Jenkins with GitHub for seamless code integration and build triggering. - Docker Plugin: Automate Docker builds and deployments as part of the CI/CD pipeline. - Ansible Plugin: Integrate Ansible playbooks into Jenkins workflows for infrastructure automation. Jenkins Security Jenkins provides several security features to protect your data and pipelines: - Authentication: Implement authentication mechanisms like LDAP or OAuth to secure access to Jenkins. - Permissions: Assign roles and permissions to control access to specific resources. - Security Plugins: Use plugins like Jenkins Security Manager to enhance security features. Best Practices for Jenkins 1. Regular Updates: Keep Jenkins and its plugins updated to benefit from new features and security patches. 2. Backup and Restore: Regularly back up your Jenkins configuration to avoid data loss. 3. Use Jenkinsfile: Version control your Jenkins pipelines using Jenkinsfile for better collaboration and traceability. 4. Test Environments: Use separate environments in Jenkins for testing before deploying to production. Conclusion Jenkins is a powerful tool that simplifies the implementation of CI/CD workflows, making it accessible to both small teams and large organizations. By automating builds, tests, and deployments, Jenkins helps teams deliver high-quality software faster and more efficiently. Whether you're working on a small project or managing complex enterprise applications, Jenkins offers the flexibility and scalability needed for modern development practices. Start exploring Jenkins today by setting up your first pipeline and experience the benefits of continuous integration and delivery firsthand.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: jfrog platform

JFrog Platform The Helm chart for JFrog Platform (Universal, hybrid, end-to-end DevOps automation) JFrog Platform The Helm chart for JFrog Platform (Universal, hybrid, end-to-end DevOps automation) Introduction to JFrog Platform JFrog Platform is a comprehensive solution designed to streamline and automate the entire software development lifecycle. It provides a unified platform for continuous integration, delivery, and testing, enabling developers and teams to build, test, and deploy applications with ease. The Helm chart for JFrog Platform offers a flexible and scalable way to integrate this powerful tool into your existing DevOps pipeline. Key Features of JFrog Platform 1. Pipeline Orchestration: JFrog allows you to create, manage, and execute pipelines that automate complex workflows across multiple stages, from development to production. 2. CI/CD Automation: The platform supports continuous integration and continuous delivery, enabling automated testing, building, and deploying code changes. 3. Hybrid Support: JFrog Platform is designed to work seamlessly in both on-premises and cloud environments, providing flexibility for your DevOps strategy. 4. Scalability: Whether you're working with small teams or large enterprises, JFrog can scale to meet your needs, ensuring efficient and reliable operations. 5. Integration Capabilities: JFrog integrates with a wide range of tools and platforms, including Jenkins, Git, Maven, Nexus, and more, enhancing its utility in modern DevOps workflows. How to Install JFrog Platform Using Helm 1. Ensure that Helm 3 is installed on your system. 2. Add the JFrog Helm repository by running: helm repo add jfrog-platform https://charts.jfrog.io/helm/jfrog-platform/ 3. Install the JFrog Platform Helm chart using: helm install jfrog-platform --create-namespace jfrog-platform \ --set global.configVersion=latest \ --set install.jenkins=enabled 4. Verify the installation by running: helm list Usage Examples 1. Deploy a Simple Pipeline: Use JFrog to automate and visualize your build, test, and deployment processes with ease. 2. Integrate with Jenkins: Leverage JFrog's integration capabilities to create a seamless workflow between Jenkins and your CI/CD pipeline. 3. GitHub Actions: Trigger builds and deployments directly from GitHub using JFrog Platform. Benefits of Using JFrog Platform - Automated Workflows: Streamline your DevOps processes with pre-built templates and customizable pipelines. - Centralized Management: Monitor and manage all aspects of your pipeline execution from a single interface. - Hybrid Flexibility: Operate in both on-premises and cloud environments without compromising functionality. - Scalability: Easily handle increasing workloads and team sizes with JFrog's robust architecture. Troubleshooting If you encounter issues during installation or usage, check the following: 1. Ensure that Helm is correctly installed and updated. 2. Verify that the namespace "jfrog-platform" exists in your Kubernetes cluster. 3. Confirm that the necessary permissions and roles are assigned for proper access. Conclusion JFrog Platform is a powerful tool for automating and managing DevOps workflows. Its flexibility, scalability, and integration capabilities make it an excellent choice for teams looking to streamline their development and deployment processes. By using the Helm chart, you can easily integrate JFrog into your existing infrastructure, ensuring a smooth transition to a more efficient and automated workflow.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: jupyterhub

JupyterHub JupyterHub is a powerful platform designed to provide users with access to computational environments and resources. By abstracting the complexities of installation and maintenance, it empowers groups of users to focus on their work without worrying about the underlying infrastructure. What is JupyterHub? JupyterHub is an open-source platform that leverages Jupyter notebooks for collaborative computing. It allows organizations to create and manage interactive environments tailored to their specific needs. Whether for education, research, or business applications, JupyterHub offers a flexible solution for resource allocation and user access. How It Works The platform operates by creating a centralized interface where users can access multiple computational environments. These environments are managed by the administrator, ensuring that resources are allocated efficiently and securely. Users gain access through authentication methods such as tokens or OAuth2, allowing for seamless integration with existing systems. Key features include: - User Interface: A web-based dashboard that simplifies navigation and resource management. - Authentication: Supports various methods including token-based and OAuth2, ensuring secure access. - Resource Allocation: Administrators can allocate computational resources dynamically based on user needs. - Environment Management: Users can create, modify, and delete environments without needing to install software. Benefits JupyterHub offers numerous advantages: 1. Ease of Use: Users are free from the burden of installing and maintaining software, allowing them to focus on their work. 2. Cost-Effective: By centralizing resources, organizations save on infrastructure costs while still providing access to powerful tools. 3. Scalability: The platform easily scales with organizational needs, accommodating growth in user base or computational demands. 4. Flexibility: JupyterHub supports a wide range of use cases, from data analysis to machine learning and scientific research. Use Cases JupyterHub is applicable across various domains: - Education: Facilitates collaborative learning by providing students with shared computational environments. - Research: Enables researchers to access powerful tools without the need for local installations. - Enterprise: Helps businesses manage complex computations efficiently while maintaining security and compliance. Getting Started Setting up JupyterHub involves a few simple steps: 1. Installation: Install JupyterHub from a repository or source code, depending on your needs. 2. Configuration: Configure settings such as resource limits, authentication methods, and user access policies. 3. Launch: Start the server and provide users with access through a web interface. Customization JupyterHub offers extensive customization options: - Themes: Choose from pre-built themes or create custom ones to match your organization's branding. - Authentication Plugins: Integrate with external authentication systems like OAuth2, LDAP, or SAML. - Integration: Connect JupyterHub with other tools and platforms for seamless workflow. Security Security is a top priority for JupyterHub: - Multi-User Access Control: Ensure that users have specific access rights based on their roles and responsibilities. - Data Persistence: Data created in Jupyter notebooks can be saved, shared, or exported as needed. - Resource Monitoring: Track usage and ensure fair allocation of computational resources. Future Developments JupyterHub is continuously evolving with updates and new features: - New Authentication Methods: Support for emerging authentication technologies to enhance security. - Improved Resource Management: Enhanced tools for monitoring and allocating resources efficiently. - Collaboration Features: New ways for users to collaborate on projects and share results. By leveraging JupyterHub, organizations can unlock the full potential of collaborative computing while maintaining control over their computational environments. Whether for education, research, or business applications, JupyterHub provides a robust solution for managing and accessing resources.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: kafka

Kafka Overview of Kafka Kafka is a distributed streaming platform that provides a robust and scalable solution for handling real-time data. It is widely used for building real-time data pipelines and streaming applications, making it a cornerstone in modern data infrastructure. Key Features of Kafka - Scalability: Kafka can handle large volumes of data efficiently, scaling horizontally to accommodate increased workloads. - Fault Tolerance: It ensures data redundancy and continuity even in the face of hardware failures or network issues. - High Throughput: Kafka supports high-speed data processing, making it suitable for applications requiring real-time insights. - Partitioning: Data is divided into partitions for better distribution and parallel processing. Use Cases for Kafka 1. Real-Time Analytics: Kafka enables near-instantaneous analysis of streaming data, useful in applications like social media monitoring and IoT devices. 2. Data Integration: It serves as a universal data integration platform, connecting various systems and sources. 3. Stream Processing: Kafka is ideal for complex event processing (CEP) and continuous data transformation. Architecture of Kafka Kafka operates on the concept of producers, consumers, brokers, and topics: - Producers: Generate and send data streams to Kafka. - Consumers: Read and process the data from Kafka topics. - Brokers: Manage and distribute data across a cluster of servers (nodes). - Topics: Logical channels where data is published and consumed. Kafka's distributed architecture ensures that data is replicated across multiple brokers, enhancing fault tolerance and availability. Advantages of Using Kafka - Scalability: Easily scales to handle increased traffic. - Resilience: Built for high availability with automatic partitioning. - Cost-Effective: Optimizes resource usage, reducing operational costs. - Open Source: Free to use and customize, supported by a strong community. Challenges of Kafka - Complex Setup: Requires careful configuration and tuning for optimal performance. - Data Persistence: Kafka is not a storage system; it relies on external systems for data persistence. - Large Data Handling: Managing large datasets can be resource-intensive. Future Trends in Kafka Development 1. AI Integration: Leveraging AI for enhanced stream processing and anomaly detection. 2. Edge Computing: Enabling real-time processing closer to the source of data. 3. Cloud-Native Solutions: Developing cloud-optimized versions to integrate seamlessly with modern infrastructure. Kafka continues to evolve, offering new features and improvements that enhance its capabilities as a leading streaming platform. Its versatility and robustness make it a vital tool for organizations looking to harness the power of real-time data.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: keycloak

Keycloak An Open-Source Identity and Access Management Solution In today's digital landscape, organizations are increasingly faced with complex security challenges. The need for secure authentication, centralized user management, and seamless single sign-on (SSO) solutions has led to the rise of identity and access management (IAM) tools. Among these, Keycloak stands out as a robust, open-source solution designed to enhance security and efficiency for businesses of all sizes. What is Keycloak? Keycloak is an open-source identity and access management platform that provides organizations with a comprehensive set of tools to manage digital identities. It offers features such as single sign-on (SSO), multi-factor authentication (MFA), user provisioning, role-based access control (RBAC), and more. By centralizing identity management, Keycloak simplifies the process of securing applications, services, and infrastructure. Key Features of Keycloak 1. Single Sign-On (SSO): Keycloak enables users to log in once and access multiple applications seamlessly. This reduces the need for separate credentials for each service, streamlining the user experience while enhancing security. 2. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA): To add an extra layer of protection, Keycloak supports MFA, requiring users to provide two or more forms of verification before accessing sensitive resources. 3. User Provisioning: The platform automates the creation, modification, and deletion of user accounts, reducing manual tasks and potential errors associated with manual processes. 4. Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Keycloak allows organizations to define fine-grained access policies based on roles, ensuring that users only access resources they are authorized to use. 5. Centralized User Management: By consolidating user information in one place, Keycloak reduces the risk of data silos and ensures consistent policy enforcement across all applications and services. 6. Scalability: Keycloak is designed to handle large-scale deployments, making it suitable for organizations with extensive IT infrastructures and growing security needs. 7. Compliance and Audit Trails: The platform provides detailed logs of user actions, aiding organizations in compliance with regulatory requirements and auditing purposes. 8. Extensibility: Keycloak supports integration with a wide range of identity providers (IdPs) and service providers (SpPs), allowing organizations to tailor the solution to their specific needs. How Does Keycloak Work? Keycloak operates by acting as an identity provider that interacts with applications through its REST API. It authenticates users, verifies their credentials, and manages sessions. The platform is highly customizable, allowing administrators to configure settings such as authentication flows, role mappings, and policy rules. Use Cases for Keycloak - Enterprise Applications: Keycloak is widely used in enterprise environments to secure access to critical applications like email, file storage, and internal tools. - Cloud Platforms: Organizations leveraging cloud platforms such as AWS, Azure, or Google Cloud can use Keycloak to manage identities across their multi-cloud environments. - API Security: By integrating Keycloak with APIs, developers can enforce authentication and authorization policies, ensuring secure API access. - Educational Institutions: Universities and colleges often use Keycloak to manage student and faculty access to learning management systems, email accounts, and other services. The Keycloak Community Keycloak has a strong open-source community that actively contributes to its development. The platform is supported by the Kubernetes Operators project, which simplifies deployment and management in cloud-native environments. Additionally, there are numerous plugins and extensions available, further enhancing the functionality of Keycloak. Getting Started with Keycloak For organizations looking to implement Keycloak, the first step is to download and install the software from the official website. The platform offers both an open-source version and a commercial offering with additional features like advanced analytics and customer support. Once installed, administrators can configure Keycloak by setting up identity providers, defining authentication flows, and assigning roles. The platform also provides detailed documentation and guides to assist users in navigating its features. Best Practices for Keycloak Implementation 1. Plan Thoroughly: Before implementing Keycloak, it is essential to assess the organization's security requirements, existing infrastructure, and compliance needs. 2. Test in a Sandbox Environment: To ensure a smooth deployment, organizations should test Keycloak in a sandbox environment before rolling it out to production. 3. Monitor and Optimize: After implementation, continuous monitoring of user activity and system performance is crucial for identifying potential issues and optimizing the platform's configuration. 4. Stay Updated: The cybersecurity landscape is constantly evolving, so it is important to keep Keycloak up-to-date with the latest security patches and updates. Conclusion Keycloak represents a powerful solution for organizations seeking to enhance their identity management capabilities. Its robust features, open-source nature, and active community support make it an excellent choice for businesses looking to secure their digital assets. By implementing Keycloak, organizations can streamline authentication processes, reduce manual tasks, and improve overall security posture.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: kohya ss

Kohya-ss A UI for training and fine-tuning custom models, LoRAs, and Textual Inversions for Stable Diffusion. Introduction to Kohya-ss In the ever-evolving landscape of generative AI, tools like Stable Diffusion have become indispensable for creating and optimizing AI models. However, achieving the perfect balance between creativity and control often requires more than just a click of a button. Enter Kohya-ss, an intuitive user interface designed to empower researchers and content creators with unprecedented control over their custom models. Training Custom Models The foundation of Kohya-ss lies in its ability to facilitate the training of custom models tailored to specific tasks. Whether you're working on image generation, text-to-image synthesis, or other generative tasks, Kohya-ss provides a seamless environment for experimenting with different architectures and configurations. By leveraging advanced optimization techniques, the platform ensures that your models are not only powerful but also aligned with your unique creative vision. LoRAs: Layer-wise Recurrent Attention Mechanisms One of the most groundbreaking features of Kohya-ss is its support for Layer-wise Recurrent Attention Mechanisms (LoRAs). LoRAs enable the model to focus on different parts of an image at various stages of generation, allowing for more refined and context-aware outputs. This mechanism is particularly useful in scenarios where precise control over the generation process is crucial, such as when creating highly detailed or stylized images. Textual Inversions Kohya-ss also excels in handling Textual Inversions, a technique that generates images from textual prompts. By analyzing and interpreting the input text, the platform can produce highly accurate and contextually relevant visual representations. This feature is especially valuable for content creators who want to bring their textual ideas to life without relying on pre-existing datasets. Fine-tuning and Optimization Once your model is trained, Kohya-ss offers robust tools for fine-tuning and optimization. This allows users to adapt their models to new domains or improve performance on specific tasks. Whether you're tweaking hyperparameters or experimenting with different architectural changes, the platform provides a user-friendly interface to monitor progress and iterate quickly. Conclusion Kohya-ss represents a significant leap forward in the accessibility of advanced generative AI tools. By providing researchers and content creators with the ability to train, fine-tune, and optimize their models with unprecedented precision, it democratizes the development of custom AI solutions. In an era where creativity is often constrained by technical limitations, Kohya-ss offers a powerful solution for pushing the boundaries of what's possible in generative AI.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: kubeapps

KubeApps KubeApps is a web-based user interface (UI) designed to simplify the process of deploying, managing, and monitoring applications on Kubernetes clusters. This tool provides users with an intuitive way to interact with their Kubernetes infrastructure, ensuring that applications are deployed correctly and operators are managed effectively. What is KubeApps? KubeApps acts as a centralized platform where users can launch and manage trusted applications and operators. It allows for fine-grained access control, ensuring that only authorized individuals or teams can interact with specific parts of the cluster. This feature is particularly useful in environments where security and compliance are critical. Key Features 1. Application Deployment: KubeApps enables users to deploy applications using declarative YAML files, making it easier to define and manage complex configurations. 2. Operator Management: Operators are automated workflows that can be defined to manage the lifecycle of Kubernetes components. KubeApps provides a user-friendly interface for creating and managing these operators. 3. Cluster Access Control: The platform includes robust access control mechanisms, allowing administrators to restrict access to specific clusters or applications based on roles and permissions. 4. Monitoring and Observability: KubeApps provides dashboards and monitoring tools that help users track the health and performance of their applications and clusters. 5. Integration with CI/CD Pipelines: By integrating with existing CI/CD pipelines, KubeApps supports a seamless workflow for deploying applications at scale. 6. User Authentication and Authorization: The platform supports multiple authentication methods, including OAuth and OpenID Connect, ensuring secure access to the Kubernetes cluster. Use Cases - Application Developers: Developers can use KubeApps to deploy their applications without needing deep knowledge of Kubernetes operations. - Operators: Operators responsible for managing specific components or services within the cluster can streamline their workflows using KubeApps. - Security Engineers: Security engineers can enforce access controls and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements by monitoring user activity on KubeApps. - Cluster Administrators: Cluster administrators can manage multiple clusters and applications from a single interface, reducing operational overhead. Benefits Using KubeApps can lead to several benefits for organizations and individuals: 1. Simplified Kubernetes Management: The web-based interface reduces the learning curve associated with Kubernetes, making it accessible to a broader range of users. 2. Reduced Errors: By providing a declarative approach to deploying applications, KubeApps minimizes errors and ensures consistency across deployments. 3. Enhanced Collaboration: Centralized access control and monitoring tools promote better collaboration among teams working on the same cluster. 4. Support for Cloud-Native Applications: KubeApps is designed to work seamlessly with cloud-native applications, making it a versatile tool for modern infrastructure. Conclusion KubeApps is an essential tool for anyone managing Kubernetes clusters, offering a user-friendly interface that simplifies deployment, management, and monitoring of applications and operators. Its robust access control and integration capabilities make it a valuable addition to any organization's DevOps toolkit.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: languagetool

LanguageTool LanguageTool is a powerful proofreading software designed to assist users in improving their writing by identifying and correcting grammar, punctuation, and style issues across multiple languages. With support for English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Dutch, and more, LanguageTool caters to a wide range of users, from casual writers to professional content creators. What is LanguageTool? LanguageTool functions as both a grammar checker and a style guide, providing detailed feedback on text quality. It helps in identifying common mistakes such as subject-verb agreement errors, incorrect tenses, missing commas, and improper use of punctuation. Additionally, it offers suggestions for improving sentence structure and overall readability. Key Features 1. Grammar Checking: The software meticulously checks for grammatical errors, ensuring that your writing adheres to standard grammar rules. 2. Punctuation Correction: It identifies misplaced or missing punctuation marks, helping you maintain proper sentence structure. 3. Style Suggestions: LanguageTool provides recommendations to enhance the clarity and professionalism of your writing. 4. Multi-Language Support: Users can proofread texts in multiple languages, making it an invaluable tool for non-native speakers. 5. Customization Options: You can customize dictionaries and writing styles to suit specific preferences or requirements. 6. Integration with Workflow: LanguageTool offers both web-based and desktop versions, allowing you to proofread directly within your favorite text editor or document processor. 7. User-Friendly Interface: The interface is designed to be intuitive, making it accessible even to those new to using such tools. Benefits of Using LanguageTool - Improved Writing Quality: By catching errors and suggesting improvements, LanguageTool ensures that your writing is polished and professional. - Time Efficiency: Instead of manually proofreading each text, LanguageTool automates the process, saving you valuable time. - Enhanced Professionalism: Consistently high-quality writing can be crucial for business communications, academic submissions, and other formal purposes. - Assistance for Non-Native Speakers: For those learning English or another language, LanguageTool acts as a reliable guide to help perfect their writing. - Cost-Effective Solution: As an open-source tool, LanguageTool is freely available, making it accessible to users without financial constraints. How Does LanguageTool Work? LanguageTool employs advanced algorithms to analyze text and compare it against a database of grammatical rules for each supported language. The software's interface allows users to upload or copy-paste text, receive feedback in real-time, and make necessary corrections. Customization options enable users to add specific words or phrases to the dictionary, ensuring that the tool respects personal writing styles. Use Cases - Academic Writing: Students and researchers can benefit from LanguageTool's ability to detect errors in academic papers, theses, and dissertations. - Business Documents: Professionals can use it to proofread emails, reports, and presentations, ensuring that their communication is clear and concise. - Content Creation: Content writers, bloggers, and marketers can rely on LanguageTool to maintain high-quality standards across their work. - Student Assignments: Teachers can assign texts for students to analyze and improve, fostering better writing skills. - Technical Writing: It helps in creating precise and professional technical documentation. Limitations While LanguageTool is a robust tool, it has some limitations. For highly specialized fields or industries with unique writing conventions, the software may not catch all errors. Additionally, its performance can be slow when dealing with very large texts. Customization options are limited compared to premium tools, and advanced features like plagiarism checking are absent. User Feedback Many users praise LanguageTool for its accuracy and versatility. However, some note that it can be slow on lengthy documents and that the interface could benefit from more user-friendly enhancements. Despite these minor drawbacks, the tool remains a valuable resource for writers of all levels. Comparisons with Other Tools When compared to paid services like Grammarly or Hemingway Editor, LanguageTool stands out for its open-source nature and extensive language support. While premium tools often require subscriptions, LanguageTool is free, making it an attractive alternative for users who prefer not to rely on third-party services. Conclusion LanguageTool is a versatile and user-friendly tool that can significantly enhance the quality of your writing. Its ability to handle multiple languages, provide detailed feedback, and integrate with various workflows makes it an excellent choice for anyone looking to improve their writing. Whether you're a casual blogger or a professional writer, LanguageTool offers features that can help you produce polished and error-free content. Try LanguageTool today and experience the benefits of automated proofreading for yourself!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: lemmy

Lemmy A Link Aggregator and Forum for the Fediverse What is Lemmy? Lemmy is a dynamic platform designed to bring together content creators, enthusiasts, and users within the Fediverse ecosystem. It serves as both a link aggregator and a forum, providing a centralized space for sharing and discovering quality content. Key Features of Lemmy - User-Friendly Interface: Lemmy offers an intuitive interface that makes it easy for users to navigate and engage with content. - Content Aggregation: The platform aggregates links from various sources, ensuring users have access to a wide range of topics and perspectives. - Moderation Tools: Lemmy provides robust moderation tools to ensure that the community remains respectful and constructive. - Customization Options: Users can customize their experience by following specific tags or topics, tailoring their feed to their interests. How Does Lemmy Work? Using Lemmy is straightforward: users submit links to content they find interesting or relevant, which are then reviewed and added to the platform's database. The content is organized by categories or tags, making it easy for users to explore new content. Additionally, Lemmy supports discussions through comments and replies, fostering deeper engagement among users. The Impact of Lemmy on the Fediverse Lemmy has become a valuable resource for the Fediverse community, providing a space where users can share their work, discover new content, and connect with like-minded individuals. It has particularly benefited content creators who want to showcase their work to a broader audience while also engaging with their audience in meaningful conversations. Conclusion Lemmy is more than just a link aggregator; it is a hub for collaboration, learning, and growth within the Fediverse. By providing a platform for sharing and discussing content, Lemmy has enriched the online community, making it easier for users to connect and share ideas. Whether you're a content creator or an enthusiast, Lemmy offers a unique way to engage with the Fediverse and beyond.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: librereddit

Librereddit: A Privacy-Focused Reddit Client In an era where digital privacy has become a cornerstone of online safety, many users are seeking alternatives to mainstream platforms that prioritize control over their data. Among these alternatives is Librereddit, a Reddit client designed with privacy at its core. This article delves into the features, benefits, and unique aspects of Librereddit, highlighting why it stands out in the world of online forums and communities. What is Librereddit? Librereddit is an open-source application that allows users to interact with Reddit content in a more controlled and private manner. Unlike traditional Reddit clients, which often rely on third-party APIs and may not offer robust privacy settings, Librereddit gives users the power to customize their experience while maintaining high levels of data security. The app emphasizes user autonomy by enabling features such as: - Customization: Users can tailor their interface to match their preferences, including theme colors, layout configurations, and notification settings. - Privacy Protection: Librereddit includes built-in tools to block trackers, reduce data usage, and avoid sharing unnecessary information with third parties. - Ad-Free Experience: The app is designed to eliminate intrusive advertisements, providing a cleaner and more distraction-free browsing experience. Why Open Source? One of the most appealing aspects of Librereddit is its open-source nature. This transparency allows users to inspect the code, identify potential issues, and contribute to the development process. By being open-source, Librereddit fosters a community-driven approach where users can collaborate on improvements or fix bugs as they arise. This collaborative environment also ensures that the app remains aligned with user priorities, as features and updates are dictated by the community rather than external pressures or algorithms. Benefits for Users Librereddit offers a variety of benefits that make it an attractive alternative to traditional Reddit clients: 1. Enhanced Privacy: The app prioritizes user privacy by default, offering tools like tracker blocking and analytics protection. This ensures that your online activity remains as private as possible. 2. Customizable Interface: Users have full control over their experience, allowing them to create a unique environment tailored to their preferences. 3. Ad-Free Experience: Librereddit removes intrusive advertisements, providing a more focused and enjoyable browsing experience. 4. Support for Self-Hosted Instances: For those who prefer even greater control, Librereddit supports self-hosted instances, enabling users to run their own Reddit-like platforms on their own servers. 5. Community-Driven Development: As an open-source project, Librereddit benefits from a vibrant community of contributors who work together to improve the app. This collaborative approach ensures that the app evolves in ways that matter to its users. How Does It Compare to Other Clients? When comparing Librereddit to other Reddit clients or browsers, several key differences set it apart: - Privacy Focus: While many clients claim to prioritize privacy, Librereddit goes above and beyond with built-in tools for tracker blocking and data control. - Customization Options: The app offers a level of customization that is often lacking in competing solutions. Users can tweak everything from themes to layout configurations. - Open Source Nature: The transparency of the codebase ensures accountability and trust, which are essential for users who value privacy and security. Use Cases Librereddit is not just limited to casual users. It has a wide range of applications, including: 1. Casual Browsing: For users who want to enjoy Reddit without the usual distractions, Librereddit provides a clean and focused experience. 2. Privacy-Conscious Navigation: Individuals concerned about data collection can use the app to browse with peace of mind, knowing that their activities are protected. 3. Community Collaboration: Developers, researchers, and activists who need to host or participate in private Reddit-like discussions can utilize Librereddit's self-hosted capabilities. 4. Customizable Workflows: Professionals and students can tailor the app to fit their specific needs, such as organizing feeds or setting up custom notifications for important updates. Conclusion Librereddit represents a new wave of online forums that prioritize user control and privacy. By offering a customizable, open-source alternative to traditional platforms, it empowers users to take charge of their online experience. Whether you're looking for a cleaner browsing experience, enhanced privacy, or the ability to self-host your own community, Librereddit provides a robust solution that aligns with modern values of transparency and user autonomy.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: libretranslate

LibreTranslate LibreTranslate is an open-source machine translation service designed to provide accurate and flexible text translation between various languages. As a free-to-use platform, it offers users the ability to translate content while maintaining control over the translation process. Overview of LibreTranslate LibreTranslate stands out as a unique solution in the realm of machine translation due to its open-source nature. Unlike many proprietary services, LibreTranslate allows users to access and modify its underlying code, making it highly customizable. This openness encourages collaboration among developers and translators, leading to continuous improvements and innovations in the platform. Key Features 1. Open-Source Flexibility: The platform's open-source architecture enables users to tweak translation rules, add new languages, or integrate custom workflows. This level of control is particularly useful for businesses with specific translation requirements. 2. Multilingual Support: LibreTranslate supports a wide range of languages, ensuring that users can translate text between any two supported languages. This inclusivity makes it an excellent tool for global communication and collaboration. 3. Customizable Translation Rules: Users have the ability to define their own translation rules, allowing for specialized handling of technical terms, idiomatic expressions, or other language-specific nuances. 4. Integration Capabilities: LibreTranslate can be integrated with various third-party tools and platforms, making it a versatile solution for businesses looking to streamline their workflows. 5. Community-Driven Improvements: As an open-source project, LibreTranslate benefits from contributions by the community. This collaborative environment ensures that the platform evolves over time, incorporating feedback and suggestions from users. How It Works Using LibreTranslate is straightforward: 1. Input Text: Users can input text they wish to translate. 2. Select Languages: Choose the source language (the language of the original text) and the target language (the language you want to translate the text into). 3. Generate Translation: The platform processes the text and provides a translation. The open-source nature of LibreTranslate allows for further customization, such as implementing advanced translation algorithms or creating APIs for integration with other applications. Community Involvement LibreTranslate's success is largely due to its active community. Open-source projects thrive on collaboration, and LibreTranslate is no exception. Users are encouraged to contribute to the platform by reporting bugs, suggesting features, and sharing translations. The community also benefits from forums, discussion groups, and documentation that provide valuable insights and tips for users. This level of support ensures that users can maximize their use of LibreTranslate while also contributing to its growth. Conclusion LibreTranslate represents a powerful and flexible solution for anyone needing to translate text across languages. Its open-source nature, customizable features, and active community make it an excellent choice for developers, businesses, and individuals alike. By joining the LibreTranslate community, users can play an active role in shaping the future of this valuable translation tool. Whether you're a developer looking to customize the platform or a user seeking reliable translations, LibreTranslate offers a wealth of possibilities.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: lidarr

Lidarr A music collection manager for Usenet and BitTorrent users. Lidarr Lidarr is an open-source music collection manager designed specifically for users who rely on Usenet and BitTorrent for their music downloads. This tool automates the process of collecting and organizing your music library, making it easier to manage large collections without manual intervention. What is Lidarr? Lidarr serves as a centralized hub where you can monitor, download, and organize music from various sources. It acts as an automation tool that simplifies the process of tracking and acquiring new releases. The software is particularly useful for those who prefer or rely on Usenet and BitTorrent for their music downloads. Features - Automated Downloads: Lidarr scans specified sources for new music releases and initiates downloads automatically. - Multi-Source Integration: Supports integration with various file-sharing platforms, including Usenet and BitTorrent. - Tagging and Organization: Allows users to tag and categorize their music collection, making it easier to navigate. - Search Functionality: Enables quick search within the collection using tags or keywords. - Customization: Users can configure download settings, such as file sizes and priorities. How It Works 1. Installation: Download and install Lidarr from its official repository or source control. 2. Configuration: Set up your preferred sources and configure download preferences. 3. Add Sources: Input URLs for your chosen music sources. 4. Download Music: Lidarr automatically detects new releases and starts downloads based on your settings. 5. Organize Collection: Use tagging to categorize your music, making it easy to find specific tracks or albums. Why Lidarr? Lidarr is an excellent choice for users who value privacy and control over their music collections. Unlike streaming services that may impose restrictions or track user activity, Lidarr provides a decentralized solution for managing your media. Community and Development Lidarr has gained a dedicated community of users and developers who contribute to its ongoing development. As an open-source project, Lidarr benefits from constant updates and improvements based on user feedback. Logo and Branding The Lidarr logo is a simple yet effective design that reflects the tool's functionality. The logo features a musical note within a circle, symbolizing the organization and management of music collections. Lidarr is a powerful tool for anyone looking to streamline their music collection management. Its ability to automate downloads and organize files makes it an indispensable resource for Usenet and BitTorrent users. Whether you're a casual listener or a dedicated collector, Lidarr offers features that cater to your needs. Try it out today and see how it can transform your music library!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: lighthouse ci

Lighthouse CI Overview of Lighthouse CI In today's fast-paced software development environment, continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) have become essential for efficient project management. Among the various tools available, Lighthouse CI stands out as a powerful solution for automating testing and analysis processes. This article delves into what Lighthouse CI is, its key features, and how it can be integrated into your workflow to enhance productivity. What is Lighthouse CI? Lighthouse CI is an open-source tool designed to run automated tests on your project's build artifacts. It provides a flexible and scalable way to execute tests, analyze performance metrics, and ensure code quality. By automating these processes, Lighthouse CI helps teams accelerate their development cycles while maintaining high standards of software delivery. Key Features of Lighthouse CI Lighthouse CI offers a range of features that make it a valuable addition to any project: 1. Cross-Platform Compatibility: The tool works seamlessly across different operating systems, including Windows and macOS. 2. Automated Testing: It supports various testing frameworks, allowing you to run tests on your build artifacts with just a few commands. 3. Performance Analysis: Lighthouse CI provides detailed insights into the performance of your application, helping identify bottlenecks and areas for improvement. 4. Integration Capabilities: It can be easily integrated with popular CI/CD pipelines such as Jenkins, CircleCI, and GitHub Actions. 5. Customizable Reports: The tool generates customizable reports that provide clear and actionable feedback on test results and performance metrics. How to Install Lighthouse CI Installing Lighthouse CI is a straightforward process. Follow these steps to get started: 1. Download the Latest Version: Visit the official Lighthouse CI website to download the latest version of the tool. 2. Install Dependencies: Ensure that all required dependencies are installed on your system. This may include tools like Node.js, npm, and Java Runtime Environment (JRE). 3. Configure Your Project: Set up a configuration file to specify which tests and analyses you want to run automatically. 4. Run Lighthouse CI: Execute the tool using the command line interface or through an integrated development environment (IDE). Usage Examples Lighthouse CI can be used in various scenarios, including: - Web Application Testing: Use it to automate testing of web applications built with frameworks like React, Angular, and Vue.js. - Mobile App Testing: Run automated tests on mobile applications using frameworks such as Appium. - Desktop Application Testing: Test desktop applications developed with Electron or similar technologies. Best Practices for Using Lighthouse CI To maximize the benefits of Lighthouse CI, follow these best practices: 1. Configure Lighthouse CI Thoroughly: Customize the tool to match your project's specific requirements, such as test coverage and performance metrics. 2. Leverage Automation: Use automation scripts to streamline repetitive testing tasks, reducing manual intervention. 3. Monitor Results Continuously: Regularly review the results generated by Lighthouse CI to identify trends and areas for improvement. 4. Collaborate Across Teams: Ensure that all team members are familiar with Lighthouse CI's features and how to interpret its reports. Conclusion Lighthouse CI is a powerful tool that can significantly enhance your project's testing and analysis processes. By automating tasks, providing detailed insights, and integrating seamlessly with existing workflows, it empowers teams to deliver high-quality software more efficiently. Whether you're working on web, mobile, or desktop applications, Lighthouse CI offers a flexible solution for all your testing needs. Start exploring the capabilities of Lighthouse CI today and see how it can transform your development process. Visit the official website to learn more about its features and get started with your own project.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: limesurvey

LimeSurvey LimeSurvey is the number one open-source survey software, designed to help organizations collect and analyze feedback efficiently. With its user-friendly interface and robust features, LimeSurvey has become a trusted tool for researchers, businesses, and non-profits alike. What is LimeSurvey? LimeSurvey is an open-source survey platform that allows users to create, distribute, and analyze surveys online. It offers flexibility in designing survey questions, collecting responses, and generating actionable insights. The software is known for its ease of use and cost-effectiveness, making it accessible to a wide range of users. Key Features - Ease of Use: LimeSurvey's intuitive interface makes it simple for anyone to create surveys without prior technical knowledge. - Customization: Users can design surveys with multiple question types, including multiple-choice, Likert scales, and open-ended questions. - Collaboration: The platform supports team collaboration, allowing multiple users to work on the same survey project. - Data Analysis: LimeSurvey provides powerful tools for data analysis, enabling users to generate reports and visualize results. - Mobile Access: Surveys can be accessed via mobile devices, making it easy for respondents to complete them on-the-go. - Integrations: The platform supports integrations with third-party tools like CRM systems and analytics software. - Security: LimeSurvey offers robust security features to protect sensitive data and ensure compliance with regulations like GDPR. How It Works 1. Create a Survey: Users can start by designing their survey using the provided templates or from scratch. 2. Distribute the Survey: Surveys can be shared via email, social media, or embedded on websites. 3. Collect Responses: LimeSurvey collects responses in real-time and stores them securely. 4. Analyze Data: The platform provides tools for filtering, sorting, and analyzing data to generate reports and charts. Why Choose LimeSurvey? - Popularity: LimeSurvey has a strong user base and is widely recognized as a leading open-source survey tool. - Community Support: The active community contributes to ongoing development and provides support through forums and documentation. - Customization Options: Users can customize their surveys to match their brand or specific needs. - Cost-Effective: Unlike many proprietary survey tools, LimeSurvey is free to use, making it accessible for organizations of all sizes. Use Cases LimeSurvey can be used for a wide range of purposes, including: - Academic Research: Researchers can distribute surveys to gather data for studies. - Employee Feedback: Companies can use LimeSurvey to collect feedback from employees and improve workplace satisfaction. - Market Surveys: Businesses can conduct market research to better understand customer preferences. - Event Planning: Event organizers can survey attendees to gather feedback and improve future events. - Non-Profit Initiatives: Non-profits can use LimeSurvey to gather data for advocacy or fundraising efforts. - Customer Experience Analysis: Companies can use surveys to collect feedback on products, services, and experiences. Conclusion LimeSurvey is a powerful and versatile tool for anyone looking to conduct surveys online. Its open-source nature, ease of use, and robust features make it an excellent choice for organizations of all sizes. Whether you're conducting market research, gathering employee feedback, or analyzing customer experiences, LimeSurvey provides the tools needed to collect and analyze data effectively. Explore LimeSurvey today and see how it can transform your survey process!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: littlelink server

LittleLink Server: A Simple and Effective URL Shortener In today's digital age, managing URLs efficiently is crucial for anyone looking to share links easily. Whether you're a marketer, a developer, or just someone who wants to streamline their sharing process, a URL shortener can be an invaluable tool. Among the many options available, LittleLink Server stands out as a simple yet powerful solution for your URL shortening needs. What is a URL Shortener? A URL shortener is a service that allows users to create a shorter, more readable link from a longer URL. This is particularly useful when sharing links on social media platforms, in emails, or anywhere where space is limited. Instead of copying and pasting lengthy URLs, you can provide a cleaner version that still directs users to the same destination. The Benefits of Using LittleLink Server LittleLink Server offers a range of features designed to make URL management as easy and efficient as possible: 1. Ease of Setup: Getting started with LittleLink Server is straightforward. Whether you're using it through a web interface or integrating it into your existing system, the setup process is quick and user-friendly. 2. Custom Domains: You can use your own domain name for your shortened URLs, which can help maintain brand consistency and make links look more professional. 3. Link Statistics: Track how your links are performing with detailed statistics that include click-through rates, referral sources, and location data. This information can be invaluable for understanding the effectiveness of your links. 4. Security Features: LittleLink Server prioritizes security with features like HTTPS encryption and robust access controls to ensure your links and data remain safe. 5. Performance: The platform is optimized for speed, ensuring that both link creation and redirection processes are quick and responsive. 6. Customization: Customize the appearance of your links with themes and brand colors to match your website's design. 7. API Access: For developers, LittleLink Server offers an API that allows for integration into custom applications, enabling advanced use cases and automation. 8. User Experience: The intuitive dashboard makes it easy to manage links, with features like search functionality to help users find their links quickly. How to Use LittleLink Server Using LittleLink Server is a straightforward process: 1. Installation: Install the service via Docker, making it accessible to both new and experienced users. 2. Configuration: Configure your domain settings and choose your preferred URL shortening method. 3. Link Creation: Create short links using a simple interface that allows for customization of your URLs. 4. Redirection: Users are redirected to the original link or to a specific page, depending on your preferences. Security and Performance Security is a top priority for LittleLink Server, with features like HTTPS encryption ensuring that all data transmitted over the internet is protected. The platform also offers multi-factor authentication for an extra layer of protection. Performance-wise, LittleLink Server uses efficient algorithms to handle link creation and redirection quickly, even during peak traffic times. This ensures that your links are always accessible and responsive. Future Features LittleLink Server is continuously evolving with new features being added based on user feedback. Some upcoming enhancements include advanced analytics for tracking click behavior, expanded customization options, and improved API functionality. Conclusion Whether you're a casual user or a professional, LittleLink Server provides the tools you need to manage your URLs effectively. Its ease of use, flexibility, and reliability make it an excellent choice for anyone looking to streamline their link-sharing process. By using LittleLink Server, you can rest assured that your links are not only shorter but also more secure and customizable than ever before. Start your journey with LittleLink Server today and see the difference a good URL shortener can make in how you share and manage your links.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: locust

locust A Scalable Load Testing Tool Written in Python Load testing is a critical aspect of software development, ensuring that applications can handle expected workloads under various conditions. Among the many tools available, Locust stands out as a powerful and scalable solution for testing web applications, APIs, and other distributed systems. This article delves into what makes Locust unique, its key features, and how it can be applied in real-world scenarios. Understanding Load Testing Load testing involves simulating multiple users accessing a system to ensure it performs well under stress. This process helps identify bottlenecks, optimize resource usage, and validate the scalability of an application. Tools like JMeter, Gatling, and Locust are commonly used for this purpose, each offering distinct advantages. What is Locust? Locust is an open-source load testing tool written in Python. It is known for its simplicity, flexibility, and ability to scale to large numbers of users. The tool allows testers to create realistic user profiles, simulate concurrent requests, and analyze the performance metrics of their applications. Key Features of Locust 1. Scalability: One of Locust's most notable features is its ability to handle a massive number of simultaneous users. This makes it ideal for testing systems that may encounter thousands or even millions of requests at once. 2. User-Friendly Interface: Despite its power, Locust has a user-friendly interface that makes it accessible to both experienced and novice testers. The tool provides a web-based dashboard for monitoring test results. 3. Performance Monitoring: Locust offers detailed performance metrics, including response times, request rates, and error frequencies. This data is crucial for identifying areas of improvement in the tested system. 4. Extensibility: Users can extend Locust's functionality by writing custom plugins or scripts. This allows for tailored testing scenarios that meet specific requirements. 5. Integration with CI/CD Pipelines: Many modern development workflows integrate automated testing into continuous integration and deployment (CI/CD) pipelines. Locust supports this integration, enabling teams to perform load testing as part of their broader testing strategy. Use Cases for Locust - Web Application Testing: Test the performance of a website or web service under varying loads. - API Testing: Validate the scalability and reliability of RESTful APIs by simulating multiple concurrent requests. - Mobile App Testing: Assess the ability of a mobile application to handle simultaneous users accessing data-heavy features. - Database Testing: Evaluate the performance of database queries under high load conditions. Community Support Locust has a strong community behind it, which contributes to its development and provides valuable resources for users. The tool is actively maintained by a dedicated team of developers, ensuring that it stays up-to-date with the latest technological advancements. Conclusion In the ever-evolving landscape of software development, load testing is essential for delivering reliable and performant applications. Locust offers a robust solution for this critical task, combining scalability, user-friendliness, and powerful analytics to meet the needs of modern testers. Whether you're working on a small project or a large-scale application, Locust provides the tools necessary to ensure your system can handle the demands of its users. If you're interested in exploring Locust further, there are plenty of resources available, including documentation, tutorials, and community forums. Start by setting up a simple test scenario to get a feel for how the tool works before diving into more complex use cases.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: logpaste

Logpaste A self-hosted paste service for logs and text. Logpaste Logpaste is a self-hosted service designed for securely sharing and storing log files, text, and other data. It provides a centralized platform that enhances collaboration, streamlines troubleshooting, and ensures secure access to critical information. By hosting the service internally, organizations gain full control over their data, making it an ideal solution for businesses of all sizes. Key Features - Secure Log Storage: Your logs are stored securely on your own server, ensuring compliance with data protection regulations. - Easy File Sharing: Share logs and text files with team members or external partners without the risk of data exposure. - Version Control: Track changes over time and revert to previous versions if needed. - Advanced Search: Use powerful search capabilities to quickly locate specific information within your logs. - Integration: Compatible with popular log analysis tools, enabling seamless workflow integration. - Customization: Tailor the service to meet specific organizational requirements. - User Management: Granular access controls ensure that only authorized individuals can view or download files. Benefits 1. Enhanced Security: Data remains encrypted both at rest and in transit, reducing the risk of breaches. 2. Cost Efficiency: Eliminates the need for expensive cloud storage solutions while providing robust functionality. 3. Data Sovereignty: Maintain control over your data with a self-hosted solution that adheres to local regulations. 4. Improved Collaboration: Easy sharing fosters better teamwork and information exchange across departments. 5. Compliance Assurance: Meets strict data protection standards, ensuring legal compliance. 6. Scalability: Easily handle growing volumes of logs and text files with a flexible solution. How It Works 1. Installation: Deploy Logpaste on your server using Docker or other containerization tools. 2. Configuration: Set up user accounts, access controls, and storage directories. 3. Uploading Logs: Use command-line tools or APIs to upload logs and text files securely. 4. Sharing: Provide download links to authorized users with expiration dates if needed. 5. Access Control: Restrict file access based on user roles and permissions. Security Logpaste incorporates robust security features, including: - Encryption: Data is encrypted both at rest and in transit using strong encryption protocols. - Access Controls: Granular permissions ensure that only authorized users can view or download files. - Audit Logs: Track who accessed or downloaded files for compliance and monitoring purposes. - Data Retention Policies: Define how long data should be retained before deletion. Use Cases - IT Operations: Monitor system performance, troubleshoot issues, and maintain a history of logs. - Development Teams: Share debug information, code snippets, and project data securely. - System Administrators: Centralize log files for easier analysis and management. - Cybersecurity Teams: Analyze security events and share incident reports internally. - Compliance Officers: Store and share sensitive documentation securely. Conclusion Logpaste offers a secure, flexible, and cost-effective solution for managing and sharing logs and text files. By hosting the service internally, organizations gain full control over their data, ensuring compliance with regulations and enhancing collaboration. Whether you're an individual developer or a large organization, Logpaste provides the tools needed to streamline your workflow while maintaining security and privacy.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: lychee

Lychee Lychee is a self-hosted photo management platform designed to empower users with full control over their digital photo collections. In an era where digital content continues to grow, managing and organizing photos has become a critical task for individuals and professionals alike. Lychee offers a flexible, open-source solution that allows users to upload, organize, and share images in a way that is both intuitive and customizable. What is Lychee? Lychee is an open-source photo management tool that provides users with the ability to host their own photo library on a self-hosted server. This means you can install it on your own hardware, giving you complete control over your data and photos. Unlike many cloud-based platforms, Lychee does not rely on third-party servers, which can be advantageous for privacy-conscious individuals or organizations. The platform is built with a focus on simplicity and functionality, offering features such as: - Uploading Photos: Users can upload images in various formats, including JPEG, PNG, GIF, and more. - Organizing Albums: Albums can be created to categorize photos, making it easier to manage large collections. - Tagging and Metadata: Lychee supports tagging, allowing users to assign keywords or labels to their photos for quick retrieval. - Search Functionality: Advanced search capabilities enable users to locate specific photos based on tags, dates, or other criteria. - Sharing Photos: Photos can be shared with others via email, social media, or direct links. - Basic Editing: The platform often includes basic editing tools, such as cropping and resizing images. Benefits of Using Lychee One of the primary advantages of using Lychee is the ability to self-host your photos. This means you avoid relying on third-party services, which can be beneficial for privacy and data security. Additionally, Lychee offers flexibility in terms of customization, allowing users to modify the platform's appearance and functionality through plugins or custom code. For professionals, such as photographers or videographers, Lychee provides a robust solution for managing large volumes of images and videos. The platform is scalable, meaning it can grow with your needs, whether you're running a small blog or a large-scale photography portfolio. Comparing Lychee to Other Platforms When considering photo management platforms, many users turn to cloud-based services like Google Photos, Dropbox, or Flickr. While these platforms offer convenience and ease of use, they come with limitations: - Data Privacy: Your photos are stored on third-party servers, which can be less secure than self-hosting. - Cost: Cloud storage costs can add up over time, especially for large photo libraries. - Customization: Most cloud-based platforms limit customization options, making it difficult to tailor the platform to your specific needs. Lychee addresses these limitations by offering a self-hosted solution that provides greater control and flexibility. Whether you're managing personal photos or professional content, Lychee can be tailored to meet your unique requirements. Getting Started with Lychee Getting started with Lychee involves several steps, including: 1. Installation: Lychee can be installed on most web servers, such as Nginx or Apache. The installation process is typically straightforward and well-documented. 2. Configuration: After installation, you'll need to configure the platform, including setting up user accounts and defining storage locations. 3. Customization: Users can customize the platform by modifying themes, adding plugins, or integrating third-party services. Customization Options Lychee's flexibility extends to its customization options, which include: - Themes: Users can choose from a variety of pre-built themes or create their own using CSS and HTML. - Plugins: The platform supports plugins that can add additional functionality, such as image editing tools or social media integration. - API Integration: Lychee offers an API for developers who want to integrate the platform with other applications or services. Use Cases Lychee is suitable for a wide range of use cases, including: - Personal Photo Management: For organizing and sharing personal photos with family and friends. - Professional Photography: For managing portfolios and delivering work to clients. - Family Photo Albums: For creating and sharing photo albums with extended families. - Community or Team Use: For collaborative projects where team members need access to shared photos. Conclusion Lychee is a powerful, flexible photo management platform that offers users greater control over their digital content. By self-hosting your photos, you can enjoy enhanced privacy, security, and customization options. Whether you're managing personal photos or professional content, Lychee provides a robust solution for organizing and sharing images in an intuitive and user-friendly manner. For those who value data sovereignty and want to avoid the limitations of cloud-based platforms, Lychee is an excellent choice. Its open-source nature and customizable interface make it a valuable tool for individuals and organizations alike. Start your journey with Lychee today and take control of your photo management needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: magento

Magento Magento is a powerful open-source e-commerce platform designed to help businesses create and manage online stores effectively. Known for its flexibility, scalability, and robust features, Magento has become a favorite among retailers and entrepreneurs alike. Whether you're running a small business or a large enterprise, Magento offers the tools needed to build a strong online presence. Key Features of Magento Magento is open-source, meaning it is free to use, modify, and distribute. This accessibility makes it an excellent choice for businesses looking to customize their e-commerce experience without relying on third-party solutions. The platform supports a wide range of features, including: - Customizable Admin Interface: Magento's admin panel allows users to manage products, customers, orders, and more with ease. - SEO Capabilities: Built-in tools help optimize your store's visibility on search engines like Google and Bing. - Multilingual Support: Magento can be translated into over 50 languages, making it accessible to a global audience. - Mobile Optimization: The platform ensures that your store is responsive and functions well on mobile devices. Why Businesses Choose Magento One of the main reasons businesses choose Magento is its ability to scale. Whether you're selling a few products or thousands of items, Magento can handle the load. Additionally, the platform supports a wide range of payment gateways and shipping methods, making it easy to integrate with various third-party services. Magento also offers extensive customization options. Users can choose from hundreds of free themes and templates, or create their own using HTML, CSS, and PHP. This level of customization allows businesses to create a unique shopping experience that reflects their brand identity. How Magento Works Magento is built on a flexible architecture that allows for modular development. The platform uses something called "modules" to add functionality, such as customer management, product cataloging, and payment processing. These modules can be easily enabled or disabled, giving users the ability to tailor their store's features. The platform also supports extensions, which are like plug-and-play additions that enhance functionality. From analytics tools to marketing automation, there's likely an extension for almost any need. Users can also create custom extensions using Magento's developer API. Real-World Applications of Magento Magento is used by a wide range of businesses across industries, including retail, fashion, automotive, and more. For example: - Ford: Uses Magento to power its online store, where customers can browse vehicles, compare models, and configure options. - Coca-Cola: Leverages Magento for its custom e-commerce solutions, allowing consumers to purchase products directly from the brand's website. These examples highlight the platform's versatility and ability to serve a variety of business needs. Conclusion Magento is an excellent choice for businesses looking to establish a strong online presence. Its open-source nature, customizable interface, and robust features make it a powerful tool for e-commerce. Whether you're just starting out or looking to expand your current operations, Magento provides the flexibility and scalability needed to succeed in today's competitive market.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: magicmirror

The concept of a smart mirror has captured the imagination of tech enthusiasts and designers alike. By integrating technology with traditional mirrors, smart mirrors transform ordinary reflections into interactive experiences. Among the most prominent platforms enabling this transformation is MagicMirror, an open-source modular smart mirror platform designed to turn mirrors into dynamic, information-rich displays. What is MagicMirror? MagicMirror is an open-source project that reimagines the traditional mirror as a versatile interactive surface. It allows users to display real-time data such as time, weather, calendar events, and custom widgets, making it a hub for personal productivity and smart home integration. The platform's modular design enables users to extend its functionality through additional modules, each serving a specific purpose. Features of MagicMirror 1. Real-Time Information Display: MagicMirror can display live data such as the current time, weather conditions, and calendar events. Users can customize these displays to fit their preferences. 2. Customizable Widgets: The platform supports a wide range of widgets that can be added to the mirror's interface. These widgets can be configured using HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, allowing for highly personalized experiences. 3. Integration with Smart Home Devices: MagicMirror can connect to smart home devices via APIs, enabling users to monitor and control various aspects of their environment, such as lighting, temperature, and security systems. 4. Open-Source and Community-Driven: MagicMirror is freely available under an open-source license, encouraging contributions from the global developer community. This collaborative approach has led to a wealth of resources, including documentation, tutorials, and community support. 5. Compatibility with Popular Platforms: The platform supports various single-board computers, such as the Raspberry Pi, making it accessible to a wide range of users regardless of their technical expertise. How Does MagicMirror Work? MagicMirror operates on both hardware and software levels. On the hardware side, it requires a mirror display, touch sensors, and integration with smart home devices via IoT hubs. On the software side, users install MagicMirror along with its modules and configure settings through a web interface or command line. Installation Guide 1. Prepare Your Hardware: Ensure you have a compatible mirror, touch sensors, and necessary cables. 2. Set Up Your Environment: Install Node.js, npm, Git, and Python on your system to access the MagicMirror repository. 3. Install Dependencies: Use npm to install required packages such as node-serialport for hardware communication. 4. Clone the Repository: Download the MagicMirror repository from GitHub or a compatible platform. 5. Run the Setup Script: Execute the installation script to install MagicMirror and its dependencies. Customizing Your MagicMirror Customization is one of the most appealing aspects of MagicMirror. Users can enhance their mirror's functionality by adding custom widgets, integrating third-party APIs, and creating unique visual designs. For example, you can add a weather widget that displays your location's current conditions or a calendar widget that shows upcoming events. The MagicMirror Community The MagicMirror community is vibrant and welcoming to new members. Developers regularly contribute modules and improvements, ensuring the platform evolves with the latest technological advancements. Resources like detailed documentation, active forums, and regular meetups provide users with ample support and inspiration. Use Cases for MagicMirror - Personal Productivity: Display reminders, tasks, and notes on your mirror. - Smart Home Monitoring: Track energy consumption, security systems, and more. - Entertainment: Stream music or videos directly on your mirror. - Conversation Piece: A unique conversation starter that combines technology and aesthetics. Limitations and Considerations While MagicMirror offers immense potential, it is not without its limitations. The platform is still evolving, and some features may require additional setup and configuration. Additionally, users must have some technical knowledge to fully utilize the platform's capabilities. Privacy concerns, such as always-on screen usage, should also be considered. Future of MagicMirror The future of MagicMirror looks promising, with plans for new features, improved integration, and enhanced user experiences. The project continues to grow, thanks in part to contributions from the open-source community. Conclusion MagicMirror represents a groundbreaking fusion of technology and design, transforming mirrors into interactive tools that enhance daily life. Its open-source nature, modular architecture, and active community support make it an excellent choice for tech enthusiasts and casual users alike. Whether you're looking to streamline your productivity or add smart home capabilities, MagicMirror offers a unique and customizable solution.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mailhog

mailhog An email testing tool for developers. Overview Mailhog is a powerful email testing solution designed specifically for developers. It provides a robust platform to send, track, and analyze emails, ensuring that your email systems work as expected during development and deployment. Features 1. Email Sending - Send test emails from your local environment. - Test multiple email configurations efficiently. 2. Bounce Handling - Automatically handle bounced emails. - Track and analyze bounce rates in real-time. 3. Delivery Tracking - Monitor the delivery status of each email. - Receive detailed reports on email performance. 4. Domain Configuration - Set up domain configurations for local testing. - Test DNS settings without leaving your environment. 5. Integration Capabilities - Integrate with existing CI/CD pipelines. - Trigger tests automatically during the build process. Benefits 1. Development Efficiency - Streamline email testing into your development workflow. - Reduce time spent on manual testing and debugging. 2. Error Reduction - Identify and resolve email issues early in the development cycle. - Avoid deployment errors related to email configurations. 3. Enhanced Productivity - Accelerate the development and release process. - Ensure consistent email functionality across environments. Integration with CI/CD 1. Setup Process - Integrate Mailhog into your CI/CD pipeline. - Use webhooks or API calls to trigger tests automatically. 2. Customizable Tests - Define custom test cases for different scenarios. - Run tests at specific stages of the development process. Common Use Cases 1. Local Configuration Testing - Test email configurations without leaving your local machine. - Verify DNS settings and server responses. 2. Email Service Verification - Ensure that third-party email services are functioning correctly. - Validate API endpoints for sending and receiving emails. 3. Troubleshooting - Diagnose issues with email delivery during production. - Investigate bounce rates and delivery failures. 4. Compliance - Verify compliance with email policies and regulations. - Ensure that email systems meet specific organizational standards. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mariadb galera

MariaDB Galera MariaDB Galera is a multi-primary database cluster solution designed to provide synchronous replication and high availability (HA) for businesses requiring continuous data access. This article explores the key features, benefits, and use cases of MariaDB Galera, making it an essential tool for organizations seeking robust database solutions. Understanding Database Clusters A database cluster consists of multiple instances working together to enhance performance, scalability, and reliability. Each instance in the cluster maintains its own data copy, ensuring that operations can continue uninterrupted even if one node fails. MariaDB Galera leverages this concept to deliver a solution tailored for businesses needing 24/7 access to their data. High Availability and Synchronous Replication The foundation of MariaDB Galera lies in its ability to provide synchronous replication across all nodes in the cluster. This ensures that all database instances have identical data at any given time, allowing for seamless failover and recovery processes. With synchronous replication, applications can switch seamlessly to another node without manual intervention, minimizing downtime. Load Balancing and Failure Handling MariaDB Galera employs advanced load balancing algorithms to distribute queries and tasks across the cluster efficiently. This ensures that no single node becomes a bottleneck, maintaining optimal performance even during peak workloads. Additionally, the system automatically detects and handles failures, rerouting traffic to functional nodes to prevent interruptions. Scalability and Performance Optimization One of the most significant advantages of MariaDB Galera is its ability to scale horizontally. Organizations can add more nodes to the cluster as needed, allowing for increased throughput and faster query response times. The solution also optimizes performance by reducing bottlenecks through efficient data distribution across the cluster. Installation and Configuration Setting up a MariaDB Galera cluster involves several steps, including installation of the MariaDB server, configuration of replication settings, and initial cluster setup. While the process may seem complex, it is well worth it for businesses requiring high availability and reliability. Use Cases MariaDB Galera is particularly beneficial for applications with high traffic or critical data requirements. It is commonly used in industries such as e-commerce, finance, and healthcare, where downtime can result in significant losses. The solution is also ideal for real-time analytics and large-scale data processing applications. Comparison to Other Solutions While other database solutions like MySQL and PostgreSQL offer their own benefits, MariaDB Galera stands out due to its focus on high availability and scalability. Although it may require more resources to set up and maintain compared to single-node solutions, the added reliability makes it a worthwhile investment for critical applications. Conclusion MariaDB Galera is a powerful solution for businesses needing a robust, scalable, and highly available database cluster. Its synchronous replication capabilities, load balancing, and ability to scale ensure minimal downtime and optimal performance. Whether you are managing mission-critical applications or growing your business, MariaDB Galera provides the reliability and flexibility needed to meet your data management needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mariadb

MariaDB MariaDB is an open-source, community-driven relational database management system (DBMS) that provides a robust solution for organizations seeking flexible and scalable database capabilities. Developed by the MariaDB Foundation, MariaDB is widely recognized for its enterprise-grade features, compatibility with traditional SQL, and its ability to handle large-scale data workloads. Overview of MariaDB MariaDB is designed to be both powerful and accessible, making it a popular choice for developers and organizations alike. Its open-source nature ensures transparency, collaboration, and continuous improvement, supported by a global community of contributors. The database system is known for its ability to support a wide range of applications, from small-scale projects to large enterprise systems. Key Features of MariaDB 1. Scalability: MariaDB excels in handling large datasets and multiple users simultaneously, making it ideal for high-traffic environments. 2. SQL Compatibility: While offering advanced SQL features, MariaDB remains compatible with traditional SQL databases, ensuring minimal learning curves for existing users. 3. Storage Engines: The database supports various storage engines, including InnoDB, MyISAM, and others, allowing users to optimize performance based on their specific needs. 4. Security Features: MariaDB provides robust security measures, such as secure authentication protocols and data encryption options. 5. Replication and High Availability: Built-in replication capabilities ensure data redundancy and availability, crucial for mission-critical applications. 6. Flexibility: MariaDB is highly customizable, with support for custom functions, stored procedures, and triggers. History of MariaDB MariaDB originated from the MySQL project, which was acquired by Oracle in 2008. The community and developers behind MySQL forked the project to create MariaDB in 2010, aiming to maintain the original vision of open-source and free access. Over time, MariaDB has evolved into a mature and feature-rich database solution that competes directly with commercial databases. Community and Development MariaDB's development is driven by a vibrant community of contributors who work collaboratively to improve the database system. The project adheres to an open-source model, allowing anyone to participate in its development and benefit from its advancements. Additionally, MariaDB has established partnerships with leading technology companies, ensuring its integration with modern infrastructure. Use Cases for MariaDB - Web Applications: MariaDB is commonly used as a backend for web applications, providing reliable data storage and retrieval. - Data Analytics: Its ability to handle complex queries makes it suitable for data analytics and business intelligence applications. - Cloud Integration: MariaDB is often deployed in cloud environments, leveraging scalable infrastructure solutions. - Enterprise Environments: With its high availability and robust security features, MariaDB is a preferred choice for large organizations. Benefits of Using MariaDB 1. Reliability: MariaDB ensures data integrity and consistency, making it suitable for critical applications. 2. Flexibility: Its modular architecture allows for customization to meet specific application requirements. 3. Cost-Effectiveness: As an open-source solution, MariaDB reduces reliance on expensive licensing models. Limitations of MariaDB While MariaDB offers numerous advantages, it also has some limitations: - Complexity: The database system can be complex to manage, particularly for smaller-scale deployments. - Skilled Resources: Administering MariaDB requires a knowledgeable workforce, which may not be available in all organizations. Conclusion MariaDB is a powerful and versatile database solution that has established itself as a leading alternative to commercial databases. Its open-source nature, robust features, and active community support make it an excellent choice for a wide range of applications. Whether you're developing a new application or migrating from an existing database, MariaDB provides the flexibility and reliability needed to succeed in today's digital landscape.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mastodon

mastodon Mastodon is a self-hosted social network server based on the ActivityPub protocol. It is designed to provide users with a decentralized, open-source platform for sharing thoughts, ideas, and content. Unlike centralized platforms like Twitter or Facebook, Mastodon allows individuals and organizations to host their own instances, giving them full control over their data and online presence. history of mastodon The development of Mastodon began in 2016, with the first version released shortly after. The platform was initially created as a response to the limitations of centralized social networks, particularly regarding data ownership and user privacy. Its design is inspired by the principles of ActivityPub, which promotes a federated approach to social networking, allowing different servers to communicate and share data seamlessly. technical aspects Mastodon is written in Ruby, making it accessible to developers who are familiar with the language. This choice allows for a high degree of customization and plugin development, enabling users to tailor their experience according to their specific needs. The platform's real-time updates and multimedia attachments make it more engaging than traditional social networks. community and adoption Mastodon has gained a dedicated community of users who value open-source technology and decentralization. The platform has seen significant growth since its launch, with many individuals and organizations setting up their own instances. This has led to the creation of a vibrant ecosystem of plugins, themes, and tools that enhance the user experience. advantages One of the key advantages of Mastodon is its lack of vendor lock-in. Users can easily switch between different instances without losing their data or following. Additionally, the platform's focus on real-time updates ensures that users are always connected to their network, providing a more dynamic and interactive experience. Mastodon also supports multimedia attachments, allowing users to share images, videos, and other content types directly within their posts. This feature enriches the user experience by making interactions more visually appealing. future of mastodon As technology continues to evolve, Mastodon has the potential to play a significant role in shaping the future of social networking. Its decentralized nature and open-source architecture make it an attractive alternative for those who are concerned about data privacy and control. With ongoing development and growing community support, Mastodon is likely to become an increasingly important platform for individuals and organizations that value freedom and independence. In conclusion, Mastodon offers a unique and powerful way to participate in social networking. Its commitment to decentralization, open-source principles, and user freedom makes it a standout choice for anyone who values control over their online presence.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: matomo

Matomo Matomo is an open-source web analytics platform designed to provide businesses with a flexible and powerful tool for tracking and analyzing website traffic. Unlike traditional solutions, Matomo offers full control over data, allowing users to self-host the platform and maintain privacy. What is Matomo? Matomo is built as a drop-in replacement for popular third-party analytics tools like Google Analytics. It provides detailed insights into user behavior, including metrics such as page views, bounce rates, conversion rates, and more. The platform is known for its ease of use, robust features, and commitment to privacy. Why Choose Matomo? One of the primary advantages of Matomo is its open-source nature. This means users have full access to the source code, allowing them to customize and extend the functionality according to their specific needs. Additionally, since it is self-hosted, businesses retain control over their data, ensuring compliance with privacy regulations like GDPR or CCPA. Matomo also offers real-time analytics, providing immediate feedback on website performance. This feature is particularly useful for e-commerce platforms, where tracking user behavior can help improve conversion rates and customer satisfaction. Key Features - Real-Time Analytics: Matomo provides instant data updates, allowing users to monitor traffic in real time. - User Tracking: The platform tracks individual user behavior, including bounce rates, session duration, and pages visited. - Customizable Reports: Users can create custom reports to visualize data in ways that matter most to their business. - Integration: Matomo can be integrated with a variety of third-party tools, such as CRM systems, email marketing platforms, and e-commerce software. Performance Matomo is designed to handle large amounts of data efficiently. The platform leverages caching mechanisms and data aggregation techniques to ensure fast performance, even when processing high volumes of traffic. Customization One of Matomo's standout features is its flexibility. Users can extend the platform's functionality by creating custom plugins or integrating third-party tools like Google Analytics or Hotjar. This level of customization makes it an ideal choice for businesses with unique requirements. User Experience Matomo offers a user-friendly interface that makes it easy for even non-technical users to analyze data. The platform also provides mobile access, allowing users to monitor analytics on-the-go. Future Developments Matomo is continuously evolving, with plans to incorporate AI-driven insights and machine learning algorithms to enhance predictive analytics capabilities. The platform also emphasizes community support, encouraging users to contribute to its development and documentation. Conclusion Matomo is a powerful, privacy-focused web analytics solution that empowers businesses of all sizes. Its open-source nature, robust features, and customizable interface make it an excellent choice for anyone looking to gain deeper insights into their website's performance. By using Matomo, businesses can take full control of their data while enjoying the benefits of real-time analytics and comprehensive reporting.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mattermost team edition

mattermost-team-edition Mattermost Team Edition server. mattermost-team-edition Mattermost Team Edition server. The Mattermost Team Edition server is a powerful communication platform designed to meet the needs of teams and organizations. It provides a robust messaging system, collaboration tools, and seamless integration with various third-party applications. The server is built on open-source technology, ensuring flexibility and customization for users. Key features of the Mattermost Team Edition server include: 1. Real-time Messaging: Users can send and receive messages instantly, fostering quick communication within teams. 2. Team Collaboration: The server supports group messaging, allowing multiple team members to participate in conversations simultaneously. 3. Customization Options: Administrators can customize the server's appearance and functionality to suit their organization's needs. 4. Integration Capabilities: It integrates with popular tools like Slack, Google Drive, and Jira, enhancing productivity and workflow efficiency. The Mattermost Team Edition server is ideal for businesses of all sizes. Whether you're a small startup or a large corporation, the server offers scalable solutions to accommodate growing teams and increasing demands. Benefits of Using Mattermost Team Edition 1. Enhanced Productivity: The server streamlines communication, reducing time spent on coordinating tasks. 2. Cost-Effective Solution: It is a cost-efficient alternative to expensive proprietary software. 3. Secure Communication: With end-to-end encryption, users can communicate securely over the network. Use Cases for Mattermost Team Edition 1. Project Management: Teams can use the server to discuss project progress, share updates, and assign tasks. 2. Customer Support: Businesses can manage customer inquiries efficiently through the platform. 3. Team Announcements: Administrators can send important updates and notifications to all team members. How to Get Started with Mattermost Team Edition 1. Installation: Download and install the server from the official Mattermost website. 2. Configuration: Set up your server by configuring settings, adding users, and defining roles. 3. Customization: Customize the server's theme, bots, and integrations to match your team's preferences. 4. Usage: Start communicating with your team, creating channels, and organizing conversations. The Mattermost Team Edition server is a versatile tool that can be adapted to various workflows. Its flexibility and robust features make it a valuable asset for any organization looking to enhance teamwork and collaboration.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mattermost

Mattermost: An Open-Source Self-Hosted Communication Platform Mattermost is an open-source messaging platform designed for self-hosting, offering organizations a flexible and secure way to communicate internally or with external teams. Its appeal lies in its privacy-focused approach, customization options, and robust set of features that cater to both small businesses and large enterprises. What is Mattermost? Mattermost provides a Slack-like experience but without the limitations of third-party control. It allows users to host their own instances on-premises or within private data centers, ensuring full ownership of data and communication channels. This self-hosted model is particularly attractive for organizations with strict compliance requirements, such as those in finance, healthcare, or government sectors. Why Choose Mattermost? 1. Open Source: Mattermost's open-source nature allows users to inspect, modify, and contribute to the codebase, fostering transparency and customization. 2. Self-Hosted: Organizations can deploy Mattermost on their own servers, providing complete control over data storage and transmission. 3. Customizable: Users can tailor the platform to match their brand with custom themes, emojis, and integrations. 4. Secure Communication: Mattermost offers end-to-end encryption for private channels and supports role-based access control, ensuring secure messaging. Key Features of Mattermost 1. Channels and Messaging Mattermost organizes communication into channels, similar to Slack, allowing users to create public or private channels for specific topics like projects, customer support, or general discussions. Direct messaging is also available, enabling one-on-one interactions. 2. Customization Options - Custom Emojis: Users can upload custom emojis to match their brand or team culture. - File Sharing: Mattermost supports file sharing within channels, making it easy to collaborate on documents, images, and other files. - Search Functionality: A powerful search feature allows users to quickly find messages, channels, or users. 3. Security Features Mattermost prioritizes security with features like: - End-to-end encryption for private channels. - Audit logs to track user activity and ensure compliance. - Role-based access control to restrict information flow. 4. Integration Capabilities Mattermost integrates seamlessly with various third-party tools, such as Jira, GitHub, Zendesk, and Google Drive, enhancing productivity and workflow efficiency. Custom integrations can be developed using Mattermost's API. Use Cases for Mattermost - Enterprises: Large organizations benefit from the flexibility of self-hosting and the ability to customize the platform to meet specific needs. - Remote Teams: Mattermost supports distributed teams by providing a unified communication environment regardless of location. - Education Institutions: Universities and colleges can use Mattermost for student-teacher communication, course discussions, and collaborative projects. - Non-Profit Organizations: Non-profits can leverage Mattermost to organize volunteer efforts, project management, and donor communications. Technical Details: Hosting and Client Applications Mattermost can be hosted on-premises using dedicated servers or private cloud infrastructure. The platform also offers SaaS (Software as a Service) options for organizations that prefer not to manage their own infrastructure. Client applications are available for desktop (Windows, macOS), web browsers, and mobile devices, ensuring seamless access from any device. Community and Support Mattermost has an active community of contributors who develop plugins, integrations, and customizations. The Mattermost team provides documentation, guides, and support resources to help users get started and troubleshoot issues. For organizations requiring more advanced features or dedicated support, Mattermost offers enterprise-grade plans with 24/7 support. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mautic

Mautic Mautic is an open-source marketing automation platform designed to empower organizations with tools for managing campaigns and engaging audiences effectively. In today's fast-paced digital landscape, businesses need robust solutions to streamline their marketing efforts and achieve better engagement and results. Mautic stands out as a powerful tool that offers a comprehensive suite of features tailored to meet the needs of both small businesses and large enterprises. Overview of Mautic Mautic is an open-source marketing automation platform that provides tools for lead management, email marketing, campaign tracking, and analytics. It allows organizations to automate and personalize their marketing campaigns, enabling them to nurture leads, segment audiences, and measure the performance of their efforts. With its flexible and scalable approach, Mautic has become a popular choice for businesses looking to enhance their marketing strategies. Key Features of Mautic 1. Lead Management: Mautic offers robust lead management tools that help organizations capture and nurture potential customers. It allows users to track leads from various sources, including website forms, email campaigns, and social media platforms. 2. Email Marketing: The platform provides a built-in email marketing tool that enables users to send personalized and targeted emails to their audience. Mautic's email marketing features include segmentation, automation, and analytics, ensuring that each email campaign is effective and well-measured. 3. Campaign Tracking: Mautic allows users to create and track campaigns across multiple channels, including email, social media, and webinars. The platform provides detailed analytics and reporting, enabling users to optimize their campaigns in real-time. 4. Analytics and Reporting: Mautic offers comprehensive analytics and reporting features that provide insights into campaign performance, audience engagement, and conversion rates. This data helps businesses make informed decisions and improve their marketing strategies. 5. Customizable Workflows: The platform supports customizable workflows that allow users to automate repetitive tasks, such as lead scoring, segmentation, and email scheduling. This automation saves time and ensures that marketing efforts are carried out efficiently. 6. Integration Capabilities: Mautic integrates seamlessly with various third-party tools and platforms, including CRM systems, email service providers, and content management systems (CMS). This integration allows businesses to centralize their marketing activities and maintain a unified view of their campaigns. 7. Scalability: Mautic is designed to be scalable, making it suitable for businesses of all sizes. Whether you're running a small business or managing a large-scale marketing campaign, Mautic can adapt to your needs. Use Cases for Mautic Mautic can be used in a wide range of scenarios, including: - Lead Generation: Capturing and nurturing leads from various sources. - Email Campaigns: Sending personalized and targeted emails to engage the audience. - Social Media Marketing: Managing and engaging with audiences on social platforms. - Webinars and Events: Organizing and promoting webinars or virtual events. - Customer Retention: Using automated workflows to retain and re-engage existing customers. Benefits of Using Mautic 1. Cost-Effective: Mautic is an open-source platform, which means it is often free to use or available at a low cost for self-hosted solutions. This makes it accessible to businesses of all sizes. 2. Flexibility and Customization: The platform offers extensive customization options, allowing users to tailor their marketing strategies to meet specific needs. 3. Comprehensive Analytics: Mautic provides detailed insights into campaign performance, enabling users to make data-driven decisions. 4. Community Support: The Mautic community is active and supportive, with numerous resources available to help users get the most out of the platform. How Mautic Works Mautic works by automating and streamlining marketing processes through its intuitive interface and powerful tools. Here's a brief overview of how it operates: 1. Lead Capture: Users can capture leads from various sources, such as website forms or social media interactions. 2. Segmentation: Leads are segmented based on criteria like demographics, behavior, or preferences. 3. Personalization: Campaigns are personalized to resonate with the target audience, enhancing engagement and conversion rates. 4. Automation: Mautic automates repetitive tasks, such as lead scoring and email scheduling, saving time and effort. 5. Analytics: The platform provides real-time analytics and reporting, allowing users to track campaign performance and optimize accordingly. Integrations with Mautic Mautic integrates with a wide range of tools and platforms, including: - CRM Systems: Such as Salesforce, HubSpot, and Zoho CRM. - Email Service Providers: Like Mailchimp, SendGrid, and ActiveCampaign. - Content Management Systems (CMS): Including WordPress, Drupal, and Joomla. - Social Media Platforms: Mautic also offers native integrations with platforms like LinkedIn and Twitter. Pricing Model Mautic is available in both self-hosted and SaaS (Software as a Service) versions. The self-hosted option allows businesses to install the platform on their own servers, providing full control over data and operations. The SaaS version is hosted by Mautic, offering users access to the latest updates and features without the need for technical setup. Community and Support Mautic has a strong community of users and contributors who actively participate in its development and support. The platform also provides extensive documentation, tutorials, and webinars to help users get started and make the most of their Mautic experience. Additionally, there are numerous forums and discussion groups where users can share insights, ask questions, and troubleshoot issues. Conclusion Mautic is a powerful and versatile marketing automation platform that offers a wide range of features and integrations. Its flexibility, scalability, and cost-effectiveness make it an excellent choice for businesses of all sizes. Whether you're running a small business or managing a large-scale campaign, Mautic can help you achieve your marketing goals and drive better results.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mealie

Mealie A Self-Hosted Recipe Manager and Meal Planning Tool What is Mealie? Mealie is a powerful, self-hosted recipe manager and meal planning tool designed to help culinary enthusiasts organize their recipes, plan meals, and create shopping lists. With its intuitive interface and robust features, Mealie becomes an essential resource for anyone who loves cooking and meal preparation. Key Features of Mealie - Recipe Organization: Easily collect and categorize your favorite recipes from various sources. - Meal Planning: Create weekly meal plans based on your preferences and schedule. - Shopping Lists: Generate a comprehensive shopping list for your planned meals. - Customization: Tailor your experience with customizable settings and templates. - Cross-Platform Compatibility: Access your recipes and meal plans from any device. How Mealie Works Mealie operates by allowing users to upload recipes in various formats, such as PDFs or online links. The tool then extracts the necessary information (ingredients, cooking instructions, etc.) and organizes it into a structured format. Users can then use this data to create meal plans and shopping lists. Benefits of Using Mealie - Data Control: Since Mealie is self-hosted, you maintain full control over your recipes and meal plans. - Customization: The tool allows for extensive customization, enabling users to tailor their experience to fit their unique needs. - Offline Access: You can access your recipes and meal plans even when an internet connection is unavailable. Comparing Mealie to Other Tools While there are several online recipe management tools available, Mealie stands out as a self-hosted alternative. This means you don't have to rely on third-party services or worry about data privacy concerns. Mealie provides a flexible and cost-effective solution for organizing your recipes and meal planning. Meal Planning with Mealie Meal planning is one of the most valuable features of Mealie. The tool allows users to create detailed meal plans based on their dietary preferences, schedule, and available ingredients. This can save significant time and effort when preparing for grocery shopping or cooking. Getting Started with Mealie Getting started with Mealie is straightforward. First, you'll need to install the software on your preferred platform (Docker, Linux, macOS, or Windows). Once installed, you can import recipes from various sources and start organizing them. For those new to meal planning, Mealie provides a user-friendly interface that guides you through the process. Tips for Maximizing Mealie - Use Tags and Categories: Organize your recipes by tags and categories to make it easier to find and plan meals. - Integrate with Other Tools: Use Mealie's API to integrate with other tools like calendar apps or recipe websites. - Automate Meal Planning: Set up automated meal planning based on your preferences and schedule. Conclusion Mealie is an excellent choice for anyone looking to take control of their recipe management and meal planning. Its self-hosted nature, robust features, and customization options make it a valuable tool for culinary enthusiasts. Whether you're a seasoned cook or just starting out, Mealie can help you organize your recipes and plan meals with ease. Start your journey with Mealie today and elevate your cooking and meal preparation process.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: media server

Media Server A media server is a powerful tool for organizing, managing, and streaming your digital media collection. Whether you're dealing with movies, music, photos, or videos, a media server can transform how you access and enjoy your content. What is a Media Server? A media server is essentially a software application or hardware device that allows you to store, organize, and stream your media files over a network. It serves as the central hub for your digital entertainment library, enabling you to access your content from various devices, such as smartphones, tablets, laptops, and TVs. Types of Media Servers 1. Software-Based Media Servers: These are applications that run on computers or servers. They provide features like media organization, streaming, and file management. 2. Hardware-Based Media Servers: These are dedicated devices designed specifically for managing and streaming media. Examples include Network Attached Storage (NAS) devices, which combine file storage with media streaming capabilities. Key Features of a Good Media Server - Media Organization: The ability to categorize and store your media files in a structured manner. - Playback Features: Support for streaming and playing back media files on multiple devices. - Security: Built-in security features to protect your data and ensure access is restricted. - Performance Optimization: Capabilities to handle concurrent streams and reduce buffering. - Integration: Compatibility with other devices, ecosystems, and third-party apps. Benefits of Using a Media Server 1. Centralized Access: Your media files are stored in one place, making it easy to manage and access them from anywhere. 2. Multi-Device Support: Stream your content on multiple devices simultaneously without any issues. 3. Customization: You can customize how your media is organized and accessed based on your preferences. Choosing the Right Media Server When selecting a media server, consider factors like storage capacity, performance, scalability, and integration with your existing infrastructure. Some users prefer local storage, while others may opt for cloud-based solutions or hybrid approaches that combine both. Security Considerations Security is a critical aspect of any media server implementation. Ensure that your media server supports encryption for data protection and has robust access controls to prevent unauthorized access. Performance Optimization A good media server should be able to handle high loads, especially if you're streaming content to multiple devices at the same time. Look for features like caching, content delivery networks (CDNs), and load balancing to ensure smooth performance. Integration with Ecosystems Modern media servers often integrate with other systems and devices within your ecosystem. This includes smart home entertainment systems, voice assistants, and third-party apps that can enhance your media consumption experience. Conclusion A media server is an essential tool for anyone who wants to organize and efficiently access their digital media collection. Whether you're a casual user or someone with a large library of content, the right media server can significantly improve how you enjoy your entertainment. In the future, media servers are likely to become even more integrated with emerging technologies like AI-driven recommendations, immersive experiences, and improved security features. As your needs grow, so too should your media server capabilities.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mediagoblin

Mediagoblin A Decentralized Media Hosting Platform What is Mediagoblin? Mediagoblin is a decentralized media sharing platform designed to empower users with full control over their digital content. It allows individuals and communities to host images, audio files, and video content in a collaborative and open environment. Unlike traditional centralized platforms, Mediagoblin operates on a decentralized network, meaning no single entity controls the data or its distribution. The Importance of Decentralized Media Hosting In today's digital age, control over personal data has become a significant concern. Centralized platforms often lead to issues such as data breaches, censorship, and loss of ownership over one's content. Mediagoblin addresses these challenges by providing users with the tools to host their media independently. Decentralization ensures that no third party can censor or restrict access to your content. It also provides an added layer of security, as your data is not stored in a single location but distributed across multiple nodes on the network. This decentralized structure is particularly appealing to those who value privacy and autonomy. How Does Mediagoblin Work? Mediagoblin's architecture is built on blockchain technology or a distributed ledger system, ensuring that all transactions and content uploads are recorded transparently. Users can host their own instances of the platform, giving them complete control over their media storage and sharing capabilities. The platform supports a wide range of file types, including images, audio files, and video content. Users can upload, organize, and share their media with others while maintaining ownership of their data. Mediagoblin also offers features for collaboration, allowing multiple users to work on shared projects and content. Benefits of Using Mediagoblin 1. Full Control Over Your Content: With Mediagoblin, you decide where your media is stored and how it is shared. This ensures that your content remains accessible to you and your intended audience. 2. Enhanced Privacy: Decentralized platforms like Mediagoblin provide an additional layer of security. Your data is not subject to the policies of a single organization, reducing the risk of censorship or data misuse. 3. Monetization Opportunities: For content creators and professionals, Mediagoblin offers tools to monetize their work. Users can set up memberships, sell digital products, or offer premium content access through the platform. 4. Customizable Platform: Mediagoblin is highly customizable, allowing users to tailor the platform to meet their specific needs. This includes setting up domain names, customizing themes, and integrating additional features through plugins. Use Cases for Mediagoblin - Personal Media Storage: Users can store and organize personal photos, videos, and other digital assets securely. - Community Collaboration: Teams or communities can use Mediagoblin to collaborate on shared projects, such as open-source software development or collaborative art projects. - Enterprise Solutions: Businesses and organizations can host internal content, such as company communications, training materials, and project documentation, while maintaining control over their data. Conclusion Mediagoblin represents a new era in media sharing, offering users the power to take control of their digital content. By leveraging decentralized technology, it provides an alternative to centralized platforms that prioritize user autonomy and privacy. Whether for personal use, community collaboration, or enterprise applications, Mediagoblin offers a flexible and secure solution for all your media hosting needs. In a world where data sovereignty and digital freedom are increasingly important, platforms like Mediagoblin are essential tools for fostering innovation and empowering individuals. The future of media sharing is decentralized, and Mediagoblin is at the forefront of this transformative movement.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: medusa

Medusa A Flexible and Open-Source Music Server In the ever-evolving landscape of technology, tools that simplify our daily tasks stand out. Medusa is one such tool—a flexible and open-source music server designed to organize and stream your media collection with ease. Whether you're a casual listener or a dedicated audiophile, Medusa offers features that cater to both individual users and larger households. What is Medusa? Medusa is more than just a music player; it's a comprehensive media management solution. It allows you to store and organize your music, movies, TV shows, and other media files in one centralized location. The server can then stream these files across multiple devices, ensuring that your entertainment is always accessible. Key Features One of the standout features of Medusa is its user-friendly interface. The web-based interface makes it easy to browse your media collection, create playlists, and manage your library. Customization options allow you to tailor the experience to your preferences, including color schemes, fonts, and layout designs. Automatic metadata retrieval is another highlight. Medusa can fetch information about your music and videos from online databases, such as IMDb or MusicBrainz. This feature ensures that your media files are accurately labeled and categorized without manual input. Subtitle integration is also a notable feature. If you have movies or TV shows with subtitles, Medusa can manage them seamlessly. You can download or stream subtitles directly through the platform, enhancing your viewing experience. Customization options are plentiful. Users can define playlists, create shuffle or repeat modes, and set up notifications for new additions to their library. The server also supports multiple users, allowing family members or roommates to have their own profiles with personalized settings. For those who value high-quality audio, Medusa supports streaming in formats such as MP3, AAC, FLAC, and ALAC. This ensures that your music sounds as good on your speakers as it does on your phone or tablet. How It Works To get started with Medusa, you'll need to install the server software on a device of your choice—such as a Raspberry Pi, a dedicated server, or even a personal computer. Once installed, you can configure settings through a web interface, which is typically accessible via a browser on any connected device. After setting up, you can add media files by uploading them directly to the server or connecting external storage devices. Medusa will handle organizing and indexing your files automatically, thanks to its robust metadata retrieval capabilities. Community and Development Medusa has gained a strong following in the tech community due to its open-source nature. The platform is constantly evolving with contributions from developers and users alike. This collaborative approach ensures that Medusa remains up-to-date with technological advancements and user demands. The active development of Medusa means that new features are regularly added, and existing ones are continuously improved. Users can also customize the server's functionality by modifying its code, making it a flexible solution for various needs. Use Cases Medusa is versatile enough to serve a variety of purposes. For individual users, it's an excellent way to organize and stream personal media collections. For households, it can act as a central hub for all entertainment devices, eliminating the need for multiple apps or devices. In public spaces like libraries or community centers, Medusa can provide a reliable and scalable solution for managing large media collections. Its ability to integrate with external devices and services makes it an ideal choice for institutions looking to enhance user experiences. Conclusion Medusa is more than just a music server—it's a versatile tool that can transform how you manage and enjoy your media collection. With its user-friendly interface, robust features, and open-source flexibility, Medusa stands out as a top-tier solution for organizing and streaming entertainment across multiple devices. Whether you're a tech enthusiast or someone looking to streamline their media setup, Medusa offers a feature-rich experience that is both powerful and easy to use. Embrace the potential of Medusa and unlock the full capabilities of your media library today.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: meilisearch

Meilisearch A Helm chart for the Meilisearch search engine Meilisearch A Helm chart for the Meilisearch search engine Meilisearch is a powerful open-source search engine designed to provide developers with a robust and scalable solution for indexing and searching data. Built on modern technology, Meilisearch offers real-time indexing, efficient querying, and seamless integration with various data sources. This article provides an in-depth overview of Meilisearch, including its features, functionality, and how to use it effectively. Key Features of Meilisearch Meilisearch is packed with features that make it a top choice for search engine needs: 1. Real-Time Indexing: Meilisearch supports real-time indexing, allowing you to update your search index as soon as new data becomes available. 2. Powerful Querying: With advanced search capabilities, Meilisearch allows users to filter, sort, and facet their results for precise and relevant outcomes. 3. Scalability: Designed to handle large-scale data workloads, Meilisearch can scale horizontally to meet the demands of your application. 4. Developer-Friendly APIs: Meilisearch provides a clean and intuitive API that makes it easy to integrate with other systems. 5. Integration Capabilities: Meilisearch supports integration with various data sources, including Elasticsearch, PostgreSQL, and more. How Meilisearch Works Meilisearch operates by indexing data from your application and then allowing users to query this index for fast and accurate results. Here’s a step-by-step breakdown of how it works: 1. Installation: Install Meilisearch using Helm, the Kubernetes-based package manager. 2. Index Initialization: Define your search index and specify the fields you want to search. 3. Document Addition: Upload documents to your index for indexing. 4. Query Execution: Users can perform searches using Meilisearch’s API, with results returned in real-time. Installing Meilisearch To install Meilisearch on Kubernetes, follow these steps: helm repo add https://charts.meilisearch.org helm repo update helm install meilisearch --create-namespace meilisearch This command adds the Meilisearch chart repository, updates the available charts, and installs Meilisearch in a new namespace called meilisearch. Configuring Meilisearch Meilisearch can be configured using various parameters to optimize performance and functionality. Some common configuration options include: - replicas: Specify the number of replicas for your search engine. - indexing: Configure settings like document frequency, field weighting, and tokenization rules. - search: Fine-tune search behavior, including result sorting, faceting, and highlighting. Using Meilisearch Meilisearch provides a RESTful API that allows you to interact with your search engine. Here are some common use cases: 1. Indexing Products: Use Meilisearch to index product data for fast searches. 2. Searching with Filters: Apply filters to narrow down results based on specific criteria. 3. Faceted Search: Enhance user experience by allowing users to filter results in multiple ways. 4. Integration with External Data Sources: Use hooks or other integration methods to pull data from external systems. Best Practices for Meilisearch To get the most out of Meilisearch, follow these best practices: 1. Optimize Queries: Ensure your search queries are specific and relevant to avoid unnecessary results. 2. Manage Indices: Regularly review and optimize your indices based on usage patterns. 3. Monitor Performance: Keep an eye on resource usage and performance metrics to ensure optimal operation. 4. Use Meilisearch in a Microservices Architecture: Leverage Kubernetes and microservices for scalable and resilient applications.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: metabase

In today's fast-paced business environment, data has become a cornerstone of decision-making. Companies collect vast amounts of information from various sources such as customer interactions sales transactions and market research. The ability to analyze this data quickly and effectively can mean the difference between success and failure. Metabase an open-source analytics platform is designed to make it easy for everyone in an organization to ask questions and learn from their data. It provides a user-friendly interface that connects with multiple data sources allowing users to explore analyze and visualize information without needing extensive technical expertise. What is Metabase? Metabase is more than just a tool for generating charts or graphs. It is a comprehensive platform that simplifies the process of working with data. Whether you are an experienced data analyst or someone new to data analysis Metabase offers features that can help you extract insights from your data. One of the key strengths of Metabase is its ability to connect with various data sources. It supports databases spreadsheets and cloud-based platforms such as Google Drive and AWS S3. This flexibility means that users can access and analyze data from multiple sources in one place. Why Choose Metabase? There are several reasons why Metabase stands out among other analytics tools: 1. Ease of Use: Metabase has a simple interface that is intuitive even for those who are not technically skilled. Users can create visualizations and generate reports without writing any code. 2. Flexibility: Unlike some tools that require you to choose between on-premise and cloud-based solutions Metabase offers both options. This makes it suitable for organizations with diverse data needs. 3. Cost-Effective: Metabase is open-source which means there are no licensing fees. Organizations can save money while still having access to powerful analytics capabilities. 4. Community Support: The Metabase community is active and constantly contributing to the platform's development. This ensures that users have access to regular updates and support from a knowledgeable base of users. Key Features of Metabase Metabase offers a range of features that make it a versatile tool for data analysis: 1. Data Exploration: Users can explore data by dragging and dropping columns to create relationships between different datasets. 2. Visualization: The platform supports a wide variety of chart types including bar charts line graphs and pie charts. Users can customize these visualizations to better understand their data. 3. Collaboration: Metabase allows multiple users to work on the same dataset simultaneously. This makes it ideal for teams that need to collaborate on projects. 4. Customization: Users can create custom dashboards and reports tailored to their specific needs. This level of customization helps organizations present their data in a way that is most useful for them. 5. Integration: Metabase can be integrated with other tools such as BI platforms and data warehouses. This allows organizations to extend the functionality of Metabase to meet their unique requirements. Use Cases for Metabase Metabase can be used in a wide range of scenarios: 1. Business Intelligence: Organizations can use Metabase to create dashboards that provide insights into key performance indicators (KPIs) such as revenue margins and customer acquisition rates. 2. Market Research: Researchers can analyze large datasets to identify trends and patterns in consumer behavior. 3. Financial Analysis: Financial professionals can use Metabase to track and analyze financial data such as stock prices and budget allocations. 4. Customer Analytics: Companies can use Metabase to gain insights into customer behavior such as purchase history and satisfaction levels. 5. Education: Educators and researchers can use Metabase to analyze student performance data and identify areas for improvement in teaching methods. Benefits of Using Metabase The benefits of using Metabase are numerous: 1. Faster Decision-Making: By providing quick access to relevant data Metabase helps organizations make informed decisions more efficiently. 2. Improved Collaboration: The ability to share datasets and collaborate in real-time fosters better teamwork and communication across departments. 3. Cost Savings: Since Metabase is open-source there are no costs associated with licensing or maintenance. 4. Scalability: Metabase can handle large volumes of data making it suitable for organizations of all sizes. 5. Customizable Reports: Users can create reports that are tailored to their specific needs providing a more personalized experience. Conclusion Metabase is a powerful tool that can help organizations unlock the value of their data. Its user-friendly interface and robust features make it accessible to both experienced data analysts and newcomers to the field. By leveraging Metabase organizations can gain deeper insights into their data drive better decision-making and achieve their strategic goals.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: miniflux

Miniflux A minimalist RSS reader designed for simplicity and efficiency. In today's fast-paced digital world, staying updated on the latest content can feel overwhelming. Traditional RSS readers often come cluttered with features and options, making it difficult to focus on what truly matters—reading your favorite feeds without distractions. Enter Miniflux, a minimalist RSS reader that prioritizes simplicity, efficiency, and a clean user experience. What is Miniflux? Miniflux is more than just an RSS reader; it's a lifestyle choice for those who value clarity and focus. Created with the goal of providing a seamless and uncluttered way to stay informed, Miniflux removes unnecessary features while maintaining essential functionality. Its design emphasizes simplicity, allowing users to subscribe to their favorite feeds and dive into the content without any distractions. Key Features The minimalist approach is at the core of Miniflux's design. Here are some of its standout features: 1. Clean Interface: The interface is intentionally kept simple, free from unnecessary buttons or options. This means you can focus solely on reading your feeds without being distracted by complex menus or features. 2. Easy Subscription Management: Managing your subscriptions has never been easier. Miniflux allows you to add, remove, and organize your feeds with just a few clicks, ensuring your RSS experience is always tailored to your needs. 3. Reading Options: Whether you prefer reading on the go or in the comfort of your home, Miniflux offers flexible reading options. You can choose to read articles in a single column or switch to a dual-column view for a more traditional reading experience. 4. Customization: While it prioritizes simplicity, Miniflux still allows for some customization. Users can adjust font sizes, themes, and other settings to create an RSS reader that feels uniquely theirs. Benefits The benefits of using Miniflux extend beyond its features. By focusing on minimalism, Miniflux helps users reduce mental clutter and improve focus. It’s the perfect tool for those who want to stay informed without being overwhelmed by excessive options or distractions. Miniflux also ensures that you’re getting the most out of your RSS experience. With a fast and responsive design, it allows you to quickly navigate through articles and discover new content. And because it doesn’t overwhelm you with features, you can spend more time reading and less time fiddling with settings or menus. How It Stands Out When compared to other RSS readers, Miniflux stands out for its commitment to minimalism. While many competitors focus on adding as many features as possible, Miniflux strips away the extras to deliver an experience that’s both efficient and enjoyable. This minimalist approach isn’t just about aesthetics—it’s about functionality. By removing unnecessary elements, Miniflux ensures that every action you take is purposeful and focused on the task at hand: reading. Conclusion In a world where technology often brings more complexity to our lives, Miniflux offers a refreshing alternative. It’s not just an RSS reader; it’s a tool for maintaining focus and staying present in the digital age. Whether you’re a casual reader or someone who relies on RSS for their livelihood, Miniflux provides a clean, efficient, and distraction-free way to stay updated. So why wait? Dive into the minimalist experience of Miniflux today and discover the joy of reading without the clutter.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: minio

Minio An Open-Source Object Storage Server Minio is an open-source object storage server that provides a cloud-native solution for storing and retrieving objects securely. It is designed to be compatible with Amazon S3, allowing users to build their own private cloud storage infrastructure. This makes it an attractive option for organizations looking for control over their data while maintaining scalability and efficiency. Key Features of Minio Minio offers several standout features that set it apart from traditional cloud storage solutions: 1. Scalability: Minio is built to handle large volumes of data, supporting petabytes of information across distributed clusters. 2. High Availability: Its distributed architecture ensures that the system remains operational even in the face of hardware failures. 3. Security: Minio provides robust security features, including access control policies and data encryption options. 4. Compliance: The platform adheres to various compliance standards, making it suitable for industries with strict regulatory requirements. How Minio Works Minio operates by organizing data into buckets, similar to Amazon S3. Users can upload objects (files) to these buckets and retrieve them using URLs. The server manages the storage layer, ensuring that data is stored efficiently across multiple servers (nodes) in a cluster. This architecture allows for horizontal scaling, where additional nodes can be added to handle increased workloads. Comparison with Other Cloud Storage Services While Minio competes with services like Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, and Azure Blob Storage, it distinguishes itself through its open-source nature and flexibility: - Pricing Model: Unlike many cloud storage providers, Minio does not charge based on usage or scale. Instead, users pay for the hardware they deploy. - Data Ownership: Organizations retain full control over their data, which is a significant advantage for those concerned with data sovereignty. Installation and Configuration Getting started with Minio is relatively straightforward. Users can install it using Docker, tarballs, or from source code. Once installed, the server can be configured via a web interface or CLI tools. Minio also provides client libraries in multiple programming languages, allowing developers to interact with the service programmatically. Use Cases Minio is ideal for a variety of applications: - Data Archiving: Store large amounts of data securely and access it when needed. - Backup and Recovery: Efficiently manage backups and ensure quick recovery in case of data loss. - Media Storage: Distribute videos, images, and other media files across clusters for fast access. - Big Data Analytics: Serve as a storage layer for big data pipelines and machine learning models. Performance Metrics Minio is known for its high performance, with capabilities such as: - High I/O Throughput: Supports millions of concurrent operations, making it suitable for demanding applications. - Low Latency: Ensures fast response times even under heavy workloads. - Efficient Storage Utilization: Minio optimizes storage usage by distributing data across multiple nodes and minimizing redundancy. Community and Ecosystem The Minio community is active and continually contributes to the project's development. This collaborative environment has led to the creation of various tools and integrations, such as: - Third-party Plugins: Extensions that enhance functionality, such as monitoring, logging, and backup solutions. - Orchestration Tools: Integrations with Kubernetes and other containerization platforms for automated scaling and management. Future of Minio As cloud storage needs evolve, Minio is positioned to play a key role in the future of data infrastructure. Features like object versioning, server-side encryption, and cross-region replication are already being developed, further enhancing its capabilities. Conclusion Minio offers a flexible, open-source solution for managing cloud storage needs. Its compatibility with S3, scalability, and focus on data control make it an excellent choice for organizations seeking alternatives to public cloud providers. By leveraging Minio, businesses can maintain full ownership of their data while benefiting from the robustness and efficiency of a well-designed object storage system.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mlflow

MLflow An open-source platform for managing the end-to-end machine learning lifecycle. MLflow Overview MLflow is an open-source platform designed to manage the entire machine learning lifecycle. This includes everything from experiment tracking, model development, deployment, and monitoring. It provides a centralized interface for teams to collaborate on machine learning projects, ensuring reproducibility and consistency across different stages of a project. Key Features of MLflow 1. Experiment Tracking: MLflow allows users to track experiments, keeping detailed records of configurations, parameters, and results. This is crucial for understanding what worked and why in each experiment. 2. Model Versioning: Models are versioned, enabling teams to easily compare different versions of a model. This is particularly useful when multiple models are being developed or compared. 3. Reproducibility: One of the most significant benefits of MLflow is its emphasis on reproducibility. By capturing all aspects of an experiment, including data preprocessing and hyperparameters, MLflow ensures that experiments can be repeated with the same conditions. 4. Model Deployment: MLflow provides tools for deploying models into production environments. It supports both local and cloud-based deployments, making it versatile for different use cases. 5. Integration with Other Tools: MLflow can integrate with other machine learning tools such as Dask, Apache Spark, and TensorFlow. This allows for seamless workflows where data is processed, models are trained, and predictions are made in a unified environment. How MLflow Works MLflow operates by storing experiments in a central repository. Each experiment includes metadata that describes the run, such as the algorithm used, parameters, and results. The platform also includes a workflow engine that can automate tasks like data preprocessing and model training. The architecture of MLflow typically consists of three main components: - Central Repository: Stores all experiments and their associated metadata. - Workflow Engine: Automates tasks and provides a way to define workflows for complex machine learning pipelines. - Model Versioning: Ensures that models are tracked and can be easily compared or rolled back if needed. Use Cases for MLflow MLflow is used by data scientists, machine learning engineers, and operations teams. For example: - Data Scientists: Track experiments, explore different configurations, and share results with the team. - Machine Learning Engineers: Deploy models to production environments while maintaining version control. - Operations Teams: Monitor model performance and ensure smooth deployment. Benefits of Using MLflow 1. Improved Collaboration: MLflow provides a shared platform for collaboration, ensuring that everyone is on the same page regarding experiments and model versions. 2. Enhanced Reproduducibility: By capturing all details of an experiment, MLflow reduces the risk of errors and ensures that results can be replicated. 3. Faster Model Development: With a centralized repository, teams can quickly find and compare models, speeding up the development process. 4. Scalability: MLflow supports both local and cloud-based environments, making it suitable for organizations of all sizes. Community and Ecosystem MLflow has a strong open-source community that contributes to its development. The platform is also integrated with other tools and ecosystems, such as: - Dask: For distributed computing. - Apache Spark: For large-scale data processing. - TensorFlow: For machine learning models. This integration makes MLflow a versatile tool for handling complex machine learning workflows. Limitations of MLflow While MLflow is a powerful tool, it has some limitations. For example: - It may not be as flexible as some other platforms for very specific use cases. - Real-time inference might require additional tools or configurations. Despite these limitations, MLflow remains a valuable addition to any organization's machine learning toolkit. Future of MLflow The future of MLflow looks promising. The platform is continuously evolving with new features and integrations. As machine learning becomes more prevalent in organizations, tools like MLflow will play an increasingly important role in managing complex workflows. In conclusion, MLflow is a robust platform for managing the end-to-end machine learning lifecycle. Its focus on reproducibility, collaboration, and scalability makes it a valuable tool for teams of all sizes.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: mongodb

MongoDB MongoDB(R) is a relational open source NoSQL database. Unlike traditional SQL databases, MongoDB stores data in JSON-like documents, making it easier to handle unstructured data and scale efficiently. Its automated scalability and high-performance capabilities make it an ideal choice for developing cloud-native applications. What is MongoDB? MongoDB is a NoSQL database that provides a flexible and efficient way to store and manage data. It uses a document-oriented approach, where data is stored as JSON-like documents. This structure allows for easier integration with modern applications and the ability to handle unstructured data, such as logs, user profiles, and IoT sensor data. Why Choose MongoDB? MongoDB offers several advantages over traditional relational databases: 1. Scalability: MongoDB can easily scale horizontally by adding more instances to handle increased workloads. 2. Performance: It is designed for high-speed data access and processing, making it suitable for applications with large datasets. 3. Cloud-Native: MongoDB is optimized for cloud environments, allowing developers to build scalable applications with minimal infrastructure management. Basic Operations MongoDB supports a variety of operations, including: - Inserting Data: Adding new documents to the database. - Updating Data: Modifying existing documents. - Querying Data: Retrieving data using structured queries. - Deleting Data: Removing documents or collections. These operations are performed through a flexible query language that simplifies data manipulation and retrieval. Document Structure In MongoDB, data is organized into collections of documents. Each document can contain fields, similar to JSON objects, allowing for a wide range of data types and structures. This flexibility makes it easy to model complex data relationships. Unique Features MongoDB distinguishes itself with several unique features: - Auto-Sharding: Automatically distributes data across multiple instances, ensuring efficient reads and writes. - Replication: Enables data synchronization across different instances, providing redundancy and fault tolerance. - Indexing: Optimizes query performance by creating indexes on specific fields. Real-World Applications MongoDB is widely used in various industries, including: - E-commerce: Managing product catalogs, customer information, and transaction records. - Social Media: Storing user profiles, posts, and interactions. - Log Analysis: Processing logs for debugging and monitoring purposes. Its versatility makes it a powerful tool for handling diverse data types and requirements. Common Misconceptions One common misconception is that MongoDB is only suitable for unstructured data. In reality, it can also handle structured data effectively, making it a versatile choice for various applications. Conclusion MongoDB is an excellent database solution for developers seeking to build scalable, efficient, and cloud-native applications. Its document-oriented approach, combined with powerful features like auto-sharding and replication, makes it a robust choice for modern data needs. Whether you're working on a small project or large-scale application, MongoDB provides the flexibility and performance required to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: monica

Monica Monica is an open-source personal relationship manager designed to help users efficiently manage and organize their relationships, interactions, and personal details. It serves as a valuable tool for staying connected with contacts while maintaining a sense of organization and control. About Monica Monica is built to assist individuals in tracking and managing their personal relationships. Whether it's friends, family members, or professional contacts, the platform provides a centralized space to store and retrieve information. By automating the process of keeping track of interactions, Monica helps users save time and reduce stress associated with juggling multiple relationships. The system is open-source, meaning it is free to use, modify, and enhance. This transparency allows users to customize the tool according to their specific needs, ensuring a tailored experience. Monica's focus on personal relationship management sets it apart from traditional CRM systems, which are typically designed for business use. Features Monica offers a range of features that make managing relationships more efficient: - Contact Management: Users can store detailed information about their contacts, including names, contact numbers, email addresses, and social media profiles. - Relationship Tracking: The platform allows users to monitor interactions with contacts over time, providing insights into how and when they communicate. - Interaction Logging: Monica automatically logs interactions, such as emails, calls, or meetings, making it easy to track relationship-building activities. - Task Reminders: Users can set reminders for important dates, deadlines, or follow-up actions related to their relationships. - Privacy Features: The system includes tools for managing privacy preferences, ensuring that users' data is accessed securely. - Integrations: Monica supports integration with other apps and services, allowing users to sync their contacts and activities across multiple platforms. - Customization: Users can create custom templates, tags, and workflows to streamline their relationship management process. How It Works Using Monica is a straightforward process: 1. Installation: Users can download the software or access it through a web-based interface depending on their preference. 2. Setup: The initial setup involves importing existing contacts or manually adding new ones into the system. 3. Data Entry: Monica allows users to input detailed information about each contact, including personal and professional details. 4. Interaction Tracking: As users interact with their contacts, Monica automatically records these interactions in a centralized log. 5. Task Management: Users can set reminders and tasks related to their relationships, ensuring that important dates and deadlines are not missed. 6. Access: Monica can be accessed from various devices, including desktops, laptops, and mobile phones, making it convenient for users to manage their relationships on the go. Benefits Using Monica as a personal relationship manager offers several benefits: - Improved Productivity: By automating the process of tracking interactions and managing contacts, Monica helps users save time and reduce stress. - Enhanced Relationship Management: The system provides tools for maintaining and strengthening relationships with friends, family members, and professional contacts. - Data Security: Monica includes robust privacy features to ensure that users' data is protected and accessed securely. - Customization Options: Users can tailor the platform to meet their specific needs, making it a versatile tool for various relationship management scenarios. Use Cases Monica can be used in a variety of scenarios: - Personal Use: Managing relationships with friends and family members by tracking interactions and setting reminders for important events. - Professional Use: Assisting in client management by logging interactions, setting reminders, and organizing professional relationships. - Team Use: Facilitating collaboration within teams or organizations by tracking team interactions and ensuring that everyone is on the same page. Conclusion Monica is a powerful tool for anyone looking to manage their personal relationships more effectively. By providing a centralized platform for tracking interactions, setting reminders, and maintaining privacy preferences, Monica helps users stay organized and connected. Whether for personal or professional use, Monica offers a flexible and customizable solution for relationship management.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: moodle

Moodle Moodle(TM) is an open-source Learning Management System (LMS) designed for universities, schools, and corporate training environments. It serves as a robust platform for delivering, tracking, and managing online learning experiences. Known for its flexibility and adaptability, Moodle has become a cornerstone in the world of e-learning. Overview of Moodle Moodle stands out as a modular system that can be tailored to meet the specific needs of any institution or organization. Its open-source nature allows for extensive customization, making it a favorite among developers and administrators who want full control over their learning management systems. The platform supports a wide range of educational activities, including course creation, student registration, assessment, and communication between instructors and learners. Key Features of Moodle 1. Course Creation: Instructors can easily create and organize courses with various formats, such as modules, topics, or categories. This allows for a structured yet flexible learning environment. 2. User Management: Moodle provides robust user management tools, enabling institutions to manage multiple users, assign roles, and control access levels. This ensures that only authorized individuals can access specific course materials or activities. 3. Interactive Learning Tools: The platform offers a variety of tools to enhance the learning experience, including forums, wikis, quizzes, surveys, and chat functions. These features foster collaboration and engagement among students. 4. Assessment and Grading: Moodle supports a wide range of assessment methods, from traditional multiple-choice questions to more innovative formats like rubrics and portfolios. This allows for comprehensive evaluation of student performance. 5. Collaboration and Communication: Built-in tools facilitate communication between instructors and students, as well as among students themselves. This promotes a sense of community within the learning environment. 6. Analytics and Reporting: Moodle provides detailed analytics that help educators track student progress, identify areas of weakness, and measure outcomes. This data can be used to inform teaching strategies and improve program effectiveness. 7. Mobile Access: The platform is accessible via mobile devices, allowing students and professionals to engage with learning materials on the go. 8. Customization: Moodle's flexibility allows for extensive customization, including branding, course templates, and user interfaces tailored to specific organizational needs. Benefits of Using Moodle The adoption of Moodle offers numerous benefits for educational institutions and organizations: 1. Cost-Effective: As an open-source solution, Moodle eliminates the need for expensive licensing fees, making it accessible even for smaller institutions. 2. Scalability: Whether your organization has a few students or thousands, Moodle can scale to meet your needs. 3. Customizable User Interface: The ability to customize the interface ensures that the learning environment aligns with the institution's branding and specific requirements. 4. Open Source Flexibility: Since Moodle is open source, users have full access to its codebase, allowing for extensive customization and integration with other systems. 5. Community Support: A vibrant community of developers and users contributes to the continuous development and improvement of Moodle, ensuring a steady stream of updates and innovations. 6. Compliance and Security: Moodle adheres to various compliance standards and provides robust security features, making it suitable for handling sensitive data. Use Cases Moodle is utilized in a wide range of educational settings: - Higher Education: Universities and colleges use Moodle to deliver courses online or hybrid models that combine classroom and online learning. - K-12 Education: Schools leverage Moodle to provide students with access to course materials, assignments, and communication tools. - Corporate Training: Organizations use Moodle to train employees on various topics, from product knowledge to compliance standards. - Language Learning: Language schools and platforms use Moodle to offer courses that cater to learners of all ages and levels. Conclusion Moodle is a powerful tool for anyone looking to create, manage, and deliver online learning experiences. Its flexibility, customization options, and robust feature set make it an excellent choice for educational institutions and organizations of all sizes. By adopting Moodle, you can provide your users with a rich, engaging, and user-friendly learning environment that meets their needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: n8n

n8n A workflow automation tool that integrates with various services. What is n8n? n8n is an open-source workflow automation tool. It enables users to automate workflows, connect various services, and build integrations without writing code, providing a visual and user-friendly approach to automation. How Does n8n Work? n8n works by allowing users to create and manage workflows through its intuitive interface. These workflows can be designed using a drag-and-drop system, making it accessible even to those with limited technical expertise. The tool supports integration with a wide range of services, including but not limited to email systems, cloud storage platforms, CRM tools, and third-party APIs. Benefits of Using n8n One of the standout features of n8n is its ability to handle complex workflows with ease. Whether you need to automate email notifications, sync data between different platforms, or trigger actions in real-time, n8n can manage it all. The tool also offers robust security features, ensuring that your data remains protected during automation processes. Another advantage of using n8n is its flexibility. Users can create custom triggers and actions, allowing for highly personalized workflows. This level of customization makes n8n a powerful tool for businesses looking to streamline their operations without the need for extensive programming knowledge. Why Choose n8n Over Other Tools? While there are many workflow automation tools available on the market, n8n stands out for several reasons. Its open-source nature gives users full control over their workflows, allowing for unlimited customization. Additionally, n8n is supported by a vibrant community of developers and users who actively contribute to its development and provide valuable insights and solutions. Use Cases for n8n The applications of n8n are vast and varied. For instance, businesses can use it to automate marketing campaigns, manage customer relationships, process data, and more. With its ability to connect multiple services, n8n is particularly useful in scenarios where different systems need to work together seamlessly. Conclusion In today's fast-paced digital world, automation is key to efficiency and productivity. Tools like n8n provide a powerful way to streamline workflows without the need for coding or complex configurations. Its user-friendly interface, robust functionality, and open-source nature make it an excellent choice for individuals and businesses looking to automate their processes. Whether you're managing a small team, running a business, or working on personal projects, n8n offers the flexibility and power to handle your automation needs. Start exploring the possibilities of n8n today and see how it can transform your workflow for the better.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: navidrome

Navidrome An Open-Source Music Server Compatible with Subsonic In the ever-evolving landscape of music streaming and management, open-source solutions have emerged as a powerful alternative to proprietary platforms. Among these, Navidrome stands out as an open-source music server that not only offers robust features but also ensures flexibility and customization for users. What is Navidrome? Navidrome is a versatile platform designed to manage and stream music collections efficiently. It supports various formats, including MP3, FLAC, and more, ensuring compatibility with most audio devices. The platform's key feature is its ability to integrate seamlessly with Subsonic, a widely-used open-source music player. This integration allows users to stream their music libraries directly from Navidrome to Subsonic or other compatible clients. Key Features of Navidrome 1. Music Organization and Management: Navidrome provides an intuitive interface for organizing music collections, allowing users to sort, tag, and manage their libraries with ease. 2. Multi-User Support: The platform supports multi-user access, making it ideal for households or businesses where multiple users need to stream different playlists. 3. Customizable Playlists: Users can create and customize playlists, ensuring that music is always accessible in the perfect order. 4. Cross-Platform Compatibility: Navidrome is compatible with a wide range of devices and platforms, including iOS, Android, and web browsers, offering flexibility for users on-the-go. 5. Integration with Subsonic: By leveraging Subsonic's capabilities, Navidrome enhances streaming efficiency and user experience. How Does Navidrome Work? Navidrome operates by acting as a central hub for music storage and management. It scans the library to create metadata, which is then used to generate playlists and streams. The platform's backend handles the heavy lifting, ensuring smooth playback even with large collections. Installation and Setup Navidrome can be installed on various operating systems, including Linux, macOS, and Windows, thanks to its cross-platform support. Docker containers make installation straightforward for tech-savvy users, while native packages are available for those who prefer a more hands-off approach. Customization Options One of Navidrome's standout features is its high level of customization. Users can modify the server's configuration files to tailor the experience to their needs, from setting up access controls to customizing the web interface. Community and Support The Navidrome community is active and welcoming, with frequent updates and contributions from developers and users alike. This collaborative environment ensures that the platform continues to evolve, offering new features and improvements based on user feedback. Use Cases - Personal Use: Ideal for individuals who want to manage their personal music collection efficiently. - Family or Small Business: Perfect for households or small businesses needing multi-user access to shared playlists. - Custom Music Streaming Solutions: Businesses can use Navidrome to create tailored music experiences for customers, enhancing ambiance and engagement in retail or hospitality settings. Future Developments Navidrome is continuously updated with new features and improvements. Upcoming versions may include enhanced AI-driven recommendations, better integration with third-party services, and improved security measures. Conclusion In a world where music streaming is dominated by closed-source solutions, Navidrome offers a refreshing alternative. Its open-source nature, flexibility, and robust feature set make it an excellent choice for both casual users and tech enthusiasts alike. As technology advances, Navidrome is poised to become an even more essential tool for managing and enjoying music collections. Explore Navidrome today and unlock the full potential of your music library!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: netbox

NetBox NetBox is an open-source IP address management (IPAM) and data center infrastructure management (DCIM) tool designed to streamline the complexities of network and data center operations. By providing a centralized platform, NetBox helps organizations efficiently manage their network assets, track IP addresses, and document data center infrastructure. Overview of NetBox NetBox combines robust IPAM capabilities with DCIM features to offer a comprehensive solution for managing network infrastructure. It is particularly useful for network administrators and data center managers who need to maintain visibility and control over their network resources. The tool allows users to allocate IP addresses, track devices, and visualize network topology, making it easier to understand and manage complex networks. Key Features of NetBox NetBox offers a range of features that make it a valuable tool for network management: 1. IP Address Management: NetBox provides tools for assigning, tracking, and managing IP addresses across your network. This includes support for CIDR notation, IPv4 and IPv6 addressing, and subnet calculations. 2. Network Topology Visualization: The platform includes a network map that allows users to visualize their network infrastructure. This feature helps in understanding the relationships between devices, subnets, and physical locations. 3. Device Tracking: NetBox supports tracking of network devices, including switches, routers, and servers. This functionality allows organizations to maintain an accurate inventory of their network assets. 4. IP Address Allocation: The tool offers flexible IP address allocation capabilities, allowing users to assign addresses manually or through automated workflows. 5. Customizable Reports and Dashboards: NetBox provides detailed reports and customizable dashboards that can be used to monitor network performance and track infrastructure changes. 6. Integration Capabilities: NetBox can be integrated with other tools and platforms, such as CMDB (Configuration Management Database) systems, to provide a unified approach to network and infrastructure management. 7. Open-Source Flexibility: As an open-source solution, NetBox allows users to customize the tool according to their specific needs. This flexibility makes it suitable for organizations with unique requirements or those who want to maintain control over their network management tools. Benefits of Using NetBox The benefits of using NetBox are numerous and varied: 1. Improved Network Visibility: By providing a clear view of network infrastructure, NetBox helps users identify potential issues and optimize resource allocation. 2. Enhanced IP Address Management: The tool streamlines the process of managing IP addresses, reducing the risk of errors and ensuring that addresses are used efficiently. 3. Better Asset Tracking: With detailed device tracking capabilities, NetBox helps organizations maintain an accurate inventory of their network assets. 4. Support for Network Automation: NetBox can be used to automate repetitive tasks, such as IP address allocation and network topology updates, freeing up time for more strategic activities. 5. Scalability: NetBox is designed to handle large-scale networks and data centers, making it a suitable choice for organizations of all sizes. 6. Cost-Effective Solution: As an open-source tool, NetBox is often more cost-effective than proprietary solutions, especially for organizations with limited budgets. Use Cases for NetBox NetBox can be used in various scenarios: 1. Large Network Management: Organizations with extensive network infrastructure can benefit from NetBox's ability to manage and visualize large-scale networks. 2. Data Center Infrastructure Management: Data center managers can use NetBox to track and manage the physical and logical infrastructure within their data centers. 3. IP Address Allocation: NetBox is particularly useful for organizations that need to allocate IP addresses efficiently, whether for internal or external use cases. 4. Network Asset Tracking: The device tracking capabilities of NetBox are valuable for organizations that need to maintain an accurate inventory of their network assets. 5. Network Planning and Optimization: By providing detailed network topology information, NetBox can assist in network planning and optimization efforts. Integration with Other Tools NetBox's integration capabilities make it a versatile tool that can be used alongside other systems: 1. CMDB Systems: NetBox can integrate with CMDB (Configuration Management Database) systems to provide a unified approach to infrastructure management. 2. Monitoring and Automation Tools: The tool can be integrated with monitoring and automation tools to enhance network performance and efficiency. 3. Security Tools: Integration with security tools can help organizations enforce network security policies and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. 4. Cloud and On-Premises Infrastructure: NetBox supports both cloud and on-premises infrastructure, making it suitable for organizations with hybrid IT environments. Community and Support NetBox has a strong community of users and contributors who are actively involved in developing and improving the tool. The open-source nature of NetBox means that users can access the source code, contribute to its development, and customize it to meet their specific needs. The NetBox community provides extensive documentation, tutorials, and support resources to help users get started and troubleshoot issues. Additionally, there are active forums and discussion groups where users can share experiences and ask questions. Conclusion NetBox is a powerful open-source tool that offers a comprehensive solution for managing network infrastructure and data center operations. Its robust features, flexibility, and cost-effectiveness make it an excellent choice for organizations of all sizes. Whether you're managing a small network or a large-scale data center, NetBox can help you streamline your operations and improve your overall network management capabilities. By leveraging the full potential of NetBox, organizations can achieve greater visibility into their network resources, enhance their asset tracking capabilities, and automate repetitive tasks to focus on more strategic initiatives. In an era where efficient network management is crucial for business success, NetBox stands out as a reliable and adaptable solution that can meet the needs of today's modern IT infrastructure.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: nextcloud

Nextcloud A self-hosted file sync and share server. Nextcloud is a powerful, open-source solution for securely syncing, sharing, and accessing files. It allows users to host their own file storage and sharing service, providing an alternative to commercial cloud platforms like Google Drive or Dropbox. This article explores the key features, benefits, and use cases of Nextcloud, helping you decide if it's the right fit for your needs. Why Use Nextcloud? 1. Data Sovereignty: By self-hosting with Nextcloud, you maintain full control over your data, ensuring that your files remain on your own server rather than being stored on third-party servers. 2. Privacy Concerns: Many users are wary of the data collection practices of major cloud providers. Nextcloud gives you the ability to host your data privately, reducing the risk of data breaches and unauthorized access. 3. Ease of Setup: While it may require some technical knowledge to set up initially, Nextcloud is designed to be user-friendly. There are numerous plugins and apps available that extend its functionality, making it accessible even for those less experienced with server administration. 4. Customization: As an open-source platform, Nextcloud allows users to customize the interface and functionality according to their specific needs. This level of flexibility is not always possible with commercial solutions. How Does Nextcloud Work? Nextcloud operates on a client-server architecture, where files are stored on a central server (the "nextcloud server") and accessed via clients (desktop or mobile applications). The platform supports various protocols, including WebDAV and FTPS, allowing users to access their files from different devices. The server can be installed on-premises or hosted on a virtual private server (VPS), giving you the flexibility to choose the most suitable setup for your environment. Nextcloud also offers a web-based interface, enabling file sharing and collaboration directly through a browser. Benefits of Using Nextcloud 1. Self-Hosting: The primary advantage of Nextcloud is its self-hosting capability. This means you don't rely on third-party providers to store or manage your files. 2. Privacy and Security: With Nextcloud, you can implement features like end-to-end encryption, ensuring that only authorized users can access sensitive data. 3. Cost-Effective for Large Data Volumes: For organizations with large amounts of data, Nextcloud can be a cost-effective solution compared to commercial cloud storage services. 4. Integration with Existing Storage Solutions: Nextcloud supports integration with existing NAS (Network Attached Storage) devices and other file storage solutions, making it easy to extend your current infrastructure. 5. Collaboration Features: The platform includes built-in tools for sharing files and folders, as well as support for group access and permissions, facilitating team collaboration. Limitations of Nextcloud 1. Setup Complexity: While Nextcloud is user-friendly, setting up and configuring the server may require technical expertise, particularly for those unfamiliar with server administration. 2. Lack of Advanced Features: Compared to some commercial solutions, Nextcloud may lack certain advanced features like automatic backups or real-time collaboration tools. 3. Maintenance Requirements: Self-hosted solutions like Nextcloud require regular maintenance, including updates, security patches, and performance monitoring, which can be a burden for some users. Use Cases for Nextcloud 1. Personal Use: For individuals who want to store and access their personal files securely without relying on third-party services. 2. Small Businesses: Ideal for small businesses that need to share files internally or with clients while maintaining control over their data. 3. Educational Institutions: Universities and schools can use Nextcloud to provide secure file storage and sharing solutions for students, faculty, and staff. 4. Enterprise Environments: Larger organizations may use Nextcloud as part of a hybrid cloud strategy, combining on-premises storage with cloud-based access. Comparing Nextcloud to Other Platforms When considering Nextcloud, it's important to weigh its benefits against the limitations of other platforms like Google Drive or Dropbox: - Google Drive/Dropbox: These services are convenient and widely used, but they come with data ownership risks. If you're concerned about privacy, Nextcloud may be a better choice. - Local Storage Solutions: For small-scale needs, local storage solutions like external hard drives or NAS devices may suffice, but they lack the collaboration and sharing features of Nextcloud. Conclusion Nextcloud offers a robust, flexible solution for file synchronization and sharing that emphasizes data control and privacy. While it may require more effort to set up and maintain compared to commercial platforms, its self-hosting capabilities make it an excellent choice for users who prioritize data sovereignty and security. Whether you're an individual user or part of a larger organization, Nextcloud provides the tools needed to manage your files effectively. Consider your specific needs, such as ease of use, technical expertise, and collaboration requirements, when deciding whether Nextcloud is right for you.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: nexus3

Nexus3 is an open-source repository manager designed to efficiently manage binary components throughout their lifecycle. It serves as a central hub for storing and organizing artifacts such as JARs, Docker images, and more. Nexus3 supports various repository formats and offers robust features like access control, proxying external repositories, and promoting artifacts across different environments. What is Nexus3? Nexus3 is built to streamline the management of binary artifacts, making it easier for developers and DevOps teams to store, organize, and retrieve components with reliability and efficiency. As a repository manager, it plays a crucial role in ensuring that software development teams can access the correct versions of dependencies whenever they are needed. Key Features 1. Support for Multiple Formats: Nexus3 is compatible with various artifact formats, including JARs, WARs, EARs, and Docker images. This flexibility ensures that it can manage artifacts from different build systems and environments. 2. Access Control: Nexus3 provides granular access control mechanisms, allowing administrators to define who can view or download specific artifacts. This is particularly useful for enforcing security policies within organizations. 3. Proxying External Repositories: The system can act as a proxy for external repositories, which simplifies the process of managing dependencies that are hosted elsewhere. This feature is especially valuable in environments where artifacts are sourced from third-party vendors. 4. Artifact Promotion: Nexus3 supports the promotion of artifacts across different environments, such as development, testing, and production. This capability ensures that artifacts are available when and where they are needed most. 5. Versioning and Metadata: The system tracks versions of artifacts and associated metadata, making it easier to manage dependencies over time. This is particularly important in long-running projects where multiple versions of the same component may be required. Benefits Using Nexus3 can significantly improve the efficiency of your development workflow. By centralizing artifact management, you reduce the risk of missing dependencies or dealing with outdated versions. Additionally, the system's robust access control features help protect sensitive information and ensure compliance with organizational security policies. How to Install Nexus3 1. Download the Installer: You can obtain the installer from the official Nexus3 website or through your organization's package repository. 2. Install on Your Server: Run the installer on a server that has sufficient resources to handle the workload, including CPU, memory, and disk space. 3. Configure Settings: After installation, you will need to configure Nexus3 settings, such as defining repositories, setting up security policies, and configuring access controls. Configuration 1. Define Repositories: You can add new repositories by specifying their URL and credentials. This allows Nexus3 to index artifacts from various sources. 2. Set Up Security: Configure authentication and authorization settings to ensure that only authorized users can access certain parts of the repository. 3. Implement Policies: Use policies to define rules for artifact promotion, versioning, and metadata management. These policies help maintain consistency and order in your artifact repository. Usage 1. Upload Artifacts: Use the Nexus3 web interface or command-line tools to upload new artifacts into the repository. 2. Search and Retrieve: Easily search for artifacts using filters such as name, version, or group. Retrieve specific versions of an artifact for use in your application. 3. Promote Artifacts: Once an artifact is validated and tested, promote it to the next environment (e.g., from development to testing) using the Nexus3 interface. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: nfs server

NFS Server A network file system (NFS) server is a type of software that allows multiple users to access and share files over a network. It is commonly used in organizations for centralized storage and sharing of data, making it an essential component in many enterprise environments. History of NFS The NFS protocol was first introduced by Sun Microsystems in 1988 as part of its Solaris operating system. Over the years, NFS has evolved through several versions, with the most common being NFS version 3 and later NFS version 3x (or NFSv3). These updates have improved scalability, security, and performance, making NFS a robust solution for network file sharing. How NFS Works NFS operates on a client-server model, where a client connects to an NFS server to access files. The server handles requests from clients and responds with the requested data. To achieve this, NFS uses Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs) and a protocol called RPCbind to locate the appropriate service on the network. When a client mounts an NFS directory, it creates a virtual file system that appears as a regular directory on the client's filesystem. This allows users to interact with files stored on the server as if they were local files. Key Features of NFS 1. Scalability: NFS can handle large-scale operations, making it suitable for organizations with extensive data storage and sharing needs. 2. Security: NFS supports various authentication methods, including traditional passwords and more secure options like Kerberos authentication, which is used in NFSv3. 3. Performance: NFS servers are designed to handle high levels of concurrent access, ensuring fast response times even when dealing with large numbers of users. 4. Cross-Platform Compatibility: While historically associated with Unix-based systems, NFS can now be implemented on a variety of platforms, including Linux and macOS. Comparing NFS to Other File-Sharing Solutions NFS competes with other file-sharing protocols such as SMB (Server Message Block) and AFP (Apple File Protocol). Unlike SMB, which is often used with Windows-based servers, NFS is more commonly associated with Unix-like systems. However, both protocols offer similar functionality for file sharing and storage. Installation and Configuration Setting up an NFS server involves several steps, including installing the necessary software, configuring network settings, and setting up user accounts and permissions. On Linux, for example, you can use the nfs-utils package to configure the NFS server. The process typically involves editing configuration files like /etc/exports and starting the NFS service using commands such as systemctl start nfs-server. Best Practices for NFS Server Administration 1. Secure Your NFS Server: Use strong authentication methods, such as Kerberos, to protect sensitive data. 2. Manage Access Rights: Regularly review and update user permissions to ensure that only authorized users have access to specific directories. 3. Implement Backup and Recovery: Ensure that your NFS server has robust backup and recovery solutions in place to prevent data loss. 4. Monitor Performance: Use monitoring tools to track the performance of your NFS server and optimize it as needed. 5. Keep Your Software Updated: Regularly update your NFS server software to benefit from new features and security patches. Common Use Cases for NFS - Media Streaming: NFS servers are often used to stream large files, such as video content, across a network. - Data Sharing in Teams: Organizations use NFS servers to allow team members to access shared project files, documents, and other resources. - Cloud Integration: Some cloud providers offer NFS-compatible storage solutions, allowing users to integrate their existing NFS workflows with cloud-based storage systems.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: node red

node-red A Helm chart for Node-Red, a low-code programming platform for event-driven applications. What is Node-Red? Node-Red is an open-source, low-code platform designed for building and deploying event-driven applications. It provides a visual interface where users can create flows using a drag-and-drop system, making it accessible to both technical and non-technical users. The platform is built on the Node.js runtime, leveraging JavaScript for scripting. Key Features 1. Drag-and-Drop Interface: Users can easily design workflows by dragging nodes and connecting them with wires (links). 2. Node-Based Programming: Nodes are reusable components that perform specific tasks, such as data manipulation or API calls. 3. Scalability: Node-Red can handle large-scale applications due to its modular architecture. 4. Customizable: Users can create custom nodes and functions to extend the platform's functionality. Why Choose Node-Red? Node-Red stands out for its ability to bridge the gap between technical and non-technical users. It simplifies complex workflows, making it easier to implement event-driven solutions without deep programming knowledge. Additionally, its modular design allows for seamless integration with other tools and systems. Installation 1. Download Node.js: Ensure you have Node.js installed on your system. 2. Install Node-Red: Use npm to install the node-red package globally or in a specific directory. npm install -g node-red 3. Start the Server: Run the Node-Red server with the following command: node-red Getting Started 1. Create a Flow: Start by dragging nodes from the sidebar to the workbench and connecting them with wires. 2. Use Nodes: Select a node, configure its settings, and define its behavior using JavaScript or built-in functions. 3. Test Flows: Input sample data and observe how the flow processes it according to your design. Example Use Cases - Data Transformation: Use nodes to manipulate and transform data from various sources like CSV files or APIs. - Event Handling: Create flows that trigger actions based on specific events, such as receiving an email or detecting motion with a sensor. - API Integration: Connect external services like HTTP endpoints, databases, or cloud platforms using Node-Red. Deployment 1. Docker: Use Docker to containerize Node-Red for easy deployment and scaling in production environments. 2. Kubernetes: Utilize Kubernetes to manage Node-Red instances at scale, ensuring high availability and fault tolerance. By leveraging Node-Red's powerful features, you can streamline complex workflows and automate processes with minimal effort. Whether you're a developer looking to prototype quickly or an enterprise aiming to integrate new capabilities, Node-Red offers a flexible and scalable solution for event-driven applications.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: nodebb

NodeBB NodeBB is an open-source forum software designed for building community-driven discussion platforms. It provides a modern and responsive forum experience, allowing users to engage in discussions, share content, and connect with each other. NodeBB offers features such as real-time updates, social integration, and a plugin system for extending functionality. Whether you're creating a community forum, support platform, or collaborative discussion space, NodeBB provides a flexible and customizable solution for fostering online conversations and building vibrant communities. Overview of NodeBB NodeBB is built on the principles of open-source development, which means it is free to use, modify, and enhance. It is designed to be user-friendly while still offering advanced customization options. The software is ideal for both small and large communities, providing a scalable solution that can grow with your needs. Key Features 1. Real-Time Updates: NodeBB ensures that users receive instant notifications for new posts, replies, and topics. This feature keeps the community engaged and up-to-date on all discussions. 2. Social Integration: The platform supports integration with social media accounts, allowing users to connect their profiles and share content directly from the forum. This enhances community engagement and visibility. 3. Plugin System: NodeBB's plugin system allows developers to extend the functionality of the platform. With a wide range of plugins available, you can add features like analytics, moderation tools, and more to enhance your community's experience. 4. Customization: The software provides extensive customization options, including themes, templates, and branding. This allows communities to create a unique identity that reflects their values and style. 5. Responsive Design: NodeBB is designed with a responsive interface that works seamlessly across devices. Users can access the platform from desktops, tablets, or mobile devices, ensuring continuity in discussions and engagement. Benefits of Using NodeBB - Community Engagement: By providing a user-friendly and customizable space, NodeBB encourages active participation and fosters a sense of belonging among members. - Moderation Tools: The software typically includes tools for moderators to manage spam, enforce rules, and maintain a positive community environment. - Scalability: NodeBB can handle large volumes of users and content, making it suitable for growing communities. - Cost-Effective: As an open-source solution, NodeBB is free to use, eliminating the need for expensive licensing fees. Use Cases NodeBB can be used for a variety of purposes, including: - Community Forums: Creating a space for members to discuss topics related to your niche or interest. - Support Platforms: Providing a space for users to seek help, share solutions, and collaborate on issues. - Collaborative Spaces: Fostering teamwork by allowing users to contribute ideas, projects, and resources. Why Choose NodeBB? When comparing NodeBB to other forum platforms like Discourse or Reddit, NodeBB stands out due to its flexibility, customization options, and focus on community building. Its emphasis on real-time updates and social integration makes it a powerful tool for keeping communities engaged and connected. Customization and Extensibility One of the standout features of NodeBB is its high level of customization. Users can modify themes, create custom templates, and even develop their own plugins to add unique functionality. This level of control allows communities to tailor their experience to meet specific needs, whether it's through branding, layout, or advanced features. Conclusion NodeBB is a robust and flexible platform designed for building vibrant online communities. Its combination of real-time updates, social integration, and extensive customization options makes it an ideal choice for community leaders, moderators, and members alike. By leveraging the power of open-source development, NodeBB empowers communities to thrive in an ever-evolving digital landscape. Whether you're starting a new community or looking to enhance an existing one, NodeBB provides the tools and flexibility needed to create a space where people can connect, share, and grow together. It's not just software—it's a catalyst for community building.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: nodejs

Node.js Overview of Node.js Node.js is a JavaScript runtime environment that allows developers to build server-side applications. It is widely used due to its event-driven architecture and asynchronous nature, making it highly efficient for handling concurrent connections. History and Evolution Node.js originated from the need to create a platform-independent backend solution. Since its release in 2009, it has evolved into a robust framework with a strong community support system. Key Features - Event-Driven: Node.js processes multiple operations simultaneously. - Asynchronous Programming: Enables non-blocking I/O operations, enhancing performance. - JavaScript Execution: Runs JavaScript code on both the server and client sides. Why Node.js is Popular Node.js is favored for building scalable applications due to its ability to handle high traffic efficiently. It simplifies development by leveraging existing JavaScript skills. Use Cases - Web Applications: Building dynamic web apps with backend services. - Real-Time Applications: Handling live data updates and interactions in real-time. - Data Processing: Processing large datasets efficiently using asynchronous operations. Universal Helm Chart for Node.js Applications Introduction to Helm Charts Helm is a package manager for Kubernetes, allowing developers to manage containerized applications. A Helm chart is a collection of configurations that define how an application should be deployed on Kubernetes. Deploying Node.js with Helm Using Helm to deploy Node.js applications involves several steps: 1. Set Up Environment: Ensure the environment variables are correctly set. 2. Install Dependencies: Use package managers like npm or yarn to install required packages. 3. Create a Docker Image: Build a container image that includes all necessary dependencies and configurations. Benefits of Using Helm - Standardized Deployments: Ensures consistent deployment across different environments. - Scalability: Easily scale applications by adjusting resource requests in the Helm chart. - Rollbacks: Quickly rollback to previous versions if issues arise during deployment. Example Helm Chart Structure apiVersion: v1 kind: List items: - name: nodejs-chart metadata: labels: app: nodejs version: "1.0.0" spec: replicas: 3 selector: matchLabels: app: nodejs template: spec: containers: - name: nodejs-container image: your-nodejs-image:latest ports: - containerPort: 8080 Troubleshooting and Optimization - Logs: Always check logs for errors during deployment. - Performance Tuning: Optimize by adjusting resource limits and requests in the Helm chart. - Security: Ensure secure configurations, especially when handling sensitive data. Best Practices 1. Use Proper Configurations: Tailor configurations to specific application needs. 2. Version Control: Keep track of Helm charts using version control systems. 3. Test Environments: Always test deployments in staging environments before moving to production. Further Reading - Kubernetes Documentation: For detailed information on Kubernetes operations. - Helm Guide: Explore more about Helm commands and best practices. - Node.js Resources: Find tutorials and guides for enhancing Node.js skills. Conclusion Node.js combined with Helm charts offers a powerful solution for deploying scalable applications. By leveraging the strengths of both technologies, developers can efficiently manage their Node.js applications on Kubernetes clusters. This approach ensures reliability, scalability, and ease of management, making it an excellent choice for modern application deployments.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: noisedash

Noisedash A Dashboard for Monitoring and Analyzing Ambient Noise Levels In an increasingly urbanized world, the importance of understanding and managing ambient noise levels has grown significantly. Cities, with their bustling streets, traffic, and diverse populations, often face challenges related to noise pollution. This noise can impact the quality of life for residents, affect wildlife habitats, and contribute to broader environmental issues. Noisedash is an innovative dashboard designed to provide users with a comprehensive tool for monitoring and analyzing ambient noise levels. It offers a user-friendly interface that allows individuals or organizations to track noise levels in real-time, visualize data trends over time, and make informed decisions based on this information. Why Noisedash Matters Noise pollution is a growing concern worldwide. According to environmental studies, urban areas are particularly susceptible to excessive noise levels, which can lead to health issues such as stress, sleep disturbances, and hearing loss. Additionally, noise can disrupt wildlife, affecting their communication patterns and reproductive success. Understanding these impacts requires detailed monitoring of noise levels in various environments. Noisedash provides a solution by offering a dashboard that aggregates data from multiple sources, allowing users to analyze noise levels with ease. How Noisedash Works Noisedash operates by collecting data from sensors or noise measurement devices. These devices record sound levels in decibels (dB), which are then transmitted to the dashboard for analysis. The platform can integrate data from a wide range of sensors, including those placed in urban environments, near roads, and in natural settings. Once the data is collected, Noisedash processes it using advanced algorithms to identify patterns, trends, and anomalies. Users can access this information through an interactive dashboard, which displays data in a visually appealing format. The platform also provides tools for comparing noise levels over time, identifying peak periods, and analyzing the impact of various factors such as traffic volume or construction activities. Key Features of Noisedash 1. Real-Time Monitoring: Noisedash allows users to monitor noise levels in real-time, ensuring that they can respond quickly to changes in their environment. 2. Historical Data Analysis: The platform stores historical data, enabling users to analyze trends over months or years. This feature is particularly useful for identifying seasonal variations or long-term changes. 3. Customizable Dashboards: Users can customize the appearance of their dashboard, selecting which metrics and visualizations they want to display. This makes it easy to focus on the most relevant information. 4. Integration with Other Tools: Noisedash can be integrated with other software tools, such as geographic information systems (GIS) or environmental management platforms, allowing for a more holistic analysis of noise levels in relation to other factors like air quality or traffic patterns. 5. User-Friendly Interface: The dashboard is designed with a clear and intuitive interface, making it accessible to users who may not have technical expertise in data analysis or programming. Use Cases for Noisedash Noisedash has a wide range of applications, from urban planning to environmental research. Here are just a few examples: 1. City Planning: Urban planners can use Noisedash to assess the impact of proposed developments on noise levels. By analyzing data before and after construction, they can make informed decisions about traffic management, building heights, and public space design. 2. Noise Pollution Studies: Researchers studying noise pollution can leverage Noisedash to collect and analyze data from various locations. This information can be used to develop strategies for reducing noise levels in urban areas. 3. School Zones: Parents and school administrators can monitor noise levels near schools to ensure that students are not exposed to excessive noise, which can affect their learning environment and health. 4. Event Monitoring: Organizations hosting large events can use Noisedash to track noise levels during the event and assess potential impacts on nearby residents. The Future of Ambient Noise Monitoring As technology continues to advance, tools like Noisedash are playing an increasingly important role in addressing environmental challenges. By providing a user-friendly platform for monitoring and analyzing noise levels, they empower individuals and organizations to take proactive steps toward creating quieter, healthier environments. Noisedash is not just a tool for technical experts—it’s accessible to anyone who wants to understand the noise levels in their community. Whether you’re a city planner, a researcher, or a concerned citizen, Noisedash offers the resources needed to make informed decisions about noise management. In conclusion, Noisedash represents a significant step forward in the field of ambient noise monitoring. By combining real-time data collection with advanced analysis capabilities, it provides a powerful tool for understanding and addressing noise-related issues. As awareness of environmental challenges continues to grow, tools like Noisedash will play a crucial role in fostering sustainable and livable urban environments.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: notea

Notea A simple, self-hosted note-taking app. About Notea Notea is a lightweight, self-hosted note-taking application that offers a simple and intuitive interface for creating and organizing notes. It serves as a convenient tool for personal organization, making it an excellent choice for users who value privacy and control over their digital content. Features - Create Notes: With just a few clicks, you can quickly create new notes and organize them in a flexible manner. - Organize with Tags: Assign tags to your notes to easily categorize and navigate through different topics or projects. - Search Functionality: Use the built-in search feature to quickly locate specific notes or information. - Export Notes: Your notes can be exported in various formats, allowing for easy sharing or backup. - Collaboration: Share notes with others by providing them with a link, making it ideal for team projects or group work. - Markdown Support: Write your notes using Markdown syntax to enhance formatting and readability. Benefits Using Notea offers several advantages that make it stand out from other note-taking applications: 1. Simplicity: The interface is clean and user-friendly, making it easy for anyone to get started. 2. Self-Hosted: You have full control over your notes since the app runs on your own server or computer. 3. Cost-Effective: Notea is free to use, eliminating the need for costly subscriptions. 4. Customizable: The app allows for a high degree of customization, from themes to note templates. 5. Secure: By self-hosting, you ensure that your notes remain private and secure. 6. Cross-Platform Access: Notea works seamlessly across different platforms, ensuring you can access your notes wherever you are. Use Cases Notea is versatile and can be used for a variety of purposes: 1. Personal Productivity: Keep track of personal tasks, ideas, or reminders with ease. 2. Team Collaboration: Share project updates, meeting notes, or task assignments with your team. 3. Knowledge Management: Organize and store valuable information in a structured manner. 4. Project Planning: Use Notea to outline steps, set deadlines, and track progress. Customization One of the standout features of Notea is its high level of customization: - Themes: Choose from a variety of themes to personalize your note-taking experience. - Note Templates: Create templates for frequently used notes, such as meeting minutes or shopping lists. - Integrations: Sync Notea with other tools and services you use regularly, like calendars or task managers. Security Security is a top priority when dealing with personal or sensitive information. With Notea, you have full control over your data: - Data Control: Your notes are stored on your own server, ensuring that only you can access them. - Encryption: Many self-hosted solutions offer encryption to protect your data. - Access Controls: Set permissions to restrict who can view or edit your notes. - Backups: Regular backups can be scheduled to prevent data loss. Community Support The Notea community is active and supportive, with resources available to help users get the most out of the app: - Forums: Engage with other users to share tips and tricks. - Documentation: Extensive guides and tutorials are available to assist new users. - Third-Party Integrations: Developers have created a variety of plugins and extensions to enhance functionality. Conclusion Notea is an excellent choice for anyone looking for a simple, self-hosted note-taking solution. Its flexibility, security, and customization options make it a powerful tool for both personal and professional use. Whether you're managing personal tasks or collaborating on team projects, Notea provides the features needed to stay organized and productive.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: novu

Novu A Helm Chart for Managing Kubernetes Applications What is Novu? Novu is a popular Helm Chart designed to streamline the management of Kubernetes applications. It provides a robust solution for deploying, updating, and scaling containerized applications with ease. Whether you're working on a monolithic app or a microservices architecture, Novu offers a flexible and efficient way to handle your Kubernetes resources. Why Use Novu? Helm is the de facto package manager for Kubernetes, allowing developers to manage charts—collections of YAML files—that define the deployment configuration for applications. Novu builds upon Helm by offering additional features that make managing these charts more intuitive and powerful. One of the standout features of Novu is its declarative configuration approach. This means you can specify exactly how your application should be deployed, scaled, and maintained without diving into complex YAML structures. Novu abstracts much of the Kubernetes complexity, allowing you to focus on the business logic rather than the underlying infrastructure. Key Features Declarative Configuration Novu takes a declarative approach to configuration, which means you define your application's requirements in plain text. This is particularly useful for defining dependencies, configurations, and resource specifications. For example, you can specify that your app requires certain environment variables or specific volumes. Integration with CI/CD Pipelines Novu seamlessly integrates with continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipelines. This allows you to automate the deployment of your application across different environments, such as development, staging, and production. You can also use tools like Jenkins, GitHub Actions, or CircleCI to trigger deployments when code changes are detected. Monitoring and Observability Kubernetes provides powerful monitoring and observability capabilities, but managing these tools for each application can be cumbersome. Novu simplifies this process by providing built-in support for monitoring and logging. You can easily integrate metrics, logs, and traces from services like Prometheus, Grafana, and the Kubernetes Metrics API. Error Handling and Rollbacks Deploying applications to production comes with risks, especially when you're working in a distributed system like Kubernetes. Novu includes robust error handling and rollbacks mechanisms that allow you to detect and resolve issues quickly. If an application fails to deploy or becomes unresponsive, Novu can automatically trigger rollbacks or retries. Getting Started Installation To install Novu, you'll need to have Helm installed on your system. You can download it using the following command: helm repo add https://charts.novu.sh helm repo update Once Helm is set up, you can install Novu by running: helm install novu --create-namespace Configuration Novu uses a YAML file to define your application's configuration. You'll create a novu.yaml file in your working directory with content like this: apiVersion: v1 kind: Component metadata: name: my-app version: 1.0.0 spec: containers: - name: my-service image: mycompany/myapp:latest ports: - containerPort: 80 Dependencies You can specify dependencies in your Novu configuration to ensure that all required components are deployed alongside your application. For example: dependencies: - name: database version: 1.2.3 Usage Examples Deploying a Simple Application Here's an example of deploying a simple web application using Novu: helm install --set image.repository=mycompany/myapp \ --set image.tag=latest \ my-app novu This command deploys the my-app component with the specified container image and tag. Scaling Your Application Novu makes it easy to scale your application by simply modifying its configuration. You can add a scale policy that automatically adjusts the number of containers based on demand: spec: containers: - name: my-service image: mycompany/myapp:latest ports: - containerPort: 80 resources: limits: cpus: '2' Updating Your Application Updating your application is straightforward with Novu. You can simply push a new version of the container image and trigger an update: docker build -t mycompany/myapp:new-version . helm update --create-namespace my-app novu Best Practices Versioning Always maintain clear versioning for your applications. Use semantic versioning (e.g., 1.2.3) to indicate major, minor, and patch updates. CI/CD Integration Leverage CI/CD pipelines to automate testing and deployment. Use webhooks or triggers to automatically deploy when code changes are pushed to your repository. Monitoring Set up monitoring and logging from the start. Define metrics, logs, and traces in your Novu configuration to keep track of your application's health and performance. Testing Before deploying to production, always test your application in a staging environment. Use Novu to create a staging cluster or namespace for pre-deployment testing. Troubleshooting If you encounter issues while using Novu, check the logs and metrics provided by Kubernetes. Common problems include dependency conflicts, resource limits, or configuration errors. Conclusion Novu is an excellent choice for managing Kubernetes applications due to its declarative configuration, integration with CI/CD pipelines, and robust error handling. By following the steps outlined in this guide, you can quickly deploy, update, and scale your applications with confidence. Whether you're working on a small project or a large-scale deployment, Novu provides the flexibility and power you need to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ntp server

Ntp Server A network time protocol (NTP) server is a crucial component in modern networking and IT infrastructure. Its primary function is to synchronize clock times across a network, ensuring that all connected devices have accurate and consistent time measurements. This synchronization is essential for various applications, including system performance monitoring, financial transactions, and regulatory compliance. What Is an Ntp Server? The NTP server operates using the Network Time Protocol (NTP), which is a widely used protocol for distributing time over networks. Unlike the simpler Client-Server model, NTP uses a hierarchical structure where primary servers (stratum 1) provide time to secondary servers (stratum 2), and these secondaries then serve clients (stratum 3). This hierarchy ensures accurate and reliable time distribution. How Does an Ntp Server Work? The NTP server communicates over port 123, using a protocol that includes features like: - Version Negotiation: The server and client agree on the highest version of NTP they support. - Time Stamping: Each packet sent by the server contains a timestamp, allowing receivers to calculate the time difference. - Leap Second Handling: NTP servers can detect and handle leap seconds, a feature that is particularly useful for systems requiring high precision. Benefits of an Ntp Server 1. Reliability: NTP provides a reliable method for distributing time across networks, minimizing discrepancies between devices. 2. Scalability: NTP can scale to large networks, supporting thousands of clients simultaneously. 3. Security Enhancements: Modern NTP implementations often include authentication mechanisms to prevent tampering or unauthorized access. 4. Reduced Administrative Overhead: By automating time synchronization, NTP reduces the need for manual adjustments. Use Cases for an Ntp Server 1. Enterprise Networks: Large organizations rely on NTP servers to maintain consistent clock times across their infrastructure. 2. Remote Offices: Branch offices with limited IT staff benefit from centralized time management using NTP servers. 3. IoT and Edge Computing: Devices in IoT and edge computing environments often depend on NTP servers for accurate timestamping. 4. Cloud Environments: Cloud providers use NTP servers to synchronize time across their global networks. Importance of Accurate Time Accurate timekeeping is critical for many applications, including: - System Performance: Malfunctioning systems due to incorrect timestamps can lead to costly downtime. - Log Analysis: Logs generated by servers and devices often include timestamps that must be verified for compliance and troubleshooting. - Regulatory Compliance: Many industries require precise timestamping for auditing and record-keeping purposes. Best Practices 1. Configure NTP Servers Properly: Ensure that the server is configured to use a reliable upstream time source, such as an atomic clock or a GPS-based system. 2. Monitor Performance: Regularly check the performance of your NTP server to ensure it is functioning optimally and providing accurate time. 3. Implement Security Measures: Use authentication and secure channels (e.g., TLS) to protect against potential attacks. 4. Update Software: Keep your NTP software up-to-date to benefit from new features and security patches. Conclusion An Ntp server is an indispensable tool for maintaining precise and consistent time across networked environments. Its ability to distribute accurate time information ensures that systems operate smoothly, data integrity is maintained, and regulatory requirements are met. By understanding its role and properly configuring it, organizations can enhance their overall network performance and reliability.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: oasis

Oasis Oasis is a web-based platform designed for creating and managing events, conferences, and workshops. It provides organizers with powerful tools to plan, promote, and execute events while offering attendees a seamless registration and participation experience. Oasis as a Runtime Environment Oasis is an open-source runtime environment specifically tailored for running Jupyter notebooks. This unique feature simplifies the deployment and execution of Jupyter notebooks, making it easier for data scientists and analysts to collaborate and share their work. With Oasis, users can leverage Jupyter kernels such as Python, R, and Julia, enabling cross-platform compatibility and seamless integration with research environments. The platform's collaborative nature is one of its standout features. Users can interactively explore data, perform computations, and generate visualizations directly within their web browsers. This eliminates the need for local setup and allows teams to work together in real-time, fostering innovation and productivity. Oasis as an Event Management Platform Beyond its role as a runtime environment, Oasis is also a robust event management platform. It offers organizers a comprehensive suite of tools to streamline the event planning process. Key features include: - Event Scheduling: Create detailed schedules with multiple tracks, sessions, and speakers. - Ticketing System: Manage ticket sales, offer discounts, and track attendance. - Speaker Management: Organize speaker bios, abstracts, and session details. - Registration Process: Enable attendees to register for events, view agendas, and receive updates. Oasis is particularly well-suited for organizing conferences, workshops, and training sessions. Its user-friendly interface ensures that both organizers and attendees can navigate the platform effortlessly. Customizable templates allow for brand consistency while maintaining a professional appearance. Benefits of Using Oasis The benefits of using Oasis extend beyond its functional capabilities. By centralizing event management, Oasis reduces the administrative burden on organizers, allowing them to focus on delivering high-quality content. Attendees appreciate the convenience of a single platform for registration, scheduling, and information access. Moreover, Oasis fosters engagement through features like live polling, Q&A sessions, and networking opportunities. This enhances attendee experiences and creates valuable connections between participants and speakers. Conclusion Oasis is more than just a runtime environment or an event management tool—it's a comprehensive platform designed to empower users. Whether you're running Jupyter notebooks or organizing an international conference, Oasis provides the flexibility and functionality needed to achieve your goals. Its collaborative features and user-friendly design make it an invaluable resource for data scientists, analysts, and event organizers alike.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: odoo

Odoo An open-source suite of integrated business applications, including CRM, sales, project management, and more. Overview of Odoo Odoo is an open-source enterprise resource planning (ERP) and business management platform designed to help organizations manage various aspects of their operations efficiently. It offers a comprehensive set of tools that can be customized to meet the specific needs of different industries, from small businesses to large enterprises. The platform's modular design allows users to select only the features they need, making it cost-effective and flexible. Key Features Odoo provides a wide range of applications that cover essential business functions: Business Management - Project Management: Tools for tracking tasks, managing workflows, and monitoring progress. - Resource Allocation: Features to optimize resource distribution across projects. - Time Tracking: Functionality to monitor employee working hours and calculate costs. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) - Lead Management: Tools to track and manage potential customers. - Sales Pipeline: Visualizations to monitor sales opportunities and forecast future revenue. - Customer Support: Systems for managing customer inquiries and feedback. Sales and Marketing - Sales Automation: Tools to streamline lead generation, quoting, and deal closure processes. - Marketing Automation: Features for email campaigns, social media management, and lead nurturing. - Analytics: Insights into campaign performance and ROI. Inventory and Supply Chain Management - Inventory Tracking: Real-time monitoring of stock levels across multiple locations. - Bill of Materials: Tools to manage product components and manufacturing processes. - Supply Chain Optimization: Features to improve efficiency and reduce costs in the supply chain. Human Resources (HR) - Employee Directory: A centralized repository for employee information. - Performance Management: Tools to track performance metrics and set goals. - Leave Management: Systems for tracking and approving leave requests. Accounting and Finance - General Ledger: Tools for recording and managing financial transactions. - Financial Reporting: Features to generate reports and analyze financial data. - Budgeting: Tools to create and manage budgets across different departments. E-commerce - Online Store: Tools to set up and manage an online store with product listings, shopping carts, and payment gateways. - Order Management: Systems for tracking orders, managing inventory, and processing returns. - Marketing Tools: Features to drive traffic and convert visitors into customers. Project Management - Task Tracking: Tools to monitor task progress and set deadlines. - Gantt Charts: Visual tools to plan and track project timelines. - Resource Assignment: Functionality to assign tasks and resources effectively. Education - Learning Management System (LMS): Tools for managing courses, tracking student progress, and delivering content. - Academic Calendar: Features to schedule events and manage deadlines. - Student Information System (SIS): Systems to track student records, grades, and attendance. Applications of Odoo Odoo can be used across various industries, each with its specific needs. Here are some common applications: E-commerce - Retailers: Use Odoo to manage online stores, inventory, and customer relationships. - Dropshipping: Automate order fulfillment processes and manage suppliers efficiently. Project Management - Consulting Firms: Track projects, allocate resources, and monitor progress in real-time. - Software Development: Manage development cycles, track bugs, and ensure timely delivery. Accounting and Finance - Charities: Track donations, manage expenses, and generate financial reports. - Small Businesses: Simplify accounting processes and stay compliant with tax requirements. Manufacturing - Production Planning: Tools to optimize production schedules and manage inventory. - Quality Control: Systems for monitoring product quality at various stages of production. Benefits of Using Odoo Odoo offers several advantages that make it a preferred choice for businesses: Flexibility and Customization - Modular Design: Users can select only the features they need, reducing costs. - Customizable Workflows: Tailor workflows to match specific business processes. Cost-Effectiveness - Open-Source Nature: No licensing fees, allowing businesses to save on software costs. - Low Implementation Costs: Odoo is one of the most affordable ERP solutions on the market. Scalability - Growing Businesses: As a business grows, Odoo can scale to meet increased demands without major overhauls. Community Support - Active Community: A large and supportive community provides extensive documentation, forums, and regular updates. - Custom Modules: Developers can create custom modules to address specific needs. Why Choose Odoo? Choosing Odoo as your business management platform offers numerous benefits. Its open-source nature ensures flexibility and cost-effectiveness, while its modular design allows businesses to adapt it to their unique requirements. With a strong community behind it, users have access to a wealth of resources and support, making Odoo a reliable choice for organizations looking to streamline their operations. Conclusion Odoo is more than just an ERP system; it's a comprehensive toolset that empowers businesses to manage all aspects of their operations efficiently. Whether you're running a small business or a large enterprise, Odoo provides the flexibility and scalability needed to grow and thrive in today's competitive market.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ohmyforms

OhMyForms An Open-Source Form Builder and Data Collection Tool What is OhMyForms? OhMyForms is an open-source form builder platform designed to provide users with a versatile tool for creating, managing, and embedding forms into websites. This powerful solution allows individuals and organizations alike to collect information and feedback efficiently, making it a cornerstone of modern web development. Key Features - Drag-and-Drop Form Creation: Users can easily design forms by dragging and dropping elements into the interface. - Pre-Built Templates: A variety of professional-looking templates are available for quick form setup. - Customization Options: Forms can be customized with colors, fonts, and other styles to match a website's branding. - Data Collection: Forms are equipped with built-in data collection capabilities, allowing users to gather information such as email addresses, survey responses, and more. - Third-Party Integrations: OhMyForms supports integration with popular services like Google Analytics, Zapier, and Salesforce. - Security Features: The platform includes measures to ensure data security and compliance with regulations like GDPR. Benefits of Using OhMyForms 1. Empower Your Development Team: Simplify form creation for developers while offering them a flexible tool that fits seamlessly into their workflow. 2. Easy Embedding: Forms can be embedded into any website, making it easy to collect data directly from your site's visitors. 3. Customization: Customize forms to match the look and feel of your brand, ensuring a cohesive user experience. 4. Data Security: Built-in security features protect user data and ensure compliance with regulations. 5. Versatility: OhMyForms can be used for a wide range of applications, from collecting feedback on a blog to managing event sign-ups. Use Cases - Collect Feedback: Use forms to gather comments or suggestions from visitors to your website. - Manage Event Sign-Ups: Create registration forms for conferences, webinars, or other events. - Conduct Surveys: Design surveys to collect data for market research or customer feedback. - Handle Customer Inquiries: Provide a form for visitors to contact your support team or sales team. - Integrate with CRM Systems: Use OhMyForms to collect leads and synchronize them with your CRM software. Customizing Your Forms OhMyForms offers extensive customization options, allowing users to create forms that meet their specific needs. You can: - Change the form's color scheme, fonts, and other styles. - Add conditional logic to show or hide fields based on user responses. - Use advanced features like calculations and workflows to automate tasks. - Integrate with external services such as payment gateways or email marketing tools. Integrations OhMyForms supports a wide range of integrations, making it easy to connect your forms with other tools you already use. Some popular integrations include: - Google Analytics: Track form submissions and analyze data alongside your website analytics. - Zapier: Automate workflows by connecting OhMyForms with apps like Slack, Google Drive, or Dropbox. - Salesforce: Sync form data with your Salesforce account to manage leads and contacts effectively. - Custom API Access: For more complex integrations, you can use OhMyForms' REST API. Community and Support OhMyForms has an active community of users who contribute to its development and share resources. The platform also provides: - Documentation: Detailed guides on using the platform's features. - Support: Access to forums and contact channels for assistance with issues or questions. - Regular Updates: The OhMyForms team frequently releases updates to improve the platform and add new features. Security Data security is a top priority for OhMyForms. The platform includes: - Data encryption to protect user information. - Compliance with data protection regulations like GDPR and CCPA. - Multiple authentication methods, including two-factor authentication. - Regular security audits to identify and fix vulnerabilities. Conclusion OhMyForms stands out as a powerful and flexible tool for developers and organizations looking to streamline form creation and data collection. Its open-source nature and extensive customization options make it an excellent choice for a wide range of applications. Whether you're building a simple contact form or managing complex workflows, OhMyForms provides the tools you need to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: omost

Omost An Advanced Tool for Image Generation Through LLM-Generated Code and Specialized Visual Content Creation What is Omost? Omost is an innovative solution that leverages the power of Large Language Models (LLMs) to generate high-quality visual content. This tool is designed for users who want to create stunning images without the need for traditional design skills. By utilizing LLMs, Omost can interpret text descriptions and translate them into visually appealing images, making it a versatile tool for various creative projects. Key Features of Omost 1. Canvas Agent: The virtual Canvas agent acts as an assistant that helps users bring their ideas to life. It understands the context and intent behind user queries, enabling it to generate images that align perfectly with the user's vision. 2. LLM-Driven Code Generation: Omost uses advanced LLMs to analyze text descriptions and generate code that creates the desired visual content. This code can be used in various programming environments to produce high-quality images. 3. Customization Options: Users have the ability to customize their images by adjusting colors, styles, and other parameters. This level of control allows for creating unique and personalized visuals. 4. Collaboration Tools: Omost supports collaboration by allowing multiple users to work on the same project simultaneously. This feature is particularly useful for teams working on shared creative projects. 5. Integration with Other Tools: The tool can be integrated with other design software, enabling seamless workflow between different applications and enhancing productivity. How Does Omost Work? 1. User Input: Users provide a text description of the image they want to create. 2. Canvas Agent Interpretation: The Canvas agent analyzes the user's input to understand the visual concept they are aiming for. 3. Code Generation: Based on the analysis, Omost generates code that defines the structure and style of the image. 4. Rendering: The generated code is processed by specialized image generators to produce the actual visual content. 5. Iteration: Users can refine their images by providing feedback, allowing for continuous improvement and customization. Use Cases for Omost - Graphic Design: Create eye-catching designs for marketing materials, posters, and branding assets. - Art Creation: Generate artistic visuals that inspire and captivate audiences. - Educational Content: Develop engaging visual aids for educational purposes. - Marketing: Produce compelling images for social media campaigns and advertisements. - E-commerce: Generate product images and visual content for online stores. Benefits of Using Omost 1. Increased Efficiency: Automate the image creation process, saving time and effort. 2. Enhanced Creativity: Access a wide range of creative possibilities through LLM-driven generation. 3. Scalability: Easily scale up projects by generating multiple images at once. 4. Cost-Effective: Reduce the need for expensive design software and services. Conclusion Omost represents a significant advancement in the field of AI-driven content creation. By combining the power of LLMs with specialized visual generation, it offers users a unique and efficient way to create high-quality images. Whether you're a professional designer or a casual user, Omost provides the tools needed to bring your creative ideas to life. This innovative solution is poised to revolutionize the way we approach visual content creation, making it more accessible and efficient than ever before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: onlyoffice

OnlyOffice: An Open-Source Office Suite for Collaboration Overview of OnlyOffice OnlyOffice is an open-source office suite that offers a range of productivity tools for creating, editing, and managing documents, spreadsheets, and presentations. It provides a collaborative environment where users can work together in real-time, making it ideal for teams and organizations that value transparency and efficiency. Key Features of OnlyOffice - Document Editor: A robust tool for writing and editing text documents with features like formatting, comments, and track changes. - Spreadsheet Editor: Allows users to create and manipulate spreadsheets with functions, formulas, and data visualization capabilities. - Presentation Editor: A slide-based editor for creating and designing presentations with templates and multimedia support. - Collaboration Tools: Features like real-time collaboration, comments, and version control help teams work together seamlessly. Benefits of Using OnlyOffice 1. Cost-Effective Solution: Unlike many proprietary software, OnlyOffice is free to use, making it accessible for individuals and businesses alike. 2. Customizable: Users can extend the functionality of OnlyOffice by using plugins and custom scripts, providing a high level of personalization. 3. Secure and Private: OnlyOffice allows users to host their own instances on-premises or in the cloud, ensuring data privacy and compliance with regulations like GDPR. 4. Open Source Advantage: As an open-source project, OnlyOffice benefits from community contributions and continuous improvements, ensuring it stays up-to-date with user needs. Use Cases for OnlyOffice - Small Businesses: Ideal for small businesses that need professional-grade tools without the cost of commercial software. - Educational Institutions: Used in schools and universities to provide students and staff with access to reliable productivity tools. - Non-Profit Organizations: Non-profits can benefit from the cost savings and collaborative features offered by OnlyOffice. The Community Behind OnlyOffice The success of OnlyOffice is largely due to its active community of developers, contributors, and users. The project is hosted on platforms like GitHub and GitLab, where anyone can view the source code, submit issues, or propose changes. This transparency fosters trust and ensures that OnlyOffice remains a reliable and user-friendly tool. Limitations of OnlyOffice While OnlyOffice offers many powerful features, it may lack some advanced functionalities present in proprietary software like Microsoft Office. For example, complex macros or high-end formatting options might not be as fully developed. However, for most users, the benefits of open-source and collaboration far outweigh these limitations. Looking Ahead: The Future of OnlyOffice The future of OnlyOffice looks promising as the project continues to grow and evolve. Developers are actively working on improving performance, adding new features, and expanding the range of supported formats. Plans include integrating AI-powered tools for document analysis and automation, further enhancing its utility for users. Conclusion OnlyOffice is a strong contender for anyone seeking an open-source alternative to traditional office suites. Its collaborative capabilities, customization options, and cost-effectiveness make it a valuable tool for individuals and teams alike. As the project continues to develop, OnlyOffice has the potential to become an even more powerful solution for modern productivity needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: open webui

OpenWebUI: A Feature-Rich Self-Hosted WebUI for Modern Needs In today's digital landscape, users are constantly seeking tools that can enhance their productivity and streamline their workflows. OpenWebUI emerges as a powerful solution, offering a feature-rich self-hosted web interface designed to support large language models (LLMs) while providing private document uploads and seamless web browsing capabilities. This article delves into the key features, benefits, and potential use cases of OpenWebUI, highlighting why it stands out in the market. Understanding OpenWebUI OpenWebUI is a self-hosted web user interface that enables users to interact with AI-powered services without the need for complex programming or integration with third-party APIs. It provides a versatile platform where users can upload documents securely, access AI-driven insights, and navigate the web with enhanced capabilities. The interface is designed to be intuitive, making it accessible to both tech-savvy developers and casual users. Key Features of OpenWebUI 1. AI Integration OpenWebUI supports seamless interaction with LLMs, allowing users to generate text, ask questions, and receive AI-driven recommendations directly within the interface. This feature eliminates the need for users to switch between multiple platforms or tools, providing a unified experience. 2. Document Management The platform includes robust document management capabilities, enabling users to upload, store, and organize their files securely. OpenWebUI ensures that all uploaded documents are encrypted and accessible only by authorized users, making it an ideal solution for businesses with strict data security requirements. 3. Advanced Browsing OpenWebUI enhances traditional web browsing experiences by incorporating AI-driven features such as smart search suggestions, real-time content analysis, and personalized recommendations. Users can explore the web with greater efficiency and discoverability. 4. Customizable Interface The interface of OpenWebUI is highly customizable, allowing users to tailor their experience to meet specific needs. From choosing themes to adding widgets and extensions, users have full control over how they interact with the platform. 5. Security and Compliance OpenWebUI prioritizes user data security and privacy. The platform employs end-to-end encryption, access controls, and compliance measures to ensure that all activities are monitored and adhered to regulatory standards such as GDPR. 6. Collaboration Features OpenWebUI supports collaboration features, enabling teams to work together on projects, share documents, and communicate effectively. This makes it an excellent tool for remote teams or organizations looking to enhance teamwork and productivity. 7. Monetization Options For self-hosted providers, OpenWebUI offers flexible monetization options, including subscription models, freemium tiers, and premium features. These options ensure that the platform remains sustainable while providing value to users. Why Choose OpenWebUI? The decision to implement OpenWebUI hinges on its ability to deliver a feature-rich experience while maintaining simplicity and security. By integrating AI-driven capabilities with secure document management and customizable interfaces, OpenWebUI addresses the needs of both individual users and organizations. Use Cases 1. Personal Use OpenWebUI is an excellent tool for personal productivity, enabling users to manage documents, interact with AI, and browse the web efficiently. It serves as a centralized hub for managing various tasks and accessing information quickly. 2. Business Applications For businesses, OpenWebUI offers a secure and scalable solution for document management, collaboration, and AI integration. It supports remote teams and helps organizations streamline their operations while maintaining compliance with data protection regulations. 3. Educational Tools Educators and students can leverage OpenWebUI to create interactive learning environments, integrate AI-driven resources, and manage educational materials securely. Conclusion OpenWebUI represents a significant advancement in web user interfaces, offering a blend of functionality, security, and customization that sets it apart from traditional tools. Its ability to support AI integration, secure document management, and flexible interface options makes it an ideal solution for a wide range of users. As technology continues to evolve, OpenWebUI positions itself as a leader in the development of feature-rich, self-hosted web interfaces. By adopting OpenWebUI, users can unlock new possibilities for productivity, collaboration, and innovation, ensuring that their digital experiences are both efficient and secure.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: openbudgeteer

OpenBudgeteer: An Open-Source Solution for Personal Finance Management In an era where financial management is more complex than ever, OpenBudgeteer emerges as a powerful tool designed to help individuals take control of their personal finances. This open-source application offers users the ability to create and manage budgets, track expenses, and gain valuable insights into their financial habits. Whether you're aiming to save money, reduce debt, or plan for the future, OpenBudgeteer provides a flexible and user-friendly platform to meet your financial goals. The Importance of Budgeting Budgeting is a cornerstone of effective financial management. It allows individuals to understand where their money is going and make informed decisions about spending. Without a structured approach, it's easy to feel overwhelmed by the numerous financial obligations that life throws our way. OpenBudgeteer simplifies this process by providing a transparent and customizable system for tracking income, expenses, and savings. Features of OpenBudgeteer OpenBudgeteer is packed with features designed to enhance your financial management experience: - Expense Tracking: Users can easily record and categorize their expenses, helping them identify areas where they can cut back. - Income Categorization: The tool allows for detailed tracking of income sources, making it easier to plan for future expenses. - Financial Insights: By analyzing spending patterns, OpenBudgeteer provides users with insights that can lead to better financial decisions. - Integration Capabilities: The application supports integration with popular financial tools and platforms, allowing for a seamless financial management experience. How It Works Using OpenBudgeteer is straightforward: 1. Set Up Your Accounts: Link your bank accounts, credit cards, and other financial institutions to start tracking your finances. 2. Import Data: Upload your financial data into the application to get a clear picture of your current financial standing. 3. Create Budgets: Define your monthly budgets for different categories such as housing, food, transportation, and entertainment. 4. Monitor Spending: Track your spending in real-time and adjust your budget as needed to stay on target. Benefits of Using OpenBudgeteer The benefits of using OpenBudgeteer are numerous: - Saves Money: By understanding where your money is going, you can make informed decisions to save more effectively. - Manages Debt: The tool helps users create a plan for paying off debt by tracking expenses and identifying areas where unnecessary spending occurs. - Planned for the Future: OpenBudgeteer provides insights that can be used to plan for long-term financial goals, such as buying a home or retiring early. Community and Collaboration OpenBudgeteer is not just a tool—it's a community. The project is built on collaboration between developers and users, with opportunities for everyone to contribute. Whether you're a developer looking to enhance the tool or a user who wants to share your experiences, OpenBudgeteer fosters a sense of belonging and shared purpose. Future Plans The future of OpenBudgeteer looks bright. Developers are already working on new features that will further enhance the tool's capabilities. These include: - Advanced Budgeting Strategies: Features like recurring budgets and multi-category tracking. - Enhanced Integration: Support for more financial platforms and tools. - User-Centric Updates: Regular updates based on user feedback to ensure the tool remains relevant and user-friendly. Conclusion OpenBudgeteer is more than just a budgeting tool—it's a comprehensive solution for managing personal finances. By providing users with the ability to track expenses, categorize income, and gain financial insights, OpenBudgeteer empowers individuals to take control of their money and make informed decisions about their financial future. Whether you're just starting out or looking to refine your financial habits, OpenBudgeteer offers a flexible and transparent platform to help you achieve your financial goals. Join the OpenBudgeteer community today and take the first step toward financial freedom!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: openfaas

OpenFaaS OpenFaaS - Serverless Functions Made Simple What is OpenFaaS? OpenFaaS is a powerful serverless platform designed to simplify the deployment and scaling of functions. By abstracting away the complexities of infrastructure, OpenFaaS allows developers to focus on writing code that matters—without worrying about servers, scalability, or maintenance. With OpenFaaS, you can easily create, deploy, and scale serverless functions with just a few clicks. Whether you're building APIs, data processing pipelines, or event-driven applications, OpenFaaS provides the flexibility and performance you need to succeed. The Benefits of OpenFaaS 1. Cost Efficiency: Pay only for what you use, without overcommitting resources. 2. Scalability: Automatically scales up or down based on demand. 3. Focus on Logic: Write code that directly reflects your business needs, without worrying about infrastructure. 4. Community Support: A vibrant ecosystem with tools, libraries, and resources to accelerate development. Getting Started with OpenFaaS 1. Install OpenFaaS CLI: Use the command-line interface to deploy functions from your local machine. 2. Create Your First Function: Write a function in Node.js or Python and save it as index.js or function.py. 3. Deploy Functions: Use the CLI to push your function to OpenFaaS, creating an invocation URL in the process. 4. Trigger Functions: Invoke your functions via HTTP requests or event triggers like AWS Lambda. Advanced Features of OpenFaaS - Function Chaining: Chain multiple functions together to create complex workflows. - Dependencies Management: Install and manage dependencies directly from your function's package.json. - Custom Domains: Deploy your functions under a custom domain for better branding and accessibility. Use Cases for OpenFaaS - API Development: Build RESTful APIs quickly and efficiently. - Data Processing: Process large datasets in real-time using scalable functions. - Event Handling: Handle events from IoT devices, social media, or other sources. Security with OpenFaaS OpenFaaS ensures that your functions are secure by default, with features like: - Access Control Lists (ACLs): Restrict who can invoke your functions. - Function Isolation: Each function runs in its own isolated environment. - Secure Secrets Management: Store sensitive information securely using secret managers. The Future of Serverless Technology As serverless technology continues to evolve, OpenFaaS remains at the forefront of innovation. With ongoing improvements in performance, cost efficiency, and functionality, OpenFaaS is poised to become an essential tool for developers worldwide. Start your journey with OpenFaaS today and experience the simplicity of serverless development firsthand!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: openproject

OpenProject A Helm Chart for Running OpenProject via Kubernetes What is OpenProject? OpenProject is a powerful tool designed to streamline the management of open-source software projects within the Kubernetes orchestration platform. It provides a flexible and scalable solution for developers and teams looking to deploy, manage, and collaborate on their projects efficiently. Benefits of Using OpenProject 1. Flexibility: OpenProject allows you to define custom workflows tailored to your project's needs, making it adaptable to various development methodologies. 2. Scalability: Whether you're working on a small-scale project or managing large-scale deployments, OpenProject can scale to meet your requirements. 3. Integration: It seamlessly integrates with existing DevOps tools and CI/CD pipelines, enhancing overall workflow efficiency. 4. Collaboration: OpenProject fosters better collaboration among team members by providing clear visibility into project status and tasks. Installing OpenProject To install OpenProject using Helm, follow these steps: 1. Ensure that Helm is installed on your Kubernetes cluster. 2. Run the following command to download the OpenProject chart: helm pull openproject 3. Install the chart with: helm install openproject openproject/ Using OpenProject Once installed, you can manage your projects through the OpenProject interface. Features include: - Project Management: Create and organize projects with custom workflows. - CI/CD Integration: Automate builds, testing, and deployment using existing CI/CD tools. - Collaboration Tools: Access real-time dashboards and reports to track project progress. Example: Setting Up a Project 1. Navigate to the OpenProject dashboard. 2. Create a new project by selecting the appropriate template or configuration. 3. Define your workflow using the provided interface, specifying stages, dependencies, and tasks. 4. Start the build process and monitor its progress through the dashboard. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: opensearch

OpenSearch: A Comprehensive Overview OpenSearch is an open-source solution designed to meet the demands of modern data analysis, search, and observability needs. It offers a robust platform that combines powerful search capabilities with advanced analytics, making it a versatile tool for various industries. Introduction to OpenSearch OpenSearch is built on the foundations of Apache Lucene, providing a scalable and flexible search solution. Its distributed architecture allows organizations to handle large volumes of data efficiently, ensuring quick responses to complex queries. The platform supports full-text searches, natural language processing (NLP), and custom dictionaries, which are essential features for modern applications. Key Features 1. Full-Text Search: OpenSearch excels in retrieving relevant information from vast amounts of unstructured data, making it ideal for document management systems, research tools, and knowledge bases. 2. Natural Language Processing (NLP): By leveraging advanced NLP techniques, OpenSearch can understand and interpret human language, enabling more intuitive search experiences. 3. Custom Dictionaries: Users can create custom taxonomies or controlled vocabularies to enhance search precision, which is particularly useful in domains like legal, medical, and finance. 4. Scalability: The platform is designed to scale horizontally, allowing organizations to handle increasing data volumes without compromising performance. 5. Analytics and Observability: OpenSearch provides built-in analytics tools that help users gain insights into their data, such as popularity trends, sentiment analysis, and more. Use Cases OpenSearch has a wide range of applications across various industries: - Healthcare: Facilitates quick access to medical research and patient information. - Finance: Helps in analyzing financial documents and market data efficiently. - Retail: Enables personalized shopping experiences by searching through product catalogs and customer reviews. - Legal: Supports legal research by indexing court cases, statutes, and other legal documents. Benefits Choosing OpenSearch offers several advantages over proprietary solutions: 1. Cost-Effective: OpenSearch is free to use, eliminating the need for expensive licensing fees. 2. Flexibility: Users have full control over their data and can modify the platform according to their specific needs. 3. Community Support: The active community contributes to continuous development and provides valuable resources and support. Getting Started For those new to OpenSearch, there are several resources available: - Documentation: Provides detailed guides on installation, configuration, and usage. - Tutorials and Examples: Demonstrates how to perform common tasks like indexing documents, performing searches, and leveraging analytics features. - Community Forums: Offers a space for users to ask questions, share experiences, and get advice from experienced OpenSearch users. Conclusion OpenSearch is a powerful tool that offers a flexible and scalable solution for search and analytics needs. Its open-source nature, combined with robust features like full-text search, NLP, and custom dictionaries, makes it an excellent choice for organizations looking to enhance their data management capabilities without the financial burden of proprietary solutions. By adopting OpenSearch, businesses can unlock the potential of their data, driving innovation and efficiency across various domains. Whether you're managing large datasets or improving user experiences, OpenSearch provides the tools needed to stay competitive in today's information-driven world.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: organizr

Organizr A self-hosted organizer for bookmarks, notes, and to-do lists. What is Organizr? Organizr is a versatile tool designed to help users manage their digital presence. It serves as a centralized hub where you can organize your bookmarks, notes, and to-do lists, all from one place. This self-hosted solution allows users to streamline their workflow, enhancing productivity and reducing the need to juggle multiple platforms. Why Use Organizr? In today's fast-paced digital world, it's easy to feel overwhelmed by the sheer number of web applications and services available. Organizr provides a unified interface that lets you access and manage all your favorite tools in one place. Whether you're using it for research, planning projects, or organizing daily tasks, Organizr ensures that nothing gets lost in the chaos. Key Features 1. Bookmark Management: Effortlessly save and organize your favorite websites with just a few clicks. 2. Note-Taking: Create and store your thoughts, ideas, and important information securely. 3. To-Do Lists: Set up tasks and deadlines to stay on top of your responsibilities. 4. Integration with Web Services: Organizr works seamlessly with various web services, allowing you to centralize your data. 5. Customization: Tailor the interface to suit your personal preferences and workflow needs. 6. Multi-Device Access: Access your organized content from any device, ensuring you're always connected to your information. 7. Security: Your data is under your control, providing an added layer of security. Benefits Using Organizr can significantly improve your productivity by reducing the time spent switching between different platforms. It also helps in maintaining organization, which can reduce stress and anxiety associated with trying to keep track of multiple tasks and information sources. Additionally, since Organizr is self-hosted, you eliminate the need for third-party services, saving both time and money. How Does Organizr Work? Organizr is designed to be user-friendly, making it accessible even to those who are not tech-savvy. To get started, you'll need to: 1. Install Organizr: Use Docker or another containerization tool to install the application on your server. 2. Choose a Domain: Assign a domain name to your instance for easy access. 3. Configure Settings: Customize the settings to suit your preferences, such as choosing a theme and enabling necessary features. 4. Start Using It: Once everything is set up, you can start organizing your bookmarks, notes, and to-do lists. Use Cases Organizr is ideal for a variety of users, including: - Remote Workers: Streamline your workflow by centralizing access to all your work-related tools and resources. - Students: Organize research materials, notes, and assignments in one place. - Freelancers: Manage client information, project details, and other important data efficiently. - Anyone Who Uses Multiple Online Tools: If you find yourself juggling between several web services, Organizr can help you keep everything in check. Community Organizr has a strong community behind it, which is actively involved in improving the tool. You can join forums, contribute to documentation, and participate in discussions with other users to share your experiences and tips for using Organizr effectively. Conclusion In an age where digital tools are constantly evolving, finding a solution that streamlines your workflow without compromising on functionality is essential. Organizr offers a flexible, self-hosted solution for managing bookmarks, notes, and to-do lists, making it an excellent choice for anyone looking to take control of their digital presence. Whether you're a remote worker, a student, or someone who simply wants to reduce the clutter in their online life, Organizr can help you achieve your goals. Start your journey with Organizr today and experience the benefits of a centralized, organized workspace.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: osticket

osticket nosTicket is an open-source ticketing system designed for managing customer support inquiries. It provides a centralized platform for organizing and responding to customer tickets, ensuring efficient communication and issue resolution. nosTicket offers features such as ticket tracking, automation rules, and customizable ticket forms. osTicket osTicket is an open-source ticketing system that facilitates the management of customer inquiries and support tickets. Its primary purpose is to streamline customer support processes for organizations of all sizes. By providing a scalable and customizable platform, osTicket helps businesses improve response times and enhance overall customer satisfaction. The system allows users to create and track support tickets, set up automation rules to prioritize or route tickets automatically, and customize ticket forms to collect necessary information from customers. This flexibility makes it suitable for both small businesses and large enterprises. Osticket nosTicket is not just a ticketing system; it's a comprehensive tool that empowers organizations to manage their customer support more effectively. With its user-friendly interface and robust features, nosTicket ensures that no customer inquiry goes unnoticed or unaddressed. One of the standout features of nosTicket is its ability to track tickets throughout the resolution process. This transparency helps customers understand the status of their issues and fosters trust between the organization and the end-user. Another key feature is the automation rules. These rules can be set up to automatically assign tickets to the appropriate support team, send automated responses to customers, or escalate complex issues to higher levels of management. This level of automation reduces manual intervention and speeds up the resolution process. Customizable ticket forms are another powerful tool in nosTicket's arsenal. Organizations can create forms that collect specific information from customers, such as product details, error messages, or personal data. This ensures that support agents have all the necessary information to resolve issues quickly and effectively. In addition to these features, nosTicket also offers integration capabilities with third-party applications and systems. This allows organizations to extend the functionality of their ticketing system by connecting it with other tools they use, such as CRM systems or project management software. The open-source nature of nosTicket is another advantage for users. It provides full access to the source code, allowing businesses to customize the system according to their specific needs. This level of control can be particularly beneficial for organizations with unique requirements or those who want to ensure that their support system aligns perfectly with their internal processes. Overall, nosTicket is a versatile and flexible ticketing system that can be adapted to meet the needs of almost any organization. Whether you're managing a small team or running a large-scale support operation, nosTicket offers the tools and features necessary to streamline your customer support processes and improve your bottom line.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: ouroboros

Ouroboros A self-updating application that automatically updates its Docker containers. Ouroboros Ouroboros is a self-updating, containerized application management tool. It automates the process of updating and managing Docker containers, ensuring that applications remain current and secure. The Evolution of Application Management In today's fast-paced technological landscape, applications are constantly evolving. New features, security patches, and performance improvements are released regularly. Managing these updates manually can be time-consuming and error-prone. This is where tools like Ouroboros come into play. Automating Docker Container Updates Ouroboros simplifies the management of Docker containers by automating updates. It ensures that your applications are always running the latest stable versions, reducing the risk of outdated vulnerabilities and inefficiencies. Key Features 1. Automatic Updates: Ouroboros automatically detects when updates are available for your Docker containers and applies them with minimal downtime. 2. Dependency Management: The tool tracks dependencies and ensures that all related components are updated simultaneously, maintaining application integrity. 3. Security Patches: It automatically applies security patches to protect your applications from known vulnerabilities. 4. Rollback Mechanism: In case of an update failure or unintended consequences, Ouroboros allows for easy rollbacks to a previous stable version. 5. Integration with CI/CD Pipelines: The tool seamlessly integrates with existing continuous integration and deployment pipelines, enhancing overall efficiency. 6. Centralized Management: Ouroboros provides a centralized interface for managing multiple containers and their update schedules. Benefits - Reduced Downtime: Automatic updates minimize the need for manual intervention, reducing downtime and ensuring smoother operations. - Increased Security: By consistently applying updates and patches, Ouroboros helps maintain a high level of security for your applications. - Cost Savings: Automating updates reduces the need for dedicated IT staff to manually manage containers, leading to cost savings. - Improved Efficiency: The tool streamlines the update process, making it easier to deploy changes quickly without disrupting workflows. How It Works Ouroboros operates by scheduling automatic updates for your Docker containers. When an update is detected, the tool applies the changes, tests the application for stability, and confirms that everything functions as expected before declaring the update complete. If an issue arises during the update process, Ouroboros can roll back to a previous version, ensuring business continuity. Use Cases 1. Monolithic Applications: Ouroboros is ideal for managing monolithic applications where containerization has been adopted. 2. Microservices Architecture: It excels in managing microservices environments, where multiple containers need to be updated and maintained simultaneously. 3. Legacy Systems: The tool can also be used to modernize legacy systems by containerizing them and automating updates. 4. Edge Computing: Ouroboros is well-suited for edge computing environments where real-time updates and management are critical. Conclusion Ouroboros represents a significant advancement in application management, offering a seamless and automated solution for Docker container updates. By reducing downtime, enhancing security, and streamlining the update process, it empowers organizations to maintain robust and adaptable applications. Whether you're managing monolithic apps, microservices, or legacy systems, Ouroboros provides the tools needed to stay ahead in today's fast-paced technological landscape. Explore Ouroboros today and discover how it can transform your application management practices.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: owncloud

owncloud A self-hosted cloud storage platform with file synchronization and sharing capabilities. OwnCloud ownCloud is an open-source cloud storage platform. It allows users to create their private cloud servers, offering features for file synchronization, sharing, and collaborative editing while maintaining control and ownership of their data. Features - Self-Hosted Solution: ownCloud can be installed on-premises or hosted on a dedicated server, providing full control over your data. - File Syncing: Automatically sync files between your local devices and the cloud storage. - File Sharing: Share files with others securely using shareable links or direct downloads. - Collaboration: Enable multiple users to access and edit files simultaneously. - Data Ownership: All data remains under your control, unlike third-party services which may store data elsewhere. Benefits 1. Cost Efficiency: By self-hosting, you avoid monthly subscription fees associated with cloud storage services. 2. Customization: ownCloud can be customized to meet specific organizational needs through plugins and APIs. 3. Security: Data is stored securely on your own server, reducing the risk of data breaches associated with third-party platforms. How It Works 1. Installation: Install ownCloud on a web server or dedicated server. 2. Configuration: Set up user accounts and configure file sharing settings. 3. Syncing: Use desktop clients to sync files between devices and the cloud. 4. Access: Access files via web interface, desktop apps, or mobile apps. Why Choose OwnCloud? - Privacy: Keep your data private and under your control. - Flexibility: Customize storage solutions to fit organizational requirements. - Scalability: Easily scale storage and bandwidth as needed. ownCloud is an excellent choice for individuals and businesses looking for a secure, flexible, and cost-effective cloud storage solution. By using ownCloud, users can maintain full control over their data while enjoying the convenience of cloud-based file sharing and synchronization.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: paperless ngx

Paperless-NGX: A Comprehensive Guide to Going Digital In an era where digital transformation is reshaping industries, managing documents efficiently has become crucial. Paperless-ngx emerges as a robust document management system designed to help users transition from traditional paper-based systems to a fully digital workflow. This article delves into the features, benefits, and functionalities of Paperless-ngx, providing a comprehensive overview for potential users. What is Paperless-ngx? Paperless-ngx is a document management solution that simplifies the process of digitizing, organizing, and archiving documents. It serves as an all-in-one platform where users can upload, store, and manage their digital documents with ease. The system is designed to enhance productivity by automating tasks such as file naming, storage, and retrieval, ensuring that your documents are always accessible and secure. Core Features The core features of Paperless-ngx make it a versatile tool for any user or organization. Key functionalities include: 1. Document Scanning and Conversion: The platform supports scanning paper documents using built-in scanners or third-party tools, converting them into digital formats like PDFs, JPGs, or DOCX files. 2. Centralized Storage: All your documents are stored in a centralized location, making it easy to access and manage them from one place. 3. Advanced Organization Tools: Users can categorize and tag documents for better organization. Tags and folders help in quickly locating specific files, while metadata extraction adds an extra layer of organization. 4. Search Functionality: The platform offers robust search capabilities, allowing users to find documents by keywords, dates, or other attributes with just a few clicks. 5. Version Control: Paperless-ngx allows users to track and manage different versions of a document, ensuring that previous iterations are never lost. 6. Security and Compliance: The system includes features like document encryption, access controls, and audit logs to ensure that sensitive information remains protected and compliant with regulations like GDPR or HIPAA. Document Organization and Management One of the standout features of Paperless-ngx is its ability to streamline document organization. The platform supports a variety of document types, including invoices, receipts, contracts, and reports, each of which can be stored in structured folders. Users can create custom templates for frequently used documents, reducing the time spent on manual data entry. Security and Compliance Security is a top priority for Paperless-ngx. The platform offers several security features: 1. Encryption: Documents can be encrypted with strong encryption algorithms to protect sensitive information. 2. Access Controls: Users can set permissions for who can view, edit, or share documents, ensuring that only authorized individuals have access. 3. Audit Logs: Detailed logs track all actions performed on the platform, providing valuable insights for compliance and auditing purposes. Integration and Collaboration Paperless-ngx also supports integration with other tools and platforms, making it a versatile solution for teams and businesses. Users can connect the platform to cloud storage services like Google Drive or Dropbox, or use APIs to integrate it with their existing systems. Additionally, collaboration features allow multiple users to work on documents simultaneously, streamlining teamwork and productivity. Mobile Access The Paperless-ngx mobile app provides access to your documents on the go. Features like offline access ensure that you can view and manage files even when you're not connected to the internet. The app also supports document scanning directly from your smartphone, making it easy to convert paper documents into digital formats while you're out and about. Customization and Business Solutions For businesses, Paperless-ngx offers customization options tailored to specific needs. Organizations can create custom workflows, set up automated notifications, and integrate the platform with their existing business processes. This makes Paperless-ngx a powerful tool for streamlining operations and improving efficiency across teams. User Experience The user experience (UX) of Paperless-ngx is intuitive and user-friendly, making it accessible to users of all skill levels. The interface is clean and modern, with features like drag-and-drop functionality and smart suggestions guiding users through the platform. Regular updates and feature enhancements ensure that the platform remains up-to-date with the latest advancements in document management. Support and Resources Paperless-ngx provides comprehensive support resources to help users get the most out of the platform. The user guide, tutorials, and customer support team offer valuable insights and assistance for troubleshooting and learning new features. Additionally, an active community of users and developers contributes to a wealth of shared knowledge and tips. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: papermerge

Papermerge An open-source document management system for scanning, archiving, and retrieving documents. What is Papermerge? Papermerge is an open-source document management system (DMS) designed to help users efficiently manage, organize, and retrieve digital documents. It offers features for indexing, searching, and collaboration, making it a versatile tool for individuals and organizations alike. The system is built on the principle of openness, allowing users to customize and extend its functionality through community contributions. Key Features Papermerge provides a robust set of tools to manage your document library: - Document Indexing: Users can manually or automatically index documents using predefined tags or custom metadata. This allows for efficient organization and retrieval. - Search Functionality: The system supports advanced search capabilities, enabling users to quickly locate specific documents based on keywords, tags, or other metadata. - Collaboration Tools: Papermerge includes features that facilitate teamwork, such as document sharing, version control, and comments. - Scanning and Archiving: The platform integrates seamlessly with scanning devices and archiving solutions, making it easy to import and store large volumes of documents. - Customization: As an open-source solution, Papermerge allows users to modify the interface, add new features, and integrate third-party applications to suit their specific needs. Use Cases Papermerge is ideal for a wide range of use cases: - Legal and Compliance: Organizations can store and manage legal documents with ease, ensuring compliance with regulations like GDPR or HIPAA. - Academic Research: Researchers can organize and retrieve research papers, theses, and other academic documents efficiently. - Healthcare: Medical practices can maintain patient records, treatment plans, and other sensitive documents securely. - Small Businesses: Small business owners can manage invoices, contracts, and other important documents with a centralized system. Benefits Using Papermerge offers several advantages over traditional DMS solutions: - Cost-Effective: Open-source nature reduces reliance on expensive licensing models. - Customizable: Users have full control over the system's functionality, allowing for tailored solutions. - Community Support: The active community contributes to ongoing development and provides valuable support and resources. How It Works Getting started with Papermerge is straightforward: 1. Installation: Users can download the software from official repositories or install it via Docker containers. 2. Indexing Documents: Once installed, users can upload documents and assign metadata using a web-based interface. 3. Searching and Retrieving: After indexing, users can search for documents using keywords or tags, accessing them through a browser-based viewer. 4. Collaboration: Documents can be shared with teams, with comments and version control integrated into the system. 5. Customization: Advanced users can modify the codebase to add new features or integrate third-party services. Comparison with Other Systems While Papermerge is a great tool on its own, it often stands out when compared to proprietary solutions like Document360 or DocuSign. Unlike these systems, Papermerge is open-source, meaning users have full control over their data and can modify the system to meet specific needs. Additionally, Papermerge's focus on simplicity and flexibility makes it an excellent choice for organizations that value transparency and community-driven development. Conclusion Papermerge is a powerful, flexible document management system that offers a cost-effective, customizable solution for managing digital documents. Its open-source nature, robust features, and active community support make it a standout choice for individuals and organizations alike. Whether you're managing legal documents, organizing research papers, or streamlining business operations, Papermerge provides the tools needed to efficiently scan, archive, and retrieve documents with ease.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: peppermint

Peppermint Peppermint is an open-source, lightweight note-taking application designed for both personal and professional use. Its intuitive interface makes it a practical tool for organizing and managing notes efficiently. Whether you're jotting down quick thoughts or planning complex projects, Peppermint offers a seamless experience that enhances productivity. Features of Peppermint One of the standout features of Peppermint is its simplicity. The application allows users to create and organize notes with ease. You can choose from multiple note-taking formats, including plain text, markdown, and even mind maps. This flexibility ensures that you can tailor the app to your specific needs. Peppermint also supports tagging, which helps in categorizing your notes for quick retrieval. Customization options are abundant, allowing users to adjust the appearance of their workspace to match their preferences. The app's minimalist design reduces clutter and focuses on functionality, making it an excellent choice for those who value a clean interface. Use Cases Peppermint is versatile enough to be used in various scenarios. For instance, students can use it to jot down lecture notes or plan study schedules. Professionals can leverage its CRM capabilities to manage client interactions and track deals. Small business owners can use it to organize tasks and keep customer records. Regardless of your needs, Peppermint adapts to fit your workflow. Benefits The benefits of using Peppermint extend beyond note-taking. By organizing your thoughts and ideas, the app helps in maintaining a clear mind. It also promotes productivity by allowing you to access information quickly. The ability to sync notes across devices ensures that you can work on-the-go without missing important details. Peppermint's open-source nature adds another layer of benefit. Users have full control over their data, and the app is constantly updated with new features and improvements. This transparency builds trust and encourages active participation from the community. Peppermint as a CRM In addition to its note-taking capabilities, Peppermint serves as a robust Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. It provides tools for managing contacts, tracking deals, and monitoring communication history. This makes it an invaluable resource for sales teams, freelancers, and small businesses. The contact management feature allows you to store and organize customer information, including names, email addresses, and phone numbers. Deal tracking helps in monitoring the progress of projects or sales opportunities. Communication history ensures that you can revisit past interactions with clients, fostering stronger relationships. Why Choose Peppermint? Choosing Peppermint means choosing a tool that is not only functional but also user-friendly. Its focus on simplicity and efficiency makes it accessible to everyone, regardless of their technical expertise. The app's dedication to open-source principles ensures that you have control over your data and can customize the experience to suit your needs. Peppermint is more than just a note-taking application; it's a versatile tool that can be adapted to various aspects of your personal or professional life. By using Peppermint, you invest in a solution that supports your growth and helps you stay organized in a clutter-free environment. Getting Started with Peppermint Getting started with Peppermint is straightforward. You can download the app from its official website and install it on your preferred device. The setup process is quick and intuitive, guiding you through the initial configuration. Once installed, you can start creating notes immediately. Use the built-in editor to jot down your thoughts or organize them into categories. Take advantage of the tagging system to keep track of specific note collections. And don't forget to explore the app's features, such as mind maps and markdown support, to enhance your note-taking experience. Conclusion Peppermint is a powerful tool that combines simplicity with functionality, making it an excellent choice for both personal and professional use. Its versatility allows it to serve as a note-taking application, a CRM system, and even more depending on your needs. By choosing Peppermint, you invest in a solution that supports your productivity and helps you maintain a clutter-free workspace. Whether you're looking for a way to organize your thoughts or manage customer relationships, Peppermint offers a flexible and customizable solution. Start your journey with Peppermint today and experience the benefits of a tool designed to enhance your efficiency and clarity.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: petio

Petio: A Self-Hosted Media Streaming Solution for Your Needs In today's digital age, managing and streaming media content has become more accessible than ever. Among the various options available, Petio stands out as a robust, self-hosted solution that allows users to organize and stream their favorite TV shows, movies, and other media files with ease. Designed for flexibility and user-friendliness, Petio offers a seamless experience whether you're at home or on the go. What is Petio? Petio is a free, open-source media streaming server that you can install on your own server or computer. It enables you to host your own media library, allowing you to stream content directly from your server without relying on third-party platforms. This self-hosted approach provides you with full control over your data and offers an ad-free, customizable experience. The Benefits of Using Petio 1. Self-Hosted Freedom: By hosting your own media, you eliminate the need for external services and gain complete control over your content. 2. Cost Savings: Avoid monthly subscription fees and enjoy unlimited access to your media library. 3. Ad-Free Experience: Unlike many streaming platforms, Petio doesn't serve ads, ensuring an uninterrupted viewing experience. 4. Privacy and Security: Your media is stored securely on your own server, away from prying eyes. Key Features of Petio - Media Organization: Effortlessly organize your media library into folders and playlists, making it easy to find and access your content. - High-Quality Streaming: Enjoy high-definition streaming with support for multiple video formats, including MP4, MKV, and AVI. - Customizable Interface: Personalize your viewing experience with a variety of themes and player settings. - Device Compatibility: Stream content to a wide range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, and smart TVs. - Community Support: Join the Petio community for access to forums, guides, and updates. Getting Started with Petio 1. Server Requirements: Ensure your server meets the minimum requirements, typically including at least 2GB of RAM and sufficient storage space. 2. Installation: Download Petio from its official website or GitHub repository and install it on your server. 3. Configuration: Set up your media library, configure settings, and start streaming in just a few steps. How to Use Petio Once installed, navigate to your Petio interface and explore your media collection. Use advanced search features to find specific content and create custom playlists or folders. For added convenience, integrate Petio with other devices like Sonos or Chromecast for multi-room playback. Customization Options Petio offers extensive customization options, allowing you to tailor the experience to your preferences. Customize themes, player controls, and even the layout of your media library to make it uniquely yours. Conclusion Petio is an excellent choice for anyone looking for a flexible, self-hosted media streaming solution. Its user-friendly interface, robust features, and commitment to privacy make it a valuable tool for organizing and enjoying your media collection. Whether you're a tech-savvy individual or new to self-hosting, Petio provides a seamless experience that sets it apart from traditional streaming platforms. Start your journey with Petio today and take control of your media streaming needs like never before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: pgadmin4

An Article About pgAdmin4 pgAdmin4 is an open-source web-based tool designed for managing PostgreSQL databases. It provides a user-friendly interface for various database administration tasks, making it easier for both experienced and novice users to interact with their PostgreSQL instances. Overview of pgAdmin4 pgAdmin4 offers a comprehensive suite of features that streamline database management. As a web-based tool, it eliminates the need for local installation, allowing users to access it from any browser. This accessibility makes it an ideal solution for developers, database administrators (DBAs), and system administrators who need to manage PostgreSQL databases efficiently. Key Features One of the standout features of pgAdmin4 is its ability to monitor and manage multiple PostgreSQL instances. Users can view performance metrics, track activity, and perform routine maintenance tasks such as creating or dropping databases, tables, and indexes. The tool also allows for user management, enabling administrators to define roles and grant privileges effectively. Another notable feature is the support for database schema management. pgAdmin4 provides tools to visualize and edit schemas, making it easier to understand and modify the structure of your data. Additionally, it offers robust monitoring capabilities, alerting users to critical issues like high disk usage or performance bottlenecks. How It Helps in Database Management pgAdmin4 simplifies many aspects of database management. For instance, users can quickly identify and resolve common issues without delving into complex SQL queries. The tool also supports backup and recovery operations, ensuring data integrity and availability. By automating routine tasks, pgAdmin4 saves time and reduces the risk of human error. Security and Compliance Security is a top priority for pgAdmin4. The tool supports various authentication methods, including password-based and OAuth2, ensuring that access is controlled and secure. Additionally, pgAdmin4 provides detailed logs and audit trails, which are essential for compliance with regulatory requirements such as GDPR or HIPAA. Use Cases and Benefits pgAdmin4 is versatile and can be used in a variety of scenarios. Developers might use it to manage their development databases, while DBAs can leverage its monitoring and maintenance features to optimize performance. System administrators benefit from the centralized control it offers, reducing the administrative overhead associated with managing multiple PostgreSQL instances. Moreover, pgAdmin4 promotes collaboration by allowing different users to access and work on the same database simultaneously. This feature is particularly useful in teams where multiple developers are contributing to the same project. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: phoneinfoga

PhoneInfoga: An Information Gathering Tool for Phone Numbers PhoneInfoga is a powerful information gathering and OSINT (Open-Source Intelligence) tool designed specifically for analyzing phone numbers. This tool has become an essential resource for professionals in various fields, including law enforcement, cybersecurity, and investigative journalism, as it helps uncover valuable insights about a given number. Overview of PhoneInfoga PhoneInfoga is not just another OSINT tool; it is specialized for phone numbers, making it unique in its category. Its primary function is to gather as much information as possible from a single phone number, which can then be used for investigative purposes or to verify the authenticity of a number. With PhoneInfoga, users can access details such as the carrier associated with the number, potential location data, and even links to social media profiles linked to that number. This tool is particularly useful in scenarios where tracking down information about a phone number is crucial, whether for fraud detection, verifying identities, or conducting background checks. Key Features of PhoneInfoga PhoneInfoga offers a wide range of features that make it an indispensable tool for anyone working with phone numbers: 1. Real-Time Data Updates: The tool continuously scans its database to ensure users always have access to the most recent information available about a phone number. 2. Cross-Referencing with Databases: By leveraging multiple data sources, PhoneInfoga provides comprehensive results that can be cross-referenced for accuracy. 3. Global Carrier Identification: The tool identifies carriers not just in one country but across the globe, making it useful for international investigations. 4. VoIP and SMS Services Check: It also checks if the number is associated with VoIP services or SMS-based applications, which can provide additional context about the number's usage. 5. Social Media Profile Linking: PhoneInfoga can link a phone number to its associated social media profiles, helping users understand the online presence of the number’s owner. How PhoneInfoga Works Using PhoneInfoga is straightforward: 1. Input the phone number you wish to analyze. 2. The tool begins scanning its database and cross-referencing the number with various public and private databases. 3. It compiles the information into a detailed report, which includes carrier details, potential location data, and any linked social media profiles. The process is automated, ensuring that users receive accurate and up-to-date results without needing to manually search for information. Benefits of Using PhoneInfoga PhoneInfoga offers numerous benefits, making it an invaluable tool for professionals: - Aiding Law Enforcement: By providing carrier details and potential locations, PhoneInfoga helps law enforcement track down individuals or verify numbers during investigations. - Business Verification: Businesses can use the tool to verify phone numbers associated with customers or leads, reducing the risk of fraudulent activities. - Fraud Detection: It aids in detecting fraudulent activities by identifying numbers linked to suspicious behavior. - Actionable Intelligence: The information gathered can be used to generate leads or conduct background checks, providing actionable intelligence for various purposes. Limitations of PhoneInfoga While PhoneInfoga is a powerful tool, it does have some limitations: - It cannot provide detailed ownership information about a phone number unless the data is publicly available. - The tool relies on public and private databases, which may not always be accessible or up-to-date. - In regions with limited internet access or strict data privacy laws, the tool’s functionality may be affected. Use Cases for PhoneInfoga PhoneInfoga can be used in a variety of scenarios, including: - Fraud Detection: Identifying numbers associated with fraudulent activities. - Verification: Verifying phone numbers for customer onboarding or lead generation. - Investigative Leads: Generating leads based on the information gathered from a number. - Compliance: Ensuring that phone numbers comply with specific regulations, such as those related to data privacy. Conclusion PhoneInfoga is more than just a tool; it is a powerful resource for anyone who needs to gather and analyze information about phone numbers. Its ability to provide detailed insights into carrier details, potential locations, and social media links makes it an essential tool for professionals in law enforcement, cybersecurity, and investigative journalism.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: photoshow

Photoshow PhotoShow is a self-hosted photo and video gallery designed for showcasing and sharing multimedia content. It offers users a flexible platform to organize, present, and share their photos and videos in a visually appealing manner. What is PhotoShow? PhotoShow is a versatile tool that allows individuals and businesses to create and manage personalized photo and video albums. Unlike traditional photo-sharing platforms, PhotoShow provides full control over your content, enabling you to customize how your work is presented and shared. Features of PhotoShow - Customizable Albums: Users can organize their photos and videos into albums with unique themes, layouts, and titles. - Support for Multiple Formats: The platform accommodates both photos and videos, allowing for a diverse range of content types. - Tagging System: Advanced tagging features help users categorize their work, making it easier to navigate and share. - Privacy Settings: PhotoShow offers robust privacy controls, giving users the ability to restrict access to their content or share it publicly. - Sharing Options: Content can be shared through direct links, embedded in websites, or distributed via social media platforms. - Integration Possibilities: The platform may support integration with other tools and services, enhancing its functionality. How Does PhotoShow Work? Using PhotoShow involves several steps: 1. Uploading Content: Users can upload photos and videos from their devices or integrate with existing storage solutions. 2. Organizing Albums: Albums can be created and customized with themes, layouts, and titles to reflect personal style. 3. Customization Options: Features like slide transitions, music integration, and captioning allow for a personalized experience. 4. Sharing Mechanisms: Users can share their albums via links or embed them on websites and blogs. Benefits of Using PhotoShow - Ease of Use: The platform is designed to be user-friendly, making it accessible to individuals with varying technical expertise. - Customization: PhotoShow allows for extensive customization, enabling users to create unique presentations. - Security: With robust privacy settings, users can control who accesses their content. - Accessibility: Content can be viewed and accessed from various devices, including computers, tablets, and smartphones. Use Cases for PhotoShow - Personal Projects: Ideal for preserving memories through photo and video albums. - Professional Use: Businesses can use it to showcase their work or products in a controlled environment. - Family Sharing: Families can share albums privately to keep memories alive across generations. - Event Showcasing: Event organizers can create slide shows or videos to highlight key moments. Limitations of PhotoShow - Feature Restrictions: Some advanced features may be limited compared to third-party platforms. - Technical Requirements: Self-hosting may require technical knowledge to set up and maintain. Conclusion PhotoShow offers a flexible and customizable solution for sharing photo and video content. Its self-hosted nature provides users with control over their content, making it an excellent choice for those seeking a personalized platform. Whether for personal use or professional applications, PhotoShow can be tailored to meet a variety of needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: phpipam

phpIPAM phpIPAM is an open-source IP address management (IPAM) tool designed to simplify and streamline the process of managing IP addresses and related data within network infrastructures. This comprehensive solution provides a centralized platform for efficiently organizing, tracking, and planning IP allocations, making it an essential tool for network administrators and IT professionals. What is PHPIPAM? PHPIPAM stands for PHP IP Address Management, an open-source software tool that focuses on the management of IP addresses and associated network data. It is built using PHP, a popular scripting language, and offers a robust set of features to streamline IP address management tasks. The tool is designed to be user-friendly, with a web-based interface that allows administrators to manage their network's IP resources efficiently. Key Features of PHPIPAM 1. Subnet Management: PHPIPAM provides comprehensive subnet management capabilities, allowing users to define and track subnets, including their masks and CIDR notations. This feature is crucial for organizing and planning IP address allocations across different networks. 2. VLAN Management: The tool supports VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) management, enabling administrators to assign and manage IP addresses within specific VLANs. This ensures that IP addresses are correctly assigned based on network segmentation requirements. 3. Device Tracking: PHPIPAM includes a device tracking system that allows users to monitor and manage network devices, such as routers, switches, and firewalls. This feature helps in maintaining an accurate inventory of network hardware and their associated IP addresses. 4. IP Assignment Workflows: The tool offers flexible workflows for assigning IP addresses to devices or subnets. Administrators can define assignment rules, such as dynamic allocation based on device type or static assignments for specific devices. 5. Reporting and Analytics: PHPIPAM provides detailed reporting capabilities, enabling users to generate reports on IP address usage, subnet statistics, and VLAN distribution. This helps in making informed decisions about network planning and resource allocation. 6. API Integration: The tool supports API integration, allowing developers to extend its functionality by integrating it with other systems or custom applications. This feature enhances the tool's versatility and adaptability within different network environments. 7. User Roles and Access Control: PHPIPAM implements role-based access control (RBAC), allowing administrators to assign specific permissions to users based on their roles. This ensures that only authorized personnel can perform critical tasks, such as IP address assignment or subnet management. Benefits of Using PHPIPAM 1. Streamlined Operations: By centralizing IP address management, PHPIPAM reduces the complexity of network operations. Administrators can access all relevant data from a single platform, eliminating the need for multiple tools and reducing the risk of errors. 2. Cost Savings: The open-source nature of PHPIPAM eliminates the need for expensive licensing fees, making it an economical choice for organizations of all sizes. Additionally, the tool's modular architecture allows users to implement only the features they need, further reducing costs. 3. Improved Efficiency: With its intuitive interface and robust features, PHPIPAM enhances efficiency in managing network resources. Automating tasks such as IP address assignment and subnet management frees up time for administrators to focus on strategic initiatives. 4. Enhanced Decision-Making: The detailed reporting and analytics provided by PHPIPAM empower administrators with the information they need to make informed decisions about network planning, resource allocation, and scalability. 5. Scalability: PHPIPAM is designed to scale with an organization's needs. Whether managing a small business network or a large enterprise infrastructure, the tool can adapt to changing requirements without compromising performance. 6. Compliance and Audit Trails: The tool's detailed logging capabilities support compliance requirements by providing audit trails of all actions performed within the system. This ensures that network operations are transparent and traceable. Use Cases for PHPIPAM 1. Small Businesses: For small businesses with limited IT resources, PHPIPAM offers a cost-effective solution for managing their network. The tool's simplicity and ease of use make it an ideal choice for this segment. 2. Enterprise Networks: In larger organizations, PHPIPAM provides the necessary tools to manage complex networks with multiple subnets, VLANs, and devices. Its scalability ensures that it can grow alongside the organization's infrastructure. 3. Cloud Environments: With the rise of cloud computing, PHPIPAM has become a valuable tool for managing IP addresses in virtual environments. The tool's ability to integrate with cloud platforms enhances its utility in this context. 4. Academic and Research Institutions: Universities and research institutions often have large and complex networks. PHPIPAM's features make it an excellent choice for managing the IP addresses and devices within these environments. 5. Service Providers: Internet service providers (ISPs) and network operators can benefit from PHPIPAM's ability to manage large-scale IP address allocations efficiently. The tool's API integration allows for seamless integration with billing and customer management systems. Conclusion PHPIPAM is a powerful open-source tool that simplifies the management of IP addresses and related network data. Its comprehensive feature set, user-friendly interface, and cost-effectiveness make it an essential resource for network administrators. Whether managing a small business or a large enterprise infrastructure, PHPIPAM provides the tools needed to streamline operations, enhance efficiency, and maintain compliance. By leveraging the capabilities of PHPIPAM, organizations can ensure that their network resources are managed effectively, supporting better decision-making and strategic planning. This makes phpIPAM an indispensable tool for any organization looking to optimize its IP address management processes.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: phpmyadmin

phpMyAdmin Overview of phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin is a free software tool written in PHP, designed to manage MySQL and MariaDB databases over the Web. It provides a user-friendly interface for performing various database administration tasks, making it an essential tool for database administrators (DBAs) and developers alike. History and Evolution The development of phpMyAdmin began in 2003 with version 2.1.0, initially aimed at simplifying the process of managing MySQL databases through a web browser. Over time, the tool has evolved to support both MySQL and MariaDB, adapting to changes in PHP versions and database management practices. Purpose and Functionality The primary purpose of phpMyAdmin is to offer a graphical user interface (GUI) for managing databases remotely. It allows users to perform tasks such as creating, dropping, and renaming databases; managing users and permissions; executing SQL queries; and exporting/importing data. Key Features - Database Management: Users can create, delete, and rename databases and tables. - User Management: phpMyAdmin provides tools for adding, modifying, and deleting database users with specific privileges. - SQL Operations: The tool supports the execution of complex SQL queries directly from the interface. - Preferences: Customizable settings for default editing interfaces and query results. - Authentication Methods: Supports multiple authentication methods, including MySQL and PAM-based authentication. - Export/Import Capabilities: Allows users to export database structures and data in various formats. How phpMyAdmin Works phpMyAdmin operates as a web-based application that interacts with a MySQL or MariaDB server. To use it, the server must be running PHP 7.2 or later, and the configuration files (e.g., my.cnf) must be set up to allow remote access via the Web. Benefits of Using phpMyAdmin - Ease of Use: The GUI simplifies database management tasks that might otherwise require complex command-line operations. - Cross-Platform Compatibility: phpMyAdmin is compatible with most operating systems and web browsers, ensuring flexibility for users. - Cost-Effective: As a free and open-source tool, it eliminates the need for expensive licensing fees. - Community Support: A vibrant community of developers and users contribute to its ongoing development and provide extensive documentation. Limitations While phpMyAdmin is a powerful tool, it has some limitations: - Learning Curve: New users may find the interface and functionality overwhelming. - Security Considerations: Misconfigured instances can expose database servers to vulnerabilities. - PHP Version Dependency: Requires specific PHP versions for optimal performance. Community and Support The phpMyAdmin community is active and welcoming to new users. Resources such as detailed documentation, forums, and a wiki are available to help users troubleshoot issues and learn best practices. Contributions from the community have led to significant improvements in functionality and security over the years. Security Best Practices To ensure secure usage, it is crucial to: - Regularly update phpMyAdmin and associated dependencies. - Implement strong passwords and authentication methods. - Follow configuration guidelines provided by the community and official documentation. Use Cases phpMyAdmin is ideal for: - Managing databases in small to large-scale environments. - Educational settings for teaching database administration. - Performing database migrations and backups. Conclusion phpMyAdmin is a versatile and valuable tool for anyone managing MySQL or MariaDB databases. Its user-friendly interface, robust functionality, and active community support make it a must-have resource for database professionals. By leveraging phpMyAdmin, users can streamline database management tasks and enhance productivity in their workflows.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: picoshare

PicoShare PicoShare is a lightweight self-hosted file sharing solution that allows you to easily share files with others while maintaining control over your data. In today's digital age, the need for secure and efficient file sharing has never been more critical. Traditional methods often rely on third-party platforms that may not align with your privacy preferences or data ownership. PicoShare offers a flexible and customizable solution to meet these needs. The Importance of Self-Hosted Solutions Self-hosted solutions like PicoShare provide users with full control over their data. This means you can decide who has access to your files, how they are accessed, and for how long. Unlike cloud-based services, which may have data ownership terms that favor the provider, PicoShare ensures that you retain ultimate control. Security is a primary concern when sharing files, especially when dealing with sensitive information. PicoShare addresses this by allowing you to set password protection, enforce expiration dates on shared links, and implement file versioning. These features help ensure that only authorized individuals can access your content, and unauthorized users cannot share or download files after the link expires. A User-Friendly Platform PicoShare is designed with a focus on simplicity and ease of use. Uploading files is straightforward, and the platform supports a wide range of file types, including photos, videos, documents, and more. Once uploaded, you can organize your files into folders to keep everything tidy and accessible. One of the standout features of PicoShare is its customization options. You can brand the platform with your own logo, colors, and domain name, making it a seamless part of your website or personal online presence. This level of customization allows PicoShare to blend in naturally with other aspects of your digital life. Features That Set It Apart PicoShare offers several features that distinguish it from other file-sharing platforms: 1. File Versioning: Keep track of different versions of your files, allowing you to revert to previous iterations if needed. 2. Password Protection: Add an extra layer of security by requiring a password to access shared files. 3. Expiration Dates: Set a time limit for how long a shared link is active, ensuring temporary access only. 4. Download Limits: Restrict the number of downloads per file or overall, controlling how many times someone can access your content. These features provide flexibility in how you share files, catering to various use cases such as project collaboration, document distribution, and multimedia sharing. Use Cases PicoShare is versatile enough to be used for a wide range of purposes: - Project Collaboration: Share large design files, code repositories, or documentation with team members securely. - Document Sharing: Distribute reports, proposals, or other sensitive documents with specific permissions. - Multimedia Distribution: Upload and share photos, videos, and other media files privately. - File Backup: Use PicoShare as a secure backup solution for important files. Security and Compliance PicoShare places a strong emphasis on security and data protection. The platform is designed to comply with data protection regulations such as GDPR and CCPA, ensuring that your data is handled responsibly. Additionally, PicoShare supports end-to-end encryption, which means that only the intended recipient can access the files. Integration Possibilities PicoShare can be integrated into various workflows and systems. For example, you could use it to complement a content management system (CMS) by storing uploaded files directly on your website. This integration allows for seamless sharing without compromising the integrity of your site's architecture. Conclusion In an era where data breaches and privacy concerns are prevalent, having control over your file sharing is invaluable. PicoShare offers a robust solution that balances ease of use with security and flexibility. Whether you're a solo user or part of a larger organization, PicoShare provides the tools needed to share files confidently and securely. By choosing PicoShare, you gain more than just a file-sharing platform—you gain peace of mind knowing that your data is protected and accessible only by those whom you authorize. This level of control and security makes PicoShare an excellent choice for anyone who values privacy and data sovereignty.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: pihole

Pihole Pi-hole is a network-wide ad blocker that improves your internet experience by blocking unwanted advertisements at the network level. It operates as a DNS sinkhole, intercepting and blocking requests to known advertising domains, thereby enhancing privacy and security for devices connected to your network. What is Pi-Hole? Pi-Hole is an open-source software designed to be installed on hardware such as a Raspberry Pi or other compatible devices. Its primary function is to act as a DNS sinkhole, which means it intercepts Domain Name System (DNS) requests from clients on your network and blocks access to domains known for serving advertisements or performing tracking activities. How Does Pihole Work? Pi-hole works by analyzing DNS queries made by devices on your network. When a request is made to an advertising domain, Pi-hole checks its list of blocked domains. If the domain is recognized as malicious or unwanted, Pi-hole responds with a "DNS Not Found" error, effectively blocking the ad or tracking request. Benefits of Using Pihole 1. Enhanced Privacy: By blocking tracking domains, Pi-hole helps protect your privacy by preventing the collection of user data. 2. Faster Browsing: Eliminating ads and unnecessary requests can significantly speed up your internet browsing experience. 3. Reduced Tracking: Pi-hole blocks domains used for tracking users across websites, reducing the amount of personal information collected. 4. Improved Security: By blocking access to malicious domains, Pi-hole helps safeguard your network from potential threats. 5. Cost-Effective: Pi-hole is free and open-source, making it an economical solution for ad-blocking needs. Getting Started with Pihole 1. Hardware Requirements: - A device with internet connectivity (e.g., Raspberry Pi). - Network access points or routers to manage DNS queries. 2. Software Installation: - Download the latest version of Pi-hole from its official website. - Install it on your chosen hardware using instructions provided in the documentation. 3. Configuration: - Access the web interface of Pi-hole to set up DNS settings for your network. - Configure your router to use Pi-hole as the primary DNS server or configure individual devices to use Pi-hole's DNS services. Advanced Configuration For more advanced users, Pi-hole offers detailed configuration options such as: - DNS-over-HTTPS: Encrypting DNS queries for added security. - Custom Domain Lists: Creating custom blacklists or whitelists based on specific needs. - Scheduled Updates: Keeping the list of blocked domains up-to-date with regular updates. Use Cases Pi-hole is ideal for: - Home Networks: Eliminating ads and tracking from all connected devices. - Business Environments: Providing a secure and ad-free environment for employees. - Schools and Libraries: Creating a safe browsing experience for students and patrons. - Public Wi-Fi: Enhancing the user experience by blocking unwanted content. Challenges While Pi-hole is a powerful tool, it may present some challenges: - Initial Setup Complexity: Requires technical knowledge to configure properly. - Network Restrictions: May require administrative access to routers or network settings. - Performance Considerations: High traffic networks may experience performance issues with DNS resolution. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: pinry

What is Pinry? In an era where visual content dominates our daily interactions, the need for organizing and sharing these visuals has grown exponentially. Platforms like Pinterest have become hubs for inspiration and collaboration, but many users seek more control over their data and content. Enter Pinry—a self-hosted Pinterest alternative designed to empower individuals and teams to collect, organize, and share their favorite images and links in a personal or collaborative environment. The Rise of Visual Content Organization The proliferation of digital devices and the internet has led to an explosion of visual content. From social media platforms to blogs and websites, visuals play a pivotal role in how we discover, learn, and engage with information. However, managing this vast amount of visual data can be overwhelming, leading many to turn to platforms like Pinterest for organization and inspiration. Introducing Pinry: A Self-Hosted Pinterest Alternative Pinry is more than just another Pinterest clone; it's a robust platform designed for self-hosting. Users have full control over their data, allowing them to create and manage collections with ease. Whether you're an individual looking to organize your personal projects or a team aiming to collaborate on shared visual content, Pinry offers a flexible solution. Key Features of Pinry 1. Self-Hosted Solution: Pinry allows users to host their own instance, providing complete control over data and privacy. 2. Image and Link Uploads: Users can upload images and save links, creating a rich repository of visual content. 3. Categorization and Organization: With robust tagging and categorization features, Pinry enables users to manage their content efficiently. 4. Collaboration Capabilities: Pinry supports collaboration, allowing multiple users to work on shared boards and collections. 5. Privacy-Centric Approach: The platform prioritizes user data privacy, offering a secure way to manage and share visual content. Benefits of Using Pinry - Data Control: By self-hosting with Pinry, users maintain full control over their visual content, ensuring it remains accessible and organized. - Customization: Pinry allows for extensive customization, enabling users to tailor the platform to their specific needs. - Cost-Effectiveness: Unlike many third-party platforms, Pinry eliminates subscription fees, making it an economical choice for individuals and teams. Use Cases for Pinry - Personal Projects: For anyone looking to organize personal projects, inspiration boards, or recipe collections, Pinry offers a user-friendly solution. - Team Collaboration: Teams can use Pinry to collaborate on shared projects, brainstorming sessions, or marketing campaigns, ensuring all visual content is centralized and accessible. - Content Discovery: Users can explore new ideas and trends by browsing through public Pinry boards, discovering fresh content and inspiration. Why Choose Pinry Over Other Platforms? While platforms like Pinterest have their merits, Pinry provides a more customizable and private alternative. For those concerned about data privacy and the potential for algorithmic manipulation, Pinry offers a safer and more secure option. Getting Started with Pinry Getting started with Pinry is straightforward. Users can install the platform on their own server or use a pre-hosted solution, depending on their technical capabilities. The interface is intuitive, making it accessible to users of all skill levels. Comparing Pinry to Pinterest While Pinry shares similarities with Pinterest, its self-hosted nature sets it apart. With Pinry, users can avoid the limitations of third-party platforms, such as data usage and algorithmic control. Conclusion In a world where visual content is king, having a reliable tool for organization and collaboration is essential. Pinry offers a flexible, private, and customizable solution for managing and sharing visual content. Whether you're an individual or part of a team, Pinry provides the tools needed to stay organized and inspired. Embrace the power of self-hosted solutions with Pinry and take control of your visual content today.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: piwigo

Piwigo An Open-Source Photo Gallery Software for Managing and Sharing Photos In the digital age, managing and sharing photos has become a cornerstone of modern communication. Whether you're a professional photographer, a casual shooter, or someone who simply enjoys organizing memories, finding the right tool to handle your photo collection is essential. Enter Piwigo—a versatile, open-source photo gallery software designed to meet the needs of both individuals and teams. What is Piwigo? Piwigo is an open-source platform that allows users to manage, organize, and share their photos efficiently. Built on a foundation of flexibility and customization, Piwigo offers features that cater to a wide range of use cases. Its open-source nature means that the community can contribute to its development, ensuring continuous improvements and tailored solutions for specific needs. Key Features One of the standout features of Piwigo is its ability to organize photos in a structured manner. Users can create albums, categorize their images, and apply tags to make navigation easier. This level of organization ensures that your photos are always accessible when you need them. Piwigo also excels in sharing capabilities. With built-in support for social media platforms, users can easily share their photos directly from the platform. Additionally, Piwigo allows for the creation of galleries and slideshows, making it ideal for showcasing work online. Security is another area where Piwigo shines. The platform supports private albums and photo privacy settings, ensuring that your personal memories remain accessible only to those you choose to share them with. User Experience The user experience on Piwigo is intuitive and user-friendly. Its web-based interface means you can access your photos from any device, whether it's a desktop computer or a mobile phone. The platform also offers apps for iOS and Android devices, making it accessible on the go. For those who prefer a more hands-on approach, Piwigo allows for manual editing of metadata, such as titles, descriptions, and tags. This level of control ensures that your photos are not only organized but also rich in descriptive information. Customization Piwigo's flexibility extends to its customization options. Users can choose from a variety of themes and templates to give their photo gallery a unique look. Additionally, the platform supports plugins and extensions, allowing for even more personalized functionality. Community and Support As an open-source project, Piwigo has a strong community behind it. This community contributes to the platform's development, ensuring that it remains up-to-date with the latest technological advancements. The active community also provides support through forums and documentation, making it easier for users to troubleshoot and learn more about the platform. Use Cases Piwigo is versatile enough to be used in a variety of scenarios. For photographers, it serves as an excellent portfolio tool, allowing them to showcase their work online. For individuals, it's a great way to organize and share personal memories with family and friends. Businesses can also use Piwigo to manage and distribute company photos. Conclusion Piwigo is more than just a photo management tool—it's a comprehensive solution for anyone looking to organize, share, and display their photos online. Its open-source nature, intuitive interface, and robust set of features make it an excellent choice for users of all skill levels. Whether you're a professional photographer or someone who simply wants to keep their memories organized, Piwigo offers the flexibility and functionality needed to meet your needs. By embracing Piwigo, you're not just managing your photos—you're creating a dynamic, customizable space where your memories can be shared and celebrated for years to come.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: planka

Planka Planka is an open-source task and project management application designed to streamline collaboration and planning within teams. Its intuitive interface and robust features make it a versatile tool for both individuals and organizations, regardless of their size or industry. Overview of Planka Planka is built with the aim of simplifying the process of managing tasks and projects. By providing a kanban board interface, it allows users to visualize workflows and track progress efficiently. The application emphasizes collaboration, making it ideal for teams that need to work together on shared goals. Key Features of Planka 1. Kanban Board Interface: Planka's primary feature is its visual kanban board, which organizes tasks into columns and cards. This format makes it easy to see what needs to be done, what is in progress, and what has been completed. 2. Drag-and-Drop Functionality: Users can easily move tasks between columns or reorder them within a column, allowing for dynamic adjustments to the project timeline. 3. Customizable Boards: Planka allows users to create and customize their own boards, tailoring the interface to fit specific needs. This feature is particularly useful for teams with unique workflows or requirements. 4. Real-Time Collaboration: The application supports real-time collaboration, enabling team members to work on tasks simultaneously. Changes made by one user are visible to others almost instantly. 5. Task Creation and Organization: Planka makes it simple to create new tasks and organize them into the appropriate columns. Each task can be assigned to a specific team member or project, ensuring clarity and accountability. 6. Project Tracking: With Planka, users can track the progress of individual tasks as well as entire projects. This feature is especially useful for managing complex projects with multiple dependencies. 7. Search and Filter Options: The application provides robust search and filter options, allowing users to quickly find specific tasks or projects within a board. This functionality enhances productivity by reducing the time spent locating information. 8. Integration Possibilities: Planka offers opportunities for integration with other tools and platforms, such as issue tracking systems or third-party apps. While not directly integrated out of the box, users can often extend its functionality through custom scripts or APIs. Use Cases for Planka Planka is a versatile tool that can be used in a wide range of scenarios: 1. Small Teams: Ideal for small teams or individuals who need to manage personal or team tasks efficiently. 2. Remote Work: Supports remote teams by providing access to the application from any device with an internet connection. 3. Personal Task Management: Users can use Planka to organize their personal tasks and projects, ensuring productivity and accountability. 4. Project Tracking for Larger Organizations: Larger organizations can benefit from Planka's ability to manage complex projects and track progress across multiple teams or departments. Benefits of Using Planka 1. Increased Productivity: By providing a clear visual representation of tasks and projects, Planka helps users stay organized and focused on priorities. 2. Enhanced Collaboration: The real-time collaboration feature fosters better communication and teamwork among team members. 3. Customization: Users can tailor the interface to match their workflow preferences, making the tool more intuitive and user-friendly. 4. Cost-Effective Solution: Planka is free to use, making it an accessible option for individuals and organizations with limited budgets. How Planka Works Planka works by allowing users to create and organize tasks within a kanban board. Here’s a step-by-step overview of how the application functions: 1. Create a Board: Users start by creating a new board, which will serve as their workspace for managing tasks and projects. 2. Add Columns: Each board can have multiple columns, such as "To Do," "In Progress," and "Completed." These columns help users visualize the workflow. 3. Create Cards: Tasks are represented as cards within the columns. Each card can be assigned a title, due date, and other relevant details. 4. Drag and Rearrange: Users can drag tasks between columns or reorder them within a column to reflect changes in their status or priority. 5. Assign Responsibilities: Planka allows users to assign tasks to specific team members, ensuring accountability and clarity regarding who is responsible for each task. 6. Track Progress: The application provides visual indicators for the progress of each task, making it easy to see how much work remains. 7. Update in Real-Time: Changes made by one user are visible to others immediately, keeping everyone informed about the latest updates. Community and Support Planka is an open-source project, which means it is supported by a community of developers and users who contribute to its ongoing development. Users can access the source code on platforms like GitHub, allowing them to customize or extend the tool according to their specific needs. The Planka community also provides documentation, tutorials, and forums where users can seek help, share ideas, and discuss best practices for using the application effectively. Conclusion Planka is a powerful and flexible tool for managing tasks and projects. Its kanban board interface, real-time collaboration features, and customization options make it an excellent choice for teams of all sizes. Whether you're working on personal projects or managing complex initiatives, Planka can help you stay organized and productive. By leveraging the power of open-source development and a strong community support network, Planka continues to evolve and improve, offering users a robust solution for their organizational needs. If you haven't tried Planka yet, we highly recommend giving it a go—it might just become your new favorite project management tool! Planka is an excellent choice for anyone looking to manage tasks and projects efficiently. Its kanban board interface provides a clear visual representation of workflows, allowing users to track progress and stay organized. The real-time collaboration feature fosters better communication among team members, while the ability to customize the interface ensures it fits seamlessly into individual or team workflows. Whether you're managing personal projects or complex initiatives, Planka offers a cost-effective and user-friendly solution that can be adapted to meet your specific needs. With its strong community support and ongoing development, Planka is a tool that continues to evolve and improve, making it a valuable asset for anyone looking to enhance their productivity and collaboration. Final Answer:

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: plantuml

plantuml Helm chart for PlantUML Server, a web application to generate UML diagrams on-the-fly. plantuml Helm chart for PlantUML Server, a web application to generate UML diagrams on-the-fly. The PlantUML Server is a powerful web-based tool designed to streamline the process of creating and generating UML diagrams. With its intuitive interface and robust functionality, it has become a favorite among software developers, educators, and project managers who need to visualize complex systems or processes. What is PlantUML? PlantUML is an open-source tool that allows users to generate UML diagrams directly from text descriptions. It supports various types of UML diagrams, including class diagrams, sequence diagrams, use case diagrams, and more. The PlantUML Server extends this functionality by providing a web-based interface where users can input their descriptions and automatically generate the corresponding diagrams. Features - Support for Multiple Diagram Types: PlantUML Server supports a wide range of UML diagram types, making it versatile for different use cases. - Integration with Other Tools: The server can be integrated with other development tools and platforms to enhance collaboration and workflow efficiency. - User-Friendly Interface: The web-based interface is designed to be intuitive, allowing users to input their descriptions without prior technical expertise. - Collaboration Capabilities: Users can share diagrams with team members or stakeholders, facilitating better communication and understanding of complex systems. - Customization Options: The server allows for customization through plugins and extensions, enabling users to tailor the tool to their specific needs. How It Works Using PlantUML Server is straightforward. Users simply input their UML descriptions into a text area, and the server generates the corresponding diagram using the PlantUML syntax. The generated diagrams are displayed in a web view, making it easy for users to visualize and understand the information. The tool leverages the power of Markdown and Ascii art to create visually appealing diagrams that are both informative and easy to interpret. This approach eliminates the need for manual drawing or design, saving time and effort. Use Cases - Software Development: Developers can use PlantUML Server to document their codebase, creating clear and concise UML diagrams that enhance code readability. - Education: Educators can use the tool to create visual aids for students, helping them understand complex concepts in software development and design. - Project Management: Project managers can generate UML diagrams to visualize workflows, dependencies, and team roles, facilitating better decision-making. Benefits Using PlantUML Server offers several advantages over traditional methods of generating UML diagrams: - Accuracy: The tool ensures that the generated diagrams are accurate and consistent with the input descriptions. - Ease of Use: The web-based interface makes it accessible to users without prior technical expertise. - Integration: It can be easily integrated into existing workflows, making it a versatile tool for teams of all sizes. - Collaboration: The ability to share diagrams online fosters collaboration and communication among team members. Conclusion PlantUML Server is an invaluable tool for anyone who needs to generate UML diagrams quickly and efficiently. Its web-based interface, combined with its powerful capabilities, makes it a must-have resource for software developers, educators, and project managers alike. By leveraging the power of Markdown and Ascii art, PlantUML Server transforms text descriptions into clear and visually appealing diagrams, helping users to understand complex systems and processes with ease.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: plausible

Plausible Plausible is a simple and privacy-friendly web analytics tool designed to provide insights into your website's performance without compromising user privacy. In an era where data collection often feels intrusive, Plausible stands out as a solution that respects visitors' rights while still offering valuable information. What is Plausible? Plausible is more than just another analytics tool; it's a commitment to ethical data practices. Unlike traditional tools that track users extensively, Plausible focuses on delivering essential metrics like page views, bounce rates, and referral sources without the need for invasive tracking. This approach not only protects user privacy but also ensures compliance with regulations like GDPR and CCPA. Features Plausible offers a robust set of features tailored to provide actionable insights: - Page Views: Track how many times each page on your site is viewed. - Bounce Rates: Understand the percentage of visitors who leave your site after viewing just one page. - Referral Sources: Identify where your traffic is coming from, whether it's through search engines, social media, or direct links. These features are presented in an intuitive interface that makes it easy to visualize and interpret data. Customizable reports allow users to focus on the metrics most relevant to their goals, whether it's improving content strategy or enhancing user engagement. Why Choose Plausible? Choosing Plausible means choosing a tool that aligns with your values. By avoiding invasive tracking methods, Plausible ensures that your visitors' data is handled responsibly. This not only builds trust with your audience but also fosters a positive user experience. Plausible's simplicity is another key advantage. Its user-friendly interface and seamless integration with popular platforms like WordPress make it accessible to both novices and experienced users. Plus, its cost-effective pricing plans cater to a wide range of needs, from small blogs to large enterprises. Privacy Focus Privacy is at the core of Plausible's design. The tool collects only the necessary data, anonymizing IP addresses to protect user identities. Users have full control over their data, allowing them to export and analyze it as needed. This level of transparency and control sets Plausible apart from other tools that may be overeager in collecting information. User Experience Plausible prioritizes ease of use, offering a straightforward setup process and intuitive navigation. Customizable dashboards allow users to tailor the data they see, making it easier to focus on key performance indicators. The tool also supports integration with third-party services, enhancing its versatility for various website needs. Real-World Applications In real-world applications, Plausible is ideal for small businesses, bloggers, and non-profits. Its ability to track user behavior without compromising privacy makes it a valuable tool for understanding site performance while maintaining visitor trust. Conclusion Plausible is more than just an analytics tool; it's a partner in ethical data practices. By providing essential insights without the need for invasive tracking, Plausible empowers users to make informed decisions while safeguarding their visitors' privacy. Whether you're running a blog, managing a small business, or overseeing a non-profit, Plausible offers a reliable and user-friendly solution. Join thousands of satisfied users who have embraced Plausible as their go-to analytics tool. Start your free trial today and experience the difference a privacy-first approach can make for your website.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: plex

plex A media server that organizes and streams video, audio, and photos. What is Plex? Plex is a versatile media server platform designed to manage and distribute digital content across various devices. It acts as a centralized hub for your movies, TV shows, music, and photos, allowing you to stream them effortlessly on compatible devices. Whether you're at home or on the go, Plex ensures that your media collection is always accessible. Key Features of Plex 1. Organize Your Media Automatically Plex excels in categorizing your media library with minimal effort. It automatically tags and organizes your movies, TV shows, music, and photos based on their metadata. This feature is particularly useful for those who have large collections spread across different formats and devices. 2. Stream Anywhere, Anytime Once your media is organized, Plex allows you to stream it on any compatible device, including smart TVs, gaming consoles, mobile phones, tablets, and computers. This flexibility makes it ideal for households with multiple users. 3. Customize Your Experience Plex offers a user-friendly interface that can be customized to suit your preferences. You can create playlists, customize folders, and even assign metadata manually if desired. This level of control ensures that your media consumption experience is personalized. 4. Compatibility with Various Devices Plex supports a wide range of devices and platforms, ensuring that you can stream your media collection on almost any modern device. It also works seamlessly with various file formats, eliminating the need for manual conversions. How Does Plex Work? Plex operates by acting as a server that serves content to clients (devices) over a network. The server scans your media library and creates a catalog of your movies, TV shows, music, and photos. This catalog is then accessible from any connected device, allowing you to stream your content. The platform uses metadata to organize and provide information about your media files. Metadata includes details like movie titles, actors, release dates, and more. Plex can also enhance your experience by automatically fetching metadata from online databases, ensuring that your library is always up-to-date. Compatibility with Other Platforms Plex is compatible with a variety of operating systems, including Windows, macOS, Linux, and mobile devices running iOS or Android. This broad compatibility makes it accessible to users regardless of their preferred platform. Use Cases for Plex 1. Home Theater Setup Plex is an excellent choice for home theater enthusiasts who want to centralize their media collection. It allows you to stream content to your TV, sound system, or other compatible devices. 2. Family Media Sharing For households with multiple users, Plex provides a convenient way to share and access media across all family members. Each user can have their own profile and access to the shared library. 3. Personal Video Library If you have a large collection of movies and TV shows, Plex can help you organize and manage it. You can create playlists, rate your favorite shows, and even recommend content based on your preferences. Benefits of Using Plex 1. Centralized Media Control With Plex, you can access your entire media library from one place. This eliminates the need to hunt through multiple folders or drives to find a specific movie or song. 2. Cross-Device Accessibility Plex ensures that your media is always available, no matter where you are. Whether you're at home or on vacation, you can stream your content using compatible devices. 3. Customizable Interface The user-friendly interface of Plex allows you to tailor your experience to suit your preferences. You can customize folders, playlists, and even the appearance of your library. 4. Enhanced Viewing Experience By leveraging metadata, Plex provides more information about your media files, making it easier to navigate and enjoy your collection. This includes details like movie descriptions, actor biographies, and more. Community and Support Plex has a strong community of users and developers who contribute to its ongoing development and support. The platform also offers extensive documentation and guides to help users get the most out of their installation. Additionally, there are third-party plugins and scripts available that can enhance functionality, such as custom themes or advanced media organization tools. Conclusion Plex is a powerful and flexible media server solution that offers a wide range of features for organizing and streaming your digital content. Its compatibility with various platforms, devices, and file formats makes it an excellent choice for users looking to centralize their media collection. Whether you're a tech-savvy individual or a casual user, Plex provides the tools needed to manage and enjoy your media efficiently. By using Plex, you can transform your media experience into something truly special, allowing you to explore and enjoy your collection like never before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: portainer

Portainer Overview of Containerization and Orchestration In the ever-evolving landscape of software development, containerization has emerged as a game-changing technology. By packaging applications and their dependencies into isolated units called containers, developers can achieve greater portability and consistency across different computing environments. However, managing these containers efficiently often poses a challenge, especially for teams looking to streamline operations without delving deep into complex command-line tools. Enter Portainer—a Docker container management tool designed to simplify the process of deploying, monitoring, and scaling containerized applications through a user-friendly web-based interface. This article dives into the features, benefits, and use cases of Portainer, highlighting why it has become a favorite among developers and operations teams alike. What is Portainer? Portainer is an open-source platform that provides a centralized dashboard for managing Docker containers. It acts as a bridge between your containerized applications and the infrastructure they run on, offering a intuitive way to visualize and interact with your containers. Whether you're deploying new containers, monitoring their performance, or scaling them up or down, Portainer streamlines the process and reduces the learning curve associated with traditional command-line tools. Key Features of Portainer 1. Easy Deployment: Portainer allows users to deploy containers directly from its web interface. This feature is particularly useful for teams that want to avoid manually executing complex commands in a terminal. 2. Container Monitoring: With Portainer, you can monitor the health and status of your containers in real-time. The platform provides detailed insights into container performance, including resource usage, logs, and more. 3. Scaling and Management: Portainer supports automatic scaling of containers based on defined policies. This capability is especially valuable for applications with fluctuating workloads or those requiring consistent performance. 4. Integration with Existing Systems: The tool seamlessly integrates with Docker and Kubernetes, making it easy to manage containerized applications across multiple environments. 5. Customizable Dashboards: Users can create custom dashboards in Portainer to display relevant information about their containers, such as deployment status, resource usage, and error logs. 6. Security and Compliance: Portainer offers robust security features, including role-based access control (RBAC), to ensure that only authorized users can view or manage specific containers. 7. Community and Support: As an open-source project, Portainer benefits from a vibrant community of contributors who actively develop and enhance the platform. Additionally, the availability of comprehensive documentation and support resources ensures that users can troubleshoot issues and stay up-to-date with the latest features. Why Choose Portainer? The primary advantage of Portainer is its user-friendly interface, which significantly reduces the learning curve associated with managing containers. Unlike traditional command-line tools, Portainer requires no prior knowledge of Docker or containerization concepts to use effectively. This accessibility makes it an excellent choice for teams looking to adopt containerization without overwhelming their members with complex tools. Moreover, Portainer's open-source nature gives users full control over their container management process. They can customize the platform to meet specific organizational needs, whether that involves integrating third-party tools or modifying existing features to better suit their workflows. Use Cases Portainer is versatile and can be applied in a wide range of scenarios where container management is required. Some common use cases include: 1. Application Deployment: Developers can deploy containers directly from Portainer's dashboard, streamlining the deployment process and reducing the risk of errors associated with manual configuration. 2. Monitoring and Troubleshooting: With real-time monitoring capabilities, Portainer enables developers and operations teams to identify and resolve container issues quickly, minimizing downtime and improving overall system reliability. 3. Scalability: For applications that experience fluctuating traffic or resource demands, Portainer's automatic scaling feature ensures that the number of containers running matches the current load, optimizing performance and cost-efficiency. 4. Team Collaboration: By centralizing container management in Portainer, teams can work together more effectively, sharing insights and making decisions based on shared data and metrics. Getting Started with Portainer Getting started with Portainer is straightforward. Here are some steps to guide you through the process: 1. Installation: Install Portainer on your preferred operating system. The tool is available for Linux, macOS, and Windows. 2. Configuration: Configure Portainer by setting up your Docker environment and integrating it with your existing infrastructure. 3. Deployment: Use Portainer's web interface to deploy containers directly from the dashboard. 4. Monitoring: Monitor container performance and logs in real-time using the platform's built-in tools. 5. Customization: Customize dashboards and access controls to tailor Portainer to your team's specific needs. 6. Troubleshooting: Utilize Portainer's logging and monitoring features to diagnose and resolve container issues efficiently. Conclusion Portainer is a powerful tool that simplifies the management of Docker containers, offering a user-friendly alternative to traditional command-line tools. Its intuitive interface, robust features, and open-source nature make it an excellent choice for teams looking to adopt containerization without compromising on functionality or flexibility. By leveraging Portainer, organizations can streamline their container management processes, enhance collaboration between development and operations teams, and ensure that their applications are running efficiently in any environment. Whether you're managing a small number of containers or overseeing a large-scale deployment, Portainer provides the tools and insights needed to succeed in the containerization era.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: postgresql ha

PostgreSQL High Availability (HA) PostgreSQL High Availability (HA) is a critical aspect of ensuring the reliability and continuity of your database operations. This solution leverages the PostgreSQL Replication Manager, an open-source tool designed to manage replication and failover within PostgreSQL clusters. By implementing PostgreSQL HA, organizations can maintain seamless database availability, minimize downtime, and ensure business continuity. Understanding PostgreSQL HA PostgreSQL HA is a comprehensive solution that provides several key features: 1. Replication Management: The PostgreSQL Replication Manager automates the process of replicating data across multiple nodes in a cluster. 2. Failover Support: In the event of a server failure, the replication manager can quickly switch to a secondary node, ensuring minimal downtime. 3. Load Balancing: Distributes read and write operations across available nodes to optimize performance and reduce bottlenecks. Key Components of PostgreSQL HA A typical PostgreSQL HA setup includes: 1. Primary Node: The main node where data modifications and updates occur. 2. Secondary Nodes: Replica nodes that replicate data from the primary node. 3. PostgreSQL Replication Manager (pg_repmanager): Manages replication and failover processes. 4. Load Balancer/Proxy: Ensures efficient traffic distribution across nodes. Benefits of PostgreSQL HA The advantages of using PostgreSQL HA are numerous: 1. Prevents Downtime: By enabling automatic failover, you can ensure that your database remains operational during server failures. 2. Enhanced Performance: Load balancing distributes the workload, improving overall system performance. 3. Data Consistency: Replication ensures that data is synchronized across nodes, reducing the risk of inconsistencies. Implementation Best Practices To maximize the effectiveness of PostgreSQL HA: 1. Use pgbench for Testing: Perform load testing using pgbench to ensure your setup can handle high workloads. 2. Monitor with Tools like pg_top: Continuously monitor system performance and resource usage to identify potential issues early. 3. Regular Backups: Implement regular backups, both on-premises and off-site, to safeguard against data loss. Use Cases PostgreSQL HA is particularly useful in the following scenarios: 1. Mission-Critical Applications: Where downtime cannot be tolerated. 2. High Traffic Databases: When ensuring fast response times is critical. 3. Regulatory Compliance: In industries with strict data availability requirements.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: postgresql

PostgreSQL PostgreSQL, often referred to as Postgres, is an open-source relational database management system (DBMS) known for its reliability and robust features. Since its initial release in the early 1990s, it has become a popular choice for developers and organizations due to its flexibility, scalability, and strong focus on data integrity. What is PostgreSQL? PostgreSQL is an object-relational database, meaning it stores data in tables with rows and columns, similar to other relational databases like MySQL. However, unlike some other databases, PostgreSQL provides advanced features such as ACID compliance, foreign keys, joins, views, triggers, and stored procedures. These features allow for complex queries and robust data management. History of PostgreSQL The history of PostgreSQL dates back to the early 1990s when it was initially developed by a small team of volunteers led by Michael Widenius. The project gained momentum over the years, with contributions from the open-source community. Today, PostgreSQL is maintained by the PostgreSQL Development Group, which continues to improve and expand its capabilities. Why PostgreSQL is Popular PostgreSQL's popularity stems from several factors: 1. Open Source: As an open-source database, PostgreSQL is free to use, modify, and distribute, making it accessible to a wide range of users. 2. Reliability: Known for its high reliability, PostgreSQL ensures data integrity and consistency across applications. 3. Feature-Rich: It supports a wide range of advanced features, including complex query optimization, views, triggers, and stored procedures. 4. Scalability: PostgreSQL can scale to handle large volumes of data, making it suitable for both small projects and enterprise-level applications. Comparing PostgreSQL to Other Databases When comparing PostgreSQL to other databases like MySQL, MongoDB, or SQLite, several key differences emerge: - Open Source vs. Proprietary: While MySQL is owned by Oracle and sold as proprietary software, PostgreSQL is open-source, allowing users to audit its code and modify it according to their needs. - Feature Set: PostgreSQL offers more advanced features out of the box, such as full-text search, caching, and built-in support for parallel processing. - Performance: PostgreSQL often performs better in terms of query execution and scalability compared to some other databases. Use Cases for PostgreSQL PostgreSQL is used in a wide range of applications, including: 1. Web Applications: Many web applications rely on PostgreSQL to store user data, session information, and application logic. 2. Data Analytics: For large-scale data analysis and reporting, PostgreSQL provides the necessary tools to handle complex queries and extract meaningful insights from datasets. 3. Enterprise Systems: Large corporations often use PostgreSQL to manage mission-critical applications due to its reliability and scalability. Performance Optimization One of the strengths of PostgreSQL is its ability to optimize performance through features like indexing, query tuning, and parallel processing. Developers can leverage these tools to ensure that their applications run efficiently, even when dealing with large datasets or complex queries. Security Features PostgreSQL also boasts robust security features, including support for SSL encryption, role-based access control (RBAC), and password policies. These features help organizations protect sensitive data and maintain compliance with regulatory standards. Conclusion In summary, PostgreSQL is a powerful and versatile open-source database that has established itself as a leading choice for developers and organizations. Its reliability, feature-rich design, and scalability make it suitable for a wide range of applications, from small projects to large-scale enterprise systems. Whether you're building a new application or migrating an existing one, PostgreSQL provides the flexibility and performance needed to succeed in today's data-driven world.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: powerdns

PowerDNS An advanced and secure DNS server. PowerDNS PowerDNS is an open-source DNS server solution that provides reliable and high-performance DNS services. It supports various backends, making it a versatile choice for organizations looking to manage domain name resolution efficiently. With features like load balancing and advanced security measures, PowerDNS stands out as a robust solution for businesses of all sizes. Overview DNS (Domain Name System) is the foundation of internet communication, translating human-readable domain names into IP addresses that devices can understand. A DNS server manages this translation, ensuring smooth navigation across the web. PowerDNS is designed to handle these responsibilities with ease, offering a user-friendly interface and powerful backend capabilities. Key Features - High Performance: PowerDNS is optimized for speed, allowing it to process thousands of queries per second. - Load Balancing: Distributes traffic evenly across multiple servers, ensuring reliable performance even during peak usage. - Security: Implements strong encryption and authentication protocols to protect data and prevent unauthorized access. - Backend Integration: Supports integration with various backend systems, including databases and caching layers, enhancing overall efficiency. Use Cases - Enterprise Networks: PowerDNS is ideal for managing large-scale networks, ensuring consistent domain resolution across multiple locations. - Web Applications: Supports the DNS needs of high-traffic websites, improving load times and user experience. - IoT Devices: Manages DNS queries for connected devices, enabling seamless communication within smart ecosystems. - Cloud Environments: Integrates well with cloud hosting services, providing scalable and reliable DNS solutions. Advantages - Performance: PowerDNS is engineered to handle high volumes of traffic, making it suitable for large-scale deployments. - Security: Built-in security features protect against common threats like DNS spoofing and cache poisoning. - Scalability: Easily scales with the needs of your organization, accommodating growth without compromising performance. - Flexibility: Offers customization options, allowing users to tailor DNS behavior to specific requirements. Getting Started 1. Installation: PowerDNS can be installed on various operating systems, including Linux, macOS, and Windows. 2. Configuration: Use a web-based interface or command-line tools to set up zones, records, and policies. 3. Management: Utilize monitoring tools to track performance and troubleshoot issues in real-time. Considerations - Learning Curve: New users may need time to understand the configuration options and advanced features. - Community Support: A vibrant community provides extensive documentation and support, helping users overcome challenges.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: privatebin

PrivateBin What is PrivateBin? PrivateBin is an open-source, encrypted, and self-hosted online pastebin service designed for securely sharing and storing sensitive information. It provides a user-friendly interface while ensuring that your data remains private and secure at all times. Benefits of Using PrivateBin 1. Client-Side Encryption: One of the standout features of PrivateBin is its client-side encryption. This means that data is encrypted before it even leaves your device, ensuring that only you (or those with whom you share the link) can access it. 2. Open-Source Nature: PrivateBin is open-source, which means it's transparent and customizable. Users can audit the code, identify vulnerabilities, or even modify it to suit their specific needs. 3. Self-Hosted Solution: By hosting PrivateBin yourself, you maintain full control over your data. This eliminates the risk of third-party intermediaries accessing or misusing your information. 4. Secure Data Sharing: Whether you're sharing text, code snippets, or confidential documents, PrivateBin ensures that only those with the correct link and encryption key can view or download the content. 5. Customization Options: PrivateBin offers a range of customization options, allowing administrators to tailor the service to their specific requirements. This includes branding, access controls, and even plugin support for additional functionality. 6. Privacy-Focused Design: With a focus on privacy and security, PrivateBin is designed to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access. The service ensures that data remains encrypted both in transit and at rest. How Does PrivateBin Work? PrivateBin works by encrypting the data on the client side before it is uploaded to your server. This encryption key is then stored locally on your device. When someone accesses the link you share, their browser decrypts the data using this key, ensuring that only encrypted data is transmitted over the internet. Use Cases for PrivateBin - Secure Information Sharing: Share sensitive information such as passwords, API keys, or confidential documents securely. - Collaboration and Code Sharing: Paste code snippets or collaborate on projects while maintaining control over your intellectual property. - Data Backup: Store backups of important files and data in a secure and encrypted format. - File Sharing: Share large files or datasets with controlled access. Installation and Configuration 1. Download the Source Code: You can download the source code from the PrivateBin GitHub repository to set up your own instance. 2. Set Up Your Server: Install the application on your web server, configure it according to your needs, and start serving pages. 3. Configure Access Controls: Set up user authentication, role-based access control, or even single sign-on (SSO) to manage who can access your PrivateBin instance. 4. Customize the Interface: Modify the look and feel of your PrivateBin instance by changing themes, adding custom CSS, or integrating third-party tools. Security Practices - Data Encryption: All data is encrypted using AES-256 before being stored on the server. - Access Control: Implement role-based access control to restrict who can view or edit certain content. - Audit Logs: Keep track of all actions performed on your PrivateBin instance, including logins and data accesses. Comparing PrivateBin to Other Pastebin Services While there are many pastebin services available, PrivateBin stands out for its emphasis on security and privacy. Services like GitHub Gist or Code Snippets lack the same level of control over who can access your content. With PrivateBin, you maintain full ownership of your data, ensuring that it is never shared without your explicit consent. Performance and Scalability PrivateBin is designed to handle large amounts of data efficiently, making it suitable for businesses with high data storage needs. The service is also highly scalable, allowing you to add more users, content, and functionality as needed. Conclusion PrivateBin is an excellent choice for anyone who values privacy and security when sharing or storing sensitive information. Its open-source nature, client-side encryption, and self-hosted flexibility make it a reliable solution for businesses and individuals alike. By using PrivateBin, you can ensure that your data remains under your control, protected from unauthorized access, and available only to those whom you authorize.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: projectsend

ProjectSend ProjectSend is a free, self-hosted file-sharing and management system that simplifies the process of sending, sharing, and managing files securely. It provides a centralized platform for collaboration and feedback, making it an ideal solution for businesses and individuals who need to share files with clients or team members. What is ProjectSend? ProjectSend is a self-hosted file-sharing and management system designed to streamline the process of securely sharing files. Unlike traditional file-sharing platforms that may require subscription fees or limited storage space, ProjectSend allows you to host your own files on your own server, giving you full control over your data. Key Features 1. Secure File Sharing: ProjectSend ensures that your files are shared and managed in a secure environment. It supports features like file versioning, commenting, and customizable branding, providing a professional and secure file-sharing experience. 2. Centralized Platform: With ProjectSend, you can access all your files from one place, making it easier to manage and share documents, images, videos, and other types of files. 3. User Access Control: The platform allows you to set up user accounts with different levels of access, ensuring that only authorized individuals can view or download your files. 4. File Versioning: ProjectSend keeps track of previous versions of your files, allowing you to revert to older versions if needed. 5. Customizable Branding: You can customize the appearance of your file-sharing portal with your company's logo and colors, making it more professional and consistent with your brand identity. 6. Collaboration Tools: The platform supports commenting and file versioning, facilitating effective collaboration between team members or clients. 7. Mobile Access: ProjectSend allows users to access their files from any device, as long as they have the appropriate credentials. Who Can Benefit from ProjectSend? - ** Businesses**: ProjectSend is an excellent tool for businesses that need to share files with clients or partners. It provides a professional and secure way to present your work and receive feedback. - ** Developers**: For developers working on open-source projects, ProjectSend can be used to share code and other related materials securely. - ** Individual Users**: If you need to share personal files with others, ProjectSend offers a user-friendly and secure alternative to public file-sharing platforms. Use Cases 1. Client Collaboration: Share project files with clients for review and feedback before finalizing them. 2. Team Collaboration: Host team projects in a centralized location, making it easier for everyone to access and update files. 3. File Archiving: Store important documents, backups, or other files securely using ProjectSend. 4. Personal Use: Share personal files with friends and family while maintaining control over your data. Advantages of Using ProjectSend - Security: Your files are hosted on your own server, reducing the risk of data breaches or unauthorized access. - Cost-Effective: Unlike many cloud-based file-sharing services, ProjectSend is free to use, making it an economical choice for individuals and businesses. - Customization: The platform allows you to customize the appearance and functionality of your file-sharing portal to meet your specific needs. - Scalability: ProjectSend can grow with your business or personal needs, as it supports large amounts of data and multiple users. How Does It Compare to Other Solutions? When compared to other file-sharing platforms like Google Drive, Dropbox, or Microsoft OneDrive, ProjectSend stands out for its self-hosted nature and customization options. While these platforms are convenient and cloud-based, they may not provide the same level of control or security as ProjectSend. Conclusion ProjectSend is a powerful tool for anyone who needs to share and manage files securely. Its self-hosted nature, customizable branding, and robust set of features make it an excellent choice for businesses, developers, and individual users. Whether you're collaborating with clients, managing team projects, or storing personal files, ProjectSend provides the security and flexibility you need. If you haven't tried ProjectSend yet, we highly recommend giving it a go. It's free, user-friendly, and packed with features that can transform how you share and manage files.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: psitransfer

PSITransfer In today's digital age, managing and sharing files securely has become a critical concern. PSITransfer emerges as a robust solution for users seeking a simple yet secure method to transfer files without compromising their data integrity. This platform offers a seamless experience while ensuring that your files remain under your full control. PsiTransfer: A Secure File-Sharing Platform PsiTransfer is designed to be a user-friendly and efficient tool for sharing files securely. It operates on a self-hosted model, allowing users to maintain complete sovereignty over their data. The platform employs end-to-end encryption, ensuring that files are protected from unauthorized access during transit and storage. Features of PSITransfer - End-to-End Encryption: Data is encrypted both at rest and in transit, providing an additional layer of security. - Password Protection: Users can protect their shared files with strong passwords, adding an extra barrier against unauthorized access. - Link Expiration: Shared links can be set to expire after a specified period, reducing the risk of persistent access. - File Upload Limits: Customizable limits help manage file sizes and ensure that users don't exceed their storage capacity. - Supported File Types: The platform supports a wide range of file types, including documents, images, videos, and more. - Drag-and-Drop Functionality: An intuitive interface allows for easy uploading and sharing of files. - Sharing Options: Users can share files directly via email or social media platforms. How PSITransfer Works 1. Upload Files: Users can upload files to their personal cloud storage using a web interface or mobile app. 2. Set Permissions: Define who can access the files, what they can do with them, and for how long they have access. 3. Generate Sharing Links: Create unique links that grant access to specific files or folders. 4. Receive Files: Others can upload files directly to your account using the shared link. Security: Your Data, Your Responsibility Security is at the core of PSITransfer's design. By encrypting data both in transit and at rest, the platform ensures that only authorized users can access files. This approach aligns with regulations like GDPR and HIPAA, making it suitable for industries with stringent data protection requirements. User Experience: Simplicity Meets Functionality PSITransfer is designed to be accessible to all users, regardless of their technical expertise. The web interface is intuitive, allowing users to perform tasks quickly and efficiently. For those who prefer mobile access, the platform offers a responsive app that works seamlessly across devices. Use Cases for PSITransfer - Personal Use: Ideal for sharing personal files like photos or documents securely. - Small Businesses: A cost-effective solution for sharing sensitive business data with clients or partners. - Remote Teams: Facilitate secure file sharing among team members without compromising performance. - Education: Enable students and educators to share resources securely within a controlled environment. - Healthcare: Compliant with regulations like HIPAA, making it suitable for sharing medical records. - Legal: Securely share confidential documents with clients or partners. Getting Started with PSITransfer 1. Installation: Install PSITransfer on your preferred platform, whether it's a server, cloud provider, or personal computer. 2. Configuration: Set up your environment to ensure optimal performance and security. 3. Customization: Tailor the platform to meet specific needs, such as file type restrictions or access permissions. Limitations - Self-Hosted: Requires technical expertise for setup and maintenance. - File Types: Some platforms may limit the types of files that can be uploaded. - No Built-In AI: The platform lacks advanced features like automatic categorization or AI-driven insights. Conclusion PSITransfer offers a secure, flexible, and user-friendly solution for file sharing. Its emphasis on data control, security, and ease of use makes it an excellent choice for individuals and organizations looking to manage their files responsibly. By leveraging PSITransfer, users can ensure that their data remains protected while being easily accessible to authorized parties. Whether you're working on a personal project or managing sensitive information in a professional setting, PSITransfer provides the tools needed to share files confidently. Explore PSITransfer today and experience the difference of secure, user-controlled file sharing.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: pupcloud

PupCloud An open-source cloud platform for managing virtual machines and containers. Overview In today's digital landscape, data storage and management have become critical aspects of any organization. While public cloud services offer convenience, they often come with limitations in terms of cost, security, and control over your data. Enter PupCloud, a self-hosted cloud storage solution designed to provide users with a private and customizable alternative to third-party cloud providers. Key Features PupCloud offers a robust set of features that make it a versatile tool for managing your digital assets: 1. Storage Management: PupCloud allows users to store, manage, and access files securely on their own servers. 2. Virtual Machine and Container Orchestration: The platform supports the management of virtual machines (VMs) and containers, enabling scalable and flexible infrastructure management. 3. File Sharing: Users can easily share files and folders with others, making collaboration seamless. 4. Backup and Recovery: PupCloud provides robust backup and recovery options to ensure your data is safe and accessible in case of disruptions. 5. Cost Efficiency: By self-hosting, users can save on costs associated with third-party cloud services. 6. Customization: The platform allows for extensive customization, enabling users to tailor the solution to their specific needs. 7. Open-Source Nature: PupCloud is open-source, giving users full control over their data and the ability to modify the platform as required. How It Works PupCloud operates on a hybrid architecture that combines on-premises storage with cloud integration. The platform leverages RESTful APIs and web-based user interfaces to provide easy access and management of stored data. Users can set up virtual machines and containers using tools like Docker and Docker Compose, allowing for seamless orchestration and scaling. Use Cases PupCloud is suitable for a wide range of use cases: 1. Personal Data Storage: Ideal for users who want to store personal files securely without relying on public cloud services. 2. Business File Sharing: Companies can use PupCloud to share internal documents, project files, and other sensitive data securely. 3. Backup Solutions: Organizations can use PupCloud as a reliable backup destination for critical data. 4. Development and Testing Environments: Developers can leverage PupCloud to create and test virtual machines and containers without incurring public cloud costs. 5. Archiving: Users can store large amounts of data securely, ensuring it is accessible when needed. Benefits Using PupCloud offers several advantages: 1. Enhanced Security: By self-hosting your data, you maintain full control over its security and accessibility. 2. Cost Savings: PupCloud eliminates the need for expensive third-party cloud services, reducing operational costs. 3. Data Control: Users have complete control over their data, allowing for customization and optimization based on specific requirements. 4. Customization Options: The open-source nature of PupCloud enables users to modify the platform to meet their unique needs. 5. Scalability: The platform supports scalable solutions, allowing users to expand their infrastructure as needed. 6. Compliance: PupCloud can help organizations comply with data privacy regulations by keeping data on-premises. Getting Started To start using PupCloud, follow these steps: 1. Installation: Download and install the latest version of PupCloud from the official website. 2. Configuration: Set up your storage environment by configuring the platform to suit your needs. 3. Usage: Use the provided tools and APIs to manage your virtual machines, containers, and stored files. PupCloud is a powerful tool for anyone looking to take control of their data storage and management needs. Its flexibility, security, and cost-effectiveness make it an excellent choice for individuals and organizations alike.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: pwndrop

Pwndrop An open-source file sharing and dropping service. Introduction to Pwndrop In today's digital age, the need for secure, efficient, and user-friendly file-sharing solutions has never been greater. Pwndrop emerges as a groundbreaking open-source tool designed to meet these needs. This innovative platform offers a unique approach to file sharing, combining simplicity with robust security features. Whether you're a professional, a student, or a casual user, Pwndrop provides a versatile solution for sharing files securely and efficiently. Features of Pwndrop Pwndrop is packed with features that make file sharing easier and more secure than ever before. Here are some of the standout functionalities: - Drag-and-Drop File Sharing: Users can easily upload files by dragging and dropping them into the platform. - Customizable Shareable Links: Generate unique links for different files or groups, with options to customize the URL. - Version Control: Track changes and revert to previous versions of shared files. - Password Protection: Add an extra layer of security with password-protected links. - Download Limits: Set time-sensitive or limited download periods for shared files. - File Analytics: Gain insights into who downloaded your files, when, and from where. - Integration with Other Tools: Connect Pwndrop with third-party apps like Google Drive or Slack for seamless file sharing. How It Works Pwndrop's user-friendly interface makes it simple to share files securely. Here's a step-by-step breakdown of how it works: 1. Upload Files: Upload your files directly to the platform. 2. Create Shareable Links: Generate links for individual files or groups of files. 3. Customize Settings: Adjust settings like passwords, download limits, and access permissions. 4. Generate Links: Once configured, share the generated links with recipients. Security Security is a top priority for Pwndrop. The platform employs end-to-end encryption to ensure that your files remain private and protected during transit and storage. Additionally, Pwndrop offers: - Password Protection: Add an extra layer of security by requiring a password to access shared files. - Download Tracking: Monitor who downloaded your files and from where. - IP Restrictions: Restrict access to files based on geographic location. Use Cases Pwndrop is versatile enough to be used in various scenarios: - Education: Share lecture materials, assignments, or research data with students securely. - Business: Collaborate on projects by sharing sensitive documents internally or externally. - Personal Use: Send large files like photos, videos, or documents to friends and family. - Development: Manage code snippets, configurations, or other sensitive files with version control. Benefits of Using Pwndrop Pwndrop offers numerous benefits that make it a preferred choice for file sharing: - Customization: Tailor shareable links to suit your needs. - Security: Protect your files with robust security features. - Cost-Effective: Utilize an open-source solution without costly subscriptions. - Community Support: Join a growing community of users who contribute to the platform's development. Future of Pwndrop The future of Pwndrop looks bright as the platform continues to evolve. New features are on the horizon, including: - Advanced Analytics: Gain deeper insights into file sharing statistics. - AI-Driven Insights: Leverage AI to automate tasks like file organization and sharing. - Cross-Platform Compatibility: Ensure seamless functionality across devices and platforms. Conclusion Pwndrop stands out as a powerful, open-source solution for secure and efficient file sharing. Its user-friendly interface, robust security features, and versatility make it an excellent choice for individuals and teams alike. By embracing Pwndrop, you can take control of your file-sharing needs while contributing to a growing community of open-source enthusiasts.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: pylon

Pylon Overview of Pylon Pylon is an innovative collaborative document editing platform designed to enhance teamwork and streamline the creation, modification, and sharing of documents. It offers a user-friendly interface that supports real-time collaboration, making it an excellent tool for teams and individuals who need to work together on projects efficiently. Key Features of Pylon 1. Real-Time Collaboration: Pylon allows multiple users to edit a document simultaneously, ensuring that everyone is always working from the latest version. 2. Version Control: The platform tracks changes made by each user, providing a clear history of edits and allowing for easy rollbacks if needed. 3. Commenting System: Users can leave comments and notes within the document, facilitating communication and clarifications. 4. Export Options: Documents can be exported in various formats, including PDF, Word, and others, making it easy to share work with colleagues who may not have access to Pylon. How Pylon Works Pylon operates by storing documents in the cloud, allowing users to access them from any device with an internet connection. The platform employs a secure authentication process, ensuring that only authorized users can edit or view sensitive information. When a document is opened, it automatically saves changes at regular intervals, minimizing the risk of lost work. Pylon also provides a preview feature, enabling users to see how the document will look before exporting it. Benefits of Using Pylon 1. Increased Productivity: By allowing multiple users to collaborate in real-time, Pylon reduces the time spent on coordinating edits and ensures that everyone is aligned on the latest version. 2. Enhanced Transparency: The version control feature provides a clear record of who did what and when, fostering accountability and trust within teams. 3. Improved Communication: The commenting system facilitates direct feedback, making it easier to address issues and clarify instructions. Use Cases for Pylon - Academic Writing: Researchers and students can collaborate on papers, theses, and other academic documents. - Project Management: Teams can work together on project plans, timelines, and other documentation. - Business Documentation: Companies can manage internal memos, policies, and other important documents. Conclusion Pylon is more than just a document editor; it's a versatile tool that supports collaboration, transparency, and efficiency. Whether you're working on a solo project or part of a large team, Pylon offers features that can transform the way you work. By adopting this platform, you can unlock new levels of productivity and ensure that your documents are always up-to-date and accessible to everyone who needs them.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: rapid dashboard

Rapid Dashboard A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding and Utilizing Rapid Dashboards In today's fast-paced digital landscape, data is the lifeblood of any organization. The ability to monitor and visualize data efficiently is crucial for making informed decisions, optimizing operations, and staying competitive. Among the many tools available, the Rapid Dashboard stands out as a powerful solution for businesses looking to gain insights quickly. What is a Rapid Dashboard? A Rapid Dashboard is a dynamic and interactive platform designed to present data in an intuitive and user-friendly manner. It allows users to monitor key metrics, analyze trends, and make decisions in real-time. Unlike traditional reporting tools, a Rapid Dashboard offers a seamless experience by combining data visualization, analytics, and reporting into one interface. Key Features of a Rapid Dashboard 1. Real-Time Data Monitoring: Rapid Dashboards are designed to handle live data feeds, ensuring that users always have access to the most current information. 2. Customizable Widgets: Users can choose from a variety of widgets to display data in formats that best suit their needs, such as bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and more. 3. Integration Capabilities: These dashboards can integrate with various data sources, including databases, APIs, and cloud-based systems, making them versatile for different types of organizations. 4. Collaboration Tools: Many Rapid Dashboards include features that allow multiple users to work on the same dashboard simultaneously, facilitating teamwork and shared decision-making. 5. Scalability: These tools are designed to grow with an organization, accommodating increased data volumes and more complex analytics requirements over time. Benefits of Using a Rapid Dashboard 1. Enhanced Decision-Making: By providing clear and concise insights, Rapid Dashboards help users make informed decisions based on real-time data. 2. Improved Efficiency: Automating data monitoring and visualization reduces the time spent on manual reporting and analysis. 3. Increased Productivity: With easy access to key metrics and trends, employees can focus on strategic tasks rather than data collection. 4. Scalability: These tools are built to handle growth, making them suitable for businesses of all sizes. 5. Flexibility: Users can customize their dashboards to reflect their specific needs, whether they're focusing on financial performance, operational efficiency, or customer engagement. Use Cases for Rapid Dashboards 1. Business Intelligence: Companies can use Rapid Dashboards to track KPIs and monitor overall business performance. 2. Operations Monitoring: Manufacturers, hospitals, and logistics companies can use these tools to oversee production lines, patient care, and supply chain activities. 3. Analytics for Departments: Marketing teams can analyze campaign performance, sales teams can track revenue trends, and finance departments can monitor budget adherence. 4. Real-Time Applications: Rapid Dashboards are particularly useful for applications that require constant monitoring, such as stock trading platforms or emergency response systems. Limitations of Rapid Dashboards 1. Data Complexity: Managing large volumes of data can be challenging, especially if the data is not properly structured or cleaned. 2. Cost: Advanced features and real-time capabilities often come with a higher price tag, which might not be affordable for all businesses. 3. User Experience: While many Rapid Dashboards are user-friendly, some may require additional training for users to fully utilize their capabilities. 4. Dependency on Third-Party Integrations: The effectiveness of these tools often depends on the integrations available, which can vary by provider. Conclusion In conclusion, a Rapid Dashboard is an essential tool for organizations looking to gain a competitive edge through data-driven insights. By offering real-time monitoring, customizable visualization options, and seamless integration with various data sources, these platforms empower users to make informed decisions quickly and efficiently. While there are limitations, the benefits of using a Rapid Dashboard far outweigh its drawbacks, making it a valuable asset for businesses of all sizes.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: rasa

Rasa Rasa is an open-source machine learning framework designed for creating and managing automated text and voice-based conversations. It provides a robust platform for developers to build intelligent chatbots and conversational AI systems. The Rasa Helm chart allows users to easily deploy a Rasa Open Source Server, making it accessible for a wide range of applications. What is Rasa? Rasa is built on cutting-edge natural language processing (NLP) techniques, enabling machines to understand and generate human-like text in real-time. It supports multiple languages and can be integrated with third-party tools like Google Dialogflow or Microsoft Bot Framework. The framework emphasizes flexibility, allowing developers to customize models and interactions based on specific needs. Rasa Helm Chart The Rasa Helm chart simplifies the deployment process for Rasa Open Source Server. Helm is a package manager for Kubernetes, enabling users to install and manage complex applications like Rasa with just a few commands. The Helm chart for Rasa automates the setup of necessary dependencies, configurations, and resources, ensuring a smooth installation process. Key Features of Rasa 1. Customizable Models: Rasa allows users to train custom models using their own datasets, providing tailored conversational AI solutions. 2. Multi-Language Support: The framework supports multiple languages, making it suitable for global applications. 3. Integration Capabilities: Rasa can be integrated with various third-party services and tools, enhancing its functionality and scalability. 4. Open Source Flexibility: As an open-source project, Rasa is free to use, modify, and enhance, fostering a vibrant community of contributors. Why Use Rasa? Rasa stands out in the AI space due to its focus on practicality and ease of use. It bridges the gap between complex NLP models and real-world applications, making it accessible for both developers and non-technical users. The combination of powerful features and user-friendly deployment processes makes Rasa an excellent choice for building chatbots and conversational systems. Getting Started with Rasa 1. Installation: Use Helm to install the Rasa Helm chart on your Kubernetes cluster. 2. Configuration: Modify the default configuration files to customize your Rasa server settings. 3. Model Training: Train custom models using Rasa's training tools or integrate existing models from Hugging Face. 4. Integration: Connect Rasa with external services like databases, APIs, and third-party chat platforms. Use Cases Rasa is ideal for a variety of applications, including: - Customer support chatbots - Virtual assistants - Educational tutoring systems - Retail recommendations - Banking conversational AI Conclusion Rasa offers a powerful and flexible solution for building intelligent conversational AI systems. Its combination of robust features, ease of deployment, and open-source flexibility makes it a top choice for developers looking to implement chatbots and voice-based interactions. By leveraging the Rasa Helm chart, users can quickly set up and manage their AI-driven applications, driving innovation and efficiency across industries.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: recipes

Recipes Recipes is a self-hosted cookbook and recipe management application designed to help users organize, discover, and share their favorite recipes. This platform offers a comprehensive solution for culinary enthusiasts, home cooks, and anyone passionate about collecting and sharing recipes. What is Recipes? Recipes is an innovative tool that allows users to create a personalized cookbook. With this application, you can easily add recipes, categorize them, and organize your collection in a way that suits your needs. Whether you're a seasoned chef or a home cook, Recipes provides the features necessary to manage and enjoy your culinary creations. Features of Recipes One of the standout features of Recipes is its ability to help users track ingredients. This feature allows you to keep track of the items you have in your pantry, ensuring that you never run out of essential ingredients for your recipes. Additionally, the application offers meal planning capabilities, helping you create a weekly menu based on your recipe collection. The platform also includes a user-friendly interface, making it easy for users to navigate and find the recipes they need. With Recipes, you can search through your collection by category, cook time, or dietary preferences, allowing you to quickly locate the perfect recipe for any occasion. How It Works Using Recipes is straightforward. First, you create an account and log in to access the platform's features. Once logged in, you can start adding your favorite recipes to your cookbook. Each recipe can be accompanied by a detailed description, including ingredients, cooking instructions, and serving suggestions. The application also allows users to categorize their recipes, creating a structured and organized collection. You can group recipes by meal type, dietary preferences, or cooking method, making it easier to find the perfect dish for any situation. Benefits of Using Recipes There are numerous benefits to using Recipes as your go-to recipe management tool. One of the primary advantages is that the application helps users save time. By having all your favorite recipes in one place, you can quickly find and prepare a meal without spending hours searching through cookbooks or scrolling through websites. Another benefit is the reduction of food waste. With Recipes, you can track the ingredients you have on hand and plan meals accordingly, minimizing the likelihood of unused ingredients going to waste. Additionally, Recipes can enhance your culinary skills. By exploring new recipes, you can learn techniques and dishes that you may not have tried before, expanding your cooking repertoire and improving your overall skills in the kitchen. Conclusion Recipes is a powerful tool for anyone who loves cooking and baking. Whether you're looking to organize your collection of favorite recipes or share them with a community, this application provides the features and functionality needed to manage your culinary creations effectively. By using Recipes, you can take your cooking experience to the next level. With its user-friendly interface, comprehensive features, and focus on organization, this platform is an ideal choice for anyone who is passionate about cooking. So why wait? Dive into the world of Recipes today and start organizing, discovering, and sharing your favorite recipes like never before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: redis cluster

Redis-Cluster Redis(R) is an open source, scalable, distributed in-memory cache for applications. It can be used to store and serve data in the form of strings, hashes, lists, sets, and sorted sets. Redis is widely recognized as one of the most popular database systems due to its flexibility, performance, and ease of use. Overview of Redis-Cluster Redis(R) is an open source, scalable, distributed in-memory cache for applications. It can be used to store and serve data in the form of strings, hashes, lists, sets, and sorted sets. Redis is widely recognized as one of the most popular database systems due to its flexibility, performance, and ease of use. Key Features Redis(R) offers several unique features that make it a preferred choice for developers and organizations: 1. Scalability: Redis can handle large-scale data workloads by distributing data across multiple instances (nodes). This allows for horizontal scaling, ensuring that applications can scale linearly with demand. 2. High Performance: Redis is designed to deliver sub-millisecond response times, making it suitable for real-time applications such as gaming, live chat, and stock trading systems. 3. Data Types Support: Redis supports a wide range of data types, including strings, hashes, lists, sets, and sorted sets, enabling developers to choose the most appropriate data structure for their specific use case. 4. Fault Tolerance: Redis clusters provide built-in fault tolerance, meaning that if one node fails, traffic can be automatically redistributed across remaining nodes without interruption in service. 5. Cluster Awareness: Redis Cluster allows for seamless cluster awareness, ensuring that all nodes are aware of each other and can communicate to achieve load balancing and data distribution. Architecture Redis(R) clusters operate on a client-server model where multiple Redis instances (nodes) work together to form a cluster. Each node can handle specific tasks such as storing data, acting as a master, or replicating data from a master node. The architecture is designed to ensure high availability, fault tolerance, and linear scalability. Use Cases Redis(R) clusters are used in a wide range of applications, including: 1. Session Management: Redis can be used to store session data for web applications, allowing for efficient user authentication and state management. 2. Real-Time Analytics: By leveraging Redis's fast data processing capabilities, organizations can analyze data in real-time for business insights and decision-making. 3. Caching: Redis is a popular choice for caching frequently accessed data, reducing the load on backend databases and improving application performance. 4. Distributed Locks: Redis provides distributed locking mechanisms that are essential for coordinating operations across multiple nodes in a cluster. Benefits Using Redis(R) clusters can provide significant benefits to organizations, including: 1. Scalability: The ability to scale horizontally ensures that the system can handle increased workloads without performance degradation. 2. Performance: Redis's fast data access times and high throughput make it suitable for demanding applications. 3. Availability: Built-in fault tolerance ensures that the system remains available even in the event of node failures. 4. Developer-Friendliness: Redis's rich set of commands and client libraries make it easy for developers to integrate and use in various projects. Challenges While Redis(R) clusters offer numerous benefits, there are also challenges associated with their implementation and management: 1. Complexity: Setting up and managing a Redis cluster can be complex, requiring knowledge of distributed systems and Redis-specific configurations. 2. Memory Usage: The in-memory nature of Redis can lead to high memory consumption, which may require additional infrastructure to support. 3. Data Persistence: Properly handling data persistence and replication across nodes is critical to ensure data integrity and availability. Conclusion Redis(R) clusters are a powerful solution for organizations looking to build scalable, high-performance applications. With its wide range of features and use cases, Redis can serve as the backbone of modern distributed systems. By understanding its architecture, capabilities, and limitations, organizations can make informed decisions about whether Redis is the right choice for their specific needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: redis

Redis Redis(R) is an open source, advanced key-value store. It is often referred to as a data structure server since keys can contain strings, hashes, lists, sets, and sorted sets. Redis is widely used for its ability to handle real-time data, provide fast lookups, and support various data structures that enhance performance in applications. Overview Redis offers a flexible and efficient way to store and retrieve data. It operates as a database service that runs in memory, making it suitable for applications requiring low-latency access to data. Unlike traditional relational databases, Redis focuses on key-value pairs, which allow for simpler and more efficient data management. Key Features 1. In-Memory Storage: Redis stores data in RAM, ensuring fast access times. 2. Atomic Operations: Supports atomic operations, meaning that each command is executed as a single unit of work, preventing partial updates. 3. Built-In Redundancy: Redis can be configured to replicate data across multiple instances for high availability and fault tolerance. 4. Flexibility: Redis supports various data structures, making it versatile for different types of applications. Data Structures Redis provides several built-in data structures: - Strings: Store text or numeric values. - Hashes: Store key-value pairs where the value is a sub-key-value map. - Lists: Store ordered sequences of strings. - Sets: Store unique, unordered collections of strings. - Sorted Sets: Store ordered collections of strings along with associated scores. Use Cases 1. Real-Time Applications: Redis is ideal for real-time data processing and streaming applications due to its fast performance. 2. Caching: It is commonly used for caching frequently accessed data to reduce load times on backend systems. 3. Social Media Features: Used for features like "likes," "follows," and other interactive elements that require immediate updates. 4. E-commerce: Manages session data, product inventory, and user preferences efficiently. Advantages - Speed: Redis allows for fast read and write operations. - Scalability: It can handle large amounts of data and multiple users simultaneously. - Flexibility: Supports various data structures, making it suitable for diverse applications. Limitations - Complex Queries: Unlike relational databases, Redis does not support complex queries or joins in some data structures. - No Indexing: While indexes exist for certain data types, they are limited compared to relational databases. Conclusion Redis is a powerful and versatile tool for managing data. Its ability to handle real-time data, provide fast access, and support multiple data structures makes it an excellent choice for various applications. Whether you're developing a real-time system or optimizing your caching strategy, Redis offers the flexibility and performance needed to meet your demands.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: redmine

Redmine An Open-Source Project Management and Issue Tracking System What is Redmine? Redmine is an open-source platform designed for project management and issue tracking. It provides a flexible and extensible solution for managing projects, tracking issues, and fostering collaboration among development teams. Originally developed as a tool for software development teams, Redmine has since evolved to support a wide range of project management needs. Key Features Redmine offers a robust set of features that make it a versatile tool for teams of all sizes. Some of its most notable features include: - Collaboration Tools: Redmine supports team collaboration through features like wikis, discussions, and a unified communications hub. - Issue Tracking: The platform excels in tracking bugs, tasks, and other issues with customizable workflows and priorities. - Project Management: Users can create and manage projects, assign tasks, and track progress using Gantt charts and calendars. - Reporting: Redmine provides detailed reports on project status, team performance, and issue resolution. - Integration: The platform supports integration with third-party tools like Git, Jenkins, and Slack, enhancing its utility in modern workflows. How It Helps Teams Redmine is not just a tool; it's a catalyst for better teamwork. Here’s how it empowers your team: - Streamline Workflows: By centralizing project information, Redmine reduces confusion and ensures everyone is on the same page. - Assign and Track Tasks: Assign tasks to team members, set deadlines, and monitor progress with ease. - Real-Time Updates: Keep stakeholders informed with real-time updates on task completion and issue resolution. - Collaborate Securely: Share files, documents, and notes securely within the platform. User Experience The user experience in Redmine is intuitive and user-friendly. The dashboard provides a quick overview of projects, tasks, and issues, while detailed modules allow for deep customization. Custom fields, tags, and workflows can be set up to tailor the platform to specific team needs. Customization Options Redmine’s flexibility lies in its customization options. Users can create custom roles, permissions, and workflows to suit their organization's requirements. This level of control makes Redmine suitable for teams of all sizes and industries, from small startups to large enterprises. Integration Possibilities One of the standout features of Redmine is its ability to integrate with other tools and platforms. Whether you're using Git for version control, Jenkins for CI/CD, or Slack for communication, Redmine can act as a central hub for all your project-related data. Community and Support Redmine has a strong community behind it, with active development and regular updates. The platform is supported by a dedicated team of developers and contributors who are committed to improving the tool. Additionally, there are numerous plugins and customizations available from the Redmine community, further enhancing its functionality. Conclusion In today’s fast-paced work environment, having a reliable project management tool is essential for maintaining productivity and collaboration. Redmine stands out as a powerful, flexible, and user-friendly solution for teams looking to manage projects and track issues effectively. Its open-source nature, customization options, and robust feature set make it an excellent choice for organizations of all sizes. By adopting Redmine, your team can streamline workflows, improve communication, and deliver projects more efficiently. Whether you're managing software development, marketing campaigns, or any other type of project, Redmine provides the tools you need to stay organized and achieve your goals.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: reforge

ReForge ReForge is an innovative solution designed as a performance-optimized fork of Automatic1111 WebUI. This tool has been engineered to enhance inference speeds and improve resource management, making it ideal for users who demand faster processing without compromising on flexibility or functionality. Overview of ReForge ReForge stands out by offering significant improvements over its predecessor while retaining the familiar interface that users have come to rely on. Its primary goal is to deliver faster inference speeds, which means users can process tasks more quickly and efficiently. Additionally, it includes enhanced resource management features that ensure optimal performance without draining system resources. Key Features ReForge is packed with a variety of advanced features designed to meet the needs of modern machine learning workflows: 1. Advanced Samplers: ReForge supports multiple state-of-the-art samplers, including DDPM (Deep Denosing Probabilistic Models) and DPM++ 2M Turbo. These sampliers are optimized for speed and accuracy, allowing users to achieve faster results while maintaining high-quality outputs. 2. Unet Patcher: This unique feature enables seamless integration of advanced methods, such as UNet architectures, into existing workflows. It simplifies the process of experimenting with new techniques without requiring extensive reconfigurations. 3. Efficient Resource Management: ReForge includes sophisticated resource management algorithms that dynamically allocate and deallocate system resources based on the task at hand. This ensures that your machine learning models run smoothly, even when dealing with complex or large-scale tasks. 4. Cross-Platform Compatibility: ReForge is designed to work seamlessly across multiple operating systems, including Windows, Linux, and macOS. This broad compatibility makes it a versatile tool for users with diverse computing environments. Getting Started Getting started with ReForge is straightforward: 1. Installation: Clone the ReForge repository from your preferred version control system (e.g., GitHub) and install the necessary dependencies using pip or conda, depending on your setup. 2. Configuration: Configure the tool according to your specific requirements, leveraging the intuitive interface that mirrors Automatic1111 WebUI for ease of use. 3. Execution: Run your machine learning workflows using ReForge's optimized samplers and features. Monitor performance metrics in real-time to ensure optimal resource utilization. Performance ReForge's primary strength lies in its ability to deliver superior performance. Users have reported significant improvements in inference speeds, with some achieving up to 2x faster processing times compared to Automatic1111 WebUI. Additionally, the enhanced resource management ensures that ReForge operates efficiently without consuming excessive system resources, making it suitable for high-performance computing tasks. Unique Features ReForge introduces several unique features that set it apart from other tools in its category: - Unet Patcher: This feature allows users to easily integrate UNet architectures into their workflows, enabling the application of advanced image processing techniques with minimal effort. - Dynamic Resource Allocation: ReForge's adaptive resource management ensures that your machine learning models have access to the necessary computational resources while minimizing waste. - Customizable Workflows: The tool offers extensive customization options, allowing users to tailor workflows to their specific needs. This includes the ability to define custom samplers and integrate third-party libraries. Use Cases ReForge is well-suited for a wide range of machine learning tasks, including: 1. High-Performance Computing: For users who need to process large datasets or complex models quickly. 2. Real-Time Inference: Ideal for applications that require fast inference times, such as autonomous vehicles or live video analysis. 3. Advanced Modeling: ReForge's support for cutting-edge samplers and tools makes it an excellent choice for researchers and professionals working on complex modeling projects. Community and Support ReForge is supported by a vibrant community of users and developers who are actively contributing to its development and improvement. The project maintains detailed documentation, provides regular updates, and offers extensive support through forums and discussion groups. Users are encouraged to contribute back to the community by reporting issues, suggesting features, and sharing their own implementations and workflows. This collaborative approach ensures that ReForge continues to evolve and remain at the forefront of machine learning tool development. Conclusion ReForge represents a significant advancement in machine learning tools, offering enhanced performance, improved resource management, and unique features that set it apart from its predecessors. By choosing ReForge, users can enjoy faster inference speeds, more efficient resource utilization, and a flexible interface that supports a wide range of workflows. Whether you're working on cutting-edge research projects or developing real-world applications, ReForge provides the performance and functionality needed to excel in your machine learning endeavors.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: registry ui

Registry-UI is an open-source web-based user interface designed to simplify the management and monitoring of Docker container images. It provides a visual representation of Docker registries, making it easier for users to navigate, explore, and manage their container images with ease. What is Registry-UI? Registry-UI is a tool that offers a user-friendly interface for interacting with Docker image registries. It allows users to browse, search, and manage Docker images across different registries, including public and private ones. The tool is particularly useful for developers, operations teams, and system administrators who need to manage their containerized applications efficiently. Key Features of Registry-UI 1. Image Management: Users can view and manage their Docker images in a centralized interface. 2. Search Functionality: Advanced search capabilities allow users to quickly find specific images or tags. 3. Versioning: Track different versions of images and manage them effectively. 4. Tagging: Assign tags to images for better organization and filtering. 5. Docker Compose Integration: Compatibility with Docker Compose allows for easy management of multi-container applications. 6. Multi-Registry Support: The ability to connect to multiple registries provides flexibility in managing different environments or projects. Benefits of Using Registry-UI - Improved Workflow Efficiency: By centralizing image management, users can reduce the time spent on manual tasks. - Enhanced Collaboration: Teams can work together on image management with a shared interface. - Cost Savings: Reduces the need for manual tools and streamlines operations. How to Install Registry-UI 1. Download the latest version from the official GitHub repository. 2. Unzip the files and place them in your web server directory. 3. Configure the application according to your needs, including setting up authentication if required. Getting Started with Registry-UI 1. Access the Application: Once installed, navigate to your web server's URL to access the interface. 2. Log In: If authentication is enabled, log in using your credentials. 3. Explore and Manage Images: Use the search bar to find specific images or browse through categories. Community and Contributions Registry-UI has a strong community support system with regular updates and new features being added based on user feedback. Users are encouraged to contribute by reporting issues, suggesting improvements, and sharing their own extensions or customizations. Future of Registry-UI The future of Registry-UI looks promising as the project continues to grow in popularity. New features such as enhanced security measures, better integration with DevOps tools, and improved user experience design are expected in upcoming releases.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: remotely

Remotely An open-source remote desktop and support tool. Remotely Remotely is a self-hosted remote desktop and support tool that enables users to access and manage remote systems. It provides a secure and efficient solution for remote technical support, system administration, and collaboration. As an open-source tool, Remotely offers flexibility, customization, and cost-effectiveness for organizations and individuals alike. Key Features Remotely offers a range of features designed to enhance remote access and management: - Access Remote Systems: Connect to various devices, including desktops, laptops, and servers, from anywhere in the world. - Full Control: Gain administrative-level access to manage systems remotely. - Support Tool: Provide technical support to users with remote access capabilities. - Integration: Seamlessly integrate with existing infrastructure and tools. - Customization: Tailor the tool to meet specific organizational needs. How It Works Remotely operates on a client-server model, where the server is hosted on your premises. The client software can be installed on multiple devices, allowing secure and reliable connections. Authentication is typically done via SSH keys or OAuth for added security. The tool supports both VNC and RDP protocols, ensuring compatibility with various operating systems. Benefits Using Remotely offers numerous advantages: - Flexibility: Access systems from any device with the client software. - Cost-Effective: Eliminates the need for expensive remote desktop solutions. - Secure: Built-in encryption and authentication methods ensure data safety. - Scalable: Easily manage multiple systems and users. Use Cases Remotely is ideal for: - IT Support: Assist users with system issues remotely. - System Administration: Manage and configure multiple devices efficiently. - Remote Access: Enable developers and teams to work on remote machines. - Education/Training: Provide hands-on learning experiences for students or employees. - Customer Support: Offer remote assistance to clients. Installation and Configuration Installing Remotely involves a few steps: 1. Clone the Remotely repository from GitHub. 2. Set up an Nginx server to host the application. 3. Configure firewall rules to allow traffic on necessary ports. 4. Install the client software on target devices. Security and Compliance Remotely prioritizes security with features like: - Encryption: Data transmitted over the network is encrypted. - Authentication: Supports SSH keys, OAuth, and two-factor authentication. - Access Control: Restrict access to specific users or groups. - Compliance: Adhere to industry standards for data protection. Future Directions Remotely continues to evolve with updates and new features. Future developments may include enhanced integration with cloud services, improved session management, and better support for emerging technologies. By leveraging Remotely, organizations can streamline remote operations, enhance productivity, and provide reliable support across teams and systems.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: renovate

Renovate An automated dependency updating tool for software projects. Renovate Renovate is an open-source dependency update tool for software projects. It automates the process of updating dependencies, ensuring that your project stays up-to-date with the latest versions and security patches, while minimizing manual effort. Dependency management is a critical aspect of software development, as outdated dependencies can lead to vulnerabilities, performance issues, and compatibility problems. Renovate simplifies this process by automatically detecting outdated packages and suggesting updates, reducing the risk of manual errors and saving developers time. Key Features - Automated Updates: Renovate continuously monitors your project's dependencies and identifies outdated versions. - Customizable Rules: Users can define update policies, such as updating only during specific times or skipping certain versions. - CI/CD Integration: The tool integrates with continuous integration and deployment pipelines to automate updates during the build process. - Security Focus: Renovate prioritizes security patches, ensuring that critical vulnerabilities are addressed promptly. - Comprehensive Reporting: Provides detailed reports on updates, including version changes and impact analysis. Benefits Using Renovate can lead to several benefits for your project: 1. Minimized Downtime: Updates are performed during off-peak hours or as part of the build process, reducing the risk of interrupted workflows. 2. Improved Security: By automatically applying updates, you ensure that your project is protected against known vulnerabilities. 3. Faster Development Cycles: Teams can spend less time managing dependencies and more time focusing on innovation. 4. Consistency: Renovate ensures that all team members are using the latest stable versions of their chosen packages. How It Works Renovate works by analyzing your project's dependency declarations, comparing them to a database of known versions, and identifying outdated packages. It then suggests updates based on predefined rules, allowing developers to review and apply changes with confidence. The tool can be configured to run at specific intervals, such as daily or weekly, ensuring that updates are performed regularly without disrupting the development process. Custom rules allow for flexibility, enabling teams to tailor updates to their specific needs. Use Cases - Build Automation: Renovate can be integrated into build scripts to update dependencies as part of the build process. - CI/CD Pipelines: It is particularly useful in CI/CD environments, where automated updates ensure that all environments are using the latest stable versions. - Dependency Management Teams: For teams with shared responsibility over dependencies, Renovate provides a centralized way to manage updates across the organization. Best Practices 1. Set Up Renovate Early: Integrate Renovate into your development workflow early to establish good habits around dependency management. 2. Define Clear Update Policies: Customize update rules to align with your project's needs, such as updating only during specific times of the day or week. 3. Monitor Updates: Use Renovate's reporting features to track updates and ensure that they are applied consistently across all environments. 4. Collaborate Across Teams: Foster a culture where dependency management is seen as a shared responsibility, involving all teams that contribute to the project. Comparisons with Other Tools While Renovate shares some functionality with tools like npm, pip, and yarn, it distinguishes itself by offering a more comprehensive approach to dependency updates. Unlike these package managers, which focus on installing dependencies, Renovate is specifically designed for updating them, making it an essential tool for maintaining project health. Conclusion In today's fast-paced software development environment, keeping your project up-to-date is crucial for security and performance. Renovate offers a powerful solution to this challenge by automating dependency updates, reducing manual effort, and ensuring that your project remains on the latest versions of its dependencies. By integrating Renovate into your workflow, you can focus on building great software while letting Renovate handle the complexities of updating dependencies. Whether you're working alone or as part of a large team, Renovate provides the tools needed to maintain a healthy and secure project. Explore Renovate today and see how it can transform your dependency management process.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: rocketchat

Rocket.Chat An open-source team chat platform. Rocketchat is a powerful and flexible team communication tool that offers a modern, user-friendly experience for businesses and teams of all sizes. Built on open-source principles, it provides a robust set of features designed to enhance collaboration and productivity. Key Features 1. Real-Time Communication: Rocket.Chat supports instant messaging, file sharing, and video conferencing, enabling seamless communication between team members. 2. Customizable Interface: The platform allows users to customize their chat interface with themes, bots, and integrations, making it adaptable to specific organizational needs. 3. Self-Hosting Option: Rocket.Chat can be self-hosted, giving businesses full control over their data and communication infrastructure. 4. Security and Privacy: As an open-source tool, Rocket.Chat emphasizes security and privacy, offering features like end-to-end encryption for conversations. 5. Integration Capabilities: The platform supports integration with various third-party services and tools, enhancing its utility in collaborative environments. 6. Community-Driven Development: Rocket.Chat benefits from active community contributions, ensuring continuous improvements and a strong support network for users. Benefits - Cost-Effective: By self-hosting or using its free version, organizations can reduce communication costs. - Customizable Workflows: The ability to create custom bots and scripts allows teams to automate repetitive tasks. - Enhanced Productivity: Features like task management and file sharing streamline project workflows. Use Cases Rocketchat is ideal for: - Remote Teams: Facilitating communication and collaboration across distributed teams. - Project Management: Tracking progress, assigning tasks, and sharing updates in real-time. - Customer Support: Providing a centralized platform for customer inquiries and feedback. Security Rocketchat prioritizes user data security with features like private chat rooms and message encryption. This makes it a reliable choice for handling sensitive information. Community and Support The Rocket.Chat community is active and engaged, offering extensive documentation, tutorials, and support resources. Users can also contribute to the platform's development, ensuring it stays aligned with user needs. Conclusion Rocketchat stands out as an excellent open-source alternative to traditional team chat tools. Its flexibility, security, and customization options make it a valuable asset for organizations looking to enhance collaboration without compromising on data control. Whether you're a small team or a large enterprise, Rocket.Chat provides the tools needed to communicate effectively and efficiently. Join the Rocket.Chat community today and experience the power of open-source communication!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: sd next

SD-Next An advanced fork of Automatic1111 WebUI with intelligent startup, multiplatform support, and queue management. SD-Next represents the evolution of automation tools, combining power with simplicity to streamline tasks across multiple platforms. Built on the foundation of Automatic1111's legacy, it introduces cutting-edge features that cater to both novice and advanced users. Overview SD-Next is not just another automation tool; it's a comprehensive platform designed to enhance productivity. By integrating intelligent startup capabilities, multiplatform support, and an efficient queue management system, it sets new standards for automation excellence. Key Features 1. Intelligent Startup: SD-Next employs advanced algorithms to predict optimal execution times, reducing delays caused by poor timing. This feature ensures tasks are initiated at the most favorable moment, minimizing bottlenecks. 2. Multiplatform Support: The tool operates seamlessly across Windows, macOS, Linux, and mobile platforms, making it versatile for users with diverse computing environments. 3. Queue Management: A robust scheduling system allows users to create and manage queues, prioritizing tasks and optimizing resource allocation for smoother workflow execution. Use Cases - Task Automation: SD-Next is ideal for automating repetitive tasks across various platforms, such as file transfers, data backups, or software updates. - Workflow Optimization: Its intelligent startup and queue management features make it perfect for managing complex workflows, ensuring tasks are executed in the most efficient order. - Cross-Platform Compatibility: Whether you're working on a desktop or mobile device, SD-Next adapts to your environment, providing consistent performance. Installation Getting started with SD-Next is straightforward. Download the latest version from official sources and install it on your preferred platform. The setup process is designed to be user-friendly, guiding you through configuration steps. Configuration Customization options are extensive, allowing users to tailor SD-Next to their specific needs. Configure startup preferences, set up queue rules, and define automation protocols to maximize efficiency. Community Support SD-Next boasts a vibrant community of users and developers who contribute to its development and share insights. Engage with forums, documentation, and user groups to gain valuable tips and support. Future Plans The SD-Next team is committed to continuous improvement, regularly updating the tool based on user feedback. Upcoming features include enhanced AI integration and expanded multiplatform support. In summary, SD-Next redefines automation tools by combining power with simplicity. Its intelligent features and cross-platform capabilities make it a valuable asset for anyone looking to streamline their workflow.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: searx

Searx An open-source metasearch engine that aggregates results from various search engines. What is Searx? Searx is a privacy-respecting, open-source internet metasearch engine. It allows users to search multiple search engines while respecting user privacy by not storing search data, providing an alternative to mainstream search engines. The Need for Privacy in Search Engines In today's digital age, privacy has become a significant concern. Traditional search engines track users' activities, often storing data that can be accessed by third parties or used for targeted advertising. Searx addresses this issue by not storing user data, ensuring that searches remain private and secure. How Searx Works Searx works by aggregating results from various search engines, including Google, Bing, Yahoo!, and others. Users can input a query, and the engine returns a consolidated list of relevant results. Unlike traditional search engines, Searx does not store user data, meaning your searches are not tracked or used for any purpose beyond providing results. Features of Searx 1. Open Source: Searx is open-source, allowing users to inspect, modify, and enhance the code. This transparency ensures that the engine remains trustworthy and adaptable. 2. Privacy Protection: Unlike mainstream search engines, Searx does not store user data. This means your searches cannot be linked to you personally or used for targeted advertising. 3. Customization: Users can customize their search experience by adding or removing search engines, adjusting result filters, and even modifying the interface to suit their needs. 4. Cross-Engine Aggregation: Searx aggregates results from multiple search engines, providing a comprehensive view of the web. This makes it particularly useful for researchers, students, and professionals who need diverse sources of information. Benefits of Using Searx 1. Enhanced Privacy: By not storing user data, Searx ensures that your searches remain confidential. 2. Customizable Results: Users can filter results based on specific criteria, making it easier to find exactly what they are looking for. 3. Open Source Advantage: The open-source nature of Searx allows for community contributions and continuous improvement, ensuring that the engine stays up-to-date with technological advancements. How to Use Searx Using Searx is straightforward. Users can install the application on their device or access it through a web interface. Once installed, they can input a query into the search bar and receive a list of relevant results from various search engines. For more advanced users, Searx also offers options for indexing local files or websites, making it a versatile tool for information retrieval. The Future of Metasearch Engines As internet usage continues to grow, so does the need for reliable and privacy-respecting search tools. Searx stands out in this landscape by offering a free, open-source alternative to mainstream search engines. Its focus on privacy and customization makes it an excellent choice for users who value control over their online presence. Conclusion Searx is more than just a metasearch engine; it is a commitment to user privacy and transparency. In an era where data collection seems inevitable, Searx provides a refreshing alternative by allowing users to search without compromising their privacy. Whether you're a casual user or someone who relies on accurate information, Searx offers a robust and flexible solution for all your searching needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: sentry

Sentry An Open-Source Error Tracking and Monitoring Platform What is Sentry? Sentry is an open-source error tracking and monitoring platform designed to help developers identify, diagnose, and resolve software errors. It provides a comprehensive solution for monitoring applications in real-time, ensuring stability and reliability. By integrating Sentry into your development workflow, you can proactively detect issues before they impact users, leading to faster resolution times and improved overall software quality. Key Features of Sentry 1. Error Tracking: Sentry automatically captures and tracks errors occurring in your application, providing detailed insights into what went wrong. 2. Performance Monitoring: Monitor application performance metrics such as response time, CPU usage, and memory consumption. 3. User Feedback: Collect user feedback directly from your application to understand issues from the end-user perspective. 4. Customizable Alerts: Set up custom alerts for critical errors or performance issues to notify developers immediately. 5. Integration Capabilities: Sentry integrates seamlessly with popular tools like Slack, Jira, and Datadog, enhancing collaboration and workflow efficiency. How Does Sentry Work? Sentry works by integrating into your application through SDKs or APIs, allowing it to collect error data from various sources such as web traffic, mobile apps, or server logs. The platform processes this data to generate detailed reports and metrics, which can be visualized through interactive dashboards. Developers can then analyze these metrics to identify patterns, troubleshoot issues, and optimize performance. Real-World Applications of Sentry 1. E-commerce Platforms: Sentry is often used by e-commerce sites to monitor transaction processing and user interactions, ensuring a smooth shopping experience. 2. Gaming Industry: In the gaming sector, Sentry helps developers track crashes, bugs, and player feedback, enhancing game stability and user satisfaction. 3. Healthcare Systems: Healthcare applications benefit from Sentry's ability to monitor system performance and handle sensitive patient data securely. Benefits of Using Sentry - Reduced Downtime: Early detection of errors minimizes downtime and improves user experience. - Faster Issue Resolution: Detailed error reports enable developers to diagnose problems quickly. - Enhanced User Experience: By addressing issues promptly, businesses can deliver better products to their users. - Cost Savings: Fewer resources are needed for bug fixing when issues are identified early. Conclusion Sentry is an essential tool for any development team looking to maintain high-quality applications. Its robust features and open-source nature make it a valuable asset for monitoring and debugging purposes. Whether you're working on a small project or managing a large-scale application, Sentry offers the tools needed to ensure stability, performance, and user satisfaction. Explore Sentry today and see how it can transform your development workflow!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: shaarli

Shaarli A Personal, Minimalist, and Open-Source Bookmarking Platform Shaarli Shaarli is a minimalist, self-hosted bookmarking application that allows users to save and organize their favorite links. This platform makes it easy for individuals to revisit and share their bookmarks at any time. With its focus on simplicity and customization, Shaarli has become a popular choice among those who value personalization and control over their digital content. The Importance of Bookmarking In today's fast-paced digital world, keeping track of valuable resources is essential. Whether it's articles, videos, or websites, being able to quickly access your favorite links can significantly enhance productivity. Traditional methods of bookmarking, such as browser extensions or saved bookmarks folders, often fall short in terms of organization and accessibility. This is where platforms like Shaarli come into play. A Minimalist Approach Shaarli embraces a minimalist design, which means it prioritizes functionality over unnecessary features. The interface is clean and user-friendly, allowing users to focus on what matters most: saving, organizing, and accessing their bookmarks. Unlike many other bookmarking tools, Shaarli does not overwhelm users with excessive options or complicated navigation. Key Features 1. Saving Bookmarks: Users can easily save links by copying and pasting URLs into the platform. 2. Organizing with Tags: Each bookmark can be tagged with keywords to help with quick retrieval. 3. Search Functionality: A robust search feature allows users to find specific bookmarks quickly. 4. Sharing Options: Links can be shared publicly or kept private, depending on user preferences. 5. Mobile Access: The platform is accessible from any device, ensuring that users can manage their bookmarks on the go. How It Works Shaarli operates by storing bookmarks locally on your server, which means you have full control over your data. Here's a brief overview of how it works: 1. Installation: Shaarli can be installed using Docker, making the process straightforward for both new and experienced users. 2. Database Setup: The application requires a database to store user information and bookmarks. 3. Web Interface: Once installed, you can access the web interface through your browser. 4. Customization: Users can customize their experience by adjusting settings and preferences. Benefits 1. Self-Hosting Control: By hosting Shaarli yourself, you maintain full control over your data. 2. Privacy: Your bookmarks remain private unless you choose to share them. 3. Customization: The platform allows for a high degree of customization, ensuring that the experience matches your preferences. 4. Open Source: Shaarli is open-source, meaning users can view and modify its code, fostering community involvement. Installation Guide 1. Prerequisites: - Docker - Docker Compose - Nginx (optional) - MySQL or PostgreSQL database 2. Download the Repository: git clone https://github.com/shaarli/shaarli.git 3. Set Up Database: docker-compose up -e MYSQL_DATABASE=shaarli -e MYSQL_USER=shaarli -e MYSQL_PASSWORD=yourpassword 4. Configure Nginx (if using): ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/shaarli.conf /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/ 5. Run the Application: docker-compose up --build 6. Access the Interface: http://localhost:8000 Community and Support Shaarli has an active community of users who contribute to its development and provide support through forums and documentation. The platform is continuously updated with new features and improvements, ensuring that users always have access to the latest version. Conclusion Shaarli is a versatile and flexible bookmarking solution that caters to both individual and professional use cases. Its minimalist design, self-hosting capabilities, and open-source nature make it an excellent choice for those who value control and privacy over their digital content. Whether you're looking to streamline your workflow or simply want a more personalized way to manage your bookmarks, Shaarli offers a solution that fits your needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: sheetable

Sheetable Sheetable is an open-source online database tool designed to simplify the process of creating, managing, and sharing structured data with collaborative features. This platform offers a user-friendly interface that allows users to create customizable databases, collaborate with team members, and organize information in a tabular format. Sheetable as an Open-Source Tool Sheetable is built on open-source principles, which means it is free to use, modify, and enhance. This transparency ensures that users have full control over their data and can tailor the tool to meet their specific needs. The platform supports a wide range of database functionalities, including data import/export, filtering, sorting, and real-time collaboration. Key Features - Data Import/Export: Users can easily upload and download datasets in various formats, making it simple to integrate with other systems or migrate data between platforms. - Filtering and Sorting: The tool provides robust filtering and sorting capabilities, allowing users to quickly find specific information within their databases. - Real-Time Collaboration: Sheetable enables multiple users to work on the same database simultaneously, with built-in features for comments, track changes, and share feedback. - Version Control: The platform maintains a history of database versions, ensuring that users can revert to previous states if needed. - Sharing Options: Users can share databases with specific permissions, such as read-only access, to maintain control over who accesses the data. Use Cases Sheetable is versatile and can be used for a wide range of applications. Here are some common use cases: 1. Project Management: Track tasks, deadlines, and team member responsibilities in structured tables. 2. Inventory Tracking: Manage stock levels, product details, and supplier information to streamline supply chain operations. 3. Data Analysis: Analyze sales data, customer feedback, and operational metrics to gain insights and make informed decisions. 4. Customer Feedback: Collect and organize feedback from customers, categorizing it by type, frequency, or other relevant criteria. 5. Academic Research: Create databases for research projects, organizing data such as survey results or experimental data. Collaboration and Security Sheetable places a strong emphasis on collaboration and security. The platform supports multiple user roles, allowing administrators to assign different permissions to team members based on their responsibilities. This ensures that sensitive data remains accessible only to authorized individuals. Security features include: - Data Encryption: All data stored on Sheetable is encrypted both at rest and in transit. - Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Users can be assigned specific roles, limiting access to certain tables or fields. - Audit Logs: Track who accessed or modified the database and what changes were made. - Compliance Certifications: Sheetable adheres to industry standards for data protection and privacy. Customization Sheetable allows users to customize their databases to meet specific requirements. This includes creating custom schemas, defining workflows, and automating repetitive tasks. The platform also supports integration with third-party tools like Slack, Google Drive, and Zapier, enabling seamless connectivity with other productivity systems. Integrations Sheetable integrates with a variety of tools and platforms, making it easy to extend its functionality. For example: - Third-Party Databases: Connect Sheetable with existing databases such as MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MongoDB. - CRM Systems: Integrate with customer relationship management (CRM) systems like Salesforce or HubSpot. - Project Management Tools: Pair Sheetable with tools like Jira, Trello, or Asana for comprehensive project tracking. - Cloud Storage: Link Sheetable with cloud storage solutions such as Google Drive, Dropbox, or AWS S3. Pricing Model Sheetable offers a flexible pricing model that caters to both small teams and large organizations. The platform is free for basic use, with premium features available through subscription plans. These include advanced security settings, custom domains, and 24/7 support. For larger teams or businesses, Sheetable offers an enterprise plan with unlimited storage, custom workflows, and dedicated account management. Community Support Sheetable has a strong community of users and contributors who actively participate in its development and support. The platform maintains an active forum for users to share tips, ask questions, and discuss feature requests. Additionally, comprehensive documentation and video tutorials are available to help users get started. Conclusion Sheetable is a powerful tool for anyone looking to manage structured data with ease. Its open-source nature, robust features, and emphasis on collaboration make it an excellent choice for teams of all sizes. Whether you're tracking inventory, analyzing data, or managing projects, Sheetable provides the flexibility and security needed to organize information effectively. By leveraging Sheetable's capabilities, users can streamline their workflows, enhance productivity, and gain better insights into their data. It’s not just a database tool—it’s a comprehensive platform designed to empower users with structured data management.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: shlink

Shlink An Open-Source URL Shortener In the digital age, the need for efficient URL management has never been greater. Shlink is an open-source URL shortening service that stands out for its commitment to privacy and user control. This platform allows individuals and businesses alike to create short links while maintaining full ownership and control over their data. Unlike many commercial URL shorteners, Shlink prioritizes transparency and user autonomy, making it a compelling choice for those who value data sovereignty. What is Shlink? Shlink is more than just a tool for creating shorter URLs. It is a platform designed with the user's needs in mind. By leveraging open-source technology, Shlink offers flexibility and customization that are unmatched by many of its competitors. The service is self-hostable, meaning you can install it on your own server or use hosted solutions provided by third-party platforms. One of the standout features of Shlink is its emphasis on privacy. Unlike many URL shorteners that track user behavior and sell data to third parties, Shlink gives users full control over their analytics. This means you can view how your links are being used without compromising your privacy or data integrity. Features of Shlink Shlink comes packed with features that make it a versatile tool for various use cases: 1. Customizable Short Links: Users have the ability to customize their short links, ensuring that they align with their brand identity. 2. Multiple Domain Support: Shlink allows you to create short links for multiple domains, making it ideal for businesses with diverse online presences. 3. Advanced Analytics: The platform provides detailed analytics that give users insights into how their links are being used, such as click-through rates and referral sources. 4. Integration Capabilities: Shlink can be easily integrated with existing systems, allowing for seamless URL management within broader workflows. How Does Shlink Work? Getting started with Shlink is straightforward: 1. Installation: If you prefer self-hosting, you can install Shlink on your own server. The platform supports multiple programming languages and frameworks, making it accessible to a wide range of technical skill levels. 2. Configuration: Once installed, you can configure Shlink to match your specific needs, including setting up domains and custom paths for short links. 3. Link Creation: Users can create short links by appending a specific prefix or path to their original URLs. 4. Analytics Usage: The built-in analytics tool provides valuable data that can be used to optimize link performance. Why Choose Shlink? There are numerous reasons why Shlink has become a favorite among users: 1. Privacy First: Shlink does not track user behavior or sell data to third parties, ensuring that your links and their usage remain private. 2. Full Control: Users have complete control over their data, including the ability to disable tracking features if needed. 3. Cost-Effective: Shlink is free to use, making it an economical choice for individuals and businesses alike. 4. Customization: The platform offers extensive customization options, allowing users to tailor their URL shortening experience to meet their unique needs. 5. Community Support: Shlink has a strong community of developers and users who are actively contributing to its development and improvement. Use Cases Shlink is versatile and can be used in a variety of scenarios: 1. Personal Use: For creating shorter links for personal use, such as sharing on social media or in email signatures. 2. Business Needs: Ideal for businesses that need to manage multiple domains and track link performance without compromising privacy. 3. Enterprise Applications: Larger organizations can benefit from Shlink's scalability and customization options, making it a robust solution for enterprise-level URL management. Conclusion Shlink is more than just a URL shortener; it is a tool that empowers users by giving them control over their data and privacy. In an era where data sovereignty is increasingly important, Shlink offers a reliable and flexible solution for anyone looking to manage their online presence effectively. Whether you're an individual or a business, Shlink provides the tools needed to create, customize, and track your URLs with confidence. By choosing Shlink, you are not just shortening URLs—you are taking control of your digital presence. Explore the possibilities of this open-source platform today and see how it can transform the way you manage links online.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: signoz

Signoz SigNoz Observability Platform Helm Chart Overview SigNoz is an advanced observability platform designed to provide comprehensive insights into the performance and health of your applications. With a focus on monitoring, troubleshooting, and optimizing cloud-native environments, SigNoz offers robust tools that help developers and operations teams gain actionable intelligence. Key Features 1. Metrics Monitoring: SigNoz provides detailed metrics monitoring across various components of your system, including CPU usage, memory consumption, network traffic, and more. This allows users to quickly identify bottlenecks and optimize resource utilization. 2. Application Performance Management (APM): The platform offers end-to-end application performance monitoring, enabling developers to track the user experience from the client side to the backend. This includes response time analysis, error tracking, and transaction tracing. 3. Distributed Tracing: SigNoz supports distributed tracing, which helps in understanding the flow of requests through microservices architectures. By visualizing the call chain, users can identify issues related to slow or failed requests. 4. Log Management: The platform integrates seamlessly with popular logging tools like the ELK stack (Elasticsearch, Logstash, Kibana) and provides centralized log management capabilities. This helps in correlating logs with metrics and traces for better diagnostic accuracy. 5. Security: SigNoz prioritizes security by providing role-based access control, encryption of sensitive data, and regular security updates to protect against vulnerabilities. How It Works SigNoz leverages the Helm charting tool to deploy and manage observability solutions in Kubernetes environments. The Helm chart for SigNoz simplifies the deployment process by automating the installation, scaling, and updating of the platform components. Installation Guide 1. Download Helm: Ensure that Helm is installed on your system. You can download it from the official Helm documentation. 2. Add SigNoz Repository: Add the SigNoz repository to access the Helm chart. Run the following command: helm repo add https://charts.signoz.io 3. Install the Chart: Use the following command to install the SigNoz Observability Platform Helm Chart: helm install signoz charts/signoz/signoz-chart.tgz 4. Uninstall: To remove the installation, use: helm uninstall signoz Benefits - Cost Efficiency: SigNoz offers flexible pricing models to suit businesses of all sizes. - Scalability: The platform is designed to scale with your needs, accommodating growing workloads and increasing user demand. - Cross-Platform Compatibility: SigNoz supports a wide range of platforms, including Kubernetes, Docker, and cloud environments like AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud. Security Best Practices - Access Control: Use role-based access control to restrict access to sensitive data and configurations. - Data Encryption: Ensure that all sensitive data is encrypted both in transit and at rest. - Regular Updates: Keep the SigNoz platform updated with the latest security patches and features. Use Cases - DevOps: Monitor and troubleshoot application performance during the development and deployment phases. - Microservices Architecture: Track request flows and identify issues in distributed systems. - Cloud-Native Applications: Optimize cloud resources by analyzing metrics and logs from cloud-native applications. Conclusion SigNoz is a powerful tool for anyone looking to enhance their observability capabilities. Its robust features, ease of use, and flexibility make it an excellent choice for organizations aiming to improve application performance and reliability. By leveraging the Helm chart, SigNoz simplifies the deployment process while providing comprehensive insights into your systems' health and performance.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: snipe it

Snipe-IT An open-source asset management system for IT assets. Snipe-IT Snipe-IT is an open-source asset management system designed to help organizations efficiently track and manage their IT assets. With a centralized platform, Snipe-IT streamlines inventory management and asset tracking, providing essential tools for businesses to maintain control over their technology resources. What is Snipe-IT? Snipe-IT is a flexible and scalable solution that supports the needs of various industries, including IT departments, educational institutions, and enterprises. Its primary purpose is to provide visibility into asset ownership, location, and status, enabling organizations to make informed decisions about their technology infrastructure. Key Features 1. Inventory Tracking: Snipe-IT allows users to track assets in real-time, ensuring that all devices are accounted for and up-to-date. 2. Asset Assignment: The system supports the assignment of assets to users or departments, making it easy to manage who has access to which resources. 3. Reporting: Detailed reports can be generated to provide insights into asset utilization, depreciation, and other key metrics. 4. Customization: Snipe-IT is highly customizable, allowing organizations to tailor the system to their specific needs. 5. Open Source: As an open-source solution, Snipe-IT provides transparency and flexibility for users who want to contribute or modify the platform. How It Works Snipe-IT operates on a simple yet powerful workflow: 1. Installation: The system can be installed on-premises or hosted in the cloud, depending on the organization's preferences. 2. Configuration: Users can set up roles, permissions, and other settings to ensure the system meets their requirements. 3. Asset Addition: Assets such as laptops, desktops, servers, and other devices can be added to the system with detailed information like serial numbers and purchase dates. 4. Assignment: Assets are assigned to users or departments, ensuring that resources are distributed appropriately. 5. Reporting: The system generates comprehensive reports that help organizations understand their asset landscape. Benefits Snipe-IT offers numerous benefits for organizations: 1. Cost-Effective: By managing assets efficiently, Snipe-IT reduces the need for expensive software licenses and physical audits. 2. Customizable: The platform can be adapted to fit the unique needs of each organization, making it a versatile tool. 3. Open Source Advantage: As an open-source solution, Snipe-IT is free to use and modify, encouraging collaboration and innovation. 4. Hybrid Support: Snipe-IT supports both on-premises and cloud-based environments, providing flexibility for organizations with diverse infrastructure needs. Use Cases Snipe-IT can be used in a wide range of scenarios: 1. IT Departments: Helps IT teams manage and allocate resources efficiently. 2. Educational Institutions: Supports schools and universities in tracking classroom and laboratory equipment. 3. Enterprises: Provides large organizations with a centralized solution for asset management. Installation Snipe-IT can be installed using Docker or Composer, making it accessible to both technical and non-technical users. The setup process is straightforward, with clear instructions provided in the documentation. Community Snipe-IT has an active community of contributors who work to improve and support the platform. Users can participate in discussions, submit bug reports, and share their own implementations on forums and social media. Conclusion Snipe-IT is a powerful tool for organizations looking to manage their IT assets effectively. Its open-source nature, flexibility, and comprehensive features make it an excellent choice for businesses of all sizes. Whether you're running a small IT department or managing the technology resources of a large organization, Snipe-IT can help you achieve your goals. Get started with Snipe-IT today by visiting its GitHub repository and exploring the documentation to learn how to set up and use the system.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: snippet box

Snippet Box Snippet Box is a self-hosted, privacy-focused code snippet manager designed to help developers organize, share, and collaborate on code snippets efficiently. What is Snippet Box? Snippet Box serves as a centralized platform for managing and accessing code snippets. It allows developers to store, categorize, and easily retrieve code segments, making it an invaluable tool for both individual and team-based projects. Unlike many cloud-based solutions, Snippet Box gives you full control over your code, ensuring that your data remains private and secure. Key Features Self-Hosted Solution One of the standout advantages of Snippet Box is its self-hosted nature. This means you can install it on your own server, providing complete control over your data. You can customize the platform to fit your specific needs, ensuring that your workflow aligns with your requirements. Privacy-Focused Privacy is a top priority for Snippet Box. By hosting the platform yourself, you eliminate the risk of third-party data collection. This ensures that all your code snippets remain private and accessible only by you or the members of your team whom you authorize. Syntax Highlighting Snippet Box supports syntax highlighting, making it easier to understand and navigate code snippets. This feature is particularly useful when working with multiple developers or when explaining complex code logic. Tagging and Versioning The platform also offers robust tagging and versioning capabilities. Tags allow you to categorize your code snippets, while versioning ensures that you can track changes over time. This level of organization enhances productivity and collaboration. Collaboration Tools Snippet Box provides a range of tools designed to facilitate collaboration among developers. Features like shared access control and comments make it easy to work together on code snippets, regardless of location or team size. Customization Options With Snippet Box, you can customize the user interface and functionality to suit your needs. This flexibility ensures that the platform adapts to your workflow rather than forcing you into a predefined setup. Why Choose Snippet Box? There are several reasons why Snippet Box stands out as an excellent choice for developers: 1. Data Control: By self-hosting, you maintain full control over your code snippets. 2. Enhanced Security: Your data is stored locally, reducing the risk of unauthorized access. 3. Flexibility: The platform can be customized to meet specific organizational needs. 4. Cost-Effective: Snippet Box eliminates the need for costly cloud-based subscriptions. Conclusion Snippet Box offers a powerful and flexible solution for managing code snippets. Its self-hosted nature, privacy-focused approach, and robust features make it an ideal choice for developers who value control, security, and customization. Whether you're working alone or as part of a team, Snippet Box provides the tools needed to streamline your workflow. Call-to-Action Start your journey with Snippet Box today and experience the benefits of a self-hosted, privacy-focused code snippet manager. Visit [Snippet Box URL] (replace with actual link) to get started.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: solidinvoice

SolidInvoice An Open-Source Platform for Invoicing and Billing In today’s fast-paced business environment, efficient and professional billing processes are crucial for maintaining good client relationships and ensuring smooth operations. For freelancers, small businesses, and independent contractors, finding the right invoicing solution can make a significant difference in how they manage their finances. Enter SolidInvoice, an open-source platform designed to streamline the invoicing and billing process. What is SolidInvoice? SolidInvoice is more than just an invoicing tool; it’s a comprehensive platform that offers a range of features tailored to meet the needs of businesses looking to optimize their billing processes. Built with flexibility in mind, SolidInvoice allows users to create professional invoices, manage payments, track expenses, and collaborate with clients effectively. Key Features 1. Open-Source Flexibility: SolidInvoice is open-source, meaning it’s free to use, modify, and customize. This gives businesses the freedom to tailor the platform to their specific needs without being restricted by third-party limitations. 2. Self-Hosted Solution: By hosting SolidInvoice on your own server or a private cloud solution, you maintain full control over your data. This is particularly useful for businesses with strict compliance requirements or those concerned about data privacy. 3. Mobile Accessibility: SolidInvoice’s mobile-friendly interface ensures that users can access and manage their invoices and billing records from anywhere, at any time. This level of accessibility is perfect for on-the-go business owners. 4. Automation Capabilities: The platform supports automation features such as recurring invoices, payment reminders, and automatic billing, which can save significant time and reduce the risk of late payments. 5. Customization Options: SolidInvoice allows users to customize templates, colors, and branding to match their business identity. This level of customization helps in creating a professional appearance for invoices and other documents. 6. Collaboration Tools: The platform includes built-in collaboration tools that enable seamless communication with clients, making it easier to address queries and resolve issues related to billing or payments. 7. Cloud Storage Integration: SolidInvoice integrates seamlessly with cloud storage solutions, enabling users to store and access all their financial documents securely. Why Choose SolidInvoice? One of the standout features of SolidInvoice is its ability to be fully customized. Businesses can choose to host it on-premises or opt for a hosted solution, depending on their technical capabilities and preferences. The open-source nature of the platform also means that users have access to the source code, allowing them to make changes or fixes as needed. Another advantage of SolidInvoice is its cost-effectiveness. Since it’s open-source, there are no recurring subscription fees, making it an ideal choice for businesses with limited budgets. Additionally, the platform’s modular design allows users to implement only the features they need, reducing unnecessary costs and complexity. The Community Behind SolidInvoice SolidInvoice has gained a strong following among developers and business owners who appreciate its flexibility and transparency. The community-driven nature of the platform means that users can contribute to its development, ensuring that it continues to evolve and meet the changing needs of businesses. Conclusion In a world where efficiency is key, SolidInvoice offers a robust solution for managing invoices and billing processes. Its open-source nature, customization options, and integration capabilities make it an excellent choice for freelancers, small businesses, and anyone else who values control over their financial data. By adopting SolidInvoice, businesses can streamline their operations, enhance client communication, and focus on growing their business without worrying about the complexities of traditional billing software. Explore SolidInvoice today and see how it can transform your invoicing process!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: solr

Apache Solr: A Powerful Enterprise Search Platform Apache Solr is an open-source enterprise search platform built on top of Apache Lucene. Known for its reliability, flexibility, and scalability, Solr has become a cornerstone for organizations looking to implement robust search capabilities across their applications and data systems. Overview of Apache Solr Apache Solr is designed to provide fast and accurate search results, making it ideal for various use cases such as enterprise search, content management, and data analysis. Unlike traditional search engines, Solr is optimized for large-scale data processing and real-time indexing, ensuring that users can quickly find the information they need. Why Apache Solr? One of the key reasons organizations choose Apache Solr is its ability to handle complex querying requirements. With advanced features like faceted search, result highlighting, and term-based filtering, Solr allows users to refine their searches in ways that are not always possible with simpler search engines. Another advantage of Solr is its flexibility. It can be integrated with a wide range of data sources, including structured, semi-structured, and unstructured data. This makes it a versatile tool for organizations looking to centralize their information and make it accessible through a single interface. Use Cases Apache Solr is used in a variety of scenarios: 1. Enterprise Search: Organizations can use Solr to provide unified search across multiple applications, documents, and databases. 2. Data Integration: Solr serves as a data integration platform, enabling organizations to consolidate information from various sources into a single search interface. 3. Application Development: Developers can leverage Solr to build custom search experiences tailored to specific needs, such as e-commerce platforms or research portals. 4. Machine Learning and AI: Solr can be integrated with machine learning libraries like Spark MLlib to enable intelligent search capabilities. How Apache Solr Works Apache Solr operates on a distributed architecture that allows for horizontal scaling, making it capable of handling large volumes of data and queries simultaneously. The platform consists of three main components: 1. Indexes: These are collections of documents that can be searched. 2. Documents: Individual pieces of content or data stored within indexes. 3. Queries: Search requests that are processed by Solr to retrieve relevant documents. Key Features - Faceted Search: Allows users to filter search results based on specific attributes, making it easier to narrow down large datasets. - Highlighting and Snippets: Provides users with context by highlighting matching text and showing snippets of relevant content. - Term-Based Filtering: Enables users to focus their search by filtering results based on specific terms or keywords. Performance and Scalability Apache Solr is known for its high performance and scalability. It can handle millions of documents and queries per second, making it suitable for large-scale applications. The platform also supports distributed search across multiple nodes, ensuring that even the most demanding workloads are handled efficiently. Community and Support Apache Solr has a strong community behind it, with active development and frequent releases. This ensures that users have access to the latest features and bug fixes. Additionally, there is a wealth of documentation, tutorials, and forums available to help users get started and troubleshoot issues. Comparison to Elasticsearch While Apache Solr and Elasticsearch are both popular search platforms, they cater to slightly different use cases. Elasticsearch is more focused on real-time data processing and has built-in features for log analysis and time-based data. Solr, on the other hand, is more centered around traditional search capabilities and is often used in scenarios where high performance and lightweight indexing are priorities. Conclusion Apache Solr is a powerful and flexible tool that has become an essential part of many organizations' technology stack. Its ability to handle large-scale data and provide robust search capabilities makes it a strong candidate for a wide range of applications. Whether you're building a custom search engine, integrating data sources, or leveraging machine learning, Apache Solr offers the features and performance needed to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: sonarqube

SonarQube An open-source platform for continuous inspection of code quality. What is SonarQube? SonarQube is an open-source platform designed to continuously inspect and analyze the quality of your code. It provides developers with insights and feedback that help improve the maintainability, reliability, and overall quality of their software projects. By integrating SonarQube into your development workflow, you can automate code reviews, detect issues early, and ensure that your code adheres to established coding standards. Key Features 1. Static Code Analysis: SonarQube examines your source code to identify potential issues such as syntax errors, redundant code, and violation of coding conventions. This helps in maintaining a clean and consistent codebase. 2. Code Coverage: The platform tracks which parts of your code have been tested and provides detailed reports on coverage rates. This is crucial for ensuring that all critical sections of the code are being reviewed and tested. 3. Issue Tracking: SonarQube allows you to create and track issues directly within the platform. This feature helps in managing bugs, potential problems, and areas for improvement efficiently. 4. Code Quality Metrics: The tool provides a wide range of metrics that help in understanding the health of your codebase. These metrics include lines of code, code complexity, and code change statistics. 5. Integration with Development Environments: SonarQube can be integrated with popular development environments like IntelliJ IDEA, Eclipse, and Visual Studio Code, making it easy to incorporate into existing workflows. 6. Customizable Reports: Users can generate detailed reports that can be shared with teams or included in project documentation. These reports provide a clear overview of the code quality status. Use Cases - Improving Code Reliability: By identifying potential issues early, SonarQube helps in reducing the risk of bugs and errors in production environments. - Enhancing Collaboration: The platform fosters better collaboration among developers by providing a shared understanding of the codebase's health and areas for improvement. - Managing Large Projects: SonarQube is particularly useful for managing large-scale projects, as it efficiently handles complex codebases and provides actionable insights. Benefits Using SonarQube can lead to several benefits, including: - Increased Code Quality: The continuous analysis ensures that the code is clean, well-structured, and free of issues. - Faster Debugging: Early detection of potential problems reduces the time spent debugging in later stages of development. - Improved Developer Productivity: By automating code reviews and providing actionable feedback, SonarQube helps in streamlining the development process. - Enhanced Code Maintainability: A clean and well-analyzed codebase is easier to understand, maintain, and extend over time. The Community SonarQube has a strong community of contributors and users who actively participate in its development and improvement. The platform is supported by a vibrant ecosystem of plugins and extensions that further enhance its functionality. Conclusion In the fast-paced world of software development, maintaining high code quality is essential for delivering reliable and maintainable solutions. SonarQube offers a powerful toolset for achieving this goal, enabling developers to continuously inspect and improve their code. By integrating SonarQube into your workflow, you can take a proactive approach to code quality, ensuring that your projects are not only functional but also robust and scalable.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: spark

Apache Spark Apache Spark is a high-performance engine for large-scale computing tasks, such as data processing, machine learning, and real-time data streaming. It provides APIs for Java, Python, Scala, and R, making it versatile for various programming environments. Overview of Apache Spark Apache Spark is designed to handle complex data processing workloads efficiently. Its key capabilities include: - Data Processing: Efficiently processes large datasets using distributed computing. - Machine Learning: Supports machine learning workflows with built-in libraries. - Real-Time Streaming: Enables real-time data analysis and streaming. Architecture of Apache Spark Spark's architecture is based on the concept of Resilient Distributed Datasets (RDDs), which allow for fault tolerance and efficient data processing. The main components include: - Spark Master: Manages cluster operations and resource allocation. - Spark Worker: Executes tasks on worker nodes. - RDDs: Datasets that can be distributed across multiple nodes. Key Features of Apache Spark 1. Scalability: Can process large-scale data with ease. 2. Fault Tolerance: Automatically recovers from failures. 3. Big Data Analytics: Supports advanced analytics and reporting. Use Cases for Apache Spark - Healthcare: Processing medical records and analyzing genomic data. - Finance: Performing fraud detection and risk analysis. - Retail: Analyzing customer behavior and sales trends. - Education: Processing large datasets for research and analytics. Advantages of Using Apache Spark 1. High Performance: Fast processing of large datasets. 2. Cost-Effective: Reduces costs with efficient resource utilization. 3. Versatility: Supports multiple programming languages. Comparison with Other Tools While Spark is often compared to Hadoop, it differs in its approach to data storage and processing. Spark focuses on in-memory operations, making it faster for certain tasks, while Hadoop emphasizes disk-based sorting. Conclusion Apache Spark is a powerful tool for large-scale data processing, offering versatility across industries. Its ability to handle complex workloads makes it an essential choice for organizations looking to leverage big data analytics and machine learning.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: speedtest

Speedtest An app or platform for testing internet speed. What is Speedtest? Speedtest is a tool designed to measure and evaluate the performance of your internet connection. It provides detailed insights into various aspects of your network's capabilities, including download speed, upload speed, latency (ping), and packet loss. These metrics are essential for assessing the quality and reliability of your internet service. Why is Internet Speed Important? In today's connected world, internet speed plays a crucial role in our daily activities. Whether you're streaming videos, gaming online, or conducting business over the web, having reliable and fast internet is essential. Slow or inconsistent speeds can lead to frustrating experiences, from buffering videos to lagging gameplay. Key Aspects of Internet Performance 1. Download Speed: This refers to how quickly data can be retrieved from the internet. A higher download speed allows you to access content faster, such as streaming music or downloading files. 2. Upload Speed: This measures how quickly data can be sent back to the internet. Upload speeds are important for activities like uploading photos, submitting forms, or sharing large files. 3. Latency (Ping): Latency is the time it takes for data to travel from your device to a server and back. Lower latency means less delay, resulting in smoother online experiences. 4. Jitter: This refers to the variability in latency. Consistent jitter levels are ideal, as fluctuating values can degrade performance, especially in real-time applications like gaming or video calls. How Does Speedtest Work? Speedtest operates by testing your internet connection against a global network of servers. By comparing your results with those from other users in your area, you can gain insights into the performance of your internet service. This approach allows you to see how your connection stacks up against industry standards and competitors' offerings. Benefits of Using Speedtest - Identify the Best Internet Plans: Compare your current speed with what's promised by your ISP (Internet Service Provider) to determine if you're getting the best value for your money. - Troubleshoot Slow Connections: If you're experiencing slow internet speeds, Speedtest can help identify whether the issue lies with your network or with the service provider. - Understand Your Internet Usage: By understanding your speed, you can make informed decisions about which activities are best suited for your connection and which might require a more robust plan. Tips for Using Speedtest 1. Run Multiple Tests: To get accurate results, conduct several tests over different times of the day. This helps account for variable network conditions. 2. Compare with Expected Speeds: Check the speed test results against the theoretical maximum speeds of your internet plan to assess performance. 3. Understand Test Results: Use the data from your tests to make informed decisions about optimizing your online experience. Real-World Applications Speedtest is particularly useful for: - Gaming: Low latency and stable upload speeds are crucial for smooth gameplay. - Streaming: High download speeds ensure that videos load quickly and stream without buffering. - Business Use: For remote work or video conferencing, reliable internet performance is essential. - Enterprises: Organizations can use Speedtest to monitor and optimize their network performance. Conclusion Speedtest is a valuable tool for anyone looking to assess the quality of their internet connection. By providing detailed insights into download, upload speeds, latency, and jitter, it helps users make informed decisions about their online experience. Whether you're a residential user or part of a larger organization, Speedtest offers a comprehensive way to evaluate and optimize your internet performance.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: sshwifty

SSHwifty: An Open-Source Tool for Managing SSH Connections What is SSHwifty? SSHwifty is an open-source tool designed to simplify the management of SSH connections. It provides a web-based interface that allows users to securely access and manage their servers from any browser. This tool is particularly useful for system administrators, developers, and anyone who needs to perform command-line operations on remote servers. The Need for SSHwifty In today's digital landscape, managing multiple SSH connections can be cumbersome and error-prone. Traditional methods often require installing local clients or dealing with complex configurations. SSHwifty aims to streamline this process by offering a user-friendly web interface that eliminates the need for heavy installations. Key Features of SSHwifty 1. Secure Access: SSHwifty ensures that all connections are made securely using industry-standard protocols, making it safe for sensitive operations. 2. Browser-Based Interface: Users can access SSHwifty directly through their web browser, eliminating the need to install any software. 3. Cross-Platform Compatibility: The tool works seamlessly across different operating systems, including Linux, Windows, and macOS. 4. Session Management: SSHwifty allows users to manage multiple SSH sessions efficiently, switching between servers with ease. 5. Terminal Customization: Users can customize their terminal experience by adjusting themes, fonts, and other preferences. 6. Integration with Existing Tools: SSHwifty supports integration with popular tools like Ansible, Puppet, and Chef, enabling automated workflows. Benefits of Using SSHwifty - Accessibility: Access your servers from any device with an internet connection. - Convenience: No need to install or configure local clients. - Cost-Effective: Saves IT resources by reducing the need for client installations. - Enhanced Security: Built-in security features ensure that your connections are protected. - Flexibility: Customize your terminal experience to suit your workflow needs. - Scalability: Easily manage multiple servers and SSH sessions with ease. How SSHwifty Works SSHwifty operates by creating a secure connection between a client and a server. The client runs in the web browser, while the server-side component handles the actual SSH protocol. This architecture allows users to access their servers without downloading any software or configuring complex settings. 1. Server-Side Setup: Install SSHwifty on your server to enable web-based access. 2. Client-Side Requirements: Simply open a web browser and visit the SSHwifty URL. 3. Authentication Methods: SSHwifty supports multiple authentication methods, including public-key authentication and password-based login. 4. Connection Process: Once logged in, users can initiate SSH sessions, transfer files, and execute commands just like they would on a local terminal. Getting Started with SSHwifty 1. Prerequisites: - A web server to host SSHwifty (e.g., Nginx or Apache). - An SSH server where you want to manage connections. 2. Installation: - Clone the SSHwifty repository from GitHub. - Set up your web server to serve the SSHwifty files. 3. Configuration: - Configure SSHwifty to connect to your SSH server. - Set up authentication keys or passwords as needed. 4. Usage: - Access SSHwifty through your browser by visiting the configured URL. - Use the terminal interface to manage your SSH connections. Usage Examples - File Transfer: Upload files from your local machine to a remote server using the web-based interface. - System Commands: Execute commands on your server directly from the browser. - Script Execution: Run automated scripts or tools like Ansible and Puppet through SSHwifty. Security Considerations SSHwifty prioritizes security by: - Using HTTPS for data transmission. - Enforcing strong authentication methods. - Implementing secure session management practices. Community and Support SSHwifty is an open-source project, which means users can contribute to its development and share their experiences with the community. The project also provides extensive documentation and support resources to help users troubleshoot issues and maximize their usage of the tool. Future Plans The developers of SSHwifty are continuously working on new features and improvements. Some upcoming plans include: - Enhanced multi-server management. - Advanced customization options for power users. - Integration with more tools and protocols.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: statping ng

Statping-NG What is Statping-NG? Statping-NG represents the next evolution in status monitoring and alerting solutions. Built upon the foundation of its predecessor, it introduces enhanced capabilities, improved performance, and a more user-friendly interface to better serve modern DevOps environments. Key Features 1. Real-Time Monitoring: Statping-NG provides comprehensive real-time insights into the health and status of your applications and services. It continuously monitors endpoints, databases, and other critical components to ensure seamless operation. 2. Customizable Alerts: Users can set up custom alerting rules based on specific thresholds or conditions. This allows for immediate notifications when issues arise, enabling swift resolution and minimizing downtime. 3. Integration Capabilities: The platform supports integration with various third-party services, including Redis, PostgreSQL, Elasticsearch, and more. This broad compatibility ensures that Statping-NG can adapt to diverse infrastructure needs. 4. User-Friendly Interface: The interface has been designed with the user experience in mind. It offers a clean, intuitive dashboard that makes it easy to visualize system health and manage alerts. 5. Open Source Nature: Statping-NG is open source, allowing users to modify, enhance, and extend its functionality as needed. This collaborative approach fosters a strong community support network. Evolution from Previous Versions Statping-NG builds upon the success of its predecessor by addressing common pain points and introducing innovative features. While previous versions focused on basic monitoring, Statping-NG takes a more holistic approach by incorporating advanced analytics and better resource management. Use Cases 1. System Health Check: Businesses can monitor the status of their critical applications and services in real-time. This ensures that any issues are detected early, reducing the risk of prolonged downtime. 2. Service Availability: By integrating Statping-NG into their infrastructure, organizations can maintain high service availability. This is crucial for delivering a consistent user experience and meeting SLA requirements. 3. DevOps Efficiency: The platform streamlines monitoring processes, allowing DevOps teams to focus on development and innovation rather than manual oversight. Deployment and Usage Statping-NG is designed to be easily deployable in both on-premises and cloud environments. Its lightweight architecture ensures that it can scale with the needs of the organization, whether operating a small team or a large enterprise. Community Support The Statping-NG community is actively involved in its development and ongoing maintenance. This collaborative environment ensures that users have access to regular updates, documentation, and support when needed. Conclusion Statping-NG represents a significant advancement in status monitoring solutions. Its robust features, user-friendly interface, and open-source nature make it an excellent choice for organizations looking to enhance their system monitoring capabilities. By leveraging Statping-NG, businesses can ensure the reliability and availability of their critical applications, ultimately delivering better results for their end-users.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: statping

statping An open-source status monitoring platform. What is Statping? Statping is an open-source status monitoring and alerting tool designed to help users monitor the availability and performance of their services. With Statping, you can set up alerts for when a service goes down or experiences performance issues, enabling quick resolution and maintaining smooth operations. Overview of Statping Statping is built as a self-hosted solution, meaning you can install it on your own server or cloud infrastructure. Its open-source nature allows users to customize the tool according to their specific needs, making it highly flexible for various use cases. The platform is designed to be user-friendly while still providing robust monitoring capabilities. Key Features of Statping 1. Service Monitoring: Track the status of your web applications, APIs, and other services in real-time. 2. Alerting System: Set up custom alerts for when services fail or experience performance degradation. 3. Integration Capabilities: Connect Statping with popular monitoring tools like Prometheus, Grafana, and more. 4. Customizable Dashboards: Create detailed dashboards to visualize service health and performance metrics. 5. Scalability: Easily scale the monitoring solution to accommodate growing service needs. 6. Ease of Use: Intuitive interface designed for both technical and non-technical users. How Does Statping Work? Statping operates by acting as an intermediary between your services and your monitoring tools. It collects data on service availability, response times, and other key metrics. When a service experiences an issue, Statping triggers alerts via email, SMS, or custom integrations. The platform consists of three main components: - Monitoring Agent: Collects data from your services. - Web Interface: Allows users to view service status and configure alerts. - Notification System: Sends alerts when services are down or experiencing issues. Benefits of Using Statping 1. Open Source Flexibility: Customize the tool to suit your specific needs without restrictions. 2. Cost-Effective: Self-hosted solutions reduce reliance on expensive third-party services. 3. Customizable Alerts: Set up detailed notifications for critical service issues. 4. Community Support: Benefits from a vibrant open-source community providing documentation, tutorials, and updates. 5. Reliability: Monitors services with high accuracy, ensuring minimal downtime. Use Cases for Statping - Small Businesses: Ideal for small business owners looking to monitor their web applications and APIs. - DevOps Teams: Helps development and operations teams maintain service health and reliability. - Large Enterprises: Scalable enough to handle the monitoring needs of large organizations. - Educational Institutions: Used by universities and colleges to monitor internal services and student-facing applications. Community and Support Statping has a strong community behind it, which actively contributes to its development and provides support through forums, documentation, and regular updates. The open-source nature of Statping ensures that users can access the source code, submit feedback, and participate in its evolution. Conclusion Statping is a powerful and flexible tool for monitoring service health and ensuring high availability. Its open-source nature, ease of use, and robust features make it an excellent choice for businesses and organizations looking to maintain reliable and performant services. By leveraging Statping, you can proactively monitor your services, reduce downtime, and provide better support to your users. Join the Statping community today and explore its full potential as a monitoring solution.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: strapi

Strapi An Open-Source Headless Content Management System (CMS) What is Strapi? Strapi is an open-source headless content management system (CMS) designed to help developers build, deploy, and manage content-rich websites and applications. Unlike traditional CMSes that focus on the visual interface, Strapi prioritizes the API as the core component, making it a versatile tool for modern web development. The Vision Behind Strapi The idea behind Strapi is to decouple the content management from the presentation layer. This approach allows developers to create APIs that can be used by any front-end or back-end system, enabling seamless integration and scalability. Strapi's goal is to provide a flexible and customizable platform for users who need to manage complex content structures efficiently. Key Features of Strapi 1. API-First Approach: Strapi is built around the concept of APIs. It allows developers to create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations on content through REST or GraphQL APIs. 2. Flexibility and Customization: Strapi supports a wide range of preprocessors, including JavaScript, TypeScript, React, Vue, Angular, and more. This flexibility allows users to tailor the output of their CMS to match their specific needs. 3. Scalability: Designed to handle large-scale content management, Strapi can scale horizontally by adding more instances to process requests in parallel. 4. Developer-Friendly Interface: Strapi provides a user-friendly admin interface that makes it easy for non-technical users to manage content while still offering advanced customization options for developers. 5. Open Source: Strapi is open-source, meaning it is free to use and modify. This has fostered a strong community of contributors who actively develop and support the platform. How Does Strapi Work? Strapi works by first defining your content model through a simple admin interface. Once your model is defined, you can generate APIs that match your content structure. These APIs can then be used to power your front-end application or integrate with third-party systems. Here’s a step-by-step breakdown of how it works: 1. Installation: Install Strapi on your hosting platform (e.g., Heroku, DigitalOcean, AWS). 2. Define Your Content Model: Use the admin interface to create and configure your content types, such as articles, blog posts, products, etc. 3. Create Components: Build reusable components or templates that can be used across your application. 4. Deploy Your Application: Once everything is set up, deploy your Strapi instance and connect it to your front-end application. Benefits of Using Strapi 1. Decoupled Content Management: By using Strapi, you can separate the management of content from its presentation, allowing for more flexibility in how your content is displayed. 2. Customizable Output: With support for preprocessors, Strapi allows you to customize the output of your content to match your specific design requirements. 3. High Performance: Strapi is built with performance in mind, ensuring that even large-scale applications run smoothly. 4. Developer-Friendly: Strapi’s admin interface and API documentation make it easy for developers to understand and work with the platform. 5. Cost-Effective: Strapi is free to use, making it an excellent choice for projects with limited budgets or those looking to avoid vendor lock-in. Who Should Use Strapi? Strapi is ideal for: - Digital Agencies: Strapi provides a flexible platform for creating custom solutions for clients. - Content Creators: For users who need to manage and deliver content efficiently without being tied to a specific front-end framework. - Startups: Strapi’s open-source nature and flexibility make it an excellent choice for projects with limited resources. Conclusion Strapi is a powerful tool for anyone looking to manage content in a flexible, scalable, and developer-friendly manner. Its focus on APIs and customization makes it a great choice for modern web applications, regardless of the front-end technology or platform you choose. Whether you’re building a blog, a portfolio site, or a complex enterprise application, Strapi provides the tools you need to get started quickly and scale as your project grows. If you’re interested in learning more about Strapi, be sure to check out their official documentation and community resources. There’s a wealth of information available to help you make the most of this versatile CMS.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: supabase

Supabase Supabase is an open-source Firebase alternative designed to provide a robust backend infrastructure for building scalable applications. It offers a comprehensive set of tools and services that simplify the development process, allowing developers to focus on creating innovative solutions without worrying about the underlying complexities. Overview of Supabase Supabase is built on PostgreSQL, a powerful relational database, which ensures data integrity and scalability. The platform abstracts away many of the backend challenges, making it accessible for both experienced developers and newcomers. Its open-source nature makes it a flexible solution that can be tailored to specific project requirements. Key Features 1. Real-Time Database: Supabase provides real-time capabilities, enabling seamless communication between applications and users. This feature is particularly useful for applications requiring live updates or interactions. 2. Authentication: Supabase simplifies user authentication with built-in tools that support multiple sign-up methods, including email, social media, and custom APIs. 3. Real-Time Analytics: The platform offers robust analytics capabilities, allowing developers to track application performance and user behavior effectively. 4. Machine Learning Integration: Supabase supports seamless integration with popular machine learning services, enabling advanced data analysis and predictive modeling. 5. Scalability: Supabase is designed to scale effortlessly with your application's needs, ensuring smooth performance even as user numbers grow. Use Cases - Web Development: Supabase is an excellent choice for building full-stack web applications, offering a seamless integration between frontend and backend. - Mobile App Development: Developers can leverage Supabase to create cross-platform mobile apps using frameworks like React Native or Flutter. - Backend Services: Supabase serves as a reliable backend-as-a-service (BaaS) solution, providing essential infrastructure for various projects. Deployment and Scalability Deploying Supabase is straightforward, with options available for self-hosting or using managed services. The platform supports multiple deployment configurations, allowing developers to choose the setup that best fits their project's needs. Supabase's scalability ensures that it can grow alongside your application, accommodating increased traffic and user engagement without compromising performance. Community and Support As an open-source project, Supabase benefits from a vibrant community of contributors who actively participate in its development. This collaborative environment ensures continuous improvements and a strong support network for users facing challenges. Conclusion Supabase stands out as a powerful tool in the backend development landscape, offering a feature-rich solution that simplifies application building while maintaining flexibility and scalability. Whether you're working on a web, mobile, or desktop application, Supabase provides the necessary tools to bring your ideas to life. Explore Supabase today and unlock the potential of open-source backend services.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: superset

Superset Apache Superset is a modern, enterprise-ready business intelligence web application that provides powerful tools for data visualization and analysis. It is built on Apache Superset, an open-source project under the Apache Software Foundation, making it accessible to both individuals and large organizations. What is Superset? Superset is designed to help users create interactive dashboards and visualizations from various data sources. Whether you're working with SQL databases, NoSQL stores, or cloud-based data warehouses, Superset offers a flexible platform for presenting your data in an intuitive and user-friendly manner. Key Features 1. Interactive Visualization: Superset supports a wide range of chart types, including bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and more. Users can interact with these visualizations in real-time, drilling down into data points and exploring relationships between different dimensions. 2. Collaboration: Superset allows teams to work together on dashboards and datasets simultaneously. This makes it ideal for collaborative environments where multiple stakeholders need to analyze and present data together. 3. Data Integration: The platform supports direct integration with numerous data sources, including popular databases like MySQL, PostgreSQL, and MongoDB, as well as cloud platforms such as Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Google Cloud Platform (GCP). 4. Customization: Superset provides a robust set of tools for customizing dashboards and visualizations. Users can create their own charts, add annotations, and even extend the functionality of the platform with custom plugins. 5. Security and Compliance: Superset is designed to meet the needs of enterprise organizations by providing features like role-based access control (RBAC), data masking, and audit logging. This ensures that sensitive data remains protected and compliant with regulatory requirements. Why is Superset Popular? Superset has gained a significant following due to its open-source nature and flexibility. Unlike many proprietary business intelligence tools, Superset is free to use and modify, making it an attractive option for organizations looking to avoid high licensing costs. Additionally, its active community of contributors ensures that the platform stays up-to-date with the latest advancements in data technology. The popularity of Superset is further bolstered by its ability to handle large-scale datasets and provide fast performance, even when rendering complex visualizations. This makes it suitable for organizations with demanding analytics needs. Use Cases 1. Data Analysis: Superset is a powerful tool for analyzing and exploring datasets. Users can quickly identify trends, patterns, and correlations by leveraging the platform's interactive visualization capabilities. 2. KPI Tracking: Organizations often use Superset to track key performance indicators (KPIs) across various business units or departments. This allows for easy comparison of performance metrics over time and across different regions or teams. 3. Large-Scale Analytics: With its ability to handle big data, Superset is well-suited for organizations that need to perform large-scale analytics on datasets stored in distributed systems like Hadoop or Spark. 4. Custom Reporting: Superset allows users to create custom reports and dashboards tailored to their specific needs. This makes it a versatile tool for generating insights and presenting information in a way that aligns with organizational requirements. Getting Started 1. Installation: Superset can be installed using pip, making the process straightforward for both new and experienced users. The installation command is: pip install superset 2. Configuration: After installing, users need to configure their data sources and set up their Superset environment. This involves creating a configuration file (superset.py) and specifying the necessary settings like database connections and authentication mechanisms. 3. Data Loading: Once configured, users can load their datasets into Superset using SQL queries or by connecting to supported data sources. The platform supports direct uploads from local files or integration with cloud storage solutions. 4. Dashboard Creation: After loading the data, users can start creating dashboards and visualizations. The process involves selecting a dataset, choosing a chart type, and customizing the visualization as needed. 5. Sharing and Collaboration: Dashboards created in Superset can be shared with team members or published to public URLs for external access. This makes it easy to collaborate on analytics projects and share insights with stakeholders. Community and Support Superset has an active community of contributors who regularly contribute to its development and provide support through forums, documentation, and even meetups. The platform also benefits from extensive documentation, tutorials, and video guides, ensuring that users can learn how to use Superset effectively. For more advanced users or organizations with specific needs, there are paid support options available through third-party providers. These services offer additional features like 24/7 support, custom integration, and dedicated account management. Limitations While Superset is a powerful tool, it does have some limitations. For example, the platform can be resource-intensive, especially when dealing with large datasets or complex visualizations. Additionally, the learning curve for new users can be steep due to the platform's flexibility and customization options. In summary, Apache Superset is an excellent choice for organizations looking for a modern, flexible, and cost-effective business intelligence solution. Its open-source nature, robust features, and active community make it a standout tool in the world of data visualization and analytics. Superset Apache Superset is a modern, enterprise-ready business intelligence web application that provides powerful tools for data visualization and analysis. It is built on Apache Superset, an open-source project under the Apache Software Foundation, making it accessible to both individuals and large organizations. What is Superset? Superset is designed to help users create interactive dashboards and visualizations from various data sources. Whether you're working with SQL databases, NoSQL stores, or cloud-based data warehouses, Superset offers a flexible platform for presenting your data in an intuitive and user-friendly manner. Key Features 1. Interactive Visualization: Superset supports a wide range of chart types, including bar charts, line graphs, pie charts, and more. Users can interact with these visualizations in real-time, drilling down into data points and exploring relationships between different dimensions. 2. Collaboration: Superset allows teams to work together on dashboards and datasets simultaneously. This makes it ideal for collaborative environments where multiple stakeholders need to analyze and present data together. 3. Data Integration: The platform supports direct integration with numerous data sources, including popular databases like MySQL, PostgreSQL, and MongoDB, as well as cloud platforms such as Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Google Cloud Platform (GCP). 4. Customization: Superset provides a robust set of tools for customizing dashboards and visualizations. Users can create their own charts, add annotations, and even extend the functionality of the platform with custom plugins. 5. Security and Compliance: Superset is designed to meet the needs of enterprise organizations by providing features like role-based access control (RBAC), data masking, and audit logging. This ensures that sensitive data remains protected and compliant with regulatory requirements. Why is Superset Popular? Superset has gained a significant following due to its open-source nature and flexibility. Unlike many proprietary tools, Superset allows users to modify and extend the platform to meet their specific needs. Its ability to handle large-scale datasets and provide fast performance makes it a favorite among data scientists and analysts. Use Cases 1. Data Analysis: Superset is a powerful tool for analyzing and exploring datasets. Users can quickly identify trends, patterns, and correlations by leveraging the platform's interactive visualization capabilities. 2. KPI Tracking: Organizations often use Superset to track key performance indicators (KPIs) across various business units or departments. This allows for easy comparison of performance metrics over time and across different regions or teams. 3. Large-Scale Analytics: With its ability to handle big data, Superset is well-suited for organizations that need to perform large-scale analytics on datasets stored in distributed systems like Hadoop or Spark. 4. Custom Reporting: Superset allows users to create custom reports and dashboards tailored to their specific needs. This makes it a versatile tool for generating insights and presenting information in a way that aligns with organizational requirements. Getting Started 1. Installation: Superset can be installed using pip, making the process straightforward for both new and experienced users. The installation command is: pip install superset 2. Configuration: After installing, users need to configure their data sources and set up their Superset environment. This involves creating a configuration file (superset.py) and specifying the necessary settings like database connections and authentication mechanisms. 3. Data Loading: Once configured, users can load their datasets into Superset using SQL queries or by connecting to supported data sources. The platform supports direct uploads from local files or integration with cloud storage solutions. 4. Dashboard Creation: After loading the data, users can start creating dashboards and visualizations. The process involves selecting a dataset, choosing a chart type, and customizing the visualization as needed. 5. Sharing and Collaboration: Dashboards created in Superset can be shared with team members or published to public URLs for external access. This makes it easy to collaborate on analytics projects and share insights with stakeholders. Community and Support Superset has an active community of contributors who regularly contribute to its development and provide support through forums, documentation, and even meetups. The platform also benefits from extensive documentation, tutorials, and video guides, ensuring that users can learn how to use Superset effectively. For more advanced users or organizations with specific needs, there are paid support options available through third-party providers. These services offer additional features like 24/7 support, custom integration, and dedicated account management. Limitations While Superset is a powerful tool, it does have some limitations. For example, the platform can be resource-intensive, especially when dealing with large datasets or complex visualizations. Additionally, the learning curve for new users can be steep due to the platform's flexibility and customization options. In summary, Apache Superset is an excellent choice for organizations looking for a modern, flexible, and cost-effective business intelligence solution. Its open-source nature, robust features, and active community make it a standout tool in the world of data visualization and analytics.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: swarmui

SwarmUI A Modular UI That Combines Power with Performance In the ever-evolving landscape of creative tools, finding a solution that is both powerful and user-friendly can be a challenge. Enter SwarmUI, a modular Stable Diffusion WebUI designed to deliver high performance, enhanced accessibility, and unparalleled extensibility. This tool is not just another UI; it’s a comprehensive platform built for users who demand flexibility and efficiency in their creative workflows. What Is SwarmUI? SwarmUI is more than a mere interface—it’s a dynamic ecosystem that integrates seamlessly with Stable Diffusion, allowing users to harness the full potential of AI-driven image and video generation. By incorporating ComfyUI into its own tab, SwarmUI offers a unique blend of customization and functionality. It’s a bridge between versatility and performance, making it an ideal choice for both novice and advanced users. Key Features SwarmUI is packed with features that set it apart from other tools: - Modular Design: Customize your workflow to suit your needs. Add or remove tabs, adjust layouts, and define shortcuts for a personalized experience. - High Performance: Experience smooth operation with optimized rendering and efficient resource management. - Enhanced Accessibility: Navigate through the interface easily with intuitive controls and clear visual cues. - Extensibility: Expand functionality by integrating custom workflows and scripts to unlock advanced capabilities. Use Cases SwarmUI is versatile enough for a wide range of applications: - Content Creators: Designers, artists, and photographers can streamline their workflow, generating images and videos with ease. - Educators: Use SwarmUI to create engaging educational content, from presentations to visual aids. - Marketers: Craft compelling visuals for campaigns, product demos, and promotional materials. - Researchers: Generate visuals for reports, dashboards, and data presentations. Why Choose SwarmUI? The decision to use SwarmUI is supported by several compelling reasons: - Customizable Workflows: Tailor every aspect of your workflow to match your creative process. - Efficiency: Spend less time navigating the interface and more time creating. - Scalability: Whether you’re working on a small project or managing a large-scale campaign, SwarmUI adapts to your needs. Conclusion SwarmUI is more than just a tool—it’s a catalyst for creativity. Its modular design, high performance, and accessibility make it an excellent choice for users seeking a flexible yet powerful solution. Whether you’re generating images, creating videos, or designing presentations, SwarmUI provides the tools you need to bring your ideas to life. Explore SwarmUI today and unlock the full potential of your creative workflow!

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: syncthing

Syncthing An open-source continuous file synchronization program. Syncthing Syncthing is an open-source file synchronization tool. It allows users to securely and efficiently synchronize files between devices, offering a decentralized and peer-to-peer solution for ensuring data consistency across multiple platforms. Key Features Syncthing is designed to be both efficient and secure. One of its standout features is its ability to synchronize files in real-time, regardless of the file size or type. The tool supports cross-platform usage, meaning users can sync files between Windows, macOS, Linux, Android, and iOS devices seamlessly. Another notable feature is Syncthing's decentralized approach to syncing. Unlike traditional cloud-based solutions, Syncthing doesn't rely on a central server. Instead, it uses a peer-to-peer (P2P) network where each device acts as both a client and a server. This decentralized model ensures that data remains under the user's full control, reducing the risk of data breaches or loss. The tool also offers block-level conflict resolution, which allows users to merge changes without overwriting entire files. This feature is particularly useful for collaborative environments where multiple users might be working on the same set of files. How It Works Syncthing works by first indexing all the files in a chosen directory. Once the index is complete, it compares the local and remote directories to identify differences. These differences are then transferred efficiently using advanced algorithms that minimize bandwidth usage. The synchronization process can be manually triggered or set up as an automatic background task. Users have the flexibility to choose which folders and subfolders they want to sync, ensuring that only necessary data is transferred. Use Cases Syncthing is ideal for a variety of use cases. For professionals who need to collaborate on large projects, it provides a reliable way to keep all team members on the same page without relying on external storage solutions. It's also perfect for individuals who want to maintain control over their data while accessing it from multiple devices. The tool is particularly useful for photographers, videographers, and other creatives who generate large files that they need to access across different machines. Syncthing ensures that all versions of a file are available, making it easier to backtrack if changes are needed. Security Security is a top priority for Syncthing's developers. The tool encrypts data both in transit and at rest, ensuring that sensitive information remains protected from unauthorized access. Additionally, Syncthing supports end-to-end encryption, which means only the user can decrypt their files. The decentralized nature of Syncthing also contributes to its security. Since there's no single point of failure or central storage, it's nearly impossible for attackers to breach the system by targeting a specific server. Conclusion Syncthing is more than just a file synchronization tool—it's a robust solution for managing and accessing data across multiple devices. Its decentralized approach, real-time syncing capabilities, and advanced security features make it a reliable choice for individuals and teams alike. Whether you're looking to streamline your workflow or ensure that your data remains secure, Syncthing offers a flexible and efficient solution. By adopting this tool, users can take control of their data while enjoying the convenience of accessing it from any device they choose.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: taiga

Taiga An Open-Source Project Management Platform for Agile Developers and Designers In today's fast-paced digital landscape, effective project management is crucial for delivering high-quality products on time. For agile developers and designers, finding the right tools to streamline their workflows is essential. Enter Taiga, an open-source project management platform designed specifically for the needs of agile teams. What is Taiga? Taiga is a versatile project management solution that combines issue tracking, task management, and collaboration tools into one cohesive platform. It is built with agility in mind, making it ideal for teams working on software development, design, and other creative projects. With its user-friendly interface and robust features, Taiga empowers teams to manage their workflows efficiently, ensuring transparency and productivity. Key Features of Taiga 1. Issue Tracking: Taiga allows users to create and track issues, assigning them to team members and setting deadlines. This feature helps in managing tasks effectively and keeping everyone on the same page. 2. Project Planning: The platform offers tools for creating detailed project plans, including task breakdowns and timelines. Users can set milestones and monitor progress over time. 3. Collaboration Tools: Taiga provides features like comments, discussions, and attachments, enabling teams to collaborate seamlessly on projects. Real-time updates keep everyone informed about changes and progress. 4. Customization: As an open-source platform, Taiga allows users to customize the interface and functionality according to their specific needs. This flexibility makes it suitable for a wide range of projects and teams. 5. Integration: Taiga can be integrated with other tools like Git, Jira, and Slack, extending its utility and adaptability within existing workflows. 6. Scalability: Whether you're managing a small team or a large organization, Taiga's scalable nature ensures it can grow alongside your projects. 7. Mobile Access: The platform is accessible via mobile devices, allowing users to manage tasks and track progress on the go. 8. Security: Taiga prioritizes data security with features like role-based access control and secure authentication methods. Benefits of Using Taiga - Enhanced Productivity: By streamlining project management processes, Taiga helps teams focus on what matters most—delivering quality work. - Improved Collaboration: The platform fosters communication and teamwork, essential for agile methodologies that emphasize iterative progress and collaboration. - Transparency: With real-time updates and clear visibility into tasks and milestones, Taiga ensures everyone is informed about the project's status. Use Cases Taiga is perfect for: - Software Development Teams: Managing feature requests, bugs, and development tasks with ease. - Design Agencies: Tracking design projects, client feedback, and deadlines efficiently. - Product Management: Organizing product roadmaps, user stories, and release cycles. - Educational Institutions: Managing academic projects, research initiatives, and student assignments. Community and Support Taiga has a strong community of users and contributors who actively participate in its development and support. The platform is supported by a dedicated team and backed by a vibrant open-source ecosystem. Users can find resources, tutorials, and forums to help them get the most out of Taiga. Conclusion In an agile world, having the right tools is essential for success. Taiga offers a powerful, flexible solution for project management, combining robust features with ease of use. Whether you're managing a small team or a large organization, Taiga can be tailored to meet your needs. Explore Taiga today and see how it can transform your workflow and enhance your productivity.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: tailscale relay

print("Deploying a Tailscale Relay on Kubernetes") Deploying a Tailscale Relay on Kubernetes Introduction In the ever-evolving landscape of network communication, Tailscale offers a unique solution with its peer-to-peer networking protocol. By leveraging Kubernetes, we can deploy a Tailscale relay that enhances connectivity and scalability for distributed systems. What is Tailscale? Tailscale is a modern networking protocol designed to enable direct device-to-device communication without relying on centralized servers. This decentralized approach ensures low latency and high reliability, making it ideal for applications requiring robust network solutions. Why Deploy a Tailscale Relay on Kubernetes? Kubernetes provides an excellent orchestration platform for managing containerized applications. Combining this with Tailscale's capabilities allows for dynamic network management, load balancing, and fault tolerance in large-scale environments. Prerequisites - Kubernetes Cluster: Ensure you have a running Kubernetes cluster with necessary nodes. - Tailscale Installation: Install Tailscale on your nodes to enable relay functionality. - Network Configuration: Set up appropriate network policies and security groups for traffic management. Installation Steps 1. Install Tailscale: Use the provided installation scripts or package managers to install Tailscale across your Kubernetes cluster. 2. Configure Tailscale: Define configuration files specifying relay settings, including port numbers and authentication keys. 3. Deploy Tailscale on Kubernetes: Utilize Kubernetes manifests (YAML files) to deploy Tailscale as a distributed system, ensuring each node runs a Tailscale instance. Configuration - Network Policies: Implement network policies in Kubernetes to manage traffic flow between Tailscale relays and other services. - Authentication: Configure Tailscale with secure authentication keys to ensure only authorized nodes can participate in the relay. - Scaling: Use Kubernetes scaling mechanisms to adjust Tailscale instances based on workload demands. Troubleshooting - Connection Issues: Verify network connectivity between Tailscale relays and ensure all necessary ports are open. - Performance Problems: Monitor CPU and memory usage on Tailscale nodes to prevent bottlenecks. - Security Concerns: Regularly audit logs for suspicious activities and update security configurations as needed. Conclusion

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: taisun

Taisun: Your Personal Finance Management Solution In today's digital age, managing personal finances effectively is crucial for maintaining financial health. Taisun emerges as a powerful, open-source, self-hosted tool designed to help users track expenses, set budgets, and achieve their financial goals. This platform offers a private and secure environment for users to gain insights into their spending habits and overall financial well-being. What is Taisun? Taisun is more than just another finance app; it's a comprehensive personal finance management tool that you can host on your own server. This self-hosted solution allows users to take full control of their financial data, ensuring privacy and security. Whether you're an individual looking to manage your personal finances or a developer seeking to integrate financial tracking into a custom ecosystem, Taisun provides the flexibility needed to tailor the tool to your specific needs. Features of Taisun Taisun is packed with features that make managing your finances easier and more efficient: 1. Expense Tracking: Automatically track all your transactions, categorize them by type (e.g., groceries, entertainment, bills), and view detailed reports over any period. 2. Budgeting: Set custom budgets for different categories and receive alerts when you exceed or meet your targets. 3. Financial Goals: Define specific financial goals, such as saving a certain amount each month or paying off debt, and monitor your progress in real-time. 4. Reports and Insights: Generate detailed reports on spending trends, income sources, and budget performance. Use these insights to make informed financial decisions. 5. Customizable Dashboards: Create customizable dashboards to visualize your financial data in a way that suits your needs. 6. Open-Source Flexibility: Access the source code and modify Taisun to suit your requirements, ensuring it aligns perfectly with your financial management workflow. 7. Privacy and Security: Since Taisun is self-hosted, you maintain full control over your data, ensuring it remains private and secure. Benefits of Using Taisun The advantages of using Taisun are numerous: - Customization: Tailor every aspect of the tool to fit your unique financial needs. - Privacy: Your financial data stays on your server, away from third-party intermediaries. - Cost-Effectiveness: Eliminate monthly subscription fees and gain access to a powerful finance management tool for free (if you host it yourself). - Transparency: Gain full visibility into your financial activities with detailed tracking and reporting features. - Scalability: Easily scale the tool as your financial needs grow, whether you're managing personal finances or expanding to manage business finances. How Taisun Works Using Taisun involves a few straightforward steps: 1. Installation: Install Taisun on your preferred hosting platform (e.g., Docker, Linux, macOS). 2. Integration: Connect your bank accounts and credit cards to start tracking transactions automatically. 3. Tracking: Let Taisun handle the heavy lifting by categorizing transactions and updating your budget and financial goals in real-time. 4. Reporting: Access detailed reports anytime to review your spending habits, track progress toward financial goals, and make informed decisions. 5. Customization: Modify the tool's functionality through its open-source nature to add features or adjust existing ones to match your workflow. Use Cases for Taisun Taisun is versatile and can be used in various scenarios: - Personal Finance Management: Track personal expenses, set budgets, and monitor savings progress. - Business Financial Tracking: Extend the tool's capabilities to manage business finances, including expense tracking, budgeting, and financial goal setting. - Educational Purposes: Use Taisun as a teaching tool for students or new users to learn about financial management and budgeting. Why Choose Taisun? Choosing Taisun over other finance tools offers several advantages: - Open Source: Access the source code and modify it to suit your needs, ensuring the tool remains aligned with your financial goals. - Self-Hosted: Maintain control over your data and avoid relying on third-party services for storage and processing. - Cost-Effective: Eliminate subscription fees and enjoy a robust finance management tool at no cost (if hosted internally). - Customizable: Tailor every aspect of the tool to fit your unique financial management needs. - Privacy-Focused: Keep your financial data secure by hosting it on your own server. Taisun is an excellent choice for anyone looking to take control of their finances while enjoying the flexibility and privacy of a self-hosted solution. Whether you're managing personal or business finances, Taisun provides the tools needed to achieve financial success with ease and confidence.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: taskcafe

TaskCafe A task management and collaboration platform designed to streamline your workflow. What is TaskCafe? TaskCafe is a self-hosted task management and collaboration platform that empowers teams to organize their tasks, manage projects, and communicate effectively. It provides a centralized solution for efficiently managing tasks and fostering collaboration among team members. Key Features Task Organization - Create and assign tasks with ease. - Set deadlines and priorities for each task. - Organize tasks into categories or projects. Project Management - Track the progress of individual tasks and projects. - Monitor task completion status in real-time. - Identify bottlenecks and areas for improvement. Team Collaboration - Enable comments, attachments, and discussions on tasks. - Share task updates with team members via email or within the platform. - Maintain transparency and accountability across the team. Customization - Customize workflows to match your team's needs. - Integrate with other tools and platforms you already use. - Access detailed reports and analytics for better decision-making. Mobile Accessibility - Access TaskCafe from any device, including mobile phones. - Receive notifications for task updates and reminders. - Work on the go without missing important details. Benefits of Using TaskCafe 1. Improved Productivity: Streamline your workflow with a centralized platform that reduces the need for multiple tools. 2. Reduced Email Clutter: Minimize the use of email for task management by using TaskCafe's built-in collaboration features. 3. Enhanced Communication: Keep everyone on the same page with real-time updates and discussions. 4. Data Control: Since TaskCafe is self-hosted, you maintain full control over your data. Who Should Use TaskCafe? - Project Managers - Team Leaders - Remote Teams - Businesses looking for a customizable collaboration tool How to Get Started 1. Download and install TaskCafe on your server or cloud platform. 2. Set up your team accounts and projects. 3. Start organizing tasks and collaborating with your team. TaskCafe is an excellent choice for anyone who needs a robust, flexible task management solution that fits their specific needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: tasmoadmin

tasmoadmin A web-based administration interface for Tasmota devices. TasmoAdmin TasmoAdmin is an open-source administration panel designed to manage Tasmota-flashed devices. This platform simplifies the configuration and monitoring of smart devices, offering a centralized solution for users with multiple Tasmota-compatible devices. Whether you're managing a home automation system or a commercial IoT setup, TasmoAdmin provides the tools needed to streamline device management. What is tasmoadmin? Tasmoadmin is a web-based interface that allows users to control and monitor their Tasmota devices through a browser. It serves as an alternative to the default Tasmota web interface, offering a more user-friendly and customizable experience. The platform is open-source, meaning it can be modified to suit specific needs, and it is free for use under the terms of its license. Features of tasmoadmin 1. Centralized Control: Access all your Tasmota devices from a single interface. 2. Device Configuration: Easily set up and configure device settings. 3. Real-Time Monitoring: Track device status, usage, and metrics. 4. OTA Updates: Manage firmware updates for Tasmota devices. 5. Third-Party Integrations: Connect with popular smart home ecosystems. 6. Customizable Dashboard: Tailor the interface to your preferences. How Does tasmoadmin Work? Tasmoadmin operates by communicating with Tasmota devices via HTTP requests. It sends commands and retrieves data from devices, displaying this information in an intuitive web interface. Users can interact with devices directly through the platform, simplifying the process of managing multiple devices. Installation Guide 1. Download the Code: Obtain the source code for tasmoadmin from its official repository. 2. Set Up a Web Server: Use a tool like Nginx or Apache to host the application. 3. Configure the Database: Set up a database (e.g., MySQL) and populate it with necessary data. 4. Run the Application: Start the tasmoadmin server and access the interface via your browser. Benefits of Using tasmoadmin - Ease of Use: Intuitive interface for device management. - Centralized Monitoring: Track all devices from one place. - Customizable Views: Tailor the dashboard to show relevant information. - Community Support: Benefit from active development and user contributions. Limitations of tasmoadmin - Still in Development: The platform is actively being updated, which may lead to instability. - Technical Knowledge Required: Some users may need to modify code or files for specific setups. - Limited Third-Party Integrations: Compatibility with third-party services may be limited compared to commercial solutions. Use Cases - Home Automation Enthusiasts: Manage smart home devices efficiently. - Professional Users: Ideal for businesses managing multiple Tasmota devices. - Developers: Integrate tasmoadmin into custom IoT solutions. Conclusion Tasmoadmin offers a flexible and powerful way to manage Tasmota devices. Its open-source nature and customizable interface make it an excellent choice for users seeking control over their smart devices. While still in active development, tasmoadmin has the potential to become a essential tool for IoT management. Explore tasmoadmin today and see how it can enhance your device management experience.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: teleport cluster

Teleport-Cluster Teleport is an access platform designed to simplify and enhance your infrastructure management. It provides a centralized control plane that streamlines operations, ensuring efficient resource allocation and monitoring. What is Teleport? Teleport is a powerful tool that acts as a bridge between your applications and the underlying infrastructure. It enables seamless communication and resource sharing across different environments, making it easier to manage complex systems. Key Features - Unified Control Plane: Teleport offers a single interface to manage all your resources, reducing the learning curve and operational overhead. - Workload Orchestration: It allows you to deploy, scale, and terminate workloads with ease, ensuring optimal resource utilization. - Security Enhancements: Built-in security features protect your infrastructure from unauthorized access and potential breaches. - Scalability: Teleport can handle large-scale deployments, making it suitable for organizations of all sizes. How Does Teleport Work? Teleport operates by creating a layer between your applications and the hardware. This layer ensures that resources are allocated efficiently and that communication is secure. It leverages advanced algorithms to optimize performance and reduce downtime. Benefits - For DevOps Teams: Teleport streamlines deployment and scaling processes, reducing manual intervention and errors. - For Security Experts: It provides robust access controls and monitoring capabilities, ensuring compliance with industry standards. - For IT Managers: The platform offers a centralized view of all resources, making it easier to manage and report on infrastructure performance. Use Cases - Cloud Migration: Teleport can help organizations transition smoothly from on-premises to cloud-based infrastructures. - Containerization: It supports containerized applications, ensuring they run efficiently and securely. - Edge Computing: Teleport enables the deployment of applications and services at the edge, improving response times and reducing latency. Conclusion Teleport is more than just a tool; it's a game-changer for modern infrastructure management. By providing a secure, scalable, and efficient platform, it empowers organizations to achieve greater operational excellence and deliver better outcomes for their end-users.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: teleport

Teleport An open-source platform for deploying, managing, and securing applications across multiple environments. Overview In today's fast-paced digital landscape, organizations are increasingly relying on cloud-native applications to deliver services efficiently. However, managing these applications across multiple environments can become complex, often requiring manual intervention and compromising security. Enter Teleport, an open-source platform designed to simplify the deployment, management, and securing of applications across various environments. Key Features - Declarative Configuration: Teleport allows users to define application deployments using simple configuration files, eliminating the need for manual setup and reducing errors. - Centralized Control: With a unified control plane, Teleport provides a single interface to manage all your applications, regardless of the environment they're deployed in. - Enhanced Security: Built-in security features ensure that only authorized users can access sensitive information, with support for multi-factor authentication and role-based access control. - CI/CD Integration: Teleport seamlessly integrates with popular CI/CD pipelines, enabling automated deployments without manual intervention. Use Cases 1. Microservices Management: Teleport excels in managing microservices architectures, allowing developers to deploy and scale applications across multiple environments effortlessly. 2. Automated Deployments: By automating the deployment process, Teleport reduces the risk of human error and ensures consistent configurations across different environments. 3. Secure Access: Teleport provides secure access control, ensuring that only authorized personnel can manage or view sensitive information, thus maintaining separation of duties. 4. DevOps Collaboration: The platform fosters collaboration between development and operations teams by providing a centralized interface for managing applications, enabling faster feedback loops and improved productivity. Architecture Teleport's architecture is designed to be both flexible and secure. It consists of a control plane that manages all deployments and an agent layer that handles the actual deployment process on each environment. The platform leverages declarative configuration files to define application setups, ensuring consistency across environments while minimizing manual intervention. Comparisons with Other Tools While Teleport shares some functionalities with tools like Kubernetes and Docker Swarm, it distinguishes itself by focusing on security and multi-environment management. Unlike Kubernetes, which is more focused on orchestration, Teleport emphasizes the need for secure and efficient application deployment across diverse environments. It also offers better support for non-containerized applications compared to Docker Swarm. The Future of Teleport As cloud-native technologies continue to evolve, so too will Teleport. The platform is actively developed with features like enhanced security integration, improved CI/CD support, and better multi-environment management on the horizon. User feedback and community contributions play a significant role in shaping Teleport's future, ensuring it remains a versatile tool for modern application management. Conclusion Teleport is more than just a deployment tool; it's a comprehensive platform designed to meet the demands of today's cloud-native applications. By simplifying the deployment process and enhancing security, Teleport empowers organizations to focus on innovation rather than manual management. Whether you're working on microservices, traditional applications, or anything in between, Teleport offers a robust solution for managing your applications across multiple environments.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: theia

Theia An extensible platform for developing multi-language cloud and desktop IDEs. What is Theia? Theia is an innovative and flexible Integrated Development Environment (IDE) designed to cater to the needs of modern developers. It offers a unique blend of features that make it suitable for both cloud-based development and desktop usage. Theia's primary goal is to provide developers with a rich, customizable environment that supports multiple programming languages and can be deployed across various platforms. Key Features Theia stands out due to its extensibility and ability to support multiple programming languages. Here are some of its most notable features: 1. Extensibility: Theia allows users to customize their IDE experience by adding plugins, themes, and configurations. This flexibility ensures that developers can tailor the environment to fit their specific workflows. 2. Multi-Language Support: Theia supports a wide range of programming languages, including Python, JavaScript, Java, C++, and more. This makes it a versatile tool for developers working on diverse projects. 3. Cloud Capabilities: Theia can be hosted on the cloud, providing developers with access to a powerful and scalable development environment. This is particularly useful for team collaboration and remote work setups. 4. Desktop Integration: In addition to its cloud capabilities, Theia can be installed on desktop computers. This allows developers to work offline when needed, offering a seamless experience whether they're connected to the internet or not. 5. Collaboration Tools: Theia includes built-in tools for collaboration, such as shared projects and real-time code editing. These features make it easier for teams to work together on complex projects. 6. Customization Options: Theia allows users to modify the appearance and functionality of their IDE through a variety of settings and plugins. This level of customization ensures that every developer's experience is unique. 7. Performance and Security: Theia is designed with performance in mind, ensuring that even large-scale projects run smoothly. It also prioritizes security, providing developers with options to protect their code and data. Use Cases Theia can be used for a wide range of development tasks, including: - Web Development: Building websites and web applications using multiple languages. - Mobile App Creation: Developing mobile apps using cross-platform tools. - Data Analysis: Performing data analysis and processing using various programming languages. - Education: Teaching programming concepts through an interactive IDE. - Enterprise Environments: Providing developers with a centralized, secure development environment for large organizations. Theia vs. Other IDEs When comparing Theia to other popular IDEs like VS Code, IntelliJ, and Eclipse, it's clear that Theia offers unique advantages: - Extensibility: While all major IDEs support plugins, Theia takes this a step further with its modular architecture. - Customization: Theia allows for deeper customization compared to some of its competitors. - Multi-Language Support: Theia supports more languages out of the box than many other IDEs. Future of Theia The future of Theia looks promising, with ongoing developments focused on enhancing its capabilities and expanding its user base. Plans include adding support for even more programming languages, improving cloud integration, and developing new collaboration features. Theia is also actively engaging with the developer community, encouraging feedback and contributions from users. This collaborative approach ensures that Theia continues to evolve in ways that meet the needs of modern developers. Conclusion Theia represents a significant advancement in the world of IDEs. Its combination of flexibility, multi-language support, and cloud capabilities makes it an ideal choice for developers working on diverse projects. Whether you're building web applications, mobile apps, or performing data analysis, Theia provides the tools you need to stay productive. By embracing Theia, developers can unlock new levels of efficiency and creativity in their work. Its extensible nature ensures that it will continue to adapt to the ever-changing demands of the programming world. For anyone looking for a powerful and customizable development environment, Theia is definitely worth exploring.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: tomcat

Apache Tomcat Apache Tomcat is an open-source web server designed to host and run Java-based web applications. It serves as a robust platform for developers and organizations looking to deploy scalable and high-performance web applications. With its modular architecture and extensive features, Tomcat has become a staple in the world of web development. Overview of Apache Tomcat Apache Tomcat is developed by the Apache Software Foundation, a collaborative community project. Since its initial release in 1998, it has evolved into a mature and stable product. Tomcat is known for its flexibility, performance, and compatibility with various Java enterprise applications. It provides a full-featured web server that supports multiple technologies, including Java Servlets, JavaServer Pages (JSP), and servlet containers. Key Features of Apache Tomcat 1. Performance: Tomcat is optimized for high-throughput traffic, making it suitable for production environments. Its ability to handle concurrent requests ensures smooth performance even under heavy load. 2. Scalability: The server can be scaled horizontally by adding more instances to distribute the workload. It also supports clustering, allowing multiple servers to work together as a single virtual server. 3. Modularity: Tomcat's modular architecture allows for the addition of optional components called "modules." These modules can be dynamically loaded to enable specific functionalities without restarting the server. 4. Security: Tomcat provides robust security features, including authentication mechanisms, secure configurations, and integration with popular tools like Apache Shiro for user management. 5. Community Support: The Apache community actively contributes to Tomcat's development, ensuring that it stays up-to-date with modern web standards and technologies. Installation of Apache Tomcat Installing Apache Tomcat is a straightforward process. Here’s a step-by-step guide: 1. Download the latest stable version from the official Apache website. 2. Extract the archive file using an unzip tool like WinZip or tar for Unix-based systems. 3. Copy the tomcat directory to your web server's document root. 4. Run the Tomcat startup script located in the bin folder. This will start the Tomcat service on your system. Configuring Apache Tomcat Once installed, you can configure Tomcat to meet specific requirements: 1. Set up document roots: Define directories where your web applications will be deployed. 2. Configure ports: Specify the port number (e.g., 8080) through which clients can access your server. 3. Manage users and groups: Use files like tomcat-users.xml to define roles and permissions for different users. 4. Enable SSL: Secure connections using HTTPS by configuring SSL settings in Tomcat. Performance Optimization To maximize performance, consider the following optimizations: 1. Enable caching: Use caching mechanisms to reduce response times and improve load times. 2. Optimize connection pooling: Configure connection pools to manage database connections efficiently. 3. Tune container settings: Adjust parameters like connectionTimeout and maxThreads based on your application's needs. Security Best Practices 1. Use HTTPS: Encrypt data transmission with SSL/TLS certificates. 2. Regular security audits: Check for vulnerabilities and update components promptly. 3. Monitor access logs: Track user activity to detect suspicious behavior. Conclusion Apache Tomcat is a powerful tool for hosting Java-based web applications, offering unmatched performance and flexibility. Its modular design and active community support make it an excellent choice for both small-scale projects and large enterprise environments. Whether you're building a new application or migrating an existing one, Apache Tomcat provides the features and reliability needed to succeed. If you want to dive deeper into Apache Tomcat, explore its official documentation or join the vibrant developer community on forums and GitHub.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: traggo

Traggo An app or platform related to tracking or managing data. Traggo is a versatile application designed to help users efficiently track and manage various aspects of their personal or professional life. Whether it's organizing tasks, analyzing data, or collaborating with teams, Traggo offers a comprehensive suite of tools tailored to meet the needs of both individuals and organizations. In this article, we'll explore the key features, benefits, and functionalities that make Traggo a standout solution in the world of data management. Project Management Tools One of the most notable features of Traggo is its robust project management capabilities. Users can create and organize projects with ease, setting deadlines, assigning tasks, and monitoring progress all from one centralized platform. This feature is particularly useful for teams working on complex projects, as it allows for clear communication and accountability. Task Tracking Systems Traggo excels in helping users track their daily tasks and responsibilities. With intuitive tools like to-do lists, priority levels, and reminders, users can stay on top of their obligations without missing important deadlines. The app also offers customizable dashboards that provide a quick overview of ongoing projects and tasks. Data Analytics Platforms For those looking to gain insights from their data, Traggo serves as an excellent data analytics platform. It provides visual representations of information through charts, graphs, and tables, making it easier to identify trends and make informed decisions. Advanced users can even leverage predictive analytics to anticipate future outcomes based on historical data. Collaboration Tools Traggo is not just for individual use; it's also a powerful collaboration tool. Users can invite team members to projects, share updates in real-time, and leave comments or feedback directly within the app. This level of transparency ensures that everyone is aligned and working toward common goals. Customization Options Traggo understands that no two users are the same, which is why it offers extensive customization options. Users can create custom templates for projects, set up automated workflows, and define their own reporting preferences. This flexibility allows Traggo to adapt to a wide range of use cases. Integration with Other Applications To further enhance its functionality, Traggo integrates seamlessly with other popular applications like Google Drive, Slack, and Microsoft Office 365. This integration allows users to manage data across multiple platforms without switching between apps. Security and Privacy Measures Security and privacy are paramount when dealing with sensitive data. Traggo employs robust encryption methods and access controls to ensure that only authorized individuals can view or modify information. Users also have the option to delete data permanently, providing an added layer of protection. User Experience Traggo's user experience is designed to be intuitive and accessible. The app features a clean, modern interface with a responsive design that works well on both desktop and mobile devices. A dedicated mobile app ensures that users can manage their tasks and projects on the go. Customer Support Traggo offers comprehensive customer support to help users navigate the platform and resolve any issues they may encounter. Users can access tutorials, FAQs, and live chat support through the app's help section. Future Developments Traggo is continuously evolving, with new features and updates being released regularly. The company is committed to expanding its offerings based on user feedback, ensuring that the platform remains relevant and adaptable in a rapidly changing technological landscape. In conclusion, Traggo is more than just a tool for tracking data—it's a comprehensive solution for managing projects, analyzing information, and collaborating with others. Its versatility, customization options, and robust security features make it an excellent choice for individuals and teams alike. Whether you're tackling personal goals or leading a large organization, Traggo has the tools and resources to help you succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: trilium

Trilium: The Open-Source Note-Taking Powerhouse In an age where information is abundant, effective knowledge management has become crucial. For those seeking a versatile tool to organize their thoughts and keep track of important details, Trilium emerges as a robust solution. This open-source application not only aids in note-taking but also offers comprehensive features for personal knowledge management, making it a valuable asset for individuals and professionals alike. What is Trilium? Trilium is an open-source note-taking app designed to help users manage their notes, documents, and overall knowledge efficiently. It provides a hierarchical structure, allowing users to create and organize notes in a way that suits their workflow. The app emphasizes flexibility, customization, and ease of use, making it accessible even for those new to digital note-taking. History and Philosophy The development of Trilium was driven by the need for a more flexible and user-friendly knowledge management system. Its creators sought to create an app that not only stores information but also helps users navigate and retrieve it quickly. The philosophy behind Trilium revolves around simplicity, accessibility, and the importance of personalization in how users organize their knowledge. Key Features Trilium boasts a variety of features that set it apart from other note-taking apps: 1. Note Creation and Organization - Users can create notes in multiple formats, including plain text, markdown, and even code snippets. - The hierarchical structure allows for nesting notes, making it easy to organize complex information. - Tags and categories help in quick retrieval of specific notes. 2. Search and Retrieval - Trilium's search functionality is highly effective, allowing users to find notes quickly using keywords or tags. - Search results are presented in a clean, organized manner, making it easy to locate the information needed. 3. Collaboration - While primarily designed for individual use, Trilium also supports collaboration features, ideal for team projects or shared knowledge bases. 4. Customization - The app allows for extensive customization, from note templates to the user interface. - Users can create their own styles and layouts to match their preferences. 5. Integration Possibilities - Trilium supports integration with various third-party services, enhancing its functionality and versatility. User Interface The user interface of Trilium is clean and intuitive, designed to minimize distractions and enhance productivity. The app prioritizes simplicity, ensuring that users can focus on their tasks without getting lost in complicated features. Benefits of Using Trilium Trilium offers numerous benefits for its users: 1. Efficiency - By organizing notes hierarchically, Trilium helps users manage their information more efficiently. - The app reduces the time spent searching for information, allowing users to focus on their tasks. 2. Customization - Trilium's high level of customization makes it adaptable to different user preferences and workflows. 3. Cross-Platform Compatibility - Available on multiple platforms, including desktop and mobile, Trilium ensures that users can access their notes wherever they are. 4. Open Source Nature - As an open-source app, Trilium offers transparency and flexibility, allowing users to contribute to its development and customize it according to their needs. How Trilium Stands Out When comparing Trilium to other note-taking apps like Notion or Evernote, several factors set it apart: 1. Focus on Simplicity - While Notion and Evernote offer a wide range of features, they can sometimes feel overwhelming. Trilium, however, prioritizes simplicity, making it easier for users to get started. 2. Hierarchical Organization - Trilium's hierarchical structure is particularly useful for those who prefer a more organized approach to note-taking. 3. Open Source Advantage - The open-source nature of Trilium gives users full control over their data and allows for greater customization. Community and Support Trilium has gained a dedicated community of users and contributors who actively participate in its development and support. The app's forums and documentation provide valuable resources for users, ensuring that they can troubleshoot issues and learn more about the app's features. Conclusion In an era where digital tools are essential for productivity, Trilium stands out as a powerful note-taking and knowledge management solution. Its focus on simplicity, customization, and efficiency makes it an excellent choice for individuals and teams looking to organize their information effectively. Whether you're managing personal notes or collaborating on large-scale projects, Trilium offers the flexibility and functionality needed to stay organized in today's fast-paced world.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: unleash

Unleash Unleash is an open-source feature flag and toggle system that provides a comprehensive overview of all feature toggles across your applications and services. This powerful tool empowers developers to manage feature enablement and disablement with ease, enabling seamless releases, experiments, and updates without the need for code changes. The Importance of Feature Flags In today's fast-paced software development environment, feature flags have become an essential part of modern application design. They allow teams to toggle features on or off, enabling controlled rollouts, A/B testing, and gradual feature implementation. Without a robust system to manage these flags, teams often face challenges such as: - Inconsistent flag management across multiple applications - Lack of transparency in which features are enabled where - Difficulties in tracking the impact of feature toggles on performance and user experience Unleash addresses these challenges by providing a centralized platform for managing feature flags. This allows developers to easily enable or disable features, track their status, and monitor their impact across all applications. Key Features of Unleash 1. Centralized Management: Unleash provides a single interface where you can manage all your feature flags. This eliminates the need for multiple systems and ensures that everyone in your team has access to the most up-to-date information. 2. Feature Flagging: With Unleash, you can easily enable or disable features across your applications. This allows for controlled rollouts, enabling you to test new features with specific user segments before deploying them widely. 3. Contextual Awareness: The system provides detailed context for each feature flag, including when it was last updated, who updated it, and any associated metadata. This helps teams understand the impact of their decisions and collaborate more effectively. 4. Integration Capabilities: Unleash integrates seamlessly with existing systems, allowing you to manage feature flags alongside your current workflows. It supports a wide range of technologies, including JavaScript, Python, Ruby, and more. 5. Scalability: Whether you're managing a small application or a large-scale enterprise system, Unleash is designed to scale. It handles high traffic and complex configurations with ease. 6. Community Support: As an open-source project, Unleash benefits from a vibrant community of contributors who continuously enhance and improve the platform. This ensures that users have access to the latest features and support. Benefits of Using Unleash - Enhanced Collaboration: With Unleash, everyone in your team can view and manage feature flags, fostering better collaboration and reducing miscommunication. - Improved Transparency: The system provides clear visibility into which features are enabled where, making it easier to track the impact of your decisions. - Reduced Risk: By centralizing feature management, Unleash helps minimize the risk of unintended consequences when enabling or disabling features. - Faster Development Cycles: With Unleash, you can quickly enable or disable features without worrying about code changes, allowing your team to focus on delivering value faster. Use Cases Unleash is ideal for a wide range of use cases, including: - Feature Rollouts: Gradually enable new features across your applications while monitoring their impact. - A/B Testing: Use feature flags to test different versions of your application with specific user segments. - Experimentation: Enable or disable features to experiment with new ideas without affecting the overall functionality of your application. - Configuration Management: Manage configuration settings alongside feature flags, ensuring that all aspects of your application are consistent and up-to-date. How Unleash Stands Out Unleash distinguishes itself from other feature flagging tools through its comprehensive approach to feature management. While many tools focus on individual features or specific technologies, Unleash provides a holistic solution that covers all aspects of feature toggling. - Rich Feature Set: Unleash offers a wide range of features, including support for multiple flags, contextual awareness, and integration capabilities. - Scalability: The system is designed to handle the demands of large-scale applications, ensuring reliability and performance. - Community-Driven Innovation: As an open-source project, Unleash benefits from continuous community contributions, providing users with access to cutting-edge features and improvements. Technical Details Unleash is built with modern technologies and frameworks, ensuring that it is both robust and easy to use. The system supports a wide range of programming languages and frameworks, making it adaptable to almost any development environment. - API Access: Unleash provides comprehensive API access, allowing developers to integrate feature flags into their applications seamlessly. - Web-Based Interface: The system includes a web-based interface that makes it easy to manage feature flags and monitor their status. - Command-Line Tools: For those who prefer working in the command line, Unleash provides powerful command-line tools for managing feature flags. Conclusion Unleash is an essential tool for any team looking to manage feature toggles effectively. Its centralized management, rich features, and scalability make it a valuable addition to any development workflow. By using Unleash, your team can enhance collaboration, reduce risk, and deliver high-quality software faster than ever before.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: unpoller

unPoller: A Comprehensive Guide to Monitoring Network Performance In today's fast-paced network environments, effective monitoring and analysis are essential for maintaining performance, security, and reliability. unPoller emerges as a robust self-hosted solution designed to help users monitor and analyze the performance of their network devices by retrieving data from SNMP-enabled devices. What is SNMP? Before diving into unPoller, it's crucial to understand what SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is. SNMP is a widely used protocol for managing network devices such as switches, routers, and other equipment. It allows network administrators to collect performance metrics, configure device settings, and handle network issues remotely. unPoller leverages SNMP to gather data from your network devices, providing insights into their status, performance, and health. This capability is particularly useful for network administrators who need to monitor multiple devices across different locations or networks. Why Choose unPoller? Cost-Effective Solution unPoller is a self-hosted solution, meaning you don't have to pay for expensive subscription models. Instead, you can install it on your own server or use cloud-based hosting services. This makes it an attractive option for organizations looking to save on costs while maintaining control over their network data. Flexibility and Customization unPoller offers a high degree of customization, allowing users to tailor the monitoring experience to their specific needs. You can define custom dashboards, set up alerts for critical issues, and create detailed reports that provide actionable insights into your network's performance. Real-Time Monitoring With unPoller, you can monitor your network devices in real-time. This is particularly useful for identifying and resolving network issues quickly. Whether it's a sudden spike in traffic or an unexpected downtime, unPoller provides the necessary tools to respond promptly. Scalability unPoller is designed to handle large-scale networks, making it suitable for organizations of all sizes. Its scalable architecture allows you to monitor thousands of devices across multiple locations with ease. Data Accuracy and Reliability SNMP can be finicky when dealing with different device versions and configurations. unPoller ensures accurate data retrieval by handling SNMP requests efficiently and translating raw data into meaningful metrics that are easy to understand and interpret. Key Features of unPoller 1. Multi-Device Monitoring: Monitor multiple network devices, including switches, routers, and other SNMP-enabled equipment. 2. Alerting System: Set up custom alerts for critical issues such as high CPU usage, disk space exhaustion, or network downtime. 3. Historical Data Analysis: Track performance metrics over time to identify trends, predict potential issues, and optimize network performance. 4. Customizable Dashboards: Create dashboards that display the most relevant information for your organization, ensuring quick access to actionable data. 5. Integration Capabilities: unPoller can integrate with other tools and systems you may already be using, such as CMDBs (Configuration Management Databases) or IT Service Management platforms. Use Cases - Network Monitoring: Monitor the performance of your network devices in real-time. - Traffic Analysis: Analyze traffic patterns to identify bottlenecks and optimize network performance. - Security Monitoring: Track network security metrics such as failed login attempts, suspicious activities, and potential vulnerabilities. - Compliance Reporting: Generate detailed reports for audits or compliance purposes. Technical Considerations Installation and Setup unPoller is typically installed on a server or cloud-based platform. While the exact installation process may vary depending on your hosting environment, most setups involve configuring SNMP credentials and defining the devices you wish to monitor. Performance Metrics unPoller collects a wide range of performance metrics, including CPU usage, memory consumption, disk space, network traffic, and more. These metrics are displayed in an intuitive interface that makes it easy to identify trends and potential issues. Security Security is a critical consideration when using unPoller. The platform typically includes features such as authentication, data encryption, and access controls to ensure that your network data remains secure. Future Enhancements unPoller is continuously evolving, with new features and improvements being released regularly. Future enhancements may include support for additional SNMP versions (e.g., v3), enhanced security features, and integrations with emerging technologies such as IoT and edge computing. Conclusion unPoller is a powerful tool for network monitoring and analysis that offers flexibility, cost-effectiveness, and customization. Its ability to handle large-scale networks and provide real-time insights makes it an excellent choice for organizations looking to maintain peak network performance. By leveraging unPoller's features, you can gain deeper insights into your network's health, optimize performance, and respond more effectively to network challenges.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: uptime kuma

Uptime Kuma An open-source status monitoring platform with a focus on simplicity and ease of use. In today's fast-paced digital world, effective monitoring of system health is crucial for maintaining reliability and performance. Uptime Kuma emerges as a powerful tool designed to simplify this process, offering a user-friendly interface and robust features that make it accessible even to those less experienced in IT. What is Uptime Kuma? Uptime Kuma is an open-source platform developed with the goal of providing comprehensive monitoring capabilities without overwhelming users with complex tools. It caters to businesses of all sizes, from small startups to large enterprises, ensuring that their critical systems are always operational and running smoothly. Features One of the standout features of Uptime Kuma is its ability to monitor various aspects of your infrastructure in real-time. Whether it's application performance, network health, or server status, the platform offers a seamless way to track these metrics. Its simplicity ensures that even those without deep technical knowledge can quickly identify and address issues. The platform's ease of use is another key advantage. With an intuitive dashboard, users can access detailed reports and set up custom alerts with just a few clicks. This reduces downtime by enabling quick responses to any anomalies or outages. Scalability is also a significant strength of Uptime Kuma. It supports both small-scale operations and large enterprise environments, making it adaptable to various needs. Additionally, its open-source nature allows for customization and integration with existing tools, further enhancing its versatility. How Does Uptime Kuma Work? Uptime Kuma operates by collecting data from your systems and displaying this information in an easy-to-understand format. It leverages plugins and scripts to gather metrics from different sources, such as servers, databases, and APIs. These metrics are then analyzed and presented in a visually appealing manner on the dashboard. The platform's setup process is straightforward. Users can install it via Docker or download it directly, depending on their preference. Once installed, they can configure it by setting up monitoring targets and enabling relevant plugins. Automation features allow for recurring checks and alerts, ensuring that any issues are detected early. Benefits Using Uptime Kuma can lead to several benefits. First and foremost, it reduces downtime by providing real-time insights into system performance. This proactive approach allows users to address problems before they escalate, minimizing disruptions. The platform's user-friendly interface also enhances productivity. By quickly identifying trends and anomalies, users can make informed decisions without needing extensive technical expertise. This efficiency is particularly valuable in fast-paced environments where time is of the essence. Moreover, Uptime Kuma is cost-effective. Its open-source nature eliminates licensing fees, making it an economical choice for businesses looking to enhance their monitoring capabilities without significant investment. Use Cases Uptime Kuma is suitable for a wide range of applications. It's particularly useful in IT infrastructure monitoring, where it can track the health of servers, network performance, and storage availability. Additionally, it can monitor application performance, ensuring that software applications are functioning as expected. For network health monitoring, Uptime Kuma provides insights into traffic patterns, latency, and packet loss, which are critical for maintaining smooth communication channels. It also supports incident response by offering detailed reports that help in diagnosing issues and implementing fixes. Installation and Configuration Installing Uptime Kuma is a simple process. Users can deploy it using Docker, which automates the setup and configuration. Once installed, they can access the web interface to start monitoring their systems. The platform's configuration is intuitive, with options for setting up metrics, creating custom dashboards, and enabling plugins for automation. Community and Support Uptime Kuma has gained a strong community support base, with contributions from developers around the world. This active community ensures that the platform continues to evolve, with regular updates and new features being added frequently. Users can also benefit from extensive documentation and forums where they can seek help or share their experiences. Conclusion In summary, Uptime Kuma is a powerful and versatile monitoring tool designed for simplicity and ease of use. Its ability to monitor various aspects of your infrastructure in real-time, coupled with its intuitive interface and open-source nature, makes it an excellent choice for businesses looking to maintain high system availability. By leveraging Uptime Kuma, you can ensure that your systems are always running smoothly, reducing downtime and enhancing overall productivity. Whether you're managing a small-scale operation or a large enterprise, this platform offers the tools needed to keep your infrastructure in top shape.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: uvdesk

uvdesk UVdesk is an open-source, self-hosted helpdesk and customer support platform designed to empower businesses in managing customer inquiries, support tickets, and communication. With a focus on flexibility, scalability, and ease of use, UVdesk offers a comprehensive solution for businesses looking to enhance customer satisfaction and streamline their support workflows. Overview of UVdesk UVdesk is an open-source helpdesk and ticketing system that provides a centralized platform for managing customer support requests. It allows businesses to efficiently communicate with customers, track support tickets, and resolve issues in a timely manner. The platform is self-hosted, giving users full control over their data and support processes. Key Features UVdesk is packed with features that make it a robust solution for customer support: Ticket Management - Create and manage support tickets with ease. - Assign tickets to team members based on expertise or department. - Track the status of each ticket from creation to resolution. Knowledge Base - Build an internal knowledge base to store FAQs, solutions, and guides. - Enable customers to self-help by searching the knowledge base. - Update and expand the knowledge base as needed. Multi-channel Communication - Engage with customers via email, chat, social media, and more. - Send automated responses and notifications. - Maintain consistent communication across all channels. Customization - Customize the look and feel of the helpdesk to match your brand. - Define workflows and automation rules. - Integrate third-party tools and services. Integrations - Connect UVdesk with popular tools like Slack, Zendesk, and more. - Use APIs to integrate with CRMs, ERPs, and other systems. - Ensure seamless data flow between support and other departments. Mobile Support - Access the helpdesk on-the-go via mobile devices. - Submit tickets, view updates, and resolve issues while away from the desk. Analytics and Reporting - Generate detailed reports on ticket volume, resolution times, and more. - Track customer satisfaction metrics. - Export data for further analysis. Security - Implement role-based access control to secure sensitive information. - Encrypt data at rest and in transit. - Regularly update the platform to address security vulnerabilities. Scalability - Easily scale the system to handle increased support loads. - Add new features and functionalities as needed. - Customize the platform to meet specific business requirements. Benefits Using UVdesk can bring numerous benefits to your business: - Improved Customer Satisfaction: Efficient resolution of issues leads to happier customers. - Cost Savings: Reduce the need for expensive software licenses with a self-hosted solution. - Enhanced Productivity: Streamlined workflows and automation reduce manual tasks. - Customizable Support Experience: Tailor the helpdesk to match your brand and customer needs. Use Cases UVdesk is ideal for: - Small businesses looking for affordable support solutions. - Large enterprises with specific support requirements. - Startups needing flexible and scalable tools. - Any business that values data control and customization. Conclusion UVdesk offers a powerful, open-source solution for managing customer support. Its flexibility, scalability, and comprehensive feature set make it an excellent choice for businesses of all sizes. By centralizing communication and ticket management, UVdesk helps teams deliver better support and enhances overall customer satisfaction. Whether you're just starting out or looking to optimize your current support process, UVdesk provides the tools needed to succeed.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: vault

Vault Vault is an open-source, self-hosted password manager that allows users to securely store and manage sensitive credentials with robust encryption. It serves as a reliable solution for individuals and teams looking to enhance their security practices. What is Vault? Vault is an open-source tool designed for managing secrets and sensitive data. Unlike traditional password managers, Vault is self-hosted, giving you full control over your data. This means you can store and access your credentials from anywhere without relying on third-party services. Features of Vault 1. Encryption at Rest: Your passwords and credentials are encrypted using strong cryptographic methods, ensuring that even if the database is compromised, your data remains secure. 2. Two-Factor Authentication (2FA): Add an extra layer of security with 2FA, allowing you to protect your account with a second form of verification. 3. Audit Logging: Track who accessed what and when, providing valuable insights for monitoring and compliance purposes. 4. 灵活性和可扩展性:Vault可以与多种应用程序集成,支持多种身份验证协议,如OAuth、OpenID Connect等。 如何使用Vault 1. 安装和配置:从GitHub下载Vault的源代码,并按照文档进行编译和部署。你可以选择将其部署在本地服务器上或使用容器化技术如Docker。 2. 导入密码:将你的密码和敏感信息导入Vault,确保它们被加密存储。 3. 生成和共享访问令牌:利用Vault的功能生成安全的访问令牌,并与团队成员共享这些令牌,以限制直接暴露密码。 Vault的优势 - 自主控制:由于Vault是自托管的,你有完全的控制权 over your数据。 - 高安全性:通过强大的加密和双因素认证,确保你的数据不会被泄露。 - 灵活性:支持多种身份验证协议和应用程序集成,使其适用于各种场景。 适用场景 - 个人使用:对于管理个人密码、API密钥和其他敏感信息。 - 团队管理:为团队成员分配访问令牌,确保只有授权人员可以访问特定资源。 - 企业环境:帮助企业遵守数据保护法规,如GDPR或HIPAA,同时简化内部访问控制。 实际应用示例 1. 开发者:一个开发者可能使用Vault来存储API密钥、数据库密码和其他敏感信息,以确保他们的项目不受安全威胁。 2. 小企业:一家小公司可以使用Vault来管理员工访问权限,确保只有授权人员可以访问内部系统。

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: vaultwarden

Vaultwarden Vaultwarden is a self-hosted Bitwarden server that allows users to manage and secure their passwords, providing a privacy-focused alternative to cloud-based password managers. Overview of Vaultwarden Vaultwarden is an open-source password manager compatible with Bitwarden clients. It offers a secure and self-hosted solution for managing passwords and sensitive information, ensuring data privacy and control over access. By using Vaultwarden, users can store and organize their credentials, generate secure passwords, and access their password vault from various devices. Key Features of Vaultwarden - Self-Hosted Solution: Vaultwarden allows users to manage their passwords without relying on cloud-based services, ensuring greater control over data. - Open Source: The platform is open-source, providing transparency and flexibility for users who want to customize their password manager. - Compatibility with Bitwarden Clients: Vaultwarden works seamlessly with Bitwarden clients, enabling users to sync their passwords across devices. - Two-Factor Authentication (2FA): Users can enable 2FA to add an extra layer of security to their accounts. - Secure Sharing: Vaultwarden supports secure sharing of credentials, ensuring that sensitive information is only accessible by authorized parties. - Data Encryption: All data stored on the server is encrypted, protecting users' passwords and personal information. Benefits of Using Vaultwarden 1. Enhanced Security: By hosting your own password manager, you can ensure that your data is not subject to the policies of third-party providers. 2. Control Over Access: With Vaultwarden, you have full control over who can access your password vault, including enabling or disabling access for specific users. 3. Privacy-Focused: The self-hosted nature of Vaultwarden allows users to maintain greater privacy and data sovereignty. 4. Customization: Users can customize their password manager according to their specific needs, such as organizing credentials into folders or setting up custom policies. Installing and Setting Up Vaultwarden 1. Docker Installation: One of the easiest ways to install Vaultwarden is by using Docker. You can pull the official Docker image from the Bitwarden repository. 2. Configuration: After installing Docker, you can configure Vaultwarden through its web interface or via command-line instructions. 3. Accessing Your Server: Once configured, you can access your Vaultwarden server via a web browser and log in using your credentials. Security Considerations - Encryption: All data stored on the Vaultwarden server is encrypted both at rest and in transit, ensuring that sensitive information remains protected. - Authentication Methods: Vaultwarden supports multiple authentication methods, including OAuth 2.0, OpenID Connect, and two-factor authentication, allowing users to choose the method that best suits their needs. Integration with Bitwarden Clients Vaultwarden integrates seamlessly with Bitwarden clients, enabling users to sync their passwords across devices. This integration ensures that users have access to their password vault from any device, whether it's a desktop computer, smartphone, or tablet. Use Cases for Vaultwarden - Individual Users: For users who want to manage their own passwords securely and privately. - Family Usage: Families can use Vaultwarden to store and organize shared credentials, such as Wi-Fi passwords or banking information. - Organizational Use: Businesses or organizations can deploy Vaultwarden to provide secure password management for their employees. Conclusion Vaultwarden offers a robust and privacy-focused solution for managing passwords and sensitive information. By hosting your own Bitwarden server, you can take full control of your data while ensuring that it remains secure and accessible only by authorized parties. Whether you're an individual user or part of a larger organization, Vaultwarden provides the tools needed to manage credentials effectively and securely.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: vcluster

vCluster: Virtual Kubernetes Clusters What is vCluster? In today's rapidly evolving technological landscape, organizations are constantly seeking innovative solutions to optimize their IT infrastructure. One such innovation is the concept of vCluster, a virtualization layer designed to enable the creation and management of multiple Kubernetes clusters on a single physical or virtual machine. This approach not only enhances operational efficiency but also provides a cost-effective alternative to traditional cluster management practices. The Concept Behind vCluster The idea behind vCluster is rooted in the need for organizations to manage complex, distributed systems efficiently. By abstracting the complexity of managing multiple Kubernetes clusters, vCluster offers a unified interface that simplifies operations while maintaining the flexibility required for dynamic environments. This virtualization layer allows users to run multiple clusters on a single infrastructure, each configured independently to meet specific needs. Benefits of Using vCluster 1. Cost Savings: Reducing the reliance on physical hardware can significantly lower capital expenditure. vCluster enables efficient resource utilization by consolidating workloads, thereby minimizing the need for additional servers or clusters. 2. Simplified Management: Centralizing configuration and operations across multiple clusters reduces the risk of misconfigurations and streamlines management processes. This leads to faster deployment cycles and improved operational consistency. 3. Enhanced Security: By isolating each cluster within the vCluster environment, users can implement stricter security policies without affecting other clusters, enhancing overall system security. 4. Flexibility: The ability to configure each cluster independently allows for tailored environments, supporting diverse workloads and applications effectively. Use Cases for vCluster 1. Development and Testing: Developers can create isolated environments for testing without the overhead of managing physical clusters, ensuring consistency across different configurations. 2. Production with High Availability: Organizations can deploy multiple clusters to handle varying workloads while maintaining high availability through load balancing and failover mechanisms. 3. Disaster Recovery: vCluster facilitates seamless disaster recovery by allowing quick deployment of backup clusters in case of failures or outages. 4. CI/CD Pipelines: Integrating CI/CD pipelines with vCluster enables automated testing and deployment across multiple environments, enhancing the efficiency of software development cycles. Limitations of vCluster While vCluster offers numerous advantages, it also presents some challenges: 1. Resource Contention: Managing multiple clusters on a single infrastructure may lead to resource contention if not properly allocated, potentially affecting performance. 2. Scalability Issues: Scaling vCluster environments can be complex due to the need for coordinated resource management across all clusters. 3. Compatibility Concerns: Some tools and plugins might not fully support running across multiple isolated clusters within a vCluster setup. The Future of vCluster The future of vCluster is promising, with advancements in virtualization technology and Kubernetes expected to further enhance its capabilities. Potential improvements include better integration with cloud services, enhanced security features, and more intuitive management interfaces, making vCluster an even more valuable tool for organizations. Conclusion In summary, vCluster represents a significant leap forward in how organizations manage their Kubernetes clusters. By offering a virtualized environment that simplifies operations while maintaining flexibility and cost efficiency, vCluster is poised to become an essential component of modern IT infrastructure. As technology continues to evolve, so too will the capabilities of tools like vCluster, providing new opportunities for innovation and efficiency.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: verdaccio

Verdaccio A Lightweight Private Node.js Proxy Registry Verdaccio A lightweight private Node.js proxy registry designed to provide secure and efficient dependency management for development teams. Verdaccio offers a seamless experience for sharing and managing private packages, ensuring that sensitive code remains under wraps while streamlining the development workflow. Why Verdaccio? In today's fast-paced development environment, teams often face challenges with managing private dependencies. Public registries like npm or Yarn are great for open-source projects, but for internal tools and sensitive code, a private registry is essential. Verdaccio addresses this need by providing a lightweight, flexible solution that integrates smoothly with existing workflows. Key Features 1. Security: Verdaccio ensures that your dependencies remain private and accessible only within your organization. 2. Speed: With a focus on performance, Verdaccio allows for quick access to published packages. 3. Flexibility: The registry supports multiple package resolution strategies, making it adaptable to various project structures. 4. CI/CD Integration: Verdaccio plays well with CI/CD pipelines, enabling efficient dependency management during builds. Use Cases - Internal Libraries: Share utility modules or custom components across teams without exposing them to the public web. - Private Dependencies: Manage dependencies that are not yet ready for public release but are critical for your project's functionality. - Custom Package Repositories: Create a centralized place for all internal packages, ensuring consistency and reducing redundancy. How It Works Verdaccio operates by acting as a reverse proxy for package requests. When a developer installs a package using npm install, Verdaccio intercepts the request and checks if it can be served from your private registry. If the package is not available publicly, Verdaccio redirects the request to your internal server. Technical Details - Package Resolution: Verdaccio supports multiple resolution strategies, including "fallback-to-node" and "mirror", allowing for flexible configuration based on project needs. - Versioning: The registry handles versioning automatically, ensuring that users always access the correct version of a package. - Caching: To optimize performance, Verdaccio caches frequently accessed packages, reducing redundant network requests. Comparison with Other Tools While npm and Yarn are excellent for public dependencies, they lack the security and control needed for private projects. Verdaccio serves as a robust alternative, offering similar functionality but tailored for internal use cases. Additionally, tools like GitLab Packages or AWS Private Registry can be integrated with Verdaccio to create a comprehensive dependency management strategy. Getting Started Setting up Verdaccio is straightforward. You can install it using npm and configure it via a YAML configuration file. For example: # verdaccio-config.yaml name: my-verdaccio description: My private package registry url: http://localhost:4873 After configuring, you can publish packages to your registry or install dependencies by specifying the registry in your package.json: { "dependencies": { "my-package": "verdaccio:my-package@1.0.0" } } Conclusion Verdaccio is a powerful tool for teams looking to manage private Node.js dependencies securely and efficiently. Its lightweight design, combined with robust features, makes it an excellent choice for organizations seeking to maintain control over their internal codebase while maintaining a fast and flexible development workflow.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: vestacp

Vesta Control Panel (VestaCP) The Vesta Control Panel (VestaCP) is an open-source, self-hosted control panel designed to simplify web hosting management. It offers an intuitive interface and essential tools for managing servers, domains, email accounts, and databases. With its user-friendly design, VestaCP makes it easy for users to set up and manage web servers, whether they are hosting personal websites or multiple domains. Key Features of VestaCP 1. Automated Application Installation: VestaCP simplifies the process of installing popular web applications like WordPress, Joomla, and Magento with just a few clicks. 2. DNS Management: The control panel provides a built-in DNS manager, allowing users to configure domain settings directly through the interface. 3. Security Measures: VestaCP includes features to enhance server security, such as automatic updates, malware scanning, and firewall configurations. 4. Multi-User Support: Administrators can create multiple user accounts with varying levels of access, ensuring that each user only interacts with what they need. Benefits of Using VestaCP 1. Ease of Use: The intuitive interface makes it accessible for both beginners and experienced server administrators. 2. Cost-Effective: Since VestaCP is open-source, there are no licensing fees, making it an economical choice for hosting providers. 3. Flexibility: Users can customize the control panel to suit their specific needs by adding plugins and themes. 4. Scalability: Whether you're managing a single server or a large network, VestaCP can scale to meet your requirements. How It Works 1. Installation: VestaCP can be installed on most Linux distributions using pre-built packages or source code. 2. Configuration: After installation, users can configure settings such as domain pointing, email accounts, and server settings through the control panel. 3. Monitoring and Management: The platform provides real-time monitoring tools to track server performance and manage services like Apache, MySQL, and PHP. Use Cases - Personal Hosting: Ideal for individuals or small businesses looking to host their own websites without relying on third-party providers. - Small Business Solutions: VestaCP can be used by web hosting providers to offer managed hosting services to their clients. - DevOps Toolkit: Developers and system administrators can leverage VestaCP as part of their DevOps toolkit for efficient server management. Conclusion Vesta Control Panel (VestaCP) is a robust, open-source solution for managing web hosting environments. Its intuitive interface, powerful features, and flexibility make it an excellent choice for both individuals and businesses looking to streamline their server management processes. By adopting VestaCP, users can enhance their hosting capabilities while maintaining control over their infrastructure.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wallabag

Wallabag Wallabag is a self-hosted read-it-later service that allows users to save articles, web pages, and content for later reading in a clean and customizable reading environment. This platform stands out as an excellent tool for individuals who want to organize their digital reading material efficiently. What is Wallabag? Wallabag is a self-hosted application designed to help users curate and manage their reading list. It provides a distraction-free space where users can save articles, web pages, and other content they find interesting. The service allows for offline access, ensuring that users can read even when they don't have an internet connection. Features of Wallabag One of the standout features of Wallabag is its tagging system. Users can assign tags to their saved content, making it easy to categorize and search through articles later on. This feature enhances organization and helps in quickly finding specific topics or interests. Another key feature is the ability to integrate with various applications and services. Wallabag supports integrations that allow users to save content directly from websites like Pocket or Instapaper, simplifying the process of collecting reading material. The platform also offers a clean and customizable interface. Users can adjust the appearance of their reading environment to suit their preferences, ensuring a personalized experience. Benefits of Using Wallabag Using Wallabag provides several benefits for users. First, it promotes privacy since the service is self-hosted, meaning users have full control over their data. This is particularly appealing to those who are concerned about data security and privacy. Second, Wallabag helps users reduce clutter by allowing them to save only the content they find valuable. This feature can be especially useful for individuals with large news feeds or social media accounts. Third, the service supports offline access, making it ideal for users who frequently travel or have limited internet connectivity. Who Should Use Wallabag? Wallabag is a versatile tool that can be used by a wide range of users. Students can use it to organize academic articles and research materials, while researchers can save and manage large volumes of information efficiently. Avid readers will appreciate the ability to curate their own library of interesting content, while professionals can use it to stay updated with industry news and trends. How Wallabag Stands Out Wallabag distinguishes itself from other read-it-later services through its self-hosted nature and open-source availability. This means users have full control over their data and can customize the platform to meet their specific needs. The service also offers a user-friendly experience, with an intuitive interface that makes it easy for users to save, organize, and read their content. Getting Started with Wallabag Getting started with Wallabag is straightforward. Users can install the application on their preferred device or use its web-based interface. The installation process is simple, and once set up, users can start saving content immediately. For those who prefer a more hands-on experience, Wallabag is open-source, allowing users to modify and customize the platform according to their preferences. Community and Support Wallabag has a strong community of users and developers who contribute to its ongoing development. The community provides support through forums, documentation, and regular updates, ensuring that users always have access to the latest features and improvements. Conclusion Wallabag is a powerful tool for anyone looking to manage their reading material efficiently. Its self-hosted nature, customizable interface, and robust set of features make it an excellent choice for users who value privacy, organization, and control over their digital content. By using Wallabag, users can create a personal archive of interesting content, remove clutter, and enjoy a focused reading experience. Whether you're a student, researcher, or avid reader, Wallabag offers a user-friendly and privacy-conscious solution for managing your reading material.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wbo

WBO WBO is a self-hosted, collaborative whiteboard platform that enables users to draw, annotate, and collaborate in real-time on a digital canvas. This innovative tool has gained popularity among individuals and teams looking for an alternative to traditional whiteboards or third-party collaboration tools. What is WBO? WBO (Web-based Organizer) serves as both a personal organizer and a collaborative whiteboard platform. It allows users to create, organize, and manage tasks, events, and notes, providing a centralized solution for personal productivity. The platform's real-time collaboration feature makes it ideal for teams working remotely or in-person. Features of WBO 1. Real-Time Collaboration: Users can invite collaborators to work on shared whiteboards, making it easy to brainstorm ideas, prepare presentations, or work on creative projects together. 2. Drawing and Annotation: The platform supports free-form drawing, text annotation, and image sharing, enabling users to communicate visually and effectively. 3. Customization: WBO allows users to customize their workspace with different colors, layouts, and templates, making it adaptable to various use cases. 4. Task Management: Beyond whiteboarding, WBO includes features for task management, event planning, and note-taking, helping users stay organized. Benefits of Using WBO - Enhanced Productivity: By centralizing tasks and notes, WBO reduces the need for multiple tools and streamlines workflow. - Collaboration Made Easy: Real-time collaboration fosters teamwork and idea exchange, whether in-person or remote. - Versatility: The platform supports a wide range of use cases, from project planning to creative brainstorming. Use Cases WBO is versatile enough for various applications: 1. Educators: Teachers can create lesson plans, share whiteboards with students, and track progress. 2. Business Professionals: Teams can collaborate on presentations, marketing strategies, or project timelines. 3. Creative Teams: Artists, designers, and photographers can work together on visual projects. 4. Personal Use: Individuals can manage personal tasks, set reminders, and organize notes. Why Choose WBO Over Other Tools? - Self-Hosted: Unlike third-party platforms, WBO gives users full control over their data and customization. - Cost-Effective: Many collaboration tools require subscriptions or payments, while WBO is often free or low-cost. - Customizable: The platform allows for tailored workspaces, making it suitable for various user preferences. Conclusion WBO stands out as a powerful tool for both personal and team productivity. Its ability to combine task management with real-time collaboration makes it an excellent choice for individuals and teams looking to streamline their workflow and enhance communication. By using WBO, users can break free from traditional tools and embrace a more flexible, interactive way of working.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: weblate

Weblate Weblate is a powerful tool for managing translations, making it essential for teams working on software localization, content creation, and multilingual support. Its web-based nature allows users to access translations from any browser, eliminating the need for local installation or setup. Features Weblate boasts an array of features that make translation management seamless: - Multi-Language Support: Supports over 100 languages, ensuring your content is accessible worldwide. - Translation Memory: Stores previously translated strings for reuse, reducing duplication and saving time. - Integration with Development Tools: Connects with Git, allowing direct integration into the development workflow. - Quality Assurance (QA): Built-in tools to check translations for consistency, grammar, and terminology. How It Works Using Weblate involves a straightforward process: 1. Create a Project: Define the scope of your translation project, including language settings and preferences. 2. Add Strings to Translate: Input the text strings that require translation, along with context for clarity. 3. Assign Translations: Distribute translations among translators or teams based on specific roles and expertise. 4. Review and Approve: Ensure translated content meets quality standards before finalizing. 5. Export Translations: Generate localized files ready for use in various applications. Benefits Weblate offers numerous advantages, including: - Cost-Effective: Free to use, eliminating the expense of commercial TMS tools. - User-Friendly Interface: Intuitive design makes it accessible to both novices and advanced users. - Collaboration Tools: Supports team collaboration with features like comments and version control. - Integration Capabilities: Seamlessly integrates with existing workflows and development processes. Comparison with Other Tools While Weblate is a great tool, it may not be suitable for all scenarios. For instance: - Crowdin: Offers advanced machine translation capabilities but requires a subscription for premium features. - Lokalise: Provides robust localization tools with a focus on dynamic content management. Choosing the right TMS depends on your team's needs and the scale of your projects. Use Cases Weblate is ideal for: - Software Development Teams: Streamline localization processes for codebases. - Content Creators: Manage multilingual content effectively, such as user guides or marketing materials. - Businesses: Support multiple languages for global markets without high costs. Future of Weblate The future of Weblate looks promising with ongoing development aimed at enhancing features like machine translation integration and improved collaboration tools. User feedback plays a crucial role in shaping its evolution. Conclusion Weblate is a versatile and cost-effective solution for managing translations, making it an excellent choice for teams seeking efficient localization tools. Its flexibility, combined with robust features, positions it as a valuable asset for various projects and industries.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wekan

Wekan Wekan is an open-source, self-hosted task and project management platform that utilizes Kanban boards to help teams collaborate, organize, and track their work. It provides a flexible and customizable environment for managing tasks, projects, and workflows, making it an excellent choice for both small teams and large organizations. Overview of Wekan Wekan is designed to be a collaborative tool that supports the Kanban methodology, which emphasizes visualizing work flow and continuous delivery of tasks. The platform allows users to create and organize boards, lists, and cards to represent different aspects of their projects. Each card can be assigned to team members, labeled with tags, and attached with files, providing a comprehensive way to manage project details. Features of Wekan - Kanban Boards: The core functionality of Wekan revolves around Kanban boards, where users can create lists (tasks) and move cards (tasks) across the board to reflect their current status. - Task Management: Users can create and assign tasks, set due dates, and add comments or notes for clarity. - Labels and Tags: Labels help in categorizing tasks, making it easier to filter and prioritize work. - Attachments: The ability to attach files like PDFs, images, or documents directly to tasks ensures that all necessary information is readily available. - User Assignments: Assigning tasks to specific team members ensures accountability and clarity on who is responsible for each task. Benefits of Using Wekan 1. Flexibility: Wekan can be customized to fit the specific needs of a team or organization, with options to create custom workflows and fields. 2. Collaboration: The platform supports real-time collaboration, allowing multiple users to work on tasks simultaneously. 3. Agile Methodology Support: By visualizing tasks on Kanban boards, Wekan helps teams adopt agile methodologies for more efficient project management. 4. Scalability: Whether used by a single user or an entire organization, Wekan can scale to meet the demands of growing projects and teams. Customization and Integrations Wekan's open-source nature allows users to extend its functionality through plugins and customizations. Users can integrate third-party tools like Git for code management or Jira for issue tracking, enhancing the platform's versatility. Additionally, Wekan provides RESTful APIs for developers looking to build custom integrations with other systems. Security and Community Support Wekan is self-hosted, giving users full control over their data. This can be particularly beneficial for organizations with strict security requirements. The platform also has a strong community support system, with active development and regular updates to ensure it stays up-to-date with the latest trends in project management. Wekan vs. Other Tools When comparing Wekan to other task management tools like Trello or Jira, Wekan stands out for its open-source nature and flexibility. While Jira is more robust with advanced features, Wekan's simplicity and focus on collaboration make it a strong contender for teams that value customization and self-hosting. Conclusion Wekan is an excellent choice for teams looking to adopt Kanban methodologies and gain better control over their project management processes. Its open-source nature, customizable interface, and robust feature set make it a versatile tool that can be adapted to various team sizes and project requirements.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wiki js

wiki-js Wiki.js is a modern, open-source, and self-hosted wiki platform that simplifies documentation, knowledge sharing, and collaborative editing within teams. It provides an intuitive interface for creating, organizing, and managing documentation using markdown-based content structures. Overview of Wiki.js Wiki.js offers a robust solution for teams looking to centralize their knowledge base. Whether you're documenting projects, creating an internal wiki, or collaborating on technical documentation, Wiki.js provides a feature-rich and user-friendly platform for efficient knowledge management. Key Features - Open-source: Wiki.js is freely available under the MIT License, allowing users to customize and extend its functionality. - Self-hosted: You can install it on your own server, giving you full control over your data and infrastructure. - Markdown Support: The platform leverages markdown syntax for content creation and editing, making it easy to format text with headers, lists, links, and more. - Collaboration Tools: Wiki.js supports real-time collaboration, version control, and user permissions, enabling teams to work together seamlessly. - Search Functionality: Built-in search capabilities allow users to quickly find information within their documentation. Installation and Configuration 1. Docker: You can use Docker to easily install and run Wiki.js on your server. 2. npm Package: Wiki.js is available as an npm package, allowing developers to integrate it into their existing projects. 3. Manual Download: For those preferring a manual approach, you can download the source code from the official GitHub repository. Usage Once installed, users can create new pages, edit existing content, and manage versions using the web interface or API. The platform also supports integrations with other tools like authentication systems and issue trackers. Customization Wiki.js allows for extensive customization through plugins and themes. Users can extend its functionality by developing custom scripts or integrating third-party services to enhance their workflow. Security Considerations - Authentication: Wiki.js supports various authentication methods, including OAuth2, LDAP, and custom authentication modules. - Access Control: You can define user roles and permissions to restrict access to specific pages or sections. Community Support The Wiki.js community is active and welcoming. Users can find support through forums, documentation, and an extensive list of tutorials and guides. This article provides a comprehensive overview of Wiki.js, highlighting its features, installation process, usage, and customization options. Whether you're looking to streamline your documentation process or create a collaborative knowledge base, Wiki.js offers a flexible and powerful solution for teams of all sizes.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wildfly

WildFly WildFly is a lightweight, open-source application server that has been a cornerstone in the development of enterprise-level Java applications. Originally known as JBoss, it has evolved over time to become a leading platform for deploying modern web applications. With its robust features and compliance with the latest Java standards, WildFly stands out as a reliable choice for developers and organizations seeking high-performance solutions. Understanding WildFly WildFly is built on top of the Java EE (Enterprise Edition) standard, providing a solid foundation for constructing scalable and secure web-based systems. Its modular architecture allows users to select only the components they need, reducing unnecessary overhead and optimizing resource utilization. This flexibility makes it suitable for a wide range of applications, from small-scale projects to large enterprise environments. Why Choose WildFly? One of the primary advantages of WildFly is its open-source nature, which fosters collaboration and innovation within the developer community. Unlike proprietary solutions, WildFly offers transparency and freedom in customization, enabling developers to tailor the server to meet specific project requirements. Additionally, its performance is second-to-none, making it ideal for high-traffic applications that demand rapid response times. Key Features of WildFly 1. Modular Architecture: WildFly's modular design allows users to pick and choose components, ensuring minimal resource usage while maximizing functionality. 2. High Performance: The server is optimized for speed, supporting a wide range of modern technologies such as Java EE 8 and later versions. 3. Security: Built-in security features ensure that applications are protected against common threats, with options for role-based access control and secure authentication methods. Use Cases WildFly is particularly useful in scenarios where businesses require a robust yet flexible application server. It is commonly used for building scalable web applications, enterprise resource planning systems, and mission-critical applications that demand reliability and performance. Community and Ecosystem The WildFly community is vibrant and active, with numerous resources available to help users troubleshoot issues and enhance their setups. From forums and documentation to third-party modules, there's a wealth of support for developers at every stage of their project. Transition from JBoss to WildFly WildFly was originally known as JBoss, which was renamed due to trademark restrictions. The transition has been smoothly accepted by the community, with WildFly continuing to build on the legacy of its predecessor while introducing new features and improvements. Best Practices for Using WildFly 1. Start Small: Begin with a minimal setup to understand the basics before scaling up. 2. Leverage Containers: Utilize containers like Docker to streamline development and deployment processes. 3. Community Support: Engage with the active community for insights, tips, and solutions. Conclusion WildFly is more than just an application server; it's a powerful tool that empowers developers to create high-performing and scalable web applications. Its open-source nature, combined with cutting-edge features and a strong community support system, makes it a top choice for Java development projects. Whether you're working on a small project or a large-scale enterprise solution, WildFly provides the flexibility and performance needed to succeed in today's competitive landscape.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wireguard

WireGuard WireGuard is a cutting-edge, open-source VPN protocol designed to deliver fast, modern, and secure network communication. With a focus on simplicity and efficiency, WireGuard aims to provide a streamlined and reliable VPN solution for various platforms. The protocol incorporates state-of-the-art cryptographic techniques to ensure secure connections while maintaining high performance. Overview of WireGuard WireGuard is an open-source, fast, and modern VPN protocol. It was designed with the goal of simplifying secure network communication by providing a more efficient alternative to traditional VPN solutions. Unlike older protocols such as OpenVPN or IPsec, WireGuard uses a unique approach that leverages modern cryptographic methods to establish encrypted connections quickly and efficiently. Key Features of WireGuard One of the standout features of WireGuard is its minimal codebase. This means that it is lightweight and easy to implement, making it accessible for both developers and end-users. The protocol also supports a wide range of platforms, including Linux, macOS, Windows, Android, and iOS, ensuring that users can secure their connections regardless of their device. Another notable feature of WireGuard is its focus on simplicity. The configuration process is much more straightforward compared to other VPN protocols. Users can set up a connection using command-line tools or simple GUIs, reducing the learning curve and making it easier for everyone to use. WireGuard also prioritizes security. It uses a combination of cryptographic algorithms to ensure that data transmitted over the network remains confidential and intact. The protocol is designed to handle both point-to-point and site-to-site connections, making it versatile for various use cases. Performance and Scalability WireGuard is known for its excellent performance. The protocol is optimized to provide fast connection times and stable performance, even when dealing with large amounts of data or multiple simultaneous connections. This makes it an ideal choice for users who need reliable and high-speed VPN solutions. The lightweight nature of WireGuard also contributes to its scalability. It can be easily integrated into existing infrastructure without requiring significant computational resources, making it a cost-effective solution for organizations. Limitations of WireGuard While WireGuard has many advantages, it is not without its limitations. One potential drawback is that it is still relatively new compared to other VPN protocols, which means there may be fewer third-party tools and services available. Additionally, the lack of a formalized standardization process could lead to inconsistencies in implementation across different platforms. Another limitation is that WireGuard does not currently support certain advanced features that are present in older protocols, such as NAT traversal or load balancing. However, these limitations are being addressed as the protocol continues to evolve. Conclusion WireGuard represents a significant advancement in VPN technology by offering a fast, secure, and user-friendly solution for network communication. Its minimal codebase, focus on simplicity, and robust security features make it an excellent choice for both individuals and organizations. As WireGuard continues to grow in popularity and adoption, it has the potential to become the standard for modern VPN protocols. By leveraging the power of WireGuard, users can enjoy secure and efficient connections while taking advantage of its ease of use and performance. Whether you're looking for a personal VPN or a solution for your organization, WireGuard provides a versatile and reliable option for all your network communication needs.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wiznote

WizNote WizNote is a self-hosted note-taking and knowledge management platform designed to help users organize, collaborate, and synchronize notes across devices. This comprehensive tool offers a flexible and intuitive environment for capturing and managing thoughts, ideas, and information, making it an excellent choice for students, professionals, and teams alike. Overview of WizNote WizNote provides a robust set of features that cater to both individual users and collaborative teams. The platform supports the creation, editing, and management of notes in a variety of formats, ensuring that users can capture their ideas in the most convenient way possible. With real-time collaboration capabilities, WizNote allows multiple users to work on the same notes simultaneously, making it ideal for group projects or team meetings. Key Features 1. Note Creation and Organization - Users can create unlimited notes and organize them into notebooks, each serving as a dedicated space for specific topics or projects. - Notes can be formatted with text, images, links, and even code snippets, providing versatility in how information is presented. 2. Tagging and Search - WizNote allows users to tag notes, making it easy to categorize and retrieve them later. The platform also supports advanced search functionality, enabling quick access to specific notes or information. - Tags can be customized to reflect personal preferences or project-specific requirements. 3. Collaboration and Sharing - Real-time collaboration is a standout feature of WizNote, allowing multiple users to edit and comment on the same note simultaneously. - Notes can be shared with others via unique links, providing secure access without requiring additional software installation. 4. Cross-Device Sync - WizNote ensures that notes are always available across devices, whether the user is working from a desktop computer, laptop, tablet, or smartphone. - The platform automatically syncs changes made on one device to all others connected to the account. 5. Customization and Integration - Users can customize their WizNote experience by choosing from a variety of themes and layouts. - The platform supports integration with third-party tools like calendars, task managers, and note-taking assistants, enhancing its utility for comprehensive knowledge management. 6. Security and Privacy - WizNote prioritizes data security and privacy, offering end-to-end encryption for all notes and backups. - Users have full control over their data, including the ability to delete notes and notebooks, ensuring that information remains accessible only to authorized individuals. Benefits of Using WizNote - For Students: WizNote helps students organize their study materials, write down lecture notes, and prepare for exams. The platform's note-taking features and collaboration tools make it an excellent companion for group projects and study groups. - For Professionals: WizNote is a valuable tool for professionals who need to manage multiple projects, track deadlines, and collaborate with colleagues. Its robust note management and real-time collaboration capabilities streamline workflow and improve productivity. - For Teams: WizNote provides an efficient platform for teams to work together on shared notes, brainstorm ideas, and document decisions. The ability to create shared notebooks and assign tasks ensures that everyone is on the same page. How WizNote Stands Out What sets WizNote apart from other note-taking platforms is its emphasis on self-hosted solutions and user customization. Unlike many cloud-based services, WizNote gives users full control over their data, allowing them to host notes on their own servers or choose from a variety of hosting options. The platform's flexibility in terms of note creation and organization makes it suitable for a wide range of use cases, from simple to-do lists to complex project documentation. Its focus on collaboration and synchronization ensures that users can access their notes wherever they are, without worrying about device limitations. Future Developments WizNote is continuously evolving, with new features and improvements released regularly based on user feedback. Upcoming developments include enhanced AI integration for note summarization and voice-to-note transcription, making the platform even more versatile for different types of users. Conclusion WizNote is a powerful tool for anyone looking to manage their notes and knowledge effectively. Its combination of robust features, customization options, and emphasis on security makes it an excellent choice for individuals and teams alike. Whether you're a student, professional, or team member, WizNote provides the tools needed to stay organized, collaborate efficiently, and access information seamlessly across devices.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: woocommerce

WooCommerce WooCommerce is a WordPress plugin that adds robust eCommerce functionality to WordPress websites. It serves as a comprehensive solution for online stores, enabling users to create and manage product listings, handle shopping carts, process payments, and streamline order management. What is WooCommerce? WooCommerce is an open-source e-commerce plugin designed for WordPress. It allows users to transform their WordPress sites into fully functional online stores. Unlike traditional eCommerce platforms, WooCommerce offers extensive customization options, making it ideal for businesses of all sizes. Whether you're selling physical products, digital goods, or services, WooCommerce provides the tools needed to create a seamless shopping experience. Key Features of WooCommerce 1. Product Management: WooCommerce allows users to list and manage products with ease. This includes creating product categories and tags, setting prices, and updating inventory levels. 2. Payment Processing: The plugin supports a wide range of payment gateways, including credit cards, PayPal, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and more. This ensures secure and reliable transactions. 3. Order Management: WooCommerce provides tools for tracking orders, managing shipping, and communicating with customers. It also offers built-in analytics to monitor sales performance. 4. Customization: Users can customize the look of their store using themes and plugins. WooCommerce is compatible with a vast array of third-party extensions, allowing for extensive functionality. 5. SEO and Performance: The plugin is optimized for SEO, helping businesses improve their search rankings. It also supports caching and database optimization to ensure fast performance. 6. Multilingual and Multicurrency Support: WooCommerce enables stores to operate in multiple languages and currencies, making it accessible to a global audience. Benefits of Using WooCommerce - Flexibility: Users can choose from over 50+ free plugins and 800+ free themes to customize their store. - Open Source: As an open-source platform, WooCommerce is community-driven, ensuring continuous updates and improvements. - Cost-Effective: While there are premium add-ons available, the base version of WooCommerce is free for WordPress users. How Does WooCommerce Work? WooCommerce operates by integrating with WordPress' existing features. It leverages WordPress' user management system to handle customer accounts and orders. The plugin also utilizes WordPress' customization options to allow users to tweak their store's appearance and functionality. Why Choose WooCommerce? - Extensive Features: From product listings to payment processing, WooCommerce covers all aspects of running an online store. - Customizable: Users can tailor their store to match their brand with custom themes and plugins. - Community Support: The WooCommerce community provides extensive documentation, tutorials, and support to help users get the most out of the plugin. Getting Started with WooCommerce 1. Install WordPress: If you don't already have a WordPress site, install it on your hosting server. 2. Activate WooCommerce: Once installed, activate the WooCommerce plugin from the WordPress dashboard. 3. Set Up Products: Add products to your store by creating product listings with images, descriptions, and prices. 4. Configure Payment Gateways: Link your store with a payment gateway of your choice to process transactions. 5. Customize Your Store: Use themes and plugins to customize the look and functionality of your store. Why WooCommerce is a Great Choice WooCommerce stands out among other eCommerce platforms due to its flexibility, customization options, and robust feature set. It is an excellent choice for businesses looking to establish a strong online presence without breaking the bank. With continuous updates and a dedicated community, WooCommerce continues to evolve, offering new features and improvements for users. In conclusion, WooCommerce is a powerful tool that can transform your WordPress site into a fully functional online store. Its open-source nature, extensive features, and customization options make it a top choice for businesses of all sizes.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wordle

Wordle Wordle is a simple yet captivating word puzzle game that challenges players to guess a hidden five-letter word within six attempts. The game's premise is straightforward: you have six chances to correctly identify the secret word, and each guess provides feedback in the form of colored letters—green for correct letters in the right position, yellow for correct letters in the wrong position, and gray for incorrect letters. The Mechanics of Wordle At its core, Wordle operates on a system of feedback that helps players narrow down possibilities. Each letter in the guessed word is compared to the secret word: - Green Letters: These indicate that the letter matches both the position and the letter in the secret word. - Yellow Letters: These show that the letter is present in the secret word but not in the guessed position. - Gray Letters: These signify that the letter does not appear in the secret word at all. This feedback mechanism allows players to strategically eliminate incorrect letters and refine their guesses, making the game both challenging and rewarding. Strategies for Success To maximize your chances of solving Wordle, consider the following strategies: 1. Start with Common Words: Begin by guessing high-frequency words or those that appear in dictionaries. This approach quickly narrows down the possible secret word. 2. Use Process of Elimination: Pay attention to gray letters, as they can help eliminate entire sections of the alphabet from your remaining possibilities. 3. Leverage Yellow and Gray Feedback: Yellow letters indicate that a letter is present but misplaced, while gray letters show that a letter is entirely absent. Use this information to adjust your guesses accordingly. 4. Consider Word Patterns: Look for patterns in the secret word, such as vowel-consonant-vowel or consonant-vowel-consonant structures, which can help refine your guesses. 5. Play Solitarily or with Others: While Wordle is often played alone, it can also be a fun group activity, especially during gatherings or competitions. The Impact of Wordle Wordle has become a cultural phenomenon, known for its simplicity and addictive gameplay. Its accessibility makes it appealing to players of all ages and backgrounds. The game's focus on logical thinking and deduction skills makes it an excellent mental exercise, improving vocabulary and spelling abilities while fostering critical thinking. Moreover, Wordle has inspired a variety of community-driven innovations, such as custom themes, alternative word lists, and even variations with longer words or more letters. This creativity underscores the game's versatility and enduring appeal. Conclusion Wordle is more than just a simple word guessing game; it is a testament to the power of strategic thinking and logical deduction. Its unique feedback system and engaging mechanics have made it a favorite among casual gamers and vocabulary enthusiasts alike. Whether you're solving puzzles solo or competing with friends, Wordle offers an experience that is both mentally stimulating and inherently fun. The legacy of Wordle continues to grow, with new variations and adaptations emerging regularly. As the game evolves, its core principles of simplicity and strategic thinking remain constants, ensuring its place as a beloved pastime for generations to come.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: wordpress

WordPress WordPress is a popular content management system (CMS) designed to help users create, manage, and publish digital content. Originally developed as a tool for publishing blogs, WordPress has evolved into a versatile platform that supports a wide range of web content, including traditional websites, online stores, membership sites, and more. Overview of WordPress WordPress is an open-source software, meaning it is freely available for anyone to use, modify, and distribute. It operates on a CMS model, which allows users to manage their website's content through a user-friendly interface. The system is highly customizable, with thousands of themes and plugins available to enhance functionality and design. Key Features of WordPress 1. Content Management: WordPress provides an intuitive dashboard where users can create, edit, and publish content. This includes text, images, videos, and other media types. 2. Customizable Themes: Users can choose from a wide range of themes, which determine the visual appearance of their website. Themes can be modified using CSS or HTML for more personalized designs. 3. Plugins: Plugins are small software applications that add specific functionalities to WordPress. Examples include contact forms, e-commerce features, and social media integration. 4. Multisite Support: WordPress allows users to create multiple websites from a single installation, making it ideal for managing several blogs or websites. 5. SEO Tools: Built-in tools help optimize websites for search engines, improving visibility and traffic. 6. Mobile Responsiveness: WordPress themes are often designed to be responsive, ensuring that websites look good on both desktop and mobile devices. Why Choose WordPress? - Flexibility: WordPress can be used for almost any type of website, from personal blogs to large corporate sites. - Open Source: As an open-source platform, WordPress is free to use and can be customized to meet specific needs. - Community Support: A large community of developers and users contribute to the constant development and improvement of WordPress. - User-Friendly: The dashboard is designed to be accessible for users with varying levels of technical expertise. User Experience WordPress is known for its user-friendly interface, making it easy for beginners to get started. Advanced users can also take advantage of more complex features like custom coding and API integrations. Conclusion WordPress is a powerful tool for anyone looking to create and manage digital content. Its flexibility, ease of use, and extensive feature set make it an excellent choice for individuals, businesses, and organizations alike. Whether you're starting a blog, building a website, or launching an online store, WordPress provides the tools and resources needed to achieve your goals.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: xbackbone

XBackBone XBackBone is a self-hosted, collaborative file-sharing platform designed to empower users with secure and privacy-focused file management. This innovative solution allows individuals and teams to share, manage, and collaborate on files in a private environment, ensuring data security and control. Overview of XBackBone XBackBone is an open-source cloud storage solution that users can host themselves. It offers features like file synchronization, sharing, and collaboration, all while maintaining strict privacy standards. The platform is ideal for professionals, businesses, and organizations who prioritize data sovereignty and security. Key Features 1. Self-Hosted Solution: Users have full control over their data by hosting XBackBone on their own servers, reducing reliance on third-party providers. 2. File Sharing and Collaboration: The platform supports easy file sharing with features like drag-and-drop functionality and real-time collaboration tools. 3. Security and Privacy: Built with end-to-end encryption and access control mechanisms, XBackBone ensures that only authorized users can view or modify shared files. 4. Versioning and History: Users can track changes over time with version history, providing a reliable record of file updates. 5. Customizable Branding: The platform allows for custom branding, making it suitable for businesses that want to maintain their brand identity in internal collaborations. Use Cases - Project Management: Teams can securely share project files, documentation, and assets, ensuring everyone is on the same page. - Document Collaboration: Legal teams, educational institutions, and healthcare providers can collaborate on sensitive documents without risking data exposure. - File Archiving and Backup: XBackBone serves as an efficient way to store and backup important files, with versioning capabilities for disaster recovery. Security XBackBone places a strong emphasis on security, offering features like multi-factor authentication (MFA), role-based access control (RBAC), and audit logs. These tools enable organizations to enforce strict access policies and monitor file activity, ensuring compliance with data protection regulations such as GDPR or HIPAA. Comparison to Other Solutions When compared to traditional cloud storage providers, XBackBone offers greater control over data and infrastructure. While services like Google Drive or Dropbox are convenient, they may not provide the same level of privacy or customization. XBackBone's self-hosted nature and open-source architecture make it a compelling alternative for those who value transparency and autonomy. Conclusion XBackBone is more than just a file-sharing tool; it’s a comprehensive platform designed to meet the needs of modern organizations and individuals. By providing secure, flexible, and customizable solutions, XBackBone stands out as a robust choice for anyone seeking an alternative to traditional cloud storage. Whether you're managing sensitive projects or archiving critical data, XBackBone offers the tools needed to collaborate effectively while maintaining full control over your information.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: yaade

Yaade Yaade is a self-hosted, privacy-focused note-taking and knowledge management platform designed to help users capture, organize, and retrieve information efficiently. With its user-friendly interface and robust features, Yaade stands out as an excellent tool for personal or collaborative use. Features of Yaade Yaade offers a variety of features that make it a versatile tool for note-taking and knowledge management. One of the standout features is its notebook organization system, which allows users to create multiple notebooks, each with its own set of notes and sub-nodes. This hierarchical structure helps in keeping track of complex information. Another key feature is the extensive tagging system. Users can assign multiple tags to their notes, making it easy to search and retrieve specific information. Tags can be customized to reflect different categories or themes, such as "work," "personal," or "ideas." The platform also supports Markdown editing, which provides users with a flexible way to format their notes. Whether you're writing plain text, adding bullet points, or creating tables, Markdown ensures that your notes are well-organized and easy to read. Search functionality is another area where Yaade excels. The platform offers a powerful search feature that can quickly locate specific notes or information within notebooks. This feature is particularly useful for users who deal with large amounts of data on a daily basis. Security and Privacy Yaade places a strong emphasis on security and privacy, which is a big plus for users who are concerned about data breaches or unauthorized access. Since Yaade is self-hosted, users have full control over their data, ensuring that it remains private and secure. The platform likely employs encryption to protect sensitive information, though specific details about the encryption method might require further investigation. Additionally, Yaade probably offers settings to control access, such as password protection or two-factor authentication, adding an extra layer of security. Collaboration Yaade also supports collaboration features, making it ideal for teams or groups that need to work together on projects or knowledge bases. Users can share notebooks and notes with others, allowing for seamless teamwork. Collaboration might involve real-time editing, version history, and the ability to leave comments or annotations. Customization Yaade allows users to customize their experience to a significant extent. This could include choosing from different themes or templates, setting up shortcuts for frequently used actions, and integrating third-party tools or services. Customization options enhance the user experience by making the platform more adaptable to individual needs. Accessibility Accessibility is another important aspect of Yaade. The platform likely includes features that make it usable for individuals with disabilities, such as screen reader support, keyboard navigation, and text resizing. This ensures that Yaade can be utilized by a broad range of users, regardless of their technical expertise or physical abilities. Conclusion Yaade is more than just a note-taking tool; it's a comprehensive platform designed to help users manage their knowledge effectively. With its robust features, strong emphasis on privacy, and customizable interface, Yaade stands out as an excellent choice for anyone looking to organize and retrieve information in a secure and efficient manner. Whether you're a student, a professional, or a knowledge worker, Yaade offers a private and flexible solution for capturing and managing your thoughts, ideas, and information. By leveraging its powerful tools and commitment to privacy, Yaade empowers users to take control of their digital knowledge management.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: yourls

Yourls YOURLS (Your Own URL Shortener) is a self-hosted and open-source URL shortening platform that allows users to create and manage custom short URLs for link tracking and sharing. In today's digital age, the need for efficient URL management has never been greater. Whether you're running a blog, a business, or just looking to streamline your online presence, YOURLS provides a powerful tool to help you take control of your links. What is Yourls? Yourls is more than just a URL shortener; it's a comprehensive platform designed for individuals and businesses who want to manage their own URLs. Unlike many third-party services, Yourls gives you full control over your link shortening process. This means you can create custom short URLs that reflect your brand or business, track click statistics, and maintain complete ownership of your data. Features of Yourls Yourls is packed with features that make it a versatile tool for any user: - Custom Short URLs: Create unique and brand-specific short URLs. - Link Tracking: Analyze how your links are being used with detailed analytics. - API Access: Integrate Yourls with other systems and tools via APIs. - Custom Keywords: Shorten keywords or phrases to create even shorter URLs. - Security: Ensure your data remains secure with robust encryption and access controls. - Customization: Modify the appearance of your shortener with themes and plugins. Benefits of Using Yourls The advantages of using Yourls are numerous: 1. Full Control: You own your data, and you can manage it however you see fit. 2. Customization: Tailor your URL shortener to match your brand or website. 3. Analytics: Gain valuable insights into how your links are being shared and used. 4. Cost-Effective: Yourls is free to use (depending on the version), making it an excellent choice for businesses of all sizes. How Does Yourls Work? Using Yourls involves a few straightforward steps: 1. Installation: Install Yourls on your web server or hosting platform. 2. Configuration: Set up your configuration files and adjust settings as needed. 3. Create Short URLs: Start creating short URLs for your links. 4. Track Analytics: Use the built-in analytics tools to monitor your link performance. Use Cases for Yourls Yourls is perfect for a variety of use cases: - Social Media Marketing: Share links that are easy to remember and track. - Content Sharing: Create short URLs for articles, blog posts, or other content. - Lead Generation: Use short URLs to direct users to specific landing pages. - SEO: Optimize your links with custom keywords to improve search engine performance. Getting Started with Yourls Getting started with Yourls is easier than you might think. Here are a few steps to guide you: 1. Choose a Hosting Solution: Select a hosting provider that supports PHP and MySQL (or its equivalents). 2. Install Yourls: Use the provided installation instructions to set up Yourls on your server. 3. Configure Settings: Adjust the settings in the configuration file to match your needs. 4. Create Short URLs: Start creating short URLs using the provided interface. Customization and Plugins Yourls offers extensive customization options, including: - Themes: Change the appearance of your URL shortener with different themes. - Plugins: Extend the functionality of Yourls with additional features and tools. - Custom Domain: Use a custom domain for your short URLs to enhance brand consistency. API Access One of the most powerful features of Yourls is its API access. You can integrate Yourls with other systems, such as: - CRM Systems: Sync your link data with your customer relationship management (CRM) software. - Analytics Tools: Feed your link statistics into your preferred analytics platform. - Social Media Platforms: Automatically shorten links and track their performance across various social media channels. Security and Privacy Yourls places a strong emphasis on security and privacy. The platform includes features such as: - Data Encryption: Protect your data with robust encryption methods. - Access Control: Restrict access to Yourls based on user roles and permissions. - Audit Logs: Track who accessed what and when for added security. Community Support The Yourls community is active and supportive, with resources available through forums, documentation, and contributions from other users. This open-source nature ensures that the platform continues to evolve and improve over time. Comparing Yourls to Other URL Shorteners When comparing Yourls to other URL shorteners like Bitly or TinyURL, it's clear that Yourls offers more control and flexibility. While these services have their place, Yourls provides a more personalized and secure solution for businesses and individuals alike. Conclusion Yourls is an excellent choice for anyone looking to manage their URLs effectively. With its powerful features, customization options, and commitment to security, Yourls gives you the tools you need to take control of your online presence. Whether you're running a blog, a business, or just want to streamline your link sharing process, Yourls is a platform that will serve you well.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: zammad

Zammad Zammad is an open-source, self-hosted helpdesk and ticketing system designed to enhance customer support management. It provides a centralized platform for organizations to efficiently handle customer inquiries, streamline communication, and track issues effectively. Overview of Zammad Zammad offers a comprehensive solution for managing customer interactions, making it ideal for both small businesses and large enterprises. The platform supports multi-channel communication, allowing users to interact with customers through email, chat, social media, and other channels from a single interface. This integration simplifies the management of customer support workflows. Key Features 1. Multi-Channel Communication: Zammad enables interactions across various platforms, including email, chat, and social media, ensuring that all customer inquiries are centralized and easily accessible. 2. Ticket Automation: The system automates ticket creation based on incoming requests, reducing manual intervention and improving response times. 3. Knowledge Base Integration: Zammad allows for the creation and management of a knowledge base, providing customers with self-help resources and reducing repetitive support queries. 4. Scalability: Whether used by a small team or a large organization, Zammad's modular design ensures flexibility and scalability to meet growing needs. 5. Collaboration Tools: The platform includes features that facilitate collaboration among support teams, such as comments, tags, and priority settings, ensuring efficient issue resolution. Benefits Using Zammad can significantly enhance customer satisfaction by providing quick and effective support. It also optimizes support workflows by centralizing communication and automating repetitive tasks. Additionally, the knowledge base feature empowers customers to resolve issues independently, reducing the burden on support teams. Target Audience Zammad is tailored for organizations that value self-control over their customer support systems. It's particularly beneficial for businesses that need a flexible and scalable solution to manage customer interactions effectively. Conclusion In summary, Zammad is a robust open-source platform designed to streamline customer support management. Its comprehensive features and flexibility make it an excellent choice for organizations looking to enhance their customer service operations.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: zenml

zenml Open source MLOps framework for portable production ready ML pipelines What is ZenML? ZenML is an open-source framework designed to simplify and streamline the deployment of machine learning models into production environments. It provides a unified interface for managing ML workflows, enabling organizations to build, train, validate, and deploy models with ease. The framework emphasizes portability, scalability, and integration with existing tools, making it a valuable asset for teams looking to implement reliable and efficient machine learning solutions. Key Features of ZenML ZenML offers several unique features that set it apart from other MLOps tools: 1. Open Source: ZenML is open-source, meaning it is free to use, modify, and contribute to. This fosters a strong community-driven approach, ensuring continuous innovation and support. 2. Portable Pipelines: One of ZenML's most notable features is its ability to create portable ML pipelines. These pipelines can be easily deployed across different environments, including on-premises data centers, cloud platforms, and edge devices. 3. Scalability: ZenML is designed to handle large-scale machine learning workloads. It supports distributed computing frameworks like Apache Spark and Hadoop, making it suitable for organizations with complex computational needs. 4. Integration: ZenML seamlessly integrates with popular machine learning frameworks such as TensorFlow, PyTorch, and scikit-learn. This ensures that models developed using these tools can be deployed without additional effort. 5. Ease of Use: The framework provides a user-friendly interface that allows non-technical users to manage ML workflows. This reduces the barrier to entry for teams looking to adopt MLOps practices. How ZenML Manages ML Pipelines ZenML excels in managing end-to-end machine learning pipelines, from data collection and preprocessing to model training and deployment. The framework automates many of the manual tasks associated with ML development, such as versioning models, monitoring performance, and scaling resources dynamically. Benefits of Using ZenML Using ZenML offers several benefits for organizations: 1. Reduced Operational Overhead: By automating routine tasks, ZenML reduces the operational burden on teams, allowing them to focus on innovation and strategic initiatives. 2. Enhanced Collaboration: ZenML facilitates collaboration between data scientists, engineers, and operations teams by providing a centralized platform for managing ML workflows. 3. Consistency Across Environments: The framework ensures that models are consistent across different environments, reducing the risk of errors during deployment. 4. Improved Model Performance: ZenML's automated optimization features help improve model performance over time, ensuring that models remain accurate and reliable in production. Real-World Applications ZenML has been successfully applied in a wide range of industries, including finance, healthcare, retail, and telecommunications. For example: - Fraud Detection: Financial institutions use ZenML to detect fraudulent transactions in real-time by deploying pre-trained models across their global networks. - Recommendation Systems: E-commerce platforms leverage ZenML to deliver personalized product recommendations based on user behavior data. - Image Classification: Companies specializing in computer vision use ZenML to classify images with high accuracy, enabling automated decision-making processes. Conclusion ZenML is a powerful tool for organizations looking to implement robust and scalable machine learning solutions. Its open-source nature, portability, and ease of use make it an excellent choice for teams of all sizes. By automating ML workflows and providing seamless integration with existing tools, ZenML helps organizations achieve their goals of innovation and operational efficiency.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Catalog: zerotier

ZeroTier ZeroTier is a self-hosted and open-source software-defined networking (SDN) platform designed to simplify the creation of secure and private networks for remote collaboration. In today's interconnected world, the need for robust and reliable communication tools has never been greater. Whether you're working remotely, managing a distributed team, or running a business that relies on secure data transmission, ZeroTier offers a powerful solution to bridge the gaps between traditional networking and modern connectivity demands. What is ZeroTier? ZeroTier is an open-source software-defined networking (SDN) solution that enables users to create secure and private networks over the internet. Unlike traditional networking solutions, which are often rigid and inflexible, ZeroTier provides a flexible and scalable way to establish encrypted connections between devices and endpoints. With ZeroTier, you can create virtual LANs (VLANs) that operate seamlessly across different physical and logical networks, ensuring that your communication remains secure and private. Key Features of ZeroTier 1. Encryption: ZeroTier encrypts all traffic by default, providing an additional layer of security for your communications. 2. Multi-Platform Compatibility: ZeroTier is compatible with a wide range of operating systems, including Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS, and Android, making it a versatile solution for diverse environments. 3. Network Management: The platform offers intuitive network management tools that allow users to monitor and control their networks with ease. 4. Ease of Use: ZeroTier is designed to be user-friendly, with a simple setup process and minimal learning curve. How ZeroTier Works ZeroTier operates by creating a virtual network overlay on top of existing physical or virtual networks. This overlay allows users to create secure connections between devices and endpoints, regardless of their geographical location. The platform leverages software-defined networking principles to provide a flexible and scalable solution for modern communication needs. The key components of ZeroTier include: 1. Software-Defined Networking (SDN): This technology enables the creation of virtual networks that can be configured and managed programmatically. 2. Distributed Networking Model: ZeroTier distributes network traffic across multiple nodes, ensuring redundancy and fault tolerance. 3. Encryption Protocols: The platform supports a variety of encryption protocols, including AES and TLS, to protect data in transit. 4. User-Friendly Interface: ZeroTier provides a web-based interface that makes it easy for users to manage their networks. Use Cases for ZeroTier ZeroTier is ideal for a wide range of use cases, including: 1. Remote Collaboration: Teams working remotely can use ZeroTier to create secure and private networks for communication and file sharing. 2. Business Communication: Businesses with distributed teams or multiple offices can benefit from the secure and reliable connectivity provided by ZeroTier. 3. Software Development and Testing: Developers can use ZeroTier to create isolated environments for testing and debugging purposes. 4. IoT and Edge Computing: ZeroTier can be used to connect devices in IoT and edge computing applications, ensuring secure communication between devices. Benefits of Using ZeroTier 1. Enhanced Security: The encryption features of ZeroTier ensure that your communications are protected from unauthorized access. 2. Flexibility and Scalability: The platform is highly flexible and scalable, allowing users to adjust their networks according to their specific needs. 3. Cost-Effective: By leveraging existing infrastructure, ZeroTier reduces the need for expensive networking hardware and software. 4. Community Support: ZeroTier has a strong community of developers and users who are actively contributing to its development and support. Getting Started with ZeroTier Getting started with ZeroTier is straightforward. Here's a step-by-step guide: 1. Installation: Download and install ZeroTier from the official website or via package managers for your specific operating system. 2. Configuration: Use the web-based interface to configure your network settings, including IP addresses and encryption protocols. 3. Network Management: Monitor and manage your network using the provided tools, which include real-time traffic monitoring and connection management. Community and Support ZeroTier has a vibrant community of users and developers who are always ready to help with any questions or issues. The platform also provides comprehensive documentation and guides to assist users in getting the most out of their ZeroTier installation. Conclusion In an era where secure and reliable communication is more important than ever, ZeroTier stands out as a powerful tool for creating private and secure networks. Its open-source nature, ease of use, and robust features make it an excellent choice for individuals and organizations looking to enhance their connectivity in a safe and efficient manner. By adopting ZeroTier, you can take full control of your networking needs while ensuring that your data remains protected from unauthorized access. Whether you're working remotely, managing a distributed team, or running a business, ZeroTier offers the flexibility and security you need to thrive in today's interconnected world.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Charts / common: README

Bitnami Common Library Chart A Helm Library Chart for grouping common logic between Bitnami charts. TL;DR dependencies: - name: common version: 2.x.x repository: oci://registry-1.docker.io/bitnamicharts helm dependency update apiVersion: v1 kind: ConfigMap metadata: name: {{ include "common.names.fullname" . }} data: myvalue: "Hello World" Looking to use our applications in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Introduction This chart provides a common template helpers which can be used to develop new charts using Helm package manager. Bitnami charts can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Prerequisites - Kubernetes 1.23+ - Helm 3.8.0+ Parameters Special input schemas ImageRoot registry: type: string description: Docker registry where the image is located example: docker.io repository: type: string description: Repository and image name example: bitnami/nginx tag: type: string description: image tag example: 1.16.1-debian-10-r63 pullPolicy: type: string description: Specify a imagePullPolicy. Defaults to 'Always' if image tag is 'latest', else set to 'IfNotPresent' pullSecrets: type: array items: type: string description: Optionally specify an array of imagePullSecrets (evaluated as templates). debug: type: boolean description: Set to true if you would like to see extra information on logs example: false ## An instance would be: # registry: docker.io # repository: bitnami/nginx # tag: 1.16.1-debian-10-r63 # pullPolicy: IfNotPresent # debug: false Persistence enabled: type: boolean description: Whether enable persistence. example: true storageClass: type: string description: Ghost data Persistent Volume Storage Class, If set to "-", storageClassName: "" which disables dynamic provisioning. example: "-" accessMode: type: string description: Access mode for the Persistent Volume Storage. example: ReadWriteOnce size: type: string description: Size the Persistent Volume Storage. example: 8Gi path: type: string description: Path to be persisted. example: /bitnami ## An instance would be: # enabled: true # storageClass: "-" # accessMode: ReadWriteOnce # size: 8Gi # path: /bitnami ExistingSecret name: type: string description: Name of the existing secret. example: mySecret keyMapping: description: Mapping between the expected key name and the name of the key in the existing secret. type: object ## An instance would be: # name: mySecret # keyMapping: # password: myPasswordKey Example of use When we store sensitive data for a deployment in a secret, some times we want to give to users the possibility of using theirs existing secrets. # templates/secret.yaml --- apiVersion: v1 kind: Secret metadata: name: {{ include "common.names.fullname" . }} labels: app: {{ include "common.names.fullname" . }} type: Opaque data: password: {{ .Values.password | b64enc | quote }} # templates/dpl.yaml --- ... env: - name: PASSWORD valueFrom: secretKeyRef: name: {{ include "common.secrets.name" (dict "existingSecret" .Values.existingSecret "context" $) }} key: {{ include "common.secrets.key" (dict "existingSecret" .Values.existingSecret "key" "password") }} ... # values.yaml --- name: mySecret keyMapping: password: myPasswordKey ValidateValue NOTES.txt {{- $validateValueConf00 := (dict "valueKey" "path.to.value00" "secret" "secretName" "field" "password-00") -}} {{- $validateValueConf01 := (dict "valueKey" "path.to.value01" "secret" "secretName" "field" "password-01") -}} {{ include "common.validations.values.multiple.empty" (dict "required" (list $validateValueConf00 $validateValueConf01) "context" $) }} If we force those values to be empty we will see some alerts helm install test mychart --set path.to.value00="",path.to.value01="" 'path.to.value00' must not be empty, please add '--set path.to.value00=$PASSWORD_00' to the command. To get the current value: export PASSWORD_00=$(kubectl get secret --namespace default secretName -o jsonpath="{.data.password-00}" | base64 -d) 'path.to.value01' must not be empty, please add '--set path.to.value01=$PASSWORD_01' to the command. To get the current value: export PASSWORD_01=$(kubectl get secret --namespace default secretName -o jsonpath="{.data.password-01}" | base64 -d) Upgrading To 1.0.0 On November 13, 2020, Helm v2 support was formally finished, this major version is the result of the required changes applied to the Helm Chart to be able to incorporate the different features added in Helm v3 and to be consistent with the Helm project itself regarding the Helm v2 EOL. What changes were introduced in this major version? - Previous versions of this Helm Chart use apiVersion: v1 (installable by both Helm 2 and 3), this Helm Chart was updated to apiVersion: v2 (installable by Helm 3 only). Here you can find more information about the apiVersion field. - Use type: library. Here you can find more information. - The different fields present in the Chart.yaml file has been ordered alphabetically in a homogeneous way for all the Bitnami Helm Charts Considerations when upgrading to this version - If you want to upgrade to this version from a previous one installed with Helm v3, you shouldn't face any issues - If you want to upgrade to this version using Helm v2, this scenario is not supported as this version doesn't support Helm v2 anymore - If you installed the previous version with Helm v2 and wants to upgrade to this version with Helm v3, please refer to the official Helm documentation about migrating from Helm v2 to v3 Useful links - https://docs.vmware.com/en/VMware-Tanzu-Application-Catalog/services/tutorials/GUID-resolve-helm2-helm3-post-migration-issues-index.html - https://helm.sh/docs/topics/v2_v3_migration/ - https://helm.sh/blog/migrate-from-helm-v2-to-helm-v3/ License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / acmesolver: README

Bitnami package for ACME Solver What is ACME Solver? ACME Solver is a part of the cert-manager project. It will ensure certificates are valid and up to date periodically, and attempt to renew certificates at an appropriate time before expiry. Cert-manager is a Kubernetes add-on to automate the management and issuance of TLS certificates from various issuing sources. Overview of ACME Solver Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name redis -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes bitnami/acmesolver:latest Warning: These quick setups are only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Configuration section for a more secure deployment. Pre-requisites Kubernetes cluster with CustomResourceDefinition or ThirdPartyResource support Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ACME Solver in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Further documentation For further documentation, please check here Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / airflow-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Airflow Exporter What is Airflow Exporter? Export airflow metrics in Prometheus format. Overview of Airflow Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name airflow-exporter bitnami/airflow-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Airflow Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Airflow Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/airflow-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/airflow-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create airflow-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the airflow-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the airflow-exporter-network network. docker run --name airflow-exporter-node1 --network airflow-exporter-network bitnami/airflow-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration options in the Airflow Prometheus Exporter documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |--------------------------------------|------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------| | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_BASE_DIR | airflow-exporter installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/airflow-exporter | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DATABASE_BACKEND | The database backend | postgres | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DATABASE_HOST | The hostname of the database | 127.0.0.1 | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DATABASE_PORT | The port of the database | 5432 | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DATABASE_USER | The user of the database | bn_airflow | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DATABASE_PASSWORD | The password of the database | nil | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DATABASE_NAME | The name of the database | bitnami_airflow | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------| | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_BIN_DIR | airflow-exporter directory for binary executables. | ${AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_BASE_DIR}/bin | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DAEMON_USER | airflow-exporter system user. | airflow | | AIRFLOW_EXPORTER_DAEMON_GROUP | airflow-exporter system group. | airflow | Logging The Bitnami Airflow Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs airflow-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Airflow Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/airflow-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop airflow-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v airflow-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name airflow-exporter bitnami/airflow-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / airflow-worker: README

Bitnami package for Apache Airflow Worker What is Apache Airflow Worker? Apache Airflow is a tool to express and execute workflows as directed acyclic graphs (DAGs). Airflow workers listen to, and process, queues containing workflow tasks. Overview of Apache Airflow Worker Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name airflow-worker bitnami/airflow-worker:latest You can find the default credentials and available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache Airflow Worker in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Prerequisites To run this application you need Docker Engine >= 1.10.0. Docker Compose is recommended with a version 1.6.0 or later. How to use this image Airflow Worker is a component of an Airflow solution configuring with the CeleryExecutor. Hence, you will need to rest of Airflow components for this image to work. You will need an Airflow Webserver, an Airflow Scheduler, a PostgreSQL database and a Redis(R) server. Using the Docker Command Line 1. Create a network docker network create airflow-tier 2. Create a volume for PostgreSQL persistence and create a PostgreSQL container docker volume create --name postgresql_data docker run -d --name postgresql \ -e POSTGRESQL_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e POSTGRESQL_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e POSTGRESQL_DATABASE=bitnami_airflow \ --net airflow-tier \ --volume postgresql_data:/bitnami/postgresql \ bitnami/postgresql:latest 3. Create a volume for Redis(R) persistence and create a Redis(R) container docker volume create --name redis_data docker run -d --name redis \ -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes \ --net airflow-tier \ --volume redis_data:/bitnami \ bitnami/redis:latest 4. Launch the Apache Airflow Worker web container docker run -d --name airflow -p 8080:8080 \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e AIRFLOW_LOAD_EXAMPLES=yes \ -e AIRFLOW_PASSWORD=bitnami123 \ -e AIRFLOW_USERNAME=user \ -e AIRFLOW_EMAIL=user@example.com \ --net airflow-tier \ bitnami/airflow:latest 5. Launch the Apache Airflow Worker scheduler container docker run -d --name airflow-scheduler \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e AIRFLOW_LOAD_EXAMPLES=yes \ --net airflow-tier \ bitnami/airflow-scheduler:latest 6. Launch the Apache Airflow Worker worker container docker run -d --name airflow-worker \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e AIRFLOW_QUEUE=new_queue \ --net airflow-tier \ bitnami/airflow-worker:latest Access your application at http://your-ip:8080 Using docker-compose.yaml curl -LO https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bitnami/containers/main/bitnami/airflow/docker-compose.yml docker-compose up Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Persisting your application The Bitnami Airflow container relies on the PostgreSQL database & Redis to persist the data. This means that Airflow does not persist anything. To avoid loss of data, you should mount volumes for persistence of PostgreSQL data and Redis(R) data The above examples define docker volumes namely postgresql_data, and redis_data. The Airflow application state will persist as long as these volumes are not removed. To avoid inadvertent removal of these volumes you can mount host directories as data volumes. Alternatively you can make use of volume plugins to host the volume data. Mount host directories as data volumes with Docker Compose The following docker-compose.yml template demonstrates the use of host directories as data volumes. version: '2' services: postgresql: image: 'bitnami/postgresql:latest' environment: - POSTGRESQL_DATABASE=bitnami_airflow - POSTGRESQL_USERNAME=bn_airflow - POSTGRESQL_PASSWORD=bitnami1 volumes: - /path/to/postgresql-persistence:/bitnami redis: image: 'bitnami/redis:latest' environment: - ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes volumes: - /path/to/redis-persistence:/bitnami airflow-worker: image: bitnami/airflow-worker:latest environment: - AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= - AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= - AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 - AIRFLOW_LOAD_EXAMPLES=yes airflow-scheduler: image: bitnami/airflow-scheduler:latest environment: - AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= - AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= - AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 - AIRFLOW_LOAD_EXAMPLES=yes airflow: image: bitnami/airflow:latest environment: - AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= - AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= - AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 - AIRFLOW_PASSWORD=bitnami123 - AIRFLOW_USERNAME=user - AIRFLOW_EMAIL=user@example.com ports: - '8080:8080' Mount host directories as data volumes using the Docker command line 1. Create a network (if it does not exist) docker network create airflow-tier 2. Create the PostgreSQL container with host volumes docker run -d --name postgresql \ -e POSTGRESQL_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e POSTGRESQL_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e POSTGRESQL_DATABASE=bitnami_airflow \ --net airflow-tier \ --volume /path/to/postgresql-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/postgresql:latest 3. Create the Redis(R) container with host volumes docker run -d --name redis \ -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes \ --net airflow-tier \ --volume /path/to/redis-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/redis:latest 4. Create the Airflow container docker run -d --name airflow -p 8080:8080 \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e AIRFLOW_LOAD_EXAMPLES=yes \ -e AIRFLOW_PASSWORD=bitnami123 \ -e AIRFLOW_USERNAME=user \ -e AIRFLOW_EMAIL=user@example.com \ --net airflow-tier \ bitnami/airflow:latest 5. Create the Airflow Scheduler container docker run -d --name airflow-scheduler \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e AIRFLOW_LOAD_EXAMPLES=yes \ --net airflow-tier \ bitnami/airflow-scheduler:latest 6. Create the Airflow Worker container docker run -d --name airflow-worker \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ --net airflow-tier \ bitnami/airflow-worker:latest Configuration Installing additional python modules This container supports the installation of additional python modules at start-up time. In order to do that, you can mount a requirements.txt file with your specific needs under the path /bitnami/python/requirements.txt. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------| | AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR | Airflow executor. | SequentialExecutor | | AIRFLOW_RAW_FERNET_KEY | Airflow raw/unencoded Fernet key | nil | | AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY | Airflow Fernet key | nil | | AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY | Airflow Secret key | nil | | AIRFLOW_FORCE_OVERWRITE_CONF_FILE | Force the airflow.cfg config file generation. | no | | AIRFLOW_WEBSERVER_HOST | Airflow webserver host | 127.0.0.1 | | AIRFLOW_WEBSERVER_PORT_NUMBER | Airflow webserver port. | 8080 | | AIRFLOW_HOSTNAME_CALLABLE | Method to obtain the hostname. | nil | | AIRFLOW_QUEUE | A queue for the worker to pull tasks from. | nil | | AIRFLOW_DATABASE_HOST | Hostname for PostgreSQL server. | postgresql | | AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Port used by PostgreSQL server. | 5432 | | AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME | Database name that Airflow will use to connect with the database. | bitnami_airflow | | AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME | Database user that Airflow will use to connect with the database. | bn_airflow | | AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD | Database password that Airflow will use to connect with the database. | nil | | AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USE_SSL | Set to yes if the database is using SSL. | no | | AIRFLOW_REDIS_USE_SSL | Set to yes if Redis(R) uses SSL. | no | | REDIS_HOST | Hostname for Redis(R) server. | redis | | REDIS_PORT_NUMBER | Port used by Redis(R) server. | 6379 | | REDIS_USER | User that Airflow will use to connect with Redis(R). | nil | | REDIS_PASSWORD | Password that Airflow will use to connect with Redis(R). | nil | | REDIS_DATABASE | Name of the Redis(R) database. | 1 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------|-------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------| | AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR | Airflow installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/airflow | | AIRFLOW_HOME | Airflow home directory. | ${AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR} | | AIRFLOW_BIN_DIR | Airflow directory for binary executables. | ${AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR}/venv/bin | | AIRFLOW_LOGS_DIR | Airflow logs directory. | ${AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR}/logs | | AIRFLOW_LOG_FILE | Airflow logs directory. | ${AIRFLOW_LOGS_DIR}/airflow-worker.log | | AIRFLOW_CONF_FILE | Airflow configuration file. | ${AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR}/airflow.cfg | | AIRFLOW_TMP_DIR | Airflow directory temporary files. | ${AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | AIRFLOW_PID_FILE | Path to the Airflow PID file. | ${AIRFLOW_TMP_DIR}/airflow-worker.pid | | AIRFLOW_DAGS_DIR | Airflow data to be persisted. | ${AIRFLOW_BASE_DIR}/dags | | AIRFLOW_DAEMON_USER | Airflow system user. | airflow | | AIRFLOW_DAEMON_GROUP | Airflow system group. | airflow | In addition to the previous environment variables, all the parameters from the configuration file can be overwritten by using environment variables with this format: AIRFLOW__{SECTION}__{KEY}. Note the double underscores. Specifying Environment variables using Docker Compose version: '2' services: airflow: image: bitnami/airflow:latest environment: - AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= - AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= - AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow - AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 - AIRFLOW_PASSWORD=bitnami123 - AIRFLOW_USERNAME=user - AIRFLOW_EMAIL=user@example.com Specifying Environment variables on the Docker command line docker run -d --name airflow -p 8080:8080 \ -e AIRFLOW_FERNET_KEY=46BKJoQYlPPOexq0OhDZnIlNepKFf87WFwLbfzqDDho= \ -e AIRFLOW_SECRET_KEY=a25mQ1FHTUh3MnFRSk5KMEIyVVU2YmN0VGRyYTVXY08= \ -e AIRFLOW_EXECUTOR=CeleryExecutor \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_NAME=bitnami_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_USERNAME=bn_airflow \ -e AIRFLOW_DATABASE_PASSWORD=bitnami1 \ -e AIRFLOW_PASSWORD=bitnami123 \ -e AIRFLOW_USERNAME=user \ -e AIRFLOW_EMAIL=user@example.com \ bitnami/airflow:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 1.10.15-debian-10-r18 and 2.0.1-debian-10-r51 - The size of the container image has been decreased. - The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / alertmanager: README

Bitnami package for AlertManager What is AlertManager? The Alertmanager handles alerts sent by client applications such as the Prometheus server. It takes care of deduplicating, grouping, and routing them to the correct receiver integrations. Overview of AlertManager Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name alertmanager bitnami/alertmanager:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use AlertManager in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Alertmanager Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/alertmanager:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/alertmanager:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data and configurations will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a volume at the /opt/bitnami/alertmanager/data path. The above examples define a docker volume namely alertmanager_data. The Alertmanager application state will persist as long as this volume is not removed. To avoid inadvertent removal of this volume you can mount host directories as data volumes. Alternatively you can make use of volume plugins to host the volume data. docker run -v /path/to/alertmanager-persistence:/opt/bitnami/alertmanager/data bitnami/alertmanager:latest NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create alertmanager-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Alertmanager container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the alertmanager-network network. docker run --name alertmanager-node1 --network alertmanager-network bitnami/alertmanager:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration The configuration can easily be setup by mounting your own configuration file on the directory /opt/bitnami/alertmanager/conf/: docker run --name alertmanager -v /path/to/config.yml:/opt/bitnami/alertmanager/conf/config.yml bitnami/alertmanager:latest After that, your configuration will be taken into account in the server's behaviour. Using Docker Compose: version: '2' services: alertmanager: image: bitnami/alertmanager:latest volumes: - /path/to/config.yml:/opt/bitnami/alertmanager/conf/config.yml Configuration is yaml based. The full documentation of the configuration can be found here. Amtool amtool is a cli tool for interacting with the alertmanager api. It is bundled with all releases of alertmanager. Logging The Bitnami alertmanager Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs alertmanager You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of alertmanager, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/alertmanager:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop alertmanager Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/alertmanager-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/alertmanager-persistence /path/to/alertmanager-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v alertmanager Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name alertmanager bitnami/alertmanager:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / apache-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Apache Exporter What is Apache Exporter? Apache Exporter gathers statistics from the mod_status Apache module via HTTP for Prometheus consumption. Overview of Apache Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name apache-exporter bitnami/apache-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Apache Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apache-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apache-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create apache-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the apache-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the apache-exporter-network network. docker run --name apache-exporter-node1 --network apache-exporter-network bitnami/apache-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration flags in the Apache Exporter official documentation. Logging The Bitnami Apache Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs apache-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Apache Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/apache-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop apache-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v apache-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name apache-exporter bitnami/apache-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / apisix: README

Bitnami package for Apache APISIX What is Apache APISIX? Apache APISIX is high-performance, real-time API Gateway. Features load balancing, dynamic upstream, canary release, circuit breaking, authentication, observability, amongst others. Overview of Apache APISIX Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name apisix bitnami/apisix:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache APISIX in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Apache APISIX Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apisix:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apisix:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Apache APISIX, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/apisix:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v apisix Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name apisix bitnami/apisix:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute apisix --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name apisix bitnami/apisix:latest --help Check the official Apache APISIX documentation for more information about how to use Apache APISIX. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / apisix-dashboard: README

Bitnami package for Apache APISIX Dashboard What is Apache APISIX Dashboard? Apache APISIX Dashboard is a component of the Apache APISIX chart. Apache APISIX is a high performance API Gateway. The Dashboard allows users to operate Apache APISIX through a frontend interface. Overview of Apache APISIX Dashboard Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name apisix-dashboard bitnami/apisix-dashboard:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache APISIX Dashboard in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Apache APISIX Dashboard Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apisix-dashboard:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apisix-dashboard:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Apache APISIX Dashboard, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/apisix-dashboard:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v apisix-dashboard Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name apisix-dashboard bitnami/apisix-dashboard:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute apisix-dashboard --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name apisix-dashboard bitnami/apisix-dashboard:latest --help Check the official Apache APISIX Dashboard documentation for more information about how to use Apache APISIX Dashboard. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / apisix-ingress-controller: README

Bitnami package for Apache APISIX Ingress Controller What is Apache APISIX Ingress Controller? Apache APISIX Ingress Controller integrates Apache APISIX in Kubernetes installations via the Ingress resource. Supports plugins and load balancing, amongst others. Overview of Apache APISIX Ingress Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name apisix-ingress-controller bitnami/apisix-ingress-controller:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache APISIX Ingress Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Apache APISIX Ingress Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apisix-ingress-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/apisix-ingress-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Apache APISIX Ingress Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/apisix-ingress-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v apisix-ingress-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name apisix-ingress-controller bitnami/apisix-ingress-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute apisix-ingress-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name apisix-ingress-controller bitnami/apisix-ingress-controller:latest --help Check the official Apache APISIX Ingress Controller documentation for more information about how to use Apache APISIX Ingress Controller. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / appsmith: README

Bitnami package for Appsmith What is Appsmith? Appsmith is an open source platform for building and maintaining internal tools, such as custom dashboards, admin panels or CRUD apps. Overview of Appsmith Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name appsmith bitnami/appsmith:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Appsmith in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Appsmith Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/appsmith:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/appsmith:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Appsmith, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/appsmith:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/appsmith:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v appsmith or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v appsmith Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name appsmith bitnami/appsmith:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up appsmith Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------| | ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD | Allow an empty password. | no | | APPSMITH_USERNAME | Appsmith default username. | user | | APPSMITH_PASSWORD | Appsmith default password. | bitnami123 | | APPSMITH_EMAIL | Appsmith default email. | user@example.com | | APPSMITH_MODE | Appsmith service to run (can be backend, client or UI). | backend | | APPSMITH_ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD | Appsmith database encryption password. | bitnami123 | | APPSMITH_ENCRYPTION_SALT | Appsmith database encryption salt. | nil | | APPSMITH_API_HOST | Appsmith API host. | appsmith-api | | APPSMITH_API_PORT | Appsmith API port. | 8080 | | APPSMITH_UI_HTTP_PORT | Appsmith UI HTTP port. | 8080 | | APPSMITH_UI_HTTPS_PORT | Appsmith UI HTTPS port. | 8443 | | APPSMITH_RTS_HOST | Appsmith RTS port. | appsmith-rts | | APPSMITH_RTS_PORT | Appsmith RTS port. | 8091 | | APPSMITH_DATABASE_HOST | Database server hosts (comma-separated list). | mongodb | | APPSMITH_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database server port. | 27017 | | APPSMITH_DATABASE_NAME | Database name. | bitnami_appsmith | | APPSMITH_DATABASE_USER | Database user name. | bn_appsmith | | APPSMITH_DATABASE_PASSWORD | Database user password. | nil | | APPSMITH_DATABASE_INIT_DELAY | Time to wait before the database is actually ready. | 0 | | APPSMITH_REDIS_HOST | Redis server host. | redis | | APPSMITH_REDIS_PORT_NUMBER | Redis server port. | 6379 | | APPSMITH_REDIS_PASSWORD | Redis user password. | nil | | APPSMITH_STARTUP_TIMEOUT | Appsmith startup check timeout. | 120 | | APPSMITH_STARTUP_ATTEMPTS | Appsmith startup check attempts. | 5 | | APPSMITH_DATA_TO_PERSIST | Data to persist from installations. | $APPSMITH_CONF_FILE | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------| | APPSMITH_BASE_DIR | Appsmith installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/appsmith | | APPSMITH_VOLUME_DIR | Appsmith volume directory. | /bitnami/appsmith | | APPSMITH_LOG_DIR | Appsmith logs directory. | ${APPSMITH_BASE_DIR}/logs | | APPSMITH_LOG_FILE | Appsmith log file. | ${APPSMITH_LOG_DIR}/appsmith.log | | APPSMITH_CONF_DIR | Appsmith configuration directory. | ${APPSMITH_BASE_DIR}/conf | | APPSMITH_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Appsmith default configuration directory. | ${APPSMITH_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | APPSMITH_CONF_FILE | Appsmith configuration file. | ${APPSMITH_CONF_DIR}/docker.env | | APPSMITH_TMP_DIR | Appsmith temporary directory. | ${APPSMITH_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | APPSMITH_PID_FILE | Appsmith PID file. | ${APPSMITH_TMP_DIR}/appsmith.pid | | APPSMITH_DAEMON_USER | Appsmith daemon system user. | appsmith | | APPSMITH_DAEMON_GROUP | Appsmith daemon system group. | appsmith | When you start the Appsmith image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. Please note that some variables are only considered when the container is started for the first time. If you want to add a new environment variable: - For docker-compose add the variable name and value under the application section in the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: appsmith-api: ... environment: - APPSMITH_PASSWORD=my_password ... - For manual execution add a --env option with each variable and value: $ docker run -d --name appsmith-api -p 80:8080 -p 443:8443 \ --env APPSMITH_PASSWORD=my_password \ --env APPSMITH_MODE=backend \ --network appsmith-tier \ --volume /path/to/appsmith-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/appsmith:latest Available environment variables: Run mode Appsmith supports three running modes: - Backend: The Appsmith API. It is the essential functional element of Appsmith. - RTS: Necessary for performing real-time editing of the applications created by Appsmith. - Client: Contains the UI of Appsmith. This is the main entrypoint for users. The running mode is defined via the APPSMITH_MODE environment variable. The possible values are backend, rts and client. Connect Appsmith container to an existing database The Bitnami Appsmith container supports connecting the Appsmith application to an external database. This would be an example of using an external database for Appsmith. - Modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: appsmith: ... environment: - - APPSMITH_DATABASE_HOST=mongodb + - APPSMITH_DATABASE_HOST=mongodb_host - APPSMITH_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER=27017 - APPSMITH_DATABASE_NAME=appsmith_db - APPSMITH_DATABASE_USER=appsmith_user - - ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes + - APPSMITH_DATABASE_PASSWORD=appsmith_password ... - For manual execution: $ docker run -d --name appsmith\ -p 8080:8080 -p 8443:8443 \ --network appsmith-network \ --env APPSMITH_DATABASE_HOST=mongodb_host \ --env APPSMITH_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER=27017 \ --env APPSMITH_DATABASE_NAME=appsmith_db \ --env APPSMITH_DATABASE_USER=appsmith_user \ --env APPSMITH_DATABASE_PASSWORD=appsmith_password \ --volume appsmith_data:/bitnami/appsmith \ bitnami/appsmith:latest Logging The Bitnami Appsmith Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs wordpress Or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs wordpress You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / argo-cd: README

Bitnami package for Argo CD What is Argo CD? Argo CD is a continuous delivery tool for Kubernetes based on GitOps. Overview of Argo CD Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name argo-cd bitnami/argo-cd:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Argo CD in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Argo CD Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-cd:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-cd:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Argo CD, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/argo-cd:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v argo-cd Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name argo-cd bitnami/argo-cd:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute argocd --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name argo-cd bitnami/argo-cd:latest --help Check the official Argo CD documentation for the list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / argo-workflow-cli: README

Bitnami package for Argo Workflows What is Argo Workflows? Argo Workflows is meant to orchestrate Kubernetes jobs in parallel. It uses DAG and step-based workflows Overview of Argo Workflows Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name argo-workflow-cli bitnami/argo-workflow-cli Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Argo Workflows in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Argo Workflows CLI in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Argo Workflows Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Argo Workflows CLI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-cli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-cli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Argo Workflows CLI, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-cli:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v argo-workflow-cli Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name argo-workflow-cli bitnami/argo-workflow-cli:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute argocd --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name argo-workflow-cli bitnami/argo-workflow-cli:latest --help Check the official Argo Workflows CLI documentation for the list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / argo-workflow-controller: README

Bitnami package for Argo Workflow Controller What is Argo Workflow Controller? Argo Workflow Controller is the controller component for the Argo Workflows engine, which is meant to orchestrate Kubernetes jobs in parallel. Overview of Argo Workflow Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name argo-workflow-controller bitnami/argo-workflow-controller Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Argo Workflow Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Argo Workflows Controller in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Argo Workflows Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Argo Workflows Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Argo Workflows Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v argo-workflow-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name argo-workflow-controller bitnami/argo-workflow-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute argocd --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name argo-workflow-controller bitnami/argo-workflow-controller:latest --help Check the official Argo Workflows Controller documentation for the list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / argo-workflow-exec: README

Bitnami package for Argo Workflow Executor What is Argo Workflow Executor? Argo Workflow Executor is the executor component for the Argo Workflows engine, which is meant to orchestrate Kubernetes jobs in parallel. Overview of Argo Workflow Executor Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name argo-workflow-exec bitnami/argo-workflow-exec:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Argo Workflow Executor in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Argo Workflows Executor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Argo Workflows Chart GitHub repository. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Argo Workflows Executor Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-exec:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-exec:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Argo Workflows Executor, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/argo-workflow-exec:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v argo-workflow-exec Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name argo-workflow-exec bitnami/argo-workflow-exec:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute argocd --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name argo-workflow-exec bitnami/argo-workflow-exec:latest --help Check the official Argo Workflows Executor documentation for the list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / aspnet-core: README

Bitnami package for ASP.NET Core What is ASP.NET Core? ASP.NET Core is an open-source framework for web application development created by Microsoft. It runs on both the full .NET Framework, on Windows, and the cross-platform .NET Core. Overview of ASP.NET Core Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name aspnet-core bitnami/aspnet-core:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ASP.NET Core in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami aspnet-core Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/aspnet-core:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/aspnet-core:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /app path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/aspnet-core-persistence:/app \ bitnami/aspnet-core:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: aspnet-core: ... volumes: - /path/to/aspnet-core-persistence:/app ... Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create aspnet-core-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the aspnet-core container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the aspnet-core-network network. docker run --name aspnet-core-node1 --network aspnet-core-network bitnami/aspnet-core:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Logging The Bitnami aspnet-core Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs aspnet-core You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of aspnet-core, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/aspnet-core:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop aspnet-core Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v aspnet-core Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name aspnet-core bitnami/aspnet-core:latest Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / attu: README

Bitnami package for Attu What is Attu? Attu is an administration tool for Milvus installations. Provides a dashboard for performing searches, managing users and collections. Overview of Attu Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name attu bitnami/attu Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Attu in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Attu Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/attu:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/attu:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Attu, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/attu:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v attu Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name attu bitnami/attu:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute attu --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name attu bitnami/attu:latest --help Check the official Attu documentation for more information about how to use Attu. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / aws-cli: README

Bitnami package for AWS CLI What is AWS CLI? The AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) allows you to manage your AWS services from a single tool. Use it to control multiple services and automate actions through scripts. Overview of AWS CLI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name aws-cli bitnami/aws-cli:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use AWS CLI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami aws-cli Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/aws-cli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/aws-cli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute aws-cli --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name aws-cli bitnami/aws-cli:latest -- --version Consult the aws-cli Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Loading your own configuration It's possible to load your own configuration, which is useful if you want to connect to a remote cluster: docker run --rm --name aws-cli -v /path/to/your/aws/config:/.aws/config bitnami/aws-cli:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / azure-cli: README

Bitnami package for Azure CLI What is Azure CLI? The Azure command-line interface (Azure CLI) allows you to create and manage Azure resources. It is available across all Azure services for use with any Azure solution. Overview of Azure CLI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name azure-cli bitnami/azure-cli:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Azure CLI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami azure-cli Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/azure-cli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/azure-cli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute azure-cli --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name azure-cli bitnami/azure-cli:latest -- --version Consult the azure-cli Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Loading your own configuration It's possible to load your own configuration, which is useful if you want to connect to a remote cluster: docker run --rm --name azure-cli -v /path/to/your/az/config:/.azure/config bitnami/azure-cli:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / blackbox-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Blackbox Exporter What is Blackbox Exporter? The blackbox exporter allows blackbox probing of endpoints over HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, TCP and ICMP. Overview of Blackbox Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name blackbox-exporter bitnami/blackbox-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Blackbox Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Blackbox Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/blackbox-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/blackbox-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create blackbox-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Blackbox_exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the blackbox-exporter-network network. docker run --name blackbox-exporter-node1 --network blackbox-exporter-network bitnami/blackbox-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Blackbox exporter is configured via a configuration file and command-line flags (such as what configuration file to load, what port to listen on, and the logging format and level). The default location for the config file is /opt/bitnami/blackbox-exporter/conf/config.yml, you can mount a volume there in order to overwrite it. The file is written in YAML format, defined by the scheme described below. Brackets indicate that a parameter is optional. For non-list parameters the value is set to the specified default. Generic placeholders are defined as follows: <boolean>: a boolean that can take the values true or false <int>: a regular integer <duration>: a duration matching the regular expression [0-9]+(ms|[smhdwy]) <filename>: a valid path in the current working directory <string>: a regular string <secret>: a regular string that is a secret, such as a password <regex>: a regular expression The other placeholders are specified separately. Example config: scrape_configs: - job_name: 'blackbox' metrics_path: /probe params: module: [http_2xx] # Look for a HTTP 200 response. static_configs: - targets: - http://prometheus.io # Target to probe with http. - https://prometheus.io # Target to probe with https. - http://example.com:8080 # Target to probe with http on port 8080. relabel_configs: - source_labels: [__address__] target_label: __param_target - source_labels: [__param_target] target_label: instance - target_label: __address__ replacement: 127.0.0.1:9115 # The blackbox exporter's real hostname:port. Further information Logging The Bitnami blackbox-exporter Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs blackbox-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of blackbox-exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/blackbox-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop blackbox-exporter Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/blackbox-exporter-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/blackbox-exporter-persistence /path/to/blackbox-exporter-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v blackbox-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name blackbox-exporter bitnami/blackbox-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cainjector: README

Bitnami package for CA Injector What is CA Injector? CA Injector is a command-line tool that configures the CA certificates for cert-manager webhooks. Cert-manager is a Kubernetes add-on to automate the management and issuance of TLS certificates from various issuing sources. Overview of CA Injector Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cainjector -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes bitnami/cainjector:latest Warning: These quick setups are only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Configuration section for a more secure deployment. Pre-requisites Kubernetes cluster with CustomResourceDefinition or ThirdPartyResource support Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use CA Injector in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Further documentation For further documentation, please check here Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cassandra-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Cassandra Exporter What is Cassandra Exporter? Cassandra exporter is a standalone application which exports Apache Cassandra metrics through a prometheus friendly endpoint. Overview of Cassandra Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cassandra-exporter bitnami/cassandra-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cassandra Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Cassandra Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cassandra-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cassandra-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create cassandra-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the cassandra-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the cassandra-exporter-network network. docker run --name cassandra-exporter-node1 --network cassandra-exporter-network bitnami/cassandra-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration options in the Cassandra Prometheus Exporter documentation. Logging The Bitnami Cassandra Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs cassandra-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Cassandra Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/cassandra-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop cassandra-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v cassandra-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name cassandra-exporter bitnami/cassandra-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cert-manager: README

Bitnami package for cert-manager What is cert-manager? cert-manager is a Kubernetes add-on to automate the management and issuance of TLS certificates from various issuing sources. Cert-manager is a Kubernetes add-on to automate the management and issuance of TLS certificates from various issuing sources. Overview of cert-manager Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cert-manager -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes bitnami/cert-manager:latest Warning: These quick setups are only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Configuration section for a more secure deployment. Pre-requisites Kubernetes cluster with CustomResourceDefinition or ThirdPartyResource support Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use cert-manager in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Further documentation For further documentation, please check here Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cert-manager-webhook: README

Bitnami package for cert-manager Webhook What is cert-manager Webhook? cert-manager Webhook provides dynamic admission control over cert-manager resources using a webhook server. Cert-manager is a Kubernetes add-on to automate the management and issuance of TLS certificates from various issuing sources. Overview of cert-manager Webhook Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cert-manager-webhook -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes bitnami/cert-manager-webhook:latest Warning: These quick setups are only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Configuration section for a more secure deployment. Pre-requisites Kubernetes cluster with CustomResourceDefinition or ThirdPartyResource support Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use cert-manager Webhook in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Further documentation For further documentation, please check here Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / chainloop-artifact-cas: README

Bitnami package for Chainloop Artifact CAS What is Chainloop Artifact CAS? The artifact proxy is a Content-Addressable Storage (CAS) Proxy that sits in front of different storage backends. Overview of Chainloop Artifact CAS Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name chainloop-artifact-cas bitnami/chainloop-artifact-cas:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Chainloop Artifact CAS in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Chainloop Artifact CAS Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/chainloop-artifact-cas:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/chainloop-artifact-cas:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute chainloop-artifact-cas help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name chainloop-artifact-cas bitnami/chainloop-artifact-cas:latest help Check the official Chainloop Artifact CAS documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / chainloop-control-plane: README

Bitnami package for Chainloop What is Chainloop? Chainloop is an open-source Software Supply Chain control plane, a single source of truth for metadata and artifacts, plus a declarative attestation process. Overview of Chainloop Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name chainloop-control-plane bitnami/chainloop-control-plane:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Chainloop in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Chainloop Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/chainloop-control-plane:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/chainloop-control-plane:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute chainloop-control-plane help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name chainloop-control-plane bitnami/chainloop-control-plane:latest help Check the official Chainloop documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / chainloop-control-plane-migrations: README

Bitnami package for Chainloop Control Plane migrations What is Chainloop Control Plane migrations? Atlas-based database migration controller for Chainloop. Overview of Chainloop Control Plane migrations Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name chainloop-control-plane-migrations bitnami/chainloop-control-plane-migrations:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Chainloop Control Plane migrations in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Chainloop Control Plane migrations Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/chainloop-control-plane-migrations:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/chainloop-control-plane-migrations:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute chainloop-control-plane-migrations help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name chainloop-control-plane-migrations bitnami/chainloop-control-plane-migrations:latest help Check the official Chainloop Control Plane migrations documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / charts-syncer: README

Bitnami package for charts-syncer What is charts-syncer? charts-syncer is a CLI that syncs chart packages and associated container images between chart repositories. Overview of charts-syncer Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name charts-syncer bitnami/charts-syncer:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use charts-syncer in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami charts-syncer Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/charts-syncer:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/charts-syncer:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute charts-syncer help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name charts-syncer bitnami/charts-syncer:latest help Check the official charts-syncer documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cilium: README

Bitnami package for Cilium What is Cilium? Cilium is an eBPF-based networking, observability, and security for Linux container management platforms like Docker and Kubernetes. Overview of Cilium Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cilium bitnami/cilium:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cilium in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Cilium Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cilium:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cilium:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute cilium-dbg --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name cilium bitnami/cilium:latest --version Check the official Cilium documentation for a list of the available commands and parameters. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cilium-operator: README

Bitnami package for Cilium Operator What is Cilium Operator? In Cilium, the Cilium Operator is responsible for managing duties that should logically be handled at cluster level. Overview of Cilium Operator Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cilium-operator bitnami/cilium-operator:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cilium Operator in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Cilium Operator Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cilium-operator:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cilium-operator:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute cilium-operator-generic help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name cilium-operator bitnami/cilium-operator:latest help Check the official Cilium Operator documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cilium-proxy: README

Bitnami package for Cilium Proxy What is Cilium Proxy? Cilium Proxy ships Envoy with minimal extensions and Cilium policy enforcement filters. Overview of Cilium Proxy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cilium-proxy bitnami/cilium-proxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cilium Proxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Cilium Proxy in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Cilium Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Cilium Proxy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cilium-proxy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cilium-proxy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute cilium-envoy help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name cilium-proxy bitnami/cilium-proxy:latest help Check the official Cilium Proxy documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / clickhouse: README

Bitnami package for ClickHouse What is ClickHouse? ClickHouse is an open-source column-oriented OLAP database management system. Use it to boost your database performance while providing linear scalability and hardware efficiency. Overview of ClickHouse Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name clickhouse bitnami/clickhouse:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ClickHouse in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy ClickHouse in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami ClickHouse Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami ClickHouse Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/clickhouse:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/clickhouse:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami/clickhouse path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ --volume /path/to/clickhouse-persistence:/bitnami/clickhouse \ --env ALLOM_EMPTY_PASSWORD=false \ bitnami/clickhouse:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: clickhouse: ... volumes: - /path/to/clickhouse-persistence:/bitnami/clickhouse ... Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a ClickHouse client instance that will connect to the server instance that is running on the same docker network as the client. Step 1: Create a network docker network create my-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the ClickHouse container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the my-network network. docker run -d --name clickhouse-server \ --network my-network \ --env ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes \ bitnami/clickhouse:latest Step 3: Launch your ClickHouse client instance Finally we create a new container instance to launch the ClickHouse client and connect to the server created in the previous step: docker run -it --rm \ --network my-network \ bitnami/clickhouse:latest clickhouse-client --host clickhouse-server Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named my-network. In this example we assume that you want to connect to the ClickHouse server from your own custom application image which is identified in the following snippet by the service name myapp. version: '2' networks: my-network: driver: bridge services: clickhouse: image: bitnami/clickhouse:latest environment: - ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=no networks: - my-network myapp: image: 'YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE' networks: - my-network IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE placeholder in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname clickhouse to connect to the ClickHouse server Launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration ClickHouse can be configured via environment variables or using a configuration file (config.xml). If a configuration option is not specified in either the configuration file or in an environment variable, ClickHouse uses its internal default configuration. Configuration overrides The configuration can easily be setup by mounting your own configuration overrides on the directory /bitnami/clickhouse/etc/conf.d or /bitnami/clickhouse/etc/users.d: docker run --name clickhouse \ --volume /path/to/override.xml:/bitnami/clickhouse/etc/conf.d/override.xml:ro \ bitnami/clickhouse:latest or using Docker Compose: version: '2' services: clickhouse: image: bitnami/clickhouse:latest volumes: - /path/to/override.xml:/bitnami/clickhouse/etc/conf.d/override.xml:ro Check the official ClickHouse configuration documentation for all the possible overrides and settings. Initializing a new instance When the container is executed for the first time, it will execute the files with extensions .sh located at /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d. For scripts to be executed every time the container starts, use the /docker-entrypoint-startdb.d folder. In order to have your custom files inside the docker image you can mount them as a volume. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |------------------------------------|-------------------------------|---------------| | ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD | Allow an empty password. | no | | CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_USER | ClickHouse admin username. | default | | CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_PASSWORD | ClickHouse admin password. | nil | | CLICKHOUSE_HTTP_PORT | ClickHouse HTTP port. | 8123 | | CLICKHOUSE_TCP_PORT | ClickHouse TCP port. | 9000 | | CLICKHOUSE_MYSQL_PORT | ClickHouse MySQL port. | 9004 | | CLICKHOUSE_POSTGRESQL_PORT | ClickHouse PostgreSQL port. | 9005 | | CLICKHOUSE_INTERSERVER_HTTP_PORT | ClickHouse Inter-server port. | 9009 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------------|-------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------| | CLICKHOUSE_BASE_DIR | ClickHouse installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/clickhouse | | CLICKHOUSE_VOLUME_DIR | ClickHouse volume directory. | /bitnami/clickhouse | | CLICKHOUSE_CONF_DIR | ClickHouse configuration directory. | ${CLICKHOUSE_BASE_DIR}/etc | | CLICKHOUSE_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | ClickHouse configuration directory. | ${CLICKHOUSE_BASE_DIR}/etc.default | | CLICKHOUSE_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | ClickHouse configuration directory. | ${CLICKHOUSE_VOLUME_DIR}/etc | | CLICKHOUSE_DATA_DIR | ClickHouse data directory. | ${CLICKHOUSE_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | CLICKHOUSE_LOG_DIR | ClickHouse logs directory. | ${CLICKHOUSE_BASE_DIR}/logs | | CLICKHOUSE_CONF_FILE | ClickHouse log file. | ${CLICKHOUSE_CONF_DIR}/config.xml | | CLICKHOUSE_LOG_FILE | ClickHouse log file. | ${CLICKHOUSE_LOG_DIR}/clickhouse.log | | CLICKHOUSE_ERROR_LOG_FILE | ClickHouse log file. | ${CLICKHOUSE_LOG_DIR}/clickhouse_error.log | | CLICKHOUSE_TMP_DIR | ClickHouse temporary directory. | ${CLICKHOUSE_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | CLICKHOUSE_PID_FILE | ClickHouse PID file. | ${CLICKHOUSE_TMP_DIR}/clickhouse.pid | | CLICKHOUSE_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | ClickHouse init scripts directory. | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | CLICKHOUSE_DAEMON_USER | ClickHouse daemon system user. | clickhouse | | CLICKHOUSE_DAEMON_GROUP | ClickHouse daemon system group. | clickhouse | Setting the admin password on first run Passing the CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_PASSWORD environment variable when running the image for the first time will set the password of the CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_USER user to the value of CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_PASSWORD. docker run --name clickhouse -e CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_PASSWORD=password123 bitnami/clickhouse:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: clickhouse: ... environment: - CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_PASSWORD=password123 ... Allowing empty passwords By default the ClickHouse image expects all the available passwords to be set. In order to allow empty passwords, it is necessary to set the ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes env variable. This env variable is only recommended for testing or development purposes. We strongly recommend specifying the CLICKHOUSE_ADMIN_PASSWORD for any other scenario. docker run --name clickhouse --env ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes bitnami/clickhouse:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: clickhouse: ... environment: - ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes ... Logging The Bitnami ClickHouse Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs clickhouse You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of ClickHouse, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/clickhouse:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/clickhouse:latest. Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop clickhouse or using Docker Compose: docker-compose stop clickhouse Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/clickhouse-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/clickhouse-persistence /path/to/clickhouse-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v clickhouse or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v clickhouse Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name clickhouse bitnami/clickhouse:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up clickhouse Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cluster-autoscaler: README

Bitnami package for Cluster Autoscaler What is Cluster Autoscaler? Cluster Autoscaler is a component that automatically adjusts the size of a Kubernetes Cluster so that all pods have a place to run and there are no unneeded nodes. Overview of Cluster Autoscaler Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name cluster-autoscaler -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes bitnami/cluster-autoscaler:latest Warning: These quick setups are only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Configuration section for a more secure deployment. How to deploy Cluster Autoscaler in Kubernetes? Cluster Autoscaler runs on the Kubernetes master node on most K8s cloud offerings. NOTE: It is possible to run customized Cluster Autoscaler inside of the cluster but then extra care needs to be taken to ensure that Cluster Autoscaler is up and running. User can put it into kube-system namespace (Cluster Autoscaler doesn't scale down node with non-manifest based kube-system pods running on them) and mark with scheduler.alpha.kubernetes.io/critical-pod annotation (so that the rescheduler, if enabled, will kill other pods to make space for it to run). Currently, it is possible to run Cluster Autoscaler on: - AliCloud: Consult Cluster Autoscaler on AliCloud docs. - AWS: Consult Cluster Autoscaler on AWS docs. - Azure: Consult Cluster Autoscaler on Azure docs. - GCE: Consult Cluster Autoscaler on GCE docs. - GKE: Consult Cluster Autoscaler on GKE docs. Please note that Cluster Autoscaler a series of permissions/privileges to adjusts the size of the K8s cluster. For instance, to run it on AWS, you need to: - Provide the K8s worker node which runs the cluster autoscaler with a minimum IAM policy (check permissions docs for more information). - Create a service account for Cluster Autoscaler's deployment and bind to it some roles and cluster roles that provide the corresponding RBAC privileges. NOTE: Find resources to deploy Cluster Autoscaler on AWS in the aws-examples directory. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cluster Autoscaler in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Cluster-autoscaler Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cluster-autoscaler:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cluster-autoscaler:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration How to run a cluster with nodes in multiples zones for HA --balance-similar-node-groups flag is intended to support this use case. If you set the flag to true, Cluster Autoscaler will automatically identify node groups with the same instance type and the same set of labels (except for automatically added zone label) and try to keep the sizes of those node groups balanced. This does not guarantee similar node groups will have exactly the same sizes: Currently the balancing is only done at scale-up. Cluster Autoscaler will still scale down underutilized nodes regardless of the relative sizes of underlying node groups. How monitor Cluster Autoscaler? Cluster Autoscaler provides metrics and livenessProbe endpoints. By default they're available on port 8085 (configurable with --address flag), respectively under /metrics and /health-check. Metrics are provided in Prometheus format. How scale my cluster to just 1 node? Prior to version 0.6, Cluster Autoscaler was not touching nodes that were running important kube-system pods like DNS, Heapster, Dashboard etc. If these pods landed on different nodes, CA could not scale the cluster down and the user could end up with a completely empty 3 node cluster. In 0.6, we added an option to tell CA that some system pods can be moved around. If the user configures a PodDisruptionBudget for the kube-system pod, then the default strategy of not touching the node running this pod is overridden with PDB settings. So, to enable kube-system pods migration, one should set minAvailable to 0 (or <= N if there are N+1 pod replicas.) See also I have a couple of nodes with low utilization, but they are not scaled down. Why? How scale a node group to 0? For GCE/GKE and for AWS, it is possible to scale a node group to 0 (and obviously from 0), assuming that all scale-down conditions are met. For AWS, if you are using nodeSelector, you need to tag the ASG with a node-template key "k8s.io/cluster-autoscaler/node-template/label/". For example, for a node label of foo=bar, you would tag the ASG with: { "ResourceType": "auto-scaling-group", "ResourceId": "foo.example.com", "PropagateAtLaunch": true, "Value": "bar", "Key": "k8s.io/cluster-autoscaler/node-template/label/foo" } Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / concourse: README

Bitnami package for Concourse What is Concourse? Concourse is an automation system written in Go. It is most commonly used for CI/CD, and is built to scale to any kind of automation pipeline, from simple to complex. Overview of Concourse TL;DR docker run --name concourse bitnami/concourse:latest Warning: This quick setup is only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options for the PostgreSQL container for a more secure deployment. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Concourse in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami concourse Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/concourse:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/concourse:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/concourse-persistence:/bitnami/concourse \ bitnami/concourse:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: concourse: ... volumes: - /path/to/concourse-persistence:/bitnami/concourse ... Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create concourse-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the concourse container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the concourse-network network. docker run --name concourse-node1 --network concourse-network bitnami/concourse:latest Step 3: Run another container We can launch another container using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find how to configure Concourse in its official documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------| | CONCOURSE_WEB_PUBLIC_DIR | Concourse web/public directory. | ${CONCOURSE_BASE_DIR}/web/public | | CONCOURSE_SESSION_SIGNING_KEY_FILE | Concourse private key for signing. | ${CONCOURSE_KEY_DIR}/session_signing_key | | CONCOURSE_TSA_HOST_KEY_FILE | Concourse private key for TSA. | ${CONCOURSE_KEY_DIR}/tsa_host_key | | CONCOURSE_TSA_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_FILE | Concourse public key for TSA. | ${CONCOURSE_TSA_HOST_KEY_FILE}.pub | | CONCOURSE_TSA_WORKER_KEY_FILE | Concourse private key for worker. | ${CONCOURSE_KEY_DIR}/worker_key | | CONCOURSE_TSA_WORKER_PUBLIC_KEY_FILE | Concourse public key for worker. | ${CONCOURSE_TSA_WORKER_PRIVATE_KEY}.pub | | CONCOURSE_USERNAME | Concourse main local user. | user | | CONCOURSE_PASSWORD | Concourse local user password. | bitnami | | CONCOURSE_RUNTIME | Concourse runtime. | containerd | | CONCOURSE_WEB_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse Web port. | 8080 | | CONCOURSE_WEB_TSA_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse Web TSA port | 2222 | | CONCOURSE_WEB_TSA_DEBUG_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse Web Debug TSA port | 2221 | | CONCOURSE_WORKER_GARDEN_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse Worker Garden port | 7777 | | CONCOURSE_WORKER_BAGGAGECLAIM_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse worker Baggageclaim port | 7788 | | CONCOURSE_WORKER_BAGGAGECLAIM_DEBUG_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse worker Baggageclaim debug port | 7787 | | CONCOURSE_WORKER_HEALTH_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse worker healthcheck port | 8888 | | CONCOURSE_BIND_IP | Concourse bind IP | 0.0.0.0 | | CONCOURSE_TSA_BIND_IP | Concourse TSA bind IP | 127.0.0.1 | | CONCOURSE_TSA_DEBUG_BIND_IP | Concourse TSA debug bind IP | 127.0.0.1 | | CONCOURSE_EXTERNAL_URL | Concourse external URL | http://127.0.0.1 | | CONCOURSE_PEER_ADDRESS | Concourse peer address | 127.0.0.1 | | CONCOURSE_APACHE_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse Web HTTP port, exposed via Apache with basic authentication. | 80 | | CONCOURSE_APACHE_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | Concourse Web HTTPS port, exposed via Apache with basic authentication. | 443 | | CONCOURSE_DATABASE_HOST | Database host address. | 127.0.0.1 | | CONCOURSE_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database host port. | 5432 | | CONCOURSE_DATABASE_NAME | Database name. | bitnami_concourse | | CONCOURSE_DATABASE_USERNAME | Database username. | bn_concourse | | CONCOURSE_DATABASE_PASSWORD | Database password. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------|--------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------| | CONCOURSE_BASE_DIR | Concourse installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/concourse | | CONCOURSE_BIN_DIR | Concourse directory for binary files. | ${CONCOURSE_BASE_DIR}/bin | | CONCOURSE_LOGS_DIR | Concourse logs directory. | ${CONCOURSE_BASE_DIR}/logs | | CONCOURSE_TMP_DIR | Concourse temporary directory. | ${CONCOURSE_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | CONCOURSE_WEB_LOG_FILE | Concourse log file for the web service. | ${CONCOURSE_LOGS_DIR}/concourse-web.log | | CONCOURSE_WEB_PID_FILE | Concourse PID file for the web service. | ${CONCOURSE_TMP_DIR}/concourse-web.pid | | CONCOURSE_WORKER_LOG_FILE | Concourse log file for the worker service. | ${CONCOURSE_LOGS_DIR}/concourse-worker.log | | CONCOURSE_WORKER_PID_FILE | Concourse PID file for the worker service. | ${CONCOURSE_TMP_DIR}/concourse-worker.pid | | CONCOURSE_KEY_DIR | Concourse keys directory. | ${CONCOURSE_BASE_DIR}/concourse-keys | | CONCOURSE_VOLUME_DIR | Concourse directory for mounted data. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/concourse | | CONCOURSE_DAEMON_USER | Concourse daemon system user. | concourse | | CONCOURSE_DAEMON_GROUP | Concourse daemon system group. | concourse | Logging The Bitnami concourse Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs concourse You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of concourse, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/concourse:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop concourse Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v concourse Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name concourse bitnami/concourse:latest Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / configmap-reload: README

Bitnami package for ConfigMap Reload What is ConfigMap Reload? ConfigMap Reload is a cloud-native tool that watches Kubernetes ConfigMaps and triggers a reload when ConfigMaps are updated Overview of ConfigMap Reload Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy ConfigMap Reload on your Kubernetes cluster. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ConfigMap Reload in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami ConfigMap Reload Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/configmap-reload:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/configmap-reload:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Configuration Find how to configure ConfigMap Reload in its official documentation. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / configurable-http-proxy: README

Bitnami package for Configurable HTTP Proxy What is Configurable HTTP Proxy? Configurable HTTP Proxy is a proxy solution that can be managed using a REST API. It is written in Node.js and includes TLS support. Overview of Configurable HTTP Proxy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name configurable-http-proxy bitnami/configurable-http-proxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Configurable HTTP Proxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami configurable-http-proxy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/configurable-http-proxy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/configurable-http-proxy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute configurable-http-proxy --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name configurable-http-proxy bitnami/configurable-http-proxy:latest -- configurable-http-proxy --version Check the official Configurable HTTP Proxy documentation for a list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / consul-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Consul Exporter What is Consul Exporter? Export Consul service health to Prometheus. Overview of Consul Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name consul-exporter bitnami/consul-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Consul Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Consul Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/consul-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/consul-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create consul-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the consul-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the consul-exporter-network network. docker run --name consul-exporter-node1 --network consul-exporter-network bitnami/consul-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration options in the Consul Prometheus Exporter documentation. Logging The Bitnami Consul Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs consul-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Consul Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/consul-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop consul-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v consul-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name consul-exporter bitnami/consul-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / contour: README

Bitnami package for Contour What is Contour? Contour is an open source Kubernetes ingress controller that works by deploying the Envoy proxy as a reverse proxy and load balancer. Overview of Contour Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name contour bitnami/contour:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Contour in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami contour Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/contour:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/contour:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/contour-persistence:/bitnami/contour \ bitnami/contour:latest Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create contour-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the contour container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the contour-network network. docker run --name contour-node1 --network contour-network bitnami/contour:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find how to configure Contour in its official documentation. Logging The Bitnami contour Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs contour You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of contour, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/contour:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop contour Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v contour Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name contour bitnami/contour:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 1.20.0-debian-10-r8 Rename branch 1.20 - Branch 1 has been renamed into branch 1.20 in order to follow the upstream Contour major versions. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cosign: README

Bitnami package for Cosign What is Cosign? Cosign supports container signing, verification, and storage in an OCI registry. Written in Go, it aims to make signatures invisible infrastructure. Overview of Cosign Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name cosign bitnami/cosign Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cosign in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Cosign Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cosign:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cosign:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Cosign, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/cosign:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v cosign Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name cosign bitnami/cosign:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute cosign --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name cosign bitnami/cosign:latest --help Check the official Cosign documentation for more information about how to use Cosign. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / couchdb: README

Bitnami package for CouchDB What is CouchDB? CouchDB is an open source NoSQL database that stores your data with JSON documents, which you can access via HTTP. It allows you to index, combine, and transform your documents with JavaScript. Overview of CouchDB Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name couchdb bitnami/couchdb:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use CouchDB in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami CouchDB Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/couchdb:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/couchdb:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/couchdb-persistence:/bitnami/couchdb \ bitnami/couchdb:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: couchdb: ... volumes: - /path/to/couchdb-persistence:/bitnami/couchdb ... NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create couchdb-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the CouchDB container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the couchdb-network network. docker run --name couchdb-node1 --network couchdb-network bitnami/couchdb:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | COUCHDB_NODENAME | Name of the CouchDB node. | nil | | COUCHDB_PORT_NUMBER | Port number used by CouchDB. | nil | | COUCHDB_CLUSTER_PORT_NUMBER | Port number used by CouchDB for clustering. | nil | | COUCHDB_BIND_ADDRESS | Address to which the CouchDB process will bind to. | nil | | COUCHDB_CREATE_DATABASES | Whether to create CouchDB system databases during initialization. Useful for clustering. | yes | | COUCHDB_USER | CouchDB admin username. | admin | | COUCHDB_PASSWORD | Password for the CouchDB admin user. | couchdb | | COUCHDB_SECRET | CouchDB secret/token used for proxy and cookie authentication. | bitnami | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------|-------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | COUCHDB_BASE_DIR | CouchDB installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/couchdb | | COUCHDB_VOLUME_DIR | CouchDB persistence directory. | /bitnami/couchdb | | COUCHDB_BIN_DIR | CouchDB directory for binary executables. | ${COUCHDB_BASE_DIR}/bin | | COUCHDB_CONF_DIR | CouchDB configuration directory. | ${COUCHDB_BASE_DIR}/etc | | COUCHDB_CONF_FILE | CouchDB configuration file. | ${COUCHDB_CONF_DIR}/default.d/10-bitnami.ini | | COUCHDB_DATA_DIR | CouchDB directory where data is stored. | ${COUCHDB_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | COUCHDB_DAEMON_USER | CouchDB system user. | couchdb | | COUCHDB_DAEMON_GROUP | CouchDB system group. | couchdb | You can specify these environment variables in the docker run command: docker run --name couchdb -e COUCHDB_PORT_NUMBER=7777 bitnami/couchdb:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: couchdb: ... environment: - COUCHDB_PORT_NUMBER=7777 ... Mounting your own configuration files If you want to provide more specific configuration options to CouchDB, you can always mount your own configuration files under /opt/bitnami/couchdb/etc/. You can either add new ones under ./local.d or override the existing ones. To understand the precedence of the different configuration files, please check how CouchDB reads them. Step 1: Run the CouchDB image Run the CouchDB image, mounting a directory from your host. docker run --name couchdb -v /path/to/config/dir:/opt/bitnami/couchdb/etc bitnami/couchdb:latest or using Docker Compose: services: couchdb: ... volumes: - /path/to/config/dir:/opt/bitnami/couchdb/etc/ ... Step 2: Edit the configuration Edit the configuration on your host using your favorite editor. vi /path/to/config/file/10-custom.ini Step 3: Restart CouchDB After changing the configuration, restart your CouchDB container for changes to take effect. docker restart couchdb or using Docker Compose: docker-compose restart couchdb Clustering configuration In order to configure CouchDB as a cluster of nodes, please make sure you set proper values for the following environment variables: - COUCHDB_NODENAME. A server alias. It should be different on each container. - COUCHDB_CLUSTER_PORT_NUMBER: Port for cluster communication. Default: 9100 - COUCHDB_CREATE_DATABASES: Whether to create the system databases or not. You should only set it to yes in one of the nodes. Default: yes Logging The Bitnami CouchDB Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs couchdb You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Customize this image The Bitnami CouchDB Docker image is designed to be extended so it can be used as the base image where you can add custom configuration files or other packages. Extend this image Before extending this image, please note there are certain configuration settings you can modify using the original image: - Settings that can be adapted using environment variables. For instance, you can change the port used by CouchDB by setting the environment variable COUCHDB_PORT_NUMBER. - Replacing or adding your own configuration files. If your desired customizations cannot be covered using the methods mentioned above, extend the image. To do so, create your own image using a Dockerfile with the format below: FROM bitnami/couchdb ### Put your customizations below ... Here is an example of extending the image with the following modifications: - Install the vim editor - Modify the port used by CouchDB - Change the user that runs the container FROM bitnami/couchdb ### Change user to perform privileged actions USER 0 ### Install 'vim' RUN install_packages vim ### Revert to the original non-root user USER 1001 ### Modify the ports used by NGINX by default ENV COUCHDB_PORT_NUMBER=1234 # It is also possible to change this environment variable at runtime EXPOSE 1234 4369 ### Modify the default container user USER 1002 Based on the extended image, you can use a Docker Compose file like the one below to add other features: - Add a custom configuration file version: '2' services: couchdb: build: . environment: - COUCHDB_PASSWORD=couchdb ports: - '1234:1234' - '4369:4369' volumes: - couchdb_data:/bitnami/couchdb - /path/to/config/file/10-custom.ini:/opt/bitnami/couchdb/etc/local.d/10-custom.ini volumes: couchdb_data: driver: local Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of CouchDB, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/couchdb:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop couchdb Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v couchdb Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name couchdb bitnami/couchdb:latest Notable Changes 3.0.0-0-debian-10-r0 - The usage of 'ALLOW_ANONYMOUS_LOGIN' is now deprecated. Please, specify a password for the admin user (defaults to "admin") by setting the 'COUCHDB_PASSWORD' environment variable. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / cypress: README

Bitnami package for Cypress What is Cypress? Cypress is a next-gen front-end testing tool built on Node.js for modern web. Features an improved UI, multiple browser support and high debuggability and real-time reloads. Overview of Cypress Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name cypress bitnami/cypress Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Cypress in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami cypress Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cypress:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/cypress:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running your Cypress app The default work directory for the Cypress image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Cypress script, and run it normally using the cypress command. docker run -it --name cypress -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/cypress Further Reading: - cypress documentation Browsers By default, the Cypress image contains the chromium browser included in the distro package repositories. In order to include extra browsers, you can extend the image using Cypress as a base. In the example below, we add the Firefox browser to the image: FROM bitnami/cypress:latest USER 0 RUN apt update && apt install dirmngr ca-certificates software-properties-common apt-transport-https wget -y RUN wget -q https://packages.mozilla.org/apt/repo-signing-key.gpg -O- | gpg --dearmor && tee /usr/share/keyrings/packages.mozilla.org.gpg > /dev/null RUN echo "deb [signed-by=/usr/share/keyrings/packages.mozilla.org.gpg] https://packages.mozilla.org/apt mozilla main" | tee -a /etc/apt/sources.list.d/mozilla.list > /dev/null RUN apt update RUN apt install firefox -y RUN apt-get clean && rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists /var/cache/apt/archives USER 1001 Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Cypress, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/cypress:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v cypress Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name cypress bitnami/cypress:latest Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / deepspeed: README

Bitnami package for DeepSpeed What is DeepSpeed? DeepSpeed is deep learning software suite for empowering ChatGPT-like model training. Features dense or sparse model inference, high throughput and high compression. Overview of DeepSpeed Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name deepspeed bitnami/deepspeed:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use DeepSpeed in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami DeepSpeed Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/deepspeed:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/deepspeed:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of DeepSpeed, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/deepspeed:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v deepspeed Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name deepspeed bitnami/deepspeed:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute deepspeed --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name deepspeed bitnami/deepspeed:latest --help Check the official DeepSpeed documentation for more information about how to use DeepSpeed. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / dex: README

Bitnami package for Dex What is Dex? Dex is an identity provider for applications. It is based on the OpenID Connect standard. Overview of Dex Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name dex bitnami/dex Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Dex in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Dex Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dex:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dex:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Dex, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/dex:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v dex Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name dex bitnami/dex:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute dex --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name dex bitnami/dex:latest --help Check the official Dex documentation for more information about how to use Dex. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / dotnet: README

Bitnami package for .NET What is .NET? .NET is an open-source server-side framework to build applications and services. Overview of .NET Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name dotnet bitnami/dotnet:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use .NET in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Dotnet Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dotnet:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dotnet:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/dotnet-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/dotnet:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: dotnet: ... volumes: - /path/to/dotnet-persistence:/bitnami ... Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create dotnet-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Dotnet container within your network Use the --network .NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the dotnet-network network. docker run --name dotnet-node1 --network dotnet-network bitnami/dotnet:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network.NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Logging The Bitnami Dotnet Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs dotnet You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Dotnet, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/dotnet:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop dotnet Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v dotnet Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name dotnet bitnami/dotnet:latest Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / dotnet-sdk: README

Bitnami package for .NET SDK What is .NET SDK? .NET SDK is the software development kit for the ASP.NET Core framework. Overview of .NET SDK Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name dotnet-sdk bitnami/dotnet-sdk:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use .NET SDK in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami .NET SDK Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dotnet-sdk:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dotnet-sdk:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/dotnet-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/dotnet-sdk:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: dotnet-sdk: ... volumes: - /path/to/dotnet-persistence:/app ... Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create dotnet-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the .NET SDK container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the dotnet-network network. docker run --name dotnet-node1 --network dotnet-network bitnami/dotnet-sdk:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Logging The Bitnami .NET SDK Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs dotnet-sdk You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of .NET SDK, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/dotnet-sdk:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop dotnet-sdk Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v dotnet-sdk Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name dotnet-sdk bitnami/dotnet-sdk:latest Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / dremio: README

Bitnami package for Dremio What is Dremio? Dremio is an open-source self-service data access tool that provides high-performance queries for interactive analytics on data lakes. Overview of Dremio Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name dremio bitnami/dremio Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Dremio in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Dremio Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dremio:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/dremio:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Dremio, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/dremio:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/dremio:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v dremio Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name dremio bitnami/dremio:latest Configuration Configuration variables This container supports the upstream Dremio environment variables. Check the official Dremio documentation for the possible environment variables. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / elasticsearch-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Elasticsearch Exporter What is Elasticsearch Exporter? Prometheus exporter for various metrics about Elasticsearch, written in Go. Overview of Elasticsearch Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name elasticsearch-exporter bitnami/elasticsearch-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Elasticsearch Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Elasticsearch Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/elasticsearch-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/elasticsearch-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create elasticsearch-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Elasticsearch Exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the elasticsearch-exporter-network network. docker run --name elasticsearch-exporter-node1 --network elasticsearch-exporter-network bitnami/elasticsearch-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration To get a list of all the configuration option running elasticsearch-exporter --help In /metrics you can find the exported metrics. Logging The Bitnami elasticsearch-exporter Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs elasticsearch-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of elasticsearch-exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/elasticsearch-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop elasticsearch-exporter Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/elasticsearch-exporter-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/elasticsearch-exporter-persistence /path/to/elasticsearch-exporter-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v elasticsearch-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name elasticsearch-exporter bitnami/elasticsearch-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / envoy: README

Bitnami package for Envoy What is Envoy? Envoy is a distributed, high-performance proxy for cloud-native applications. It features a small memory footprint, universal application language compatibility, and supports http/2 and gRPC. Overview of Envoy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name envoy bitnami/envoy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Envoy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami envoy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/envoy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/envoy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute envoy --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name envoy bitnami/envoy:latest -- --version Check the official envoy documentation for a list of the available parameters. Adding your custom configuration By default, envoy will look for a configuration file in /opt/bitnami/envoy/conf/envoy.yaml. You can launch the envoy container with your custom configuration with the command below: docker run --rm -v /path/to/your/envoy.yaml:/opt/bitnami/envoy/conf/envoy.yaml bitnami/envoy:latest Visit the official envoy documentation for all the available configurations. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / etcd: README

Bitnami package for Etcd What is Etcd? etcd is a distributed key-value store designed to securely store data across a cluster. etcd is widely used in production on account of its reliability, fault-tolerance and ease of use. Overview of Etcd Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name etcd bitnami/etcd:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Etcd in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Etcd in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Etcd Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Please note ARM support in branch 3.4 is experimental/unstable according to upstream docs, therefore branch 3.4 is only supported for AMD archs while branch 3.5 supports multiarch (AMD and ARM) Prerequisites To run this application you need Docker Engine >= 1.10.0. Docker Compose is recommended with a version 1.6.0 or later. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Etcd Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/etcd:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/etcd:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a Etcd server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers using a Etcd client. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a Etcd client instance that will connect to the server instance that is running on the same docker network as the client. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Etcd server instance Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the Etcd container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name Etcd-server \ --network app-tier \ --publish 2379:2379 \ --publish 2380:2380 \ --env ALLOW_NONE_AUTHENTICATION=yes \ --env ETCD_ADVERTISE_CLIENT_URLS=http://etcd-server:2379 \ bitnami/etcd:latest Step 3: Launch your Etcd client instance Finally we create a new container instance to launch the Etcd client and connect to the server created in the previous step: docker run -it --rm \ --network app-tier \ --env ALLOW_NONE_AUTHENTICATION=yes \ bitnami/etcd:latest etcdctl --endpoints http://etcd-server:2379 put /message Hello Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named app-tier. In this example we assume that you want to connect to the Etcd server from your own custom application image which is identified in the following snippet by the service name myapp. version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge services: Etcd: image: 'bitnami/etcd:latest' environment: - ALLOW_NONE_AUTHENTICATION=yes - ETCD_ADVERTISE_CLIENT_URLS=http://etcd:2379 ports: - 2379:2379 - 2380:2380 networks: - app-tier myapp: image: 'YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE' networks: - app-tier IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the placeholder YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname etcd to connect to the Etcd server Launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration The configuration can easily be setup by mounting your own configuration file on the directory /opt/bitnami/etcd/conf: docker run --name Etcd -v /path/to/Etcd.conf.yml:/opt/bitnami/Etcd/conf/etcd.conf.yml bitnami/etcd:latest After that, your configuration will be taken into account in the server's behaviour. You can also do this by changing the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: Etcd: ... volumes: - /path/to/Etcd.conf.yml:/opt/bitnami/etcd/conf/etcd.conf.yml ... You can find a sample configuration file on this link Environment variables Apart from providing your custom configuration file, you can also modify the server behavior via configuration as environment variables. Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------| | ETCD_SNAPSHOTS_DIR | etcd snaphots directory (used on "disaster recovery" feature). | /snapshots | | ETCD_SNAPSHOT_HISTORY_LIMIT | etcd snaphots history limit. | 1 | | ETCD_INIT_SNAPSHOTS_DIR | etcd init snaphots directory (used on "init from snapshot" feature). | /init-snapshot | | ALLOW_NONE_AUTHENTICATION | Allow accessing etcd without any password. | no | | ETCD_ROOT_PASSWORD | Password for the etcd root user. | nil | | ETCD_CLUSTER_DOMAIN | Domain to use to discover other etcd members. | nil | | ETCD_START_FROM_SNAPSHOT | Whether etcd should start from an existing snapshot or not. | no | | ETCD_DISASTER_RECOVERY | Whether etcd should try or not to recover from snapshots when the cluste disastrously fails. | no | | ETCD_ON_K8S | Whether etcd is running on a K8s environment or not. | no | | ETCD_INIT_SNAPSHOT_FILENAME | Existing snapshot filename to start the etcd cluster from. | nil | | ETCDCTL_API | etcdctl API version. | 3 | | ETCD_DISABLE_STORE_MEMBER_ID | Disable writing the member id in a file. | no | | ETCD_DISABLE_PRESTOP | Disable running the pre-stop hook. | no | | ETCD_NAME | etcd member name. | nil | | ETCD_LOG_LEVEL | etcd log level. | info | | ETCD_LISTEN_CLIENT_URLS | List of URLs to listen on for client traffic. | http://0.0.0.0:2379 | | ETCD_ADVERTISE_CLIENT_URLS | List of this member client URLs to advertise to the rest of the cluster. | http://127.0.0.1:2379 | | ETCD_INITIAL_CLUSTER | Initial list of members to bootstrap a cluster. | nil | | ETCD_INITIAL_CLUSTER_STATE | Initial cluster state. Allowed values: "new" or "existing". | nil | | ETCD_LISTEN_PEER_URLS | List of URLs to listen on for peers traffic. | nil | | ETCD_INITIAL_ADVERTISE_PEER_URLS | List of this member peer URLs to advertise to the rest of the cluster while bootstrapping. | nil | | ETCD_INITIAL_CLUSTER_TOKEN | Unique initial cluster token used for bootstrapping. | nil | | ETCD_AUTO_TLS | Use generated certificates for TLS communications with clients. | false | | ETCD_CERT_FILE | Path to the client server TLS cert file. | nil | | ETCD_KEY_FILE | Path to the client server TLS key file. | nil | | ETCD_TRUSTED_CA_FILE | Path to the client server TLS trusted CA cert file. | nil | | ETCD_CLIENT_CERT_AUTH | Enable client cert authentication | false | | ETCD_PEER_AUTO_TLS | Use generated certificates for TLS communications with peers. | false | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------| | ETCD_BASE_DIR | etcd installation directory. | /opt/bitnami/etcd | | ETCD_VOLUME_DIR | Persistence base directory. | /bitnami/etcd | | ETCD_BIN_DIR | etcd executables directory. | ${ETCD_BASE_DIR}/bin | | ETCD_DATA_DIR | etcd data directory. | ${ETCD_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | ETCD_CONF_DIR | etcd configuration directory. | ${ETCD_BASE_DIR}/conf | | ETCD_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | etcd default configuration directory. | ${ETCD_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | ETCD_TMP_DIR | Directory where ETCD temporary files are stored. | ${ETCD_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | ETCD_CONF_FILE | Airflow configuration file. | ${ETCD_CONF_DIR}/etcd.yaml | | ETCD_NEW_MEMBERS_ENV_FILE | File containining the etcd environment to use after adding a member. | ${ETCD_DATA_DIR}/new_member_envs | | ETCD_DAEMON_USER | etcd system user name. | etcd | | ETCD_DAEMON_GROUP | etcd system user group. | etcd | Additionally, you can configure etcd using the upstream env variables here Notable Changes 3.4.15-debian-10-r7 - The container now contains the needed logic to deploy the Etcd container on Kubernetes using the Bitnami Etcd Chart. 3.4.13-debian-10-r7 - Arbitrary user ID(s) are supported again, see https://github.com/etcd-io/etcd/issues/12158 for more information abut the changes in the upstream source code 3.4.10-debian-10-r0 - Arbitrary user ID(s) when running the container with a non-privileged user are not supported (only 1001 UID is allowed). Further documentation For further documentation, please check Etcd documentation or its GitHub repository Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / express: README

Bitnami package for Express What is Express? Express is a minimal and unopinionated Node.js web application framework. Overview of Express Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Local workspace mkdir ~/myapp && cd ~/myapp docker run --name express -v ${PWD}/my-project:/app bitnami/express:latest Warning: This quick setup is only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options for the MongoDB® container for a more secure deployment. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Express in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Introduction Express.js, or simply Express, is a web application framework for Node.js, released as free and open-source software under the MIT License. The Bitnami Express Development Container has been carefully engineered to provide you and your team with a highly reproducible Express development environment. We hope you find the Bitnami Express Development Container useful in your quest for world domination. Happy hacking! Learn more about Bitnami Development Containers. Getting started The quickest way to get started with the Bitnami Express Development Container is using docker-compose. Begin by creating a directory for your Express application: mkdir ~/myapp cd ~/myapp Download the docker-compose.yml file in the application directory: curl -LO https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bitnami/containers/main/bitnami/express/docker-compose.yml Finally launch the Express application development environment using: docker-compose up Among other things, the above command creates a container service, named myapp, for Express development and bootstraps a new Express application in the application directory. You can use your favorite IDE for developing the application. Note If the application directory contained the source code of an existing Express application, the Bitnami Express Development Container would load the existing application instead of bootstrapping a new one. After the Node application server has been launched in the myapp service, visit http://localhost:3000 in your favorite web browser and you'll be greeted by the default Express welcome page. In addition to the Express Development Container, the docker-compose.yml file also configures a MongoDB® service to serve as the NoSQL database backend of your Express application. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------|---------------| | EXPRESS_SKIP_DATABASE_WAIT | Skip waiting for database. | no | | EXPRESS_SKIP_DATABASE_MIGRATE | Skip database migration. | no | | EXPRESS_SKIP_SAMPLE_CODE | Skip copying sample code. | no | | EXPRESS_SKIP_NPM_INSTALL | Skip installation of NPM modules. | no | | EXPRESS_SKIP_BOWER_INSTALL | Skip installation of Bower modules. | no | | EXPRESS_DATABASE_TYPE | Database server type. | nil | | EXPRESS_DATABASE_HOST | Database server host. | nil | | EXPRESS_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database server port number. | nil | | EXPRESS_DEFAULT_MARIADB_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Default MariaDB database port. | 3306 | | EXPRESS_DEFAULT_MONGODB_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Default MongoDB database port. | 27017 | | EXPRESS_DEFAULT_MYSQL_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Default MySQL database port. | 3306 | | EXPRESS_DEFAULT_POSTGRESQL_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Default PostgreSQL database port. | 5432 | Read-only environment variables Executing commands Commands can be launched inside the myapp Express Development Container with docker-compose using the exec command. Note: The exec command was added to docker-compose in release 1.7.0. Please ensure that you're using docker-compose version 1.7.0 or higher. The general structure of the exec command is: docker-compose exec <service> <command> , where <service> is the name of the container service as described in the docker-compose.yml file and <command> is the command you want to launch inside the service. Following are a few examples of launching some commonly used Express development commands inside the myapp service container. - Load the Node.js REPL: docker-compose exec myapp node - List installed NPM modules: docker-compose exec myapp npm ls - Install a NPM module: docker-compose exec myapp npm install bootstrap --save docker-compose restart myapp Connecting to Database Express by default does not require a database connection to work but we provide a running and configured MongoDB® service and an example file config/mongodb.js with some insights for how to connect to it. You can use Mongoose ODM in your application to model your application data. Going to Production The Express Development Container generates a Dockerfile in your working directory. This can be used to create a production-ready container image consisting of your application code and its dependencies. 1. Build your Docker image docker build -t myregistry/myapp:1.0.0 2. Push to an image registry docker push myregistry/myapp:1.0.0 3. Update orchestration files to reference the pushed image Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. Be sure to include the following information in your issue: - Host OS and version - Docker version (docker version) - Output of docker info - Version of this container - The command you used to run the container, and any relevant output you saw (masking any sensitive information) License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / external-dns: README

Bitnami package for ExternalDNS What is ExternalDNS? ExternalDNS is a Kubernetes addon that configures public DNS servers with information about exposed Kubernetes services to make them discoverable. Overview of ExternalDNS Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy ExternalDNS on your GKE cluster. docker run --name external-dns bitnami/external-dns:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ExternalDNS in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy ExternalDNS in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami ExternalDNS Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / flink: README

Bitnami package for Apache Flink What is Apache Flink? Apache Flink is a framework and distributed processing engine for stateful computations over unbounded and bounded data streams. Overview of Apache Flink Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name flink bitnami/flink:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache Flink in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami flink Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/flink:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/flink:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | FLINK_MODE | Flink default mode. | jobmanager | | FLINK_CFG_REST_PORT | The port that the client connects to. | 8081 | | FLINK_TASK_MANAGER_NUMBER_OF_TASK_SLOTS | Number of task slots for taskmanager. | $(grep -c ^processor /proc/cpuinfo) | | FLINK_PROPERTIES | List of Flink cluster configuration options separated by new line, the same way as in the flink-conf. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------| | FLINK_BASE_DIR | Flink installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/flink | | FLINK_BIN_DIR | Flink installation directory. | ${FLINK_BASE_DIR}/bin | | FLINK_WORK_DIR | Flink installation directory. | ${FLINK_BASE_DIR} | | FLINK_LOG_DIR | Flink log directory. | ${FLINK_BASE_DIR}/log | | FLINK_CONF_DIR | Flink configuration directory. | ${FLINK_BASE_DIR}/conf | | FLINK_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Flink configuration directory. | ${FLINK_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | FLINK_CONF_FILE | Flink configuration file name. | config.yaml | | FLINK_CONF_FILE_PATH | Flink configuration file path. | ${FLINK_CONF_DIR}/${FLINK_CONF_FILE} | | FLINK_VOLUME_DIR | Flink directory for mounted configuration files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/flink | | FLINK_DATA_TO_PERSIST | Files to persist relative to the Flink installation directory. To provide multiple values, separate them with a whitespace. | conf plugins | | FLINK_DAEMON_USER | Flink daemon system user. | flink | | FLINK_DAEMON_GROUP | Flink daemon system group. | flink | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run. The default endpoint runs a Flink JobManager instance (jobmanager mode), while you can use the environment variable FLINK_MODE for run the image in a different mode: Also, you can use the help Flink Mode in order to obtain an updated list of modes to run of different components instances docker run --rm -e FLINK_MODE=help --name flink bitnami/flink:latest $ Usage: FLINK_MODE=(jobmanager|standalone-job|taskmanager|history-server) By default, the Apache Flink Packaged by Bitnami image will run in jobmanager mode. Also, by default, Apache Flink Packaged by Bitnami image adopts jemalloc as default memory allocator. This behavior can be disabled by setting the 'DISABLE_JEMALLOC' environment variable to 'true'. Check the official Apache Flink documentation for more information. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluent-bit: README

Bitnami package for Fluent Bit What is Fluent Bit? Fluent Bit is a Fast and Lightweight Log Processor and Forwarder. It has been made with a strong focus on performance to allow the collection of events from different sources without complexity. Overview of Fluent Bit Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name fluent-bit bitnami/fluent-bit:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Fluent Bit in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Fluent Bit Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluent-bit:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluent-bit:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create fluent-bit-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Fluent Bit container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the fluent-bit-network network. docker run --name fluent-bit-node1 --network fluent-bit-network bitnami/fluent-bit:latest Step 3: Run another container We can launch another container using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named app-tier. In this example we assume that you want to connect to the Fluent Bit log processor from your own custom application image which is identified in the following snippet by the service name myapp. version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge services: fluent-bit: image: 'bitnami/fluent-bit:latest' networks: - app-tier myapp: image: 'YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE' networks: - app-tier IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE_ placeholder in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname fluent-bit to connect to the Fluent Bit log processor Launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration Fluent Bit is flexible enough to be configured either from the command line or through a configuration file. For production environments, Fluent Bit strongly recommends to use the configuration file approach. Configuration reference Plugins Fluent Bit supports multiple extensions via plugins. Plugins reference Logging The Bitnami fluent-bit Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs fluent-bit You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluentd: README

Bitnami package for Fluentd What is Fluentd? Fluentd collects events from various data sources and writes them to files, RDBMS, NoSQL, IaaS, SaaS, Hadoop and so on. Overview of Fluentd Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name fluentd bitnami/fluentd:latest You can find the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Fluentd in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Fluentd Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluentd:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluentd:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create fluentd-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Fluentd container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the fluentd-network network. docker run --name fluentd-node1 --network fluentd-network bitnami/fluentd:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration To create an endpoint that collects logs on your host just run: docker run -d -p 24224:24224 -p 24224:24224/udp -v /data:/opt/bitnami/fluentd/log fluentd Default configurations are: - configuration file at /opt/bitnami/fluentd/conf/fluentd.conf - listen port 24224 for Fluentd forward protocol - store logs with tag docker.** into /opt/bitnami/fluentd/log/docker.*.log - store all other logs into /opt/bitnami/fluentd/log/data.*.log You can overwrite the default configuration file by mounting your own configuration file on the directory /opt/bitnami/fluentd/conf: docker run --name fluentd -v /path/to/fluentd.conf:/opt/bitnami/fluentd/conf/fluentd.conf bitnami/fluentd:latest You can also extend the default configuration by importing your custom configuration with the "@include" directive. It is a simple as creating a directory with you custom config files and mount it on the directory /opt/bitnami/fluentd/conf/conf.d: docker run --name fluentd -v /path/to/custom-conf-directory:/opt/bitnami/fluentd/conf/conf.d bitnami/fluentd:latest Find more information about this feature, consult official documentation You can also add custom init scripts to the path referenced on $FLUENTD_INITSCRIPTS_DIR (which defaults to /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d): docker run --name fluentd -v /path/to/custom-scripts-directory:/docker-entrypoint-initdb.d bitnami/fluentd:latest Environment variables Environment variable below are configurable to control how to execute fluentd process: - FLUENTD_CONF: This variable allows you to specify configuration file name that will be used in -c Fluentd command line option. If you want to use your own configuration file (without any optional plugins), you can do it with this environment variable and Docker volumes (-v option of docker run). - FLUENTD_OPT: Use this variable to specify other Fluentd command line options, like -v or -q. - FLUENTD_DAEMON_USER: The user that will run the fluentd process when the container is run as root. - FLUENTD_DAEMON_GROUP: The group of the user that will run the fluentd process when the container is run as root. Logging The Bitnami fluentd Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs fluentd You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Customize this image The Bitnami Fluentd Open Source Docker image is designed to be extended so it can be used as the base image for your custom Fluentd containers. Extend this image Before extending this image, please note there are certain configuration settings you can modify using the original image: - Settings that can be adapted using environment variables. For instance, you can modify the Fluentd command-line options setting the environment variable FLUENTD_OPT. - Replacing the default configuration file by mounting your own configuration file. If your desired customizations cannot be covered using the methods mentioned above, extend the image. To do so, create your own image using a Dockerfile with the format below: FROM bitnami/fluentd ### Put your customizations below ... Here is an example of extending the image installing custom Fluentd plugins: FROM bitnami/fluentd ### Install custom Fluentd plugins RUN fluent-gem install 'fluent-plugin-docker_metadata_filter' Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of fluentd, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluentd:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop fluentd Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/fluentd-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/fluentd-persistence /path/to/fluentd-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluentd Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name fluentd bitnami/fluentd:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluxcd-helm-controller: README

Bitnami package for Flux Helm Controller What is Flux Helm Controller? Helm Controller is a component of Flux. Flux is a tool for keeping Kubernetes clusters in sync with sources of configuration. Overview of Flux Helm Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name fluxcd-helm-controller bitnami/fluxcd-helm-controller Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Flux Helm Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Flux Helm Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-helm-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-helm-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Flux Helm Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-helm-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluxcd-helm-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name fluxcd-helm-controller bitnami/fluxcd-helm-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute helm-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name fluxcd-helm-controller bitnami/fluxcd-helm-controller:latest --help Check the official Flux Helm Controller documentation for more information about how to use Flux Helm Controller. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluxcd-image-automation-controller: README

Bitnami package for Flux Image Automation Controller What is Flux Image Automation Controller? Image Automation Controller is a component of Flux. Flux is a tool for keeping Kubernetes clusters in sync with sources of configuration. Overview of Flux Image Automation Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name fluxcd-image-automation-controller bitnami/fluxcd-image-automation-controller Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Flux Image Automation Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Flux Image Automation Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-image-automation-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-image-automation-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Flux Image Automation Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-image-automation-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluxcd-image-automation-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name fluxcd-image-automation-controller bitnami/fluxcd-image-automation-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute image-automation-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name fluxcd-image-automation-controller bitnami/fluxcd-image-automation-controller:latest --help Check the official Flux Image Automation Controller documentation for more information about how to use Flux Image Automation Controller. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluxcd-image-reflector-controller: README

Bitnami package for Flux Image Reflector Controller What is Flux Image Reflector Controller? Image Reflector Controller is a component of Flux. Flux is a tool for keeping Kubernetes clusters in sync with sources of configuration. Overview of Flux Image Reflector Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name fluxcd-image-reflector-controller bitnami/fluxcd-image-reflector-controller Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Flux Image Reflector Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Flux Image Reflector Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-image-reflector-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-image-reflector-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Flux Image Reflector Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-image-reflector-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluxcd-image-reflector-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name fluxcd-image-reflector-controller bitnami/fluxcd-image-reflector-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute image-reflector-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name fluxcd-image-reflector-controller bitnami/fluxcd-image-reflector-controller:latest --help Check the official Flux Image Reflector Controller documentation for more information about how to use Flux Image Reflector Controller. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluxcd-kustomize-controller: README

Bitnami package for Flux Kustomize Controller What is Flux Kustomize Controller? Kustomize Controller is a component of Flux. Flux is a tool for keeping Kubernetes clusters in sync with sources of configuration. Overview of Flux Kustomize Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name fluxcd-kustomize-controller bitnami/fluxcd-kustomize-controller Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Flux Kustomize Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Flux Kustomize Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-kustomize-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-kustomize-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Flux Kustomize Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-kustomize-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluxcd-kustomize-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name fluxcd-kustomize-controller bitnami/fluxcd-kustomize-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kustomize-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name fluxcd-kustomize-controller bitnami/fluxcd-kustomize-controller:latest --help Check the official Flux Kustomize Controller documentation for more information about how to use Flux Kustomize Controller. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluxcd-notification-controller: README

Bitnami package for Flux Notification Controller What is Flux Notification Controller? Notification Controller is a component of Flux. Flux is a tool for keeping Kubernetes clusters in sync with sources of configuration. Overview of Flux Notification Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name fluxcd-notification-controller bitnami/fluxcd-notification-controller Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Flux Notification Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Flux Notification Controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-notification-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-notification-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Flux Notification Controller, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-notification-controller:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluxcd-notification-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name fluxcd-notification-controller bitnami/fluxcd-notification-controller:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute notification-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name fluxcd-notification-controller bitnami/fluxcd-notification-controller:latest --help Check the official Flux Notification Controller documentation for more information about how to use Flux Notification Controller. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / fluxcd-source-controller: README

Bitnami package for Flux What is Flux? Source Controller is a component of Flux. Flux is a tool for keeping Kubernetes clusters in sync with sources of configuration. Overview of Flux Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name fluxcd-source-controller bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller Docker Compose curl -sSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bitnami/containers/main/bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller/docker-compose.yml > docker-compose.yml docker-compose up -d Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Flux in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Flux Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Flux, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v fluxcd-source-controller or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v fluxcd-source-controller Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name fluxcd-source-controller bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up fluxcd-source-controller Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute source-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name fluxcd-source-controller bitnami/fluxcd-source-controller:latest --help Check the official Flux documentation for more information about how to use Flux. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / git: README

Bitnami package for Git What is Git? Git is an open source distributed version control system that can handle both small and large projects with speed and efficiency. Overview of Git Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name git bitnami/git:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Git in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Git Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/git:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/git:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute git version you can follow below example docker run --name git bitnami/git:latest git --version Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 2.31.0-debian-10-r2 - The ENTRYPOINT of the container has been modified to load a proper NSS environment that enables git ssh connections when running the container as non-root. - The CMD is also changed to enter the Bash shell. If you were using the container without replacing the entrypoint, make sure you specify the git command now: -docker run bitnami/git:latest --version +docker run bitnami/git:latest git --version Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / gitlab-runner: README

Bitnami package for Gitlab Runner What is Gitlab Runner? Gitlab Runner is an auxiliary application for Gitlab installations. Written in Go, it allows to run CI/CD jobs and send the results back to Gitlab. Overview of Gitlab Runner Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name gitlab-runner bitnami/gitlab-runner Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Gitlab Runner in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Gitlab Runner Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gitlab-runner:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gitlab-runner:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Gitlab Runner, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/gitlab-runner:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v gitlab-runner Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name gitlab-runner bitnami/gitlab-runner:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute gitlab-runner --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name gitlab-runner bitnami/gitlab-runner:latest --help Check the official Gitlab Runner documentation for the list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / gitlab-runner-helper: README

Bitnami package for Gitlab Runner Helper What is Gitlab Runner Helper? Gitlab Runner Helper is an auxiliary container to be used with Gitlab Runner. Gitlab Runner allows to run CI/CD jobs and send the results back to Gitlab. Overview of Gitlab Runner Helper Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name gitlab-runner-helper bitnami/gitlab-runner-helper Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Gitlab Runner Helper in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Gitlab Runner Helper Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gitlab-runner:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gitlab-runner-helper:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself. If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Gitlab Runner Helper, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/gitlab-runner-helper:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v gitlab-runner-helper Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name gitlab-runner-helper bitnami/gitlab-runner-helper:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute gitlab-runner-helper --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name gitlab-runner-helper bitnami/gitlab-runner–helper:latest --help Check the official Gitlab Runner Helper documentation for the list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / golang: README

Bitnami package for Golang What is Golang? Go is an object oriented programming language with sensible primitives, static typing and reflection. It also supports packages for efficient management of dependencies. Overview of Golang Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name golang bitnami/golang:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Golang in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Golang Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/golang:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/golang:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/golang-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/golang:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: golang: ... volumes: - /path/to/golang-persistence:/bitnami ... Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create golang-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Golang container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the golang-network network. docker run --name golang-node1 --network golang-network bitnami/golang:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Running your Golang project The default workspace for the Bitnami Golang image is /go (GOPATH, consult Golang documentation for more info about workspaces). You can mount your custom Golang project from your host, and run it normally using the go command. $ docker -it --name golang run \ -v /path/to/your/project:/go/src/project \ bitnami/golang \ bash -ec 'cd src/project && go run .' Logging The Bitnami Golang Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs golang You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Golang, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/golang:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop golang Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v golang Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name golang bitnami/golang:latest Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / google-cloud-sdk: README

Bitnami package for Google Cloud SDK What is Google Cloud SDK? The Gcloud CLI is a set of command-line tools and libraries for use with Google Cloud. It enables users to access multiple Google Cloud services and products from the command line. Overview of Google Cloud SDK Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name google-cloud-sdk bitnami/google-cloud-sdk:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Google Cloud SDK in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami google-cloud-sdk Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/google-cloud-sdk:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/google-cloud-sdk:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute google-cloud-sdk --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name google-cloud-sdk bitnami/google-cloud-sdk:latest -- --version Consult the google-cloud-sdk Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Loading your own configuration It's possible to load your own configuration, which is useful if you want to connect to a remote cluster: docker run --rm --name google-cloud-sdk -v /path/to/your/gcloud/config:/.config/gcloud/configurations/config_default bitnami/google-cloud-sdk:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / gotrue: README

Bitnami package for GoTrue What is GoTrue? GoTrue is an API written in Golang that can handle user registration and authentication for Jamstack projects. Based on OAuth2 and JWT, fetures user signup, authentication and custom user data. Overview of GoTrue Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name gotrue bitnami/gotrue Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use GoTrue in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami GoTrue Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gotrue:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gotrue:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of GoTrue, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/gotrue:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v gotrue Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name gotrue bitnami/gotrue:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | DB_HOST | Database host | localhost | | DB_PORT | Database port number | 5432 | | DB_NAME | Database name | postgres | | DB_USER | Database user username | postgres | | DB_PASSWORD | Database password | nil | | DB_SSL | Database SSL connection enabled | disable | | GOTRUE_DB_DATABASE_URL | Database URL | postgresql://${DB_USER}:${DB_PASSWORD}@${DB_HOST}:${DB_PORT}/${DB_NAME}?search_path=auth&sslmode=${DB_SSL} | | GOTRUE_URI_ALLOW_LIST | | * | | GOTRUE_OPERATOR_TOKEN | Operator token | nil | | GOTRUE_JWT_SECRET | JWT Secret | nil | | GOTRUE_SITE_URL | | http://localhost:80 | | GOTRUE_API_PORT | | 9999 | | GOTRUE_API_HOST | | 0.0.0.0 | | API_EXTERNAL_URL | The URL on which Gotrue might be accessed at | http://localhost:9999 | | GOTRUE_DISABLE_SIGNUP | | false | | GOTRUE_DB_DRIVER | | postgres | | GOTRUE_DB_MIGRATIONS_PATH | | ${GOTRUE_BASE_DIR} | | GOTRUE_JWT_DEFAULT_GROUP_NAME | | authenticated | | GOTRUE_JWT_ADMIN_ROLES | | service_role | | GOTRUE_JWT_AUD | | authenticated | | GOTRUE_JWT_EXP | | 3600 | | GOTRUE_EXTERNAL_EMAIL_ENABLED | | true | | GOTRUE_MAILER_AUTOCONFIRM | | true | | GOTRUE_SMTP_ADMIN_EMAIL | | your-mail@example.com | | GOTRUE_SMTP_HOST | | smtp.exmaple.com | | GOTRUE_SMTP_PORT | | 587 | | GOTRUE_SMTP_SENDER_NAME | | your-mail@example.com | | GOTRUE_EXTERNAL_PHONE_ENABLED | | false | | GOTRUE_SMS_AUTOCONFIRM | | false | | GOTRUE_MAILER_URLPATHS_INVITE | | http://localhost:80/auth/v1/verify | | GOTRUE_MAILER_URLPATHS_CONFIRMATION | | http://localhost:80/auth/v1/verify | | GOTRUE_MAILER_URLPATHS_RECOVERY | | http://localhost:80/auth/v1/verify | | GOTRUE_MAILER_URLPATHS_EMAIL_CHANGE | | http://localhost:80/auth/v1/verify | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------|------------------------------------------|---------------------------------| | GOTRUE_BASE_DIR | gotrue installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/gotrue | | GOTRUE_LOGS_DIR | Directory where gotrue logs are stored. | ${GOTRUE_BASE_DIR}/logs | | GOTRUE_LOG_FILE | Directory where gotrue logs are stored. | ${GOTRUE_LOGS_DIR}/gotrue.log | | GOTRUE_BIN_DIR | gotrue directory for binary executables. | ${GOTRUE_BASE_DIR}/bin | | GOTRUE_DAEMON_USER | postgrest system user. | supabase | | GOTRUE_DAEMON_GROUP | postgrest system group. | supabase | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute gotrue --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name gotrue bitnami/gotrue:latest --help Check the official GoTrue documentation for more information about how to use GoTrue. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / gradle: README

Bitnami package for Gradle What is Gradle? Gradle is an open source automation tool to compile, deploy, and package software for any platform. It supports multiple languages such as Java, C/C++, and JavaScript. Overview of Gradle Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name gradle bitnami/gradle:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Gradle in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Gradle Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gradle:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/gradle:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running your Gradle builds The default work directory for the Gradle image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Gradle build script, and run any task specifying its identifier. docker run --name gradle -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/gradle \ build Further Reading: - gradle documentation - gradle command-line interface Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Gradle, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/gradle:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v gradle Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name gradle bitnami/gradle:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana: README

Bitnami package for Grafana What is Grafana? Grafana is an open source metric analytics and visualization suite for visualizing time series data that supports various types of data sources. Overview of Grafana Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana bitnami/grafana:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Grafana in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Grafana Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Grafana Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create grafana-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the grafana container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the grafana-network network. docker run --name grafana-node1 --network grafana-network bitnami/grafana:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------| | GRAFANA_TMP_DIR | Grafana directory for temporary runtime files. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | GRAFANA_PID_FILE | Grafana PID file. | ${GRAFANA_TMP_DIR}/grafana.pid | | GRAFANA_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Grafana directory for default plugins. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | GRAFANA_DEFAULT_PLUGINS_DIR | Grafana directory for default configuration files. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/default-plugins | | GF_PATHS_HOME | Grafana home directory. | $GRAFANA_BASE_DIR | | GF_PATHS_CONFIG | Grafana configuration file. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/conf/grafana.ini | | GF_PATHS_DATA | Grafana directory for data files. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/data | | GF_PATHS_LOGS | Grafana directory for log files. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/logs | | GF_PATHS_PLUGINS | Grafana directory for plugins. | ${GF_PATHS_DATA}/plugins | | GF_PATHS_PROVISIONING | Grafana directory for provisioning configurations. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/conf/provisioning | | GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS | Grafana plugins to install | nil | | GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS_SKIP_TLS | Whether to skip TLS certificate verification when installing plugins | yes | | GF_FEATURE_TOGGLES | Comma-separated list of Grafana feature toggles. | nil | | GRAFANA_MIGRATION_LOCK | Enable the migration lock mechanism to avoid issues caused by concurrent migrations. | false | | GRAFANA_SLEEP_TIME | Sleep time between migration status check attempts. | 10 | | GRAFANA_RETRY_ATTEMPTS | Number of retries to check migration status. | 12 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |----------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------| | GRAFANA_BASE_DIR | Grafana installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/grafana | | GRAFANA_BIN_DIR | Grafana directory for binary executables. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/bin | | GRAFANA_CONF_DIR | Grafana directory for configuration. | ${GRAFANA_BASE_DIR}/conf | | GRAFANA_DAEMON_USER | Grafana system user. | grafana | | GRAFANA_DAEMON_GROUP | Grafana system group. | grafana | | GF_VOLUME_DIR | Grafana volume directory. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/grafana | | GF_OP_PATHS_CONFIG | Grafana Operator configuration directory. | /etc/grafana/grafana.ini | | GF_OP_PATHS_DATA | Grafana Operator directory for data files. | /var/lib/grafana | | GF_OP_PATHS_LOGS | Grafana Operator directory for log files. | /var/log/grafana | | GF_OP_PATHS_PROVISIONING | Grafana Operator directory for provisioning configurations. | /etc/grafana/provisioning | | GF_OP_PLUGINS_INIT_DIR | Grafana Operator directory for plugins. | /opt/plugins | Dev config Update the grafana.ini configuration file in the /opt/bitnami/grafana/conf directory to override default configuration options. You only need to add the options you want to override. Config files are applied in the order of: grafana.ini default.ini To enable development mode, edit the grafana.ini file and set app_mode = development. Production config Override the /opt/bitnami/grafana/conf/grafana.ini file mounting a volume. docker run --name grafana-node -v /path/to/grafana.ini:/opt/bitnami/grafana/conf/grafana.ini bitnami/grafana:latest After that, your configuration will be taken into account in the server's behaviour. You can also do this by changing the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: grafana: ... volumes: - /path/to/grafana.ini:/opt/bitnami/grafana/conf/grafana.ini ... Grafana plugins You can customize this image and include the plugins you desire editing the list of plugins avilable in the script (see the variable "grafana_plugin_list") and build your own image as shown below: cd 10/debian-12 docker build -t your-custom-grafana . Install plugins at initialization When you start the Grafana image, you can specify a comma, semi-colon or space separated list of plugins to install by setting the env. variable GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS. The entries in GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS have three different formats: - plugin_id: This will download the latest plugin version with name plugin_id from the official Grafana plugins page. - plugin_id:plugin_version: This will download the plugin with name plugin_id and version plugin_version from the official Grafana plugins page. - plugin_id=url: This will download the plugin with name plugin_id using the zip file specified in url. In case you want to skip TLS verification, set the variable GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS_SKIP_TLS to yes. For Docker Compose, add the variable name and value under the application section: grafana: ... environment: - GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS=grafana-clock-panel:1.1.0,grafana-kubernetes-app,worldpring=https://github.com/raintank/worldping-app/releases/download/v1.2.6/worldping-app-release-1.2.6.zip ... For manual execution add a -e option with each variable and value: docker run -d --name grafana -p 3000:3000 \ -e GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS="grafana-clock-panel:1.1.0,grafana-kubernetes-app,worldpring=https://github.com/raintank/worldping-app/releases/download/v1.2.6/worldping-app-release-1.2.6.zip" \ bitnami/grafana:latest Grafana Image Renderer plugin You can install the Grafana Image Renderer plugin to handle rendering panels and dashboards as PNG images. To install the plugin, follow the instructions described in the previous section. As an alternative to install this plugin, you can use the Grafana Image Renderer container to set another Docker container for rendering and using remote rendering. We highly recommend to use this option. In the Docker Compose below you can see an example to use this container: version: '2' services: grafana: image: bitnami/grafana:6 ports: - '3000:3000' environment: GF_SECURITY_ADMIN_PASSWORD: "bitnami" GF_RENDERING_SERVER_URL: "http://grafana-image-renderer:8080/render" GF_RENDERING_CALLBACK_URL: "http://grafana:3000/" grafana-image-renderer: image: bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:1 ports: - '8080:8080' environment: HTTP_HOST: "0.0.0.0" HTTP_PORT: "8080" ENABLE_METRICS: 'true' Logging The Bitnami Grafana Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs grafana You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of grafana, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/grafana:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop grafana Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/grafana-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/grafana-persistence /path/to/grafana-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v grafana Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name grafana bitnami/grafana:latest Notable Changes 7.5.7-debian-10-r16 The number of plugins included in the image by default has been decreased. This decision is supported by the following reasons: - Bitnami commitment to offer images as less opinionated as possible: only very popular and well-maintained plugins should be included. - Reducing the image size. - Security concerns: by reducing the number of plugins, we also reduce the chances to include libraries affected by known vulnerabilities. You can still build your custom image adding your custom plugins or install them during the installization as explained in the Grafana Plugins section. 6.7.3-debian-10-r28 - The GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS environment variable is not set by default anymore. This means it doesn't try to install the grafana-image-renderer plugin anymore unless you specify it. As an alternative to install this plugin, you can use the Grafana Image Renderer container. 6.7.2-debian-10-r18 - Grafana doesn't ship the grafana-image-renderer plugin by default anymore since it's not compatible with K8s distros with IPv6 disable. Instead, the GF_INSTALL_PLUGINS environment variable is set by default including this plugin so it's installed during the container's initialization, users can easily avoid it by overwriting the environment variable. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-image-renderer: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Image Renderer What is Grafana Image Renderer? The Grafana Image Renderer is a plugin for Grafana that uses headless Chrome to render panels and dashboards as PNG images. Overview of Grafana Image Renderer Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana-image-renderer bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Image Renderer in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Grafana Image Renderer in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Grafana Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Grafana Image Renderer Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create my-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the grafana-image-renderer container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the my-network network. docker run -d --name grafana-image-renderer \ --env HTTP_PORT="8080" \ --env HTTP_HOST="0.0.0.0" \ --network my-network \ bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest Step 3: Launch a Grafana container within your network that uses grafana-image-renderer as rendering service Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the my-network network. docker run -d --name grafana \ --network my-network \ --publish 3000:3000 \ --env GF_RENDERING_SERVER_URL="http://grafana-image-renderer:8080/render" \ --env GF_RENDERING_CALLBACK_URL="http://grafana:3000" \ --env GF_LOG_FILTERS="rendering:debug" \ bitnami/grafana:latest Configuration You can customize Grafana Image Renderer settings by replacing the default configuration file with your custom configuration, or using environment variables. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_LISTEN_ADDRESS | Grafana Image Renderer listen address | 127.0.0.1 | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_PORT_NUMBER | Grafana Image Renderer port number | 8080 | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_ENABLE_METRICS | Whether to enable metrics for Grafana Image Renderer | yes | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------| | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_BASE_DIR | Path to the Grafana Image Renderer installation directory | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/grafana-image-renderer | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_TMP_DIR | Grafana Image Renderer directory for temporary runtime files | ${GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_LOGS_DIR | Grafana Image Renderer directory for log files | ${GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_BASE_DIR}/logs | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_PID_FILE | Grafana Image Renderer PID file | ${GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_TMP_DIR}/renderer.pid | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_LOG_FILE | Grafana Image Renderer log file | ${GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_LOGS_DIR}/renderer.log | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_CONF_FILE | Path to the Grafana Image Renderer configuration file | ${GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_BASE_DIR}/conf/config.json | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_DAEMON_USER | Grafana system user. | grafana-image-renderer | | GRAFANA_IMAGE_RENDERER_DAEMON_GROUP | Grafana system group. | grafana-image-renderer | Configuration file The image looks for a config.json file in /opt/bitnami/grafana-image-renderer/conf/. You can mount a volume at /opt/bitnami/grafana-image-renderer/conf/ and copy/edit the config.json file in the /path/to/grafana-image-renderer-conf/ path. The default configurations will be populated to the conf/ directory if it's empty. /path/to/grafana-image-renderer-conf/ └── config.json 0 directories, 1 file Step 1: Run the Grafana Image Renderer container Run the Grafana Image Renderer container, mounting a directory from your host. docker run --name grafana-image-renderer bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest docker run --name grafana-image-renderer -v ${PWD}/path/to/grafana-image-renderer-conf:/opt/bitnami/grafana-image-renderer/conf/ bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest Step 2: Edit the configuration Edit the configuration on your host using your favorite editor. vi /path/to/grafana-image-renderer-conf/config.json Step 3: Restart Grafana Image Renderer After changing the configuration, restart your Grafana Image Renderer container for changes to take effect. After that, your configuration will be taken into account in the server's behaviour. Logging The Bitnami Grafana Image Renderer Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs grafana-image-renderer You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Grafana Image Renderer, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest Step 2: Stop the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop grafana-image-renderer Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v grafana-image-renderer Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image: docker run --name grafana-image-renderer bitnami/grafana-image-renderer:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-loki: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Loki What is Grafana Loki? Grafana Loki is a horizontally scalable, highly available, and multi-tenant log aggregation system. It provides real-time long tailing and full persistence to object storage. Overview of Grafana Loki Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana-loki bitnami/grafana-loki:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Loki in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami grafana-loki Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-loki:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-loki:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute grafana-loki --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name grafana-loki bitnami/grafana-loki:latest -- --version In order for the container to work, you need to mount your custom loki.yaml file in /bitnami/grafana-loki/conf/. The following example runs Grafana Loki with a custom configuration file: docker run --rm --name grafana-loki -v /path/to/loki.yaml:/bitnami/grafana-loki/conf/loki.yaml bitnami/grafana-loki:latest Check the official Grafana Loki documentation to understand the possible configurations. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-mimir: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Mimir What is Grafana Mimir? Grafana Mimir is an open source, horizontally scalable, highly available, multi-tenant, long-term storage for Prometheus. Overview of Grafana Mimir Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana-mimir bitnami/grafana-mimir:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Mimir in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami grafana-mimir Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-mimir:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-mimir:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute grafana-mimir --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name grafana-mimir bitnami/grafana-mimir:latest -- --version In order for the container to work, you need to mount your custom mimir.yaml file in /bitnami/grafana-mimir/conf/. The following example runs Grafana Mimir with a custom configuration file: docker run --rm --name grafana-mimir -v /path/to/mimir.yaml:/bitnami/grafana-mimir/conf/mimir.yaml bitnami/grafana-mimir:latest Check the official Grafana Mimir documentation to understand the possible configurations. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-operator: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Operator What is Grafana Operator? Grafana Operator is a Kubernetes operator that enables the installation and management of Grafana instances, dashboards and plugins. Overview of Grafana Operator Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy Grafana Operator on your Kubernetes cluster. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Operator in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. How to deploy Grafana Operator in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Grafana Operator Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Grafana Operator Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-operator:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-operator:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Configuration Find how to configure Grafana Operator in its official documentation. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-tempo: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Tempo What is Grafana Tempo? Grafana Tempo is a distributed tracing system that has out-of-the-box integration with Grafana. It is highly scalable and works with many popular tracing protocols. Overview of Grafana Tempo Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana-tempo bitnami/grafana-tempo:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Tempo in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami grafana-tempo Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-tempo:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-tempo:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute grafana-tempo --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name grafana-tempo bitnami/grafana-tempo:latest -- --version In order for the container to work, you need to mount your custom tempo.yaml file in /bitnami/grafana-tempo/conf/. The following example runs Grafana Tempo with a custom configuration file: docker run --rm --name grafana-tempo -v /path/to/tempo.yaml:/bitnami/grafana-tempo/conf/tempo.yaml bitnami/grafana-tempo:latest Using docker-compose: version: '2' services: grafana-tempo: image: grafana-tempo volumes: - /path/to/tempo.yaml:/bitnami/grafana-tempo/conf/tempo.yaml Check the official Grafana Tempo documentation to understand the possible configurations. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-tempo-query: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Tempo Query What is Grafana Tempo Query? Grafana Tempo Query is a component of the Bitnami Grafana Tempo chart. It works with the jaeger-query tool and the Jaeger tracing protocol. Overview of Grafana Tempo Query Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana-tempo-query bitnami/grafana-tempo-query:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Tempo Query in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami grafana-tempo-query Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-tempo-query:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-tempo-query:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute grafana-tempo-query --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name grafana-tempo-query bitnami/grafana-tempo-query:latest -- --version In order for the container to work, you need to mount your custom tempo-query.yaml file in /bitnami/grafana-tempo-query/conf/. The following example runs Grafana Tempo Query with a custom configuration file: docker run --rm --name grafana-tempo-query -v /path/to/tempo-query.yaml:/bitnami/grafana-tempo-query/conf/tempo-query.yaml bitnami/grafana-tempo-query:latest Check the official Grafana Tempo Query documentation and the Jaeger Query documentation to understand the possible configurations. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / grafana-tempo-vulture: README

Bitnami package for Grafana Tempo Vulture What is Grafana Tempo Vulture? Grafana Tempo Vulture is a component of the Bitnami Grafana Tempo chart. Grafana Tempo Vulture is designed to monitor Grafana Tempo's performance. Overview of Grafana Tempo Vulture Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name grafana-tempo-vulture bitnami/grafana-tempo-vulture:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Grafana Tempo Vulture in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami grafana-tempo-vulture Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-tempo-vulture:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/grafana-tempo-vulture:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute grafana-tempo-vulture --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name grafana-tempo-vulture bitnami/grafana-tempo-vulture:latest -- --version Check the official Grafana Tempo documentation to understand the possible configurations. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / haproxy: README

Bitnami package for HAProxy What is HAProxy? HAProxy is a TCP proxy and a HTTP reverse proxy. It supports SSL termination and offloading, TCP and HTTP normalization, traffic regulation, caching and protection against DDoS attacks. Overview of HAProxy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name haproxy bitnami/haproxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use HAProxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami haproxy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/haproxy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/haproxy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute haproxy --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name haproxy bitnami/haproxy:latest -- --version In order for the container to work, you need to mount your custom haproxy.cfg file in /bitnami/haproxy/conf/. The following example runs HAProxy with a custom configuration file: docker run --rm --name haproxy -v /path/to/haproxy.cfg:/bitnami/haproxy/conf/haproxy.cfg bitnami/haproxy:latest Using docker-compose: version: '2' services: haproxy: image: bitnami/haproxy volumes: - /path/to/haproxy.cfg:/bitnami/haproxy/conf/haproxy.cfg Check the official HAProxy documentation to understand the possible configurations. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-adapter-trivy: README

Bitnami package for Harbor Adapter Trivy What is Harbor Adapter Trivy? Harbor Adapter for Trivy translates the Harbor API into Trivy API calls and allows Harbor to provide vulnerability reports on images through Trivy as part of its vulnerability scan. Overview of Harbor Adapter Trivy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor-adapter-trivy bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Harbor Adapter Trivy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Harbor-Adapter-Trivy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/harbor-adapter-trivy-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:latest Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create harbor-adapter-trivy-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Harbor-Adapter-Trivy container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the harbor-adapter-trivy-network network. docker run --name harbor-adapter-trivy-node1 --network harbor-adapter-trivy-network bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Harbor Adapter Trivy is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the source repository documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------|----------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------| | SCANNER_TRIVY_VOLUME_DIR | harbor-adapter-trivy installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/harbor-adapter-trivy | | SCANNER_TRIVY_CACHE_DIR | harbor-adapter-trivy installation directory. | ${SCANNER_TRIVY_VOLUME_DIR}/.cache/trivy | | SCANNER_TRIVY_REPORTS_DIR | harbor-adapter-trivy installation directory. | ${SCANNER_TRIVY_VOLUME_DIR}/.cache/reports | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------------|----------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------| | SCANNER_TRIVY_BASE_DIR | harbor-adapter-trivy installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/harbor-adapter-trivy | | SCANNER_TRIVY_DAEMON_USER | harbor-adapter-trivy system user. | trivy-scanner | | SCANNER_TRIVY_DAEMON_GROUP | harbor-adapter-trivy system group. | trivy-scanner | Logging The Bitnami Harbor-Adapter-Trivy Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs harbor-adapter-trivy You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Harbor-Adapter-Trivy, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop harbor-adapter-trivy Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v harbor-adapter-trivy Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name harbor-adapter-trivy bitnami/harbor-adapter-trivy:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-core: README

Bitnami package for Harbor Core What is Harbor Core? Harbor Core is one of the main components of Harbor: a cloud native registry that stores, signs, and scans content. Harbor Core includes core functionalities such as token and webhook management. Overview of Harbor Core TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor-core bitnami/harbor-core:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Harbor Core in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Harbor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Harbor Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Harbor Core is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the source repository documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |----------------------------|-------------------------------------|-----------------------------------| | HARBOR_CORE_BASE_DIR | harbor-core installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/harbor-core | | HARBOR_CORE_VOLUME_DIR | harbor-core volume directory. | /data | | HARBOR_CORE_DAEMON_USER | harbor-core system user. | harbor | | HARBOR_CORE_DAEMON_GROUP | harbor-core system group. | harbor | Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-exporter: README

harbor-exporter packaged by Bitnami What is harbor-exporter? The exporter component metrics collects some data from the Harbor database. Overview of harbor-exporter TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor-exporter bitnami/harbor-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use harbor-exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Harbor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Harbor Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration harbor-exporter is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the [source repository documentation](https://github.com/goharbor/harbor/tree/main/docs Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |--------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | HARBOR_EXPORTER_BASE_DIR | harbor-exporter installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/harbor-exporter | | HARBOR_DATABASE_HOST | The hostname of external database | nil | | HARBOR_DATABASE_PORT | The port of external database | 5432 | | HARBOR_DATABASE_USERNAME | The username of external database | nil | | HARBOR_DATABASE_PASSWORD | The password of external database | nil | | HARBOR_DATABASE_DBNAME | The database used by core service | nil | | HARBOR_DATABASE_SSLMODE | Database certificate verfication: require, verify-full, verify-ca, disable (default value) | disable | | HARBOR_SERVICE_SCHEME | Core service scheme (http or https) | http | | HARBOR_SERVICE_HOST | Core service hostname | core | | HARBOR_SERVICE_PORT | Core service port | 8080 | | HARBOR_REDIS_URL | Redis URL for job service (scheme://[redis:password@]addr/db_index) | nil | | HARBOR_REDIS_NAMESPACE | Redis namespace for jobservice. Default harbor_job_service_namespace | harbor_job_service_namespace | |HARBOR_REDIS_TIMEOUT | Redis connection timeout. |3600 | |HARBOR_EXPORTER_PORT | Port for exporter metrics |9090 | |HARBOR_EXPORTER_METRICS_PATH| URL path for exporter metrics. |/metrics` | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------------|-------------------------------|----------| | HARBOR_EXPORTER_DAEMON_USER | harbor-exporter system user. | harbor | | HARBOR_EXPORTER_DAEMON_GROUP | harbor-exporter system group. | harbor | Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-jobservice: README

Bitnami package for Harbor Job Service What is Harbor Job Service? Harbor Job Service is one of the main components of Harbor: a cloud-native registry that stores, signs, and scans content. This service is used for image replication. Overview of Harbor Job Service TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor-jobservice bitnami/harbor-jobservice:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Harbor Job Service in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Harbor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Harbor Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Harbor Job Service is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the source repository documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |----------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------| | HARBOR_JOBSERVICE_BASE_DIR | harbor-jobservice installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/harbor-jobservice | | HARBOR_JOBSERVICE_DAEMON_USER | harbor-jobservice system user. | harbor | | HARBOR_JOBSERVICE_DAEMON_GROUP | harbor-jobservice system group. | harbor | Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-portal: README

Bitnami package for Harbor What is Harbor? Harbor is an open source trusted cloud-native registry to store, sign, and scan content. It adds functionalities like security, identity, and management to the open source Docker distribution. Overview of Harbor TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor bitnami/harbor:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Harbor in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Harbor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Harbor Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Harbor Portal is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the source repository documentation. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-registry: README

Bitnami package for Harbor Registry What is Harbor Registry? Harbor Registry is one of the main components of Harbor. Combined with the Harbor Registryctl, it is responsible for storing Docker images and processing pull/push operations. Overview of Harbor Registry TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor-registry bitnami/harbor-registry:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Harbor Registry in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Harbor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Harbor Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Harbor Registry is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the source repository documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------------|-----------------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | HARBOR_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR | harbor-registry installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/harbor-registry | | HARBOR_REGISTRY_STORAGE_DIR | harbor-registry storage directory. | /storage | | HARBOR_REGISTRY_DAEMON_USER | harbor-registry system user. | harbor | | HARBOR_REGISTRY_DAEMON_GROUP | harbor-registry system group. | harbor | Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / harbor-registryctl: README

Bitnami package for Harbor Registryctl What is Harbor Registryctl? Harbor Registryctl is one of the main components of Harbor. Combined with the Harbor Registry, it is responsible for storing Docker images and processing pull/push operations. Overview of Harbor Registryctl TL;DR This container is part of the Harbor solution that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name harbor-registryctl bitnami/harbor-registryctl:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Harbor Registryctl in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Harbor in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Harbor Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration Harbor Registryctl is a component of the Harbor application. In order to get the Harbor application running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/harbor Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the source repository documentation. Environment variables Customizable environment variables Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------| | HARBOR_REGISTRYCTL_BASE_DIR | harbor-registryctl installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/harbor-registryctl | | HARBOR_REGISTRYCTL_STORAGE_DIR | harbor-registry storage directory. | /storage | | HARBOR_REGISTRYCTL_DAEMON_USER | harbor-registryctl system user. | harbor | | HARBOR_REGISTRYCTL_DAEMON_GROUP | harbor-registryctl system group. | harbor | Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hubble-relay: README

Bitnami package for Hubble Relay What is Hubble Relay? Hubble Relay collects eBPF-based visibility data from every running Hubble server in a cluster by connecting to their respective gRPC APIs and providing an unique API that represents all of them. Overview of Hubble Relay Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR This container is part of the Cilium chart that is primarily intended to be deployed in Kubernetes. docker run --name hubble-relay bitnami/hubble-relay:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hubble Relay in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Hubble Relay in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Cilium Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hubble Relay Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hubble-relay:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hubble-relay:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute hubble-relay help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name hubble-relay bitnami/hubble-relay:latest help Check the official Hubble Relay documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hubble-ui: README

Bitnami package for Hubble UI What is Hubble UI? Hubble UI is an open-source user interface for Cilium Hubble. Overview of Hubble UI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name hubble-ui bitnami/hubble-ui:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hubble UI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hubble UI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hubble-ui:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hubble-ui:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Hubble UI is a component of Hubble. In order to get the Hubble running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/hubble Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the official Hubble documentation. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hubble-ui-backend: README

Bitnami package for Hubble UI Backend What is Hubble UI Backend? Hubble UI Backend is the required backend for the open-source user interface for Cilium Hubble. Overview of Hubble UI Backend Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name hubble-ui-backend bitnami/hubble-ui-backend:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hubble UI Backend in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hubble UI Backend Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hubble-ui-backend:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hubble-ui-backend:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Hubble UI Backend is a component of Hubble. In order to get the Hubble running on Kubernetes we encourage you to check the bitnami/hubble Helm chart and configure it using the options exposed in the values.yaml file. For further information about the specific component itself, please refer to the official Hubble documentation. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hyperledger-fabric-ca: README

Bitnami package for Hyperledger Fabric CA What is Hyperledger Fabric CA? The Hyperledger Fabric CA is an identity manager in a Fabric blockchain. Hyperledger Fabric is the open-source permissioned blockchain framework. Overview of Hyperledger Fabric CA Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name hyperledger-fabric-ca bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-ca:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hyperledger Fabric CA in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hyperledger Fabric CA Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-ca:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-ca:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute fabric-ca-server start you can follow below example docker run --name git bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-ca:latest fabric-ca-server start Read the official Hyperledger Fabric documentation documentation for the list of available commands. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hyperledger-fabric-orderer: README

Bitnami package for Hyperledger Fabric Orderer What is Hyperledger Fabric Orderer? Hyperledger Fabric Orderer is responsible for transactions inside a Fabric blockchain. Hyperledger Fabric is the open-source permissioned blockchain framework. Overview of Hyperledger Fabric Orderer Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name hyperledger-fabric-orderer bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-orderer:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hyperledger Fabric Orderer in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hyperledger Fabric Orderer Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-orderer:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-orderer:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute peer version you can follow below example docker run --name git bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-orderer:latest peer version Read the official Hyperledger Fabric documentation documentation for the list of available commands. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hyperledger-fabric-peer: README

Bitnami package for Hyperledger Fabric Peer What is Hyperledger Fabric Peer? Hyperledger Fabric Peer is a server that part of a network of peer nodes that make up a Fabric blockchain. Hyperledger Fabric is the open-source permissioned blockchain framework. Overview of Hyperledger Fabric Peer Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name hyperledger-fabric-peer bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-peer:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hyperledger Fabric Peer in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hyperledger Fabric Peer Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-peer:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-peer:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute peer version you can follow below example docker run --name git bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-peer:latest peer version Read the official Hyperledger Fabric documentation documentation for the list of available commands. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / hyperledger-fabric-tools: README

Bitnami package for Hyperledger Fabric Tools What is Hyperledger Fabric Tools? Hyperledger Fabric Tools is a set of tools for Hyperledger Fabric, the open-source permissioned blockchain framework. Overview of Hyperledger Fabric Tools Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name hyperledger-fabric-tools bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-tools:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Hyperledger Fabric Tools in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Hyperledger Fabric Tools Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-tools:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-tools:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute configtxgen -version you can follow below example docker run --name git bitnami/hyperledger-fabric-tools:latest configtxgen -version Read the official Hyperledger Fabric documentation documentation for the list of available commands. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jaeger: README

Jaeger packaged by Bitnami What is jaeger? Jaeger is a Distributed Tracing System Overview of jaeger TL;DR docker run --name jaeger bitnami/jaeger:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use jaeger in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Jaeger Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jaeger:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jaeger:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------| | JAEGER_USERNAME | Jaeger username. | user | | JAEGER_PASSWORD | Jaeger password. | bitnami | | JAEGER_AGENT_ZIPKIN_UDP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Agent UDP port. Accept zipkin.thrift over compact thrift protocol | 5775 | | JAEGER_AGENT_COMPACT_UDP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Agent UDP port. Accept jaeger.thrift over compact thrift protocol | 6831 | | JAEGER_AGENT_BINARY_UDP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Agent UDP port. Accept jaeger.thrift over binary thrift protocol | 6832 | | JAEGER_AGENT_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Agent HTTP port. Serve configs. | 5778 | | JAEGER_QUERY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Query HTTP port. | 16686 | | JAEGER_QUERY_GRPC_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Query GRPC port. | 16685 | | JAEGER_COLLECTOR_ZIPKIN_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Collector Zipkin compatible port. | nil | | JAEGER_COLLECTOR_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Collector HTTP port. Accept jaeger.thrift directly from clients | 14268 | | JAEGER_COLLECTOR_GRPC_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Collector GRPC port. Accept jaeger.thrift directly from clients | 14250 | | JAEGER_ADMIN_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Admin port. | 14269 | | JAEGER_AGENT_ZIPKIN_UDP_HOST | Jaeger Agent UDP host. Accept zipkin.thrift over compact thrift protocol | nil | | JAEGER_AGENT_COMPACT_UDP_HOST | Jaeger Agent UDP host. Accept jaeger.thrift over compact thrift protocol | nil | | JAEGER_AGENT_BINARY_UDP_HOST | Jaeger Agent UDP host. Accept jaeger.thrift over binary thrift protocol | nil | | JAEGER_AGENT_HTTP_HOST | Jaeger Agent HTTP host. Serve configs. | nil | | JAEGER_QUERY_HTTP_HOST | Jaeger Query HTTP host. | nil | | JAEGER_QUERY_GRPC_HOST | Jaeger Query GRPC host. | nil | | JAEGER_COLLECTOR_HTTP_HOST | Jaeger Collector Zipkin compatible host. | nil | | JAEGER_COLLECTOR_GRPC_HOST | Jaeger Collector HTTP host. Accept jaeger.thrift directly from clients | nil | | JAEGER_ADMIN_HTTP_HOST | Jaeger Collector GRPC host. Accept jaeger.thrift directly from clients | nil | | JAEGER_COLLECTOR_ZIPKIN_HOST | Jaeger Admin host. | nil | | JAEGER_APACHE_QUERY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Query UI HTTP port, exposed via Apache with basic authentication. | nil | | JAEGER_APACHE_QUERY_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Query UI HTTPS port, exposed via Apache with basic authentication. | nil | | JAEGER_APACHE_COLLECTOR_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Collector HTTP port, exposed via Apache with basic authentication. | 14270 | | JAEGER_APACHE_COLLECTOR_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | Jaeger Collector HTTPS port, exposed via Apache with basic authentication. | 14271 | | SPAN_STORAGE_TYPE | Jaeger storage type. | cassandra | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_HOST | Cassandra server host. | 127.0.0.1 | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_PORT_NUMBER | Cassandra server port. | 9042 | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_KEYSPACE | Cassandra keyspace. | bn_jaeger | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_DATACENTER | Cassandra keyspace. | dc1 | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_USER | Cassandra user name. | cassandra | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_PASSWORD | Cassandra user password. | nil | | JAEGER_CASSANDRA_ALLOWED_AUTHENTICATORS | Comma-separated list of allowed password authenticators for Cassandra. | org.apache.cassandra.auth.PasswordAuthenticator | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------|------------------------------------|---------------------------------| | JAEGER_BASE_DIR | Jaeger installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/jaeger | | JAEGER_BIN_DIR | Jaeger directory for binary files. | ${JAEGER_BASE_DIR}/bin | | JAEGER_CONF_DIR | Jaeger configuration directory. | ${JAEGER_BASE_DIR}/conf | | JAEGER_CONF_FILE | Jaeger configuration file. | ${JAEGER_CONF_DIR}/jaeger.yml | | JAEGER_LOGS_DIR | Jaeger logs directory. | ${JAEGER_BASE_DIR}/logs | | JAEGER_LOG_FILE | Jaeger log file. | ${JAEGER_LOGS_DIR}/jaeger.log | | JAEGER_TMP_DIR | Jaeger temporary directory. | ${JAEGER_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | JAEGER_PID_FILE | Jaeger PID file. | ${JAEGER_TMP_DIR}/jaeger.pid | | JAEGER_DAEMON_USER | Jaeger daemon system user. | jaeger | | JAEGER_DAEMON_GROUP | Jaeger daemon system group. | jaeger | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute jaeger-all-in-one --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name jaeger bitnami/jaeger:latest --help Check the official jaeger documentation for more information. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / janusgraph: README

Bitnami package for JanusGraph What is JanusGraph? JanusGraph is a scalable graph database optimized for storing and querying graphs containing hundreds of billions of vertices and edges distributed across a multi-machine cluster. Overview of JanusGraph Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name janusgraph bitnami/janusgraph:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Docker Content Trust (DCT). You can use DOCKER_CONTENT_TRUST=1 to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use JanusGraph in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami JanusGraph Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/janusgraph:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/janusgraph:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |----------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | JANUSGRAPH_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Directory for including custom configuration files (that override the default generated ones) | ${JANUSGRAPH_VOLUME_DIR}/conf | | JANUSGRAPH_GREMLIN_CONF_FILE | Path to JanusGraph Gremlin server configuration file | ${JANUSGRAPH_CONF_DIR}/gremlin-server.yaml | | JANUSGRAPH_PROPERTIES | Path to JanusGraph properties file | ${JANUSGRAPH_CONF_DIR}/janusgraph.properties | | JANUSGRAPH_HOST | The name of the host to bind the JanusGraph server to. | 0.0.0.0 | | JANUSGRAPH_PORT_NUMBER | The port to bind the JanusGraph server to. | 8182 | | GREMLIN_REMOTE_HOSTS | Comma-separated list of Gremlin remote hosts | localhost | | GREMLIN_REMOTE_PORT | Comma-separated list of Gremlin remote port | $JANUSGRAPH_PORT_NUMBER | | GREMLIN_AUTOCONFIGURE_POOL | If set to true, the gremlinPool will be determined by Runtime.availableProcessors(). | false | | GREMLIN_THREAD_POOL_WORKER | The number of threads available to Gremlin Server for processing non-blocking reads and writes. | 1 | | GREMLIN_POOL | The number of threads available to execute actual scripts in a ScriptEngine. | 8 | | JANUSGRAPH_JMX_METRICS_ENABLED | Turns on JMX reporting of metrics. | false | | JAVA_OPTIONS | JanusGraph java options. | ${JAVA_OPTIONS:-} -XX:+UseContainerSupport | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | JANUSGRAPH_BASE_DIR | Base path for JanusGraph files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/janusgraph | | JANUSGRAPH_VOLUME_DIR | JanusGraph directory for persisted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/janusgraph | | JANUSGRAPH_DATA_DIR | JanusGraph data directory. | ${JANUSGRAPH_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | JANUSGRAPH_BIN_DIR | JanusGraph bin directory. | ${JANUSGRAPH_BASE_DIR}/bin | | JANUSGRAPH_CONF_DIR | JanusGraph configuration directory. | ${JANUSGRAPH_BASE_DIR}/conf | | JANUSGRAPH_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | JanusGraph default configuration directory. | ${JANUSGRAPH_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | JANUSGRAPH_LOGS_DIR | JanusGraph logs directory. | ${JANUSGRAPH_BASE_DIR}/logs | | JANUSGRAPH_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the JanusGraph Server process. | janusgraph | | JANUSGRAPH_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the JanusGraph Server process. | janusgraph | Additionally, any environment variable beginning with JANUSGRAPH_CFG_ will be mapped to its corresponding JanusGraph key. For example, use JANUSGRAPH_CFG_STORAGE_BACKEND in order to set storage.backed or JANUSGRAPH_CFG_CACHE_DB__CACHE in order to configure cache.db-cache. Using mounted configuration The image looks for configuration files (janusgraph.properties, gremlin-server.yaml) in the /bitnami/janusgraph/conf/, this can be changed by setting the JANUSGRAPH_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR environment variable. docker run --name janusgraph -v /path/to/janusgraph.properties:/bitnami/janusgraph/conf/janusgraph.properties -v /path/to/gremlin-server.yaml:/bitnami/janusgraph/conf/gremlin-server.yaml bitnami/janusgraph:latest Notable Changes Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / java: README

Bitnami package for Java What is Java? Java is a general-purpose computer programming language that is concurrent, class-based, object-oriented, and specifically designed to have as few implementation dependencies as possible. Overview of Java Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name java bitnami/java Docker Compose docker run --name java bitnami/java:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Java in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Deprecation Note (2022-01-21) The prod tags has been removed; from now on just the regular container images will be released. Deprecation Note (2020-08-18) The formatting convention for prod tags has been changed: - BRANCH-debian-10-prod is now tagged as BRANCH-prod-debian-10 - VERSION-debian-10-rX-prod is now tagged as VERSION-prod-debian-10-rX - latest-prod is now deprecated Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Java Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/java:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/java:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running your Java jar or war The default work directory for the Java image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Java jar or war, and run it normally using the java command. docker run -it --name java -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/java:latest \ java -jar package.jar or using Docker Compose: java: image: bitnami/java:latest command: "java -jar package.jar" volumes: - .:/app Further Reading: - Java SE Documentation Replace the default truststore using a custom base image In case you are replacing the default minideb base image with a custom base image (based on Debian), it is possible to replace the default truststore located in the /opt/bitnami/java/lib/security folder. This is done by setting the JAVA_EXTRA_SECURITY_DIR docker build ARG variable, which needs to point to a location that contains a cacerts file that would substitute the originally bundled truststore. In the following example we will use a minideb fork that contains a custom cacerts file in the /bitnami/java/extra-security folder: - In the Dockerfile, replace FROM docker.io/bitnami/minideb:latest to use a custom image, defined with the MYJAVAFORK:TAG placeholder: - FROM bitnami/minideb:latest + FROM MYFORK:TAG - Run docker build setting the value of JAVA_EXTRA_SECURITY_DIR. Remember to replace the MYJAVAFORK:TAG placeholder. docker build --build-arg JAVA_EXTRA_SECURITY_DIR=/bitnami/java/extra-security -t MYJAVAFORK:TAG . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Java, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/java:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/java:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v java or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v java Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name java bitnami/java:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up java Notable Changes 1.8.252-debian-10-r0, 11.0.7-debian-10-r7, and 15.0.1-debian-10-r20 - Java distribution has been migrated from AdoptOpenJDK to OpenJDK Liberica. As part of VMware, we have an agreement with Bell Software to distribute the Liberica distribution of OpenJDK. That way, we can provide support & the latest versions and security releases for Java. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jax: README

Bitnami package for JAX What is JAX? JAX is a Python-based toolset (Autograd and XLA) for high performance machine learning applications. Features familiar API, transformations and multiple backend support. Overview of JAX Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name jax bitnami/jax Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use JAX in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Jax Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jax:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jax:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out with JAX in Python. docker run -it --name jax bitnami/jax Configuration Running your JAX app The default work directory for the JAX image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your JAX script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name jax -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/jax \ python script.py Running a JAX app with package dependencies If your JAX app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name jax -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/jax \ sh -c "pip install -r requirements.txt && python script.py" Further Reading: - jax documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of JAX, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/jax:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v jax Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name jax bitnami/jax:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jenkins-agent: README

Bitnami package for Jenkins Agent What is Jenkins Agent? Jenkins Agent executable (agent.jar). This executable is an instance of the Jenkins Remoting library. Overview of Jenkins Agent Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name jenkins-agent --env JENKINS_URL=http://jenkins:port bitnami/jenkins-agent:latest <agent-secret> <agent-name> You can find all the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Jenkins Agent in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Jenkins Agent Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jenkins-agent:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jenkins-agent:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------| | JENKINS_AGENT_TUNNEL | Connect to the specified host and port, instead of connecting directly to Jenkins. Useful when connection to Jenkins needs to be tunneled. | nil | | JENKINS_AGENT_URL | Specify the Jenkins root URLs to connect to. | nil | | JENKINS_AGENT_PROTOCOLS | Specify the remoting protocols to attempt when instanceIdentity is provided | nil | | JENKINS_AGENT_DIRECT_CONNECTION | Connect directly to this TCP agent port, skipping the HTTP(S) connection | nil | | JENKINS_AGENT_INSTANCE_IDENTITY | The base64 encoded InstanceIdentity byte array of the Jenkins controller | nil | | JENKINS_AGENT_WORKDIR | The working directory of the remoting instance (stores cache and logs by default). | ${JENKINS_AGENT_VOLUME_DIR}/home | | JENKINS_AGENT_WEB_SOCKET | Make a WebSocket connection to Jenkins rather than using the TCP port | false | | JENKINS_AGENT_SECRET | Jenkins agent name | nil | | JENKINS_AGENT_NAME | Jenkins agent secret | nil | | JAVA_HOME | Java Home directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/java | | JAVA_OPTS | Java options. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------| | JENKINS_AGENT_BASE_DIR | Jenkins Agent installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/jenkins-agent | | JENKINS_AGENT_LOGS_DIR | Jenkins Agent directory for log files. | ${JENKINS_AGENT_BASE_DIR}/logs | | JENKINS_AGENT_LOG_FILE | Path to the Jenkins Agent log file. | ${JENKINS_AGENT_LOGS_DIR}/jenkins-agent.log | | JENKINS_AGENT_TMP_DIR | Jenkins Agent directory for runtime temporary files. | ${JENKINS_AGENT_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | JENKINS_AGENT_PID_FILE | Path to the Jenkins Agent PID file. | ${JENKINS_AGENT_TMP_DIR}/jenkins-agent.pid | | JENKINS_AGENT_VOLUME_DIR | Persistence base directory. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/jenkins | | JENKINS_AGENT_DAEMON_USER | Jenkins Agent system user. | jenkins | | JENKINS_AGENT_DAEMON_GROUP | Jenkins Agent system group. | jenkins | When you start the Jenkins Agent image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker run command line. If you want to add a new environment variable: - For manual execution add a --env option with each variable and value: $ docker run -d --name jenkins-agent \ --env JENKINS_URL=http://jenkins:port \ bitnami/jenkins-agent:latest Logging The Bitnami Jenkins Agent Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs jenkins You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Customize this image For customizations, please note that this image is, by default, a non-root container using the user jenkins with uid=1001. Extend this image To extend the bitnami original image, you can create your own image using a Dockerfile with the format below: FROM bitnami/jenkins-agent ## Put your customizations below ... Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jmx-exporter: README

Bitnami package for JMX Exporter What is JMX Exporter? A process for exposing JMX Beans via HTTP for Prometheus consumption. Overview of JMX Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name jmx-exporter bitnami/jmx-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use JMX Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami JMX Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jmx-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jmx-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create jmx-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the jmx-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the jmx-exporter-network network. docker run --name jmx-exporter-node1 --network jmx-exporter-network bitnami/jmx-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration options in the JMX Prometheus Exporter documentation. Logging The Bitnami JMX Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs jmx-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of JMX Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/jmx-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop jmx-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v jmx-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name jmx-exporter bitnami/jmx-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jsonnet: README

Bitnami package for Jsonnet What is Jsonnet? Jsonnet is a data templating language for application and tool developers, based on JSON. Overview of Jsonnet Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name jsonnet bitnami/jsonnet:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Jsonnet in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Git Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jsonnet:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jsonnet:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to evaluate jsonnet code: docker run --name jsonnet bitnami/jsonnet:latest -e "{hello: 'world'}" Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jupyter-base-notebook: README

Bitnami package for Jupyter Base Notebook What is Jupyter Base Notebook? Jupyter Base Notebook is an instance of Jupyter Notebook for your JupyterHub installation. The Base flavor contains the essential Python 3 packages and the JupyterLab user interface. Overview of Jupyter Base Notebook Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name jupyter-base-notebook bitnami/jupyter-base-notebook:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Jupyter Base Notebook in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami jupyter-base-notebook Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jupyter-base-notebook:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jupyter-base-notebook:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute jupyterhub-singleuser --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name jupyter-base-notebook bitnami/jupyter-base-notebook:latest -- jupyterhub-singleuser --version Check the official Jupyter Notebook documentation for a list of the available parameters. Adding more python packages To add more python packages, you need to create a Dockerfile extending the current image, and the commands to install the desired packages. In the following example, the base notebook image is used to add scipy and matplotlib. FROM bitnami/jupyter-base-notebook:latest USER root RUN conda install --quiet --yes \ 'matplotlib-base' \ 'scipy' && \ conda clean --all -f -y USER 1001 Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jupyterhub: README

Bitnami package for JupyterHub What is JupyterHub? JupyterHub brings the power of notebooks to groups of users. It gives users access to computational environments and resources without burdening the users with installation and maintenance tasks. Overview of JupyterHub Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR This image is meant to run in a Kubernetes cluster. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use JupyterHub in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami jupyterhub Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jupyterhub:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jupyterhub:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------------|-------------------------------|----------------------| | JUPYTERHUB_USERNAME | JupyterHub admin username. | user | | JUPYTERHUB_PASSWORD | JupyterHub admin password. | bitnami | | JUPYTERHUB_PROXY_PORT_NUMBER | JupyterHub proxy port number. | 8000 | | JUPYTERHUB_DATABASE_TYPE | Database server type. | postgresql | | JUPYTERHUB_DATABASE_HOST | Database server host. | 127.0.0.1 | | JUPYTERHUB_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database server port. | 5432 | | JUPYTERHUB_DATABASE_NAME | Database name. | bitnami_jupyterhub | | JUPYTERHUB_DATABASE_USER | Database user name. | bn_jupyterhub | | JUPYTERHUB_DATABASE_PASSWORD | Database user password. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------|----------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------| | JUPYTERHUB_BASE_DIR | JupyterHub installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/jupyterhub | | JUPYTERHUB_BIN_DIR | JupyterHub directory for binary executables. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/miniforge/bin | | JUPYTERHUB_PROXY_BIN_DIR | JupyterHub directory for binary executables. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/configurable-http-proxy/bin | | JUPYTERHUB_CONF_DIR | JupyterHub configuration directory. | ${JUPYTERHUB_BASE_DIR}/etc | | JUPYTERHUB_CONF_FILE | JupyterHub configuration file. | ${JUPYTERHUB_CONF_DIR}/jupyterhub_config.py | | JUPYTERHUB_LOGS_DIR | JupyterHub logs directory. | ${JUPYTERHUB_BASE_DIR}/logs | | JUPYTERHUB_LOG_FILE | JupyterHub log file. | ${JUPYTERHUB_LOGS_DIR}/jupyterhub.log | | JUPYTERHUB_TMP_DIR | JupyterHub temporary directory. | ${JUPYTERHUB_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | JUPYTERHUB_PID_FILE | JupyterHub PID file. | ${JUPYTERHUB_TMP_DIR}/jupyterhub.pid | | JUPYTERHUB_PROXY_PID_FILE | JupyterHub proxy PID file. | ${JUPYTERHUB_TMP_DIR}/jupyterhub-proxy.pid | | JUPYTERHUB_DAEMON_USER | JupyterHub daemon system user. | jupyterhub | | JUPYTERHUB_DAEMON_GROUP | JupyterHub daemon system group. | jupyterhub | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute jupyterhub --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name jupyterhub bitnami/jupyterhub:latest --version Check the official Jupyter Hub documentationi, or run the following to list of the available parameters. docker run --rm --name jupyterhub bitnami/jupyterhub:latest --help-all Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / jwt-cli: README

Bitnami package for JWT CLI What is JWT CLI? jwt-cli is a command-line tool for creating JSON Web Tokens (JWTs). Written in Rust, it allows custom header values, custom claim bodies and any secret. Overview of JWT CLI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name jwt-cli bitnami/jwt-cli Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use JWT CLI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami JWT CLI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jwt-cli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/jwt-cli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of JWT CLI, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/jwt-cli:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v jwt-cli Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name jwt-cli bitnami/jwt-cli:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute jwt --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name jwt-cli bitnami/jwt-cli:latest --help Check the official JWT CLI documentation for more information about how to use JWT CLI. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kaniko: README

Bitnami package for Kaniko What is Kaniko? Kaniko is a tool that builds and pushes container images directly in userspace. This allows securely building container images in environments like a standard Kubernetes cluster. Overview of Kaniko Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name kaniko bitnami/kaniko Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kaniko in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kaniko Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kaniko:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kaniko:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Kaniko, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/kaniko:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v kaniko Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name kaniko bitnami/kaniko:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kaniko --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kaniko bitnami/kaniko:latest --help Check the official Kaniko documentation for more information about how to use Kaniko. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / keycloak-config-cli: README

Bitnami package for Keycloak Config CLI What is Keycloak Config CLI? keycloak-config-cli is a Keycloak extension to import JSON or YAML configuration into the Keycloak server without restarting it. Overview of Keycloak Config CLI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --rm --name keycloak-config-cli bitnami/keycloak-config-cli:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Keycloak Config CLI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Keycloak Config CLI in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Keycloak Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Keycloak Config CLI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/keycloak-config-cli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/keycloak-config-cli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Find how to configure Keycloak Config CLI in its official documentation. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kiam: README

Bitnami package for Kiam What is Kiam? kiam is a proxy that captures AWS Metadata API requests. It allows AWS IAM roles to be set for Kubernetes workloads. Overview of Kiam Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. ⚠️ Please note that according to this note in the upstream project, Kiam maintainers are only accepting patches/bug fixes but no new features. From Bitnami, we will update the container image and Helm chart, as usual, bundling the upstream software on top of an updated base image and dependencies. TL;DR docker run --name kiam bitnami/kiam:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kiam in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kiam Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kiam:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kiam:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kiam --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kiam bitnami/kiam:latest -- --version Check the official Kiam documentation for a list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kong: README

Bitnami package for Kong What is Kong? Kong is an open source Microservice API gateway and platform designed for managing microservices requests of high-availability, fault-tolerance, and distributed systems. Overview of Kong Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kong bitnami/kong:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kong in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kong Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kong:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kong:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create kong-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Kong container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the kong-network network. docker run --name kong-node1 --network kong-network bitnami/kong:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |--------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | KONG_MIGRATE | Perform Kong database migration. | no | | KONG_EXIT_AFTER_MIGRATE | Exit Kong after performing the database migration. | no | | KONG_PROXY_LISTEN_ADDRESS | Listen address for Kong proxy daemon. | 0.0.0.0 | | KONG_PROXY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | HTTP port of the Kong proxy daemon. | 8000 | | KONG_PROXY_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | HTTPS port of the Kong proxy daemon. | 8443 | | KONG_ADMIN_LISTEN_ADDRESS | Listen address for Kong admin daemon. | 0.0.0.0 | | KONG_ADMIN_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | HTTP port of the Kong admin daemon. | 8001 | | KONG_ADMIN_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | HTTPS port of the Kong admin daemon. | 8444 | | KONG_NGINX_DAEMON | Set silent log streams for the nginx daemon. | off | | KONG_PROXY_LISTEN | Kong proxy listen address. | ${KONG_PROXY_LISTEN_ADDRESS}:${KONG_PROXY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER}, ${KONG_PROXY_LISTEN_ADDRESS}:${KONG_PROXY_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER} ssl | | KONG_PROXY_LISTEN_OVERRIDE | Override proxy listen. | no | | KONG_ADMIN_LISTEN | Kong admin listen address. | ${KONG_ADMIN_LISTEN_ADDRESS}:${KONG_ADMIN_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER}, ${KONG_ADMIN_LISTEN_ADDRESS}:${KONG_ADMIN_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER} ssl | | KONG_ADMIN_LISTEN_OVERRIDE | Override admin listen. | no | | KONG_DATABASE | Select database for Kong. | postgres | | KONG_PG_PASSWORD | PostgreSQL password for Kong. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------| | KONG_BASE_DIR | Kong installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/kong | | KONG_CONF_DIR | Kong configuration directory. | ${KONG_BASE_DIR}/conf | | KONG_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Kong configuration directory. | ${KONG_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | KONG_CONF_FILE | Kong configuration file. | ${KONG_CONF_DIR}/kong.conf | | KONG_DEFAULT_CONF_FILE | Kong default configuration file. | ${KONG_CONF_DIR}/kong.conf.default | | KONG_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | Kong directory for init scripts. | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | KONG_SERVER_DIR | Directory where Kong Openresty instance is created. | ${KONG_BASE_DIR}/server | | KONG_PREFIX | Kong installation directory. | ${KONG_SERVER_DIR} | | KONG_DEFAULT_SERVER_DIR | Directory with default Kong Openresty instance files. | ${KONG_BASE_DIR}/server.default | | KONG_LOGS_DIR | Directory where Kong logs are stored. | ${KONG_SERVER_DIR}/logs | | KONG_DAEMON_USER | Kong system user. | kong | | KONG_DAEMON_GROUP | Kong system group. | kong | Additionally, this container also supports configuring Kong via environment values starting with KONG_. For instance, by setting the KONG_LOG_LEVEL environment variable, Kong will take into account this value rather than the property set in kong.conf. It is recommended to set the following environment variables: - KONG_DATABASE: Database type used. Valid values: postgres or off. Default: postgres - For PostgreSQL database: KONG_PG_HOST, KONG_PG_PORT, KONG_PG_TIMEOUT, KONG_PG_USER, KONG_PG_PASSWORD. Check the official Kong Configuration Reference for the full list of configurable properties. Full configuration The image looks for Kong the configuration file in /opt/bitnami/kong/conf/kong.conf, which you can overwrite using your own custom configuration file. docker run --name kong \ -e KONG_DATABASE=off \ -v /path/to/kong.conf:/opt/bitnami/kong/conf/kong.conf \ bitnami/kong:latest or using Docker Compose: version: '2' services: kong: image: 'bitnami/kong:latest' ports: - '8000:8000' - '8443:8443' environment: # Assume we don't want data persistence for simplicity purposes - KONG_DATABASE=off volumes: - /path/to/kong.conf:/opt/bitnami/kong/conf/kong.conf Logging The Bitnami Kong Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs kong You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Customize this image The Bitnami Kong Docker image is designed to be extended so it can be used as the base image for your custom API service. Extend this image Before extending this image, please note it is possible there are certain ways you can configure Kong using the original: - Configuring Kong via environment variables. - Changing the 'kong.conf' file. If your desired customizations cannot be covered using the methods mentioned above, extend the image. To do so, create your own image using a Dockerfile with the format below: FROM bitnami/kong ### Put your customizations below ... Here is an example of extending the image with the following modifications: - Install the vim editor - Modify the Kong configuration file - Modify the ports used by Kong - Change the user that runs the container FROM bitnami/kong ### Change user to perform privileged actions USER 0 ### Install 'vim' RUN install_packages vim ### Revert to the original non-root user USER 1001 ### Disable anonymous reports ## Keep in mind it is possible to do this by setting the KONG_ANONYMOUS_REPORTS=off environment variable RUN sed -i -r 's/#anonymous_reports = on/anonymous_reports = off/' /opt/bitnami/kong/conf/kong.conf ### Modify the ports used by Kong by default ## It is also possible to change these environment variables at runtime ENV KONG_PROXY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER=8080 ENV KONG_ADMIN_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER=8081 EXPOSE 8080 8081 8443 8444 ### Modify the default container user USER 1002 Based on the extended image, you can use a Docker Compose file like the one below to add other features: - Configure Kong via environment variables - Override the entire kong.conf configuration file version: '2' services: kong: build: . ports: - '80:8080' - '443:8443' volumes: - ./config/kong.conf:/opt/bitnami/kong/conf/kong.conf environment: # Assume we don't want data persistence for simplicity purposes - KONG_DATABASE=off volumes: data: driver: local Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Kong, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/kong:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop kong Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v kong Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name kong bitnami/kong:latest Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kong-ingress-controller: README

Bitnami package for Kong Ingress Controller What is Kong Ingress Controller? Kong Ingress Controller is an Ingress controller that manages external access to HTTP services in a Kubernetes cluster using the Kong API Gateway. Overview of Kong Ingress Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kong-ingress-controller bitnami/kong-ingress-controller:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kong Ingress Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami kong-ingress-controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kong-ingress-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kong-ingress-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kong-ingress-controller --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kong-ingress-controller bitnami/kong-ingress-controller:latest -- --version Consult the kong-ingress-controller Reference Documentation Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / ksql: README

KSQL DB packaged by Bitnami What is ksql? Confluent KSQL DB is an event streaming database that helps you build stream processing apps Overview of ksql TL;DR docker run --name ksql bitnami/ksql:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ksql in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami ksql Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/ksql:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/ksql:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |--------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------| | KSQL_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Directory for including custom configuration files (that override the default generated ones) | ${KSQL_VOLUME_DIR}/etc | | KSQL_LISTENERS | Comma-separated list of listeners that listen for API requests over either HTTP or HTTPS. | nil | | KSQL_SSL_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD | Password to access the SSL keystore. | nil | | KSQL_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD | Password to access the SSL truststore. | nil | | KSQL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION | Client authentication configuration. Valid options: none, requested, over required. | nil | | KSQL_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS | The set of Kafka brokers to bootstrap Kafka cluster information from. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |----------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | KSQL_BASE_DIR | Base path for KSQL files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/ksql | | KSQL_VOLUME_DIR | KSQL directory for persisted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/ksql | | KSQL_DATA_DIR | KSQL data directory. | ${KSQL_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | KSQL_BIN_DIR | KSQL bin directory. | ${KSQL_BASE_DIR}/bin | | KSQL_CONF_DIR | KSQL configuration directory. | ${KSQL_BASE_DIR}/etc/ksqldb | | KSQL_LOGS_DIR | KSQL logs directory. | ${KSQL_BASE_DIR}/logs | | KSQL_CONF_FILE | Main KSQL configuration file. | ${KSQL_CONF_DIR}/ksql-server.properties | | KSQL_CERTS_DIR | KSQL certificates directory. | ${KSQL_BASE_DIR}/certs | | KSQL_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the KSQL Server process. | ksql | | KSQL_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the KSQL Server process. | ksql | | KSQL_DEFAULT_LISTENERS | Comma-separated list of listeners that listen for API requests over either HTTP or HTTPS. | http://0.0.0.0:8088 | | KSQL_DEFAULT_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS | List of Kafka brokers to bootstrap Kafka cluster information from. | localhost:9092 | Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kube-rbac-proxy: README

Bitnami package for Kube RBAC Proxy What is Kube RBAC Proxy? kube-rbac-proxy is an HTTP proxy that can perform RBAC authorization against the Kubernetes API based on the SubjectAccessReview authorization resource. Overview of Kube RBAC Proxy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kube-rbac-proxy bitnami/kube-rbac-proxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kube RBAC Proxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kube RBAC Proxy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kube-rbac-proxy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kube-rbac-proxy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kube-rbac-proxy --upstream=http://127.0.0.1:8081/ you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kube-rbac-proxy bitnami/kube-rbac-proxy:latest -- --upstream=http://127.0.0.1:8081/ Check the official Kube RBAC Proxy documentation for more information. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kube-state-metrics: README

Bitnami package for Kube State Metrics What is Kube State Metrics? kube-state-metrics is a simple service that listens to the Kubernetes API server and generates metrics about the state of the objects. Overview of Kube State Metrics Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy Kube-state-metrics on your Kubernetes cluster. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kube State Metrics in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kube-state-metrics Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kube-state-metrics:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kube-state-metrics:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Resource recommendation Resource usage changes with the size of the cluster. As a general rule, you should allocate - 200MiB memory - 0.1 cores For clusters of more than 100 nodes, allocate at least - 2MiB memory per node - 0.001 cores per node Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubeapps-apis: README

Bitnami package for Kubeapps APIs What is Kubeapps APIs? The Kubeapps APIs are a component of the Kubeapps application. They are a collection of APIs for creating user experiences to manage packaged Kubernetes applications. Overview of Kubeapps APIs TL;DR docker run --name kubeapps-apis bitnami/kubeapps-apis:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeapps APIs in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubeapps APIs in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubeapps Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubeapps-apprepository-controller: README

Kubeapps AppRepository Controller What is Kubeapps AppRepository Controller? Kubeapps AppRepository Controller is one of the main components of Kubeapps, a Web-based application deployment and management tool for Kubernetes clusters. This controller monitors resources. Overview of Kubeapps AppRepository Controller TL;DR docker run --name kubeapps-apprepository-controller bitnami/kubeapps-apprepository-controller:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeapps AppRepository Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubeapps AppRepository Controller in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubeapps Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubeapps-asset-syncer: README

Bitnami package for Kubeapps Asset Syncer What is Kubeapps Asset Syncer? Kubeapps Asset Syncer is one of the main components of Kubeapps, a Web-based application deployment and management tool for Kubernetes clusters. It scans a chart repository and populates its metadata. Overview of Kubeapps Asset Syncer TL;DR docker run --name kubeapps-asset-syncer bitnami/kubeapps-asset-syncer:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeapps Asset Syncer in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubeapps Asset Syncer in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubeapps Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubeapps-dashboard: README

Bitnami package for Kubeapps What is Kubeapps? Kubeapps is a web-based UI for launching and managing applications on Kubernetes. It allows users to deploy trusted applications and operators to control users access to the cluster. Overview of Kubeapps TL;DR docker run --name kubeapps-dashboard bitnami/kubeapps-dashboard:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeapps in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubeapps Dashboard in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubeapps Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubeapps-oci-catalog: README

Bitnami package for Kubeapps OCI Catalog Service What is Kubeapps OCI Catalog Service? Stateless gRPC service that provides a generic API for listing repositories and their latest tags for various OCI implementations so that the caller can use a single API for the different registries. Overview of Kubeapps OCI Catalog Service Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kubeapps-oci-catalog bitnami/kubeapps-oci-catalog:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeapps OCI Catalog Service in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubeapps OCI Catalog Service in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubeapps Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubeapps-pinniped-proxy: README

Bitnami package for Kubeapps Pinniped Proxy What is Kubeapps Pinniped Proxy? Kubeapps Pinniped Proxy is one of the main components of Kubeapps, a Web-based application deployment and management tool for Kubernetes clusters. It is used to handle OIDC requests. Overview of Kubeapps Pinniped Proxy TL;DR docker run --name kubeapps-pinniped-proxy bitnami/kubeapps-pinniped-proxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeapps Pinniped Proxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubeapps Pinniped Proxy in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubeapps Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubectl: README

Bitnami package for Kubectl What is Kubectl? Kubectl is the Kubernetes command line interface. It allows to manage Kubernetes cluster by providing a wide set of commands that allows to communicate with the Kubernetes API in a friendly way. Overview of Kubectl Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kubectl bitnami/kubectl:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubectl in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kubectl Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kubectl:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kubectl:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kubectl version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kubectl bitnami/kubectl:latest version Consult the Kubectl Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Loading your own configuration It's possible to load your own configuration, which is useful if you want to connect to a remote cluster: docker run --rm --name kubectl -v /path/to/your/kube/config:/.kube/config bitnami/kubectl:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kuberay-apiserver: README

Bitnami package for KubeRay API Server What is KubeRay API Server? APIServer is a component of KubeRay. KubeRay is a Kubernetes operator for deploying and management of Ray applications on Kubernetes using CustomResourceDefinitions. Overview of KubeRay API Server Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name kuberay-apiserver bitnami/kuberay-apiserver Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use KubeRay API Server in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami KubeRay API Server Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kuberay-apiserver:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kuberay-apiserver:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of KubeRay API Server, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/kuberay-apiserver:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v kuberay-apiserver Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name kuberay-apiserver bitnami/kuberay-apiserver:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute apiserver --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kuberay-apiserver bitnami/kuberay-apiserver:latest --help Check the official KubeRay API Server documentation for more information about how to use KubeRay API Server. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kuberay-operator: README

Bitnami package for KubeRay What is KubeRay? KubeRay is a Kubernetes operator for deploying and management of Ray applications on Kubernetes using CustomResourceDefinitions. Overview of KubeRay Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name kuberay-operator bitnami/kuberay-operator Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use KubeRay in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami KubeRay Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kuberay-operator:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kuberay-operator:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of KubeRay, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/kuberay-operator:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v kuberay-operator Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name kuberay-operator bitnami/kuberay-operator:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute operator --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kuberay-operator bitnami/kuberay-operator:latest --help Check the official KubeRay documentation for more information about how to use KubeRay. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubernetes-event-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Kubernetes Event Exporter What is Kubernetes Event Exporter? Kubernetes Event Exporter makes it easy to export Kubernetes events to other tools, thereby enabling better event observability, custom alerts and aggregation. Overview of Kubernetes Event Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kubernetes-event-exporter bitnami/kubernetes-event-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubernetes Event Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Kubernetes Event Exporter in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kubernetes Event Exporter Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Configuration Kubernetes Event Exporter is a tool created to be run inside a pod running on Kubernetes and as such, it will not work if used as a standalone container. Configuration is done via a YAML file, when run in Kubernetes, it's in ConfigMap. The tool watches all the events and user has to option to filter out some events, according to their properties. For further documentation, please check Kubernetes Event Exporter documentation. Logging The Bitnami Kubernetes Event Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs kubernetes-event-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / kubescape: README

Bitnami package for Kubescape What is Kubescape? An open-source Kubernetes security platform for your clusters, CI/CD pipelines, and IDE that separates out the security signal from the scanner noise. Overview of Kubescape Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name kubescape bitnami/kubescape:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubescape in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kubescape Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kubescape:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/kubescape:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kubescape version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name kubescape bitnami/kubescape:latest version Consult the Kubescape Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Running Notable Changes Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / laravel: README

Bitnami package for Laravel What is Laravel? Laravel is an open source PHP framework for web application development. Overview of Laravel Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Local workspace mkdir ~/myapp && cd ~/myapp docker run --name laravel -v ${PWD}/my-project:/app bitnami/laravel:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Laravel in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Introduction Laravel is a web application framework for PHP, released as free and open-source software under the MIT License. The Bitnami Laravel Development Container has been carefully engineered to provide you and your team with a highly reproducible Laravel development environment. We hope you find the Bitnami Laravel Development Container useful in your quest for world domination. Happy hacking! Learn more about Bitnami Development Containers. Getting started Laravel requires access to a MySQL or MariaDB database to store information. We'll use the Bitnami Docker Image for MariaDB for the database requirements. Step 1: Create a network docker network create laravel-network Step 2: Create a volume for MariaDB persistence and create a MariaDB container $ docker volume create --name mariadb_data docker run -d --name mariadb \ --env ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes \ --env MARIADB_USER=bn_myapp \ --env MARIADB_DATABASE=bitnami_myapp \ --network laravel-network \ --volume mariadb_data:/bitnami/mariadb \ bitnami/mariadb:latest Step 3: Launch the container using the local current directory as volume $ docker run -d --name laravel \ -p 8000:8000 \ --env DB_HOST=mariadb \ --env DB_PORT=3306 \ --env DB_USERNAME=bn_myapp \ --env DB_DATABASE=bitnami_myapp \ --network laravel-network \ --volume ${PWD}/my-project:/app \ bitnami/laravel:latest Among other things, the above command creates a container service, named myapp, for Laravel development and bootstraps a new Laravel application in the application directory. You can use your favorite IDE for developing the application. Note If the application directory contained the source code of an existing Laravel application, the Bitnami Laravel Development Container would load the existing application instead of bootstrapping a new one. After the application server has been launched in the myapp service, visit http://localhost:8000 in your favorite web browser and you'll be greeted by the default Laravel welcome page. Warning: This quick setup is only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options for the MariaDB container for a more secure deployment. Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |--------------------------------|------------------------------------------------|-----------------| | LARAVEL_PORT_NUMBER | Laravel server port. | 8000 | | LARAVEL_SKIP_COMPOSER_UPDATE | Skip command to execute Composer dependencies. | no | | LARAVEL_SKIP_DATABASE | Skip database configuration. | no | | LARAVEL_DATABASE_TYPE | Database server type. | mysql | | LARAVEL_DATABASE_HOST | Database server host. | mariadb | | LARAVEL_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database server port. | 3306 | | LARAVEL_DATABASE_NAME | Database name. | bitnami_myapp | | LARAVEL_DATABASE_USER | Database user name. | bn_myapp | | LARAVEL_DATABASE_PASSWORD | Database user password. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------|---------------------------------|-------------------------------| | LARAVEL_BASE_DIR | Laravel installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/laravel | Executing commands Commands can be launched inside the myapp Laravel Development Container with docker using the exec command. The general structure of the exec command is: docker exec <container-name> <command> where <command> is the command you want to launch inside the container. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Special Thanks We want to thank the following individuals for reporting vulnerabilities responsibly and helping improve the security of this container. - LEI WANG: APP_KEY fixed into the docker image Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. Be sure to include the following information in your issue: - Host OS and version - Docker version (docker version) - Output of docker info - Version of this container - The command you used to run the container, and any relevant output you saw (masking any sensitive information) License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / logstash: README

Bitnami package for Logstash What is Logstash? Logstash is an open source data processing engine. It ingests data from multiple sources, processes it, and sends the output to final destination in real-time. It is a core component of the ELK stack. Overview of Logstash Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name logstash bitnami/logstash:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Logstash in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Logstash in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Logstash Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Logstash Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/logstash:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/logstash:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a directory at the /bitnami path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run \ -v /path/to/logstash-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/logstash:latest You can also do this with a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: logstash: ... volumes: - /path/to/logstash-persistence:/bitnami ... NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create logstash-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Logstash container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the logstash-network network. docker run --name logstash-node1 --network logstash-network bitnami/logstash:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration By default, this container provides a very basic configuration for Logstash, that listen http on port 8080 and writes to stdout. docker run -d -p 8080:8080 bitnami/logstash:latest Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------|-----------------| | LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILENAME | Logstash pipeline file name | logstash.conf | | LOGSTASH_BIND_ADDRESS | Logstash listen address | 0.0.0.0 | | LOGSTASH_EXPOSE_API | Whether to expose the expose the Logstash API | no | | LOGSTASH_API_PORT_NUMBER | Logstash API port number | 9600 | | LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_STRING | Logstash pipeline configuration in a string | nil | | LOGSTASH_PLUGINS | List of Logstash plugins to install | nil | | LOGSTASH_EXTRA_FLAGS | Extra arguments for running the Logstash server | nil | | LOGSTASH_HEAP_SIZE | Logstash heap size | 1024m | | LOGSTASH_MAX_ALLOWED_MEMORY_PERCENTAGE | Logstash maximum allowed memory percentage | 100 | | LOGSTASH_MAX_ALLOWED_MEMORY | Logstash maximum allowed memory amount (in megabytes) | nil | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_MULTIPLE_PIPELINES | Whether to enable multiple pipelines support | no | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_BEATS_INPUT | Whether to listen for incoming Beats connections | no | | LOGSTASH_BEATS_PORT_NUMBER | Port number for listening to incoming Beats connections | 5044 | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_GELF_INPUT | Whether to listen for incoming Gelf connections | no | | LOGSTASH_GELF_PORT_NUMBER | Port number for listening to incoming Beats connections | 12201 | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_HTTP_INPUT | Whether to listen for incoming HTTP connections | yes | | LOGSTASH_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Port number for listening to incoming Beats connections | 8080 | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_TCP_INPUT | Whether to listen for incoming TDP connections | no | | LOGSTASH_TCP_PORT_NUMBER | Port number for listening to incoming TCP connections | 5010 | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_UDP_INPUT | Whether to listen for incoming UDP connections | no | | LOGSTASH_UDP_PORT_NUMBER | Port number for listening to incoming UDP connections | 5000 | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_STDOUT_OUTPUT | Whether to output to an Elasticsearch server | yes | | LOGSTASH_ENABLE_ELASTICSEARCH_OUTPUT | Whether to output to an Elasticsearch server | no | | LOGSTASH_ELASTICSEARCH_HOST | Elasticsearch server hostname | elasticsearch | | LOGSTASH_ELASTICSEARCH_PORT_NUMBER | Elasticsearch server port | 9200 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------| | LOGSTASH_BASE_DIR | Logstash installation directory | /opt/bitnami/logstash | | LOGSTASH_CONF_DIR | Logstash settings files directory | ${LOGSTASH_BASE_DIR}/config | | LOGSTASH_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Logstash default settings files directory | ${LOGSTASH_BASE_DIR}/config.default | | LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_DIR | Logstash pipeline configuration files directory | ${LOGSTASH_BASE_DIR}/pipeline | | LOGSTASH_DEFAULT_PIPELINE_CONF_DIR | Logstash default pipeline configuration files directory | ${LOGSTASH_BASE_DIR}/pipeline.default | | LOGSTASH_BIN_DIR | Logstash executables directory | ${LOGSTASH_BASE_DIR}/bin | | LOGSTASH_CONF_FILE | Path to Logstash settings file | ${LOGSTASH_CONF_DIR}/logstash.yml | | LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILE | Path to Logstash pipeline configuration file | ${LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_DIR}/${LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILENAME} | | LOGSTASH_VOLUME_DIR | Persistence base directory | /bitnami/logstash | | LOGSTASH_DATA_DIR | Logstash data directory | ${LOGSTASH_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | LOGSTASH_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Directory where Logstash settings files will be mounted. | ${LOGSTASH_VOLUME_DIR}/config | | LOGSTASH_MOUNTED_PIPELINE_CONF_DIR | Directory where Logstash pipeline configuration files will be mounted. | ${LOGSTASH_VOLUME_DIR}/pipeline | | LOGSTASH_DAEMON_USER | Logstash system user | logstash | | LOGSTASH_DAEMON_GROUP | Logstash system group | logstash | | JAVA_HOME | Java installation folder. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/java | Using a configuration string For simple configurations, you specify it using the LOGSTASH_CONF_STRING environment variable: docker run --env LOGSTASH_CONF_STRING="input {file {path => \"/tmp/logstash_input\"}} output {file {path => \"/tmp/logstash_output\"}}" bitnami/logstash:latest Using a configuration file You can override the default configuration for Logstash by mounting your own configuration files on directory /bitnami/logstash/pipeline. You will need to indicate the file holding the pipeline definition by setting the LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILENAME environment variable. docker run -d --env LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILENAME=my_config.conf -v /path/to/custom-conf-directory:/bitnami/logstash/pipeline bitnami/logstash:latest Additional command line options In case you want to add extra flags to the Logstash command, use the LOGSTASH_EXTRA_FLAGS variable. Example: docker run -d --env LOGSTASH_EXTRA_FLAGS="-w 4 -b 4096" bitnami/logstash:latest Using multiple pipelines You can use multiple pipelines by setting the LOGSTASH_ENABLE_MULTIPLE_PIPELINES environment variable to true. In that case, you should place your pipelines.yml file in the mounted volume (together with the rest of the desired configuration files). If the LOGSTASH_ENABLE_MULTIPLE_PIPELINES environment variable is set to true but there is not any pipelines.yml file in the mounted volume, a dummy file is created using LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILENAME as a single pipeline. docker run -d --env LOGSTASH_ENABLE_MULTIPLE_PIPELINES=true -v /path/to/custom-conf-directory:/bitnami/logstash/config bitnami/logstash:latest Exposing Logstash API You can expose the Logstash API by setting the environment variable LOGSTASH_EXPOSE_API, you can also change the default port by using LOGSTASH_API_PORT_NUMBER. docker run -d --env LOGSTASH_EXPOSE_API=yes --env LOGSTASH_API_PORT_NUMBER=9090 -p 9090:9090 bitnami/logstash:latest Plugins You can add extra plugins by setting the LOGSTASH_PLUGINS environment variable. To specify multiple plugins, separate them by spaces, commas or semicolons. When the container is initialized it will install all of the specified plugins before starting Logstash. docker run -d --name logstash \ -e LOGSTASH_PLUGINS=logstash-input-github \ bitnami/logstash:latest Adding plugins at build time (persisting plugins) The Bitnami Logstash image provides a way to create your custom image installing plugins on build time. This is the preferred way to persist plugins when using Logstash, as they will not be installed every time the container is started but just once at build time. To create your own image providing plugins execute the following command. Remember to replace the VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/logstash/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build --build-arg LOGSTASH_PLUGINS=<plugin1,plugin2,...> -t bitnami/logstash:latest . The command above will build the image providing this GitHub repository as build context, and will pass the list of plugins to install to the build logic. Logging The Bitnami Logstash Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs logstash You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Additionally, in case you'd like to modify Logstash logging configuration, it can be done by overwriting the file /opt/bitnami/logstash/config/log4j2.properties. The syntax of this file can be found in Logstash logging documentation. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Logstash, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/logstash:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop logstash Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v logstash Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name logstash bitnami/logstash:latest Notable Changes 7.15.2-debian-10-r12 - Pipeline configuration files (i.e. default_config.conf) are being added into the /opt/bitnami/logstash/pipeline directory, instead of /opt/bitnami/logstash/config. Subsequently, LOGSTASH_CONF_FILENAME was renamed to LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_FILENAME, and LOGSTASH_CONF_STRING was renamed to LOGSTASH_PIPELINE_CONF_STRING. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / memcached: README

Bitnami package for Memcached What is Memcached? Memcached is an high-performance, distributed memory object caching system, generic in nature, but intended for use in speeding up dynamic web applications by alleviating database load. Overview of Memcached Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name memcached bitnami/memcached:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Memcached in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Memcached in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Memcached Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Memcached Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/memcached:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/memcached:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a Memcached server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Memcached server instance Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the Memcached container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name memcached-server \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/memcached:latest Step 3: Launch your application container docker run -d --name myapp \ --network app-tier \ YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE_ placeholder in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname memcached-server to connect to the Memcached server Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named app-tier. In this example we assume that you want to connect to the Memcached server from your own custom application image which is identified in the following snippet by the service name myapp. version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge services: memcached: image: 'bitnami/memcached:latest' networks: - app-tier myapp: image: 'YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE' networks: - app-tier IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE_ placeholder in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname memcached to connect to the Memcached server Launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | MEMCACHED_LISTEN_ADDRESS | Host that the Memcached service will bind to. | nil | | MEMCACHED_PORT_NUMBER | Port number used by Memcached. | 11211 | | MEMCACHED_USERNAME | Memcached admin username. | root | | MEMCACHED_PASSWORD | Password for the Memcached admin user. | nil | | MEMCACHED_MAX_ITEM_SIZE | Memcached maximum item size. | nil | | MEMCACHED_EXTRA_FLAGS | Extra flags to be used when running Memcached. | nil | | MEMCACHED_MAX_TIMEOUT | Maximum timeout in seconds for Memcached to start or stop. | 5 | | MEMCACHED_CACHE_SIZE | Memcached cache size in MB. | nil | | MEMCACHED_MAX_CONNECTIONS | Maximum amount of concurrent connections that Memcached will tolerate. | nil | | MEMCACHED_THREADS | Amount of process threads that Memcached will use. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------------|---------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------| | MEMCACHED_BASE_DIR | Memcached installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/memcached | | MEMCACHED_CONF_DIR | Memcached configuration directory. | ${MEMCACHED_BASE_DIR}/conf | | MEMCACHED_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Memcached configuration directory. | ${MEMCACHED_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | MEMCACHED_BIN_DIR | Memcached directory for binary executables. | ${MEMCACHED_BASE_DIR}/bin | | SASL_CONF_PATH | Memcached SASL configuration directory. | ${MEMCACHED_CONF_DIR}/sasl2 | | SASL_CONF_FILE | Memcached SASL configuration | ${SASL_CONF_PATH}/memcached.conf | | SASL_DB_FILE | Memcached SASL database file. | ${SASL_CONF_PATH}/memcachedsasldb | | MEMCACHED_DAEMON_USER | Memcached system user. | memcached | | MEMCACHED_DAEMON_GROUP | Memcached system group. | memcached | Specify the cache size By default, the Bitnami Memcached container will not specify any cache size and will start with Memcached defaults (64MB). You can specify a different value with the MEMCACHED_CACHE_SIZE environment variable (in MB). docker run --name memcached -e MEMCACHED_CACHE_SIZE=128 bitnami/memcached:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: memcached: ... environment: - MEMCACHED_CACHE_SIZE=128 ... Specify maximum number of concurrent connections By default, the Bitnami Memcached container will not specify any maximum number of concurrent connections and will start with Memcached defaults (1024 concurrent connections). You can specify a different value with the MEMCACHED_MAX_CONNECTIONS environment variable. docker run --name memcached -e MEMCACHED_MAX_CONNECTIONS=2000 bitnami/memcached:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: memcached: ... environment: - MEMCACHED_MAX_CONNECTIONS=2000 ... Specify number of threads to process requests By default, the Bitnami Memcached container will not specify the amount of threads for which to process requests for and will start with Memcached defaults (4 threads). You can specify a different value with the MEMCACHED_THREADS environment variable. docker run --name memcached -e MEMCACHED_THREADS=4 bitnami/memcached:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: memcached: ... environment: - MEMCACHED_THREADS=4 ... Specify max item size (slab size) By default, the Memcached container will not specify any max item size and will start with Memcached defaults (1048576 ~ 1 megabyte). You can specify a different value with the MEMCACHED_MAX_ITEM_SIZE environment variable. Only numeric values are accepted - use 8388608 instead of 8m docker run --name memcached -e MEMCACHED_MAX_ITEM_SIZE=8388608 bitnami/memcached:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: memcached: ... environment: - MEMCACHED_MAX_ITEM_SIZE=8388608 ... Creating the Memcached admin user Authentication on the Memcached server is disabled by default. To enable authentication, specify the password for the Memcached admin user using the MEMCACHED_PASSWORD environment variable (or in the content of the file specified in MEMCACHED_PASSWORD_FILE). To customize the username of the Memcached admin user, which defaults to root, the MEMCACHED_USERNAME variable should be specified. docker run --name memcached \ -e MEMCACHED_USERNAME=my_user \ -e MEMCACHED_PASSWORD=my_password \ bitnami/memcached:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: version: '2' services: memcached: ... environment: - MEMCACHED_USERNAME=my_user - MEMCACHED_PASSWORD=my_password ... The default value of the MEMCACHED_USERNAME is root. Passing extra command-line flags to memcached Passing extra command-line flags to the Memcached service command is possible by adding them as arguments to run.sh script: docker run --name memcached bitnami/memcached:latest /opt/bitnami/scripts/memcached/run.sh -vvv Alternatively, modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: memcached: ... command: /opt/bitnami/scripts/memcached/run.sh -vvv ... Refer to the Memcached man page for the complete list of arguments. Using custom SASL configuration In order to load your own SASL configuration file, you will have to make them available to the container. You can do it doing the following: - Mounting a volume with your custom configuration - Adding custom configuration via environment variable. By default, when authentication is enabled the SASL configuration of Memcached is written to /opt/bitnami/memcached/sasl2/memcached.conf file with the following content: mech_list: plain sasldb_path: /opt/bitnami/memcached/conf/memcachedsasldb The /opt/bitnami/memcached/conf/memcachedsasldb is the path to the sasldb file that contains the list of Memcached users. Logging The Bitnami Memcached Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs memcached or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs memcached You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Memcached, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/memcached:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/memcached:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v memcached or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v memcached Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name memcached bitnami/memcached:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up memcached Notable Changes 1.5.18-debian-9-r13 and 1.5.19-ol-7-r1 - Fixes regression in Memcached Authentication introduced in release 1.5.18-debian-9-r6 and 1.5.18-ol-7-r7 (#62). 1.5.18-debian-9-r6 and 1.5.18-ol-7-r7 - Decrease the size of the container. The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the `rootfs/ folder. - Custom SASL configuration should be mounted at /opt/bitnami/memcached/conf/sasl2/ instead of /bitnami/memcached/conf/. - Password for Memcached admin user can be specified in the content of the file specified in MEMCACHED_PASSWORD_FILE. 1.5.0-r1 - The memcached container has been migrated to a non-root container approach. Previously the container run as root user and the memcached daemon was started as memcached user. From now own, both the container and the memcached daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the configuration files are writable by the user running the memcached process. 1.4.25-r4 - MEMCACHED_USER parameter has been renamed to MEMCACHED_USERNAME. 1.4.25-r0 - The logs are always sent to the stdout and are no longer collected in the volume. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / memcached-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Memcached Exporter What is Memcached Exporter? The memcached exporter exports metrics from a memcached server for consumption by prometheus. Overview of Memcached Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name memcached-exporter bitnami/memcached-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Memcached Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Memcached Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/memcached-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/memcached-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create memcached-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the memcached-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the memcached-exporter-network network. docker run --name memcached-exporter-node1 --network memcached-exporter-network bitnami/memcached-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration flags by executing the container with the --help flag: docker run --rm bitnami/memcached-exporter --help You can also find more information in the Memcached Exporter official documentation. Logging The Bitnami Memcached Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs memcached-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Memcached Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/memcached-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop memcached-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v memcached-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name memcached-exporter bitnami/memcached-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / metallb-controller: README

Bitnami package for MetalLB What is MetalLB? MetalLB is a load-balancer implementation for bare metal Kubernetes clusters, using standard routing protocols. Overview of MetalLB Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name metallb-controller bitnami/metallb-controller:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use MetalLB in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami metallb-controller Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/metallb-controller:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/metallb-controller:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute metallb-controller --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name metallb-controller bitnami/metallb-controller:latest -- --version Consult the metallb Reference Documentation to find the available configuration parameters. Note that this container is expected to be used in a Kubernetes cluster. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / metallb-speaker: README

Bitnami package for MetalLB Speaker What is MetalLB Speaker? MetalLB is a load-balancer that allows enabling "LoadBalancer" service addresses in any bare-metal Kubernetes installation. MetalLB speaker is in charge of IP advertisement. Overview of MetalLB Speaker Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name metallb-speaker bitnami/metallb-speaker:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use MetalLB Speaker in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami metallb-speaker Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/metallb-speaker:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/metallb-speaker:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute metallb-speaker --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name metallb-speaker bitnami/metallb-speaker:latest -- --version Consult the metallb Reference Documentation to find the available configuration parameters. Note that this container is expected to be used in a Kubernetes cluster. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / metrics-server: README

Bitnami package for Metrics Server What is Metrics Server? Metrics Server aggregates resource usage data, such as container CPU and memory usage, in a Kubernetes cluster and makes it available via the Metrics API. Overview of Metrics Server Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy Metrics Server on your Kubernetes cluster. docker run --name metrics-server bitnami/metrics-server:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Metrics Server in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Metrics Server in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Metrics Server Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration The directory where the TLS certs are located by default is /opt/bitnami/metrics-server/certificates, in the case that --tls-cert-file and --tls-private-key-file are provided, this directory will be ignored. For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues - Host OS and version - Docker version (docker version) - Output of docker info - Version of this container - The command you used to run the container, and any relevant output you saw (masking any sensitive information) License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / milvus: README

Bitnami package for Milvus What is Milvus? Milvus is a cloud-native, open-source vector database solution for AI applications and similarity search. Features high scalability, hibrid search and unified lambda structure. Overview of Milvus Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name milvus bitnami/milvus Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Milvus in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Milvus Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/milvus:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/milvus:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Milvus, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/milvus:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v milvus Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name milvus bitnami/milvus:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute milvus --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name milvus bitnami/milvus:latest --help Check the official Milvus documentation for more information about how to use Milvus. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / minio-client: README

Bitnami Object Storage Client based on MinIO® What is Bitnami Object Storage Client based on MinIO®? MinIO® Client is a Golang CLI tool that offers alternatives for ls, cp, mkdir, diff, and rsync commands for filesystems and object storage systems. Overview of Bitnami Object Storage Client based on MinIO® Disclaimer: All software products, projects and company names are trademark(TM) or registered(R) trademarks of their respective holders, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. This software is licensed to you subject to one or more open source licenses and VMware provides the software on an AS-IS basis. MinIO(R) is a registered trademark of the MinIO, Inc in the US and other countries. Bitnami is not affiliated, associated, authorized, endorsed by, or in any way officially connected with MinIO Inc. MinIO(R) is licensed under GNU AGPL v3.0. TL;DR docker run --name minio-client bitnami/minio-client:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Bitnami Object Storage Client based on MinIO® in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami MinIO(R) Client Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/minio-client:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/minio-client:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|---------------| | MINIO_CLIENT_CONF_DIR | MinIO Client directory for configuration files. | /.mc | | MINIO_SERVER_HOST | MinIO Server host. | nil | | MINIO_SERVER_PORT_NUMBER | MinIO Server port number. | 9000 | | MINIO_SERVER_SCHEME | MinIO Server web scheme. | http | | MINIO_SERVER_ROOT_USER | MinIO Server root user name. | nil | | MINIO_SERVER_ROOT_PASSWORD | Password for MinIO Server root user. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------|--------------------------------------|------------------------------------| | MINIO_CLIENT_BASE_DIR | MinIO Client installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/minio-client | | MINIO_CLIENT_BIN_DIR | MinIO Client directory for binaries. | ${MINIO_CLIENT_BASE_DIR}/bin | | MINIO_DAEMON_USER | MinIO system user. | minio | | MINIO_DAEMON_GROUP | MinIO system group. | minio | Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a MinIO(R) Client can be used to access other running containers such as MinIO(R) server. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a MinIO(R) Client container that will connect to a MinIO(R) server container that is running on the same docker network. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the MinIO(R) server container Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the MinIO(R) container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name minio-server \ --env MINIO_ROOT_USER="minio-root-user" \ --env MINIO_ROOT_PASSWORD="minio-root-password" \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/minio:latest Step 3: Launch your MinIO(R) Client container Finally we create a new container instance to launch the MinIO(R) client and connect to the server created in the previous step. In this example, we create a new bucket in the MinIO(R) storage server: docker run --rm --name minio-client \ --env MINIO_SERVER_HOST="minio-server" \ --env MINIO_SERVER_ACCESS_KEY="minio-root-user" \ --env MINIO_SERVER_SECRET_KEY="minio-root-password" \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/minio-client \ mb minio/my-bucket Configuration MinIO(R) Client (mc) can be setup so it is already configured to point to a specific MinIO(R) server by providing the environment variables below: - MINIO_SERVER_HOST: MinIO(R) server host. - MINIO_SERVER_PORT_NUMBER: MinIO(R) server port. Default: 9000. - MINIO_SERVER_SCHEME: MinIO(R) server scheme. Default: http. - MINIO_SERVER_ACCESS_KEY: MinIO(R) server Access Key. Must be common on every node. - MINIO_SERVER_SECRET_KEY: MinIO(R) server Secret Key. Must be common on every node. For instance, use the command below to create a new bucket in the MinIO(R) Server my.minio.domain: docker run --rm --name minio-client \ --env MINIO_SERVER_HOST="my.minio.domain" \ --env MINIO_SERVER_ACCESS_KEY="minio-access-key" \ --env MINIO_SERVER_SECRET_KEY="minio-secret-key" \ bitnami/minio-client \ mb minio/my-bucket Find more information about the client configuration in the MinIO(R) Client documentation. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / mlflow: README

Bitnami package for MLflow What is MLflow? MLflow is an open-source platform designed to manage the end-to-end machine learning lifecycle. It allows you to track experiments, package code into reproducible runs, and share and deploy models. Overview of MLflow Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name mlflow bitnami/mlflow:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use MLflow in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Mlflow Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/mlflow:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/mlflow:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out with MLflow in Python. docker run -it --name mlflow bitnami/mlflow Configuration Running your MLflow app The default work directory for the MLflow image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your MLflow script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name mlflow -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/mlflow \ python script.py Running a MLflow app with package dependencies If your MLflow app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name mlflow -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/mlflow \ sh -c "pip install -r requirements.txt && python script.py" Further Reading: - mlflow documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of MLflow, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/mlflow:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v mlflow Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name mlflow bitnami/mlflow:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / mongodb-exporter: README

Bitnami package for MongoDB Exporter What is MongoDB Exporter? A Prometheus exporter for MongoDB® including sharding, replication and storage engines. Overview of MongoDB Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name mongodb-exporter bitnami/mongodb-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use MongoDB Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami MongoDB Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/mongodb-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/mongodb-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create mongodb-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the mongodb-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the mongodb-exporter-network network. docker run --name mongodb-exporter-node1 --network mongodb-exporter-network bitnami/mongodb-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration options in the MongoDB Prometheus Exporter documentation. Logging The Bitnami MongoDB Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs mongodb-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of MongoDB Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/mongodb-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop mongodb-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v mongodb-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name mongodb-exporter bitnami/mongodb-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / multus-cni: README

Bitnami package for Multus CNI What is Multus CNI? Multus is a CNI plugin for Kubernetes clusters. Written in Go, features adding multiple network interfaces to pods. Overview of Multus CNI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name multus-cni bitnami/multus-cni:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Multus CNI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Multus CNI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/multus-cni:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/multus-cni:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Multus CNI, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/multus-cni:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v multus-cni Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name multus-cni bitnami/multus-cni:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute multus-daemon --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --entrypoint /opt/bitnami/multus-cni/bin/multus-daemon --name multus-cni bitnami/multus-cni:latest --help Check the official Multus CNI documentation for more information about how to use Multus CNI. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / mysqld-exporter: README

Bitnami package for MySQL Server Exporter What is MySQL Server Exporter? MySQL Server Exporter gathers MySQL Server metrics for Prometheus consumption. Overview of MySQL Server Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name mysqld-exporter bitnami/mysqld-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use MySQL Server Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami MySQL Server Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/mysqld-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/mysqld-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create mysqld-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the mysqld-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the mysqld-exporter-network network. docker run --name mysqld-exporter-node1 --network mysqld-exporter-network bitnami/mysqld-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration flags in the MySQL Server Exporter official documentation. Logging The Bitnami MySQL Server Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs mysqld-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of MySQL Server Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/mysqld-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop mysqld-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v mysqld-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name mysqld-exporter bitnami/mysqld-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 0.12.1-centos-7-r175 - 0.12.1-centos-7-r175 is considered the latest image based on CentOS. - Standard supported distros: Debian & OEL. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / nats: README

Bitnami package for NATS What is NATS? NATS is an open source, lightweight and high-performance messaging system. It is ideal for distributed systems and supports modern cloud architectures and pub-sub, request-reply and queuing models. Overview of NATS Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name nats bitnami/nats:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use NATS in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy NATS in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami NATS Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Prerequisites To run this application you need Docker Engine >= 1.10.0. Docker Compose is recommended with a version 1.6.0 or later. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami NATS Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nats:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nats:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a NATS server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers using a NATS client. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a NATS client instance that will connect to the server instance that is running on the same docker network as the client. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the NATS server instance Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the NATS container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name nats-server \ --network app-tier \ --publish 4222:4222 \ --publish 6222:6222 \ --publish 8222:8222 \ bitnami/nats:latest Step 3: Launch your NATS client instance You can create a small script which downloads, installs and uses the NATS Golang client. There are some examples available to use that client. For instance, write the script below and save it as nats-pub.sh to use the publishing example: ##!/bin/bash go get github.com/nats-io/go-nats go build /go/src/github.com/nats-io/go-nats/examples/nats-pub.go ./nats-pub -s nats://nats-server:4222 "$1" "$2" Then, you can use the script to create a client instance as shown below: docker run -it --rm \ --network app-tier \ --volume /path/to/your/workspace:/go golang ./nats-pub.sh foo bar Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named app-tier. In this example we assume that you want to connect to the NATS server from your own custom application image which is identified in the following snippet by the service name myapp. version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge services: nats: image: 'bitnami/nats:latest' ports: - 4222:4222 - 6222:6222 - 8222:8222 networks: - app-tier myapp: image: 'YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE' networks: - app-tier IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE placeholder in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname nats to connect to the NATS server Launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------| | NATS_BIND_ADDRESS | NATS bind address. | $NATS_DEFAULT_BIND_ADDRESS | | NATS_CLIENT_PORT_NUMBER | NATS CLIENT port number. | $NATS_DEFAULT_CLIENT_PORT_NUMBER | | NATS_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | NATS HTTP port number. | $NATS_DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | | NATS_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | NATS HTTPS port number. | $NATS_DEFAULT_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | | NATS_CLUSTER_PORT_NUMBER | NATS CLUSTER port number. | $NATS_DEFAULT_CLUSTER_PORT_NUMBER | | NATS_FILENAME | Pefix to use for NATS files (e.g. the PID file would be formed using "${NATS_FILENAME}.pid"). | nats-server | | NATS_CONF_FILE | Path to the NATS conf file. | ${NATS_CONF_DIR}/${NATS_FILENAME}.conf | | NATS_LOG_FILE | Path to the NATS log file. | ${NATS_LOGS_DIR}/${NATS_FILENAME}.log | | NATS_PID_FILE | Path to the NATS pid file. | ${NATS_TMP_DIR}/${NATS_FILENAME}.pid | | NATS_ENABLE_AUTH | Enable Authentication. | no | | NATS_USERNAME | Username credential for client connections. | nats | | NATS_PASSWORD | Password credential for client connections. | nil | | NATS_TOKEN | Auth token for client connections. | nil | | NATS_ENABLE_TLS | Enable TLS. | no | | NATS_TLS_CRT_FILENAME | TLS certificate filename. | ${NATS_FILENAME}.crt | | NATS_TLS_KEY_FILENAME | TLS key filename. | ${NATS_FILENAME}.key | | NATS_ENABLE_CLUSTER | Enable Cluster configuration. | no | | NATS_CLUSTER_USERNAME | Username credential for route connections. | nats | | NATS_CLUSTER_PASSWORD | Password credential for route connections. | nil | | NATS_CLUSTER_TOKEN | Auth token for route connections. | nil | | NATS_CLUSTER_ROUTES | Comma-separated list of routes to solicit and connect. | nil | | NATS_CLUSTER_SEED_NODE | Node to use as seed server for routes announcement. | nil | | NATS_EXTRA_ARGS | Additional command line arguments passed while starting NATS (e.g., -js for enabling JetStream). | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------| | NATS_BASE_DIR | NATS installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/nats | | NATS_BIN_DIR | NATS directory for binaries. | ${NATS_BASE_DIR}/bin | | NATS_CONF_DIR | NATS directory for configuration files. | ${NATS_BASE_DIR}/conf | | NATS_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | NATS default directory for configuration files. | ${NATS_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | NATS_LOGS_DIR | NATS directory for log files. | ${NATS_BASE_DIR}/logs | | NATS_TMP_DIR | NATS directory for temporary files. | ${NATS_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | NATS_VOLUME_DIR | NATS persistence base directory. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/nats | | NATS_DATA_DIR | NATS directory for data. | ${NATS_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | NATS_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Directory for including custom configuration files (that override the default generated ones). | ${NATS_VOLUME_DIR}/conf | | NATS_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | Path to NATS init scripts directory | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | NATS_DAEMON_USER | NATS system user. | nats | | NATS_DAEMON_GROUP | NATS system group. | nats | | NATS_DEFAULT_BIND_ADDRESS | Default NATS bind address to enable at build time. | 0.0.0.0 | | NATS_DEFAULT_CLIENT_PORT_NUMBER | Default NATS CLIENT port number to enable at build time. | 4222 | | NATS_DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Default NATS HTTP port number to enable at build time. | 8222 | | NATS_DEFAULT_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | Default NATS HTTPS port number to enable at build time. | 8443 | | NATS_DEFAULT_CLUSTER_PORT_NUMBER | Default NATS CLUSTER port number to enable at build time. | 6222 | When you start the NATS image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. If you want to add a new environment variable: - For docker-compose add the variable name and value under the application section in the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: nats: ... environment: - NATS_ENABLE_AUTH=yes - NATS_PASSWORD=my_password ... - For manual execution add a --env option with each variable and value: docker run -d --name nats -p 4222:4222 -p 6222:6222 -p 8222:8222 \ --env NATS_ENABLE_AUTH=yes \ --env NATS_PASSWORD=my_password \ bitnami/nats:latest Full configuration The image looks for custom configuration files in the /bitnami/nats/conf/ directory. Find very simple examples below. Using the Docker Command Line docker run -d --name nats -p 4222:4222 -p 6222:6222 -p 8222:8222 \ --volume /path/to/nats-server.conf:/bitnami/nats/conf/nats-server.conf:ro \ bitnami/nats:latest Deploying a Docker Compose file Modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository as follows: ... services: nats: ... + volumes: + - /path/to/nats-server.conf:/bitnami/nats/conf/nats-server.conf:ro After that, your custom configuration will be taken into account to start the NATS node. Find more information about how to create your own configuration file on this link Further documentation For further documentation, please check NATS documentation Notable Changes 2.6.4-debian-10-r14 - The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / nats-exporter: README

Bitnami package for NATS Exporter What is NATS Exporter? A Prometheus exporter for NATS metrics. Overview of NATS Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name nats-exporter bitnami/nats-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use NATS Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami NATS Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nats-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nats-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create nats-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the nats-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the nats-exporter-network network. docker run --name nats-exporter-node1 --network nats-exporter-network bitnami/nats-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration options in the NATS Prometheus Exporter documentation. Logging The Bitnami NATS Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs nats-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of NATS Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/nats-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop nats-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v nats-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name nats-exporter bitnami/nats-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / natscli: README

Bitnami package for NATS CLI What is NATS CLI? NATS CLI is a command-line tool for interacting with NATS clusters. NATS is an open source, lightweight and high-performance messaging system Overview of NATS CLI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name natscli bitnami/natscli Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use NATS CLI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami NATS CLI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/natscli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/natscli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of NATS CLI, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/natscli:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v natscli Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name natscli bitnami/natscli:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute nats --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name natscli bitnami/natscli:latest --help Check the official NATS CLI documentation for more information about how to use NATS CLI. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / neo4j: README

Bitnami package for Neo4j What is Neo4j? Neo4j is a high performance graph store with all the features expected of a mature and robust database, like a friendly query language and ACID transactions. Overview of Neo4j Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name neo4j bitnami/neo4j:latest You can find the default credentials and available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Neo4j in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Neo4j Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/neo4j:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/neo4j:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data and configurations will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a volume at the /bitnami path. The above examples define a docker volume namely neo4j_data. The Neo4j application state will persist as long as this volume is not removed. To avoid inadvertent removal of this volume you can mount host directories as data volumes. Alternatively you can make use of volume plugins to host the volume data. docker run -v /path/to/neo4j-persistence:/bitnami bitnami/neo4j:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: neo4j: ... volumes: - /path/to/neo4j-persistence:/bitnami ... NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create neo4j-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Neo4j container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the neo4j-network network. docker run --name neo4j-node1 --network neo4j-network bitnami/neo4j:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named neo4j-network. version: '2' networks: neo4j-network: driver: bridge services: neo4j: image: bitnami/neo4j:latest networks: - neo4j-network ports: - '7474:7474' - '7473:7473' - '7687:7687' Then, launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------| | NEO4J_HOST | Hostname used to configure Neo4j advertised address. It can be either an IP or a domain. If left empty, it will be resolved to the machine IP | nil | | NEO4J_BIND_ADDRESS | Neo4j bind address | 0.0.0.0 | | NEO4J_ALLOW_UPGRADE | Allow automatic schema upgrades | true | | NEO4J_PASSWORD | Neo4j password. | bitnami1 | | NEO4J_APOC_IMPORT_FILE_ENABLED | Allow importing files using the apoc library | true | | NEO4J_APOC_IMPORT_FILE_USE_NEO4J_CONFIG | Use neo4j configuration with the apoc library | false | | NEO4J_BOLT_PORT_NUMBER | Port used for the bolt protocol. | 7687 | | NEO4J_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Port used for the http protocol. | 7474 | | NEO4J_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | Port used for the https protocol. | 7473 | | NEO4J_BOLT_ADVERTISED_PORT_NUMBER | Advertised port for the bolt protocol. | $NEO4J_BOLT_PORT_NUMBER | | NEO4J_HTTP_ADVERTISED_PORT_NUMBER | Advertised port for the http protocol. | $NEO4J_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | | NEO4J_HTTPS_ADVERTISED_PORT_NUMBER | Advertised port for the https protocol. | $NEO4J_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | | NEO4J_HTTPS_ENABLED | Enables the HTTPS connector. | false | | NEO4J_BOLT_TLS_LEVEL | The encryption level to be used to secure communications with Bolt connector. Allowed values: REQUIRED, OPTIONAL, DISABLED | DISABLED | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------|--------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------| | NEO4J_BASE_DIR | Neo4j installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/neo4j | | NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR | Neo4j volume directory. | /bitnami/neo4j | | NEO4J_DATA_DIR | Neo4j volume directory. | $NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR/data | | NEO4J_RUN_DIR | Neo4j temp directory. | ${NEO4J_BASE_DIR}/run | | NEO4J_LOGS_DIR | Neo4j logs directory. | ${NEO4J_BASE_DIR}/logs | | NEO4J_LOG_FILE | Neo4j log file. | ${NEO4J_LOGS_DIR}/neo4j.log | | NEO4J_PID_FILE | Neo4j PID file. | ${NEO4J_RUN_DIR}/neo4j.pid | | NEO4J_CONF_DIR | Configuration dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_BASE_DIR}/conf | | NEO4J_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Neo4j default configuration directory. | ${NEO4J_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | NEO4J_PLUGINS_DIR | Plugins dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_BASE_DIR}/plugins | | NEO4J_METRICS_DIR | Metrics dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR}/metrics | | NEO4J_CERTIFICATES_DIR | Certificates dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR}/certificates | | NEO4J_IMPORT_DIR | Import dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR}/import | | NEO4J_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Mounted Configuration dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR}/conf/ | | NEO4J_MOUNTED_PLUGINS_DIR | Mounted Plugins dir for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR}/plugins/ | | NEO4J_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | Path to neo4j init scripts directory | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | NEO4J_CONF_FILE | Configuration file for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_CONF_DIR}/neo4j.conf | | NEO4J_APOC_CONF_FILE | Configuration file for Neo4j. | ${NEO4J_CONF_DIR}/apoc.conf | | NEO4J_VOLUME_DIR | Neo4j directory for mounted configuration files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/neo4j | | NEO4J_DATA_TO_PERSIST | Neo4j data to persist. | data | | NEO4J_DAEMON_USER | Neo4j system user. | neo4j | | NEO4J_DAEMON_GROUP | Neo4j system group. | neo4j | | JAVA_HOME | Java installation folder. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/java | When you start the neo4j image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. Specifying Environment Variables using Docker Compose Modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: neo4j: ... environment: - NEO4J_BOLT_PORT_NUMBER=7777 ... Specifying Environment Variables on the Docker command line docker run -d -e NEO4J_BOLT_PORT_NUMBER=7777 --name neo4j bitnami/neo4j:latest Using your Neo4j configuration files In order to load your own configuration files, you will have to make them available to the container. You can do it mounting a volume in /bitnami/neo4j/conf. Using Docker Compose Modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: neo4j: ... volumes: - '/local/path/to/your/confDir:/bitnami/neo4j/conf' ... Adding extra Neo4j plugins In order to add extra plugins, you will have to make them available to the container. You can do it mounting a volume in /bitnami/neo4j/plugins. Using Docker Compose to add plugins Modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: neo4j: ... volumes: - '/local/path/to/your/plugins:/bitnami/neo4j/plugins' ... Logging The Bitnami neo4j Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs neo4j or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs neo4j You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of neo4j, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/neo4j:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/neo4j:latest. Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop neo4j or using Docker Compose: docker-compose stop neo4j Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/neo4j-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/neo4j-persistence /path/to/neo4j-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v neo4j or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v neo4j Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name neo4j bitnami/neo4j:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up neo4j Notable Changes 4.3.0-debian-10-r17 - Decrease the size of the container. The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. In addition to this, the container now has the latest stable version of the apoc library enabled by default. - Now the configuration file is not persisted, so it is recommended to remove the persisted file in /bitnami/neo4j/conf/ to avoid potential upgrade issues. 3.4.3-r13 - The Neo4j container has been migrated to a non-root user approach. Previously the container ran as the root user and the Neo4j daemon was started as the neo4j user. From now on, both the container and the Neo4j daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the data directory must be writable by that user. You can revert this behavior by changing USER 1001 to USER root in the Dockerfile. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / nessie: README

Bitnami package for Nessie What is Nessie? Nessie is an open-source version control system for data lakes, enabling isolated data experimentation before committing changes. Overview of Nessie Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name nessie bitnami/nessie Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Nessie in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Nessie Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nessie:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nessie:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Nessie, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/nessie:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/nessie:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v nessie Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name nessie bitnami/nessie:latest Configuration Configuration variables This container supports the upstream Nessie environment variables. Check the official Nessie documentation for the possible environment variables. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / nessie-utils: README

Bitnami package for Nessie Utils What is Nessie Utils? Nessie Utils contains the tools nessie-cli, nessie-gc and nessie-admin-server-tool. Nessie is an open-source version control system for data lakes. Overview of Nessie Utils Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name nessie-utils bitnami/nessie-utils Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Nessie Utils in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Nessie Utils Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nessie-utils:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nessie-utils:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Nessie Utils, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/nessie-utils:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/nessie-utils:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v nessie-utils Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name nessie-utils bitnami/nessie-utils:latest Configuration Running commands This container contains the nessie-cli, nessie-server-admin-tool and nessie-gc tools. These are the commands for running the different tools: Running nessie-cli: docker run --rm --name nessie-utils bitnami/nessie-utils:latest -jar /opt/bitnami/nessie-utils/nessie-cli/nessie-cli.jar Running nessie-gc: docker run --rm --name nessie-utils bitnami/nessie-utils:latest -jar /opt/bitnami/nessie-utils/nessie-gc/nessie-gc.jar Running nessie-server-admin-tool: docker run --rm --name nessie-utils bitnami/nessie-utils:latest -jar /opt/bitnami/nessie-utils/nessie-server-admin-tool/quarkus-run.jar Check the official Nessie Utils documentation for more information about how to use Nessie Utils. Configuration variables This container supports the upstream Nessie Utils environment variables. Check the official Nessie Utils documentation for the possible environment variables. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / nginx-exporter: README

Bitnami package for NGINX Exporter What is NGINX Exporter? NGINX Prometheus exporter makes it possible to monitor NGINX or NGINX Plus using Prometheus. Overview of NGINX Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name nginx-exporter bitnami/nginx-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use NGINX Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami NGINX Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nginx-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/nginx-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create nginx-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the nginx-exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the nginx-exporter-network network. docker run --name nginx-exporter-node1 --network nginx-exporter-network bitnami/nginx-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration flags in the NGINX Prometheus Exporter official documentation. Logging The Bitnami NGINX Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs nginx-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of NGINX Exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/nginx-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop nginx-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v nginx-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name nginx-exporter bitnami/nginx-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / nginx-ingress-controller: README

Bitnami package for NGINX Ingress Controller What is NGINX Ingress Controller? NGINX Ingress Controller is an Ingress controller that manages external access to HTTP services in a Kubernetes cluster using NGINX. Overview of NGINX Ingress Controller Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy NGINX Ingress Controller for Kubernetes on your Kubernetes cluster. docker run --name nginx-ingress-controller bitnami/nginx-ingress-controller:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use NGINX Ingress Controller in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy NGINX Ingress Controller in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami NGINX Ingress Controller Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to include the following information in your issue: - Host OS and version - Docker version (docker version) - Output of docker info - Version of this container - The command you used to run the container, and any relevant output you saw (masking any sensitive information) License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / node: README

Bitnami package for Node.js What is Node.js? Node.js is a runtime environment built on V8 JavaScript engine. Its event-driven, non-blocking I/O model enables the development of fast, scalable, and data-intensive server applications. Overview of Node.js Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name node bitnami/node:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Node.js in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Node.js Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/node:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/node:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Node.js REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out in Node.js. docker run -it --name node bitnami/node Further Reading: - nodejs.org/api/repl.html Configuration Running your Node.js script The default work directory for the Node.js image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Node.js script, and run it normally using the node command. docker run -it --name node -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/node \ node script.js Running a Node.js app with npm dependencies If your Node.js app has a package.json defining your app's dependencies and start script, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run --rm -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/node npm install docker run -it --name node -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/node npm start or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: node: ... command: "sh -c 'npm install && npm start'" volumes: - .:/app ... Further Reading: - package.json documentation - npm start script Working with private npm modules To work with npm private modules, it is necessary to be logged into npm. npm CLI uses auth tokens for authentication. Check the official npm documentation for further information about how to obtain the token. If you are working in a Docker environment, you can inject the token at build time in your Dockerfile by using the ARG parameter as follows: - Create a npmrc file within the project. It contains the instructions for the npm command to authenticate against npmjs.org registry. The NPM_TOKEN will be taken at build time. The file should look like this: //registry.npmjs.org/:_authToken=${NPM_TOKEN} - Add some new lines to the Dockerfile in order to copy the npmrc file, add the expected NPM_TOKEN by using the ARG parameter, and remove the npmrc file once the npm install is completed. You can find the Dockerfile below: FROM bitnami/node ARG NPM_TOKEN COPY npmrc /root/.npmrc COPY . /app WORKDIR /app RUN npm install CMD node app.js - Now you can build the image using the above Dockerfile and the token. Run the docker build command as follows: docker build --build-arg NPM_TOKEN=${NPM_TOKEN} . | NOTE: The "." at the end gives docker build the current directory as an argument. Congratulations! You are now logged into the npm repo. Further reading - npm official documentation. Accessing a Node.js app running a web server By default the image exposes the port 3000 of the container. You can use this port for your Node.js application server. Below is an example of an express.js app listening to remote connections on port 3000: var express = require('express'); var app = express(); app.get('/', function (req, res) { res.send('Hello World!'); }); var server = app.listen(3000, '0.0.0.0', function () { var host = server.address().address; var port = server.address().port; console.log('Example app listening at http://%s:%s', host, port); }); To access your web server from your host machine you can ask Docker to map a random port on your host to port 3000 inside the container. docker run -it --name node -v /path/to/app:/app -P bitnami/node node index.js Run docker port to determine the random port Docker assigned. $ docker port node 3000/tcp -> 0.0.0.0:32769 You can also specify the port you want forwarded from your host to the container. docker run -it --name node -p 8080:3000 -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/node node index.js Access your web server in the browser by navigating to http://localhost:8080. Connecting to other containers If you want to connect to your Node.js web server inside another container, you can use docker networking to create a network and attach all the containers to that network. Serving your Node.js app through an nginx frontend We may want to make our Node.js web server only accessible via an nginx web server. Doing so will allow us to setup more complex configuration, serve static assets using nginx, load balance to different Node.js instances, etc. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Create a virtual host Let's create an nginx virtual host to reverse proxy to our Node.js container. server { listen 0.0.0.0:80; server_name yourapp.com; location / { proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header HOST $http_host; proxy_set_header X-NginX-Proxy true; # proxy_pass http://[your_node_container_link_alias]:3000; proxy_pass http://myapp:3000; proxy_redirect off; } } Notice we've substituted the link alias name myapp, we will use the same name when creating the container. Copy the virtual host above, saving the file somewhere on your host. We will mount it as a volume in our nginx container. Step 3: Run the Node.js image with a specific name docker run -it --name myapp --network app-tier \ -v /path/to/app:/app \ bitnami/node node index.js Step 4: Run the nginx image docker run -it \ -v /path/to/vhost.conf:/bitnami/nginx/conf/vhosts/yourapp.conf:ro \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/nginx Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Node.js, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/node:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v node Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name node bitnami/node:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 6.2.0-r0 (2016-05-11) - Commands are now executed as the root user. Use the --user argument to switch to another user or change to the required user using sudo to launch applications. Alternatively, as of Docker 1.10 User Namespaces are supported by the docker daemon. Refer to the daemon user namespace options for more details. 4.1.2-0 (2015-10-12) - Permissions fixed so bitnami user can install global npm modules without needing sudo. 4.1.1-0-r01 (2015-10-07) - /app directory is no longer exported as a volume. This caused problems when building on top of the image, since changes in the volume are not persisted between Dockerfile RUN instructions. To keep the previous behavior (so that you can mount the volume in another container), create the container with the -v /app option. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / node-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Node Exporter What is Node Exporter? Prometheus exporter for hardware and OS metrics exposed by UNIX kernels, with pluggable metric collectors. Overview of Node Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name node-exporter bitnami/node-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Node Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Node Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/node-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/node-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create node-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Node Exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the node-exporter-network network. docker run --name node-exporter-node1 --network node-exporter-network bitnami/node-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another container We can launch another container using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name for your container, you will be able to use it as a hostname in your network. Configuration There is varying support for collectors on each operating system. Collectors are enabled by providing a --collector.<name> flag. Collectors that are enabled by default can be disabled by providing a --no-collector.<name> flag. Further information Logging The Bitnami Node Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs node-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of node-exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/node-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop node-exporter Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/node-exporter-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/node-exporter-persistence /path/to/node-exporter-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v node-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name node-exporter bitnami/node-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / notation: README

Bitnami package for Notation What is Notation? Notation is a CLI project to add signatures as standard items in the OCI registry ecosystem, and to build a set of simple tooling for signing and verifying these signatures. Overview of Notation Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name notation bitnami/notation Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Notation in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Notation Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/notation:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/notation:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Notation, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/notation:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v notation Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name notation bitnami/notation:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute notation --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name notation bitnami/notation:latest --help Customize configuration file You can import a custom configuration by setting a volume pointing to /.config: docker run -v $(pwd)/config:/.config bitnami/notation key ls NAME KEY PATH CERTIFICATE PATH ID PLUGIN NAME * my-domain.com /.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.key /.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.crt For doing that, the config folder should follow Notation directory structure, for example: config └── notation ├── config.json ├── localkeys │ ├── my-domain.com.crt │ └── my-domain.com.key ├── signingkeys.json └── truststore └── x509 └── ca └── my-domain.com └── my-domain.com.crt Here a sample signingkeys.json based on the Notation example: { "default": "my-domain.com", "keys": [ { "name": "my-domain.com", "keyPath": "/.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.key", "certPath": "/.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.crt" } ] } Generate a test key and self-signed certificate The following command generates a test key and a self-signed X.509 certificate: docker run -v $(pwd)/config:/.config bitnami/notation \ cert generate-test --default "my-domain.com" generating RSA Key with 2048 bits generated certificate expiring on 2023-10-19T10:31:41Z wrote key: /.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.key wrote certificate: /.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.crt Successfully added my-domain.com.crt to named store my-domain.com of type ca my-domain.com: added to the key list my-domain.com: mark as default signing key Confirm the signing key and certificate are correctly configured: docker run -v $(pwd)/config:/.config bitnami/notation key ls NAME KEY PATH CERTIFICATE PATH ID PLUGIN NAME * my-domain.com /.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.key /.config/notation/localkeys/my-domain.com.crt docker run -v $(pwd)/config:/.config bitnami/notation cert ls /.config/notation/truststore/x509/ca/my-domain.com/my-domain.com.crt Sign a container image Assuming you have a registry in registry.my-network from which notation container has connectivity. If you are running a registry locally, you can create a docker network, for example by running docker network create my-network, and use that network whenever you need to access the registry from the notation container. docker inspect localhost:5000/<image-name>:v1 | grep RepoDigests -A1 | grep sha256 | cut -d\" -f2 localhost:5000/<image-name>@sha256:cab52de182d770cae8c3622eb5252a36fcdd24cfb33818a68a4f012c5c0a2d2a In case you do not want to deal with HTTPS configuration, create a config/notation/config.js file with the following content: { "insecureRegistries": [ "registry.my-network:5000" ] } Run the following command to sign a container image: docker run -v $(pwd)/config:/.config --network <network-name> \ bitnami/notation sign registry.my-network:5000/<image-name>@sha256:073b75987e95b89f187a89809f08a32033972bb63cda279db8a9ca16b7ff555a Successfully signed registry.my-network:5000/<image-name>@sha256:073b75987e95b89f187a89809f08a32033972bb63cda279db8a9ca16b7ff555a Check that your signature has been created as expected: docker run -v $(pwd)/config:/.config --network <network-name> \ bitnami/notation ls registry.my-network:5000/<image-name>@sha256:073b75987e95b89f187a89809f08a32033972bb63cda279db8a9ca16b7ff555a registry.my-network:5000/<image-name>@sha256:073b75987e95b89f187a89809f08a32033972bb63cda279db8a9ca16b7ff555a └── application/vnd.cncf.notary.signature └── sha256:528017e21fc9f8342d4a888ed91bb61031974814695001f453bb829517cfe931 Check the official Notation documentation for more information about how to use Notation. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / oauth2-proxy: README

Bitnami package for OAuth2 Proxy What is OAuth2 Proxy? A reverse proxy and static file server that provides authentication using Providers (Google, GitHub, and others) to validate accounts by email, domain or group. Overview of OAuth2 Proxy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name oauth2-proxy bitnami/oauth2-proxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use OAuth2 Proxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami oauth2-proxy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/oauth2-proxy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/oauth2-proxy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create oauth2-proxy-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Oauth2-proxy container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the oauth2-proxy-network network. docker run --name oauth2-proxy-node1 --network oauth2-proxy-network bitnami/oauth2-proxy:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Oauth2-proxy can be configured via config file, command line options or environment variables. Further information Logging The Bitnami oauth2-proxy Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs oauth2-proxy You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of oauth2-proxy, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/oauth2-proxy:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop oauth2-proxy Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/oauth2-proxy-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/oauth2-proxy-persistence /path/to/oauth2-proxy-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v oauth2-proxy Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name oauth2-proxy bitnami/oauth2-proxy:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues - Host OS and version - Docker version (docker version) - Output of docker info - Version of this container - The command you used to run the container, and any relevant output you saw (masking any sensitive information) License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / openresty: README

Bitnami package for OpenResty What is OpenResty? OpenResty is a platform for scalable Web applications and services. It is based on enhanced versions of NGINX and LuaJIT. Overview of OpenResty Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name openresty bitnami/openresty:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use OpenResty in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami OpenResty Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/openresty:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/openresty:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Hosting a static website This OpenResty image exposes a volume at /app. Content mounted here is served by the default catch-all server block. docker run -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/openresty:latest Accessing your server from the host To access your web server from your host machine you can ask Docker to map a random port on your host to ports 8080 and 8443 exposed in the container. docker run --name nginx -P bitnami/openresty:latest Run docker port to determine the random ports Docker assigned. $ docker port openresty 8080/tcp -> 0.0.0.0:32769 You can also manually specify the ports you want forwarded from your host to the container. docker run -p 9000:8080 bitnami/openresty:latest Access your web server in the browser by navigating to http://localhost:9000. Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | OPENRESTY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | HTTP port number used by OpenResty. | nil | | OPENRESTY_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | HTTPS port number used by OpenResty. | nil | | OPENRESTY_FORCE_INITSCRIPTS | Force the init scripts running even if it is not in the first start. | false | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------| | OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR | OpenResty installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/openresty | | OPENRESTY_VOLUME_DIR | OpenResty directory for mounted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/openresty | | OPENRESTY_BIN_DIR | OpenResty directory for binary executables. | ${OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR}/bin | | OPENRESTY_CONF_DIR | OpenResty configuration directory. | ${OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR}/nginx/conf | | OPENRESTY_HTDOCS_DIR | Directory containing HTTP files to serve via OpenResty. | ${OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR}/nginx/html | | OPENRESTY_TMP_DIR | OpenResty directory for runtime temporary files. | ${OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR}/nginx/tmp | | OPENRESTY_LOGS_DIR | OpenResty directory for logs. | ${OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR}/nginx/logs | | OPENRESTY_SERVER_BLOCKS_DIR | OpenResty directory for virtual hosts. | ${OPENRESTY_CONF_DIR}/nginx/server_blocks | | OPENRESTY_SITE_DIR | OpenResty directory for installing Lua packages. | ${OPENRESTY_BASE_DIR}/site | | OPENRESTY_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | OpenResty init scripts directory. | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | OPM_BASE_DIR | OpenResty package manager base directory. | /home/openresty | | OPENRESTY_CONF_FILE | Path to the OpenResty configuration. | ${OPENRESTY_CONF_DIR}/nginx.conf | | OPENRESTY_PID_FILE | Path to the OpenResty PID file. | ${OPENRESTY_TMP_DIR}/nginx.pid | | OPENRESTY_DAEMON_USER | OpenResty system user. | daemon | | OPENRESTY_DAEMON_GROUP | OpenResty system group. | daemon | | OPENRESTY_DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | Default OpenResty HTTP port number to enable at build time. | 8080 | | OPENRESTY_DEFAULT_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | Default OpenResty HTTPS port number to enable at build time. | 8443 | Initializing a new instance When the container is executed for the first time, it will execute the files with extensions .sh located at /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d. In order to have your custom files inside the docker image you can mount them as a volume. Adding custom server blocks The default nginx.conf includes server blocks placed in /opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/server_blocks/. You can mount a my_server_block.conf file containing your custom server block at this location. For example, in order add a server block for www.example.com: Step 1: Write your my_server_block.conf file with the following content server { listen 0.0.0.0:8080; server_name www.example.com; root /app; index index.htm index.html; } Step 2: Mount the configuration as a volume docker run --name openresty \ -v /path/to/my_server_block.conf:/opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/server_blocks/my_server_block.conf:ro \ bitnami/openresty:latest Using custom SSL certificates NOTE: The steps below assume that you are using a custom domain name and that you have already configured the custom domain name to point to your server. Step 1: Prepare your certificate files In your local computer, create a folder called certs and put your certificates files. Make sure you rename both files to server.crt and server.key respectively: mkdir -p /path/to/openresty-persistence/certs cp /path/to/certfile.crt /path/to/openresty-persistence/certs/server.crt cp /path/to/keyfile.key /path/to/openresty-persistence/certs/server.key Step 2: Provide a custom Server Block for SSL connections Write your my_server_block.conf file with the SSL configuration and the relative path to the certificates: server { listen 8443 ssl; ssl_certificate bitnami/certs/server.crt; ssl_certificate_key bitnami/certs/server.key; ssl_session_cache shared:SSL:1m; ssl_session_timeout 5m; ssl_ciphers HIGH:!aNULL:!MD5; ssl_prefer_server_ciphers on; location / { root html; index index.html index.htm; } } Step 3: Run the OpenResty image and open the SSL port Run the OpenResty image, mounting the certificates directory from your host. docker run --name openresty \ -v /path/to/my_server_block.conf:/opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/server_blocks/my_server_block.conf:ro \ -v /path/to/openresty-persistence/certs:/certs \ bitnami/openresty:latest Full configuration The image looks for configurations in /opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/nginx.conf. You can overwrite the nginx.conf file using your own custom configuration file. docker run --name openresty \ -v /path/to/your_nginx.conf:/opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/nginx.conf:ro \ bitnami/openresty:latest Adding lua modules Openresty uses its own Lua's package manager named opm. It is advised to use opm instead of other Lua's package manager like luarocks. You can easily run the opm command from the container command-line, or build your custom image by extending Bitnami's: FROM bitnami/openresty:latest RUN opm get openresty/lua-resty-lock Additionally, you can install your custom Lua modules using your custom init scripts. Reverse proxy to other containers OpenResty can be used to reverse proxy to other containers using Docker's linking system. This is particularly useful if you want to serve dynamic content through an OpenResty frontend. To do so, add a server block like the following in the /opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/server_blocks/ folder: server { listen 0.0.0.0:8080; server_name yourapp.com; access_log /opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/logs/yourapp_access.log; error_log /opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/logs/yourapp_error.log; location / { proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header HOST $http_host; proxy_set_header X-NginX-Proxy true; proxy_pass http://[your_container_alias]:[your_container_port]; proxy_redirect off; } } Further Reading: - NGINX reverse proxy Logging The Bitnami OpenResty Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs openresty You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Customize this image The Bitnami OpenResty Docker image is designed to be extended so it can be used as the base image for your custom web applications. Extend this image Before extending this image, please note there are certain configuration settings you can modify using the original image: - Settings that can be adapted using environment variables. For instance, you can change the port used by OpenResty for HTTP setting the environment variable OPENRESTY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER. - Initializing a new instance - Adding custom server blocks. - Replacing the 'nginx.conf' file. - Using custom SSL certificates. If your desired customizations cannot be covered using the methods mentioned above, extend the image. To do so, create your own image using a Dockerfile with the format below: FROM bitnami/openresty ## Put your customizations below ... Here is an example of extending the image with the following modifications: - Install the vim editor - Modify the OpenResty configuration file - Modify the ports used by OpenResty - Change the user that runs the container FROM bitnami/openresty ## Change user to perform privileged actions USER 0 ## Install 'vim' RUN install_packages vim ## Revert to the original non-root user USER 1001 ## Modify 'worker_connections' on OpenResty config file to '512' RUN sed -i -r "s#(\s+worker_connections\s+)[0-9]+;#\1512;#" /opt/bitnami/openresty/nginx/conf/nginx.conf ## Modify the ports used by OpenResty by default ENV OPENRESTY_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER=8181 # It is also possible to change this environment variable at runtime EXPOSE 8181 8143 ## Modify the default container user USER 1002 Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of OpenResty, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/openresty:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop openresty Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v openresty Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name nginx bitnami/openresty:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / opensearch-dashboards: README

Bitnami package for OpenSearch Dashboards What is OpenSearch Dashboards? OpenSearch Dashboards is a visualization tool for OpenSearch installations. OpenSearch is a scalable open-source solution for search, analytics, and observability. Overview of OpenSearch Dashboards Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name opensearch-dashboards bitnami/opensearch-dashboards:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use OpenSearch Dashboards in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami OpenSearch Dashboards Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/opensearch-dashboards:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/opensearch-dashboards:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of OpenSearch Dashboards, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/opensearch-dashboards:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v opensearch-dashboards Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name opensearch-dashboards bitnami/opensearch-dashboards:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |----------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------| | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_URL | Opensearch URL. Provide Client node url in the case of a cluster | opensearch | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_PORT_NUMBER | Elasticsearch port | 9200 | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_HOST | Opensearch Dashboards host | 0.0.0.0 | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_PORT_NUMBER | Opensearch Dashboards port | 5601 | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_WAIT_READY_MAX_RETRIES | Max retries to wait for Opensearch Dashboards to be ready | 30 | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_INITSCRIPTS_START_SERVER | Whether to start the Opensearch Dashboards server before executing the init scripts | yes | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_FORCE_INITSCRIPTS | Whether to force the execution of the init scripts | no | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_DISABLE_STRICT_CSP | Disable strict Content Security Policy (CSP) for Opensearch Dashboards | no | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_CERTS_DIR | Path to certificates folder. | ${SERVER_CONF_DIR}/certs | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_ENABLE_TLS | Enable TLS for inbound connections via HTTPS. | false | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_KEYSTORE_LOCATION | Path to Keystore | ${SERVER_CERTS_DIR}/server/opensearch-dashboards.keystore.p12 | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD | Password for the Opensearch keystore containing the certificates or password-protected PEM key. | nil | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_TLS_USE_PEM | Configure Opensearch Dashboards server TLS settings using PEM certificates. | false | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_CERT_LOCATION | Path to PEM node certificate. | ${SERVER_CERTS_DIR}/server/tls.crt | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_KEY_LOCATION | Path to PEM node key. | ${SERVER_CERTS_DIR}/server/tls.key | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_SERVER_KEY_PASSWORD | Password for the Opensearch node PEM key. | nil | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_PASSWORD | Opensearch Dashboards password. | nil | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_ENABLE_TLS | Enable TLS for Opensearch communications. | false | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_TLS_VERIFICATION_MODE | Opensearch TLS verification mode. | full | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_TRUSTSTORE_LOCATION | Path to Opensearch Truststore. | ${SERVER_CERTS_DIR}/opensearch/opensearch.truststore.p12 | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD | Password for the Opensearch truststore. | nil | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_TLS_USE_PEM | Configure Opensearch TLS settings using PEM certificates. | false | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_OPENSEARCH_CA_CERT_LOCATION | Path to Opensearch CA certificate. | ${SERVER_CERTS_DIR}/opensearch/ca.crt | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | SERVER_FLAVOR | Server flavor. Valid values: kibana or opensearch-dashboards. | opensearch-dashboards | | BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR | Directory where to mount volumes | /bitnami | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_VOLUME_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards persistence directory | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/opensearch-dashboards | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_BASE_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards installation directory | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/opensearch-dashboards | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_CONF_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards configuration directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/config | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards default configuration directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/config.default | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_LOGS_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards logs directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/logs | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_TMP_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards temporary directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_BIN_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards executable directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/bin | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_PLUGINS_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards plugins directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/plugins | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_DEFAULT_PLUGINS_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards default plugins directory | ${SERVER_BASE_DIR}/plugins.default | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_DATA_DIR | Opensearch Dashboards data directory | ${SERVER_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Directory for including custom configuration files (that override the default generated ones) | ${SERVER_VOLUME_DIR}/conf | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_CONF_FILE | Path to Opensearch Dashboards configuration file | ${SERVER_CONF_DIR}/opensearch_dashboards.yml | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_LOG_FILE | Path to the Opensearch Dashboards log file | ${SERVER_LOGS_DIR}/opensearch-dashboards.log | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_PID_FILE | Path to the Opensearch Dashboards pid file | ${SERVER_TMP_DIR}/opensearch-dashboards.pid | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | Path to the Opensearch Dashboards container init scripts directory | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_DAEMON_USER | Opensearch Dashboards system user | opensearch-dashboards | | OPENSEARCH_DASHBOARDS_DAEMON_GROUP | Opensearch Dashboards system group | opensearch-dashboards | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute opensearch-dashboards --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name opensearch-dashboards bitnami/opensearch-dashboards:latest --help Check the official OpenSearch Dashboards documentation for more information about how to use OpenSearch Dashboards. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Bitnami Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / oras: README

Bitnami package for ORAS What is ORAS? ORAS is a CLI that allows you interact with OCI conformant registries to push and pull your OCI artifacts. Overview of ORAS Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name oras bitnami/oras:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use ORAS in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami ORAS Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/oras:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/oras:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute oras --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name oras bitnami/oras:latest --version Check the official ORAS documentation for a list of the available commands and parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / os-shell: README

Bitnami package for OS Shell + Utility What is OS Shell + Utility? OS Shell + Utility is a general-purpose minimal image, well-suited for helper tasks such as running initialization in initContainers from Helm charts. Overview of OS Shell + Utility Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name os-shell bitnami/os-shell:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use OS Shell + Utility in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami os-shell Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/os-shell:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/os-shell:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute echo Hello world you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name os-shell bitnami/os-shell:latest echo hello world Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / parse: README

Bitnami package for Parse Server What is Parse Server? Parse is a platform that enables users to add a scalable and powerful backend to launch a full-featured app for iOS, Android, JavaScript, Windows, Unity, and more. Overview of Parse Server Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name parse bitnami/parse:latest You can find the default credentials and available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Parse Server in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Parse Server in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Parse Server Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Prerequisites To run this application you need Docker Engine 1.10.0. Docker Compose is recomended with a version 1.6.0 or later. How to use this image Run Parse with a Database Container Running Parse with a database server is the recommended way. You can either use docker-compose or run the containers manually. Run the application manually If you want to run the application manually instead of using docker-compose, these are the basic steps you need to run: 1. Create a new network for the application and the database: docker network create parse_network 2. Start a MongoDB® database in the network generated: docker run -d --name mongodb --net=parse_network bitnami/mongodb Note: You need to give the container a name in order to Parse to resolve the host 3. Run the Parse container: docker run -d -p 1337:1337 --name parse --net=parse_network bitnami/parse Then you can access your application at http://your-ip/parse Run the application using Docker Compose curl -sSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bitnami/containers/main/bitnami/parse/docker-compose.yml > docker-compose.yml docker-compose up -d Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data and configurations will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a volume at the /bitnami path. Additionally you should mount a volume for persistence of the MongoDB® data. The above examples define docker volumes namely mongodb_data and parse_data. The Parse application state will persist as long as these volumes are not removed. To avoid inadvertent removal of these volumes you can mount host directories as data volumes. Alternatively you can make use of volume plugins to host the volume data. NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Mount host directories as data volumes with Docker Compose This requires a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: mongodb: ... volumes: - '/path/to/your/local/mongodb_data:/bitnami' ... parse: ... volumes: - '/path/to/parse-persistence:/bitnami' ... Mount host directories as data volumes using the Docker command line In this case you need to specify the directories to mount on the run command. The process is the same than the one previously shown: 1. Create a network (if it does not exist): docker network create parse-tier 2. Create a MongoDB® container with host volume: docker run -d --name mongodb \ --net parse-tier \ --volume /path/to/mongodb-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/mongodb:latest Note: You need to give the container a name in order to Parse to resolve the host 3. Run the Parse container: docker run -d --name parse -p 1337:1337 \ --net parse-tier \ --volume /path/to/parse-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/parse:latest Upgrade this application Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Mongodb and Parse, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. We will cover here the upgrade of the Parse container. For the Mongodb upgrade see https://github.com/bitnami/containers/tree/main/bitnami/mongodb#user-content-upgrade-this-image 1. Get the updated images: docker pull bitnami/parse:latest 2. Stop your container - For docker-compose: $ docker-compose stop parse - For manual execution: $ docker stop parse 3. Take a snapshot of the application state rsync -a /path/to/parse-persistence /path/to/parse-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) Additionally, snapshot the MongoDB® data You can use these snapshots to restore the application state should the upgrade fail. 4. Remove the currently running container - For docker-compose: $ docker-compose rm parse - For manual execution: $ docker rm parse 5. Run the new image - For docker-compose: $ docker-compose up parse - For manual execution (mount the directories if needed): docker run --name parse bitnami/parse:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|--------------------------------| | PARSE_FORCE_OVERWRITE_CONF_FILE | Force the config.json config file generation. | no | | PARSE_ENABLE_HTTPS | Whether to enable HTTPS for Parse by default. | no | | PARSE_BIND_HOST | Parse bind host. | 0.0.0.0 | | PARSE_HOST | Parse host. | 127.0.0.1 | | PARSE_PORT_NUMBER | Port number in which Parse will run. | 1337 | | PARSE_APP_ID | Parse app ID. | myappID | | PARSE_MASTER_KEY | Parse master key. | mymasterKey | | PARSE_APP_NAME | Parse app name. | parse-server | | PARSE_MOUNT_PATH | Parse mount path. | /parse | | PARSE_ENABLE_CLOUD_CODE | Enable Parse cloud code support. | no | | PARSE_DATABASE_HOST | Database server host. | $PARSE_DEFAULT_DATABASE_HOST | | PARSE_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database server port. | 27017 | | PARSE_DATABASE_NAME | Database name. | bitnami_parse | | PARSE_DATABASE_USER | Database user name. | bn_parse | | PARSE_DATABASE_PASSWORD | Database user password. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------| | PARSE_BASE_DIR | Parse installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/parse | | PARSE_TMP_DIR | Parse temp directory. | ${PARSE_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | PARSE_LOGS_DIR | Parse logs directory. | ${PARSE_BASE_DIR}/logs | | PARSE_PID_FILE | Parse PID file. | ${PARSE_TMP_DIR}/parse.pid | | PARSE_LOG_FILE | Parse logs file. | ${PARSE_LOGS_DIR}/parse.log | | PARSE_CONF_FILE | Configuration file for Parse. | ${PARSE_BASE_DIR}/config.json | | PARSE_VOLUME_DIR | Parse directory for mounted configuration files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/parse | | PARSE_DAEMON_USER | Parse system user. | parse | | PARSE_DAEMON_GROUP | Parse system group. | parse | | PARSE_DEFAULT_DATABASE_HOST | Default database server host. | mongodb | When you start the parse image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. If you want to add a new environment variable: - For docker-compose add the variable name and value under the application section in the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: parse: ... environment: - PARSE_HOST=my_host ... - For manual execution add a -e option with each variable and value: docker run -d -e PARSE_HOST=my_host -p 1337:1337 --name parse -v /your/local/path/bitnami/parse:/bitnami --network=parse_network bitnami/parse How to deploy your Cloud functions with Parse Cloud Code? You can use Cloud Code to run a piece of code in your Parse Server instead of the user's mobile devices. To run your Cloud functions using this image, follow the steps below: - Create a directory on your host machine and put your Cloud functions on it. In the example below, a simple "Hello world!" function is used: $ mkdir ~/cloud $ cat > ~/cloud/main.js <<'EOF' Parse.Cloud.define("sayHelloWorld", function(request, response) { return "Hello world!"; }); EOF - Mount the directory as a data volume at the /opt/bitnami/parse/cloud path on your Parse Container and set the environment variable PARSE_ENABLE_CLOUD_CODE to yes. You can use the docker-compose.yml below: NOTE: In the example below, Parse Dashboard is also deployed. version: '2' services: mongodb: image: 'bitnami/mongodb:latest' volumes: - 'mongodb_data:/bitnami' parse: image: 'bitnami/parse:latest' ports: - '1337:1337' environment: - PARSE_ENABLE_CLOUD_CODE=yes volumes: - 'parse_data:/bitnami' - '/path/to/home/directory/cloud:/opt/bitnami/parse/cloud' depends_on: - mongodb parse-dashboard: image: 'bitnami/parse-dashboard:latest' ports: - '80:4040' volumes: - 'parse_dashboard_data:/bitnami' depends_on: - parse volumes: mongodb_data: driver: local parse_data: driver: local parse_dashboard_data: driver: local - Use the docker-compose tool to deploy Parse and Parse Dashboard: docker-compose up -d - Once both Parse and Parse Dashboard are running, access Parse Dashboard and browse to 'My Dashboard -> API Console'. - Then, send a 'test query' of type 'POST' using 'functions/sayHelloWorld' as endpoint. Ensure you activate the 'Master Key' parameter. - Everything should be working now and you should receive a 'Hello World' message in the results. Find more information about Cloud Code and Cloud functions in the official documentation. Notable Changes 4.9.3 - This version was released from an incorrect version tag from the upstream Parse repositories. Parse developers have reported issues in some functionalities, though no concerns in regards to privacy, security, or legality were found. As such, we strongly recommend updating this version as soon as possible. You can find more information in Parse 4.10.0 Release Notes 4.9.3-debian-10-r161 - The size of the container image has been decreased. - The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. 3.1.2-r14 - The Parse container has been migrated to a non-root user approach. Previously the container ran as the root user and the Parse daemon was started as the parse user. From now on, both the container and the Parse daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the data directory must be writable by that user. You can revert this behavior by changing USER 1001 to USER root in the Dockerfile. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / parse-dashboard: README

Bitnami package for Parse Dashboard What is Parse Dashboard? Parse Dashboard is a standalone dashboard for managing your Parse apps. You can use it to manage your Parse Server apps. Overview of Parse Dashboard Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name parse-dashboard bitnami/parse-dashboard:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Parse Dashboard in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Prerequisites To run this application you need Docker Engine 1.10.0. How to use this image Run the application manually If you want to run the application manually instead of using the Helm chart, these are the basic steps you need to run: 1. Create a network for the application, Parse Server and the database: docker network create parse_dashboard-tier 2. Start a MongoDB® database in the network generated: docker run -d --name mongodb --net=parse_dashboard-tier bitnami/mongodb Note: You need to give the container a name in order to Parse to resolve the host. 3. Start a Parse Server container: docker run -d -p 1337:1337 --name parse --net=parse_dashboard-tier bitnami/parse 4. Run the Parse Dashboard container: docker run -d -p 80:4040 --name parse-dashboard --net=parse_dashboard-tier bitnami/parse-dashboard Then you can access your application at http://your-ip/ Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data and configurations will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a volume at the /bitnami path. Additionally you should mount a volume for the persistence of MongoDB® and Parse data. The above examples define docker volumes namely mongodb_data, parse_data and parse_dashboard_data. The application state will persist as long as these volumes are not removed. To avoid inadvertent removal of these volumes you can mount host directories as data volumes. Alternatively you can make use of volume plugins to host the volume data. Mount host directories as data volumes using the Docker command line In this case you need to specify the directories to mount on the run command. The process is the same than the one previously shown: 1. Create a network (if it does not exist): docker network create parse_dashboard-tier 2. Create a MongoDB® container with host volume: docker run -d --name mongodb \ --net parse-dashboard-tier \ --volume /path/to/mongodb-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/mongodb:latest Note: You need to give the container a name in order to Parse to resolve the host. 3. Start a Parse Server container: docker run -d -name parse -p 1337:1337 \ --net parse-dashboard-tier --volume /path/to/parse-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/parse:latest 4. Run the Parse Dashboard container: docker run -d --name parse-dashboard -p 80:4040 \ --volume /path/to/parse_dashboard-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/parse-dashboard:latest Upgrade this application Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Parse Dashboard, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. We will cover here the upgrade of the Parse Dashboard container. 1. Get the updated images: docker pull bitnami/parse-dashboard:latest 2. Stop your container - $ docker stop parse-dashboard 3. Take a snapshot of the application state rsync -a /path/to/parse-persistence /path/to/parse-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) Additionally, snapshot the MongoDB® and Parse server data. You can use these snapshots to restore the application state should the upgrade fail. 4. Remove the currently running container - $ docker rm parse-dashboard 5. Run the new image - Mount the directories if needed: docker run --name parse-dashboard bitnami/parse-dashboard:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |----------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | PARSE_DASHBOARD_FORCE_OVERWRITE_CONF_FILE | Force the config.json config file generation. | no | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_ENABLE_HTTPS | Whether to enable HTTPS for Parse Dashboard by default. | no | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_EXTERNAL_HTTP_PORT_NUMBER | External HTTP port for Parse Dashboard. | 80 | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_EXTERNAL_HTTPS_PORT_NUMBER | External HTTPS port for Parse Dashboard. | 443 | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PARSE_HOST | Parse host name. | parse | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PORT_NUMBER | Port number in which Parse Dashboard will run. | 4040 | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PARSE_PORT_NUMBER | Parse server port number. | 1337 | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PARSE_APP_ID | A sample string environment variable. | myappID | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_APP_NAME | Parse Dashboard App name. | MyDashboard | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PARSE_MASTER_KEY | Parse server master key. | mymasterKey | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PARSE_MOUNT_PATH | Parse Dashboard mount path. | /parse | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PARSE_PROTOCOL | Parse server protocol. | http | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_USERNAME | Parse Dashboard user name. | user | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PASSWORD | Parse Dashboard user password. | bitnami | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------| | PARSE_DASHBOARD_BASE_DIR | Parse installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/parse-dashboard | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_TMP_DIR | Parse temp directory. | ${PARSE_DASHBOARD_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_LOGS_DIR | Parse logs directory. | ${PARSE_DASHBOARD_BASE_DIR}/logs | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_PID_FILE | Parse PID file. | ${PARSE_DASHBOARD_TMP_DIR}/parse-dashboard.pid | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_LOG_FILE | Parse logs file. | ${PARSE_DASHBOARD_LOGS_DIR}/parse-dashboard.log | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_CONF_FILE | Configuration file for Parse Dashboard. | ${PARSE_DASHBOARD_BASE_DIR}/config.json | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_VOLUME_DIR | Parse directory for mounted configuration files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/parse-dashboard | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_DAEMON_USER | Parse system user. | parsedashboard | | PARSE_DASHBOARD_DAEMON_GROUP | Parse system group. | parsedashboard | When you start the parse-dashboard image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables on the docker run command line. If you want to add a new environment variable: parse-dashboard: ... environment: - PARSE_DASHBOARD_PASSWORD=my_password ... - For manual execution add a -e option with each variable and value: docker run -d -e PARSE_DASHBOARD_PASSWORD=my_password -p 80:4040 --name parse-dashboard -v /your/local/path/bitnami/parse_dashboard:/bitnami --network=parse_dashboard-tier bitnami/parse-dashboard Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 2.1.0-debian-10-r328 - The size of the container image has been decreased. - The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. 1.2.0-r69 - The Parse Dashboard container has been migrated to a non-root user approach. Previously the container ran as the root user and the Parse Dashboard daemon was started as the parsedashboard user. From now on, both the container and the Parse Dashboard daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the data directory must be writable by that user. You can revert this behavior by changing USER 1001 to USER root in the Dockerfile. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / percona-mysql: README

Bitnami package for Percona Server for MySQL What is Percona Server for MySQL? Percona Server for MySQL is an open-source replacement for MySQL. Its features include additional storage engines; scalability, encryption and compression options; and granular performance metrics. Overview of Percona Server for MySQL Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name percona-mysql bitnami/percona-mysql:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Percona Server for MySQL in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami percona-mysql Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/percona-mysql:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/percona-mysql:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD | Allow Percona Server for MySQL access without any password. | no | | MYSQL_AUTHENTICATION_PLUGIN | Percona Server for MySQL authentication plugin to configure during the first initialization. | nil | | MYSQL_ROOT_USER | Percona Server for MySQL database root user. | root | | MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD | Percona Server for MySQL database root user password. | nil | | MYSQL_USER | Percona Server for MySQL database user to create during the first initialization. | nil | | MYSQL_PASSWORD | Password for the Percona Server for MySQL database user to create during the first initialization. | nil | | MYSQL_DATABASE | Percona Server for MySQL database to create during the first initialization. | nil | | MYSQL_MASTER_HOST | Address for the Percona Server for MySQL master node. | nil | | MYSQL_MASTER_PORT_NUMBER | Port number for the Percona Server for MySQL master node. | 3306 | | MYSQL_MASTER_ROOT_USER | Percona Server for MySQL database root user of the master host. | root | | MYSQL_MASTER_ROOT_PASSWORD | Password for the Percona Server for MySQL database root user of the the master host. | nil | | MYSQL_MASTER_DELAY | Percona Server for MySQL database replication delay. | 0 | | MYSQL_REPLICATION_USER | Percona Server for MySQL replication database user. | nil | | MYSQL_REPLICATION_PASSWORD | Password for the Percona Server for MySQL replication database user. | nil | | MYSQL_PORT_NUMBER | Port number to use for the Percona Server for MySQL Server service. | nil | | MYSQL_REPLICATION_MODE | Percona Server for MySQL replication mode. | nil | | MYSQL_REPLICATION_SLAVE_DUMP | Make a dump on master and update slave Percona Server for MySQL database | false | | MYSQL_EXTRA_FLAGS | Extra flags to be passed to start the Percona Server for MySQL Server. | nil | | MYSQL_INIT_SLEEP_TIME | Sleep time when waiting for Percona Server for MySQL init configuration operations to finish. | nil | | MYSQL_CHARACTER_SET | Percona Server for MySQL collation to use. | nil | | MYSQL_COLLATE | Percona Server for MySQL collation to use. | nil | | MYSQL_BIND_ADDRESS | Percona Server for MySQL bind address. | nil | | MYSQL_SQL_MODE | Percona Server for MySQL Server SQL modes to enable. | nil | | MYSQL_UPGRADE | Percona Server for MySQL upgrade option. | AUTO | | MYSQL_IS_DEDICATED_SERVER | Whether the Percona Server for MySQL Server will run on a dedicated node. | nil | | MYSQL_CLIENT_ENABLE_SSL | Whether to force SSL for connections to the Percona Server for MySQL database. | no | | MYSQL_CLIENT_SSL_CA_FILE | Path to CA certificate to use for SSL connections to the Percona Server for MySQL database server. | nil | | MYSQL_CLIENT_SSL_CERT_FILE | Path to client public key certificate to use for SSL connections to the Percona Server for MySQL database server. | nil | | MYSQL_CLIENT_SSL_KEY_FILE | Path to client private key to use for SSL connections to the Percona Server for MySQL database server. | nil | | MYSQL_CLIENT_EXTRA_FLAGS | Whether to force SSL connections with the "mysql" CLI tool. Useful for applications that rely on the CLI instead of APIs. | no | | MYSQL_STARTUP_WAIT_RETRIES | Number of retries waiting for the database to be running. | 300 | | MYSQL_STARTUP_WAIT_SLEEP_TIME | Sleep time between retries waiting for the database to be running. | 2 | | MYSQL_ENABLE_SLOW_QUERY | Whether to enable slow query logs. | 0 | | MYSQL_LONG_QUERY_TIME | How much time, in seconds, defines a slow query. | 10.0 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------| | DB_FLAVOR | SQL database flavor. Valid values: mariadb or mysql. | mysql | | DB_BASE_DIR | Base path for Percona Server for MySQL files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/mysql | | DB_VOLUME_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL directory for persisted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/mysql | | DB_DATA_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL directory for data files. | ${DB_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | DB_BIN_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL directory where executable binary files are located. | ${DB_BASE_DIR}/bin | | DB_SBIN_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL directory where service binary files are located. | ${DB_BASE_DIR}/bin | | DB_CONF_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL configuration directory. | ${DB_BASE_DIR}/conf | | DB_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL default configuration directory. | ${DB_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | DB_LOGS_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL logs directory. | ${DB_BASE_DIR}/logs | | DB_TMP_DIR | Percona Server for MySQL directory for temporary files. | ${DB_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | DB_CONF_FILE | Main Percona Server for MySQL configuration file. | ${DB_CONF_DIR}/my.cnf | | DB_PID_FILE | Percona Server for MySQL PID file. | ${DB_TMP_DIR}/mysqld.pid | | DB_SOCKET_FILE | Percona Server for MySQL Server socket file. | ${DB_TMP_DIR}/mysql.sock | | DB_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the Percona Server for MySQL Server process. | mysql | | DB_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the Percona Server for MySQL Server process. | mysql | | MYSQL_DEFAULT_PORT_NUMBER | Default port number to use for the Percona Server for MySQL Server service. | 3306 | | MYSQL_DEFAULT_CHARACTER_SET | Default Percona Server for MySQL character set. | utf8mb4 | | MYSQL_DEFAULT_BIND_ADDRESS | Default Percona Server for MySQL bind address. | 0.0.0.0 | | MYSQL_HOME | Path to the MYSQL home | $DB_CONF_DIR | Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes.. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / php-fpm: README

Bitnami package for PHP-FPM What is PHP-FPM? PHP-FPM (FastCGI Process Manager) is an alternative PHP FastCGI implementation with some additional features useful for sites of any size, especially busier sites. Overview of PHP-FPM Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name phpfpm -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/php-fpm Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use PHP-FPM in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Deprecation Note (2022-01-21) The prod tags has been removed; from now on just the regular container images will be released. Deprecation Note (2020-08-18) The formatting convention for prod tags has been changed: - BRANCH-debian-10-prod is now tagged as BRANCH-prod-debian-10 - VERSION-debian-10-rX-prod is now tagged as VERSION-prod-debian-10-rX - latest-prod is now deprecated Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami PHP-FPM Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/php-fpm:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/php-fpm:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers This image is designed to be used with a web server to serve your PHP app, you can use docker networking to create a network and attach all the containers to that network. Serving your PHP app through an nginx frontend We will use PHP-FPM with nginx to serve our PHP app. Doing so will allow us to setup more complex configuration, serve static assets using nginx, load balance to different PHP-FPM instances, etc. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge or using Docker Compose: version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge Step 2: Create a server block Let's create an nginx server block to reverse proxy to our PHP-FPM container. server { listen 0.0.0.0:80; server_name myapp.com; root /app; location / { try_files $uri $uri/index.php; } location ~ \.php$ { # fastcgi_pass [PHP_FPM_LINK_NAME]:9000; fastcgi_pass phpfpm:9000; fastcgi_index index.php; include fastcgi.conf; } } Notice we've substituted the link alias name myapp, we will use the same name when creating the container. Copy the server block above, saving the file somewhere on your host. We will mount it as a volume in our nginx container. Step 3: Run the PHP-FPM image with a specific name Docker's linking system uses container ids or names to reference containers. We can explicitly specify a name for our PHP-FPM server to make it easier to connect to other containers. docker run -it --name phpfpm \ --network app-tier -v /path/to/app:/app \ bitnami/php-fpm or using Docker Compose: services: phpfpm: image: 'bitnami/php-fpm:latest' networks: - app-tier volumes: - /path/to/app:/app Step 4: Run the nginx image docker run -it \ -v /path/to/server_block.conf:/opt/bitnami/nginx/conf/server_blocks/yourapp.conf \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/nginx or using Docker Compose: services: nginx: image: 'bitnami/nginx:latest' depends_on: - phpfpm networks: - app-tier ports: - '80:80' - '443:443' volumes: - /path/to/server_block.conf:/opt/bitnami/nginx/conf/server_blocks/yourapp.conf PHP runtime Since this image bundles a PHP runtime, you may want to make use of PHP outside of PHP-FPM. By default, running this image will start a server. To use the PHP runtime instead, we can override the the default command Docker runs by stating a different command to run after the image name. Entering the REPL PHP provides a REPL where you can interactively test and try things out in PHP. docker run -it --name phpfpm bitnami/php-fpm php -a Further Reading: - PHP Interactive Shell Documentation Running your PHP script The default work directory for the PHP-FPM image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your PHP script, and run it normally using the php command. docker run -it --name php-fpm -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/php-fpm \ php script.php Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | PHP_FPM_LISTEN_ADDRESS | PHP-FPM listen address. Can be a port number, a host:port combination or the path to a socket file. | nil | | PHP_DATE_TIMEZONE | PHP timezone. | nil | | PHP_ENABLE_OPCACHE | Enables OPcache for PHP scripts. | nil | | PHP_MAX_EXECUTION_TIME | Maximum execution time for PHP scripts. | nil | | PHP_MAX_INPUT_TIME | Maximum input time for PHP scripts. | nil | | PHP_MAX_INPUT_VARS | Maximum amount of input variables for PHP scripts. | nil | | PHP_MEMORY_LIMIT | Memory limit for PHP scripts. | nil | | PHP_POST_MAX_SIZE | Maximum size for PHP POST requests. | nil | | PHP_UPLOAD_MAX_FILESIZE | Maximum file size for PHP uploads. | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------| | PHP_BASE_DIR | PHP-FPM installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/php | | PHP_BIN_DIR | PHP directory for binary executables. | ${PHP_BASE_DIR}/bin | | PHP_CONF_DIR | PHP configuration directory. | ${PHP_BASE_DIR}/etc | | PHP_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | PHP configuration directory. | ${PHP_BASE_DIR}/etc.default | | PHP_TMP_DIR | PHP directory for runtime temporary files. | ${PHP_BASE_DIR}/var/run | | PHP_CONF_FILE | Path to the PHP configuration file. | ${PHP_CONF_DIR}/php.ini | | PHP_DEFAULT_OPCACHE_INTERNED_STRINGS_BUFFER | Default amount of memory used to store interned strings, in megabytes. | 16 | | PHP_DEFAULT_OPCACHE_MEMORY_CONSUMPTION | Default size of the OPcache shared memory storage, in megabytes. | 192 | | PHP_DEFAULT_OPCACHE_FILE_CACHE | Default path to the second-level OPcache cache directory. | ${PHP_TMP_DIR}/opcache_file | | PHP_FPM_SBIN_DIR | PHP-FPM directory for binary executables. | ${PHP_BASE_DIR}/sbin | | PHP_FPM_LOGS_DIR | PHP-FPM directory for logs. | ${PHP_BASE_DIR}/logs | | PHP_FPM_LOG_FILE | PHP-FPM log file. | ${PHP_FPM_LOGS_DIR}/php-fpm.log | | PHP_FPM_CONF_FILE | Path to the PHP-FPM configuration file. | ${PHP_CONF_DIR}/php-fpm.conf | | PHP_FPM_PID_FILE | Path to the PHP-FPM PID file. | ${PHP_TMP_DIR}/php-fpm.pid | | PHP_FPM_DEFAULT_LISTEN_ADDRESS | Default PHP-FPM listen address. Can be a port number, a host:port combination or the path to a socket file. | ${PHP_TMP_DIR}/www.sock | | PHP_FPM_DAEMON_USER | PHP-FPM system user. | daemon | | PHP_FPM_DAEMON_GROUP | PHP-FPM system group. | daemon | | PHP_EXPOSE_PHP | Enables HTTP header with PHP version. | 0 | | PHP_OUTPUT_BUFFERING | Size of the output buffer for PHP | 8196 | Mount a custom config file You can mount a custom config file from your host to edit the default configuration for the php-fpm docker image. The following is an example to alter the configuration of the php-fpm.conf configuration file: Step 1: Run the PHP-FPM image Run the PHP-FPM image, mounting a file from your host. docker run --name phpfpm -v /path/to/php-fpm.conf:/opt/bitnami/php/etc/php-fpm.conf bitnami/php-fpm or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: phpfpm: ... volumes: - /path/to/php-fpm.conf:/opt/bitnami/php/etc/php-fpm.conf ... Step 2: Edit the configuration Edit the configuration on your host using your favorite editor. vi /path/to/php-fpm.conf Step 3: Restart PHP-FPM After changing the configuration, restart your PHP-FPM container for the changes to take effect. docker restart phpfpm or using Docker Compose: docker-compose restart phpfpm Add additional .ini files PHP has been configured at compile time to scan the /opt/bitnami/php/etc/conf.d/ folder for extra .ini configuration files so it is also possible to mount your customizations there. Multiple files are loaded in alphabetical order. It is common to have a file per extension and use a numeric prefix to guarantee an order loading the configuration. Please check http://php.net/manual/en/configuration.file.php#configuration.file.scan to know more about this feature. In order to override the default max_file_uploads settings you can do the following: 1. Create a file called custom.ini with the following content: max_file_uploads = 30M 2. Run the php-fpm container mounting the custom file. docker run -it -v /path/to/custom.ini:/opt/bitnami/php/etc/conf.d/custom.ini bitnami/php-fpm php -i | grep max_file_uploads You should see that PHP is using the new specified value for the max_file_uploads setting. Logging The Bitnami PHP-FPM Docker Image sends the container logs to the stdout. You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option. By defauly the json-file driver is used. To view the logs: docker logs phpfpm or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs phpfpm The docker logs command is only available when the json-file or journald logging driver is in use. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of PHP-FPM, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/php-fpm:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/php-fpm:latest. Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop php-fpm or using Docker Compose: docker-compose stop php-fpm Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/php-fpm-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/php-fpm-persistence /path/to/php-fpm-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v phpfpm or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v phpfpm Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name phpfpm bitnami/php-fpm:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up phpfpm Useful Links - Create An AMP Development Environment With Bitnami Containers - Create An EMP Development Environment With Bitnami Containers Notable Changes 7.2.3-r2, 7.1.15-r2, 7.0.28-r2 and 5.6.34-r2 (2018-03-13) - PHP has been configured at compile time to scan the /opt/bitnami/php/etc/conf.d/ folder for extra .ini configuration files. 7.0.6-r0 (2016-05-17) - All volumes have been merged at /bitnami/php-fpm. Now you only need to mount a single volume at /bitnami/php-fpm for persistence. - The logs are always sent to the stdout and are no longer collected in the volume. 5.5.30-2 (2015-12-07) - Enables support for imagick extension 5.5.30-0-r01 (2015-11-10) - php.ini is now exposed in the volume mounted at /bitnami/php-fpm/conf/ allowing users to change the defaults as per their requirements. 5.5.30-0 (2015-10-06) - /app directory is no longer exported as a volume. This caused problems when building on top of the image, since changes in the volume are not persisted between Dockerfile RUN instructions. To keep the previous behavior (so that you can mount the volume in another container), create the container with the -v /app option. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / pinniped: README

Bitnami package for Pinniped What is Pinniped? Pinniped is an identity service provider for Kubernetes. It supplies a consistent and unified login experience across all your clusters. Pinniped is securely integrated with enterprise IDP protocols. Overview of Pinniped Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name pinniped bitnami/pinniped:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Pinniped in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami pinniped Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pinniped:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pinniped:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute pinniped-concierge --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name pinniped bitnami/pinniped:latest -- --help Check the official Pinniped documentation for more information. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / pinniped-cli: README

Bitnami package for Pinniped CLI What is Pinniped CLI? Pinniped CLI is a command-line utility for interacting with Pinniped. Pinniped is an identity service provider for Kubernetes. Overview of Pinniped CLI Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name pinniped-cli bitnami/pinniped-cli Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Pinniped CLI in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Pinniped CLI Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pinniped-cli:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pinniped-cli:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Pinniped CLI, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/pinniped-cli:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v pinniped-cli Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name pinniped-cli bitnami/pinniped-cli:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute pinniped --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name pinniped-cli bitnami/pinniped-cli:latest --help Check the official Pinniped CLI documentation for more information about how to use Pinniped CLI. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / postgres-exporter: README

Bitnami package for PostgreSQL Exporter What is PostgreSQL Exporter? PostgreSQL Exporter gathers PostgreSQL metrics for Prometheus consumption. Overview of PostgreSQL Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name postgres-exporter bitnami/postgres-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use PostgreSQL Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami PostgreSQL Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/postgres-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/postgres-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create postgres-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the PostgreSQL Exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the postgres-exporter-network network. docker run --name postgres-exporter-node1 --network postgres-exporter-network bitnami/postgres-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration flags in the postgres_exporter official documentation. Logging The Bitnami PostgreSQL Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs postgres-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of postgres-exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/postgres-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop postgres-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v postgres-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name postgres-exporter bitnami/postgres-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / postgrest: README

Bitnami package for PostgREST What is PostgREST? PostgREST is a web server that allows communicating to PostgreSQL using API endpoints and operations. Overview of PostgREST Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name postgrest bitnami/postgrest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use PostgREST in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami PostgREST Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/postgrest:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/postgrest:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of PostgREST, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/postgrest:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v postgrest Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name postgrest bitnami/postgrest:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |----------------------------|---------------------------------|------------------| | DB_HOST | Database host | localhost | | DB_PORT | Database port number | 5432 | | DB_USER | Database user username | postgres | | DB_PASSWORD | Database user password | nil | | DB_NAME | Database name | postgres | | DB_SSL | Database SSL connection enabled | disable | | PGRST_JWT_SECRET | Postgrest JWT secret | nil | | PGRST_DB_ANON_ROLE | Postgrest anon role | anon | | PGRST_DB_SCHEMA | Postgrest database schema | public,storage | | PGRST_DB_USE_LEGACY_GUCS | Postgrest use legacy GUCS | false | | PGRST_SERVER_PORT | Postgrest server port | 3000 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------|---------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | POSTGREST_BASE_DIR | postgrest installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/postgrest | | POSTGREST_LOGS_DIR | Directory where postgrest logs are stored. | ${POSTGREST_BASE_DIR}/logs | | POSTGREST_LOG_FILE | Directory where postgrest logs are stored. | ${POSTGREST_LOGS_DIR}/postgrest.log | | POSTGREST_BIN_DIR | postgrest directory for binary executables. | ${POSTGREST_BASE_DIR}/bin | | PGRST_DB_URI | Postgres DB URI | postgresql://${DB_USER}:${DB_PASSWORD}@${DB_HOST}:${DB_PORT}/${DB_NAME}?sslmode=${DB_SSL} | | POSTGREST_DAEMON_USER | postgrest system user. | supabase | | POSTGREST_DAEMON_GROUP | postgrest system group. | supabase | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute postgrest --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name postgrest bitnami/postgrest:latest --help Check the official PostgREST documentation for more information about how to use PostgREST. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / prometheus: README

Bitnami package for Prometheus What is Prometheus? Prometheus is an open source monitoring and alerting system. It enables sysadmins to monitor their infrastructures by collecting metrics from configured targets at given intervals. Overview of Prometheus Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name prometheus bitnami/prometheus:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Prometheus in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Prometheus Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/prometheus:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/prometheus:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your database If you remove the container all your data will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will add persistance even after the container is removed. For persistence, mount a directory at the /opt/bitnami/prometheus/data path. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run --name prometheus \ -v /path/to/prometheus-persistence:/opt/bitnami/prometheus/data \ bitnami/prometheus:latest NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create prometheus-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Prometheus container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the prometheus-network network. docker run --name prometheus-node1 --network prometheus-network bitnami/prometheus:latest Step 3: Run other containers We can launch other containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Prometheus is configured via command-line flags and a configuration file. While the command-line flags configure immutable system parameters (such as storage locations, amount of data to keep on disk and in memory, listening address, etc.), the configuration file defines everything related to scraping jobs and their instances, as well as which rule files to load. Prometheus can reload its configuration at runtime. If the new configuration is not well-formed, the changes will not be applied. A configuration reload is triggered by sending a SIGHUP to the Prometheus process or sending a HTTP POST request to the /-/reload endpoint (when the --web.enable-lifecycle flag is enabled). This will also reload any configured rule files. Further information Command-Line Flags You can add new flags to the ones already in use by default, which are passed to Prometheus through the CMD instruction in the Dockerfile. To view all available command-line flags, run docker run bitnami/prometheus:latest -h. Configuration file You can overwrite the default configuration file with your custom prometheus.yml. Create a custom conf file and mount it at /opt/bitnami/prometheus/conf/prometheus.yml like so: docker run --name prometheus \ -v path/to/prometheus.yml:/opt/bitnami/prometheus/conf/prometheus.yml \ bitnami/prometheus:latest Logging The Bitnami Prometheus Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs prometheus You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of prometheus, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/prometheus:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop prometheus Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/prometheus-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/prometheus-persistence /path/to/prometheus-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v prometheus Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, if necessary. docker run --name prometheus bitnami/prometheus:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / prometheus-operator: README

Bitnami package for Prometheus Operator What is Prometheus Operator? Prometheus Operator provides easy monitoring definitions for Kubernetes services and deployment and management of Prometheus instances. Overview of Prometheus Operator Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Deploy Prometheus Operator on your Kubernetes cluster. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Prometheus Operator in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. How to deploy Prometheus Operator in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Kube-Prometheus Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Prometheus Operator Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/prometheus-operator:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/prometheus-operator:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Configuration Find how to configure Prometheus Operator in its official documentation. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / prometheus-rsocket-proxy: README

Bitnami package for Prometheus RSocket Proxy What is Prometheus RSocket Proxy? Prometheus RSocket Proxy is a collection of resources used to get application metrics into Prometheus without ingress. It preserves the pull model by using RSocket bidirectional persistent RPC. Overview of Prometheus RSocket Proxy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name prometheus-rsocket-proxy bitnami/prometheus-rsocket-proxy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Prometheus RSocket Proxy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami prometheus-rsocket-proxy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/prometheus-rsocket-proxy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/prometheus-rsocket-proxy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration For further documentation, please check here. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / promtail: README

Bitnami package for Promtail What is Promtail? Promtail is an agent that ships the contents of local logs to a private Grafana Loki instance or Grafana Cloud. Features log file discovery, and label management, and exposes a web server. Overview of Promtail Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name promtail bitnami/promtail:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Promtail in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami promtail Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/promtail:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/promtail:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute promtail --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name promtail bitnami/promtail:latest -- --version Check the official Promtail documentation to understand the possible configurations. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / pushgateway: README

Bitnami package for Push Gateway What is Push Gateway? The Pushgateway is an intermediary service which allows you to push metrics from jobs which cannot be scraped Overview of Push Gateway Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name pushgateway bitnami/pushgateway:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Push Gateway in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Pushgateway Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pushgateway:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pushgateway:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create pushgateway-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Pushgateway container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the pushgateway-network network. docker run --name pushgateway-node1 --network pushgateway-network bitnami/pushgateway:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration The Pushgateway has to be configured as a target to scrape by Prometheus, using one of the usual methods. However, you should always set honor_labels: true in the scrape config (see below for a detailed explanation). Further information Logging The Bitnami pushgateway Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs pushgateway You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of pushgateway, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/pushgateway:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop pushgateway Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/pushgateway-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/pushgateway-persistence /path/to/pushgateway-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v pushgateway Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name pushgateway bitnami/pushgateway:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / pymilvus: README

Bitnami package for PyMilvus What is PyMilvus? PyMilvus is a Python-based SDK for Milvus. Milvus is a cloud-native, open-source vector database solution for AI applications and similarity search Overview of PyMilvus Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name pymilvus bitnami/pymilvus Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use PyMilvus in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Pymilvus Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pymilvus:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pymilvus:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out with PyMilvus in Python. docker run -it --name pymilvus bitnami/pymilvus Configuration Running your PyMilvus app The default work directory for the PyMilvus image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your PyMilvus script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name pymilvus -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/pymilvus \ python script.py Running a PyMilvus app with package dependencies If your PyMilvus app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name pymilvus -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/pymilvus \ sh -c "pip install -r requirements.txt && python script.py" Further Reading: - pymilvus documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of PyMilvus, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/pymilvus:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v pymilvus Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name pymilvus bitnami/pymilvus:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / python: README

Bitnami package for Python What is Python? Python is a programming language that lets you work quickly and integrate systems more effectively. Overview of Python Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name python bitnami/python Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Python in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Deprecation Note (2022-01-21) The prod tags has been removed; from now on just the regular container images will be released. Deprecation Note (2020-08-18) The formatting convention for prod tags has been changed: - BRANCH-debian-10-prod is now tagged as BRANCH-prod-debian-10 - VERSION-debian-10-rX-prod is now tagged as VERSION-prod-debian-10-rX - latest-prod is now deprecated Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Python Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/python:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/python:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out in Python. docker run -it --name python bitnami/python Configuration Running your Python script The default work directory for the Python image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Python script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name python -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/python \ python script.py Running a Python app with package dependencies If your Python app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run --rm -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/python pip install -r requirements.txt docker run -it --name python -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/python python script.py or using Docker Compose: python: image: bitnami/python:latest command: "sh -c 'pip install -r requirements.txt && python script.py'" volumes: - .:/app Further Reading: - python documentation - pip documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Python, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/python:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/python:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v python or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v python Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name python bitnami/python:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up python Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / pytorch: README

Bitnami package for PyTorch What is PyTorch? PyTorch is a deep learning platform that accelerates the transition from research prototyping to production deployment. Bitnami image includes Torchvision for specific computer vision support. Overview of PyTorch Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name pytorch bitnami/pytorch Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use PyTorch in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Pytorch Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pytorch:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/pytorch:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out with PyTorch in Python. docker run -it --name pytorch bitnami/pytorch Configuration Running your PyTorch app The default work directory for the PyTorch image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your PyTorch script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name pytorch -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/pytorch \ python script.py Running a PyTorch app with package dependencies If your PyTorch app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name pytorch -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/pytorch \ sh -c "conda install -y --file requirements.txt && python script.py" Further Reading: - pytorch documentation - conda documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of PyTorch, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/pytorch:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/pytorch:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v pytorch or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v pytorch Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name pytorch bitnami/pytorch:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up pytorch Notable changes 1.9.0-debian-10-r3 This version removes miniconda in favour of pip. This creates a smaller container and least prone to security issues. Users extending this container with other packages will need to switch from conda to pip commands. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / rabbitmq-cluster-operator: README

Bitnami package for RabbitMQ Cluster Operator What is RabbitMQ Cluster Operator? The RabbitMQ Cluster Kubernetes Operator automates provisioning, management, and operations of RabbitMQ clusters running on Kubernetes. Overview of RabbitMQ Cluster Operator Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name rabbitmq-cluster-operator bitnami/rabbitmq-cluster-operator:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use RabbitMQ Cluster Operator in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami rabbitmq-cluster-operator Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rabbitmq-cluster-operator:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rabbitmq-cluster-operator:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute manager --metrics-bind-address :9782 you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name rabbitmq-cluster-operator bitnami/rabbitmq-cluster-operator:latest -- --metrics-bind-address :9782 Check the official RabbitMQ Cluster Operator documentation for more information. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / rails: README

Bitnami package for Rails What is Rails? Rails is a web application framework running on the Ruby programming language. Overview of Rails Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Local workspace docker run --name rails bitnami/rails:latest Warning: This quick setup is only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options for the MariaDB container for a more secure deployment. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Rails in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Introduction Ruby on Rails, or simply Rails, is a web application framework written in Ruby under MIT License. Rails is a model–view–controller (MVC) framework, providing default structures for a database, a web service, and web pages. The Bitnami Rails Development Container has been carefully engineered to provide you and your team with a highly reproducible Rails development environment. We hope you find the Bitnami Rails Development Container useful in your quest for world domination. Happy hacking! Learn more about Bitnami Development Containers. Getting started The quickest way to get started with the Bitnami Rails Development Container is using docker-compose. Begin by creating a directory for your Rails application: mkdir ~/myapp cd ~/myapp Download the docker-compose.yml file in the application directory: curl -LO https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bitnami/containers/main/bitnami/rails/docker-compose.yml Finally launch the Rails application development environment using: docker-compose up Among other things, the above command creates a container service, named myapp, for Rails development and bootstraps a new Rails application in the application directory. You can use your favourite IDE for developing the application. Note If the application directory contained the source code of an existing Rails application, the Bitnami Rails Development Container would load the existing application instead of bootstrapping a new one. After the WEBrick application server has been launched in the myapp service, visit http://localhost:3000 in your favourite web browser and you'll be greeted by the default Rails welcome page. In addition to the Rails Development Container, the docker-compose.yml file also configures a MariaDB service to serve as the database backend of your Rails application. Executing commands Commands can be launched inside the myapp Rails Development Container with docker-compose using the exec command. Note: The exec command was added to docker-compose in release 1.7.0. Please ensure that you're using docker-compose version 1.7.0 or higher. The general structure of the exec command is: docker-compose exec <service> <command> , where <service> is the name of the container service as described in the docker-compose.yml file and <command> is the command you want to launch inside the service. Following are a few examples of launching some commonly used Rails development commands inside the myapp service container. - List all available rake tasks: docker-compose exec myapp bundle exec rake -T - Get information about the Rails environment: docker-compose exec myapp bundle exec rake about - Launch the Rails console: docker-compose exec myapp rails console - Generate a scaffold: docker-compose exec myapp rails generate scaffold User name:string email:string - Run database migrations: docker-compose exec myapp bundle exec rake db:migrate Note Database migrations are automatically applied during the start up of the Rails Development Container. This means that the myapp service could also be restarted to apply the database migrations. $ docker-compose restart myapp Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |------------------------------|----------------------------------------|-----------------| | RAILS_ENV | Rails environment mode. | development | | RAILS_SKIP_ACTIVE_RECORD | Skip active record configuration. | no | | RAILS_SKIP_DB_SETUP | Skip database configuration. | no | | RAILS_SKIP_DB_WAIT | Skip waiting for database to be ready. | no | | RAILS_RETRY_ATTEMPTS | Rails retry attempts. | 30 | | RAILS_DATABASE_TYPE | Database server type. | mariadb | | RAILS_DATABASE_HOST | Database server host. | mariadb | | RAILS_DATABASE_PORT_NUMBER | Database server port. | 3306 | | RAILS_DATABASE_NAME | Database name. | bitnami_myapp | Read-only environment variables Configuring your database You can configure the MariaDB hostname and database name to use for development purposes using the environment variables DATABASE_HOST & DATABASE_NAME. For example, you can configure your Rails app to use the development-db database running on the my-mariadb MariaDB server by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: myapp: ... environment: - DATABASE_HOST=my-mariadb - DATABASE_NAME=development-db ... Running additional services Sometimes, your application will require extra pieces, such as background processing tools like Resque or Sidekiq. For these cases, it is possible to re-use this container to be run as an additional service in your docker-compose file by modifying the command executed. For example, you could run a Sidekiq container by adding the following to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: ... sidekiq: image: bitnami/rails:latest environment: # This skips the execution of rake db:create and db:migrate # since it is being executed by the rails service. - SKIP_DB_SETUP=true command: bundle exec sidekiq ... Note You can skip database wait period and creation/migration by setting the SKIP_DB_WAIT and SKIP_DB_SETUP environment variables. Installing Rubygems To add a Rubygem to your application, update the Gemfile in the application directory as you would normally do and restart the myapp service container. For example, to add the httparty Rubygem: echo "gem 'httparty'" >> Gemfile docker-compose restart myapp When the myapp service container is restarted, it will install all the missing gems before starting the WEBrick Rails application server. Notable Changes 6.0.2-2-debian-10-r52 - Decrease the size of the container. The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. Be sure to include the following information in your issue: - Host OS and version - Docker version (docker version) - Output of docker info - Version of this container - The command you used to run the container, and any relevant output you saw (masking any sensitive information) License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / ray: README

Bitnami package for Ray What is Ray? Ray is a Python library for scaling AI and Python applications. Provides an API and consists of a core distributed runtime and a set of AI libraries for simplifying ML compute Overview of Ray Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name ray bitnami/ray Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Ray in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Ray Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/ray:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/ray:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out with Ray in Python. docker run -it --name ray bitnami/ray Configuration Running your Ray app The default work directory for the Ray image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Ray script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name ray -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/ray \ python script.py Running a Ray app with package dependencies If your Ray app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name ray -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/ray \ sh -c "pip install --file requirements.txt && python script.py" Further Reading: - ray documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Ray, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/ray:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v ray Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name ray bitnami/ray:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / rclone: README

Bitnami package for rClone What is rClone? RClone synchronizes files and directories to and from different cloud storage providers. It supports different backends, including GCS, S3 and Azure Blob Storage. It provides caching and encryption. Overview of rClone Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name rclone bitnami/rclone:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use rClone in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami rclone Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rclone:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rclone:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute rclone --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name rclone bitnami/rclone:latest -- rclone --version Check the official rClone documentation for a list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / redis-exporter: README

Bitnami package for Redis Exporter What is Redis Exporter? Redis Exporter gathers Redis® metrics for Prometheus consumption. Overview of Redis Exporter Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name redis-exporter bitnami/redis-exporter:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Redis Exporter in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Redis Exporter Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/redis-exporter:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/redis-exporter:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create redis-exporter-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Redis Exporter container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the redis-exporter-network network. docker run --name redis-exporter-node1 --network redis-exporter-network bitnami/redis-exporter:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Configuration Find all the configuration flags in the redis_exporter official documentation. Logging The Bitnami Redis Exporter Docker image sends the container logs to stdout. To view the logs: docker logs redis-exporter You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of redis-exporter, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/redis-exporter:latest Step 2: Stop the running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop redis-exporter Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v redis-exporter Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name redis-exporter bitnami/redis-exporter:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / redis-sentinel: README

Bitnami package for Redis® Sentinel What is Redis® Sentinel? Redis® Sentinel provides high availability for Redis. Redis Sentinel also provides other collateral tasks such as monitoring, notifications and acts as a configuration provider for clients. Overview of Redis® Sentinel Disclaimer: Redis is a registered trademark of Redis Ltd. Any rights therein are reserved to Redis Ltd. Any use by Bitnami is for referential purposes only and does not indicate any sponsorship, endorsement, or affiliation between Redis Ltd. TL;DR docker run --name redis-sentinel -e REDIS_MASTER_HOST=redis bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest Warning: This quick setup is only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section for a more secure deployment. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Redis® Sentinel in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Redis(R) Sentinel Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/redis-sentinel:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a Redis(R) server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a Redis(R) Sentinel instance that will monitor a Redis(R) instance that is running on the same docker network. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Redis(R) instance Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the Redis(R) container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name redis-server \ -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/redis:latest Step 3: Launch your Redis(R) Sentinel instance Finally we create a new container instance to launch the Redis(R) client and connect to the server created in the previous step: docker run -it --rm \ -e REDIS_MASTER_HOST=redis-server \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |--------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | REDIS_SENTINEL_DATA_DIR | Redis data directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DISABLE_COMMANDS | Commands to disable in Redis | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DATABASE | Default Redis database | redis | | REDIS_SENTINEL_AOF_ENABLED | Enable AOF | yes | | REDIS_SENTINEL_HOST | Redis Sentinel host | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_MASTER_NAME | Redis Sentinel master name | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_PORT_NUMBER | Redis Sentinel host port | $REDIS_SENTINEL_DEFAULT_PORT_NUMBER | | REDIS_SENTINEL_QUORUM | Minimum number of sentinel nodes in order to reach a failover decision | 2 | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DOWN_AFTER_MILLISECONDS | Time (in milliseconds) to consider a node to be down | 60000 | | REDIS_SENTINEL_FAILOVER_TIMEOUT | Specifies the failover timeout (in milliseconds) | 180000 | | REDIS_SENTINEL_MASTER_REBOOT_DOWN_AFTER_PERIOD | Specifies the timeout (in milliseconds) for rebooting a master | 0 | | REDIS_SENTINEL_RESOLVE_HOSTNAMES | Enables hostnames support | yes | | REDIS_SENTINEL_ANNOUNCE_HOSTNAMES | Announce hostnames | no | | ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD | Allow password-less access | no | | REDIS_SENTINEL_PASSWORD | Password for Redis | nil | | REDIS_MASTER_USER | Redis master node username | nil | | REDIS_MASTER_PASSWORD | Redis master node password | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_ANNOUNCE_IP | IP address used to gossip its presence | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_ANNOUNCE_PORT | Port used to gossip its presence | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_ENABLED | Enable TLS for Redis authentication | no | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_PORT_NUMBER | Redis TLS port (requires REDIS_SENTINEL_ENABLE_TLS=yes) | 26379 | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_CERT_FILE | Redis TLS certificate file | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_KEY_FILE | Redis TLS key file | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_CA_FILE | Redis TLS CA file | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_DH_PARAMS_FILE | Redis TLS DH parameter file | nil | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_AUTH_CLIENTS | Enable Redis TLS client authentication | yes | | REDIS_MASTER_HOST | Redis master host (used by slaves) | redis | | REDIS_MASTER_PORT_NUMBER | Redis master host port (used by slaves) | 6379 | | REDIS_MASTER_SET | Redis sentinel master set | mymaster | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | REDIS_SENTINEL_VOLUME_DIR | Persistence base directory | /bitnami/redis-sentinel | | REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR | Redis installation directory | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/redis-sentinel | | REDIS_SENTINEL_CONF_DIR | Redis configuration directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/etc | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Redis default configuration directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/etc.default | | REDIS_SENTINEL_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Redis mounted configuration directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/mounted-etc | | REDIS_SENTINEL_CONF_FILE | Redis configuration file | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_CONF_DIR}/sentinel.conf | | REDIS_SENTINEL_LOG_DIR | Redis logs directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/logs | | REDIS_SENTINEL_TMP_DIR | Redis temporary directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | REDIS_SENTINEL_PID_FILE | Redis PID file | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_TMP_DIR}/redis-sentinel.pid | | REDIS_SENTINEL_BIN_DIR | Redis executables directory | ${REDIS_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/bin | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DAEMON_USER | Redis system user | redis | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DAEMON_GROUP | Redis system group | redis | | REDIS_SENTINEL_DEFAULT_PORT_NUMBER | Redis Sentinel host port | 26379 | Securing Redis(R) Sentinel traffic Starting with version 6, Redis(R) adds the support for SSL/TLS connections. Should you desire to enable this optional feature, you may use the aforementioned REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_* environment variables to configure the application. When enabling TLS, conventional standard traffic is disabled by default. However this new feature is not mutually exclusive, which means it is possible to listen to both TLS and non-TLS connection simultaneously. To enable non-TLS traffic, set REDIS_SENTINEL_PORT_NUMBER to another port different than 0. 1. Using docker run $ docker run --name redis-sentinel \ -v /path/to/certs:/opt/bitnami/redis/certs \ -v /path/to/redis-sentinel/persistence:/bitnami \ -e REDIS_MASTER_HOST=redis \ -e REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_ENABLED=yes \ -e REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_CERT_FILE=/opt/bitnami/redis/certs/redis.crt \ -e REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_KEY_FILE=/opt/bitnami/redis/certs/redis.key \ -e REDIS_SENTINEL_TLS_CA_FILE=/opt/bitnami/redis/certs/redisCA.crt \ bitnami/redis-cluster:latest bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest Alternatively, you may also provide with this configuration in your custom configuration file. Configuration file The image looks for configurations in /bitnami/redis-sentinel/conf/. You can mount a volume at /bitnami and copy/edit the configurations in the /path/to/redis-persistence/redis-sentinel/conf/. The default configurations will be populated to the conf/ directory if it's empty. Step 1: Run the Redis(R) Sentinel image Run the Redis(R) Sentinel image, mounting a directory from your host. docker run --name redis-sentinel \ -e REDIS_MASTER_HOST=redis \ -v /path/to/redis-sentinel/persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest Step 2: Edit the configuration Edit the configuration on your host using your favorite editor. vi /path/to/redis-persistence/redis-sentinel/conf/redis.conf Step 3: Restart Redis(R) After changing the configuration, restart your Redis(R) container for changes to take effect. docker restart redis Refer to the Redis(R) configuration manual for the complete list of configuration options. Logging The Bitnami Redis(R) Sentinel Docker Image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs redis You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Redis(R) Sentinel, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop redis Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/redis-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/redis-persistence /path/to/redis-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v redis Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name redis bitnami/redis-sentinel:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 4.0.14-debian-9-r201, 4.0.14-ol-7-r222, 5.0.5-debian-9-r169, 5.0.5-ol-7-r175 - Decrease the size of the container. The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. 4.0.10-r25 - The Redis(R) sentinel container has been migrated to a non-root container approach. Previously the container run as root user and the redis daemon was started as redis user. From now own, both the container and the redis daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the configuration files are writable by the user running the redis process. You can revert this behavior by changing USER 1001 to USER root in the Dockerfile. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / rmq-default-credential-updater: README

RabbitMQ Default User Credential Updater What is RabbitMQ Default User Credential Updater? RabbitMQ Default User Credential Updater is a component of the RabbitMQ Cluster Operator Helm chart that enables Hashicorp Vault integration. Overview of RabbitMQ Default User Credential Updater Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name rmq-default-credential-updater bitnami/rmq-default-credential-updater:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use RabbitMQ Default User Credential Updater in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami rmq-default-credential-updater Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rmq-default-credential-updater:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rmq-default-credential-updater:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute default-user-credential-updater --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name rmq-default-credential-updater bitnami/rmq-default-credential-updater:latest -- --help Check the official RabbitMQ Default User Credential Updater documentation for more information. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / rmq-messaging-topology-operator: README

Bitnami package for RabbitMQ Messaging Topology Operator What is RabbitMQ Messaging Topology Operator? The RabbitMQ Messaging Topology Operator allows developers to create and manage RabbitMQ messaging topologies within a RabbitMQ cluster using a declarative Kubernetes API. Overview of RabbitMQ Messaging Topology Operator Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name rmq-default-credential-updater bitnami/rmq-messaging-topology-operator:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use RabbitMQ Messaging Topology Operator in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami rmq-default-credential-updater Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rmq-messaging-topology-operator:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rmq-messaging-topology-operator:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute manager --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name rmq-default-credential-updater bitnami/rmq-default-credential-updater:latest -- --help Check the official RabbitMQ Messaging Topology Operator documentation for more information. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / ruby: README

Bitnami package for Ruby What is Ruby? Ruby on Rails is a full-stack development environment optimized for programmer happiness and sustainable productivity. It lets you write beautiful code by favoring convention over configuration. Overview of Ruby Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name ruby bitnami/ruby:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Ruby in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Deprecation Note (2022-01-21) The prod tags has been removed; from now on just the regular container images will be released. Deprecation Note (2020-08-18) The formatting convention for prod tags has been changed: - BRANCH-debian-10-prod is now tagged as BRANCH-prod-debian-10 - VERSION-debian-10-rX-prod is now tagged as VERSION-prod-debian-10-rX - latest-prod is now deprecated Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Ruby Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/ruby:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/ruby:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Ruby REPL (irb), where you can interactively test and try things out in Ruby. docker run -it --name ruby bitnami/ruby:latest Further Reading: - Ruby IRB Documentation Configuration Running your Ruby script The default work directory for the Ruby image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Ruby script, and run it normally using the ruby command. docker run -it --name ruby -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/ruby:latest \ ruby script.rb Running a Ruby app with gems If your Ruby app has a Gemfile defining your app's dependencies and start script, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name ruby -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/ruby:latest \ sh -c "bundle install && ruby script.rb" or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: ruby: ... command: "sh -c 'bundle install && ruby script.rb'" volumes: - .:/app ... Further Reading: - rubygems.org - bundler.io Accessing a Ruby app running a web server This image exposes port 3000 in the container, so you should ensure that your web server is binding to port 3000, as well as listening on 0.0.0.0 to accept remote connections from your host. Below is an example of a Sinatra app listening to remote connections on port 3000: require 'sinatra' set :bind, '0.0.0.0' set :port, 3000 get '/hi' do "Hello World!" end To access your web server from your host machine you can ask Docker to map a random port on your host to port 3000 inside the container. docker run -it --name ruby -P bitnami/ruby:latest Run docker port to determine the random port Docker assigned. $ docker port ruby 3000/tcp -> 0.0.0.0:32769 You can also manually specify the port you want forwarded from your host to the container. docker run -it --name ruby -p 8080:3000 bitnami/ruby:latest Access your web server in the browser by navigating to http://localhost:8080. Connecting to other containers If you want to connect to your Ruby web server inside another container, you can use docker networking to create a network and attach all the containers to that network. Serving your Ruby app through an nginx frontend We may want to make our Ruby web server only accessible via an nginx web server. Doing so will allow us to setup more complex configuration, serve static assets using nginx, load balance to different Ruby instances, etc. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge or using Docker Compose: version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge Step 2: Create a virtual host Let's create an nginx virtual host to reverse proxy to our Ruby container. server { listen 0.0.0.0:80; server_name yourapp.com; location / { proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header HOST $http_host; proxy_set_header X-NginX-Proxy true; # proxy_pass http://[your_ruby_container_link_alias]:3000; proxy_pass http://myapp:3000; proxy_redirect off; } } Notice we've substituted the link alias name myapp, we will use the same name when creating the container. Copy the virtual host above, saving the file somewhere on your host. We will mount it as a volume in our nginx container. Step 3: Run the Ruby image with a specific name docker run -it --name myapp \ --network app-tier \ -v /path/to/app:/app \ bitnami/ruby:latest ruby script.rb or using Docker Compose: version: '2' myapp: image: bitnami/ruby:latest command: ruby script.rb networks: - app-tier volumes: - .:/app Step 4: Run the nginx image docker run -it \ -v /path/to/vhost.conf:/bitnami/nginx/conf/vhosts/yourapp.conf \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/nginx:latest or using Docker Compose: version: '2' nginx: image: bitnami/nginx:latest networks: - app-tier volumes: - /path/to/vhost.conf:/bitnami/nginx/conf/vhosts/yourapp.conf Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Ruby, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/ruby:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/ruby:latest. Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v ruby or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v ruby Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name ruby bitnami/ruby:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up ruby Notable Changes 2.3.1-r0 (2016-05-11) - Commands are now executed as the root user. Use the --user argument to switch to another user or change to the required user using sudo to launch applications. Alternatively, as of Docker 1.10 User Namespaces are supported by the docker daemon. Refer to the daemon user namespace options for more details. 2.2.3-0-r02 (2015-09-30) - /app directory no longer exported as a volume. This caused problems when building on top of the image, since changes in the volume were not persisted between RUN commands. To keep the previous behavior (so that you can mount the volume in another container), create the container with the -v /app option. 2.2.3-0-r01 (2015-08-26) - Permissions fixed so bitnami user can install gems without needing sudo. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / rust: README

Bitnami package for Rust What is Rust? Rust is a modern systems programming language focusing on safety, speed, and concurrency. Overview of Rust Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name rust bitnami/rust:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Rust in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Rust Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rust:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/rust:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute rust help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name rust bitnami/rust:latest help Check the official Rust documentation for more information about configuration options. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / schema-registry: README

Bitnami package for Confluent Schema Registry What is Confluent Schema Registry? Confluent Schema Registry provides a RESTful interface by adding a serving layer for your metadata on top of Kafka. It expands Kafka enabling support for Apache Avro, JSON, and Protobuf schemas. Overview of Confluent Schema Registry Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name schema-registry bitnami/schema-registry:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Confluent Schema Registry in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami schema-registry Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/schema-registry:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/schema-registry:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------| | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Directory for including custom configuration files (that override the default generated ones) | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_VOLUME_DIR}/etc | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_BROKERS | List of Kafka brokers to connect to. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_ADVERTISED_HOSTNAME | Advertised hostname in ZooKeeper. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD | Password to access the keystore. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_KEY_PASSWORD | Password to be able to used ssl secured kafka broker with SR | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD | Password to access the truststore. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_SASL_USER | SASL user to authenticate with Kafka. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_SASL_PASSWORD | SASL password to authenticate with Kafka. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LISTENERS | Comma-separated list of listeners that listen for API requests over either HTTP or HTTPS. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD | Password to access the SSL keystore. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_KEY_PASSWORD | Password to access the SSL key. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD | Password to access the SSL truststore. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_ENDPOINT_IDENTIFICATION_ALGORITHM | Endpoint identification algorithm to validate the server hostname using the server certificate. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION | Client authentication configuration. Valid options: none, requested, over required. | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_AVRO_COMPATIBILY_LEVEL | The Avro compatibility type. Valid options: none, backward, backward_transitive, forward, forward_transitive, full, or full_transitive | nil | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DEBUG | Enable Schema Registry debug logs. Valid options: true or false | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-----------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------| | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR | Base path for SCHEMA REGISTRY files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/schema-registry | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_VOLUME_DIR | SCHEMA REGISTRY directory for persisted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/schema-registry | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BIN_DIR | SCHEMA REGISTRY certificates directory. | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR}/bin | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CERTS_DIR | SCHEMA REGISTRY certificates directory. | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR}/certs | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CONF_DIR | SCHEMA REGISTRY configuration directory. | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR}/etc | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | SCHEMA REGISTRY configuration directory. | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR}/etc.default | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LOGS_DIR | SCHEMA REGISTRY logs directory. | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CONF_FILE | Main SCHEMA REGISTRY configuration file. | ${SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CONF_DIR}/schema-registry/schema-registry.properties | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the SCHEMA REGISTRY Server process. | schema-registry | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the SCHEMA REGISTRY Server process. | schema-registry | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DEFAULT_LISTENERS | Comma-separated list of listeners that listen for API requests over either HTTP or HTTPS. | http://0.0.0.0:8081 | | SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DEFAULT_KAFKA_BROKERS | List of Kafka brokers to connect to. | PLAINTEXT://localhost:9092 | When you start the Confluent Schema Registry image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. Please note that some variables are only considered when the container is started for the first time. If you want to add a new environment variable: - For docker-compose add the variable name and value under the application section in the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: schema-registry: ... environment: - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DEBUG=true ... - For manual execution add a --env option with each variable and value: $ docker run -d --name schema-registry -p 8081:8081 \ --env SCHEMA_REGISTRY_DEBUG=true \ --network schema-registry-tier \ --volume /path/to/schema-registry-persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/schema-registry:latest Kafka settings Please check the configuration settings for the Kakfa service in the Kafka's README file. Zookeeper settings Please check the configuration settings for the Kakfa service in the Zookeeper's README file. Security The Schema Registry container can be setup to serve clients securely via TLS. To do so, specify the listener protocol as https in the SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LISTENERS environment variable (e.g. SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LISTENERS=http://0.0.0.0:8081,https://0.0.0.0:8082). The keystore and trustore must be mounted in the /opt/bitnami/schema-registry/certs directory as ssl.keystore.jks and ssl.truststore.jks respectively. Currently, only JKS formats are supported. Note that the environment variables SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_KEYSTORE_LOCATION or SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_LOCATION will not override the expected location or file names. Please follow the instructions provided or you will get this error at startup: ERROR ==> In order to configure HTTPS access, you must mount your ssl.keystore.jks (and optionally the ssl.truststore.jks) to the /opt/bitnami/schema-registry/certs directory. Here is a docker-compose.yml example that exposes a TLS listener on port 8082: schema-registry: image: bitnami/schema-registry ports: - "8081:8081" - "8082:8082" depends_on: - kafka environment: - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_KAFKA_BROKERS=PLAINTEXT://kafka:9092 - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_HOST_NAME=schema-registry - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_LISTENERS=http://0.0.0.0:8081,https://0.0.0.0:8082 - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD=keystore - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD=keystore - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_SSL_ENDPOINT_IDENTIFICATION_ALGORITHM=none - SCHEMA_REGISTRY_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION=REQUESTED volumes: - ./keystore.jks:/opt/bitnami/schema-registry/certs/keystore.jks:ro - ./truststore.jks:/opt/bitnami/schema-registry/certs/truststore.jks:ro Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / sealed-secrets-controller: README

Bitnami package for Sealed Secrets What is Sealed Secrets? Sealed Secrets are "one-way" encrypted K8s Secrets that can be created by anyone, but can only be decrypted by the controller running in the target cluster recovering the original object. Overview of Sealed Secrets TL;DR docker run --name sealed-secrets bitnami/sealed-secrets:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Sealed Secrets in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami sealed-secrets Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/sealed-secrets:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/sealed-secrets:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kubeseal --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name sealed-secrets bitnami/sealed-secrets:latest -- kubeseal --version Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / sealed-secrets-kubeseal: README

Bitnami package for Kubeseal (Sealed Secrets) What is Kubeseal (Sealed Secrets)? Kubeseal is a CLI utility that uses asymmetric cryptography to encrypt secrets that only the Sealed Secrets controller can decrypt. Overview of Kubeseal (Sealed Secrets) TL;DR docker run --name sealed-secrets-kubeseal bitnami/sealed-secrets-kubeseal:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Kubeseal (Sealed Secrets) in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Kubeseal (Sealed Secrets) Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/sealed-secrets-kubeseal:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/sealed-secrets-kubeseal:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute kubeseal --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name sealed-secrets-kubeseal bitnami/sealed-secrets-kubeseal:latest -- kubeseal --version Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / seaweedfs: README

Bitnami package for SeaweedFS What is SeaweedFS? SeaweedFS is a simple and highly scalable distributed file system. Overview of SeaweedFS Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name seaweedfs bitnami/seaweedfs:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use SeaweedFS in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami SeaweedFS Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/seaweedfs:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/seaweedfs:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run. In this container the entrypoint is the weed binary, if you want to execute weed help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name seaweedfs bitnami/seaweedfs:latest help Check the official SeaweedFS documentation for more information. Notable Changes Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / solr: README

Bitnami package for Apache Solr What is Apache Solr? Apache Solr is an extremely powerful, open source enterprise search platform built on Apache Lucene. It is highly reliable and flexible, scalable, and designed to add value very quickly after launch. Overview of Apache Solr Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name solr bitnami/solr:latest You can find the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache Solr in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami solr Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/solr:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/solr:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your application If you remove the container all your data and configurations will be lost, and the next time you run the image the database will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a volume at the /bitnami path. The above examples define a docker volume namely solr_data. The Solr application state will persist as long as this volume is not removed. To avoid inadvertent removal of this volume you can mount host directories as data volumes. Alternatively you can make use of volume plugins to host the volume data. docker run -v /path/to/solr-persistence:/bitnami bitnami/solr:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: solr: ... volumes: - /path/to/solr-persistence:/bitnami ... NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a Solr server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create solr-network --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the solr container within your network Use the --network <NETWORK> argument to the docker run command to attach the container to the solr-network network. docker run --name solr-node1 --network solr-network bitnami/solr:latest Step 3: Run another containers We can launch another containers using the same flag (--network NETWORK) in the docker run command. If you also set a name to your container, you will be able to use it as hostname in your network. Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named solr-network. version: '2' networks: solr-network: driver: bridge services: solr-node1: image: bitnami/solr:latest networks: - solr-network ports: - '8983:8983' solr-node2: image: bitnami/solr:latest networks: - solr-network ports: - '8984:8984' Then, launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------| | SOLR_ENABLE_CLOUD_MODE | Starts solr in cloud mode | no | | SOLR_NUMBER_OF_NODES | Number of nodes of the solr cloud cluster | 1 | | SOLR_HOST | Solr Host name | nil | | SOLR_JETTY_HOST | Configuration to listen on a specific IP address or host name | 0.0.0.0 | | SOLR_HEAP | Solr Heap | nil | | SOLR_SECURITY_MANAGER_ENABLED | Solr Java security manager | false | | SOLR_JAVA_MEM | Solr JVM memory | -Xms512m -Xmx512m | | SOLR_PORT_NUMBER | Solr port number | 8983 | | SOLR_CORES | Solr CORE name | nil | | SOLR_COLLECTION | Solr COLLECTION name | nil | | SOLR_COLLECTION_REPLICAS | Solar collection replicas | 1 | | SOLR_COLLECTION_SHARDS | Solar collection shards | 1 | | SOLR_ENABLE_AUTHENTICATION | Enables authentication | no | | SOLR_ADMIN_USERNAME | Administrator Username | admin | | SOLR_ADMIN_PASSWORD | Administrator password | bitnami | | SOLR_CLOUD_BOOTSTRAP | Indicates if this node is the one that performs the boostraping | no | | SOLR_CORE_CONF_DIR | Solar CORE configuration directory | ${SOLR_SERVER_DIR}/solr/configsets/_default/conf | | SOLR_SSL_ENABLED | Indicates if Solr starts with SSL enabled | no | | SOLR_SSL_CHECK_PEER_NAME | Indicates if Solr should check the peer names | false | | SOLR_ZK_MAX_RETRIES | Maximum retries when waiting for zookeeper configuration operations to finish | 5 | | SOLR_ZK_SLEEP_TIME | Sleep time when waiting for zookeeper configuration operations to finish | 5 | | SOLR_ZK_CHROOT | ZooKeeper ZNode chroot where to store solr data. Default: /solr | /solr | | SOLR_ZK_HOSTS | ZooKeeper nodes (comma-separated list of host:port) | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------|----------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR | Directory where to mount volumes. | /bitnami | | SOLR_BASE_DIR | Solr installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/solr | | SOLR_JAVA_HOME | JAVA installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/java | | SOLR_BIN_DIR | Solr directory for binary executables. | ${SOLR_BASE_DIR}/bin | | SOLR_TMP_DIR | Solr directory for temp files. | ${SOLR_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | SOLR_PID_DIR | Solr directory for PID files. | ${SOLR_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | SOLR_LOGS_DIR | Solr directory for logs files. | ${SOLR_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SOLR_SERVER_DIR | Solr directory for server files. | ${SOLR_BASE_DIR}/server | | SOLR_VOLUME_DIR | Solr persistence directory. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/solr | | SOLR_DATA_TO_PERSIST | Solr data to persist. | server/solr | | SOLR_PID_FILE | Solr PID file | ${SOLR_PID_DIR}/solr-${SOLR_PORT_NUMBER}.pid | | SOLR_DAEMON_USER | Solr system user | solr | | SOLR_DAEMON_GROUP | Solr system group | solr | When you start the solr image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. Specifying Environment Variables using Docker Compose This requires a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: solr: ... environment: - SOLR_CORES=my_core ... Specifying Environment Variables on the Docker command line docker run -d -e SOLR_CORES=my_core --name solr bitnami/solr:latest Using your Apache Solr Cores configuration files In order to load your own configuration files, you will have to make them available to the container. You can do it mounting a volume in the desired location and setting the environment variable with the customized value (as it is pointed above, the default value is data_driven_schema_configs). Using Docker Compose This requires a minor change to the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: solr: ... environment: - SOLR_CORE_CONF_DIR=/container/path/to/your/confDir volumes: - '/local/path/to/your/confDir:/container/path/to/your/confDir' ... Logging The Bitnami solr Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs solr or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs solr You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of solr, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/solr:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/solr:latest. Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop solr or using Docker Compose: docker-compose stop solr Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/solr-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/solr-persistence /path/to/solr-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v solr or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v solr Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name solr bitnami/solr:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up solr Notable Changes 8.11.3-debian-12-r2 and 9.5.0-debian-12-r7 - Remove HDFS modules due to CVEs 8.8.0-debian-10-r11 - Adds SSL support. 8.8.0-debian-10-r9 - The Solr container initialization logic has been moved to Bash scripts. - The size of the container image has been decreased. - Added the support for cloud mode. - Added support for authentication and admin user creation. - Data migration for the upgrades. If you are running an older version of this container, run this version as user root and it will migrate your current data. 7.4.0-r23 - The Solr container has been migrated to a non-root user approach. Previously the container ran as the root user and the Solr daemon was started as the solr user. From now on, both the container and the Solr daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the data directory must be writable by that user. You can revert this behavior by changing USER 1001 to USER root in the Dockerfile. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / spark: README

Bitnami package for Apache Spark What is Apache Spark? Apache Spark is a high-performance engine for large-scale computing tasks, such as data processing, machine learning and real-time data streaming. It includes APIs for Java, Python, Scala and R. Overview of Apache Spark Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Docker Compose docker run --name spark bitnami/spark:latest You can find the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Apache Spark in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Apache Spark in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Apache Spark Chart GitHub repository. Bitnami containers can be used with Kubeapps for deployment and management of Helm Charts in clusters. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Apache Spark Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spark:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spark:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | SPARK_MODE | Spark cluster mode to run (can be master or worker). | master | | SPARK_MASTER_URL | Url where the worker can find the master. Only needed when spark mode is worker. | spark://spark-master:7077 | | SPARK_NO_DAEMONIZE | Spark does not run as a daemon. | true | | SPARK_RPC_AUTHENTICATION_ENABLED | Enable RPC authentication. | no | | SPARK_RPC_AUTHENTICATION_SECRET | The secret key used for RPC authentication. | nil | | SPARK_RPC_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED | Enable RPC encryption. | no | | SPARK_LOCAL_STORAGE_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED | Enable local storage encryption. | no | | SPARK_SSL_ENABLED | Enable SSL configuration. | no | | SPARK_SSL_KEY_PASSWORD | The password to the private key in the key store. | nil | | SPARK_SSL_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD | The password for the key store. | nil | | SPARK_SSL_KEYSTORE_FILE | Location of the key store. | ${SPARK_CONF_DIR}/certs/spark-keystore.jks | | SPARK_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD | The password for the trust store. | nil | | SPARK_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_FILE | Location of the key store. | ${SPARK_CONF_DIR}/certs/spark-truststore.jks | | SPARK_SSL_NEED_CLIENT_AUTH | Whether to require client authentication. | yes | | SPARK_SSL_PROTOCOL | TLS protocol to use. | TLSv1.2 | | SPARK_WEBUI_SSL_PORT | Spark management server port number for SSL/TLS connections. | nil | | SPARK_METRICS_ENABLED | Whether to enable metrics for Spark. | false | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------|----------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------| | SPARK_BASE_DIR | Spark installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/spark | | SPARK_CONF_DIR | Spark configuration directory. | ${SPARK_BASE_DIR}/conf | | SPARK_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Spark default configuration directory. | ${SPARK_BASE_DIR}/conf.default | | SPARK_WORK_DIR | Spark workspace directory. | ${SPARK_BASE_DIR}/work | | SPARK_CONF_FILE | Spark configuration file path. | ${SPARK_CONF_DIR}/spark-defaults.conf | | SPARK_LOG_DIR | Spark logs directory. | ${SPARK_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SPARK_TMP_DIR | Spark tmp directory. | ${SPARK_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | SPARK_JARS_DIR | Spark jar directory. | ${SPARK_BASE_DIR}/jars | | SPARK_INITSCRIPTS_DIR | Spark init scripts directory. | /docker-entrypoint-initdb.d | | SPARK_USER | Spark user. | spark | | SPARK_DAEMON_USER | Spark system user. | spark | | SPARK_DAEMON_GROUP | Spark system group. | spark | Additionally, more environment variables natively supported by Apache Spark can be found at the official documentation. For example, you could still use SPARK_WORKER_CORES or SPARK_WORKER_MEMORY to configure the number of cores and the amount of memory to be used by a worker machine. When you start the spark image, you can adjust the configuration of the instance by passing one or more environment variables either on the docker-compose file or on the docker run command line. If you want to add a new environment variable: - For docker-compose add the variable name and value under the application section in the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: spark: ... environment: - SPARK_MODE=master ... - For manual execution add a -e option with each variable and value: docker run -d --name spark \ --network=spark_network \ -e SPARK_MODE=master \ bitnami/spark Security The Bitnani Apache Spark docker image supports enabling RPC authentication, RPC encryption and local storage encryption easily using the following env vars in all the nodes of the cluster. + SPARK_RPC_AUTHENTICATION_ENABLED=yes + SPARK_RPC_AUTHENTICATION_SECRET=RPC_AUTHENTICATION_SECRET + SPARK_RPC_ENCRYPTION=yes + SPARK_LOCAL_STORAGE_ENCRYPTION=yes Please note that RPC_AUTHENTICATION_SECRET is a placeholder that needs to be updated with a correct value. Be also aware that currently is not possible to submit an application to a standalone cluster if RPC authentication is configured. More info about the issue here. Additionally, SSL configuration can be easily activated following the next steps: 1. Enable SSL configuration by setting the following env vars: + SPARK_SSL_ENABLED=yes + SPARK_SSL_KEY_PASSWORD=KEY_PASSWORD + SPARK_SSL_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD=KEYSTORE_PASSWORD + SPARK_SSL_TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD=TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD + SPARK_SSL_NEED_CLIENT_AUTH=yes + SPARK_SSL_PROTOCOL=TLSv1.2 Please note that KEY_PASSWORD, KEYSTORE_PASSWORD, and TRUSTSTORE_PASSWORD are placeholders that needs to be updated with a correct value. 2. You need to mount your spark keystore and truststore files to /opt/bitnami/spark/conf/certs. Please note they should be called spark-keystore.jks and spark-truststore.jks and they should be in JKS format. Setting up an Apache Spark Cluster A Apache Spark cluster can easily be setup with the default docker-compose.yml file from the root of this repo. The docker-compose includes two different services, spark-master and spark-worker. By default, when you deploy the docker-compose file you will get an Apache Spark cluster with 1 master and 1 worker. If you want N workers, all you need to do is start the docker-compose deployment with the following command: docker-compose up --scale spark-worker=3 Mount a custom configuration file The image looks for configuration in the conf/ directory of /opt/bitnami/spark. Using docker-compose ... volumes: - /path/to/spark-defaults.conf:/opt/bitnami/spark/conf/spark-defaults.conf ... Using the command line docker run --name spark -v /path/to/spark-defaults.conf:/opt/bitnami/spark/conf/spark-defaults.conf bitnami/spark:latest After that, your changes will be taken into account in the server's behaviour. Installing additional jars By default, this container bundles a generic set of jar files but the default image can be extended to add as many jars as needed for your specific use case. For instance, the following Dockerfile adds aws-java-sdk-bundle-1.11.704.jar: FROM bitnami/spark USER root RUN install_packages curl USER 1001 RUN curl https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/com/amazonaws/aws-java-sdk-bundle/1.11.704/aws-java-sdk-bundle-1.11.704.jar --output /opt/bitnami/spark/jars/aws-java-sdk-bundle-1.11.704.jar Using a different version of Hadoop jars In a similar way that in the previous section, you may want to use a different version of Hadoop jars. Go to https://spark.apache.org/downloads.html and copy the download url bundling the Hadoop version you want and matching the Apache Spark version of the container. Extend the Bitnami container image as below: FROM bitnami/spark:3.5.0 USER root RUN install_packages curl USER 1001 RUN rm -r /opt/bitnami/spark/jars && \ curl --location https://dlcdn.apache.org/spark/spark-3.5.0/spark-3.5.0-bin-hadoop3.tgz | \ tar --extract --gzip --strip=1 --directory /opt/bitnami/spark/ spark-3.5.0-bin-hadoop3/jars/ You can check the Hadoop version by running the following commands in the new container image: $ pyspark >>> sc._gateway.jvm.org.apache.hadoop.util.VersionInfo.getVersion() '2.7.4' Logging The Bitnami Apache Spark Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs spark or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs spark You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Backing up your container To backup your data, configuration and logs, follow these simple steps: Step 1: Stop the currently running container docker stop spark or using Docker Compose: docker-compose stop spark Step 2: Run the backup command We need to mount two volumes in a container we will use to create the backup: a directory on your host to store the backup in, and the volumes from the container we just stopped so we can access the data. docker run --rm -v /path/to/spark-backups:/backups --volumes-from spark busybox \ cp -a /bitnami/spark /backups/latest or using Docker Compose: docker run --rm -v /path/to/spark-backups:/backups --volumes-from `docker-compose ps -q spark` busybox \ cp -a /bitnami/spark /backups/latest Restoring a backup Restoring a backup is as simple as mounting the backup as volumes in the container. docker run -v /path/to/spark-backups/latest:/bitnami/spark bitnami/spark:latest or by modifying the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: spark: ... volumes: - /path/to/spark-backups/latest:/bitnami/spark ... Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of spark, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/spark:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/spark:latest. Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Before continuing, you should backup your container's data, configuration and logs. Follow the steps on creating a backup. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v spark or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v spark Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name spark bitnami/spark:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose up spark Notable Changes 3.0.0-debian-10-r44 - The container image was updated to use Hadoop 3.2.x. If you want to use a different version, please read Using a different version of Hadoop jars. 2.4.5-debian-10-r49 - This image now has an aws-cli and two jars: hadoop-aws and aws-java-sdk for provide an easier way to use AWS. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / spring-cloud-dataflow: README

Bitnami package for Spring Cloud Data Flow What is Spring Cloud Data Flow? Spring Cloud Data Flow is a microservices-based toolkit for building streaming and batch data processing pipelines in Cloud Foundry and Kubernetes. Overview of Spring Cloud Data Flow TL;DR docker run --name spring-cloud-dataflow bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Spring Cloud Data Flow in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Data Flow in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Spring Cloud Data Flow Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami spring-cloud-dataflow Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | SERVER_PORT | Custom port number to use for the SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW Server service. | nil | | SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_ENABLED | Whether to load config using Spring Cloud Config Servie. | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_KUBERNETES_SECRETS_ENABLE_API | Whether to load config using Kubernetes API. | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_NAME | Name of the ConfigMap that contains the configuration. | nil | | SPRING_CLOUD_KUBERNETES_SECRETS_PATHS | Paths where the secrets are going to be mount. | nil | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_FEATURES_STREAMS_ENABLED | Whether enable stream feature in dataflow. It need SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CLIENT_SERVER_URI | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_FEATURES_TASKS_ENABLED | Whether enable tasks feature in dataflow. It need SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CLIENT_SERVER_URI | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_FEATURES_SCHEDULES_ENABLED | Whether enable schedules feature in dataflow. It need SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CLIENT_SERVER_URI | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CLIENT_SERVER_URI | Skipper server URI | nil | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_TASK_COMPOSEDTASKRUNNER_URI | Workaround for https://github.com/spring-cloud/spring-cloud-dataflow/issues/5072 | maven://org.springframework.cloud:spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner:${APP_VERSION:-} | | JAVA_OPTS | JVM options | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |--------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------| | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_BASE_DIR | Base path for SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/spring-cloud-dataflow | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_VOLUME_DIR | SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW directory for persisted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/spring-cloud-dataflow | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_CONF_DIR | SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW configuration directory. | ${SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_BASE_DIR}/conf | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_CONF_FILE | Main SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW configuration file. | ${SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_CONF_DIR}/application.yml | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_M2_DIR | SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW maven root dir. | /.m2 | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW Server process. | dataflow | | SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the SPRING CLOUD DATAFLOW Server process. | dataflow | Configuring database A relational database is used to store stream and task definitions as well as the state of executed tasks. Spring Cloud Data Flow provides schemas for H2, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, Db2, and SQL Server. Use the following environment to configure the connection. - SPRING_DATASOURCE_URL=jdbc:mariadb://mariadb-dataflow:3306/dataflow?useMysqlMetadata=true - SPRING_DATASOURCE_USERNAME=bn_dataflow - SPRING_DATASOURCE_PASSWORD=bn_dataflow - SPRING_DATASOURCE_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME=org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver Configuring additional features Spring Cloud Data Flow Server offers specific set of features that can be enabled/disabled when launching. - SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_FEATURES_STREAMS_ENABLED=true. If you enable streams, you will need to configure the stream platform, see Configuring stream platform. - SPRING_CLOUD_DATAFLOW_FEATURES_TASKS_ENABLED=true In the same way, you might need to customize the JVM. Use the JAVA_OPTS environment variable for this purpose. Configuring stream platform In order to deploy streams using data flow you will require Spring Cloud Skipper and one of the following messaging platforms. Please add the following environment variable to point to a different skipper endpoint. - SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CLIENT_SERVER_URI=http://spring-cloud-skipper:7577/api Using RabbitMQ - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.rabbitmq.host=rabbitmq - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.rabbitmq.port=5672 - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.rabbitmq.username=user - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.rabbitmq.password=bitnami Using Kafka - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.cloud.stream.kafka.binder.brokers=PLAINTEXT://kafka-broker:9092 - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.cloud.stream.kafka.streams.binder.brokers=PLAINTEXT://kafka-broker:9092 - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.cloud.stream.kafka.binder.zkNodes=zookeeper:2181 - spring.cloud.dataflow.applicationProperties.stream.spring.cloud.stream.kafka.streams.binder.zkNodes=zookeeper:2181 Consult the spring-cloud-dataflow Reference Documentation to find the completed list of documentation. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner: README

Bitnami package for SCDF Composed Task Runner What is SCDF Composed Task Runner? The Spring Cloud Composed Task Runner is a helper used by the Data Flow server to parse a directed graph DSL, launch the task definition specified in an instance, and check task completion status. Overview of SCDF Composed Task Runner TL;DR docker run --name spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use SCDF Composed Task Runner in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------|-------------|---------------| | JAVA_OPTS | JVM options | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------| | SCDF_COMPOSED_TASK_RUNNER_BASE_DIR | Base path for SCDF COMPOSED TASK RUNNER files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner | | SCDF_COMPOSED_TASK_RUNNER_M2_DIR | SCDF COMPOSED TASK RUNNER maven root dir. | /.m2 | | SCDF_COMPOSED_TASK_RUNNER_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the SCDF COMPOSED TASK RUNNER Server process. | dataflow | | SCDF_COMPOSED_TASK_RUNNER_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the SCDF COMPOSED TASK RUNNER Server process. | dataflow | Running commands To run tasks inside this container you can use docker run: docker run --rm --name spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-composed-task-runner:latest <runner_args> Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / spring-cloud-dataflow-shell: README

Bitnami package for Spring Cloud Data Flow Shell What is Spring Cloud Data Flow Shell? Spring Cloud Data Flow Shell is a tool for interacting with the Spring Cloud Data Flow server. Overview of Spring Cloud Data Flow Shell TL;DR docker run --name spring-cloud-dataflow-shell bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-shell:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Spring Cloud Data Flow Shell in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami spring-cloud-dataflow-shell Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-shell:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-shell:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute spring-cloud-dataflow-shell --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name spring-cloud-dataflow-shell bitnami/spring-cloud-dataflow-shell:latest --help Consult the spring-cloud-dataflow-shell Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / spring-cloud-skipper: README

Bitnami package for Spring Cloud Skipper What is Spring Cloud Skipper? A package manager that installs, upgrades, and rolls back Spring Boot applications on multiple Cloud Platforms. Skipper can be used as part of implementing the practice of Continuous Deployment. Overview of Spring Cloud Skipper TL;DR docker run --name spring-cloud-skipper bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Spring Cloud Skipper in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Skipper in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Spring Cloud Data Flow Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami spring-cloud-skipper Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |----------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------| | SERVER_PORT | Custom port number to use for the SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER Server service. | nil | | SPRING_CLOUD_CONFIG_ENABLED | Whether to load config using Spring Cloud Config Servie. | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_KUBERNETES_SECRETS_ENABLE_API | Whether to load config using Kubernetes API. | false | | SPRING_CLOUD_KUBERNETES_CONFIG_NAME | Name of the ConfigMap that contains the configuration. | nil | | SPRING_CLOUD_KUBERNETES_SECRETS_PATHS | Paths where the secrets are going to be mount. | nil | | JAVA_OPTS | JVM options | nil | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------| | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_BASE_DIR | Base path for SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER files. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/spring-cloud-skipper | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_VOLUME_DIR | SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER directory for persisted files. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/spring-cloud-skipper | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CONF_DIR | SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER configuration directory. | ${SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_BASE_DIR}/conf | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CONF_FILE | Main SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER configuration file. | ${SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_CONF_DIR}/application.yml | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_M2_DIR | SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER maven root dir. | /.m2 | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_DAEMON_USER | Users that will execute the SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER Server process. | dataflow | | SPRING_CLOUD_SKIPPER_DAEMON_GROUP | Group that will execute the SPRING CLOUD SKIPPER Server process. | dataflow | Configuring database A relational database is used to store stream and task definitions as well as the state of executed tasks. Spring Cloud Skipper provides schemas for H2, MySQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL, Db2, and SQL Server. Use the following environment to configure the connection. - SPRING_DATASOURCE_URL=jdbc:mariadb://mariadb-skipper:3306/skipper?useMysqlMetadata=true - SPRING_DATASOURCE_USERNAME=bn_skipper - SPRING_DATASOURCE_PASSWORD=bn_skipper - SPRING_DATASOURCE_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME=org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver Consult the spring-cloud-skipper Reference Documentation to find the completed list of documentation. In the same way, you might need to customize the JVM. Use the JAVA_OPTS environment variable for this purpose. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / spring-cloud-skipper-shell: README

Bitnami package for Spring Cloud Skipper Shell What is Spring Cloud Skipper Shell? Spring Cloud Skipper Shell is a tool for interacting with the Spring Cloud Data Skipper server. Overview of Spring Cloud Skipper Shell TL;DR docker run --name spring-cloud-skipper-shell bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper-shell:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Spring Cloud Skipper Shell in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami spring-cloud-skipper-shell Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper-shell:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper-shell:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute spring-cloud-skipper-shell --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name spring-cloud-skipper-shell bitnami/spring-cloud-skipper-shell:latest --help Consult the spring-cloud-skipper-shell Reference Documentation to find the completed list of commands available. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / supabase-postgres: README

Bitnami package for Supabase Postgres What is Supabase Postgres? Supabase Postgres is a component of Supabase. Supabase is an open source implementation of Firebase. Supabase Postgres is an unmodified PostgreSQL with the necessary plugins to work with Supabase. Overview of Supabase Postgres Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name supabase-postgres bitnami/supabase-postgres Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Supabase Postgres in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Supabase Postgres Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-postgres:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-postgres:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Supabase Postgres, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/supabase-postgres:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v supabase-postgres Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name supabase-postgres bitnami/supabase-postgres:latest Configuration This container is fully compatible with the bitnami/postgresql container. Read the bitnami/postgresql documentation for instructions on how to configure the container. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / supabase-postgres-meta: README

Bitnami package for Supabase postgres-meta What is Supabase postgres-meta? postgres-meta is a component of Supabase. Supabase is an open source implementation of Firebase. postgres-meta is a a scalable, light-weight object storage service. Overview of Supabase postgres-meta Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name supabase-postgres-meta bitnami/supabase-postgres-meta Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Supabase postgres-meta in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Supabase postgres-meta Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-postgres-meta:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-postgres-meta:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Supabase postgres-meta, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/supabase-postgres-meta:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v supabase-postgres-meta Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name supabase-postgres-meta bitnami/supabase-postgres-meta:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------|------------------------|------------------| | PG_META_DB_HOST | Database host | localhost | | PG_META_DB_PORT | Database port number | 5432 | | PG_META_DB_NAME | Database name | postgres | | PG_META_DB_USER | Database user username | supabase_admin | | PG_META_DB_PASSWORD | Database password | nil | | PG_META_DB_SSL_MODE | Database SSL mode | disable | | PG_META_PORT | Service Port | 9600 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------| | SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_BASE_DIR | Supabase-postgres-meta installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/supabase-postgres-meta | | SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_LOGS_DIR | Directory where Supabase-postgres-meta logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_LOG_FILE | Directory where Supabase-postgres-meta logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_LOGS_DIR}/supabase-postgres-meta.log | | SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_BIN_DIR | Supabase-postgres-meta directory for binary executables. | ${SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_BASE_DIR}/node_modules/.bin | | SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_DAEMON_USER | postgrest system user. | supabase | | SUPABASE_POSTGRES_META_DAEMON_GROUP | postgrest system group. | supabase | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute npm --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name supabase-postgres-meta bitnami/supabase-postgres-meta:latest --help Check the official Supabase postgres-meta documentation for more information about how to use Supabase postgres-meta. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / supabase-realtime: README

Bitnami package for Supabase Realtime What is Supabase Realtime? Supabase Realtime is a component of Supabase. Supabase is an open source implementation of Firebase. Supabase Realtime tracks and synchronizes changes in PostgreSQL instances using Websockets. Overview of Supabase Realtime Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name supabase-realtime bitnami/supabase-realtime Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Supabase Realtime in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Supabase Realtime Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-realtime:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-realtime:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Supabase Realtime, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/supabase-realtime:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v supabase-realtime Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name supabase-realtime bitnami/supabase-realtime:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------|---------------------------------|-------------------------| | DB_HOST | Database host | localhost | | DB_PORT | Database port number | 5432 | | DB_NAME | Database name | postgres | | DB_USER | Database user username | postgres | | DB_PASSWORD | Database password | nil | | DB_SSL | Database SSL connection enabled | disable | | API_JWT_SECRET | API Secret | nil | | SECRET_KEY_BASE | Key Base Secret | nil | | PORT | Service Port | 9500 | | APP_NAME | App Name | realtime | | ERL_AFLAGS | Flags | -proto_dist inet_tcp | | REPLICATION_MODE | Replication Mode | RLS | | REPLICATION_POLL_INTERVAL | Replication pool interval | 100 | | SECURE_CHANNELS | Secure channels | true | | SLOT_NAME | Slot name | supabase_realtime_rls | | TEMPORARY_SLOT | Temporary Slot | true | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |----------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------| | SUPABASE_REALTIME_BASE_DIR | Supabase-realtime installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/supabase-realtime | | SUPABASE_REALTIME_LOGS_DIR | Directory where Supabase-realtime logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_REALTIME_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SUPABASE_REALTIME_LOG_FILE | Directory where Supabase-realtime logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_REALTIME_LOGS_DIR}/supabase-realtime.log | | SUPABASE_REALTIME_BIN_DIR | Supabase-realtime directory for binary executables. | ${SUPABASE_REALTIME_BASE_DIR}/bin | | SUPABASE_REALTIME_DAEMON_USER | postgrest system user. | supabase | | SUPABASE_REALTIME_DAEMON_GROUP | postgrest system group. | supabase | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute supabase-realtime --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name supabase-realtime bitnami/supabase-realtime:latest --help Check the official Supabase Realtime documentation for more information about how to use Supabase Realtime. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / supabase-storage: README

Bitnami package for Supabase Storage What is Supabase Storage? supabase-storage is a component of Supabase. Supabase is an open source implementation of Firebase. supabase-storage is a RESTful API for managing the PostgreSQL database. Overview of Supabase Storage Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name supabase-storage bitnami/supabase-storage Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Supabase Storage in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Supabase Storage Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-storage:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-storage:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Supabase Storage, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/supabase-storage:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v supabase-storage Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name supabase-storage bitnami/supabase-storage:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-----------------------------|------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------| | DB_HOST | Database host | localhost | | DB_PORT | Database port number | 5432 | | DB_NAME | Database name | postgres | | DB_USER | Database user username | postgres | | DB_PASSWORD | Database password | nil | | DATABASE_URL | Database url | postgresql://${DB_USER}:${DB_PASSWORD}@${DB_HOST}:${DB_PORT}/${DB_NAME} | | PGRST_JWT_SECRET | JWT key | nil | | ANON_KEY | Anon key | nil | | SERVICE_KEY | Service key | nil | | PORT | Service Port | 5000 | | POSTGREST_URL | Postgrest url | http://localhost:3000 | | PGOPTIONS | PG Options | -c search_path=storage,public | | FILE_SIZE_LIMIT | | 52428800 | | STORAGE_BACKEND | Backend for storage | file | | FILE_STORAGE_BACKEND_PATH | Storage backend path | /bitnami/supabase-storage | | TENANT_ID | Tenant ID | stub | | REGION | Region | stub | | GLOBAL_S3_BUCKET | Global S3 Bucket | stub | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------| | SUPABASE_STORAGE_BASE_DIR | Supabase-storage installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/supabase-storage | | SUPABASE_STORAGE_LOGS_DIR | Directory where Supabase-storage logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_STORAGE_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SUPABASE_STORAGE_LOG_FILE | Directory where Supabase-storage logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_STORAGE_LOGS_DIR}/supabase-storage.log | | SUPABASE_STORAGE_BIN_DIR | Supabase-storage directory for binary executables. | ${SUPABASE_STORAGE_BASE_DIR}/node_modules/.bin | | SUPABASE_STORAGE_DAEMON_USER | postgrest system user. | supabase | | SUPABASE_STORAGE_DAEMON_GROUP | postgrest system group. | supabase | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute supabase-storage --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name supabase-storage bitnami/supabase-storage:latest --help Check the official Supabase Storage documentation for more information about how to use Supabase Storage. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / supabase-studio: README

Bitnami package for Supabase What is Supabase? Supabase is an open source Firebase alternative. Provides all the necessary backend features to build your application in a scalable way. Uses PostgreSQL as datastore. Overview of Supabase Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name supabase-studio bitnami/supabase-studio Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Supabase in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Supabase Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-studio:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/supabase-studio:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Supabase, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/supabase-studio:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v supabase-studio Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name supabase-studio bitnami/supabase-studio:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------|-------------------------------|---------------------------------------| | SUPABASE_ANON_KEY_FILENAME | Supabase anon key filename | ${SUPABASE_SECRETS_DIR}/anon-key | | SUPABASE_SERVICE_KEY_FILENAME | Supabase service key filename | ${SUPABASE_SECRETS_DIR}/service-key | | SUPABASE_SECRET_KEY_FILENAME | Supabase admin key filename | ${SUPABASE_SECRETS_DIR}/secret | | SUPABASE_ANON_KEY | Supabase anon key | nil | | SUPABASE_SERVICE_KEY | Supabase service key | nil | | SUPABASE_SECRET_KEY | Supabase admin key | nil | | PORT | Supabase service port | 4000 | | SUPABASE_PUBLIC_URL | Supabase public urli | http://localhost:8000 | | STUDIO_PG_META_URL | Supabase PG Meta URL | http://localhost:8000/pg | | SUPABASE_URL | Supabase URL | http://localhost:8000/ | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------|-------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------| | SUPABASE_BASE_DIR | Supabase installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/supabase | | SUPABASE_LOGS_DIR | Directory where Supabas logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_BASE_DIR}/logs | | SUPABASE_LOG_FILE | Directory where Supabase logs are stored. | ${SUPABASE_LOGS_DIR}/supabase.log | | SUPABASE_BIN_DIR | Supabase directory for binary files. | ${SUPABASE_BASE_DIR}/bin | | SUPABASE_DAEMON_USER | postgrest system user. | supabase | | SUPABASE_DAEMON_GROUP | postgrest system group. | supabase | Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute supabase-studio --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name supabase-studio bitnami/supabase-studio:latest --help Check the official Supabase documentation for more information about how to use Supabase. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / telegraf: README

Bitnami package for Telegraf ™ What is Telegraf ™? Telegraf is a server agent for collecting and sending metrics and events from databases, systems, and IoT sensors. It is easily extendable with plugins for collection and output of data operations. Overview of Telegraf ™ Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name telegraf bitnami/telegraf:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Telegraf ™ in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami telegraf Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/telegraf:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/telegraf:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute telegraf --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name telegraf bitnami/telegraf:latest -- telegraf --version Check the official Telegraf documentation for a list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / tensorflow: README

Bitnami package for Tensorflow What is Tensorflow? TensorFlow is an open-source machine learning framework for Python. It enables efficient computation and manipulation of multi-dimensional arrays for building and training machine learning models. Overview of Tensorflow Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name tensorflow bitnami/tensorflow Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Tensorflow in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Tensorflow Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/tensorflow:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/tensorflow:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Entering the REPL By default, running this image will drop you into the Python REPL, where you can interactively test and try things out with Tensorflow in Python. docker run -it --name tensorflow bitnami/tensorflow Configuration Running your Tensorflow app The default work directory for the Tensorflow image is /app. You can mount a folder from your host here that includes your Tensorflow script, and run it normally using the python command. docker run -it --name tensorflow -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/tensorflow \ python script.py Running a Tensorflow app with package dependencies If your Tensorflow app has a requirements.txt defining your app's dependencies, you can install the dependencies before running your app. docker run -it --name tensorflow -v /path/to/app:/app bitnami/tensorflow \ sh -c "pip install -r requirements.txt && python script.py" Further Reading: - tensorflow documentation Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Tensorflow, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/tensorflow:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v tensorflow Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name tensorflow bitnami/tensorflow:latest Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / tensorflow-resnet: README

Bitnami package for TensorFlow ResNet What is TensorFlow ResNet? TensorFlow ResNet is a client utility for use with TensorFlow Serving and ResNet models. Overview of TensorFlow ResNet Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR Before running the docker image you first need to download the ResNet model training checkpoint so it will be available for the TensorFlow Serving server. mkdir -p /tmp/model-data/1 cd /tmp/model-data curl -o resnet_50_classification_1.tar.gz https://storage.googleapis.com/tfhub-modules/tensorflow/resnet_50/classification/1.tar.gz tar xzf resnet_50_classification_1.tar.gz -C 1 Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use TensorFlow ResNet in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Prerequisites To run this application you need Docker Engine 1.10.0. How to use this image Run TensorFlow ResNet client with TensorFlow Serving Running TensorFlow ResNet client with the TensorFlow Serving server is the recommended way. Run the application manually 1. Create a new network for the application and the database: docker network create tensorflow-tier 2. Start a Tensorflow Serving server in the network generated: docker run -d -v /tmp/model-data:/bitnami/model-data -e TENSORFLOW_SERVING_MODEL_NAME=resnet -p 8500:8500 -p 8501:8501 --name tensorflow-serving --net tensorflow-tier bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest Note: You need to give the container a name in order to TensorFlow ResNet client to resolve the host 3. Run the TensorFlow ResNet client container: docker run -d -v /tmp/model-data:/bitnami/model-data --name tensorflow-resnet --net tensorflow-tier bitnami/tensorflow-resnet:latest Upgrade this application Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Tensorflow-Serving and TensorFlow ResNet client, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. We will cover here the upgrade of the TensorFlow ResNet client container. For the Tensorflow-Serving upgrade see https://github.com/bitnami/containers/tree/main/bitnami/tensorflow-serving#user-content-upgrade-this-image 1. Get the updated images: docker pull bitnami/tensorflow-resnet:latest 2. Stop your container - $ docker stop tensorflow-resnet 3. Take a snapshot of the application state rsync -a tensorflow-resnet-persistence tensorflow-resnet-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) Additionally, snapshot the TensorFlow Serving data You can use these snapshots to restore the application state should the upgrade fail. 1. Remove the currently running container - $ docker rm tensorflow-resnet 2. Run the new image - Mount the directories if needed: docker run --name tensorflow-resnet bitnami/tensorflow-resnet:latest Configuration Predict an image Once you have deployed both the TensorFlow Serving and TensorFlow ResNet containers you can use the resnet_client_cc utility to predict images. To do that follow the next steps: 1. Exec into the TensorFlow ResNet container. 2. Download an image: curl -L --output cat.jpeg https://tensorflow.org/images/blogs/serving/cat.jpg 3. Send the image to the TensorFlow Serving server. resnet_client_cc --server_port=tensorflow-serving:8500 --image_file=./cat.jpg 4. The model says the image belongs to the category 286. You can check the imagenet classes index to see how the category 286 correspond to a cougar. calling predict using file: cat.jpg ... call predict ok outputs size is 2 the result tensor[0] is: [2.41628254e-06 1.90121955e-06 2.72477027e-05 4.4263885e-07 8.98362089e-07 6.84422412e-06 1.66555201e-05 3.4298439e-06 5.25692e-06 2.66782135e-05...]... the result tensor[1] is: 286 Done. Environment variables Tensorflow Resnet can be customized by specifying environment variables on the first run. The following environment values are provided to custom Tensorflow: Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------|--------------------------------|----------------------| | TF_RESNET_SERVING_PORT_NUMBER | Tensorflow serving port number | 8500 | | TF_RESNET_SERVING_HOST | Tensorflow serving host name | tensorflow-serving | Read-only environment variables Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. 2.4.1-debian-10-r87 - The container initialization logic is now using bash. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / tensorflow-serving: README

Bitnami package for TensorFlow Serving What is TensorFlow Serving? TensorFlow Serving is an open source high-performance system for serving machine learning models. It allows programmers to easily deploy algorithms and experiments without changing the architecture. Overview of TensorFlow Serving Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name tensorflow-serving bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest You can find the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use TensorFlow Serving in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami TensorFlow Serving Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/tensorflow-serving:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Persisting your configuration If you remove the container all your data and configurations will be lost, and the next time you run the image the data and configurations will be reinitialized. To avoid this loss of data, you should mount a volume that will persist even after the container is removed. For persistence you should mount a volume at the /bitnami path for the TensorFlow Serving data and configurations. If the mounted directory is empty, it will be initialized on the first run. docker run -v /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence:/bitnami bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest Alternatively, modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: tensorflow-serving: ... volumes: - /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence:/bitnami ... NOTE: As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a TensorFlow Serving server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a TensorFlow ResNet client instance that will connect to the server instance that is running on the same docker network as the client. The ResNet client will export an already trained data so the server can read it and you will be able to query the server with an image to get it categorized. Step 1: Download the ResNet trained data mkdir -p /tmp/model-data/1 cd /tmp/model-data curl -o resnet_50_classification_1.tar.gz https://storage.googleapis.com/tfhub-modules/tensorflow/resnet_50/classification/1.tar.gz tar xzf resnet_50_classification_1.tar.gz -C 1 Step 2: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 3: Launch the TensorFlow Serving server instance Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the TensorFlow Serving container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name tensorflow-serving \ --volume /tmp/model-data:/bitnami/model-data \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest Step 4: Export the data model Run the tensorflow-resnet container in background mode to export the data model that you have already downloaded. docker run -d --name tensorflow-resnet \ --volume /tmp/model-data:/bitnami/model-data \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/tensorflow-resnet:latest Monitor the logs of tensorflow-serving until it shows the message Successfully loaded servable version. That will mean it is serving the model: docker logs tensorflow-serving -f Step 5: Launch your TensorFlow ResNet client instance Finally we create a new container instance to launch the TensorFlow Serving client and connect to the server created in the previous step: docker run -it --rm \ --volume /tmp/model-data:/bitnami/model-data \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/tensorflow-resnet:latest resnet_client_cc --server_port=tensorflow-serving:8500 --image_file=path/to/image.jpg Using a Docker Compose file When not specified, Docker Compose automatically sets up a new network and attaches all deployed services to that network. However, we will explicitly define a new bridge network named app-tier. In this example we assume that you want to connect to the TensorFlow Serving server from your own custom application image which is identified in the following snippet by the service name myapp. version: '2' networks: app-tier: driver: bridge services: tensorflow-serving: image: 'bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest' networks: - app-tier myapp: image: 'YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE' networks: - app-tier IMPORTANT: 1. Please update the YOUR_APPLICATION_IMAGE_ placeholder in the above snippet with your application image 2. In your application container, use the hostname tensorflow-serving to connect to the TensorFlow Serving server Launch the containers using: docker-compose up -d Configuration Environment variables Tensorflow Serving can be customized by specifying environment variables on the first run. The following environment values are provided to custom Tensorflow: Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |-------------------------------------------|------------------------------|----------------------------------| | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_ENABLE_MONITORING | Enable tensorflow monitoring | no | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_MODEL_NAME | Tensorflow model name | resnet | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_MONITORING_PATH | Tensorflow monitoring path | /monitoring/prometheus/metrics | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_PORT_NUMBER | Tensorflow port number | 8500 | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_REST_API_PORT_NUMBER | Tensorflow API port number | 8501 | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |-------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------| | BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR | Directory where to mount volumes. | /bitnami | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_BASE_DIR | Tensorflow installation directory. | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/tensorflow-serving | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_BIN_DIR | Tensorflow directory for binary executables. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_BASE_DIR}/bin | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_TMP_DIR | Tensorflow directory for temp files. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_PID_FILE | Tensorflow PID file. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_TMP_DIR}/tensorflow-serving.pid | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_CONF_DIR | Tensorflow directory for configuration files. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_BASE_DIR}/conf | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_CONF_FILE | Tensorflow configuration file. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_CONF_DIR}/tensorflow-serving.conf | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_MONITORING_CONF_FILE | Tensorflow directory for configuration files. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_CONF_DIR}/monitoring.conf | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_LOGS_DIR | Tensorflow directory for logs files. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_BASE_DIR}/logs | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_LOGS_FILE | Tensorflow logs files. | ${TENSORFLOW_SERVING_LOGS_DIR}/tensorflow-serving.log | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_VOLUME_DIR | Tensorflow persistence directory. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/tensorflow-serving | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_MODEL_DATA | Tensorflow data to persist. | ${BITNAMI_VOLUME_DIR}/model-data | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_DAEMON_USER | Tensorflow system user | tensorflow | | TENSORFLOW_SERVING_DAEMON_GROUP | Tensorflow system group | tensorflow | Configuration file The image looks for configurations in /bitnami/tensorflow-serving/conf/. As mentioned in Persisting your configuation you can mount a volume at /bitnami and copy/edit the configurations in the /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence/tensorflow-serving/conf/. The default configurations will be populated to the conf/ directory if it's empty. Step 1: Run the TensorFlow Serving image Run the TensorFlow Serving image, mounting a directory from your host. docker run --name tensorflow-serving -v /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence:/bitnami bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest Alternatively, modify the docker-compose.yml file present in this repository: services: tensorflow-serving: ... volumes: - /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence:/bitnami ... Step 2: Edit the configuration Edit the configuration on your host using your favorite editor. vi /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence/conf/tensorflow-serving.conf Step 3: Restart TensorFlow Serving After changing the configuration, restart your TensorFlow Serving container for changes to take effect. docker restart tensorflow-serving or using Docker Compose: docker-compose restart tensorflow-serving Logging The Bitnami TensorFlow Serving Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs tensorflow-serving or using Docker Compose: docker-compose logs tensorflow-serving The logs are also stored inside the container in the /opt/bitnami/tensorflow-serving/logs/tensorflow-serving.log file. You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of TensorFlow Serving, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest or if you're using Docker Compose, update the value of the image property to bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest. Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop tensorflow-serving or using Docker Compose: docker-compose stop tensorflow-serving Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence /path/to/tensorflow-serving-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) You can use this snapshot to restore the database state should the upgrade fail. Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v tensorflow-serving or using Docker Compose: docker-compose rm -v tensorflow-serving Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image, restoring your backup if necessary. docker run --name tensorflow-serving bitnami/tensorflow-serving:latest or using Docker Compose: docker-compose start tensorflow-serving Notable Changes 2.5.1-debian-10-r12 - The size of the container image has been decreased. - The configuration logic is now based on Bash scripts in the rootfs/ folder. 1.12.0-r34 - The TensorFlow Serving container has been migrated to a non-root user approach. Previously the container ran as the root user and the TensorFlow Serving daemon was started as the tensorflow user. From now on, both the container and the TensorFlow Serving daemon run as user 1001. As a consequence, the data directory must be writable by that user. You can revert this behavior by changing USER 1001 to USER root in the Dockerfile. 1.8.0-r12, 1.8.0-debian-9-r1, 1.8.0-ol-7-r11 - The default serving port has changed from 9000 to 8500. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / thanos: README

Bitnami package for Thanos What is Thanos? Thanos is a highly available metrics system that can be added on top of existing Prometheus deployments, providing a global query view across all Prometheus installations. Overview of Thanos Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name thanos bitnami/thanos:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Thanos in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. How to deploy Thanos in Kubernetes? Deploying Bitnami applications as Helm Charts is the easiest way to get started with our applications on Kubernetes. Read more about the installation in the Bitnami Thanos Chart GitHub repository. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a different server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers and vice-versa. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line Step 1: Create a network docker network create thanos-network --driver bridge Step 2: Create a volume for Prometheus data docker volume create --name prometheus_data Step 3: Launch a Prometheus container within your network Create a configuration file prometheus.yml for Prometheus as the one below: global: scrape_interval: 5s # mandatory # used by Thanos Query to filter out store APIs to touch during query requests external_labels: foo: bar scrape_configs: - job_name: prometheus static_configs: - targets: - localhost:9090 Use the docker run command to launch the Prometheus containers using the arguments below: - --network <network> argument to attach the container to the thanos-network network. - --volume [host-src:]container-dest[:<options>] argument to mount the configuration file for Prometheus and a data volume to avoid loss of data. As this is a non-root container, the mounted files and directories must have the proper permissions for the UID 1001. docker run -d --name "prometheus" \ --network "thanos-network" \ --volume "$(pwd)/prometheus.yml:/opt/bitnami/prometheus/conf/prometheus.yml:ro" \ --volume "prometheus_data:/opt/bitnami/prometheus/data" \ bitnami/prometheus Step 4: Launch a Thanos sidecar container within your network Use the docker run command to launch the Thanos sidecar container using the argument below and overwriting the default command: - --network <network> argument to attach the container to the thanos-network network. - --volume [host-src:]container-dest[:<options>] argument to mount the Prometheus data volume. docker run -d --name "thanos-sidecar" \ --network "thanos-network" \ --volume "prometheus_data:/data" \ bitnami/thanos sidecar --tsdb.path=/data --prometheus.url=http://prometheus:9090 --grpc-address=0.0.0.0:10901 Step 5: Launch a Thanos Query container within your network Use the docker run command to launch the Thanos Query container using the argument below and overwriting the default command: - --network <network> argument to attach the container to the thanos-network network. - --expose [hostPort:containerPort] argument to expose the port 9090. docker run -d --name "thanos-query" \ --network "thanos-network" \ --expose "9090:9090" \ bitnami/thanos query --grpc-address=0.0.0.0:10901 --http-address=0.0.0.0:9090 --store=thanos-sidecar:10901 Then you can access your Thanos Query UI at http://localhost:9090/ Using Docker Compose You can use the docker-compose-cluster.yml available on this repository to deploy an architecture like the one below: ┌──────────────┐ ┌──────────────┐ ┌──────────────┐ ┌──────────────┐ │ Node │ │ Thanos │───────────▶ │ Thanos Store │ │ Thanos │ │ Exporter │ │ Query │──┐ │ Gateway │ │ Compactor │ └──────────────┘ └──────────────┘ │ └──────────────┘ └──────────────┘ ▲ │ │ │ │ gather hardware │ query │ storages │ Compact & downsample │ & OS metrics │ metrics │ query metrics │ blocks │ │ │ │ ┌ ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ──┐ | | | │┌──────────────┐ ┌──────────────┐│ │ ▼ │ ││ Prometheus │ ─▶ │ Thanos ││ ◀─────────────┘ ┌──────────────┐ │ ││ │ ◀─ │ Sidecar ││ │ MinIO │◀─────────────┘ │└──────────────┘ └──────────────┘│ │ │ └ ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ── ──┘ └──────────────┘ Under the configuration section you can find more information about each component's role. The unique "mandatory" components are Prometheus, Thanos Sidecar and Thanos Query. The rest of components are optional. To do so, run the commands below: curl -sSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bitnami/containers/main/bitnami/minio/master/docker-compose-cluster.yml > docker-compose.yml docker-compose up -d Configuration Thanos can be configured via command-line flags and, depending on them, the same container image can be used to create components with differentes roles: - Sidecar: connects to Prometheus, reads its data for query and/or uploads it to cloud storage. - Store Gateway: serves metrics inside of a cloud storage bucket. - Compactor: compacts, downsamples and applies retention on the data stored in cloud storage bucket. - Receiver: receives data from Prometheus’ remote-write WAL, exposes it and/or upload it to cloud storage. - Ruler/Rule: evaluates recording and alerting rules against data in Thanos for exposition and/or upload. - Querier/Query: implements Prometheus' v1 API to aggregate data from the underlying components. For further documentation, please check Thanos documentation. Logging The Bitnami Thanos Docker image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs thanos You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Using docker-compose.yaml Please be aware this file has not undergone internal testing. Consequently, we advise its use exclusively for development or testing purposes. For production-ready deployments, we highly recommend utilizing its associated Bitnami Helm chart. If you detect any issue in the docker-compose.yaml file, feel free to report it or contribute with a fix by following our Contributing Guidelines. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / trivy: README

Bitnami package for Trivy What is Trivy? Trivy is a stateless, high-performance vulnerability scanner for containers and other artifacts. It detects vulnerabilities in system packages and application dependencies. Overview of Trivy Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name trivy bitnami/trivy:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Trivy in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami trivy Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/trivy:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/trivy:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Configuration Running commands To run Trivy commands inside this container you can use docker run since this container uses the trivy binary as entrypoint. For example to execute trivy --version you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name trivy bitnami/trivy:latest --version Check the official Trivy documentation for a list of the available parameters. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / valkey-sentinel: README

Bitnami package for Valkey Sentinel What is Valkey Sentinel? Valkey Sentinel provides high availability for Valkey. Valkey Sentinel also provides other collateral tasks such as monitoring, notifications and acts as a configuration provider for clients. Overview of Valkey Sentinel Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name valkey-sentinel -e VALKEY_MASTER_HOST=valkey bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest Warning: This quick setup is only intended for development environments. You are encouraged to change the insecure default credentials and check out the available configuration options in the Environment Variables section for a more secure deployment. Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Valkey Sentinel in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Why use a non-root container? Non-root container images add an extra layer of security and are generally recommended for production environments. However, because they run as a non-root user, privileged tasks are typically off-limits. Learn more about non-root containers in our docs. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Valkey Sentinel Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/valkey-sentinel:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Connecting to other containers Using Docker container networking, a Valkey server running inside a container can easily be accessed by your application containers. Containers attached to the same network can communicate with each other using the container name as the hostname. Using the Command Line In this example, we will create a Valkey Sentinel instance that will monitor a Valkey instance that is running on the same docker network. Step 1: Create a network docker network create app-tier --driver bridge Step 2: Launch the Valkey instance Use the --network app-tier argument to the docker run command to attach the Valkey container to the app-tier network. docker run -d --name valkey-server \ -e ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD=yes \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/valkey:latest Step 3: Launch your Valkey Sentinel instance Finally we create a new container instance to launch the Valkey client and connect to the server created in the previous step: docker run -it --rm \ -e VALKEY_MASTER_HOST=valkey-server \ --network app-tier \ bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest Configuration Environment variables Customizable environment variables | Name | Description | Default Value | |---------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------| | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DATA_DIR | Valkey data directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_VOLUME_DIR}/data | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DISABLE_COMMANDS | Commands to disable in Valkey | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DATABASE | Default Valkey database | valkey | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_AOF_ENABLED | Enable AOF | yes | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_HOST | Valkey Sentinel host | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_MASTER_NAME | Valkey Sentinel master name | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_PORT_NUMBER | Valkey Sentinel host port | $VALKEY_SENTINEL_DEFAULT_PORT_NUMBER | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_QUORUM | Minimum number of sentinel nodes in order to reach a failover decision | 2 | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DOWN_AFTER_MILLISECONDS | Time (in milliseconds) to consider a node to be down | 60000 | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_FAILOVER_TIMEOUT | Specifies the failover timeout (in milliseconds) | 180000 | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_MASTER_REBOOT_DOWN_AFTER_PERIOD | Specifies the timeout (in milliseconds) for rebooting a master | 0 | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_RESOLVE_HOSTNAMES | Enables hostnames support | yes | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_ANNOUNCE_HOSTNAMES | Announce hostnames | no | | ALLOW_EMPTY_PASSWORD | Allow password-less access | no | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_PASSWORD | Password for Valkey | nil | | VALKEY_MASTER_USER | Valkey master node username | nil | | VALKEY_MASTER_PASSWORD | Valkey master node password | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_ANNOUNCE_IP | IP address used to gossip its presence | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_ANNOUNCE_PORT | Port used to gossip its presence | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_ENABLED | Enable TLS for Valkey authentication | no | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_PORT_NUMBER | Valkey TLS port (requires VALKEY_SENTINEL_ENABLE_TLS=yes) | 26379 | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_CERT_FILE | Valkey TLS certificate file | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_KEY_FILE | Valkey TLS key file | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_CA_FILE | Valkey TLS CA file | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_DH_PARAMS_FILE | Valkey TLS DH parameter file | nil | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_AUTH_CLIENTS | Enable Valkey TLS client authentication | yes | | VALKEY_MASTER_HOST | Valkey master host (used by slaves) | valkey | | VALKEY_MASTER_PORT_NUMBER | Valkey master host port (used by slaves) | 6379 | | VALKEY_MASTER_SET | Valkey sentinel master set | mymaster | Read-only environment variables | Name | Description | Value | |---------------------------------------|----------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------| | VALKEY_SENTINEL_VOLUME_DIR | Persistence base directory | /bitnami/valkey-sentinel | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR | Valkey installation directory | ${BITNAMI_ROOT_DIR}/valkey-sentinel | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_CONF_DIR | Valkey configuration directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/etc | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DEFAULT_CONF_DIR | Valkey default configuration directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/etc.default | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_MOUNTED_CONF_DIR | Valkey mounted configuration directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/mounted-etc | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_CONF_FILE | Valkey configuration file | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_CONF_DIR}/sentinel.conf | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_LOG_DIR | Valkey logs directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/logs | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_TMP_DIR | Valkey temporary directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/tmp | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_PID_FILE | Valkey PID file | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_TMP_DIR}/valkey-sentinel.pid | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_BIN_DIR | Valkey executables directory | ${VALKEY_SENTINEL_BASE_DIR}/bin | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DAEMON_USER | Valkey system user | valkey | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DAEMON_GROUP | Valkey system group | valkey | | VALKEY_SENTINEL_DEFAULT_PORT_NUMBER | Valkey Sentinel host port | 26379 | Securing Valkey Sentinel traffic Valkey adds the support for SSL/TLS connections. Should you desire to enable this optional feature, you may use the aforementioned VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_* environment variables to configure the application. When enabling TLS, conventional standard traffic is disabled by default. However this new feature is not mutually exclusive, which means it is possible to listen to both TLS and non-TLS connection simultaneously. To enable non-TLS traffic, set VALKEY_SENTINEL_PORT_NUMBER to another port different than 0. 1. Using docker run $ docker run --name valkey-sentinel \ -v /path/to/certs:/opt/bitnami/valkey/certs \ -v /path/to/valkey-sentinel/persistence:/bitnami \ -e VALKEY_MASTER_HOST=valkey \ -e VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_ENABLED=yes \ -e VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_CERT_FILE=/opt/bitnami/valkey/certs/valkey.crt \ -e VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_KEY_FILE=/opt/bitnami/valkey/certs/valkey.key \ -e VALKEY_SENTINEL_TLS_CA_FILE=/opt/bitnami/valkey/certs/valkeyCA.crt \ bitnami/valkey-cluster:latest bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest Alternatively, you may also provide with this configuration in your custom configuration file. Configuration file The image looks for configurations in /bitnami/valkey-sentinel/conf/. You can mount a volume at /bitnami and copy/edit the configurations in the /path/to/valkey-persistence/valkey-sentinel/conf/. The default configurations will be populated to the conf/ directory if it's empty. Step 1: Run the Valkey Sentinel image Run the Valkey Sentinel image, mounting a directory from your host. docker run --name valkey-sentinel \ -e VALKEY_MASTER_HOST=valkey \ -v /path/to/valkey-sentinel/persistence:/bitnami \ bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest Step 2: Edit the configuration Edit the configuration on your host using your favorite editor. vi /path/to/valkey-persistence/valkey-sentinel/conf/valkey.conf Step 3: Restart Valkey After changing the configuration, restart your Valkey container for changes to take effect. docker restart valkey Logging The Bitnami Valkey Sentinel Docker Image sends the container logs to the stdout. To view the logs: docker logs valkey You can configure the containers logging driver using the --log-driver option if you wish to consume the container logs differently. In the default configuration docker uses the json-file driver. Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Valkey Sentinel, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest Step 2: Stop and backup the currently running container Stop the currently running container using the command docker stop valkey Next, take a snapshot of the persistent volume /path/to/valkey-persistence using: rsync -a /path/to/valkey-persistence /path/to/valkey-persistence.bkp.$(date +%Y%m%d-%H.%M.%S) Step 3: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v valkey Step 4: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name valkey bitnami/valkey-sentinel:latest Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / vault: README

Bitnami package for HashiCorp Vault What is HashiCorp Vault? Vault is a tool for securely managing and accessing secrets using a unified interface. Features secure storage, dynamic secrets, data encryption and revocation. Overview of HashiCorp Vault Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name vault bitnami/vault Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use HashiCorp Vault in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami HashiCorp Vault Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/vault:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/vault:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of HashiCorp Vault, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/vault:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v vault Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name vault bitnami/vault:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute vault --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name vault bitnami/vault:latest --help Check the official HashiCorp Vault documentation for more information about how to use HashiCorp Vault. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / vault-csi-provider: README

Bitnami package for HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider What is HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider? HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider integrates Vault with the Secrets Store CSI driver interface for Kubernetes pods. Vault is a tool for securely managing and accessing secrets. Overview of HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name vault-csi-provider bitnami/vault-csi-provider Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/vault-csi-provider:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/vault-csi-provider:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/vault-csi-provider:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v vault-csi-provider Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name vault-csi-provider bitnami/vault-csi-provider:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute vault-csi-provider --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name vault-csi-provider bitnami/vault-csi-provider:latest --help Check the official HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider documentation for more information about how to use HashiCorp Vault CSI Provider. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / vault-k8s: README

Bitnami package for HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration What is HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration? HashiCorp Vault Kubernetes Integration allows HashiCorp Vault to interact with the Kubernetes API. Vault is a tool for securely managing and accessing secrets. Overview of HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name vault-k8s bitnami/vault-k8s Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/vault-k8s:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/vault-k8s:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/vault-k8s:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v vault-k8s Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name vault-k8s bitnami/vault-k8s:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute vault-k8s --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name vault-k8s bitnami/vault-k8s:latest --help Check the official HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration documentation for more information about how to use HashiCorp Vault K8s Integration. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / volsync: README

Bitnami package for VolSync What is VolSync? VolSync is an open-source Kubernetes operator that asynchronously replicates persistent volumes between clusters using rsync, rclone, or restic. Overview of VolSync Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run --name volsync bitnami/volsync:latest Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use VolSync in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami VolSync Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/volsync:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/volsync:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute manager -version you can follow below example docker run --name git bitnami/volsync:latest manager -version Read the official VolSync documentation documentation for the list of available commands. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this container. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

Containers / whereabouts: README

Bitnami package for Whereabouts What is Whereabouts? Whereabouts is a CNI IPAM plugin for Kubernetes clusters. It dynamically assigns IP addresses cluster-wide. Features both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing. Overview of Whereabouts Trademarks: This software listing is packaged by Bitnami. The respective trademarks mentioned in the offering are owned by the respective companies, and use of them does not imply any affiliation or endorsement. TL;DR docker run -it --name whereabouts bitnami/whereabouts Why use Bitnami Images? - Bitnami closely tracks upstream source changes and promptly publishes new versions of this image using our automated systems. - With Bitnami images the latest bug fixes and features are available as soon as possible. - Bitnami containers, virtual machines and cloud images use the same components and configuration approach - making it easy to switch between formats based on your project needs. - All our images are based on minideb -a minimalist Debian based container image that gives you a small base container image and the familiarity of a leading Linux distribution- or scratch -an explicitly empty image-. - All Bitnami images available in Docker Hub are signed with Notation. Check this post to know how to verify the integrity of the images. - Bitnami container images are released on a regular basis with the latest distribution packages available. Looking to use Whereabouts in production? Try VMware Tanzu Application Catalog, the commercial edition of the Bitnami catalog. Supported tags and respective Dockerfile links Learn more about the Bitnami tagging policy and the difference between rolling tags and immutable tags in our documentation page. You can see the equivalence between the different tags by taking a look at the tags-info.yaml file present in the branch folder, i.e bitnami/ASSET/BRANCH/DISTRO/tags-info.yaml. Subscribe to project updates by watching the bitnami/containers GitHub repo. Get this image The recommended way to get the Bitnami Whereabouts Docker Image is to pull the prebuilt image from the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/whereabouts:latest To use a specific version, you can pull a versioned tag. You can view the list of available versions in the Docker Hub Registry. docker pull bitnami/whereabouts:[TAG] If you wish, you can also build the image yourself by cloning the repository, changing to the directory containing the Dockerfile and executing the docker build command. Remember to replace the APP, VERSION and OPERATING-SYSTEM path placeholders in the example command below with the correct values. git clone https://github.com/bitnami/containers.git cd bitnami/APP/VERSION/OPERATING-SYSTEM docker build -t bitnami/APP:latest . Maintenance Upgrade this image Bitnami provides up-to-date versions of Whereabouts, including security patches, soon after they are made upstream. We recommend that you follow these steps to upgrade your container. Step 1: Get the updated image docker pull bitnami/whereabouts:latest Step 2: Remove the currently running container docker rm -v whereabouts Step 3: Run the new image Re-create your container from the new image. docker run --name whereabouts bitnami/whereabouts:latest Configuration Running commands To run commands inside this container you can use docker run, for example to execute helm-controller --help you can follow the example below: docker run --rm --name whereabouts bitnami/whereabouts:latest --help Check the official Whereabouts documentation for more information about how to use Whereabouts. Notable Changes Starting January 16, 2024 - The docker-compose.yaml file has been removed, as it was solely intended for internal testing purposes. Contributing We'd love for you to contribute to this Docker image. You can request new features by creating an issue or submitting a pull request with your contribution. Issues If you encountered a problem running this container, you can file an issue. For us to provide better support, be sure to fill the issue template. License Copyright © 2024 Broadcom. The term "Broadcom" refers to Broadcom Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025

License: One Click App: License

Epycbyte One Click App: License Epycbyte’s One Click App feature is designed to simplify the deployment and installation of applications on your server with minimal effort. By offering a wide range of applications that are mostly open-source, Epycbyte provides users with a quick and efficient way to install software without the typical setup complexity. Open Source Applications and Licensing The majority of the applications available through Epycbyte are open-source, meaning the source code is publicly available for anyone to view, modify, and distribute. Open-source software often comes with a specific type of license that defines how the software can be used, modified, and redistributed. Common Open-Source Licenses Each application on Epycbyte comes with its own license, and it's essential for users to understand these licenses to ensure they are in compliance with the terms. Below are some of the most common open-source licenses you may encounter: - MIT License: This is one of the most permissive open-source licenses. It allows users to freely use, modify, and distribute the software, as long as they include the original license in any copies of the software they distribute. It is widely used in many open-source projects. - AGPL (Affero General Public License): The AGPL is a more restrictive open-source license. It requires that any modifications made to the software must be made available to the public, particularly if the software is used over a network. This means that if you host an AGPL-licensed app on your server, the source code of any changes made to it must be publicly available. - GPL (General Public License): Similar to the AGPL, the GPL requires that any modifications to the software must be shared with the community. However, unlike the AGPL, the GPL does not include specific requirements regarding software used over a network. It applies primarily to distributed software. - Apache License 2.0: This is another permissive open-source license, but it also provides an explicit grant of patent rights from the contributors to the users. It allows users to freely use, modify, and distribute the software, but with some additional conditions related to patents. - BSD License: The BSD license is also a permissive open-source license, allowing users to freely use, modify, and distribute the software, with minimal restrictions. Accessing License Information To ensure compliance with the software’s license, it is crucial to check the specific licensing terms for each application you install through Epycbyte. You can typically find the licensing details in the following locations: - In the Application’s Documentation: Each application often provides a section within its documentation dedicated to explaining its license and any obligations you may have under it. - On the Application's Repository: Most open-source projects have a repository (e.g., GitHub, GitLab, Bitbucket) where the full license file is included. This file details the terms and conditions of the open-source license under which the app is released. By reviewing the license associated with each application, you can ensure you are using it in compliance with its terms. Reporting Errors and Seeking Support While Epycbyte provides an easy installation process, it does not directly manage or provide support for the individual applications themselves. Support for each application is typically handled by the respective authors or maintainers of the open-source project. - Error Reporting: If you encounter an error or bug with an application, it is recommended to report it to the app’s repository or official support channels. Most open-source projects have an Issue Tracker (e.g., GitHub Issues) where users can report problems or suggest improvements. Be sure to follow the app's reporting guidelines when submitting an issue. - Seeking Support: If you need help with using the application or configuring it, consult the documentation provided by the application’s authors. If further assistance is required, many open-source projects have community forums, chat rooms (such as Discord or Slack), or email support channels where you can ask questions or get help. It is important to remember that support for open-source applications is often community-driven, and response times may vary. However, these resources are invaluable for troubleshooting and getting the most out of the applications. Conclusion Epycbyte’s One Click App feature allows users to quickly install and deploy a wide range of open-source applications. Since most of these applications are released under popular open-source licenses, it is crucial to familiarize yourself with the licensing terms and ensure that your use of the software complies with these terms. If you encounter any issues with the applications or need support, please refer to the app’s documentation or reach out to the app’s author or community for help. By understanding the license terms and utilizing available support resources, you can make the most of your open-source applications while staying compliant with their terms.

Last updated on Aug 05, 2025